Speech Communication: 1974

Home , Black Terry, Brian Rix, Clare Venables, Eddie Eagan, Goat Song (novelette), James Creelman

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 102 624 CS 500 992

AUTHOR Kennicott, Patrick C., Ed. TITLE Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication: 1974. Volume 5. INSTITUTION Speech Communication Association, New York, N.Y. PUB DATE 74 ROTE 307p.; For related documents see CS 500 993-997 AVAILABLE FROM Speech Communication Association, Statler Hilton Hotel, New York, New York 10001 ($8.00 member, $9.00 nonmember)

EDRS PRICE MF-$0.76HC-$15.86 PLUS POSTAGE DESCRIPTORS *Annotated Bibliographies; Bibliographies; *Communication (Thought Transfer); Doctoral Theses; *Educational Research; Higher Education; *Sass Media; Research Tools; *Speech; Theater Arts

ABSTRACT This annotated bibliography is an annual volume devoted to maintaining a record of graduate work in speech communication, providing abstracts of doctoral dissertations, and making subject area bibliographies available. The contents of this volume include "Studies in Sass Communication: A Selected Bibliography, 1973" by Roland C. Johnson and Kenneth J. Ksobiech; "Behavioral Studies in Communication, 1973: A Selected Bibliography" by 1aomas N. Steinfatt; "A Selected Bibliography of Rhetorical Studies, 1973" by Michael C. Leff; "A Selected Bibliography of Public Address, 1973w by Harold Mixon; "Bibliography of Studies iv. Oral Interpretation, 1973" by James We Carlsen; "A Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship, 1973" by Christian Moe and Jay E. Raphael; "Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1973" by Cal H. Logue; and "Graduate Theses and Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1973." Also included is an "Index to Academic Departments Reporting Masters Theses and Doctoral Dissertations," by Flora Lisa Miller. UM) U.S. DIIIPARTMINT Of HEALTH. IP 12 EDUCATION I WELFARE NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEENREPRO DUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVEDFROM THE PERSON OR ORGt.NIZATION ORIGIN 11111M111M1111. *TING IT. POINTS OF VIEW OROPINIONS STATED DO NOT NECESSARILYREPRE SENT OFFICIAL NATIONAL INSTITUTEOF EDUCATION PON TIIN OR POLICY BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

1974

AN ANNUAL VOLUME D :VOTED TO MAINTAINING A RECORD OF GAAnUATE WORK IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION, PROVIDING ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS, AND MAKING A VAILABLE SUBJECT AREA BIBLIOGRAPHIES

PATRICK KENN ICOTT Editor Associate Executive Secretary for Research Speech Communication Association Associate Editors: James W. Carlsen, Rolland C. Johnson, Michael C. Leff, Cal M. Logue, Harold Mixon, Christian Moe, Thomas M. Steinfatt.

The Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication is published yearly. Correspondence concerning subscriptions should be addressed to the SCA Business Office, Statler Hilton Hotel, New York City 10001. Correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Annual subscription: $8.00. SCA sustaining members receive the Annual without additional charge. Copyright 1974 by the Speech Communication Association A Publication of the SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION William Work, Executive Secretary Statler Hilton Hotel, New York City 10001

TO ERIC AND ORGANIZATIONS OPERATING PERMISSION TO PEPPCDUCE THS COPY 9 UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH THE NATIONAL IN RIGHTED MATERIAL t. AS BEEN GRANTED BY STITUTE OF EDUCATIONFURTHER REPRO- DUCTION OUTSIDE THE ERIC SYSTEM RE- Speech Communication WIRES PERMISSION OFTHE COPYRIGHT Association 4

EDITOR'S NOTE This volume is the fifth consecutively published Bibliographic Annual in. Speech Communication. Hopefully, it reflects our continued attempt to increase the scope of the Annual so as to render it directly relevant to the interests of most teachers and scholars in the fieldof speech communication. The reader familiar with previous issues of the Annual will note several fundamental changes in this volume. We have subdivided the subject category "rhetoric and public address," presenting a discrete "Selected Bibliography of Public Address, 1973" by Harold Mixon, and a "Selected Bibliography of Rhe- torical Studies, 1973" by Michael C. Leff, the new member of ourEditorial Board. In addition, we have modified our report of masters thesis anddoctoral dissertation titles by classifying titles by subject ratherthan, as in previous issues of the Annual, by "reporting department." And we have added an index to academic departmentssubmitting graduate research reports. A final important change in this issue is the inclusion, insubject area bibliographies, of references to reported thesis and dissertation titles.Such references are made selectivelyby title identification number in an attempt to draw appropriate attention to significant graduate research. Since the information we report reflects a considerable diversityof specialized interests, we have attempted to render thematerial more easily accessible to students and teachersby publishing our subject-oriented bibliographies separately as well as part of the total Annual collection.Now, individuals interested in only one of the six subject areas coveredby the Annual may order, at a greatly reduced price, the single bibliography reflectingthat primary interest. Certainly libraries and scholars will continue to profit from orderingthe entire volume, but we hope our selectiveordering format will encourage increased use of reported information by students and teachers with specializedinterests. To develop an annual bibliographycovering a field as broad and diverse as speechcommunication is an inherently frustrating task.The span of publications relevant to the specialsubject areas falling under the general rubric of "speech communication" 'is immenseand ever-expanding. The information reported in these publications clearly supportsthe contention that we are en- veloped in an information explosion with nohistorical counterpart. Expansion and change, in the taxonomiesof various subject areas, in the research metheJolo- gies employed, and in the prioritiesemphasized, are central characteristics of the field of speech communicationtoday. !t is therefore inevitable that some will preceive aspects of thisvolume or some of its components as superficial, inadequate, or at the very leastarbitrary. We confess, at points, to all three charges and pledge to maintain an open,flexible editorial policy in relation to future issues. Wewelcome and encourage your reaction to theinformation to follow. The compilation of this volume has beenmade a pleasant and stimulating experience because of the excellent, promptcontributions of each of the Associate Editors and the invaluable, patient,and capable assistance of my Secretary, Flora Miller. Words are insufficient to express myappreciation to them and to Mrs. Carolyn Bastian of StandardPrinting Company whose technical assistance was indispensable. PATRICK C. KENN I COTT New York City July 8, 1974 .

BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Published by the SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION

VOLUME V 1974

Table of Contents

Studies in Mass Communication:

.Selected Bibliography, 1973 1 ROLLAND C. JOHNSON avid KENNETH J. KSOBIECH Behavioral Studies in Communication, 1973: A Selected Bibliography 29 THOMAS M. STEINFATT A S;:lected Bibliography of Rhetorical Studies,1973 ... 75 MICHAEL C. LEFF A Selected Bibliography of Public Address, 1973 91 HAROLD MIXON Bibliography of Studies in Oral Interpretation, 1973 103 JAMES W. CARLSEN A Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship, 1973 113 CHRISTIAN MOE and JAY E. RAPHAEL Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1973 139 CAL M. LOGUE and Graduate Theses and Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1973 246 Index to Academic Departments Reporting Masters Thms and Doctoral Dissertations 299

4 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

VOLUME V 1974 ANNI.'AL

STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION: A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1973

ROLLAND C. JOHNSON and KENNETH J. KSOBIECH Denartment of Telecommunications Indiana UniversityBloomington

This is the second annual compilation of "Studies in Mass Communication;" the procedure for the present bibliography is identical to that es ablished last year. A useful bibliography in mass communication is difficult to prepare because of the diversity of its intended audience. The present bibliography attempts to reach researchers/scholars in mass communication whether they be in radio- television, journalism, speech or mass communication departments. The authors relied on commonly accepted scholarly mass cor imunications journals for all of the articles cited in the present bibliography and the bulk of the books. Other books were cited because of appearance in various monthly complilations of published books, popular press reviews or publisher promotional material. Unless therwise indicated, each item cited was published during the calendar year, 1973. There:ss no attempt to cover unpublished materials, speeches, pamphlets, newspapers government publications. Dissertations and theses are covered in another section of the Annual. For those interested ia keeping abreast of new mass media books, a common reference source is Mass Media Booknotes, a monthly compilation (now in its fifth year) available from Christopher II. Sterling, Department of Radio-Tele- vision-Film, Temple University, Philadelphia, Pa. 19122. For those interested in keeping abreast of mass communication articles, each journal which commonly carries such research must be examined. Additionally, some current research and popular press articles are cited in annotated bibliographies in each issue of Journalism Quarterly, Gazette and the Journal of Market- ing. Obviously, common indicesfor example, Psychological Abstracts and the Business Periodicals Indexare reference sources of other articles concerning the mass media. Besides last year's Annual, persons interested in earlier research on the mass media might wish to examine some of the following bibliographies:

5 BIBIJOGR %PIM. ANNUAL.IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Blum, Eleanos. Basic books in the mass media:McCoy, Ralph. Freedom of the press: an an- an annotated ...11(tcehooklist visering gen- notated bibliography. Carbondale: Southern eral communications. book publishing,bloat! Illinois U Press, 1968. casting, film, magazines. newspapers. adsertis Pike. Warren C.. and Calder M. Pickett. An an- ing. indexes and scholarly and professional notatedjournalismbibliography. 19!%8 68. periodicals. Urbai,a: t: of Illinois Press. 1972. Minneapolis: ut Minnesota Press, 1970. Danielson, Wayne A.. and C. C. Willioit, Jr. A Rafi-ladch,Hassan.Internat:onal mass com- cot potorized Vuliography of masscommuni munications:computerized annotatedbibli- canonteseatili.N.Y.:Magazine Publishers ography. Carbondale: The Honorary Relation- Association,19(i7. /one. Southern Illinois U, 1972. Ilattsen. Oonald A.. and J.Herschel Parsons. a researchbibliog. Scharr, J. H. A bibliography for the study of Masscommunication: magazines. Urbana: Institute of Communica- raphy. Santa Barbara, Cal.: Glendessary Press. tions Research, 1972. 1968. [laity. Lawrence W. Vorld and internationalSpaaks, Kenneth R. A bibliography of doctoral broadcasting:abibliography.Washington, dissertations in televisinn and radio Syracuse: D.C.: BEA, 11;71. Syracuse l' School of Journalism, 1971.

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS The citations for the pros lit bibliography were obtained from thearticles published or cited in annotated bibliographies in the following journals: AQ Advertising Quarterly JMKtg Journal of Marketing AVCR 1V Communicaion Review 3M RJournal of Marketing Research CJR olunthia Journalism Review JMRS Journal of Mket Rem-arch Society Cineme Cinema JM joutnalism Monographs Efit EBU Review .12 fonrnall.!Quarterly EBR." Educational Eroadcasting Review POQ The Public Opinion Quarterly (see PR) PIR Public -Telecommunications Review CBJ 1rdetal Communications Bar OJS Quarterly Journal of Speech ionntal Screen Street,: The Journal of the Socitty FC Film Culture for Education in Film and The Film Join-nal FJ Television FQ Film Quarterly SM Speech Monographs Gazette:International Journal for "'ass Communication Studies SB Studies of Broadcasting: An JA Journal of Advertising International Annual of JAR Journal of Advertising Research Broadcasting Science JB Journal of Broadcasting 1VQ Television Quarterly JC The Journal of Communication VS Vital Speeches of the Day No. 33, Fall, 1972 included along with all 1973 issues Only Spring. 1973 available Changed title to Public Telecommunications Review after issue 3 Issues 3 and 4 unavailable for inclusion

I. BOOKS The English language mass communication-oriented books are categorized as follows: A. BROADCASTING. Includes historical and contemporary issues in commercial, public and instructional broadcasting both domestic and international. p. 3. B. FILM AND PHOTOGRAPHY. Includes such things as history, aesthetics, production, criticisms, biographi, p. 5.

6. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 3 C. JOURNALISM AND PRESS. Includes electronic and print journalism, photojournalism, and other areas such as journalism history and the underground press. p. 7. D. CABLE TELEVISION AND NEW TECHNOLOGY. Includes CATV, satellites, and alternate media, p. 9. E. MEDIA AND SOCIETY. Includes such things as readers in mass communication, mass and popular culture, public opinion, etc. p. 11. F. COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY. Includes telecommunication regulation, pornography, and freedom of speech. p. 11. G.RESEARCH. Includes books, largely methodological, intended for the mass communication researcher. p. 12. H. REFERENCE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY. Includes source books,bibliographies, dictionaries, and so on. p. 13. I.!MISCELLANEOUS. Includes anything which was not appropriate in any of the other categories. p. 14.

BOOKS

A. 111tOADC.ASTI NG College carrier current: A survey of 208 campus- limited radio stations. New York: Broadcast- Alkin. F. G. M. Sound with vision: sound tech- ing Institute of North America. niques fortelevision and film. New York: Costa, Sylvia Allen. How to prepare a produc- Crane. Russak. tion budget for film and video tape. Blue Armset James W. and Norman C. Dahl. An Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab looks. inquiry into the uses of it.structional technology. New York: The Ford Foundation. Draper. Benjamin, ed. Pacific nations broadcast ing I. San Francisco: Broadcast Industry Con- Barcus. F. Earle. Concerned parents speak out ference, San Francisco State U. on cnileren'stelevision. Newtonville, Mau.: The Editors of BM/E Magazin-. FM radio sta- Actic!I fa Children's Television. tion operations handbook. `.:4e Ridge Sum- Black.Peter. The biggestaspidistrainthe mit. Pa.: Tab Books. world. London: BBC, 1972. Edmondson, Madeleine and David Rounds. The Benson. Dennis. Electric evangelism. Nashville. soaps: daytime serials of radio and TV. New Tenn.: Abingdon Press. York: Stein & Day. Besen. Stanley M. The value of television time Elliott,Phillip. The making of a television and theprospectsfor new stations. Santa series: a case study in the sociology of cul- Monica: Rand Corporation. ture. New York: Hastings House. Bower. Robert T. Television and the public.Erickson, D. H. V. Armstrong's fight for FM New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. broadcasting: one man vs. big business and Boyle, Andrew. Only the wind will listen: Reith bureaucracy. University, Ala.: U of Alabama of the BBC. Londoa: Hutchinson. 1972. Press. The broadcasting future for New Zealand:re- Everest, F. Alton. Acoustic techniques for home port of the Committee on Broadcasting. 'Well- and studio. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa: Tab ington. N.Z.: Government Printer. Books. Broadcasting technologypast, present and fu- Gaines. J. Raleigh. Modern radio programming. ture. London:Institution of Electrical En- Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. gineers, 1972. Garnham, Nicholas. Buchman. Herman. Film and television make- Structuresoftelevision. up. New York: Watson- Guptill. London: British Film Institute. Geddes. Keith. Broadcasting in Britain: 1922- Charren. Peggy and Evelyn Sarson, eds. Who is 1972. London: Science Museum. talking to our children: Third National Sym- Germld. David. The world of Star Trek. New posium on Children and Television. Newton- York: Ballantine Books. ville. Mass.: Action for Children's Television.Goldmark, Peter C. and Lee Edson. Maverick Coleman, Ken. So you want to be a sportscaster. inventor: my turbulent years at CBS. New New York: Hawthorn. York: E. P. Dutton.

7 4 MIL MGR %PIM: ANNUAL. IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION organiza Gloom Inidge, !iliah.I cles i.ion 411,1 Ow people: Namurois,Albert.Structuresand a program for democratic partripation.Bald- tionof broadcasting inshe framework of more: Penguin Educat'1 Specials, 1972. radiocommunkations.Geneva.Swifter land: Eulopean Broadcasting Union. 1972. H +nrc 11. Rim..11ii. Thatnes and Hudsonmanual of television graphics. Lomita::'I namesand Opetating manual for starship radio 73Los Hudson, Angeles, Cal.: Bob Hamilton Radio Report. Jones. G. Vill:am. Landing iightside up inTV Park. Rolla Edward. New television networks. and film. \asinine,enn.: Abingdon Ness. Santa Monica: Rand Corporation. Pawky, Edward. RIK: engineering:1822.1872. Kahn. FlankJ..cd. Doc 'twins of American In nail( acting. New York: Appleton Century- London: BBC. 1972. ( lofts (resised). Sc ranim, Wilbur, ed. Quality ininstruction..' Kamen, Ira. Questions and answers about pas ision. Honolulu: U Press of Hawaii. 'IV. Indianapolis: Howard W. Sams & Co. r, Elliott M. Rebel in radio: the story of Kaplan. Marshall. et al. Children and the urban New York: Hastings House. en% filament: a learning experienceevalua-Schwartz. Tony. The responsive chord. New non of the WGI111TV EducationalProject. Yolk: Anchor/Doubleday. New Volk: Praeger Special Studies. Second report from the Select Committee on Nauman, Nathan. One week of publictele Nationalized Industries:independent broad- vision:April1972. Washington, DC.: Cor- cast big authority. London: HMSO, 1972. polaticm for "oldie Broadcasting. Shaheen, Jack G. The survival of public broad- Kinder, James. Using instructional media. New casting.EdardsvIle: SouthernIllinois Yin k: D. Van Nostrand. Division of Mass Communications. Kiser. Milton S. and Milton Kaufman. Tele-Sharon, Robert Lewis. The crowd catchers:in- sision simplified. New York: Van Nostrand tmlucing television. New York: Saturday Re- Reinhold Co. view Press. Shulman. Arthur and Roger Youman. The Lee. S. Young and Ronald J. Pedone. Summary television years. New York: Popular Library. statistics of public televisionlicenseesfiscal %rat 1972 Washington, D.C.: CorporationforShulman. Milton. The least worst television i Public Broadcasting. the world. London: Barrie & Jenkins. Richert. Robot M.. Jol M. Neale and EmilySnagge, John and Michael Barsley. Those vin tape years of radio. Lolidon: Pitman, 1972. S.Davidson.'I he early window: effects of television on children and youth. Elmsford, Teas hers in television and othr media. Wash- N.Y.: Pergamon Press. ington. D.C.: National Education Association. Cults. W. 0. G. and Derek Adley. The saintTechnical papers presented at the engineering and leslie charteris. Bowling Green: Bowling conference. March 25 28,1973. Blue Ridge Gwen U Popular Press, 1972. Summit, Pa.: Tab Books. Tiles isionforhigher technical education of etc Ka%. Jim. My wide world. New York: Mac. workers. New York: Unipuh. Towards modern management'aradio and McMahon, Morgan E. Vintage radio: a pictorial television:internationalcolloquy.Geneva. history of wireless and radio. 181474929. Palos Switzerland: European Broadcasting Union. Verdes Peninsula, Cal.: McMahon's Vintage 'Tyler,T.Keith. Television for world under- RacEo. 1).C.:National Edu- Martin. John Bartlow and Lee M. Mitchell. standing. Washington. cation Association. Presidential television. New York: Basic hooks.Tyler. I. Keith and Catherine M. Williams, eds. Melody. Villiant. Children's television: the eta- Educational communication in a revolution- nomits of exploitation. New Haven: Yak U aryage.1Voithington.Ohio:CharlesA. Press. Jones. Nfilletson. Gerald. TV camera operation. New Volk: Hastings House. Van de Bogart. Erik. North of Namas Keag: a Minus. Johnny and William Storm Hale. The case study in viewer active television. Orono: managersentertainers'andagents'book Maine Public Broadcasting Network, 1972. (how to plan, plot, scheme. learn, perform.The video handbook. New York: Media Hori- :mini clangers, and enjoy your career in the zons, Inc entertainmentindustry).Holl',wood:Seven Violence on television: programme content and Arts Press. viewer perception. London: BBC, 1972.

8 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 5 Wed lake, G. E. C. SOS: the story of radio con Bogle, Donald. Toms, Coons, Mulattoes, Mam- munication. New York: Crane Russak. mies, and Bucks: an interpretive history of Weiner, Peter. Making the media revolution: blacks in American alms. New York: Viking a handbook for videotape production. New Press. York: Macmillan. Brown, Karl. Adventures with D. W. Griffith. What peoplethink oftelevisionand other New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux. mass media: 1959.1972. New York: Television Burch, Nod. Theory of filmpractice. New Information Office. York: Praeger. Whelan. Kenneth. How the golden age of tele-Border, John. The work of the inslustrii.1 film vision turned my hair to silver New York: maker. New York: Hastings House. Walker. Burrows, Larry. Larry Burrows, compassionate Williams. John R. This was -your hit parade." photographer. New York: Time. Inc.. 1972. Rockland, Me.: The Courier-Gazette. Carynnk,Marco,Alexander Dovzhenko:the Winick, Charles, Lorne G. Williamson, Stuart poetasfilmmaker selectedwritings.Cam. F. Chuzmir and Mariann Pctze IlaWinick. bridge: MIT Press. Children's television commercials: a content Casty.Alan.Development ofthefilm:an analysis. New York: Praeger Special Studies. interpretivehistory. New York:Harcourt, Yellin, David G. Special: Fred Freed and the Brace and Javanovich. televisiondex umentary. New York:Macmil- Cawelti, John G. Focus on Bonnie and Clyde. lan. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Cinematographic institutions: a report by the Zeit!.Herbert.Sight.iouted motion:applied international film and television council. New media aesthetics. Belmont, Cal.: Wadsworth. York: Unipub. Cooper. Miriam. Dark lady of the silents: my B. FILMAND PlIVIOGRAPHY life in early hollywoo'. Indianapolis: Hobbs. Adamson,Joe.Grouch°. Hawn. Chico and Merrill. sometimes /eppo: a eel( bration of the Marx Currie.HectorandDonaldStaples.Film: brochers. New York: Simon and Schuster. encounter. Dayton. Ohio: Pflaum/Standard. Arnold. James W. Seen any good dirty moviesDondis, Donis A. A primer of visual literacy. lately? Cincinnati. Ohio:St. Anthony Mes- Cambridge: MIT Press. senger Press, 1972. Dreyer, Carl. On film. New York: Dutton. 1972. AvIeswortle. Thomas G.Monsters fromthe Ewing. Sam and R. W. Abolin, Don't look at minim Philadelphia: Lippincott. 1972. the camera: shortcuts to television, photog Raddelev. Walter H. The technique of docu- r3phy and filmmaking. Blue Ridge Summit. mentaev film production. New York: Hastings Pa.: Tab Books. House. Fenin, George N. and William K. Everson. The Barron. Don. eel. Creativity 2. New York: Art western: from silents to the seventies. New DirectionBook Company (distributedby York: Grossman. Hastings House). Fileds. Ronald J. W. Fields by himself:his Barsam, RichardMoran.Nonfictionfilm:a intendedautobiography.EnglewoodCliffs: critical history. New York: Dutico. Prentice-Hall. Baumgarten. Paul A. and Donald C. Farber.Finch. Christopher. 'The art of Walt Disney: Producing, financing and distributing film. from Mickey Mouse to the magic kingdoms. New York: Drama Book Specialists. New York: Harry N. Abrams. Baxter, John. Sixty years of hollywood. NewFrench. Warren. Filmguide to The Grapes of York: A. S. Barnex. Wrath. Bloomington: Indiana U Press. Bayer, William. The great movies. New York: Garnett, Tay and Fredda Dudley Balling. Light Grosset & Dunlap. your torches and pull up your tights. New Sarin, Andre. Jean Renoir. New York: Simon Rochelle. N. Y.: Arlington House. and Schuster. Geduld, Carolyn. Filmgoide to .2001: A Space Bitter. G. W. Billy Bitzer: his story. New York: Odyssey. Bloomington: Indiana U Press. Farrar. Straus and Giroux. Geduld, Harry M., ed. Authors on film. Bloom- Blum. Daniel. A new pictorial history of the ington: Indiana U Press, 1972. talkies. New York: Putnam. GilHatt, Penelope. Unholy fools, wits, comics, Bobker. Lee R. Making movies: from scr,pt to disturbers. pf the peace: film Sc theater. New screen. New York: Harcourt Brace javanovich. York: Viking. 9 6 1111l1.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Gish, Lillian. Dorothy and Liiiian Gish. New MacCann, Richard Dyer. The people's films. a York.: Scribner's. political history of US. Government motion Glut, Donald F. The Frankenstein legend:a pictures. New York: Huang House. tribute to Mary Shelley aisd Boris Kar log. Madsen, Axel. William Wyler: the authorized Ntenichen.N.J.:ScarecrowPress. biography. New York: Crowell. Goldstein, Lawrence a.,(1 J. Kaufman. Into film. Madsen, Roy Paul. The impact of film: how New York. Dutton, :972. ideas arc communicated through cinema and Goodwin, Michael and Greil Marcus. Double television. New York: Macmillan. feature:movies andpolitics.New York: Mailer, Norman. Marilyn. New York: Grosset & Outcrhridge and Lazard, 1972. Dunlap. Given. Stanley and Burt Goldblatt. Starring Maltin, Leonard. The Disney films. New York: Fred Astaire. New York: Dodd, Mead. Crown. Harrington, John. The rhetoric of film. New Marcorelles, Louis. Living cinema; new direc- York: Holt, RinehartSrWinston. tionsincontemporary Wm making. New Harrison. HelenP.Filmlibrarytechniques. York: Praeger. New York: Hastings House. Marx, Groucho and Richard J. Anobile. The Herdeg. Walter. Photographis 73. New York: Marx brothers scrapbook. New York: Darien Ilast logs House. House. Iligham. Charles. The art of the American film: Mascelli, Joseph V. Mascellil tine workbook: 19(a).1971. New York: Doubleday. textandtools.Hollywood:(. i:,e/Graphic Witham. Charles. Cecil B. DeMille. New York: Publications. Scribner's. Mast, Gerald. The comic mind: comedy and Pet..r. The role of film in develop. the movies. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. mint. New York: Unipub. Mayer. Michael F. The film industries: practical Johnson.NeilM. George SylvesterViereck: business/legal problems in production. dis GermanAmerican propagandist. Urbana: U tribution, and exhibition. New York: Hast- of Illinois Press. ings House. K iel:Pauline.Deeperintomovies.Boston: Minus, Johnny and William Storm Hale. The Atlantic. Little, Brown. movie industry book (how others made ar.i Kauffman,Stanley and BruceHenstell,eds. lost money in the movie industry). Holly- American film criticism from the beginning wood: Scven Arts Press. to Citizen Kane: reviews of significant films Murray, 'mei To find an image: black films at the time they first appeared. New York: from Uncle Tom to Superfly. Indianapolis: 1.iveright. Hobbs. Merrill. Kemp. Weston D. Photography for visual cow. Muse, Ken. Photo one. Englewood Cliffs: Pren- munirators. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice. Hall. tice-Hall. Knox. Donald. The magic factory: how MGM Myerson, Michael, ed. Memories of underde- made An AmericaninParis. New York: velopment: the revolutionary films of Cuba. Praeger. New York: Grossman. Kohal, John. SO years of motive posters. New Naremore, James. Filmguide to Psycho. Bloom- York: Bounty Books (distributed by Crown). ington: Indiana U Press. Koch, Howard. Casablanca: script and legend. Rubenstein,E.FilmguidetoThe General. Woodstock. N.Y.: Overlook Press. Bloomington: Indiana U Press. Koch, Stephen. Stargazer: Andy Warhol's world Nobile,Philip,ed.Favoritemovies:critic's and his films. New York: Praeger. choice. New York: Macmillan. Kuhns, William. Movies in America. Dayton, Ohio: Pflaum/Standard. Parish, James Robert and Ronald L. Bower. The MGM Stock Company: the golden era. Lambert, Gavin. GWTW: the making of Gone New Rochelle, N. Y.: Arlington House. withtheWind.Boston:Atlantic,Little. Pratt, George C. Spellbound in darkness: a Brown. history of the silent film. Greenwich, Conn.: Lawton,Richard and Hugo Leckey. Grand illusions. New York: McGrawHill. New York Graphic Society. Lewis, Steven, James McQuaid and David Tait. Quick, John and Tom LaBau. Handbook of Photography source and resource. Rochester, film production. New York: Macmillan, 1972. N.Y.: Light Impressions Corp. Redding,Robert. Starring Robert Benchley: Leyda. Jay. Kino: a history of the Russian and those magnificent movie shorts. Albuquerque: Soviet film. New York: Collier Books. U of New Mexico Press.

10 UDIES IN MASSCOMM UN IC 1TION 7

Robinson. David. The history of world cinema. Berger. Arthur Asa. The comic stripped Ameri- New York: Stein & Day. can. Nrw York: Walker. Robinson. Edward G. (with Leonard Spigelgass). Ble,.er, W. G. Main currents in the history of All my yesterdays: an autobiography. New American journalism. Westport. Conn.: York: Hawthorn Books. Greenwood Press. Rosen, Marjorie. Popcorn Venus: women. movies Bode. Carl. ed. The young Ntencken: the best and the American dream. New York: Coward, of his work. New York: Dial Press. McCann Sc Geoghegan. Bohne, Harold and Harry Van Iersscl. Publish Rossellini. Robert. The war trilogy. New York: ing:the creativebusiness.Buffalo: U of Grossman. Toronto Press. Botha, Paul. Documentary diary: an informal Bowers, David R. and Nicholas N. Plasterer. historyoftheBritishdocumentaryfilm: On thedesk:practicalexercisesincopy 1928.1939. New York: Hill & Wang. editing.BatonRouge:LouisianaState U Sarris. Andrew. The primal scr-nnr essays on Press. film and related subjects. New York: Simon Brucker.Herbert. Communicat:onispower: and Schuster. unchanging values in a changing journalism. Schnitzer.Luda.JeanSchnitzer andMarcel New York: Oxford U Press. Martin. Cinema in resolution: the heric era Buckley. William F.. Jr. Inveighing we will go. of the soviet film. London: Seckar & Warburg. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons. 1972. shales. Torn. ed. The American film heritage: Burke. Clifford. Printingit:a guide to tech- impressions (tom the American Film Insti- niques for the impecunius. New York: Bal tutearchises.Vashington. D.0 :Acropolis lantinc, 1972. Books. 1972. Burkett, David Warren. Writing science news Solomon. Stanley J. The dank cinema: essays for the mars media. Houston: Gulf Publishing in criticism. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co. las anovich. Itrischel. Bruce, Albert Robbins, William Vitka Stephenson, Ralph. The animated film. New and Ron Nordland. The Watergate file. New York: A. S. Barnes & Yc rk: Quick Fox, Inc. Thomas. Tons Jim Terry and Bushy Berkeley. Cohen. Stanley and jock Young. The manu- The Bush% Berkeley book. Greenwich. Conn.: facture. of news: deviance social problems and New York Graphic Society. the mass media. I.ondon: Constable. Trnjanski. John and Louis Rockwood. Making Collison. Robert. The story of street literature: it most. Dayton. Ohio: Pfiaum/Standard. forermier of the popular press. Santa Barbara. Tsler.Parker. The shadow ofanairplane Cal.: .1BCClio. climbs the Empire Sate Building: a worldWry. David. How to write news for broadcast theory of film. New York: Doubleday Anchar. and print media. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: The Warner Brothers golden anniversary book. Tab Books. New York:FilmVenture(distributedby Deeley, Peter and Christopher Walker. Mur- Dell). der in the fourth estate. New York: McGraw- Worth. Sol and John Adair. Through Navajo Hill. eves: an exploration in film communication Dembo. L.S. and Cyrena N. Pondrom, eds. and anthropology. Bloomington: Indiana U The contemporarywriter:interviewswith Press. 1972. sixteen novelists and poets. Madison: U of Zierold. Norman. Sex goddesses of the silent Wisconsin Press, 1972. screen. New York: Regnery. Dc Vries. Leonard. History as hot news: 1865. Zinman.David.Saturdayafternoonatthe 97. London: John Murray. Bijou. New Rochelle. N.Y.: Arlington House.Eiscnstaedt, Alfred. People. New York: Viking. Elton, Robert T. The world of Time, Inc.: the C.JOURNALISM ANVParis intimate history of a publishing enterprise. Anderson, Chuck. The electric journalist: an 1941.60. New York: Atheneum. introduction to video. New York: Praeger. English,Earl and Clarence Hz.ch.Scholastic Art of the printed book: 1455.1955. New York: journalism. Ames: Iowa State U Press, 1972. Pierpont Morgan Library. Epstein,Edward Jay.News from nowhere: Barrett. Marvin, ed. The politics of broadcast- television and the news. New York: Random ing: Alfred duPont/Columbia University sur- House. vey of broadcast journalism:1971-72. New Feureisen,Fritzand Ernest Schmacke. The York: Crowell. press of the world: the press in Alfa and 11 t-4 111111.10GRAP1IIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Otea ii;a. Totowa. N. J.: Rowman and Little- Klanslr. Alfred P. and John DeMott, (xis. The field. journalist's pra:.er book. Minneapolis: Aims- FkRisen, Fritz and Ernst Schmacke. The press [zing Publishing House, 1972. of the world:the press in Mika. Totowa. Knapptuan, Edward W., Evan Drossman and N.J.: Rowman andLittlef'eld. Robert Newman. eds. Campaign 72:press huteisen,FritzandErnstSt hmacke. The oi ion from New Hampshire to November. pies, of the wotld. the press in Latin Ame:i- New York: Facts on File. (a. 1 otowa. Rowman and Littlefield. Koss. StephenE.FleetStreetradical:A. G. Fische'. John. Six in the easy chair. Utbana: U Gardiner andtheDailyNews.Hamden. of Illinois Press. Conn.: Archon Books. Poitail. Thomas King, ed. Undetgroond press Krock. Atthur. Myself when younfr glowing up anthology. New York: Ace Books, 1972. in the 1R90's. Boston: Little, Brown. Fond. Hugh. ed. The left bank revisited. Selec- Lahrie,Henry G..III.The black newsin tions hom the Paris Tribune 1917-1934. Uni- America a guide. Kennebunkpott, Me.: Met-- ytesity Park and London: The Pennsylvania cer House Press. State Press. 1972. LeRoy, David J. and Christopher If. Sterling. Frank. Robert S. Message dimensions of tele eds.\lass newspractices, controversies and visionnews. Lxingnm, Mass.: Lexington alternatives. Englewood Cliffs:PrenticeIlall. Levine, Isaac Don. Eyewitness to history: mem- press:the Twentieth tree and responsive oirs and reflections of a foreign correspondent Cent.- Eland task force report for a national for half a century. New York: Hawthorn. news council. New York: Twentieth Century Fund. Lewis. Roger. Outlaws of America: the undergroundpress anditscontext.Baltimore: Gilbett. Bill and Time Life Books editors. The Penguin Books, 1972. trailblazers. Boston: Little. Brown. Lorenz, Alfred Lawrence. Hugh Caine: a co- Giles. art If. Journalism: dateline, the wrld. lonialprinter editor'sodysseytoloyalism. New York: Richards Rosen Press. Carbondale: Southern Illinois U Press. 1972. Hale. Oton J. The captive press in the Third Lowenstein. Ralph.Press councils:idea and Reich. Princeton. N.J.: Princeton U Press. reality. Columbia: U of Missouri, Freedom Hobson. Harold and others. The pearl of clays: of Information Foundation. an intimate memoir of the Sunday Times Lutz, William W. The News of Detroit: how a 1822-1972. Loudon: Hamisf Hamilton, 1972. newspaper and a city grew together. Boston: Holtenberg. John. Free press,I cc people: the Little, Brown. best cause. New York: Free Pres-.. Hohenberg. lottoThe profesuurtal journalist. MacDonald, Clenn.Reportordistort? New New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. York: Exposition Press. Holmes. Charles S. The clocks of Columbus: McNaughton. Harry H. Proofreading and copy- the littats career of James Thurber. New editing: apractical guide to style for the 1970's. New York: Hastings House. York: Atheneum. 1972. Hopkins, Richard L. Type: it's not how you get McPhaul, J.J.Deadlines and monkeyshines. it. it's what you get. Morgantown: West Vir- Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press. ginia 11 Bookstore. Martin,HaroldH. RalphMcGill.reporter. Hulteng. JohnI.. The opinion function: edi- Boston: Little, Brown. torial and interpretive writing for the news Meyer. Philip. Precision journalism: a reporter's media. New York: Harper and Row. introduction to social science methods. Bloom- Johnson. Elmer D. Communication: an intro - ington: Indiana 1/Press. Moran, James.Printingpresses: due tioato the history of writing, printing. history and development from the 15th century to mod- b-Kks and libraries. Metuchen, N.J.:Scare- cum- Press. ern times. Berkeley: U of California Press. Judd. Denis. Posters of World War H. New Neilson, Winthrop and Frances. What's news York: St. Martin's Press. Dow Jones: story of the 117all Street Journal. Kazin. Alfred. Bright book oflife:American 1-hiladelphia: Chilton Book Company. noselists and story-tellers from Hemingway Nelson, Jerome L. Libel: a basic program for to Mailer. Boston: Little, Brown. beginning journalists. Ames: Iowa State U Kempton. Murray. America comes of middle Press. ages: columns 1950-1962. New York: Viking Nelson, Roy Paul. Publication design. Dubuqu-'. Press. 1972. Ionia: W. C. Brown. 1972.

12 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 9

Nemever. Carol A. Scholarly reprint publishing Stevens, George E. and John B. Webster. Law inthe United States. New York:Bowker, and the student press. Ames: Iowa State U 1972. Press. Nicol.Eric. One man's mediaand how toSmlai. Alexander withMargaret Croke and write for them. Toronto: Holt. Rinehart & Associates. The United Nations and the news Winston of Canada. media, New York: United Nations Institute for Training and Research, 1972. Parton. Margaret. Journey through alighter. Room. New York: Viking Press. Tebbe!, John. A history of book publishing in Perry. James M. Us and them: how the press the United States: Vol. 1: the creation of an covered the 1972 election. New York: Clark. industry. 1630.1865. New York: Bowker, 1972. son Potter. Thomas, David St. John and Hubert Bermont. Pi lat, Oliver. Drew Pearson: an unauthorized Getting published. New York: Fleet. biography. New York:Harper's Magazine Thompson, Don and Dick Lupoff. The comic- Press. book book. New Rochelle. N.Y.:Arlington House. Reitberger,ReinholdandWolfgangFuchs. The Times in review: New York Times decade Comics: anatomy of a mass medium. Boston: books. New York: Arno Press. Little. Brown, 1972. Tobin, Terence, ed. The letters of George Ade. Rib let, Carl Jr. The solid gold copy editor. West Lafayette: Purdue U Studies. Tucson: Falcon Press. 1972. Tunstall. Jeremy. Journalists at work. Special- Roberts, Chalmers M. First rough draft. New ist correspondents: their news organizations, York: Praeger. news sources and competitor-colleagues. Bev- Rowse, A. E. Slanted news. Westport. Conn.: erly Hills: Sage Publications. Greenwood Press. Russell, W. H. The Atlantic Telegraph. An- Webber. Ralph E.. ed. As where see us: Ameri- napolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press. can history in the foreign press. New York: Holt. Rinehart & Winston, 1972. Rutland. !).obert A. The newsmongers: journal Wertham. Fredric. The world of fanzines:a ism in the life of the nation. 1690.1972. New special form of communication. Carbondale: York: Dial Press. Southern Illinois U Press. Sackett. S. J. E. W. Howe. New Yoik: Twavne%:1(1.1::. Arthur and Dale Brix. Workbook for Publishers. Inc., 1972. head writing and news editing. Dubuque, Salisbury, Harrison E. and David Schneid.:srman. Iowa: William C. Brown. The indignant years: art and articles from theWolfe, Tom. The new journalism. New York: op ed page of the New YorkTimes. New Harper and Row. York: Crown Publishers/Arno Pre--.3. Wolseley, Roland E. The changing magazine: Sanders,MarionK.Dorothy Thompson:a trends in readership and management. New legend in her time. Boston: Houghton Mifflin York: Hastings House. Company. The won(' rful world of Women's WearDaily. Sappenfield, James A. A sweetinstruction: New Yotk: The Saturday Review Press, 1972. Franklin's journalism as a literary apprenticeship. Carbondale: !..:3utherri Illinois U Press. D. CABLE TELEVISION AND NEW TECHNOLOGY 1972. Scherman. David E. The best of life. New York: Adler. Richard and WalterS.Baer. Aspen TimeLife Books (with distribution by Little, notebook: cable and continuing education. Brown). New York: Praeger Special Studies. Sheehan. Paul V. Reportorial writing. Phila-Baer, Walter S. Cable television: a handbook delphia: Chilton Book Company, 1972. for decisionmaking. Santa Monica: Rand Cor- Sherwood, Hugh C. The journalistic interview. poration. New York: Harper and Row. 1972. Baer. Walter S. Cable television: a summary Shults, Raymond L. Crusader in Babylon: W. overviewforlocaldecisionmaking.Santa T. Stead and the Pall Mall Gazette. Lincoln: Monica: Rand Corporation. U of Nebraska Press, 1972. Bode, H. W. Synergy: technical integration and Sigal. Leon V. Reporters and officials: the or technological innovation in the Bell system. ganization and politics of newsmaking. Lex- Murray Hill, N.J.: Bell Laboratories. 1972. ington. Mass.: D. C. Heath Lexington Books. Carpenter, Polly. Cable television: a guide for Small. William J. Political power and the press. education planners. Santa Monica: Rand Cor New York: W. W. Norton, 1972. poration.

13 10 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Carpenter. Polly. Cable television: uses in edu- Levine, Toby H. The here, now and tomorrow cation. Santa Monica: Rand Corporation. of cable television in education .. .a plon CATV operator's handbook. Blue Ridge Sum- ning Bostm: Massachusetts Advisory mit. Pa.: Tab Books. Council on Education. (:haves. Abram.et a/.Satellite broadcasting. Mitchell,Briclger and Robert Smiley. Cable. New York: Oxford U Press. cities and copyrights. Santa Monica: Rand ( °lino. Richard R. The INTELSAT definitive Corporaion. arangements:usheringinaneweraea Morgan. Robertt . and Jai P. Singh. A guide satellitetelecommunications. rkneva: Euro- totheliterature on application of com- pean Broadcasting Union. munications satellites to educational develop- The complete guide to cable marketing. Wash- ment.St.Louis:CenterforDevelopment ington. D. C.: National Cable Television As- Technology, Washington U. 1972. sociation. thiner. David. The wired island: the first two years of putslic access to cable television in Dickson.EdwardM. and Raymond bower. The video telephone: a new era in telecom- Manhattan. New York: Fund for the City of New York. municationsa preliminary technolog.! assessment. Ithaca. N.Y.: Cornell U Program on Park. Rolla Edward. ed. The role of analysis Science. inregulatory decision making:he caseof cabletelevision.Lexington, Mass.: D.C. Feliltnan,NathanielE.Interconnecting cable Heath/Lexington Books. television systems by satellite: an introduction to the issues. Santa Monica: Rand Cor- Passel). Peter and Leonard Ross. Communica poration. tions satellitetariffsfor television. London: International Broadcast Institute Ltd., 1972. Calloway. Jonathan F The politics and tech- Pilnick, Carl. Cable television:technical con- nology of satellite communications. Lexing- siderations in franchising major market sys- ton. Mass.: Lexington Books, 1972. tems. Santa Monica: Rand Corporation. (icemen George, Larry P. Cross and William Pilnick. Can and Walter S. Baer. Cable tele. II. Melody. eds. Communications technology vision:aguidetothetechnology. Santa andsocialpolicy:understand;ngthe new Monica: Rand Corporation. "cultural revolution." New Yor'.:Wiley-In- tencience. Pool. Ithiel de Sola. Talking back: citizen feedback and cable technology. Cambridge: MIT Grayson. Lawrence P., et al. Man-made moons: Press. satellite communications for schools. Wash- ington. D.C.: Nationai Education Association, Price. Monroe E. and Michael Botein. Cable 1972. television: citizen participation after the fran guide to satellite communication. New York: chise. Santa Monica: Rand Corporation. 1 'nipub. Proceedings of the symposium on urban cable television.4 Volumes. McLean,Va.: The Johnson. Leland L. and Michael Botein. CabLe Mitre Corporation. television:the process of franchising. Santa Monica: Rand Corporation. Rivkin, Steven R. Cable television: a guide to Kildow. Judith Tegger. I.itelsat: policy maker's federalregulations.SantaMonica:Rand Corporation. dilemma. Lexington.Mass.:D. C. Heath/ Lexington Books. Steiner, Robert L. Visions of cablevision, the Metter, Richard C. Cable television: making prospects for cable television in the greater public access effective. Santa Monica: Rand Cincinnatiarea.Cincinnati:StephenH. Corporation. Wilder Foundation, 1972. Knecht, Kenneth. Designing and maintaining Weinhurg, Gary. Cost analysis of CATV com- the CATV and small TV studio. Blue Ridge ponents final report. Bethesda, Md.: Resource Summit. Pa.: Tab Books, 1P72. Management Corp., 1972. Lallez, Raymond. The TEVEC case: an experi- Yin, Robert K. Cable- television:applications ment in adult education using the multi- for municipal services. Santa Monica: Rand media system. New York: Unipub. Corporation. LeDuc, Don R. Cable television and the FCC: Yin, Robert K. Cabletelevision: citizen partici- acrisisinmediacontrol.Philadelphia: pationinplanning.Santa Monica: Rand Temple U Prim. Corporation.

14 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 11

E. MEDIA AND SOCIETY Napolitan. Joseph. The election game and how to win it. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1972. Aronson, James. Deadline for the media: today'sNye. Russel B. ed. New dimensions in popular challenges to press TV and radio.Indian- culture. Bowling Green: Bowling Green apolis: Bobbs Merrill. Popular Press. Austin, James C. and Donald A. Koch. Popu- Pool. Ithiel de Sola and Wilbur Schramm eds. larliteraturein America. Bowling Green: Handbook of communication. Chicago: Rand Bowling Green U Popular Press. McNally College Publishing Company. Baird,A. Craig,FranklinH.Knower, and Rogers. Donald I. Since you went away. New Samuel I..Becker. Essentials of speech com- Rochelle: Arlington House munication. New York: McGraw Hill (fourth Rosenbloom, David Lee. The election men: pro- edition). fessional campaign managers and American Berger, Arthur Asa. Pop culture. Dayton, Ohio: democracy. New York: Quadrangle Books. Plaum/Standard. Rubin. Bernard. Propagandaand public Boorstin. Daniel. The Americans: the demo- opinion: strategics of persuasion. Middletown, cratic experience. New York: Random House. Conn.: Xerox Educational Publications. Browne.Ray B .MarshallFishwick,and Rubin, David M. and David P. Sachs. Mass MichaelT.Marsden.Heroesofpopular media and the environment: water resources, culture. Bowling Green:Bowling Green U land use and atomic energyinCalifornia. Popular Press. New York: Praeger Special Studies. Browne, Ray B., ed. Popular culture and theSchiller, Herbert I. The mind managers. Bos- expanding consciousness. New York: Wiley. ton: Beacon Press. Rudd. Richard W. and Brent D. Ruben eds.Scroenfeld, Clay, ed. Interpreting environmental Approaches to human communication. New issues:research and development in conser- York: Spartan Books, 1972. vation communications. Madison, Wis.: Dem- Chandler.Robert.Publicopinionchanging bar Educational Research Services. Inc. attitudes on contemporary political and socialSchramm, Wilbur. Men, messages, and media: issues. New York: R. R. Bowker Company, a look at human communication. NewYork: 1972. Harper & Row. Clark. David G. and William B. Blankenburg. Schreivogel,Paul.Communicationincrisis. You and media: mass communicationand so- Nashville: Thomas Nelson, 1972. ciety. San Francisco.: Canfield Press. Schwartz, Barry N.. ed. Human connection and the new media. Englewood Cliffs:Prentice- Ellul, Jacques. Propaganda: the formationof Books. Hall. men's attitudes. New York: Vintage Singer, Benjamin D. Feedback and society:a Emery, Edwin, Philip H. Ault, and WarrenK. study of the uses of mass channels for coping. Agree. Introduction to mass communications. Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books. New York: Dodd, Mead (fourth edition). Steven, John D. and William E. Porter, eds. Glessing, Robert J. and William P. White eds. The rest of the elephant: perspectives on the Mass media: the invisible environment. Palo mass media. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Alto, Cal.: Science Research Associates. Valdes, Joan and Jeanne Crow. The media Hixson, RichardF. Mass media: acasebook. works. Dayton, Ohio: Pfiaum /Standard. New York: Crowell. Wood, James Playstead. The great glut: public Hoggart. Richard. On culture and communica- communication in the United States. Nash- tion. New York: Oxford U Press, 1972. ville: Thomas Nelson. Hood, Stuart. The mass media: studies in con-Zeman, Z. A. B. Nazi propaganda. New York: temporary Europe. London: Macmillan, 1972. Oxford U Press. Hood, Stuart. The mass media. New York: Humanities Press, Inc., 1972. F. COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY McQi ail, Denis ed. Sociology of mass communi- Ashmore, Harry S. Fear in the air: broadcasting cal ons.selectedreadings.Harmondsworth, and the first amendmentthe anatomy of a Middlesex, England: Penguin, 1972. constitutional crisis. New York: Norton. The mass media and politics. New York: Arno Press, 1972. Barron, Jerome A. Freedom of the press for Mueller, John E. War, presidents and. public whom: therise of access to mass media. opinion. New York: John Wiley. Bloomington: Indiana U Press.

15 12 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Considerations for a European communications Noll, Roger G., Merton J. Peck and John J. policy. London: International Broadcast Insti- McGowan. Economicaspectsoftelevision tute. Tavistock House East. regulation. Washington, D.C.: The Brook- The copyright question. Rochester, N. V.: Hope ings Institution. Reports. O'Higgins, Paul. Censorship in Britain. London: Duscha, Julius and Thomas Fischer. The cam- Nelson, 1972. pus press: freedom and responsibility. Wash- Rivers, William L. and Michael J. Nyhan, eds. ington, D.C.: American Association of State Aspen notebook on government and Colleges and Universities. the media. New York: Praeger Special Studies. Gaedeke, Ralph M. and Warren W. Etcheson. Sampson, Anthony. The sovereign state of ITT. Consumerism: viewpoints from business, gov- New York: Stein & Day. ernment, and the public interest. San Fran- cisco: Canfield Press, 1972. Simon, G. L. Pornography without prejudice: a reply to objectors. London: Abelard-Sch Geller, Henry. The fairness doctrine in broad- man, 1972. casting: problems and suggested courses ofStone, K. Aubrey. I'm sorry, the monoply you action. Santa Monica: Rand Corporation. Green, Mark J., have reachedis not in service. New York: ed. The monopoly makers: Ballantine/Grassroots. Ralph Nader's study group report on regulation and competition. New York: Grossman. Whalen, Charles W. Jr. Your right to knot:. New York: Random House. Holbrook, David, ed. The case against pornography. LaSalle: Library Press. Krasnow, Erwin G. and Lawrence D. Long ley. G. RESEARCH The p-Iliticsof broadcast regulation. New York: St. Martin's Press. Babhie, Earl R. Survey research methods. Bel- moat, Cal.: Wadswo,th Publishing. Liston. Robert A. The right to know: censor- Floud, Roderick. An introduction to quantita- ship in America. New York: Franklin Watts. tive methods for historians. Princeton, N.J. Longford Committee Investigating Pornography, Princeton U Press. Pornography theLongfordreport. London: Coronet, 1972. Forcese, Dennis P. and Stephen Richer. Social research methods. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Mediamonopolyandpolitics.Washington, Hall. D.C.: American Institute for Political Com-Heller, Louis George. Communication analysis munication. and methodology for historians. New York: Miller, Jonathan. Censorship and the limits of New York U Press, 1972. permission. London: Oxford U Press, 1972. Marnell, William H. The right to know: media Kerlinger, Fred N. Foundations of behavioral and the common good. New York: Seabury research. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Wins- Press. ton (revised). 44 Mass media and the first amendment in a free Lazarsfeld,Paul_ .,Ann K.Pasanella, and society. Amherst: U of Massachusetts Press. Morris Rosenberg. Continuities in the lan- Mayer, Michael. Rights of privacy. New York; guage of social research. New York: The Free LawArt Publishers, 1972. Press, 1972. Minus. Johnny and William Storm Hale. YourLevy, Clifford. A primer for community re- introduction to film-TV copyright, contracts search. SanFrancisco:Far West Research, and other law. Hollywood, Cal.: Seven Arts 1972. Press. Mortensen, C.David, ed.Basic readings in Moskin, J. Robert, ed. The case for advertising: communication theory. New York: Harper & highlightsof the industry presentationto Row. the FTC. New York: American Association ofMortensen, C. David and Kenneth K. Sereno, Advertising Agencies. eds.Advances in communication research. Murphy, Paul L. The meaning of freedom of New York: Harper & Row. speech.Westpo't, Conn.: Greenwood Pub-Paisley, Matilda. Social policy research and the lishing,1972. realities of the system: violence done to TV Nelson, Harold L. and Dwight L. Teeter. Law research. Stanford, Cal.: Stanford U 1972. of mass comasunications. freedom and controlPalshaw John L. Practical methods of measur- of print and broadcast media. Mineola, N.Y.: ing advertising effectiveness. London: Indus- Foundation Prat. trial and Commercial Techniques, 1972. 16 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 13 Rao, Y. V. Lakshmana. The practice of massGeduld, Harry M. and Ronald Gottesman. An communication: some lessons from research. illustrated glossary of film terms. New York: New York: Unipub, 1972. Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Sargent, Hugh W., ed. Frontiers of advertisingGeorgic Charlotte. The arts and the world of business: a selected bibliography. Metuchen, theory and research. Palo Alto: Pacific Books, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. 1972. Searcy, Ellen and Judith Chapman. The statusGifford, Denis. The British film catalogue: 1895- 1970. New York: McGraw-Hill. of researchinchildren'stelevision. Wash. ington, D.C.: George Washington U Social Hardt, Sanno. Shield legislation for journalists: Research Group, 1972. a bibliography. Iowa City: School of Journal- Smith, Joan MacFarlane. Interviewing in market ism, U of Iowa. and socialresearch. London: Rout ledge &Jones, Glenn R. Jones dictionary of CATV Kegan Paul, 1972. terminology. Boulder: Jones International. ?Altman, Gerald, Christian R. A. Pinson, andLee, Rohama, cd. Film news omnibus: reviews Reinhard Angelmar.Metatheory and con- of 16mm Films. New York: Film News Co. sumer research. New York: Holt, Rinehart &Local origination directory. Washington, D.C.: Winston. National Cable Television Association. Mc Hale, John. The changing information en- H. REFERENCE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY vironment: a selective topography. Bingham- Allen. George R. The graduate students' guide ton, N.Y.: Center for Integrative Studies. to theses and dissertations: a practical manual Malkiewicz, Kris J.with RobertE.Rogers. forwriting andresearch.SanFrancisco: Cinematography: a guide for film makers Josscy-Bass. and film teachers. New York: Van Nostrand The American Hire Institute guide to college Reinhold. courses in film and television. Washington,Manchel, Frank. Film study: a resource guide. D.C.: Acropolis Books. Cranbury, N.J.: Fairleigh Dickinson U Press. BBC handbook 1973. London: BBC, 1972. Mathews, Oliver. Early photographs and early A bibliography of literature used in communi- photographers: a survey in dictionary form. London: Recdminster Publications. cationtheorycourses.Austin:Centerfor Ltd. Communication Research, U of Texas. Minus, Johnny and William Storm Hale. Film Bordwell, David. Filmguide to La Passion de superlist: 20,000 motion pictures in the public Jeanne d'Arc. Bloomington: Indiana U Press. domain. Hollywood, Cal.: Seven Arts Press. Britishbroadcasting:1922.1972a select bib- Morsberger, Robert E. Common sense, grammar liography. London: BBC, 1972. and style. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell Bukalski, Peter J. Film research: a critical bib- Company, 1972 (revised). liography with annotations and esasy. Boston: Parish, James Robert. Actors' television credits: G. K. Hall Co., 1972. 1950-1972. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Carter, David E. The book of American trade Richstad, Jim, Michael McMillan and Ralph Barney. The pacific islands press: a directory. marks. Vol.1. Ashland, Ky.: Century Com- munications Unlimited, 1972. Honolulu: U Press of Hawaii. Clarke, Charles G. and Walter Strenge. Ameri- Rivers, William L. and William T.Slater. Aspen handbook on the media:research, cancinematographermanual.Hollywood, Cal.: ASC Holding Corp. publications, organizations. Palo Alto: Aspen Cowie, Peter. International film guide. South Program on Communications and Society. :*.unswick, N.J.: A. S. Barnes. Rust, Brian. The complete entertainment dis- cography from the mid-1890's to 1942. New Living, Bruce F. FM atlas and station directory. Rochelle: Arlington House. Adolph, Minn.: FM Atlas Publishing Co. Sadoul, Georges (translated by Peter Morris). Engstrom, W. A. Multi-media in the Church: Dictionary of film makers. Berkeley: U of a beginner's guide for putting it all together. California Press, 1972. Richmond, Va.: John Knox Press. S.-hoolcraft, Ralph Newman. Performing arts Gallup, George H., ed. The Gallup poll: public publicationsinprint. New York: Drama opinion,1935-1971.NewYork:Random Book Specialists. House (three volumes). Schuster, Mel. Motion picture directors: a bib- Gaskell, Philip. A new introduction to biblio- liography of magazine and periodical articles, graphy. New York: Oxford U Press, 1972. 1900.1972. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. 17 11 10111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Sharp,HaroldS.andMarjorie1.Sharp. American touiness and industry. New York: Index to characters in the perfuming arts American Heritage, 1972. partIV:radio andtelevision.Metuchen, Harris, Sydney J. For the time being. Boston: N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Houghton Mifflin, 1972. Wasserman. Paul and Janiece McLean. Consult- Izenberg, Jerry. How many miles to Camelot? ants and consulting organizations directory. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1972. Detroit: Gale Research Co. Josephson, Matthew. The money lords. New Wheeler, Helen. Womanhood media: current Voik: Weybright and Talley, 1972. resourcesaboutwomen. Metucen,N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Kanfer. Stefan. A journal of the plague years. World dictionary of religious radio and tele New York: Atheneum. %iconbroadcasting.SouthPasadena,Cal.: Key. Wilson Bryan. Subliminal seduction. Eng- MIlliam Carey 1.ibrary. lewood Cliffs: PrenticeHall. Lavidge, Arthur W. A common sense guide to professional advertising. Blue Ridge Summit, I.NI ISCE1.I.A Pa.: Tab Books. Bruce.RobertV.Bell:Alexander GrahamLoevinger. Lee. The politics of advertising. New Bell and the conquest of solitude. Boston: York: Television Information Office. Little. Brown. Lois, George with Bill Pitts. George, be careful. Burke, John D. Advertisinginthe tnarket New York: Saturday Review Press, 1972. place. New York: McGraw-Hill. Marcus, Sheldon. Father Coughlin: the tumul- Cohen. Dorothy. Advertising. New York: John tuous life of the priest of the little flower. Wiley & Sons, 1972. Boston: Little, Brown. Crane. Edgar. Marketing communications. New Nforella, Joe, Edward Z. Epstein and Eleanor York: John Wiley & Sons. 1972. Clark. The amazing careers of Bob Hope: from gagstoriches. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Dietz, Lawrence. Soda pop: the history. adver- Arlington House. tising, art and memorabilia of soft drinks in America. New York: Simon and Schuster. Nelson. Roy Paul. The design of advertising. Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown. Finn.BerhardS. Submarine telegraphy:the grand victorian technology. London: Science Reedy, George E. The presidency in flux. New Museum. York: Columbia U Press. Gerrold, David. "The trouble withtribbles."Salisbury, Harrison E. To Pekingand beyond, New York: Ballantine Books. New York: Quadrangle Books. Sweeney, Russel C. Coming next week: a picture Gordon. George N. and Irving A. Falk. The history of film advertising. Cranbury, N.J.: war of ideas: America's international identity A. S. Barnes. crisis. New York: Hastings House. Grey.Elizabeth. The noiseof drums and Woods, Frederick. Young Winston's wars. New trumpets: W. H. Russell reports from the York: Viking Press, 1972. Crimea. New York: Henry Z. Walck, 1972. Zelmer, A. C. Lynn. Community media hand- Groner, Alex. The American heritage history of book. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press.

II. ARTICLES The articles have been subdivided into the followingself-explanatory categories: A. Journalism and Press. p. 15. B. Commercial Broadcasting. p. 17 C. Communications Law and Public Policy. p. 18. D. Cable Television and New Technology. p. 20. E. Public/Instructional Broadcasting and Broadcast Education. p. 20. F. Communication Theory and Research Methodology. p. 21.

18 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 15 G. Sociological Aspects of Mass Communication. p. 23. H. Advertising. p. 24 I.Mass Media in Other Nations. p. 25. J.Film and Photography. p. 27.

A. JotRNAL. ANDPRiss Booth, Wayne C. Loathing and ignorance on the campaign trail: 1972. CJR 12:4, 7-12. Althoff, Phillip, William H. Greig and FrancineBoston, Ray. The impact of 'foreign liars' on Stuckey. Environmental pollution control atti the American press (1790-1800). JQ 50:4, 722- tulles of media managers in Kansas. JQ 50:4, 30. 666.72. Britt.SteuartHenderson, JohnC.O'Leary Altschul], J. Herbert. The journalist and in- and RalphR.Sturges. The accuracyof stant history: an example of jackal syndrome. claimed subscribership. JAR 13:6, 29-32. JQ 50:3, 489 96. Anson, Robert Sam. Rizzo and the press: kaf- Broberg, Katie. Scientists' stopping behavior as kacsque days in Philadelphia. CJR 12:1, 44-9. indicator of writer's skill. JQ 50:4, 763-7. Anson. Robert Sam. Selling out to television: Iltov.n, William R. and Richard E. Crable. In- «mfessions of a print man turned electronic. dustry, mass magazines, and the ecology issue. 'nil 10, 40 6. (Bs 59 (October), 259.72. Ardoin. Birthney. A comparison of newspapers Burd, Gene. Urban magazine journalism thrives under joint printing contracts. JQ 50:2, 340-7. during city crises. JQ 50:1, 7782, 108. Atwood. I.Fs-win and Gerald I.. Grotta. Social- Burleigh. William R. Journalism: the question ization of news v.lues in beginning reporters. of responsibility. VS 39:13. 396-8. JO 50:4, 759 61. Burnett. Robert A. "L'homme libre-l'homme enchalne": how a journalist handled the press. Bagdikian, Ben H. The myth of newspaper JQ 50:4. 708-15. poverty. CJR 11:6,19-25. Bagdikian, Ben H. The temporarily (?) inde-Carden. John. A conversation with John Chan- pendent papers of Wilmington. CJR 12:2, cellor. TVQ 10:3, 24.9. 50 7. Carden, John. A conversationwith John J. Bagdikian, Ben H. Election coverage '72-1: the O'Connor of the Thurs. TVQ 11:2, 13 7. fruits of Agnewism. CJR 11:5. 9-23. Carlisle, Rodney P. William Randolph Hearst: Bagdikian, Ben H. Fat newspapers and slim aFascistreputation reconsidered. JQ 50:1, cost.rage. CJR 12:3, 15 20. 125-33. Bagdikian. Ben H. Newspapers: learning (tooChu, James C. Y. Carl Sandburg: his associa- slowly) to adapt to TV. CJR 12:4, 44-51. tion with Henry Justin Smith. JQ 50:1, 43 7, Bagdikian, Ben H. Shaping media content: pro- 133. fessional personnel and organizational strut Cole, Richard R. and Thomas A. Bowers. Re- cure. POQ 37, 569-79. search article productivity of U.S. journalism Baran.StanleyJ.Dying black/dyingwhite: faculties. JQ 50:2, 246-54. coverage in six newspapers. JQ 50:4. 761-3. Covert, Cathy. "Passion is ye prevailing motive": the feud behind the Zenger case. JQ Barger. Harold M. Images of political a thorny 50:1, 3-10. in four tyres of black newspaper's. JQ 50:4,Cox, Geoffrey. Television coverage of the Oc- 64551. 672. tober 1968 demonstration in London. EBU Barnett, William L. Survey shows few papers 24:5, 25. are using ombudsmen. JQ 50:1, 153.6. Barrett, Edward W. Folksy TV news. CJR 12:4, DeMott, John."Interpretative" newsstories 16-20. compared with 'spot' news. JQ 50:1, 102 8. Barrett, Laurence I. 'Monitoring' national newsDiamond, Edwin. The folks in the boondocks: suppliers-3. Coverage uneven; opinion mixed. challenging a journalistic myth. CJR 12:4, CJR 11:6, 53-5. 58-9. Ben-Horin, Daniel. The alternative press. TheDimmick, John. The belief systems of war Nation (February 19), 238-41. correspondents: a Bayesian analysis. JQ 50.3, Benjamin, Burton. Last visit to the ranch. TVQ 560-2. 10:2, 37-9. Dorwart, Jeffrey M. James Creelman, the New Berg, Robert. 'Caging' newanen in Michigan. York World and the Port Arthur Massacre. CJR 11:6, 58. JQ 50:4, 697-701.

19 16 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Duncan, Charles T. The International Herald media and education gatekeepers. Journal o: Tribune: unique (world) newspaper. JQ 50:2, Education Research 66;6, 274-8. 348.53. Johnson. Norris R. Television and politiciza- Epstein. Edward Jay. The selection of reality. tion: atest of competing models. JQ 50:3. New Yorker. 41-77. 447-55. 474. Jordan, Vernon E., Ewing.Lee.Col. Anthony Herbert:theun- Jr. The black press. VS making of an accuser. CJR 12:3. 8-14. 39:19. 586-8. Joseph, Ted. How White House correspondents tang, Irving E. and John W. Whelan. Jr. Sur- feelabout backgroundbriefings. JQ 50:3, ev of television editorials and ombudsman 509.16, 532. segments. JB 17:3, !163 71. Junas, Lil. Photographers and editors differ in Asgltar.Diffusionof a'happy' news big and little ways. National Prey Photog- event. JQ 50:2. 271-7. raoher (November, 1972), 6-9. Fathi. Asghar. Problems in developing indices of value. JQ 50:3. 497-501. Kelley, William G. Heywood Broun before and Fermi. Fred. The short. unhappy: life of r.ater after Sacco - Vanzetti. JQ 50:3, 567-9. dav Review H. CJR 12:2. 23-31. KenedvEdward M. Rising postalrates. VS Friendly. Fred W. The campaign to politicize :"9:. 327-31. broadcasting. CJR 11:6. 9.18. Knoll. Erwin. Postal rates and press diversity. Funkhouer, G. Ray. Trends in media coverage CJR 12:1, 56-9. of the issues of the 60's. JQ 50:3. 533-38. Kosinski,Jerry.Packagedpassion.American Scholar 42:2, 193-204. Ftinkhousr,G.Ray andNathanMaccohy. Tailor science writing tothe general audi- Kwolck, WilliamF. A readability survey of ence. JQ 50:2, 220 6. technical and popular literature. JQ 50:2, 255.64. Coodale. James C. The press 'gag' order epi- demic. CJR 12:3. 49-50. LeRoy, David I.Levels of professionalism in Goodman. Julian. The stake is freedom. TVQ a sample of television newsmen. JB 17:1, 51- 62. 10:3, 51-2. Coralski, Robert. How much secrecy can a de- LeRoy. David J. and F. Leslie Smith. Perceived mocracy stand? Lithopinion 7:3, 78-81. ethicality of some TV news production techniques by a sample of Florida legislators. SM Grimes.Paul. Honolulu:trialsofa media council. CJR 12.1, 59.61. 40 (November). 326-9. Lewis.Finlay. Some Hakes. Charles N. and James A. Hammock. Pre- errors andpuzzlesin Watergate coverage. CJR 12:4, 26-32. dicting revenue-related from editorialvari- Lyford, Joseph. The pacification of the press. ables forthelargest newspapers. JQ 50:2, TVQ 10:3. 15.22. 357-60. Ilanlin. Thomas L. American press and publicMcCartney, Hunter P. Englishwriter Leigh Hunt:victim opinion in thefirst Sino Japanese War. JQ of journalisticMcCarthyism. JQ 50:1, 92-6. 50:1. 54-9. Harris, Roy. Pittsburgh's great beef sale. CJR McCartney, Jamcs. The Washington Post and Watergate: how two Davids slewGoliath. 12:4,13-5. Haskins. Jack B. 'Cloud with a silver lining' CJR 12:2, 8-22. approach to violence news. JQ 50:3. 549-52. McClenghan, Jack Sean. Effects of endorsements Hoskins. Robert L. A readability study of AP in Texas local elections. JQ 50:2. 363.6. and UPI wire copy. JQ 50:2, 360.3. McDaniel, Drew 0. Film's presumed advantages litingerford, Steven E. and James B. Lemert. in presenting television news. JQ 50:1, 146.9. Covering the environment: a new 'Afghanis- McKee. Blaine K. Use of late stock reports by tanism'? JQ 50:3, 475.81, 508. country's largest papers. JQ 50:4. 771-3. Mandell, Lee M. and Donald L. Shaw. Judging Isaacs. Norman E. China: casting off the myths. people in the news unconsciously: effect of CJR 11:5, 51-7. camera angle and bodily activity. JB 17:3. Isaacs. Stephen. Election coverage '72 3:were 553.62. polls overemphasized? CJR 11:5, 29 30. 39-42. Meadow, Robert G. Cross-media comparison of Jackson. Ken and Barbara Gill. Composing an coverage of the 1972 presidential campaign. audience .ture from survey snapshots. JQ JQ 50:3, 482.8. 50:1, 149-53. Minow, Newton N., John Barlow Ma-tin. and Jacobson, Harvey K. Needed improvements in Lee M. Mitchell. The President anc: the air educationnews coverageasperceivedby waves. TVQ 11:3, 59.71. STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 17

Nayman, izB. Professional orientations ofStevenson, Robert L. Cross-cultural validation journalists: an introduction to communicator of a readership prediction technique. JQ 50:4, analysis studies. G 19:4, 195-212. 690 6. Nests° Id. Karl J. Diversity inlocal television Stevenson,RobertL.,RichardA.Eisinger, news. JB 17:3, 345.52. Barry NI. Feinberg and Alan B. Kotok. Un twisting the news twisters: a replication of Oates. William R. Social and ethical content in Efron's study. JQ 50:2, 211.9. science coverage by newsmagazines. JQ 50:4, Swanson. DavidL.Politicalinformation,in- 680-4. fluence and judgment in the 1972 presidential O'Brien. Michael. Robert Fleming, Senator Mc- campaign. QJS 59 (April), 130-42. ( :arthy and the myth of the Marine hero. JQ It): 1, 48-53. Taylor, Arthur R. Journalism and foreign af- Oppenheim, Jerrold. Some local TV news pro- fairs. VS 40:4, 110 3. grams are growing longer and more detailed. Tesser. Abraham, et al. News valence and avail- CJR 12:4, 21-2. able recipient as determinants of news transmission. Sociometry 35:4, 619 28. Pepper, Robert. Analysis of presidential priTuchman, Car. Making news by doing work: mart' election night coverage. EBR 7:3, b9- routinizing the unexpected. American Journal 66. of Sociology 79:1, 110.31. Powers. Ron. The "deadly. Egyptian cobra" in Twentieth Century Fund Task Force. "Monitor- Buffalo Grove. CJR. 23.5. ing"nationalnews suppliers 1.A unique Pride. Richard A. and Daniel H. Clarke. Race proposal. CJR 11:6, 43.52. relations in television news: a content analysis of the networks. JQ 50:2, 319.28. Walters,Robert. The HowardBaker boom, CJR 12:4, 33-8. Ryan.Michael.Newscontent,geographical Waxman. Jerry J. Local broadcast gatekeeping origin and perceived media credibility. JQ during natural disasters. JQ 50:4, 751 8. 50:2, 312-8. VVelles. Chris. The bleak wasteland of financial Saalberg, Harvey. The canons of journalism: a reporting. CJR 12:2, 40-9. 50 -year perspective. JQ 50:4. 731.4. Wiehe. G. D. Mass media and man's relation- Sahin. Haluk. Turkish politics in New York ship to his environment. JQ 50:3. 426.32, 446. Times: a comparative content analysis. JQWilcox, Larry D. Hitler disciplines his press: 50:4. 685-9. "the strongest survive." C 19:1. 38 45. Schatz. Timothy. Lee Sigelman and RobertWilhoit. G. Cleveland and Dan G. Drew. The Nee. Perspectiveof managing editorson politics, community participation and profile coverage of foreignpolicynews.JQ 50:4, of the editorial writer. JQ 50:4. 638-44. 716 21. Windhauser, John W. Content patterns of edi- Scudder. Richard B. "Newark's fallen giant": torials in Ohio metropolitan dailies. JQ 50:3, "untruths.distortions,misrepresentations." 562-7. CIR 11:6, 65-7. Wise.David. The President and thepress. Shapiro, Herbert. Lincoln Steffens: the muck- Atlantic (April), 55 64. raker reconsidered. American Journal of Eco-Witcover, Jules.Electioncoverage'72 2:the nomics and Sociology 31:4, 427-38. trials of a one candidate campaign. CJR 11:5. Sherrod. Robert. The selling of the astronauts. 24.8. CIE! 12:1. 16-25. Witcover. Jules. How well does the House press Simon, Paul. Improving State House coverage. perform? CJR 12:4, 39.43. CJR 12:3. 51 3. Witcover. Jules. A reporters' committee that Simons, Dolph C., Jr. What is the role of the works. CJR 12:1, 26-30, 43. daily newspaper? VS 39:6, 167-70. %otring. C. Edward, David LeRoy and Gregg Skornia, Harry J. Broadcast news: a trade in Phifer. Watergate: who's watching the hearings? PTR 1:1. 5-11. need of professionalizing. ERR 7:3. 137-48. [Alsosee:26686':26687':26690';26692; Sorenson, J. S. and D. D. Sorenson. A compari 26696'; 26725; 26732; 26754: 26763: 26764: son of science content in magazines in 1964- 26766:26768;26785;26793:26801;26802; 65 and 1969.70. JQ 50:1. 97-101. 26808; 26813; 26816.] Stevens. JohnD.College students ratethe comics. JQ 50:1. 158 9. B.COMMERCIAL BROADCASTING Stevens, John D. From the back of the foxhole: black correspondents in World War H. JM Aronson,James."The doctor's dilemma." TVQ 27, 1-61. 10:3, 7-12. 21 18 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Besen, Stanley M. and RonaldSoligo. The Powers, Ron andJerrold Oppenheim. The economics of the network affiliate relationship failed promise of all-news radio. CJR 12:3, in the television broadcasting industry. Amer- 21-8. ican Economic Review 58:3. 259 6g. Sarris, Andrew. Your show of shows revisited. Boyum, Joy Gould. Cinema verite and tele- TVQ 10:2, 47-56. % ision. TVQ 11:2, 32-6. Schwattz, Ruth. Preserving TV programs: here Brown, Les. A question o: involvement. TVQ todaygone tomorrow, JB 17:3, 287 300. 11:3. 72-8. Seller, Tom. "And this season, something news." Bruno, Albert V. The network factor in TV TVQ 10:2, 57-64. viewing. JAR 13:5, 33.9. Shelby. Maurice E., Jr. Criticism and longevity of television programs. JB 17:3, 277-86. Carden, John. A conversationwithEugene Smith,Cecil. Changing portraitof the TV McCatilly. TVQ 1, 5-10. critic. TVQ 11:2, 29.30. Chino. Robert. What might have been TVQSobczak, Thomas V. On a clear day you can see 10.3. 35.9. Wildwood, Pa. TVQ 11:2, 52-5. Coffin. Thomas E. and Sam Tuchman. RatingSommers, John. A televisionstation goes to television programs for violence: a compari- press. EBR 7:2. 104.6. son of Ilse surveys. JB 17:1, 3-20. Comments, Stein, Benjamin. A bit of sadism after luncheon. 31.3. TVQ 11:2. 25.7. Cohen. Martir. The electronic soapbox. Hilt. Steinberg.Charles.The compleattelevision opinion 7:3, 31-6. critic. TVQ 11:2. 5-10. Cohen. Martin. Free, truly free television. TVQSurlin, Stuart H. Black-oriented radio's service 11:3, 37-47. to the community. JQ 50:3 556 60. Dickson. Robert G. Natural history program-Wells. Daniel R. UHF improvement: a response ming in the United States: a sampling. EBU to Phillip Rubin. PTR 1:1, 64.6. 24:6, 62-8. Whelan, Kenneth. Such were the joys. TVQ Dominick, Joseph. Crime and law enforcement 11:2, 38-44. on primetime television. POQ 337, 211.50. Whitehead. Clay T. Broadcasters and the network. VS 39:8, 230 2. Eleey,Michael, George Gerbner and Nancy Tedesco. Apples, oranges. and the kitchen W 1. Robert. Remarks for a mature auclien sink: an analysis and guide to the comparison TVQ 11 :2, 57-61. of "violence ratings." JB 17:1, 21.31. Corn. [Also see: 26695; 26698: 26700: 26701; 26723; 26742;26744;26750; ments, 34-5. 26724;26726:26741; 26761:26765:26767:26774;26778;26792: Fichandler, Zelda. Some thoughts on television 26797;26803;26805;26806;26814;26821. as theatre. TVQ 10:2, 19.28. Gilbert, Craig. All in the (Loud) family. TVQ C. COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY 11, 11-7. Barnett, Stephen R. Merger, monopoly anu a Hillier. William. The upside down approach. free press. Nation (January), 76-86. TVQ 10:2, 65-70. Barnett.StephenR. The FCC'snonbattle Horn, John. Not quite total recall. TVQ 11:2, against media monopoly. CJR 11:5, 43-50. 19-23. Botein,Michael.Clearingtheairwavesfor Houseman. John. TV drama in the USA. TVQ access.AmericanBarAssociationJournal 10:2, 9-18. (January), 38-41. Johnson,Nicholas.Keeping aneye on TV.Brack, Hans. Aspects of the legal committee's AAUW Journal (April), 13.5. work withinthe framework ofthe EBU, 1965-1972. 24:1, 37-43. Kitman, Marvin. How now, Commander White- Brenner, Daniel L. Toward a new balance in head? TVQ 10:3, 31.3. license renewals. JB 17:1, 63-76. Lynch, James E. Seven days with "All in theCanby. Wiliam. The First Amendment right to Family"case study of the taped TV drama. persuade:accessofradioandtelevision. JB 17:3, 259-76. UCLA Law Review 19:5, 723-58. Maines, Patrick D. and John C. Ottinger. Net- Courtney, Jo.ensiah. Electronic eavesdropping, work documentaries: how many, hos: relevant? wiretapping and your right to privacy. FCBJ CJR 11:6, 36-42. 26:1, 1-60. McKay, Jim. Eleven are dead: tragedy at the Cronkite, Walter. Privilege. VS 39:17, 521.4. games. TVQ 11;3, 18-36. Dennis, Everette E. Purloined information as

22 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 19 property a new first amendment challenge Lee. H. Rex. Public telecommunications: the JQ 50:3, 456.62. 474. task of managing miracles. PTR 1:3, 9 12. Dittrich, Robert. The 1972 act amending the Lc Duc, Don R. Broadcast legal documentation: Austrian Copyright Act. EBU 24:4. 46 53. a four-dimensional guide. JB 17:2. 131-45. Ersin, SamJ..Jr.Justice,theconstitution. Mallil, Jonathon. The broadcastlicenseeas and privacy. VS 39:22, 677-81. fiduciary: toward the enforcement of discre- Eshelman. David and AltonBatbour. Legal tion. Duke Law Journal 1973:1. 89.133. references on newsmen and compulsory die. %Crystal. James. Videotape trials:relief for closure, JB 17:1. 37-50. our congested courts. Denver LawJournal 49:4, 463 88. Federal Communications Commission Broadcast McElrcath. Mark P. Right to know and cm- Procedure Manual. ERR 7:1. 1 IS. plover cognitions on communication. JQ 50:4. Fidler, Fred. The media and minority groups: 773 6. a study of adequacy of access. JQ 50:1. 109-17. Mullally, Donald P. and Gerald M. Gillmore. Fleischman. foci. Freedom of speech and equal. Academicparticipationincommunication itv of political opportunity. North Carolina policymaking. JQ 50:2. 353-7. I aw Res iew. 51:3. 389-493. Nam. Sunwoo and Inhwan Oh. Press freedom: Foley. Joseph M. Broadcast regulation research: function of subsystem autonomy. antithesis of a primer for non lawyers. J11 17:2. 147.57. development. JQ 50:4, 744 50. Framis, William. Media access: romance and Orwant. Jack E. Measuring the obscenity thresh- reality.America(September),156.8. old. CIR 12:4, 60. (.ialiam. Fred P. and Jack C. Landau. The Powell. Jon T. Protection of children in broad- federal shield law we need. CIR 11:6. 26 35. castadvertising:theregulatoryguidelines Gross. Jeanne. Rosemont v. Random House and of nine nations. FCBJ 26:1, 61-75. the doctrine of fait. use. JQ 50:2. 227.36. 277. Powell. Lew and Edwin E. Meek. Mississippi's afterthelicensechallenge. CJR Iladl, Robert D. Current developments in corn WIBT: munications law in the United States. EBU 12:1, 50 5. Powers. Thomas. The ric'hts of reporters. Com- 24:4. 56.63. monweal (May 25). 280-3. Hall. W. Clayton, Jr.and Robert Bomi D. Amendment on Batlivala.The prime timerule:amisad Rembar, Charles. The F:rst ventureinbroadcastregulation? JB17:2. trial:the government,thepress and the 215.22. public. Atlantic(April), 45.54. Hochberg. Phillip R. Second arid goal to go: Riley. Sam G. Pretrial publicity: a field study. thelegislatiseattackintheninety second IQ 50:1. 17 25. Congress onsnortsbroadcastingpractices. Lawrence W. Politics and pornog- FCBJ 26:2.118.82. raphy. Qis 59 (December). 413 22. Hudson. Robert V. FOI crusade in perspective: Sa1oski, Robert P Defamation and disclosure: three victories for the press. JQ 50:1, 118 24. 976 59 (December), 413.22. Hutchison. E. R. and David G. Clark. Self-cen Srooff, Robert W. Must we accept government sorship in broadcasting-the cowardly HMIs, TVQ 10:2. 71-5. New York Law Forum 18:1, 1 31. Rol)..tt W. The threat to freedom of information. VS 39:18, 551.4. Johansen. Peter W. The Canadian RadinTele Scherer. Howard. Broadcast journalism the con- vision Commission and the canadianiration Wet between the First Amendment and Ha- of broadcasting. FCBJ 26:2, 183 208. hility for riefarnation. Brooklyn Law Review Johansen. Peter W. The CRTC and Canadian gq.2. 426 47. content regulation. JB 17:4, 465.74. "SH--1,1statute":solutiontothe newsman's Kennedy. William Joseph. State and local tax dilemma? Valparaiso University Law Review ation of commercial broadcasting. JB 17:1. 71. 235-48. 77-84. Small. William. Mischief in Washington. TVQ Killenberg, George M. Free expression implica 10:3. 46 9. tions of new federal election law. JQ 50:3. Stempel. Guido H.. III. Effects on performance 527.32. of a cross-media monopoly. JM 29, 1 30. Krasnow, ErwinG,Congressionaloversight: Swartz, John L. Fairness for whom? Adminis- The ninety-second Congress and the Federal trationof the fairness doctrine.1969-1970. Communications Commission. FCBJ 26:2, 81- Boston College Industrial k Commercial Law 117. Review 14:3, 457-70. 20 111111.10GR WHIG ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Tort liability of a university for libelous ma- Pawley,Edward. Throughaglassdarkly": terial in student publ;cations. Michigan Law some glimpses of technical trends and their Review. 71:5, 1061 88. effect on broadcasting. EBU 24:3, 14-20. Whelan. Charles M. Be Rind the fig leaf: a legal Robbins, E. C. Cable television in the United analysis. America (August 18), 84-7. Kingdom. EBU 24:1, 51-2. [Also see: 26743: 26759; 26799; 26818.1 Steup, Elisabeth. The protection of authors in the case of satellite transmissions. EBU 24:6, D. CAW/ TELEVISION AND TECHNOLOGY 73-9. Bagdikian, Ben H. Publishing's quiet revolu Unger. Arthur. CATV: a pig in a poke for tion. CJR 12:1, 7-15. viewers. TVQ 11:3, 48-52. Berkman, Dave. Cable's future in education: a [Also see: 26693*; 26745; 26747; 26756; 26770; less than sanguine view. PTR 1:3, 41.5. 26807; 26817.1 Bezencon, Marcel. Television via direct broad- E. PUBLIC/INSTRUCTIONAL BROM/GAF' ING AND castsatellites:light or damper? EBU 24:4. BROADCAST EDUCATION 14 6. Bresnan.WilliamJ.The cablerevolution: Baker. Eva L. and Marvin C. Alk;n. Formative Blue sky set-sites. VS 39:14, 446.8. evaluation of instructional development. Christians. Cliff. Home video systems: a resolu AVCR 21, 389-418. tion? JB 17:2. 223-34. Barrett, Cathar;ne. The enigma of a thousand Cottrath, David W. and Gordon B. Thompson. and one channels. Today's Education (No. Communication technology:a societalper vember, 1972). 31+. spective. JC 23:1, 47.63. Rosner,Paul. Improving instructional media practices. PTR 11:3, 58-63. Ende, Asher. INTELSAT: evolution or revolution? law and Policy International BusinessCapalaces, Ronald G. and Joyce R. Starr. The 4:3, 529.56. 'negative' message of anti drug spots: does it &cum'. Luis. Cable television, soon to be a get across? PTR 1:2, 64-6. reality in Spain. EBU 24:1. 44:,0. Cunningham. Donald J.Evaluation of repli cable forms of instruction: a classification of Hostetter, Amos B.. Jr. Cable and the public informationneedsinformative and sum media: the time for action is today. PTR 1:3, mative evaluation. AVCR 21, 351.68. 16.9. lin hen, 0101. The INTELSAT system: someDas id. Austin. ITV, telephone, and computer as an instructional system: a feasibility study. notes ontelevisionutilizationofsatellite technology. G 19:1, 2937. AVCR 21, 453-66. Day, James. Death of a dream. TVQ 10:3, 41.4. InternationalBroadcastInstitute Symposium. Dwyer, Francis M. Effect of method inpre- Is TV debasing politics? CJR 12:3, 41.8. senting visualized instruction. AVCR 21, 437- Jassem, Harvey. S.:11ing of the cable TV corn 52. promise. JR 17:4. 427.36. Franzwa, Dale.Influenceof meaningfulness, Kenney.BrigitteI...ed. Cable tiles isionfor picturedetail,and presentation mode on librarians. Drexel Library Quarterly 9:1. 2. visual retention. AVCR 21, 209-24. Lee. Robert E. Broadcasting via satellite. EU' Gorman, Don A. Effects of varying pictorial 24:3. 21-3. detail and presentation strategy on concept Masouye, Claude. The distribution of signals formation. AVCR 21. 337-50. transmitted by satellite. EBU 24:5, 40-51. Groombridge, Brian and Jennifer Rogers. Using adult Aucation programmes. EBU 24:2,17- Murphy. Thomas P. Federal regulatory policy 23. and communications satellites: investing theGunn, Hartford N., Jr. The President's report social dividend. American Journal of Eco to PBS members. PTR 1:3, 26-9. nomics and Sociology 31:4, 337-51. Hanneman, Gerhard J. and William J. McEwen. Newsom, Carroll V. Communication satellites: a Televised drug abuse appeals: a content an- new hazard for world cultures. EBR 7:2, 77- alysis. JQ 50:2. 329-33. 85. Harley, Wiliam G. 'A chance to remind our- Parker, Edwin B. Implications of new informa- selves what we are surviving for... PTR tion technology. POQ 37, 590-400. 1:3, '7-8. 24. STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 21 Harley, William G. The mission and futureTyler, I. Keith. Opportunity and responsibility of the new NAEB. PTR 1:3, 35-7. in educational broadcasting. ERR 7:2. 86-92. Herts. Roger W. Education and telecomuni- Vetlemeyer. Charles. Characteristics of the open cations: the partnership today and tomorrow. learning system. PTR 1:3. 53-5. PTR l:3, 20.5. Wells. Russell F., Adrian P. VanMondf sans, Himmelweit, Hildc T. Britain's open university: S. N. Postlethwait and David C.Butler. Ef theory, practice. and challenge. ERR 7:2, 93-8. fectiveness ofthree visual media and two Hughes. JosephI). Long-range financing. one study formats in teaching concepts involving Fear later. PTR 1:11, 31-4. time, space, and motion. AVCR 21, 233.41. Hu lsen. Albert. National public radio: a pro-Wilson. Robert A. Marketing public television: gramming overview. PTR 1:3. 38.40. notes on the station independence project. 1:3111t."C. W. M., Eugene W. K3It, Leonard S. PTR 1:2,:-7. Spilka and Paul J. Stonich. Public broadcast Young, Robert Q. A comparison of reading ing management planning and controlsys- andlistening comprehension withrateof tem: initial progress report. ERR 7:3, 153.8. presentation controlled. AVCR 21, 327-36. Lundgren. Rolf. Educational broadc.astiagbig[Also see: 26488: 26498; 26513: 26522: 26699'; questions ahead. EBU 24:5, 26.8. 267006: 26706': 26721; 26722; 26736: 26751: 26787: 26789; 26800: 26811.] National Association of Educational Broadcast- ers Constitution and ByLaws. ERR 7:1. 64- F.COMMUNICATION THEORY AND 75. Notberg, Douglas and Leonard S. Spilka. Meet- RESEARCHMETnODOLOC.Y ing management's need forfinancialinfor- Adams. W.Clifton.Theeffectofvarious matios. a new approach. PTR 1:1, 30-4. channels of feedback on the communication Olson, Thomas 0. Humanism, education, the of information. SM 40 (June). 147.50. new media and NAEB. PTR 1:3, 45-52. Allen. Richard. Primacy or recency: the order Park. Warren S.. Jr. Three grand old domes. of presentation. JQ 50:1, 135 8. Alpert, Mark I. and W. Thomas Anderson, Jr. FAIR 7:2, 102.4. Pettosic. Branko. An experimental programme Optimal heterophily and communication ef- for the hard of hearing. FBI' 24:2. 292. fectiveness: some empirical findings. JC 23, Prange, W. Werner. Educational tecluiology: we 528 43. need a new approach. PTR 1:1, 12 6. Bishop. Michael E. and Pamela McMartin. To- Prince. Paul. Thoughts on a broadcast under- ward a socio psychological definition of trans graduate curriculum. ERR 7:2, 99-101. itional persons. JB 17:3, 333-44. Robertson. James and Gerald G. Yokum. Edu-Miner, John R., G. Wayne Shamo. and Dennis J. Celorie. Compressed speech bi mnemonic cationalradio:the fifty yearold adolescent. joining:anegativeimplicationfor broad- ERR 7:2. 107.15. Rowan. Carl T. Responsible communication casting. JB 17:4, 459.64. under governmental duress. TR 1:3, 13 5. Bogart. Leo. The management of mass media: Rubin. Philip A. CPB comments on engineer- an agenda for research. POQ 37, 580 9. ing aspects of Gunn proposal. ERR 7:3, 149-Capon, Noel and James Hulbert. The sleeper 51. effect-an awakening. POQ 37, 333 58. Schramm, Wilbur and Lyle Nelson. FinancingChafee, Steven H. and Jack M. McLeod. eds. public TV. CJR 11:5, 31-8. Interpersonal perception and communication. Spangenberg, Ronald W. The motion Vdtiable AmericanBehavioralScientist16:4,entire issue devoted to this topic. in procedural learning. AVCR 21. S. Cronen, Vernon E. Belief, salience, media ex- Sterling.ChristopherH.Broadcastingtext- books: 1967-72. ERR 7:1, 44-53. posure and summation theory. JC 23:1, 86.94. Stortich, Paul J. and W. Michael Karnes. Budg- Dengler, Ralph. The space bias and time bias eting and scheduling in public broadcasting idea of Innis tested on catechisms. JQ 50:3. a case study. PTR 1:1, 18 24. 502 8. Stonich. Paul J. and W. Michael Karnes. Long- Dunkelberg, William C. and George S.Day. range planning in public broadcasting: what Nonresponsz bias and callbacks in sample itis. how it works. PTR 1:1, 24.9. surveys. JMR 10:2, 160.8. Stonith, Paul J., W. Michael Karnes and A.Edelstein. Alex S. An alternative approach to Ross Currie. An operational reporting system the study of source effects in mass communi- for publ:c television stations. PTR 1:2, 29-37, cation. SB 9, 5-29. 22 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECI: c:OMMUNICATION Fletcher, James E. Oitl time GSR and a new Ruffner, Marguerite Anne. Q analysis of media approach to the analysis of public communi- model in McLuhan's "counterblast." JQ 50:1, cation. QJS 59 (February), 52.60. 141-6. Fujitake, Akira. Some comments on the studiesShaw. Eugene F. Media credibility: taking the of the effects of mass media of communica measure of a measure. JQ 50:2. 306 11. tions. SB 9, 113.20. Shelby. Maurice E.. JTelevision and radio as Hawes. Leonard C. and Joseph M. Foley. A soc:al and behavioral sciences: a revolution? Markov analysis of interview communication. EBR 7:1, 21-3. SM 40 (August). 205 19. Stamm. Keith R , John E. Bowes and Barbara Hawes. Leonard C. Elements of a model for J. Bowes. Generation gap a communication communication processes. QJS 59 (February), problem? A coorientational analysis. JQ 50:4. 11.21. 62937. Hawkins. Del i. Model of symbolic communica- Stephenson, William. Applications of communi- tion. JAR 13:3. 33.8. cationtheoryIII;intelligence and multi- valued choice. Psychological Record 23:1. 17. Hayashi. Chikio.Methodological nroblems in 32. mass communications research: from asta- Sudman. Seymour. The uses of tc,.:phone di- tisticomathematical standpoint. SB 9. 121.151. ectories for survey sampling. JMR 10.2. 204-7. Heffner, Communicatory accuracy: four experiments. JM 30 (August). Tan. Alexis S. A role theory: a dissonance analysis of message content preferences. JQ 50:2, Kaiser. Jeffrey and James Sodt. An analysis of 278.84. the use of statisticaltesting in communica Tichenor, Phillip J.. George A. Donohue and tion research. JC 23. 251.65. Clarke N. Olien. Mass communication re- Kraus. Sidney. Mass communication and po- search: evolution of a structural model. JQ liticalsocialization:a re-assessment of two 50:3, 419.25. decades of tesearch. QJS 59 (December), 390. Todorov. Tlyetan. Semiotics. Screen 14:1/2. 15- 400. 23. 'Mendelsohn, Harold. Some reasons why infor- Wade. Serena E. Media effects on changes in mation campaigns can succeed. POQ 37:1. attitudes toward the rights of young people. 50 61. JQ 50:2. 291-6, 347. Metz,Christian.Methodologicalpropositions Weigel. Russell H. and Richard lessor. Tele- for the analysis of film. Screen 14:1/2. 59.101. v'sion and adolescent conventionality: an ex- Meyer. Timothy P. Children's perceptions of planatory study. POQ 37, 76 90. justified/unjustifiedandfictional/realfilm Weinberger, Martin. Getting the quota sample violence. JB 17:3. 321.32. right. JAR 13:5, 69.71. Meyer. Timothy P. and James A. Anderson.Wheatley, JohnJ.Self administered written Mediaviolenceresearch:interpretingthe questionnaires or telephone interviews? JMR find:ngs. JB 17:4. 447.58. 10:1. 94.5. Morris. Jim R. Newsmen's interviewing tech. Wotring. C. Edward and Bradley S. Greenberg. niqucs and attitudes toward interviewing. JQ Experiments in televised violence and verbal 50:3. 53942. 548. aggression: two exploratory studies. JC 23. 446 60. Neill.S.D. McLuhan's media charts related to the process of communication. AVCR 21.Yonezawa. Hiroshi. A research into information 277 97. needs. SB 9, 153-89. Nielsen.RichardP.Perceivedpowerlessness Zillmann, Dolf and Rolland C. Johnson. Moti- and sensitivity to content types. JQ 50:3, 469- vated aggressiveness perpetuated by exposure 74. to aggressive films and reduced by exposure Norr:s. Eleanor L. Perspective as a determinant to nonaggressive films. Journal of Research in of attitude formation and change. JQ 50:1. Personality 7:3 (November). 261-76. 11 6. Zillmann. Doll, Rolland C. Johnson and John Parker, Ben C. Through a glass darkly. JAR Hanrahan. Pacifying effect of happy ending 13:3. 43-5. of communications involving aggression. Psy- Pinson. Christian and Eduardo L. Roberto. Do chological Reports 32, 967-70. attitude changes precedebehavior change? [Alsosee:2668e:26689;26691°:26779; JAR 13:4, 33 8. 268101 26 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 23

G. SOCIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF Noelle.Neumann, Elisabeth. Return to the con- MASS COMMUNICATION cept of powerful mass media. SB 9, 67-'12. Nordenstreng. Kaarle. Who determines public Bobiow. Davis B. Mass communication and the opinion? EBU 24:5, 22-4. political system. POQ 37, 551 68. Ogren.EvelynH.Publicopinionsabout Capitman, William. The selling of the Ameri- public welfare. Social Work 18:1 101-7. canpubic.Business and SocietyReview O'Keefe, Garrett J., Jr. and H. T. Spetnagel. (Summer. 1972), 42 6. Patterns of college undergraduates' use of Chaffee, Steven H. and Jack M. Mc LeGd. In- selected news media. JQ 50:3, 543-8. dividual vs, social predictors of information seeking. JQ 50:2, 237.45. Peterwn,Marilyn. The visibilityand image Cox. Harvey. The conscicusness industry:a of old people on television. JQ 50-3. 569 73. theological view of the media. PTR 1:2, 8-15. Prisuta, Robert H. Mass media exposure and Cushing. William G. and James B. Lemert. Has political behavior. EBR 7:3, 167-73. TV altered students' news media preferences? Rarick. Dav:d L. Parental evaluation of tele- JQ 50:1, 138.41. vision violence. EBR 7:1, 34-43. Donohue. G. A.,P.J. Tichenor and C. N. Rarick,DavidL.. James E. Townsend and ()lien. Mass media functions, knowledge and Douglas A. Boyd. Adolescent perceptions of social control. JQ 50:4, 652-9. police: actual and as depicted in TV drama. Gutman, Jonathan. Self conepis and television JQ 50:3, 438.46. sieving among women. POQ 37, 388-97. Rarick, GalenR.Differences between daily newspaper subscribers and nonsubscribers. j(1 Hanneman. Gerhard J. and Bradley S. Greet 50:2. 265-70. berg.Relevance and diffusion of news of Rosngren, Karl Erik. News diffusion: an over. major and minor events. JQ 50:3. 433-7. view. JQ 50:1, 83-91. Hyman. Herbert H. Mass communication and Ruffner. Marguerite Anne. Women's attitudes socialization. POQ 37, 524 40. toward progressive rock radio. JB 17:1. 85 94. Kassarjian.Waltratal M. Blacks as communi- Schwartz, David A. How fast does news travel? cators and interpretc.i of mass communica- POQ 37. 625-7. tion. JQ 50:2, 285-91, 305. Seggar, john F. and Penny Wheeler. World of Kati. Elihu, Michael Corevitch and Hadassah work on TV: ethnic and sex representation Hass. On the use of the mass media for im in TV drama. JB 17:2, 201-14. portantthings. SR9,31-65 and American Shain, Russell E. and Kent Higgins. Middle- Sociological Review 3E:2 (April), 164.81. class delinquents and popular music: a pilot Kroua, Eugene A. Use of mass media by U.S. study. Popular Music and Society 2:1, 33.42. Army personnel. JB 17:3, 309-20. Sharon. :%miel T. Racial differences in news- Lang. Kurt and Gladys Engel Lang. Televised paper readersrip. POQ 37, 611.8. hearings: the impact out there. CJR 12:4, 52Sheinkopf. Kenneth G. Family communic,,ion 7. patterns and anticipatorysocialization. Q Lerner. Daniel. Notes on communication and 50:1. 24-36, 133. the nation state. POQ 37, 541-50. Sigelman, Lee. Reporting the news: an organi Maisel, Richard. The decline of mass media. rational analysii.. American Journal of Soci- POQ 37. 159 70. ology 79:1, 132 51. Marsh, Harry D. How journalism teachers viewSinger, Benjamin D. Mass society, mass media. media news performance. JQ 50:1, 156-8. and the transformation of minority identity. Morris. Monica B. Newspapers and the new British Journal of Sodology 24:22, 140-50. feminists: black out as social control? JQ 50:1, Steinfatt, Thomas H., Walter Gantz, David R. 37.42. Siebold and Larry D. Miller. News diffusion Mewl.. Timothy P. Children's perceptions of of the George Wallace shooting: the apparent fasoritetelevisioncharactersasbehavioral lack of interpersonal communication as an models. EBR 7:1, 25-33. artifactofdelayedmeasurement. QJS 59 Mishra. V. M. The broadcast media exposure (December), 401-12. and modernization processes in urban slums. Taylor, Ryland A. The repeat audience for G 19:3, 133 44. movies on TV. JB 17:1, 95-100. Nayman, Oguz B.. Charle K. Atkin and BillTichenor, Phillip J. and Daniel B. Wackman. Gillette. The four-day workweek and media Mass media and community public opinion. use: a glimpse of the future. JB 17:3, 301 8. American Behavioral Scientist 16:4, 593 606.

27 24 B181.10GR PHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Walker, HaroldL. Communication andthe Greyser, Stephen A. Irritation in advertising. American health care problem. JC 23, 349-60. JAR 13:1, 3-10. [Also see: 26685*; 26790; 26751; 26757; 26769; Greyser, Stephen A. Irritation in advertising: 26775; 26790; 2b819.] the next battleground? AQ 35, 6.17. Hanneman, Gerhard J. William J.McEwen, H. ADVERTISING and Sharon A. Coyne. Public servicead- vertising on television. JB 17:4, 387-404. Banks, Seymour. Trends affecting the imple- Hendori, Donald Wayne. How mechanical fac- mentationofadvertising andpromotion. tors affect ad perceptie i. JAR 13:4. 39.45. JMtkg 37:1, 1928. Henry, Harry. Advert:sing and the environment. Barry, Thomas E. and Richard W. Hansen. AQ 35, 24-31. How race affects children's TV commercials. Hollander, Stephen W. and Jacob Jacoby. Re- JAR 13:5, 63 7. call of crazy, mixed-up TV commercials. JAR Blither, Stewart W. and Peter L. Wright. The 13:3, 39-42. self-confidenceadvertising response relation-Hunt, H. Keith. Effects of corrective advertis- ship:a function of situationaldistraction. ing. JAR 13:5, 15-22. JMR !0:2, 146 52. Jain, Chaman L. Newspaper advertising: pre- Bogart, Leo. As media change, how will adver- print vs. R. 0. P JAR 13:4, 302. tising? JAR 13:5, 25-9. Jennings,Paul.Advertisingwith7 human Bowers. Thomas A. Newspaper politicalad- face. AQ 33, 19-20. vertising and the agenda setting function. JQ Karp, Robert E. An approach to creative ad- 50:3, 552-6. Brozen, Yale. Are new FTC advertising policies vertising for the 70's Arizona Review (Jan- inhibiting competition? JA 2:2, 28 31. uary, 1972), 5.9. Brunk, Max E. The anatomy of consumerism. Kirkpatrick,Miles W. Advertising andthe JA 2:1, 0-11, 46. Federal Trade Commission. JA (1972). 10-2. Bruno, Albert V., Thomas P. Hustad and Edgar Knauer, Virginia H. Advertising and consum A. Pessemier. Media approaches to segmenta- erism. JA 2:1, 6-8. tion. JAR 13:2, 35-42. Larson, Carl M. ana Hugh G. Wales. Brand Fined. Richard P. Erroneous recall of media. preferences of Chicago blacks. JAR 13:4, 15. JAR 13:4, 237. 21. Lehman. Martin A. and Richard N. Cardozo. Christian, Richard C. Advertising education is Product orindustrialadvertisements? JAR alive and well! JA 2:2. 115. 13:2. 43.6. Ccoper, Guy. Yellow pages: advertising as in- Lodish,Leonard M.Exposureinteractions format:on. AQ 33. 40.7. among media schedules. JAR 13:2, 31-4. Cranch. A. Graeme. The changing faces of in- Luksctich, William A. Some economic issues and tc :national advertising. The International Ad policy implications of studies on the curare- vertiser (Spring. 1972). 4-6. titive effects of advertising expenditures. JA Cummings. Parton A. Fuil service agencies vs. 2:1, 20.5, 46. a la carte. JA 2:', 12.5 I.ynn. Jerry R. Perception of public service ad- de Groot.Gerald.Advertisingresearch.the vertising: source, message and receiver effects. creative dilemma. AQ 35 (Spring). 33 8. JQ 50:4, 673-9, 689. Dillon, Tom. Whatisdeceptive advertising? Marting, Leeda Pollock. British control of tele- JAR 13:5. 9.12. vision advertising. JB 17:2, 159-72. Donohoe. Thomas R. Viewer perceptions ofMcCaffrey, James J. Advertising and the Fed- color and black and white pa'd political ad- eral Trade Commission: a reposte. JA 2:1, vertising. JQ 50:4. 660.5. 16-9. Evans. Gano S A comparative organizationalMeeske. Milan D. Editorial advertising and the analysis of advertising agencies: the effect of First Amendment. JB 17:4, 417.26. site on management style. JA 2:1. 26-31. Montana. Patrick J. The company perspective. JA 2:2, 16-7. Fleck.RobertA.,Jr. How mediaplanners Moore, Frazier and John D. Leckenby. The process information. JAR 13:2, 14 8. quality of advertising education today. JA Frideres, James S. Advertising, buying patterns 2:2, 6-10. and children. JAR 13:1, 34.6. National Business Council for Consumer Affairs. Greenberg. Allan and Charles Suttoni. Tele- What does advertis:ng do for the consumer? vision commercial wearout. JAR 13:5, 47.54. JA 2:2. 22-7. 28 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 25 Newman, Joseph W. and Richard Staelin. In- Sur lin, Stuart H. The attitudes of prejudiced formationsources ofdurablegoods. JAR individuals toward the institution of adver- 13:2, 19-29. tising. JA 2:2, 35-7. Ostlund. Lyman E. Russian advertising: a new Tallman, Robert P..Jr. Government and the concept. JAR 13:1, 11.9. advertising industry. JA (1972), 17.22. O'Toole, John E. Are Grace Slick and TriciaTruse, Kenneth. The children are dyingbut, Nixon Cox the same percnn? JA 2:2, 32 4. first, here's a commercial. TVQ 11:3, 53-8. Twyman. W. A. Designing advertising research Patterson, Thomas E. and Robert D. McClure. Political advertising on television: spot com- for marketing decisions. JMRS 15:2. 77-100. mercialsinthe1972president:alelection. Unwin, Stephen J. F. How culture. age and sex Maxwell Review (Spring), 57-69. affect advertising response. JQ 50:4, 735-43. Peters. William H. Two measures of print ad- Valiente, Rafael. Mechanical correlates of ad vertising's social responsibility level. JQ 50:4, recognition. JAR 13:3, 13.8. 702-7. Wagner.LouisC. andJanisB.Banos. A Petrol, JohnV. Minorityrepresentationin woman's place: a follow-up analysis of the French advertising. Marquette Bus:ness Re- roles portrayed by women in magazine ad- view (Spring). 9-12. vertisements. JMR 10:2. 213-4. Plasman, Stephan K. Single sample commercialWard, Scott. Kids' TVmarketers on hot seat. testing. JAR 13:6, 39-42. Harvard Business Refiew (July /August, 1972), Putz, C.Delos. Fairness and commercial ad- 16-28. vertising: a review and a proposal. UniversityWhat does advertising do for the consumer? of SanFrancisco Law Review 6:2(April, AQ 35 (Spring), 41-6. 1972), 215-51. Williams. David. Advertising and social con- Readership scores are comparable. Mainly Mar- science: AQ 33 (Autumn. 1972), 26-32. keting (November, 1972), 1-7. Wind. Yoram and Stephen E. Silver. Segmenting Riesz, Peter C. Do network television advertis- media buyers. JAR 13:6. 33.8. ing econ3mics lead to corporate mergers? JBWinter, Edward and John T.Russell.Psy- 17:4. 405.16. chographics and creativity. JA 2:1, 32-5. Ross, BillyI.Advertising education. JA 2:2,Winter. Frederick W. A laboratory experiment 18-21. of individual attitude response to advertis- Sawyer, Alan G. The effects of repetition of ing exposure. JMR 10:2. 130-40. refutational and supportive advertising apWright. Peter L. Use of consumer judgment peals. JMR 10:1, 23 33. models in promotion planning. JMktg 37:4, 27-33. Scali, James R. Advertising and shared mo-Wright. Peter L. The cognitive processes me- nopolyinconsumer goodsindustries.Co- diating acceptance of advertising. JMR 10:1, lumbia Journal of Law and Social Problems 53-62. (Winter). 241-78. Sheinkopf, Kenneth G. Quality versus quantity [Also see: 26700; 26728. 26739: 26740; 26749; in televised political Ads. POQ 37 (Summer), 26773; 26777: 26784; 26818.] 209.24. Sheinkopf, Kenneth C. Charles K. Atkin and I. MASS MEDIA IN OTHER NATIONS Lawrence Bowen. How political party work ers respond to political advertising. JQ 50:2, Barney. Ralph D. Mass media roles in development: a descriptive study from four develop- 334-9. ing areas. G 19:4, 222-38. Silk, Alvin J. Testing the inverse ad sizeselec- tive exposure hspothesis:clad singBogart. Bishop, Michael E. Media use and democratic PIR 10:2. 221 3. political orientation in Lima Peru. JQ 50:1, 60-7, 101. Sillcr, Fred H. and Vernon J. Jones. Newspaper campaign audience segments. JAR 13:3, 27-31. Bond. lfartyn A. Radio drama on North Ger- man radio and the BBC: 1945 to 1965. JB Smith, Joseph (moderator). My day in court. 17:4, 475.92. JAR 13:6. 9.22. Broin, Leon 0. The dismissal of the Irish Steiner, Robert L. Does advertising lower con- broadcasting-some European experiences. PTR sumer prices? JMktg 37:4. 19 26. 1:2,16-28. Sternthal, Bran and C. Samuel Craig. Humor Broin. Leon 0. The dismissal oftheIrish in advertising. JMktg 37:4. 12.8. Broadcasting Authority. EBU 25:5, 29.

29 26 ISIBLIOGR 11)111C ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Browne,DonaldR.Citizeninvolvementin Kapen. K.E. News agencies:the Indonesian Broadcasting Authority. EBU 24:2. 24.8. scene. C 19:1, 1.12. Kinross. John M. Some lessons from British Canny. Bernard R. and Michael Chevalier. The broadcasting. ERR 7:1, 19-20. eveLation of French media models. JAR Kojima. Kazuo) and Toyoko Akiyama. Genera- 19-26. tiongapincontemporaryJapan:theme, Clarke. Neville. Talking back. EBU 24:1, 20-2. method, result of analysis. SB 9, 191 216. Curran, Charles. The BBC at 50: "things are Knudson, Jerry W. The press and the Bolivian never simple." CJR 12:2, 32 9. national revolution. JM 31 (November). 1.48. Dah lbeck, Nils. A Swedish wildlife radio series. Kroll, Ulrich. The "Perskantoor van het Alge- EMI 24:6. 26-9. meen Nederlandsch Verbond' in Dordiecht" Dajani, Nabil H. Media exposure and mobility aninternational propaganda centre during in Lebanon. JQ 50:2. 297-305. the Anglo-Boer War. G 19:1, 13 28. Dajani. Nabil and John Donohue. Foreign news Lamb. Kenneth. The representation of listeners in the Arab press: a content analysis of six ald viewers. EBU 24:5, 18-21. Arab dailies. G 19:3, 155-70. Lee. Thomas C. Mass media inTaiwan: a (lelink leav,Famon. 'Out under thesky' a descriptive report. JQ 50:3, 573-7. popular programme with Irish viewers. EBU Lent. John A. Commonwealth Caribbean mass 24:6, 57-8. media: history and development. G 19:2. 91- Deindorfer, Robert G. TV and crumpets. TVQ 106. 11:2. 46-50. Lindberg. Folke. Gramophone catalogues based Dembo. Richard. Gratification found in media on EDP routines. EBU 24:1, 17-9. by British teenage boys. JQ 50:3, 517-26. I.owenbach. Marlyse. Wildlife in the television de Sevilla. Jose Luis Fernandez. Spanish radio studio. EBU 24:6, 30-2. and television in the conversation of nature. Mendes, Helder. "Secrets of the Sea." a tele- EBU 24:6, 33-5. vision programme for a seafarint. nation. EBU Dodson. Don and William A. Hachten. Com- African and 24:6, 56-7. munication and development: Miller. Robert E. The CTRC: guardian of the Afro-American parallels. JM 28 (May), 1-37. Canadian identity. JB 17:2, 189-99. Doi, I.. Takeo. The Japanese patterns of corn- Mi«hell. Austin. The decline of current affairs ninnication and the concept of Amae. QJS 59 television.PoliticalQuarterly(April/June), (April), 180 5. 127-36. Fernandez-Shaw, Felix. The ITV plenipoten- Mold, Hans. ZDF's good cause. EBU 24:1, 23-5. tiary conference. 1973. EBU 24:4, 17-21. Mawlana. Hamid. Trends in research on inter- Frank. Bernward. The first decade of the ZDF national communication in the United States. in light of audience research. EBU 24:3, 24.7. G 19:2. 79-90. Fuhr, Ernst. Ten years of the ZDF's inter-state Nakatsubo, Reiji. Japanese pioneers of wildlife treaty. EBU 24:2, 51-6. programmes: NHK's broadcasts on radio and television. EBU 24:6. 59-61. Greenberg, Bradley S.Viewing and listeningNamurois, Albert. Belgian boadcasting: a re- parameters among British youngsters. JB 17:2, view of some current problems. EBU 24:2, 173.88. 42-50. Greene. Sir Hugh. The future of broadcastingNauman. Oguz B.. Charles K. Atk'n and Garrett inBritain. New Statesman (October,1972), 1. O'Keefe. Journalism as a profession in a 549 54. developingsociety: metropolitanTurkish Gress, Lina. Jordan television:thefirstfive newsmen. JQ 50:1. 68 76. Years. FRU 24:5, 30.1. Nwankwo. Robert I.. Utopia and reality in the Grist. John A new regional policy for broad- African mass media: a case study. G 19:3, casting in England. EBU 24:1, 12-6. 171-82. Hester. Al. Theoretical considerations in pre- O'Keefe. M. Timothy. The Moscow news: Rus- dieting volume and direction of international sia'sfirstEnglish language newspaper. JQ information flow. G 19:4, 239.47. 50:3, 463-8, 488. flolzamer. Karl. Ten years of the Zweites Deuts- Rubin. Ronald I.Israel's foreign information. ches Fernsehen. EBU 24:2. 14.6. program. G 19:2. 65-78. Wires, Leo W. The print tradition in a ruralRubin. Ronald I. A new voice for America. G Philippine province. G 19:4. 248 57. 19:4, 213-21.

30 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION Ruhl. Manfred. Journalism and journalism ed- Fuller,Richard. Firstlove:a personal com ucation in the two Germanies today. JQ 50:4, ment on horror movies. FJ 2:2. 66.8. 767-71. Gledhill. Christine. Notes for a slimmer school: Shaw, IreneS. Wildlife programs on British Goddard, criticism and education. Screen 14:3, television: a research report. EBU 24:6, 49 55. 67-74. Starck,Kenneth. Defining perceptions of theGreenberg. Jane. Surrealism for real. Modern function of the media: a proposal for develop- Photography (November, 1972), 83-9. ing nations and changing societies. G 19:3, Hanet. Kari. Does the camera lie? Notes on 145-54. Hiroshima Mon Amour. Screen 14:3, 59-66. Sutton. Shaun. Drama, British style. TVQ 10:2, 59.66. 29.36. Heath. Stephen. Film/cinetext/text. Scren Twaroch,Paul.OsterreichischerRundfunk's 14:1/2. 102-27. *journalists statute.' EBU 24:5. 52 5. Heath. Stephen. Introduction: questions of emphasis. Screen 14:1/2. 9-13. scr- Umibayashi. Kan- Ichiro. NHK's television Heath.Stephen.Metr'ssemiology:ashort %ice after 20 years of growth. EBU 24:3, 35-7. glossary (and other material). Screen 14:1/2, Wangermee, Robert.Regional and localde- 214-44. centralization of production and transmission Heath, Stephen. The work of Christian Metz. of Radio programmes. EBU 24:5. 12-7. Screen 14:3, 5.28. Wellman, Joseph. The independent television Hirsch,Foster.Tennessee Williams.Cinema code on violence and the control of violence 8:1, 2-7. in programmes. EBU 24:3. 28-34. Hitchens,Gordon.'Olympiad1936'-Andrew Wilcox. Dennis L. Radio:its nation building San-is and Dick Schaap d:scuss Riefenstahl role in New Guinea. C 19:2, 107-16. film. FC 56.57 (Spring). 175-92. Home, Robert. Filming wildlife in Australia. Zini Lamberti Carlo. Notes cn the state of the EBU 24:6, 38.40. reform of the broadcasting serviceinItaly. Hurlburt, Allen. Art Kane: precise, powerful EBU 24:4. 54-5. images.ModernPhotography(December, [Also see: 26697°: 26703; 26733; 26737: 26758; 1972). 80.5. 26760: 26780: 26795: 26809.] Jensen. Paul. The Mummy: Karl Freund's horror classic. FJ 2:2. 45 50. J.FILM AND PHOTOGRAPHY Kelley. James B. and John Schul:heiss. Holly- Atkins. Thomas R. Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde: woodcontractdirector:MitchellLeisen. an interview with Rouben Mamoulian. FJ 2:2, Cinema 8:1, 13-27. 36-44. Kelman, Kul. Propaganda as vision-triumph Brewster, Bea. Notes on the text 'John Ford's of the will. FC 56-57 (Spring), 162.9. Young Mr. Lincoln' by the editors of Cahiers Kristeva,Julia. The semiotic activity. Screen du Cininza. Screen 14:3. 29-43. 14:1/2, 25-39. Bruns, Renee. Alexy Brodovitch and hisin- Kuntzel, Thierry. The treatment of ideokigy in fluence.PopularPhotography(November, the textual analysis of film. Screen 14:3, 44-54. 1972). 114-90. Leah. Daniel J. The gamut from A to B: the Cannell., Mario. Ideology and aesthetic hypo- image of the Black in pre-1915 movies. Po- theses in the criticism of neo-realism. Screen litical Science Quarterly 88:1, 53-70. 14:4. 560. Lennig. Arthur. Bella Lugosi: the raven. FJ Cegarra. Michael. Cinema and semiology. Screen 2:2, 52-9. 14:1/2. 129-87. Losano. Wayne A. The vampire rises again in Cinethique on 'languageetcinema.' Screen films of the seventies. FJ 2:2, 60-2. 14:14. 189-213. Metz,Christian.Current problemsoffilm Dempsy, Michael. Deliverance/Boorman. Cine- theory: Jean Mitry's 'L'Esthetique et Psy- ma 8:1, 10.7. chologie du Cinema.' Vol. II. Screen 14:1/2, Dillard, R. H. W. Drawing the circle: a revolu- 40-87. tion of values in three horror films. FJ 2:2. Moeller, Margie. A talk with Frederick Wise. 6-35. man. PTR 1:2, 38-40. Ford, Greg. "You name it.I'll eat it." Cinema Pearson, Lyle. Four years of North African film. 8:1. 30-7. FQ 26:4, 18-26,

31 28 BIBLIOCRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Pearson, Lyle. Four years of African film. FQ non-theatricalfilmdistribution, 1921.1968. 26:3, 42-7. ERR 7:3, 174-82. Riefenstahl,Leni. Why I am filming 'Pen-Smith, Julian. Between Vermont and violence: thesilea'? Ft 56.57 (Spring), 192 215, ;ilm portraits of Vietnam veterans. FQ 26:4, Rick/1st:chi, Leni. The production of the Olym 10 -7. pia films. FC 56-57 (Spring). 170 4. Stern, Seymour. The Roman Catholic cinema Sielmaun, Heinz. Wildlife film making: a per- of French Canada. FC 56-57 (Spring). 227-56. sonal philosophy. EBU 24:6, 18 23. [Als' see: 26694; 26704e; 26707; 26708; 26734; Silverstein, Norman. Two R. D. 1.aing movies: 26735;26738;26746;26748;26752;26771; Wednesday's Child and Asylum. FQ 26:4, 2-9. 26781;26782;26786;26788;26791;26791; Simonet. Thomas. GeorgeKleine's effortin 26798; 26812.]

32 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION,1973 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

THOMAS M. STEINFATT Queens College, City University of New York

This selected bibliography of studies in communicationbehavior, covering, largely, the calendar year 1973,was compiled in the following manner. A list of academic journals known to regularly publishbehavioral studies related to communication was established and each journal consulted.All relevant articles published in 1973 were identified. In addition,standard references were consulted to identify English language books dealing withcommunication behavior. Relevant books published during the period January1, 1973 through December 31, 1973, except for those books cited in the 1972Bibliography of Behavioral Studies in Communication, were cited. Masters thesis and doctoraldissertadon titles listed elsewhere in this volume and particularly relevantto scholars of communication behavior are listed by identification numberat the end of each subject category. Letters followed bya number refer to an entry in that letter's section. For example, "P5" refers to theentry numbered "5" in the ?ersuasion (P) section. Because of the breadth of the subject andspace limitations, our coverage of behavioral studies in communicationwas regrettably, and somewhat arbi- trarily, limited. Journals dealing primarily with language, linguistics,verbal learning, and verbal behavior, though certainly relevantto the subject of communication behavior, were not consulted. And no attemptwas made to cite references containing materials only partially relevant toour focus. Unless otherwise specified, all entries cited were published during the calendar year, 1973. Special thanks are due to my wife, Cherie Berton Steinfatt, for her help in separating, sorting, and alphabetizing each of the entries.

TABLEOF CONTENTS

I. CROSS CULTURAL COMMUNICA- VII. LANGUAGE (L) p. 50. TION (CC) p. 30. VIII. NONVERBAL COMMUNICA- II. DIFFUSION (D) p. 31. TION (NV) p. 54. III. GAMES, SIMULATIONS, AND CONFLICT (GT) p. 33. IX. PERSUASION (P) p. 56. IV. GENERAL COMMUNICATION X. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY VARIABLES (G) p. 36. (RM) p.62. V. GROUP AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION (SG) p. 39. XI. TEACHING (T) p. 69. VI. INTERPFRSONAL COMMUNI- XII. THEORY AND THEORY CON- CATION (IP) p. 44. SMUCTION (CT) p. 71. .33 30 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICA'T'ION

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS

ASQ Administrative Science Quarterly JM Journal of Marketing AL Adult leadership 1M R Journal of Marketing Research ABS American Behavioral Scientist JPer Journal of Personality AJAE American Journal of Agriculotral J PSP Joutual of Personality and Economics Social Psychology AJS American Journal of Sociology JPE Journal of Political F.conomy AP American Psychologist JPs y R Journal of Psychological Researches ASR American Sociological Review JPsy Journal of Psychology AVCR Audio Visual Communicatitm JSI Journal of Social Issues Review JSP Journal of Social Psychology BSci Bhav ioral Science JQ Journalism Quarterly CSSJ Central States Speech Journal PB Psychological Bulletin Ec Economy/ rit a PsyRev Psychological Review EDCC Economic Development and POQ Public Opinion Quarterly Cultural Change QJE Quarterly Journal of Economics HO IlumanOrgauieatiou QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech IJCS International Journal of RES Review of Economics and Statistics Comparative Sociology RS Rural Sociology IRMS International Review of Modern Sociology SciAM Scientific American S8.1; Simulation and Gaines JAR Journal of Advertising Research SGB Small Group Behavior JAP Journal of Applied Psychology SF Social Forces JASP Journal of Applied Social Psychology SR Sociologia Ruralis Sociometry JR Journal of Business Scmty JC Journal of Ounmunication SSCJ Southern Speech Communication Journal JCR Journal of Conflict Resolution JEdP Journal of Educational Psychology SM Speech Monographs JExP Journal of Experimental Psychology ST Speech Teacher JESP Journal of Experimental social TS Today's Speech P.o.diology UAQ Urban Affairs Quarterly JGP Journal of General Psychology WS Western Speech JHE Journal of Home Economics

I. CROSS CULTURALCOMMUNICATION (CC)

1.Baran. Stanley J. Dying black/dying white: 6. Brislin, Richard W., Walter J. Loaner, and coverage in six newspapers. JQ 50 (Win- Robert M. Thorndike. Cross-cultural re ter). 761.762. search methods. New York: Wiley. 2. Barbee. Joel R. and Ellsworth C. Keil. 7.Doi. L. Takeo. The Japanese patterns of Experimental techniques of job interview communication and the concept of Amae. training for the disadvantaged: video- QJS 59 (April), 180-185. tapefeedback.behaviormodification, andicrocounseling. JAP 58 (October), 8. Edwards. I).J.A. A cross cultural study of 209.213. social orientation and distance schemata 3.Illda. Paul R. Attitude similaritydissim- by the method of doll placement. JSP ilaritv and attractionintheMiddle 89 (April), 165-174. Eastern culture. JSP 91(October), 153. 9. Hall, Vernon C., Ralph R. Turner, and 154. William Russell. Ability of children from 4.Block. Jeanne Humphrey. Conceptions or sex role: some cross-cultural and longi- four subcultures and two grade levels to tudinal perspectives. AP 28 (June), 512 - imitate and comprehend crucial aspects of standard English: a test of the differ- 526. ent language explanation. JEdP 64 (Ap- 5.Bornstein, Marc H. Color vision and color naming: a psychophysiological hypothe- ril), 147-158. sis of 'cultural difference. PB 80(Oc- 10. Harms, L. S. Intercultural communication. tober). 257-285. New York: Harper & Row.

34 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 31 11. Kaplan, Robert M. and Roy D. Goldman. 24. Prosser,Michael H. Intercommunication Interracialperception g black. among nations and peoples. New York: white,and Mexican-American high Harper ft: Row. schoolstudents. JPSP 28(December). 383-359. 25. Rich, Andrea L.Interracial communica- 12. Kassarjian, Waltraud M. Blacks as com tion. New York: Harper and Row. municators andinterpretersofmass 26. Rosen, Bernard. Social change, migration «immunication. Ict in(summer). 285- and family interaction in Brazil. ASR 38 291. (April), 198-211. 13.Kee, Daniel W., and William D. Rohwer, Jr. Notmpair learningin four ethnic 27. Smith, Arthur L. Transracial communica- groups: conditions of presentation and tion. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. response. JEdP 63 (October). 226-230. 28. Szalay. Lorand B., and Jean A. Bryson. Measurement of psychocultural distance: 1. Kilian,.Das id.ArnoldSilverman.and (:barges Copeland. Effects of emotional a comparison of american blacks and arousal on the use of YlIpC1.1 isCd coercion whites. JPSP 26 (May), 166-177. with black and union employees. JAP 29. Wilson. Glenn IL, andPatriciaShutte. 57 ( Fehruars).38.43. The structureofsocialattitudesin 15. Kleinfeld, J. S. Effects of nonsernally com- South Africa. JSP 90 (August), 323-324. municated personal warmth on the in Also see: telligencetestperformance ofIndian 26492.26544,26546.26551,26552,26559, and Eskimo adolescents. JSP 91(Octo- 26573,26554,26585,26633, ber), 119.11o. 26643,26685, 26703,26718.26758,26769,26750.26795, 16. Lambert. Wallace F... G. Richard Tucker. 26981,26986,27191,27220.27303,27324, andAlison d'Angleian. Cognitive and 27434,27464:1)57,D63,G50,RM1, attitudinalonsequesuesofbilingual RM28,R129, RM17, RM48,RNI51, sc Mailing: theSt.1 ambert project RM52. RM122, RM164, RMIGG, RM186, through glade Me. JEdP (i1(October), RM218, RM220, L28.L57, L67, L129, 111.159. NN'4, NV5. NV35, NV48. 17. Lor ion. Raymond P. socioeconomic status and traditional treatment approaches reconsidered. P11 7"tArili. 2613-27n. IL DIFFUSION (I)) 18. Marwit, Samuel J., and Karen I.. Marwit. 1.Riker.Eva andMarvin C.Alkin. Grammaticalresponsesof Negro and ERICiAVCRannual review paper: Caucasian second grades as a function formative evaluation of instructional de- ofstandard andnonstaratardEnglish yelopment. AVCR 21(Winter), 389-418. presentation. JEdP 6 (October). 187-191. 2. Berger, P. K., and A. J. Grimes. Cosmo- 19. Nlead,RobertIL,andLabhSingh. politaiilocal:afactor analysis of the Changes in social distance during war- construct. ASQ 18(June). 223-235. fare: a study of the India:Pakistan War 3. Bcriot, Colette. Attitude towards moderni- of 1971. JSP 90 (August). 325-326. zation activism. JPsyR 17(May), 54-58. 20. Miller, Kent S., and Ralph Mason Drega. 4. Blair. John P. A review of the filtering- Comparative studies of blacks and whites down theory. UAQ 8 (March), 303-316. in the United States. New York: Seminar. 5. Blankstein, Charles S., and Clarence Zuve- 21.Miller, Robert J. Cross-cultural research in kas. Jr. Agrarian reform in Ecuador: an the perception of pictorial materials. PB evaluation of past efforts amidthe de- 50 (August). 131-150. velopment of a new approach. EI)CC 22 O'Reilly, Charles A., III, and karlene H. (October), 73-94. Roberts. Job satisfaction among whites 6. Bonus, Holger. Quasi-Engel curves, diffu- andnonwhites:across-culturalap- sion. and the ownership cif major con- proach. JAP 57(June), 295-299. sumer durables. JPE 81(3), 655-677. 23. Payne,Sam,David A.Summersand 7. Brown, Lawrence A., and Harry Lentnek. Thomas Stewart. Value differences across Innovationdiffusioninadeveloping three generations. Scinty 36 (March). 20- economy: a mesoscale view. EDCC 21 30. (January), 274.292.

3 32 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 8. Chu, Godwin C., and Alan P. Liu. Com- 24. Hanneman, GerhardJ.Communicating munications and national integration in drug-abuse information among college communist China. POQ 37 (Spring), 152. students. POQ 37 (Summer), 171.191. 9. Clark. Terry N. Community power and 25. Hanneman, Gerhard J., and BradleyS. policy outputs: a review of urban re- Greenberg. Relevance and diffusion of search. Beverly Hills: Sage. news of major and minor events. J9, 10. Clinton. Lawrence. Bruce A. Chadwick, (Autumn), 433-437. and Howard M. Bahr. Vocational train- 26. Hanson, Mark. The improbable change ing for Indian migrants: correlates of agent and the Ph.B. RS 38 (Summer). "success" in a Federal Program. HO 32 236.242. (Spring), 17-28. 27. Havelock, Ronald G. A change agent's 11. Cochrane, Susan Hill. Population and de- guide to innovatira in education. Engle- wood Cliffs, N.J.: Educational Technol- velopment:amoregeneralmodel. ogy Publications. EDCC 21(April), 409-422. 28. Havelock, Ronald G; et al. Bibliography 12. Cone. Cynthia A. Perceptions of occupa- on knowledge utilization and dissemina- tions in a newly industrializing region of tion. Ann Arbor:Institute for Social Mexico. 110 32 (Summer), 143.152. Research, 1972. 13. de Janyry, Alain. A socioeconomic model 29. Havelock, Ronald G., and Mary C. Have- of induced innovations. QJE 87 (August). lock. Training for change agents: a guide 410-435. to the design of training programs in 14. de %chweinitz. Karl, Jr. The ethics of eco- education and other fields. Ann Arbor: nomic development. EDCC 21(July), Institute for SocialResearch. 717-721. 30. Hayami, Yujiro, and Vernon W. Ruttan. 15. Donnelly, James H., Jr., and Michael J. Professor Rosenberg and the direction Et/el. Deg lees of product newness and oftechnological change:acomment. early trial. JMR 10 (August), 295-300. EDCC 22(January), 353-355. 16. Dow. James. Models of middlemen: issues 31. Hayano. David M. Individualcorrelates concerning the economic exploitation of of coffee adoption in the New Guinea modern peasants. HO 32 (Winter). 397- highlands. HO 32 (Fall), 305-314. 406. 32. Herzog, Jr., William A. Literacy and com- 17.Early. John D. Education via radio among munity economic development in rural Guatemalan HighlandMaya. HO 32 Brazil. RS 38(Fall). 325.337. (Fall). 221-230. 33. Inkcles, Alex, and Donald B. Holsinger. 18.Fathi, Asghar. Diffusion of a 'happy' news Education and individual modernity in event. JQ 50 (Summer), 271.277. developing countries. IJCS 14(Septem- 19.Felstehausen, H. Conceptual limits of de- ber),157-162. velopment communications theory. SR 34. Jacobsen. Chanoch. Modernityintradi- 13:1, 39.54. tional villages. RS 38 (Fall), 283.295. 20. Fowler, Loretta. The Arapahoe ranch: an experiment in cultural change and eco- 35.Katt. Elihu. Michael Gurevitch, and Had- nomic development. EDCC 21(April). assah Haas. On the use of the mass 446.464. media for importantthings. ASR 38 21. Funkhouser, C. Ray. The issues of the six- (April), 164-181. ties:an exploratory study in the dy- 36. Kin. I)vong -Dong. Toward a sociological namicsofpublicopinion. POQ 37 theory of development: a structural per- (Spring), 62-75. spective. RS 38 (Winter), 462-476. 22. Gartrell, John W., E. A. Wilkening, and 37. Kirton, M. J., and Glenn Mulligan. Cor- H. A.Presser. Curvilinear andlinear relatesofmanagers' attitudestoward models relating status and innovative change. JAP 58 (August). 101-107. behavior: a reanessment. RS 38 (Win- 38.Kislev, Yoav, and Nira Shchori Bachrach. ter), 391.411. The processof an innovationcycle. AJAE 55 (February), 28-37. 23. Hap, Jerald. and Robert Dewar. Elite values versus organizational structure in 39. Levin, Ned. Old culture-new culture: a predicting innovation. ASQ 18:3, 279- study of migrants in Ankara, Turkey. 290. SF 51 (March), 355-368. 36 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 33

40. Logan. Michael H. Unmoral medicine in 56.Schwartz, David A. How fast does news Guatemala and peasantacceptance of travel? POQ 37(Winter). 625627. modern medicine. HO 32 (Winter), 385 - 57.Shannon, Lyle, and Magdaline Shannon. 3%. Minority migrants_ inthe urban com- 41. Luton. Michael C.. and Mae Rah& Id. So- munity: Mexican-American and Negro cial change through adult education: a adjustment to industrial society. &sett% ease report. AL 21(April), 325-327. Hills: Sage. 42. Meadows. Paul. Deselopment: some per- 58.Shen, T. V. Technology diffusion, substi- specthe orientations. IJCS 14 (March - tution and xefficieney. Ec 41(March), Jute), 19.34. 263-284. 43. Mendelsohn, Harold. Some reasons why in- 59.Sofranko, Andrew J., and Robert C. Beater. formation campaigns can succeed. POQ Modernization balance, imbalance, and 37(Spring), 50-61. domesticinstability. EDCC 22(Octo- 44. MichiganStateUniversityAgricultural ber). 52.72. Sector Simulation Team. System simula- 60.Speight, John F. Community development tion of agricultural development: some theory andpractice:aMachiavellian Nigerian policy comparisons. AJAE 55 perspective. RS 38 (Winter). 477-490. (August), 404.419. 61.Steinfatt, Thomas M.. %Valter Gantz. David 45. Miller, S. F., and A. N. Halter. Systems- R. Seibold, and Larry D. Miller. News simulation in a practical policymaking diffusion of the George Wallace shoot- setting: the Venezuelan cattle industry. ing: the apparent lack of interpersonal AJAE 55 (August). 420.432. communication as an artifact of delayed 46. Moran. William T. Why new products measurement. (US 59 (December). 401- fail. JAR 13 (April), 5.13. 412. 62.Stock, GarfieldR. Strategiesfor 47. New. Peter Kong-Ming. and Richard M. change of adult leadership. Al. 21galitiat.), Hessler.Communityresearchers meet :12-236. community residents:interpretation of 63.Swamy. Subramanian. Economic growth in findings. HO 32(Fall), 243.256. China and India, 1952.1970: a compara- 48. Nix, HaroldL., and Norma R. Seerley. tiveappraisal, EDCC 21(July).#4, Comparative dews and actions of com- part II. munity leaders and non leaders. RS 38 64.Tauber, Edward M. Reduce new product (Winter). 427.438. failures: measure needs as well as pure 49. Nordhaus.WilliamD.Someskeptical chase interest, JIM 37(J111%). 61.64. thoughts on the theory of induced in- 65.Whyic, MartinKing.Bureaucracy awl novation. QJE 87(May). 208.219. modernization in China: the Maoist cri- 50. Pieper. A. Houttuyn. The extension officer tique. ASR 38(April), 149.163. in personal discussion, SR 13:1, 55.68. 66.Wolf, W. C. Jr., and A. John Fiorino. A 51.Rajecki, D. W., and Charles Wolfson. The study of selected assumptions underlying rating of materials found in the mail- educational communication. Al. 21 (Jan. box: effects of frequency of receipt. POQ nary), 214.216. 37(Spring), 110.114. Also see: 52. Rosenbaum, Walter A., and Thomas A. 26569, 26703, 26709, 26718, 26733, 26758, Henderson. Explaining the attitude of 26819.27028,2703727103.27106; IP111, community inffuentials toward govern- RMI23, SG25, SGI00, SG102, P129, P138. ment consolidation: a reappraisal of four hypotheses. UAQ 9 (December). 251-270. 53. Rosenberg,Nathan.Thedirectionof III. GAMES, SIMULATIONS, AND technological change: a reply. EDCC 21 CONFLICT (GT) (January), 356.357. 1.Arafat, Ibtihaj, Gene Acuff, and Donald 54. Rosengren, Karl. News diffusion: an over- Allen. Existential meaning and war: a view. JQ 50 (Spring), 83-91. pilot exploration. HO 32 (Summer), 185- 55. Sawer, Barbara J. Predictors of the farm 190. wife's involvement in general manage. 2.Averill, James R. Personal control over ment and adoptiondecisions.RS 38 aversive stimuli and its relationship to (Winter), 412.426. stress. PB 80 (October), 286-303. 37 Si BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

3.Baxter, George W.. Jr. Prejudiced liberals? and approachavoidance in a prisoner's Rate and information effects in a two. dilemma game. JPSP 27 (July). 13-18. person game. JCR 17(March), 13'461. Lq) Garland. Howard. The effects of piece-rate 4. Benton. Alan A. Reactions to demands to underpayment and overpayment on job win froman opposite sexopponent. perlouname: a test of equity theory with JPer 41 (September). 30-442. a new induction procedure. JASP 3:4, 5.Berkowitz. Norman H., Lance Hylandcr, 325.334. and Ray Itakaitis. Defense, vulnerability, 21. Garrett. James. and William I.. Libby. Jr. and cooperation in a mixed-motive game. Role of intentionality in mediating re JPSP 25(March). 401-407. spouses to inequity in the dyad. JPSP 28 6. Black, Terry E., and Kennett.I.. Higbee. (October). 21-27. II lens of power, threat, and sex ou ex 22. Gibbs. G. I. Handbook of games and sim- ploitation. JPSP 27(September), 382 - ulation exercises. BeYerly Hills: Sage. 588. 23 Goodstadt, Bair} E.. and Larry A. Hjelle. 7.Blatt,Kim. and James1.Richaidscm. Power to the powerless: lox us of control Conti an tormat ion and osell power: a and the tee of power. JPSP 27 (August). reexamination. SF 51(June). 440-447. 190-196, 24.Greenwell. J.. and II. A. Dengerink. The 8.Iihmistein, Philip W. Audience. Machia- vellianism. andtactics ofidentitybar. role of perceised sersus actual attack in humanphysicalaggression.J PSP26 gaining. Saucy 36 (September).346-365. (April). 9. Ikmoma, Thomas V.,and James T. Te. 0'Creenwood. Ted. Reconnaissance and arms deschi.knot effects ofsource behavior on control. SciAm 228 (February). 4-25. target's complianceto thirats. BiSci18 (January), 34.41. 26.Griesinger, Donald W., and James W. Liv- 10. Buckley, James J., and 'I. Edward Western. ingston, Jr. Toward a model of interpr- lle 5111mellic solution toa IlVeperson sonal motiYalion in experimental games. 11Sci 18 (May), 173-188. constant511111 game as adescriptionof 27.(:roses,Theodore.Incentivesinteams. experimental game olitt onto.. JCR 17 ;0.: 718. Ec 41(July), 617-632. (December). 28 Cruder. Charles I._ and Robert 7. Duslak. II.Burgess. Paike (. rhelotk:coercion Elithation of cooperal byretaliatory vs. lone. QJS elnualv ). 61.73. and nonretaliatory strategies in a mixed 12.Billhans, Jr.. David T. Coalition game re motive game. JCR 17 (March), 162.174. search:a ieexaminat . AJs79(Sep. tembt.1). 3t9 108. 29.Harnett. Donald L., Larry L. Cummings, and W. Clay Daintier. Personality. bar- 13. Callahan, Charlene M., and Lawrence A. gainingstyleandpayoffinbilateral Messy. Conditions aliening attempts to monopoly bargaining amongEuropean moult late control to hellasior control. manage's. Soucy 36(September). 325. 481-490. JESP 9 (Noyeinhel). 545. 14. Coombs. Clyde II. Aleparameteriiation of 30.Minis.MaryB.. Ralph A. Liguori. and the primmer's dilemma game. BSci IR Conrad Stack. Favors. bribes, and altru- (November). 424-428. ism. JSP 89 i'iebruary). 4754. Crosbie,Paul V.. and VickiK. Kiillberg. Minimum resource orbalance in coali- 31 Hawes. Leonald C.. and Davit! H. Smith. A tritique of assumptionsunderlying tionlonnation.Stiffly :16 (Dcember), the studs of communica 476.493. ill conflict. (US 59 (December). 423-4"5. 16.Deutsch, Morton. he usolutionof (o 32Hughes, Mold G., Joseph B. Jnhasz. and Hilt. New Hawn: Vale. Bruno Contini. The influence of per- 17.Egan. Gerard.Facetofade.Monterey. sonality on the bargaining plocess. JB Calif.: Brooks Cole. 46(October). 593 604. 18. England. J. Lynn. Mathematical models of 33. Johnson, Edward S., and Robert F. Baker. twopartynerotiations. lisi18(May). The computer as experimenter: new re- 189-197. sults. BSci 18(September). 377.385. 19. Gardin. Herschel. Kalinwi J. Kaplan. Ira J. 34 Jorgenson. Dale 0.. Marvin D. Dunncttc. Firestone. and Gloria A. (:owall. Pros- and Robert D. Pritchard. Effects of the emitelk( is 011 coopetat attitudes. manipulation ofa performancereward

38 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION :15 contingency on bdiaNior in a simulated 49. Mazur. Allan. Increased tendency toward work setting. JAP 57 (June). 271.280. balance during stressful conflict. Scorn 35. Kahan, James K. and Dwight J. Coehring. 36 (June). 279.283. Responsiveness intwo-person zero.sum 50.Nlesm', Lawrence A.. Jack E. Dawson. and games. B Sri 18 (January). 27-33. Irving M. Lane. Erwin as a mediator of the effect of reward lesel on behavior 36. Kahn, Arnold, and Thomas E. Tice. Re- in the primer's dilenuna game. JPSP turning afay or and retaliating harm: (April). 60.65. the effects of stated intentions and ac- 26 tual behavior. JESP f?(January). 43.56. 51. Nleux, Eleanor Peer. Concern for the come mon good in an N-person game. JPSP 37. kaplowitt. Stan A. An experimental test of a rationalistic theory of deterrence. JCR 28 (December). 414.418. 17 (September), 531-572. 52. Nlihener, H. Andrew. and EugeneD. 38. Kommita, S. S.. and Jerome M. Chertkoff. Cohen.Effectsofpunishment magni A bargaining theory of coalition forma- nude inthe bilateralthreat situation: tion. Psyrtev 80 (May). 149.162. evidence for the deterrence hypothesis. PsP 26 (June). 427-438. 39. komorita.S. S.Concessionmaking and conflict resolution. JCR 17 (December). 53. Michener, 11. Andrew. Edward J. Lawler, 741.762. and Samuel B. Bacharach. Perception of power in conflict situations. JPSP 28 40. Ladner. Robert.jr,Strategicinteraction (November). 155.162. andconflict:negotiating expectations 54. Mulder, Mauk, Peter Veen. Theo Ilipen. in accounting for actions (Gaming), JCR and Peggy Jansen. On power equalita 17(March). 17'1184. Lion:abehavioral example of powei. 41. LeYenthal,CeraldS..andHaroldD. distance 'eduction. JPSP 26 (May). 151. %thitside Equip and the ns of reward 158. toelicithighperform:one. JPSP 25 55. Nye, Robert D. Conflict among humans. (January). 75-83. New York: Springer. 42. Lesenthal, Gerald S..'I homas Weiss, and 56. Nystrom. Paul C.. Equity theory and ca Richard Buttrick. Attribution of value, reerpay:a computer simulationape equity. and the prevention of waste in proack JAP 57(April). 125-131. reward allocation. JPSP 27 (August). 276- 57. Oberschall, Anthony, Socialconflictand socialmoveinents. Englewcxxl Cliffs: 43.1.ev8s1.2 .i Sheldon G J. Curtis Russell. Mel- in J. Kimmel, Katherine Carrick, and PrenticeHall. Robert F. Burnaska. Dogmatism. locus 58.Platt, John. Social traps. AP 28 (August), of control of reinforcement. importance 641.6N. of issues, and relationships to political 59. Pritchard. Robert1).Effects of varying activity. JASP 3:2, 119.131. performance.pay instrumentalities on the 44. Lindskoid, swim. and Russell Bennett. At relationship between performance and nilnitiniztrustand conciliatoryintent satisfaction: a test of the Lawler and from conive power capabilityJPCP Porter model. JAP 58 (August), 122.124. 28( \member). 180.186. 60. Rapoport, Amnon. James J. Kahan. and 45. McCelland, David C, and Robert 1. Wat- William E. Stein. Decisions of timing in son. Jr. Power motivation and ricktaking conflictsituations of incomplete infor- behavior. JPer 41(March), 121.139 mation. BSci 18 (July), 272-287. 6. Mc Neel, StevenP. Training cooperation 61. Richmond, Bert 0 and Gerald P. Weiner. inthePrisoner'sDilemma. JESP 9 Cooperationandcompetitionamong (filly). 3'5-348. young children as a function of ethnic 47. Manna, Victor J., and Karl W. Deutsch. grouping, grade, sex, and reward con. Survivalinunfairconflict:odds,re- dition. JEclP 64 (June), 329.334. sources, and random walk models. BSci 62. Rosenbloom, Bert. Conflict and channel 18 (September), 313-334. efficiency: some conceptual models for 48. Nlanyell, Gerald, David R. Schmitt, and the decision maker. pi 37 (July), 26.30. Bjorn Boyeson. Pacifist strategy and co 63. Rubin, Jeffrey Z., and Roy J. Lcwicki. A operation under internvsonal risk. three-factorexperimentalanalysisof JPSP 28 (October), 12-20. promises and threats. JASP 3:3, 240.257.

3 9 36 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

64. Schlenker,Barry R.,Bob Helm,and IP63, IP78. IP82, RM58, RM85, 10195, James I. Teckeschi. The effects of per- RM238, SG32, SC.56, SG65, SG74, P13, sonality and situational variables on be- P17. T14, T24. T33, 678. SG88. hacioraltrust. JPSP 25(March), 419 427. 61. Shaw, Jerry I., Claude S. Fischer, and liar - IV. GENERAL. COMMUNICATION old H. Kelley. Decisionmaking by third VARIABLES (G) parties insettling disputes. JASP 3:3. 197-218. 1. Atkin, Charles K., Lawrence Bowen, Ogux 66.Slack, Barbara I).. and John Oliver Cook. B. Nauman. and Kenneth C. Sheinkopf. Authoritarian behavior in a conflict sit- Quality versus quantity in televised po- uatron. JPSP 25 (January), 130-136. litical ads. POQ 37 (Summer), 209.224. 67. Steinfatt. Thomas M. The prisoner's di 2. BallRokeach, SandraJ. From pervasive lemma and a creative alternative game: ambiguity to a definition of the situa- the effects of communication under con- tion. Scmty 36 (September), 378-389. ditions of real reward. MK; 4 (Decem- 3. Ball-Rokeach, Sandra L. Values and via- ber), 389-409. knee: a test of the subculture of vio- 68. Streufert, Siegfried, and Sandra Ishibashi lence thesis. ASR 38 (December). 736- Sandler.Perceivedsuccess and compe- 749. tence of the opponent. or the laboratory 4. Bandura, Dien Bien Phu. JASP 3:1, 84.93. Albert.Aggression: a social learning analysis. Englewood Cliffs. 69. Tedeschi. James. Harry R. Schlenker, and Prentice -Hall. Thomas V. Bonoma. Conflict, power, and 5. Berglund. Birgitta. Ulf Berglund, Thomas games. Chicago: A Wine. Lindvall, and Leif T. Svensson. A quan- 70. Turner. Jonathan H. From utopiato tative principle of perceivedintensity where% a strategy for reformulating the summation in odor mixtures. JExP 100 Dahremlorf conflict model. SF 52(De- (September). 29-38. cember). 236 244. 6. Birnbaum, Michael H. Morality judgment: 71.Walker, MichaelB.Caplow's theory of test of an averaging model with differ- coalitions in the triad reconsidered. JPSP ential weights. JExP 99(August). 395- 27 (September), 409-412. 399. 72. Walster, Elaine, Ellen Berscheid, and G. 7. Brake. Robert J., and Robert D. Neuleib. WilliamWalster.Newdirections in Famous women orators: an opinion sur- equity research. JPSP 25 (February). 151- vey. TS 21(4). 33-38. 176. 73. Weinstein, Alan G., and Robert L Holz- 8. Brown. Marvin, Donald M. Amoroso. Ed- 'riff., Jr. Impact of individual differences. ward E. Ware. Manfred Pruesse, and reward distribution, and task structure Dennis W. Pilkey. Factors affecting view- on productivity in a simulated work ening time of pornography. JSP 90 (June), vironment. JAP 58 (December). 296-301. 125-136. 74. Weitz, Joseph. and Seymour Adler. The 9. Byrne. Donn. Fran Cherry, John Lam- optimal use of simulation. JAP 58 (Oc- berth, and Herman E.Mitchell. Hus- tober), 219.224. band-wife similarity in response to erotic 75. Wiley. Mary Glenn. Sex Roles in Games. stimuli. JPer 41 (September). 385-394. Scmty 36 (December), 526-54. 10. Cantor, JoAnne R.. and Dolf Zillman. The 76. Wobsin, RobertJ.,Steven J. Sherman. effectof affective state and emotional and Amnon Till. Effects of cooperation arousal on music appreciation. JGP 89 and competition on responsibility attri- (July), 97-108. bution after success and failure. JESP 9 (May), 220-235. 11. Caplan, Nathan, and Stephen D. Nelson. On being useful: the nature and conse- 77. Zobrist, Albert L. and Frederick R. Carl- quences of psychological research on so- son,Jr. An advice-takingchess com- cial problems. AP 28 (March). 199-211. puter. SciAm 228(June), 92-105. 12. Chase. Lawrence J., and Norbert H. Mills. Also see: Status of frustrator as a facilitator of 26590. 26597, 26639, 27043;D44. D45, aggression: a brief note. JPsy 84 (July). CT70. 662. 678, 680. IP22. IP25, IP54, 225.226. 40 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 37 13. Clarke.Peter.'teenagers'co orientation theory analysis of the enhanced desir- andinformationseckingaboutpop ability that may accompany their un- music. ABS 16 (4). 551.566. availability. JASP 3:3, 219-231. 14. Clarke, Peter. New models for mass com- 32.Fromkin. Victoria A. Slips of the tongue. munication research. Beverly Hills: Sage. Sei Ant 229 (Dec ember). 110 117. 15. Cook.J.S.Communication byoptical fiber. !id Am 229 (November). 28-35. 33. Gail, Brendan, and Peter Duker. Effects of intentions and consequences on chil- 16.Cline. 11.. Victor Roger G.Croft. and dren's evaluations of aggressors. JPSP Steven Courricr. Desensitization of 27 (August). lii4-189. children to television violence. JPSP 27 (September). 360-365. 34. Ge lfand. Donna M.. Donald P. Hartmann. Patrice NVAler. and Br-AltPage. Who 17.Dalton.Starette. Word-length effectsin reports shoplifters? a fieldexperinieutal short-term memory. JGP 89 (July), 151- study. JPSP 25 (Februar). 276-285. 152. 35. Gaud°, Mich -I. Film-induced arousal. in- 15.Delia. Jesse G.. and %Vatter H. Crockett formation search. and theattribution Socialschemas.cognitivecomplexity. process. JPSP 25(Match). 357-360. and the learning ofsocialstructures. Jeer -11(September), 413-429. 36.Goldstein. Michael J.. Harold S. Kant. and 19. Cushing. William G.,and James B. Lemett. John J. Hartman. Pornography and sex- Has 'UV alteredstudents' news media ual deviance. Berkeley: U of California preferences? IQ 50 (Spring), 138-140. Press. 20.Dennis. Eserette E. Purloined information 37. Greenberg.Allan. and Charles Suttoni. a!property:a newfirstamendment Television commercial wcarout. JAR 13 challenge. JQ 50 (Autumn), 456-462. (October). 47.56. 21.Dillon. Tom. What is deceptive advertis- 38. Greenwald. Harold. Decision therapy. New ing? JAR 13 (October). 9-14. York: Wyden. 22.Dinunick, John. The belief system3 of war 39.Harding. Gordon B.. Elizabeth E. Stevens. correspondents: a Bayesian analysis. JQ and Paul T. Marston. Rate of infora- 50 (Autumn). 560-561. tion processing and skin resistance. JExP 23. Disch, R., ed. The future of literacy. En- 99(August). 306-313. glewood Cliffs. N.J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc. 40. Hendon. Donald Wayne. How mechanical 24. Dominick. Joseph R. Crime and law en- factorsaffectzdperception. JAR 13 forcement on primetime television. POQ (August). 39-46. 37(Surnimr). 241-250. 41.Herrmann, D. J.. and John P. McLaughlin. 25. Donohue. T. C. Understanding scientific Effects of experimental and pre-experi- literatures a bilioinetric approach. Cam- mental organization on recognition: esi- b:idge: MIT Press. (fence for two storage systems in long- 26. Doob, Anthony N..and Hershi M. Kirshen- term memory. JExP 99(July), 174-179. baum. The effects on arousal of frustration and aggressive films. JESP 9 Janu- 42.Hoiberg, Bruce C., and Lloyd K. Stires. ary). 57-64. The effect of several types of pretrial 27.Douglas. Jack E.. and Robert S. Ambler. publicity on the guiltattributions of Phenomenological (mar-jaws of modem simulated jurors. JASP 3(3), 276.290. strike roles. SM 40 (March). 27-37. 43. Hollander, Stephen W.. and Jacob Jacoby. Recall of crazy. mixed-up TV commer- 28. Epstein. Edward J. News from nowhere: cials. JAR 13 (June), 39-42. television and the news. New York: Ran- dom House. 44. Howell. William C. Storage of events and 29. Evarts, Edward V. Brain mechanisms in event frequencies: a comparison of two movement. Sci Am 229 (July). 96-103. paradigms in memory. JExP 98 (May). 260-263. 30.Fried. StephenB..David C. Gumpper. and J. Charles Allen. Ten years Lf social 45. Hunt, H. Keith. Effects of corrective advertising. JAR 13 psychology. Is there a growing commit- (October) 15-24. meet to field research? AP 28 (February). 46. Jarvik,LissyF..VictorKlodin,and 155-156. Steven S. Matsuyama. Human aggression 31. Fromkin, HowardL.. and Timothy C. and the extra Y chromosome: fact or Brock.Eroticmaterials: a commodity fantasy? AP 28 (August), 674-682.

41 38 IIIRLIOCRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

47.Kalt, Neil C.. and Katherine Mer lo Barrett. Campos. Motivational basis of choice in Fac:litation of learning from atechni- thire choicedcomposed games. JESP cal manual: an exploratory investigation. 9 (November). 572.590. JAP 58 (December), 357-361. 63.McDaniel, Drew. Im's presumed advan- 48,Kao, Henry, S. R. The dynamic role of tage in presenting television news. JQ evehead angular displacements in Itu 50 (Swing), 146148. titan vehicular guidance. JAP (June). 64. Macdonald, Wendy A., and Errol R. Hoff- :00-327. man. The recognition of road pavement 49.Katz. Eldon Jay G. Blunder, and Michael messages. JAP 5. Gime). 314-319. Ginevitch.Uses andgratificationsre- 65. Mahoney, E. R. Signature size and self- search. POQ 37(Winter), 509-523. estimation: a brief note. JPsy 84(July). 50.Kline, F. Gerald, and Phillip J. Tichencr. 223-221. Current perspectives in mass communi- 66.Maisel.Richard. The declineof mass cation research. Beverly Hills: Sage, 1972. media. POQ 37(Summer), 159-170. 51. Knight, Robert, and Alfred Dela Ha ie. Arti- 67. Maple, Terry, and Douglas W. Matheson, cles on mass communication: a selected Aggression, hostility, and violence: nature annotated bibliography. JQ 50 (Spring), or nurture? New York: Holt, Rinehart, 193-210. and Winston. 52. Knight. Robert P., and Alfred Delahayc. Articles on mass communication: a se- 68.Milgram. Stanley, and R. Lance Shotland. lectedannotatedbibliography. JQ 50 Television and anti-social behavior field (sumniel), 403.418. experiments. New York: Academic Press 53. Knight. Robert F., and Alfred Delaltaye. Inc. Articles on mass communication: a selec- 69. Moore. Jeffrey J., and Dominic W. Mas- ted annotated bibliography. JQ 50 (An- saro. Attention and processing capacity intim), 612620. in auditory recognition. JExP 99 (June), 54. Knight. RobertP.. and Alfred Delahaye. 49.54. Articles on mass communication: a se- 70.Mullally, Donald P., and Gerald M. Gill- lectedannotated bibliography. JQ 50 more. Academic participationin com- (Winter), 808.819. munication policymaking. JQ 50 (Sum- 55. Kraus. Sidney.. Mass communication and mer), 353-356. political socialization: a reassessment of 71. Murray, John P. Television and violence: two decades of research. QJS 59(De- implicationsof the Surgeon General's cember). 390-400. research program. AP 28(June), 472- 5:i.Kintruff, H. Room acoustics. New York: 478. John Wiley. 72. Nadeau, Ray E. Speech communication: 57.l.anghery. Kenneth IL John W.'I1'e Ice, amodernapproach.Reading,Pa.: and Amos Spector. Acoustic and visual Addison-'Wesley. coding in primary and secondary memo- 73. Nawy, Harold. In the pursuit of happi- ry. JExP 99 (August), 323-329. ness? consumers of erotica in San Fran- 58.Lester,David, and Gene W. Brockopp. cisco. JSI 29:3. 147-162. Crisisintervention and counseling by 74.Neill, S. D. McLultan's media charts re telephone.Springfield.Ill.Charles C. laced to the process of communication. Thomas. AVCR 21(Fall). 277.298. 59. Liebert, Robert M., John M. Neolc, and 75. Nevin, John A., The study of behavior: Emily S. Davidson. The early window: learning, motivation, emotion and in- effectsoftelevisiononchildren and stinct.Glenview.Ill.:Scott, Foresman youth. Elmsford. New York: Pergamon. and Co. 60. Lin. Nan. The study of human communi- 76. Nwankwo, RobertL. Communication as cation.Indianapolis:Bobbs-Merrill. symbolic interaction: a synthesis. JC 23 61. Lodish, Leonard M. Exposure interaction (June), 195-215. among media schedules. JAR 13 (April), 31.34. 77. Over. Ray, and Susan Sniallman. Main- tenance of individual visibility in pub- 62. McClintock. Charles G.. David M. Mes- lication of collaborative research by psy- sick. David M. Kuhlman, and Frances T. chologists. AP 28 (February), 161.166.

42 BE!! WIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 39

78. Owen, Carol, and Ronald A. %%Thum. A 94. Thorpe, W. H. Duetsinging birds. SciAm note on conditions supportinghe co- 229 (August), 70.79. lariation of external and inlet nal con- 95. Tichnor, Phillip J., and Daniel B. 'Wad:- flict. EDCC (October), 114-123. man. Mass media and community public opinion. ABS 16:4, 593-606. 79.Pilisuk, Matt. Fact and fiction in the utili- zationofsocialscience knowledge.JSI 96. Valirnte. Rafiel. Mechanical correlates of 29:1, 123-132. ad recognition. JAR 13 (June), 13-18. 80.Pool,!thiefdeSo Ia.Wilbur Schramm. 97. Van Over, Raymond. Psychology and ex- ederiek'W. Frey,NathanMaccoby. trasensory perception. Bergenfield, N.J.: andEdwinB.Pat Let.Handbook of New American Library. communication. ( :hicago.Rand-Mc Nal- Is. 98. Waldron, H. J., and F. R. Long, cds. In- novatk delopments ininformation 81. Rasmussen, John E.. ed. Man in isolation systems: their benefits and costs. Wash- and confinement. Chicago: Aldine. ington, D.C.: American society forIn- 82. Renton.R.N.Data telecommunication. formation Sciences. New lark:PittlIallPublishing Corp. 99. Wallace. Graeme, and Michael C. Corn- 83.Riley. Sam G. ntrial publicity: a field Short-teim memory and coding studs. JO 50 Opting). 17-23. strategies in the (leaf. JExP 99 (August). 84. Rokt ch. Milton, and Neil Vidmar. Testi- 334 -348. mony tom etning possible jutsbias in 10(1. Waxman, JJerry. Local broadcast gate- a black panther murder trial. JASP 3:1, keeping (luring natural disasters. Jg 50 19.29. (Wilier). 751-758. 81. Rosenbaum, BernardL.Attitude toward 101. %Veigel,RussellIL. and Richard Jessor. imasion of prka(% in the personnel se- Tele% kionandadolescentcottseution- lection process and job applicant tun- ality:an exploratorystudy. POQ 37 graphic and personalit% totrelates. JAI' (Spring). 76-90. 58 (December), 333 338. 102. 'Weiner. Michael Jay, and Edward Lurcy. 86. Rosenbaum, Leonardi ..and Elliot Mc- The "lostletter technique- as a pre- Ginnies. Selectiveexposure: an ad dictor of the 1972 presidential election. dendum. JPsy 83(March), 329-332. JI'sy 8(ph), 195-198, 87.Ruffner. Marguerite Anne. 9-analysis of 103. Wilson,W. Cods. Pornography: the media modelinMcluhan's Counter- emergence of a social issue and the be- blast. JQ, 50(Spring). 141-145. ginning of psychological study. JSI 29:3, 88. Ryan. Michael. News content. geographi- 7.18. calorigin aod perceked media credi- 104. Vtighttnan, LawrenceS.,and John C. bility. JQ 50 (Summer). 312-318. Contemporary issues in soda! 89. Salzinger, Kurt. Schizophrenia: behavioral psychology.Monterey,Calif.:Brooks/ aspects. New York: John Wiley and Sons Cole. Inc. 105. Young, Robert Q. A comparison of reading 90. Sharma, Piakash C.Social alieoation:a and listening comprehension with rate research bibliography (1930-1972). IRMS of presentationcontrolled. AVCR 21 3 (March), 83-98. (Fall), 327.336. 91. Sternthal,Brian, and C. Samuel Craig. Humor in adsertising. JM 37 (October), Also sec: 26569, 26613, 26689, 26691, 27025; CT11, 92. Stevenson. Robert 1.., Richard A. Eisinger, IP12.IP130, 11'01, SGS, L127, L133, Barry M. Feinberg, and Alan B. Kotok. L134. Untwisting The News Twisters: a replication of Efron's study. JQ 50 (Summer), 211-219. V. GROUP AND ORGANIZATIONAL 93. Sue, Stanley, Ronald E. Smith, and Cathy COMMUNICATION (SG) Caldwell.Effectsofinadmissibleevi- dence on the decisions of simulated jur- 1. Abelson, Robert P. Comment on "group ors: a moral dilemma. JASP 3:4, 345- shift to caution at the race track." JESP 353. 9 (November), 517-521.

4 40 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

2. AdefoluAkinIxtdi,Isaac.Attitudes and 17. Child, John. Predicting and understand- performance as indicators of organiza- ingorganizationstructurce.ASQ 18 tional orientation. HO 32 (Winter), 371- (June). 168-185. 478. 18.Child,John.Strategiesofcontroland 3.Anderson, Norman H., Rhoda Lindner, organizational behavior. ASQ 18:1.I- and Lola L. Lopes. Integration theory 17. applied to judgments of group attrac- 19. Cialdini, Robert B.. Alan Levy, C. Peter tiveness. JPSP 2 (June), 400 408. Herman, and Scott Evenbeck. Attitud- 4.Argvris. Chris.Personality and organiza- inalpolitics:the strategy of modera- tiontheoryrevisited. ASQ 18(June), tion. JPSP 25 (January). 100.108. 111-167. 20. Cohen. Abraham I. Group therapy: an ef- Atwood, I.. Erwin, and Gerald 1.. Grotta. fective method of self-supervision. SGB Socialization of news valuesinbegin. 4 (Februarv). 69-80. ning reporters. JQ 50 (Winter). 759.760. 21. Cottrath,DavidW.,andGordon B. 6.Balke. Walter Morely, Kenneth R. Ham- Thompson. Counnunication technology: mond, and G. Dale Meyer. An alterna- a societal perspective. JC 23(March). tive approach to labor-mP.tagement ne- 47-63. gotiations. ASQ 18(1). 311-327. 22. Cox, Robert W.. Harold K. Jacobson. et at. The anatomy of influence: decision mak- 7.Baron, Rot ^rt Steven. Thomas C. Monson. ing in international organization. New and Penny H. Baron. Conformity pres- Haven: Yale U Press. sure as a determinant of risk taking: 23. Cvetkovich, George. and Steve R. Baum- replication and extension. JPSP 28 (De- gardner. Attitude polarization: the rela- cembet).406.413. tive influence of discussion group struc- S.Batton. K.. 'I'. E. Neiman, and R. B. Cat- ture and reference group norms. JPSP tell. An itemfactor analysis of intra- 26 (May). 159-165. familialattitudesofparents. JSP ((taste). 67.72. 24. barley, John M.. Allan I. Teger. and Law- 9.Bennett. Charles. SvennLindskold. and rence D. Lewis. Do groups always in- Russell Bennett. The effects of group hibit individuals' responses to potential size and discussion time on the risky emergencies? JPSP 26 (June). 395.399. shift. JSP 91(October). 137-148. 25. Darroch, A. Gordon. Communication sys- 10.Blascovich, Jim, Tracy L. Veach, and Ger- tems and national industrial organiza- ald P. Ginsburg. Blackjack and the risky tion. IJCS 14(March-June), 1-18. shift. Scrttv 46 (March), 42-55. 26. Davis, James H. Group decision and social II.Bock. Kurt W. Beyond words. Baltimore: interaction: a theory of social decision Penguin. schemes. PsyRev 80 (March), 97-125. 12.Burnstein, Eugene, and Amiram Winokur. 27. Dieckhoff, Foster G. On Hummon's mathe- Testing two classes oftheories about matical formulation of Blau's theory of groupinducedshifts in individual differentiation in organizations. ASR 38 chzice. JESP 9 (March), 123-137. (June), 397-389. I3. Burroughs, W.. W. Schultz, and S. Autrey. 28. Doob, Leonard W., and William J. Foltz. Quality of argument, leadership votes. The belfast workshop: an application of and eve contact in three-person leader- group techniques to a destructive con- less groups. JSP 90 (June), 89-94. flict. JCR 17(September). 489.512. 11.Butler. Richard P.. and Edward Cure- 29. Eiben. Ray. and R. James Clack. Impact ton. actor analysis of small group lead. of a participatory group experience on ership behavior. JSP 99(February), 85- counselors in training. SGB 4 (Novem- 90. ber). 486.495. 15. Cammalleri. Joseph A., Hal W. Hendrick, 30. Eisgruber, Ludwig M. Managerial infor- Wayne C Pittman, Jr., Harry D. Blout, mationanddecisionsystemsinthe and Dirk C. Prather. Effects of different U.S.A.:historical developments, current leadershipstylesongroupaccuracy. status, and major issues. AJAE 55 (De- JAP 57 (February), 32-37. cember), 930936. 16. Cartwright, Derwin. Determinants of sci- 31, Endler, Norman S. Source and type of entific progress: the case of research on prior exoerience as antecedents of con- the risky shift. AP 28 (March), 222-231. formity. JSP 90 (June), 161-162. 44 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 41 32. Feldman, Ronald A. Power distribution, 48. Graham, William K. Leader behavior, es- integration,and conformityinsmall teem for the least preferred co-worker, groups. AJS 79 (November). 639 -6414. and group performance. JSP 90 (June), 33. Fiedler, Fred E. Predicting the effects of 59.66. leadership training and experience 49. Greening, Thomas C. When a group re- from the contingency model: a clarifi- jects its leader. SGB 4 (May), 245-248. cation. JAP 57(April), 110.113. 50. Grunig, James E., and Keith R. Stamm. of 34. Fishburn,PeterC.Voterconcordance, Communicationandcoorientation simple majorities. and group decision collectivities. ABS 16:4. 567-592. methods. BSci 18 (September). 364. 51.Guinan, James F., Melvin L. Foulds, and 35. Foulds. Melvin L. Effects of a personal James C. Wright. Do the changes last? growth group on ratingsof self and A six-month follow-up of a marathon others. SGB 4 (November), 508-515. group. SGB 4 (May), 177-180. 36. Franklin, Jerome L. Organization devel- 52. Gutzmer. Willard E., and William Fawcett opment: an annotated bibliography. Ann Hill. Evaluation of the effectiveness of Arbor: Institute for Social Research. thelearningthrudiscussionmethod. (February), 5-34. 37. Frederickson, William A., and Gary Kiz- SGB 4 liar. Accurate, deceptive, and no prior 53. Hand, Herbert H., and William R. La- feedback about decisionniaking acumen Follette. A discriminant analysis of or- as an influencer of groupdecisionmak- ganizationperformance variables. JAP ing. JASP 3:3, 232-239. 58 (December), 368-371. 38. Frederiksen, N., 0. Jensen, and A. Beaton. 54. Hare, A. Paul. Theories of group develop- Predictions of organizationalbehavior. ment and categories for interaction anal- F.Imsford, New York: Pergamon. ysis. SGB 4(August), 259-304. 39. Friedland, Nehernia, John Thibaut, and 55. Hawes, Leonard C., and Joseph M. Foley. Laurens Walker. Some determinants of A Markov analysis of interview com- the violation of rules. JASP 3:2,103- munication. SM 40 (August), 208-219. 118. 40. Friedman, Robert. Family roots of school 56. Henshel, Anne-Marie. Swinging: a study learning and behavior disorders. Spring- of decision making in marriage. AJS 78 field: Charles C. Thomas. (January), 885.891. 57. Herman, Jeanne B., and Charles L. Hu lin. 41. Gibbard, Graham S., and John J. Hart- Managerialsatisfactions and organiza- man.Relationshippatternsinself- tional roles: an investigation of porter's analytic groups: a clinical and empirical need deficiency scales. JAP 57(April), study. BSci 18 (September), 335-353. 118-124. 42. Gibson, Lawrence D., Charles S.Mayer, 58.Hill, Wm. Fawcett, and LeRoy Gruner. A Christopher E. Nugent, and Thomas E. study of development in open and closed Vollmann. An evolutionary approach to groups. SOB 4 (August), 355-386. marketing information systems. JM 37 59. Hirschowitz, Ralph C., and Donald E. (April), 2.6. Ralph. Communication problems in psy- 43. Glass, John F. The presentation of self chiatricorganizations:anintervention and the encounter culture: notes on the modt.1. AL 21(March), 285-289. so-iology of Tgroups. SGB 4 (Novem- 60. House, Robert J., and Steven Kerr. Organi- ber), 449-458. zational independence, leader behavior, 44. Golembiewski,RobertT.,andArthur and managerial practices: a replicated Blumberg. Sensitivity training and the study. JAP 58 (October), 173-180. laboratory approach. Itasca,Ill.:F. E. Peacock. 61. Hurst, James C., Ursula Delworth, and 45. Goody, J., ed. The character of kinship. Robert Garriott. Encountertapes: eval- London: Cambridge U Press. uation of a leaderless group procedure. 46. Gouran, Dennis S. Group communication: SGB 4 (November), 476-485. perspectives and priorities for future re- 62. Huseman, Richard C., Cal M. Logue, and search. QJS 59(February), 22-29. Dwight L. Fresh ley, eds. Readings in 47. Gouran, Dennis S. Correlates of member interpersonal and organizational com- satisfaction in group decision-making dis- munication. 2nd ed. Boston: Holbrook cussion. CSSJ 24 (Summer), 91-96. Press.

45 42 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION 63. Jain, Harish C. Supervisorycommunica- shift to caution at the race track." JESP tionand performance inurbanhos- 9 (November), 522-525. pital-. IC 23 (March). 103.117. 78. McCauley, Clark,ChristopherL.Stitt, 64. Johns.n, David W.. Jack A.Kavanagh. and KathrynWoods, andDianaLipton. BernardLubin. 7-Groups.tests,and Croup shift to caution at the race track. tension. SGB 4(February). S1-88. JESP 9 (January), 80.86. 65. Joke. Robert D. Em°miters in organi- ^q/..McIntire, NYalter G. The impact of T- zationalbehavior:problemsituations. group experience on level of self-actuali Elmsford. New York: Pogamon. zation. SGB 4 (November), 459-465. 80. McKinley, JohnB. 66.Kaye. J. D. Group interaction andinter- Social networks,lay personal learning. SGB 4(November). consultation and helpseeking behavior. 421.448. SE 51 (March), 275-291. 67. Kerr, Steyn, andAnne Harlan. Predict- 81. Malcolm, A. The tt ramty of thegroup. ing the effectsofleadershiptraining Toronto: Clarke. Irwin & Co. and experience fromthe contingency 82. Marcus, Philip M., and James S. House. model: some remaining problems.JAP Exchange between super % isors and sub- 57 (April). 114-117. ordinates in large organizations. ASQ 18 68. king Mail:. David C.Payne. and Walter (June). 209-222. C. McIntire. The impact of marathon 83.Nfaslowski, R. M., and L. B. Morgan, eds. and prolongedset sitivitytraining on Interpersonal growth and self actuali selatteptante. SGB 4 (November). 414- zation in groups. New York: MSS Infor- 423. mation Corporation. 69.Kline. John A.. and James I.. Malinger. 84. Meyer, Marshall W. A noteon expert- Redundancy. 7.1f orientation. andgroup ness and the superYisory component of consensus. SM 40 (June). 72-74. organizations. HO 32 (Winter), 379-384. 70. Knowles. Eric S. Boundariesannul(' group 85. Miller. Jon P.. and Lincoln J. Fry. Social interaction: the effect ofgroup size and relations in organizations: further eYi. member status on boundary permeabil- dente for the Weberian Model. SF 51 ity. JPSP 26 (June), 327.331. (March), 305-319. 86. Milson, F. An introduction to group work 71.Kyval, Teri, and Helen Fleshier. The in- skill. Boston: Routledge and Kegan Paul. fluence of self esteem on emergentlead- ership patterns. ST 22 (March), 100-106. 87. Montgomery.L.June. Thesensitivity movement: questions to be researched. 72. Lee, George E., and RaymondC. Nichol- SGB 4(November), 387-406. son. Managerial information (recording 88. Muzzy, Robert E.. and JohnJ.Moon. data, and decision) systems inCanada. ModificationsofBales'Monte Carlo AJAE 55 (December). 921-929. model. S&G 4 (September), 295.314. 73.Ley in. Joseph. Bifactor analysis ofa multi- trait-inultimethod matrix of leadership 89. Napier, Rodney W., and Matti K. Gershen- criteria in small groups. JSP 89 (April), feld.Groups:theory and experience. 295-300. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. 74.Levin, Edward L. Problems of organiza- 90. Nemeth, Charlan. and Ruth Hyland Sosis. tional control in microcosm:group per- A simulated jury study:characteristics formance and group member satisfaction of the defendant and the jurors. JSP 90 as a function of differences in control (August), 221-230. structure. JAP 58 (October), 186-196. 91. Nieminen, Juhani. On statusin an organization. BSci18(November), 417. 75.Liu. William T., Ira W. Hutchison, and Lawrence K. Hong. Conjugal power and 92. Ober, Nelson, and Fred E. Jandt. Students' decision making: a methodologicalnote self concepts and evaluations of discus- on cross-cultural study of the family. sion instruction. ST 22 (January), 64-66. AJS 79 (July), 84-98. 93. Orcutt, James D. Societal reaction and the 76. Lundgren. David G. Attitudinaland be- response to deviation in small groups. havioral correlates of emergent status in SF 52 (December). 259-267. training groups. JSP 90 (June), 141-154. 94. Pattanaik. Prasanta K. Group choice with 77.McCauley, Clark, and Christopher L. Stitt. lexicographic individual orderings. BSci Reply to Abelson's comment on "group 18 (March), 118-123.

4 6 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 43 '95. Patton, Bobby R., and Kim Giffin. Prob. 109. Runcie, John F. Group formation: theo- lum-wlving group interaction. New York: retical and empirical approaches. SGB Harper and Row. 4 (May), 181.205. 96.Pfeffer.Jeffrey,andHnsesinLeb lebici. 110. Saint, Thomas J., and Douglas G. Bock. 1 he effect of competition on some di- A comparison of the distributional and mensions of organizational structure. NE sequentialstructui esofinteractionin 52 (December), 268-279. high and low consensus groups. CSSJ 24 97.Philipsen, Gerry F.. and Thomas J. Saine. (Summer). 125-130.

I he effect of reward alto is on verbal 1 1 1 Saint-, Thomas J.. and Douglas G. Bock. participationin wimp discussion. SM The effects of reward criteria on the 10 (June). 151.17i3. structure of interaction inproblem-solv- 98. Poland, Willis D.. and John E. Jones. Per- ing groups. SSCJ 39 (Fall). 55-62. sonal orientations and perceived benefit 112. Sashkin, Marshall. William C. Morris.and hunt a human relations laboratory. ti(:R Leslie Horst. A comparison of social and (Nosember), 496.502. organizational change models: informa- 99,Powell, Douglas H. The effects of job tion flow and data use processes. PsyRev suategs seminars upon unemployed en- 80 (November). 510-526. gineels and scientists. JSP 91(October). 113. Schneider. Benjamin. Answeringquestions 11,5.166. and questioning answers:areplyto Gambling, fishing and inno- "41. Levin. JSP 89 (April). 301-302. vation-a (loss situational study of (te- 114. Schneider, Benjamin. The perceptionof nsion making. !JCS (March-June), 76- organizational climates:the customer's SA, view. JAP 57 (June), 248-256. 101.Rabinovich,Harry,DonaldII.Hislop. 115. Schneider. Benjamin. and Clayton P.Al- andRobertL.Derbyshire. Avect:if derfer. Three studies of need satisfac- model of small group behavior. SGB 4 t'min organizations. ASQ 18:4, 489 - 'Mal.), 163.176. 505. 102. Ras. Michael L. A decision sequence anal- 116. Fchroeder, Harold E. The risky shift as a ssis of developments in marketing com- general choice shift. JPSP 27 (August). munisation. JM 37 (January), 29-38. 297-300. 117. Sheinkopf, Kenneth G. Family communi- 103. Reckman, RichardF., and George R. (;oethals. Deviancy and group orienta- cation patterns and anticipatory sociali- tion as determinants of group composi- zation. IQ 50 (Spring), 24-30. tion prgerences. Scmty 36 (September). 118. Sherif, Carolyn W. Social distance as cate- gorization of intergroup interaction. JPSP 419-423. Riddi, W. Brendan. The impact of sensi- 25 (March). 327-334. 104. 119. Shiflett. Samuel C. The contingencymodel tivitytraining on self-actualization:a one-year follow-up. SGB 4(November), of leadership effectiveness: some implications of itsstatistical and methodo- 407-413. logical properties. BSci 18 (November). 105.Reingen, Peter H. Risk taking by indi- 429-440. viduals and informal groups with the M. Gazda. use of industrial product purchasingsit- 120. Sisson. P. J.. C. J. Sisson, and G. uations as stimuli. JPsy 85 (November), Extended group counseling with psychi- atryresidents:aninteractionprocess 331-335. 106. Rice. Linda E., and Terence R. Mitchell. analysis. SGB 4 (November), 466-475. structuraldeterminantsofindividual 121. Sorrentino. Richard M. An extensionof behaviorinorganizations. ASQ18:1, theory of achievement motivation to the 16.70. study of emergent leadership. JPSP 26 107.Rice. Robert W., and Martin M. Chemers. (June), 356-368. Predicting the emergence of leaders us-122. Stang. David J. Effect of interaction rate ing Fiedler's contingency model of lead. onratings of leadership and liking. ership effectiveness. JAP 57 (June). 281- JPSP 27(September). 405-408. 287. 123. Stein, R. Timothy, F. L. Geis, and Fred 108.Rosenfeld, Lawrence B. Human interac- Damarin. Perception of emergent lead- tion in the small group setting. Colum- ership hierarchies in task groups. JPSP bus: Charles E. Merrill. 28(October), 77-87. 47 44 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION

124. *Farrier, Randolph B.. and Dean L. Strap- 26578,26579,26592,26598,26600, pell. Groups: guidance, counseling, 26601, or 26603,26606,26612,26614,26625.26632, therapy. SGB 4 (February), 47-54. 26641.26647.27125;D23.D50,CTS, 125. Taylor, Stephen A. Communicationand GT51. G80, G85, IP17, IP20. IP67, IP69, teacheradministratiou negotiations. ST 1P71. 1P118, IP141. IP144. IP155, RM72. 22 (January), 44.47. RM118, RM144, RM183, RM226,P25. 12ii. nxIcr, Nancy L., and James E.Marcia. P43.P82,P104,P133. NV10. NV14. Ego identity status and response tocon- NV20, T11, T15, T23. T34. formity pressure in collegewomen. JPSP 26 (May), 287-294. 127. Tscheulin, D. Leader behaviormeasure- VI. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION ment in German industry. JAP 57 (Feb- (IP) ruary). 28-31. 128. Tucker, Charles 0. Faculty communica- 1. Abbott. Carrell W., Charles R. Brown,and tion and academic policy. CSSJ 24 (Fall), Paul V. Crosbie. Exchangeas symbolic 212-221. interaction: for what? ASR (August). 504-505. l29. Underwood. William J.,and LarryJ. 2. Aboud, Frances E.. Donald M. Taylor,and Krafft. Interpersonal compatibility and Robert G. Doumani. The effect ofcon managerial work effectiveness:a test of tact on the use of role and ethnic stereo. the fundamental interpersonal relations typesinpersonperception.JSP89 orientation theory. JAP 58 (August), 89- (April), 309-310. 94. 3. Adams, W. Clifton. The effect of various 130. Vosburgh, William W., and Drew Hyman. channels of feedback on the communi- Advocacy and bureaucracy: the life and cation of information. SM 40 (June), 147- times of a decentralized advocacypro- 150. gram. ASQ 18:4, 433-448. 4. Alloway, Thomas,LesterKratnes,and Patricia Pliner, cds. Communication and 131. Wanous, John. P. Effects of a realistic job affect. New York: Academic Press, 197k. preview on job acceptance, job attitudes, and job survival. JAP 58 (December), 5. Alpert, Mark I., and W. Thomas Ander- 327.332. son, Jr. Optimal heterophily and com- 132. Weiss. Howard, and John Sherman. In- munication effectiveness: some empiri- ternal-external control as a predictor of cal findings. JC 23 (September). 328-343. task effort and satisfaction subsequent 6. Altman, Irwin, and Dalmas Taylor. Social to failure. JAP 57 (April), 132-136. penetration: development of interper- 133. Weissbach. Theodore A. Scope andau- sonalrelationships. New York:Holt, tonomy in prison work groups. JSP 90 Rinehart and Winston. (June), 85-88. 7. Andersen, Martin P., E. Ray Nichols,Jr.. 134. Wodarski, John S., Robert L.Hamblin, and Herbert W. Booth. The speaker David R. Buckholdt. and Daniel E. Fer- and his audience: dynamic interpersonal ritor.Individualconsequencesversus communication.2nded.New York: different shared consequences contingent Harper Sc Row. onthe performanceoflow-achieving 8. Anderson. N. H. Serial positioncurves in group members. JASP 3:3, 276-290. impression formation. JExP 97 (Janu 135. Wood. Michael T. Power relationships and ary), 8-12. group decision making in organizations. 9. Applhaum, Ronald L., Karl Anatol, Ellis PB 79 (May), 280-283. R. Hays, 0. Owen, Jerry E. Mandel, and 136. Woody, Robert Henley. and Jane Divita Richard E.Porter. Fundamental con. Woody. Sexual,marital, and familial ceptsinhuman communication. San relations:therapeutic interventions for Francisco: Canfield Press. professionalhelping.Springfield.Ill. 10. Argyle, Michael. Socialinteraction. Chi- Charles C. Thomas. cago: Aldine. 11. Argyle.Michael. ed. Socialencounters: Also see: readings in social interaction. Chicago: 26549. 26553,26558, 26583,26589. 26608, Aldine. 26609. 26730,26978. 27009,27035. 27075. 12.Bassett, Ronald, Ralph R. Behnke, Larry 27084, 26483.26487, 26535,26562, 26564. W. Carlile, and Jimmie Rogers. The 26565, 26566.26568, 26570,26572, 26576, effects of positive and negative audience

48 BEHAVIORAL. STUDIES INCOM M UNICATI N 45

responses on the autonomic arousal of 28.B%rne, Donn. e. raidL. Clore. William student speakers. SSCJ 38 (Spring). 255. Griffin. John Latillx:rth. and Herman E. 261, Mitchell. One more time. JPSP 28 (De- 13.Bennis. Varten David E. Bellow. Fred cember). 323.324. H.Schein. and Fred 1. Steele, eds. Inter. 29.Ihrn. Donn. Gerald I. Cloie, William personal ds nantics. Ilonrewood. Criffitt. John laniberth. and Herman E. Dorscs. Mitchell.Whenparadigmsconverge: 14,Berger.CharlesR.Attibutionalcoin. confrontation or integration? JPSP 28 muniation. sit national involvement. (December), 313-320. self-esteem and interpersonal attraction. 30.Carterette, EdwardC..and MortonP. JC (September). 284.305. Friedman. Handbook of perception. Vol. IS.Berger. Charles R. Task performance and time 3. New York: Academic Press. attributional communication as determi 31.Chaffee. Steven H. Applying the interper slants of interpersonal attraction. SM 40 sonalperceptionmodeltothereal (\member). 280-286. world: an introduction. ABS 16:4. 465 16.Berkowitz.Leonard.Reactance andthe 468. unwillingnesstohelpothers. PB 79 32.Chaffee. Steven IL. and Jack M. McLeod. (Mas). 310-317. Individualvs.socialpredictors ofin- 17.Bettman, JamesR.Perceivedrisk and formation seeking. JQ 50 (Summer), 237- its components: a model and empirical 245. test. JMR 10 (NUN). 184.190. 33.Chapman. Antony J. Funniness of jokes. 18. Blatener, Howard A. Acting-in: practical canned laughter and recall performance. application of psschoclramatic methods. Scmty 36(Decearher). 569-578. New York: Springer. 34.Cialdini, Robert B.. Betty Lee Darby. and Joyce E. N'turent. Transgression and al- 19. Bledsoe. Joseph C.. and R. Gene Wiggins. Congruence of adolescents' selfconcepts truism: case for hedonism. JESP 9 (No and parents' in:minions of adolescents' vember). 502-516. selcomepts. JPss 83 (January), 131-136. 35.Cohen. Rudolf.Patternsofpersonality 20. Block. Donald A. Techniques of family judgment. New York: Academic Press. psychotherapy. New York: Grime and 36.Corby. Paul C. Self-disclosure: a literature Stratton. review. PB 79 (February), 73-91. 21.Brie kman. Philip. and Charles Horn. Bal 37.Crittenden. KathleenS..and James L. ante theory and interpersonal coping in Norr. Student values and teacher evalua- triads. JPSP 26 (June). 347-355. tion: a problem in person perception. 2".Brissett. Miehmael. and Stephen Nowicki. Scmty 36 (June), 143-151. jr.Internal sersus external control of 38.Darley. John M., and C. Daniel Batson. 16111°1mmtit and reaction r 'ustra. "From Jerusalem to Jericho": a study tion. JPSP 25 (January), 35-44. of situational and dispositional variables 23. Brothers.Robert.andRosslynGaines. inhelpingbehavior. JPSP 27(July). Perceptualdifferences between hippies 100.108. and college students. JSP 91(Decent. 39.Davis. James H.. Jerry L. Cohen, John her). 325-336. Hornik, and A. Kent Rissman. Dyadic 24. Brown, Charles T., and Paul W. Keller. decision as a function of the frequency Monologue to dialogue: an exploration distributions describing the preferences of interpersonal communication. Engle- ofmembersconstituencies.JPSP 26 wood Cliffs. Prentice-Hall. (May). 178-195. 25. Brown, Robert C.,Jr., Bob Helm, and 40.Davis, M. S. Intimate relations. New York: James T. Tedeschi. Attraction and ver- The Free Press, bal conditioning. JSP 91(October). 81- 41.Derlega, Valerian J.. James Walmer, and 86. Gail Furman. Mutual disclosure in so- 26. Burhans. David T., Jr. The experimental cial interactions. JSP 90 (June), 159.160. studyofinterpersonaltrust. WS 37 42.Diamond, Michael Jay, and W. Charles (Winter), 2.12. Lobitz. When familiarity breeds respect: 27. Bush. Lynn E.,II. Individual differences the effects of an experimental depolari- multidimensional scalingof adjectives zation program on police and student denoting feelings. JPSP 25 (January). 50- attitudes toward each other. JSI 29:4, 57. 95-110.

49 46 I11111.1tu.RAP1IIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 43. Duck. S. W. Personalrelationships and femme, cognitive balance. and change personal constructs: a study infriend- in impression. JPSP 26 (April), 16 22. ship formation. New Yolk: John Wiley 59. Greeno, Datt:el W., Montrose S. Sommers, and Sons. and Jerome B. Kernan. Personality and 44. Ehlert. Jeff, Nuala Ehlers, and Matthew implicitbehaviorpattel us.J MR 1() Mertens. The influence ofideological (February), 63-69. affiliation on helping behavior JSP 89 60. Gutnam, Jonathan. Self concepts and (April). 315316. viewing among women. POQ 37 45.Epstein.Seymour. The self-conceptre- (Fall), 388.397. visited: or a theory of a theory. AP 28 61. Haber,Ralph Norman,andMaurice (May), 404-416. Hershenson. The psychology of visual 46.Firestone, Ira J., Kalman J. Kaplan, and perception. New York:Holt, Rinehart J.CurtisRussell.Anxiety,fear, and and Winston. affiliation with similar-state versus dis- 62. Haunt), Mildred Sara. and Lawrence E. imilar stateothers:miserysometimes Jones. Effects of a change in reference loves notimiserable company. JPSP person on the multidimensionalstruc- (June), 409-414. ture and evaluations of trait adjectives. Fisher. Jeanne Y..and DominicA.In- JPSP 28 (December), 368.375. fante. The relation between «rntini- anxiety and human motivation 63.Harris, Mary B.. and Fred W. Meyer. De- cation pendency, threat, and helping. JSP 90 variables. CSSJ 24 (Winter). 2.16 232. (August), 239-242. 48. Fleck. Robert A.. Jr. How media planners 64.Harris, Mary B.. and Lily C. Haug. Help- processinformation. J.R 13 (April). ing and the attribution process. JSP 90 14-18. (August). 291.298. 49. Frani°, James L.. ed. Family interaction. 65. Harris. Victor A., and Howard Tamler. New York: Springer. Awareness ofinitial attitude and pre- 50.Franklin. Billy J. The effects of status on diction of finalattitude: a bystander thehonesty and verbalresponsesof replication. JSP 91 (December), 231-262. others. JSP 91 (December). 347.348. 66.Hartig, Monika, and Frederick H. Kanfer. Friedland, Seymour J.. Walter H. Croc- The role of verbal self-instructions in kett, and James D. Laird. The effects children's resistance to temptat:on. JPSP of role and sex on the perception of 23 (February). 259 267. others. JSP 91 (December). 273 284. 67. Heilbrun, Alfred B.. Jr. Aversive maternal 32.Friend.RonaldM.. andJoelGilbert. control. New York: Wiley. Threat and fear of negative evaluation 68. Himmelfarb, Samuel. Generaltestof a as determinants of focus of social com- differentialweighted averaging model parison. JPer 41 (September), `.:28340. of impression formation. JESP 9 (Sep- 53.Fuller. David S., and Gustavo M. Quesada. tember), 379-390. Communication in medical therapeutics. 69. Hockey, Robert. Changes in information- JC 23 (June). 361.370. selection patterns in multisource moni 54. Gaebelein, Jacquelyn W. Third partyin- toting as a function of induced arousal stigation of aggression: an experimental shifts. JExP 101 (November), 35.42. approach. JPSP 27 (September), 359-395. 70.Ickes, Wiliam John, Robert A. Wicklund. 53.Giffin. Kim, and Bobby R. Patton. Inter- andC.BrianFerris.Objectiveself- personal communication: basic text and awareness and self-esteem. JESP 9 (May), readings. New York: Harper and Row. 202 219. 56. Gollob. Harry F.. and Betty B. Rossman. 71.Ilardo, Joseph A. Ambiguity tolerance and Judgments of an actor's "power and disordered communication:therapeutic ability to influence others." JESP 9 (Sep- aspects. JC 23 (December). 371-391. tember), 391.406. 72. Insko, Chester A., Vaida D. Thompson. 57. Gollob, Harry F., Betty B. Rossman, and WolfgangStroebe,KarenF.Shaud, Robert P. Abelson. Social inference as Berna E. Pinner, and Bruce D. Layton. a function of the number of instances Implies' evaluation and the similarity- andconsistencyofinformationpre- attraction effect. JPSP 25 (March), 297- sented. JPSP 27 (July). 19-33. 308. 58. Gollob. Harry F., and Gregory W Fischer. 73.Jellison. Jerald M., and John H. Harvey. Some relationships betweensocialin- Determinants of perceived choice and BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 47

the relationship between perceived choice Douglas N. Jackson. Base rates and in- andperceivedcompetence. JPSP28 formational value in impression forma- (December). 376-382. tion. JPSP 28 (December). 390-395. 74. Johnston. Shawn, and RichardCenters. 90.Leinhardt,Saratre!. Th.dot.loi:racnt of Cognitive systemization and interperairlai transitive structure inchildren's inter- attraction. JSP 't0 (June), 95.105. personal relations. BSci18 (July), 262- 75. Jones. Edward E.. and C. Anderson John- 2'71. son.Delayofconsequences andthe 91. Loin, 1. P.. L I.. Wall. J. M. Dolezal. and riskiness of decision. JPer 41(Decem- K. I.. Norman. Differential weighting of ber), 613637. positive and negative traits in impres- 76. Jones StephenC.Self-andinterpersonal sion formation as a function of prior evaluations: esteem theoriesNCUSilCon- exposure. JExP 97 (January), 114.115. sistency theories. PR 79 (March). 195- 92.Lesine. Jerold. Information seeking with 199. conflicting and irrelevant inputs. JP 57 77. Jones. Stephen C.. Dennis A. Klimek. and (February). 74-80. Dennis T. Regan. Variables affecting re- 93.Lewis. Robert A. Social reaction and the actions to social acceptance and rejec- formationof dyads:aninteractionist tion. JSP 90 (August), 269-284. approach to mate selection. Scmtv 78. Kane. Thomas R.. and James T. Tedeschi. (September), 4091418. Impressions created by conforming and independent persons. JSP 91 (October). 94.Linclzey.Gardner, CalvinS.Hall. and 109-116. MartinManosevitz,eds.Theoriesof 79. Kaplan. Martin F. Stimulus inconsistency personality:primarysources andre- and responsedispositionsinforming search. New York: Wiley. judgments of other persons. JPSP 25 95.Livesley. W. J., and D. B. Bromley. Per- (January). 58-64. son perception in childhood and ado- -0. Kaplan.MartinF..andNormanH. !-..scence. New York: Wiley. Anderson. Comment on 'When research 96. Lombardo. John P., Robert Frank Weiss, paradigms coverage: confrontation of in- and Mark H. Stich. Effectance reduction tegration?" JPSP 28 (December). 321.322. through speaking in reply and itsre- 81, Kaplan. Martin F., and Norman 11. Ander- lation to attraction. JPSP 28 (December). son. Information integration theory and 325-332. reinforcement theory as approaches to 97.Nfachlock.RichardC.,andCharles T. interpersonalattraction. JPSP 28 (De- Kenny. Impression formation as a func- cember), 301-312. tion of age. sex, and race. JSP 89 (April), 82.Kelley. Harold H. The processes of causal 233-244. attribution. AP 28 (February), 107-128. 98. Mazis, Michael B. Cognitive tuning and 83.Kellner, John W. Elements of interper- receptivity to novel information. JESP sonal communication. Belmont: Wads- 9 (July), 307-319. worth. 99. Met tee. David R., Shelley E. Taylor, and 84. Kernan. Jerome B.. and Richard Mojena. Howard Friedman. Affect conversion and Information utilization and personality. the gain-loss liking effect. Scmty 36 (De- JC 23 (September), 315-327. cember), 494-513. 85.Klinzing. Dennis R. A study of the per- 100.Midlarsky. Elizabeth. and Manus Midlar- sonality differences between effective and sky. Some determinants of aiding under ineffective student actors. TS 21:2, 47-50. experimentally-inducedstress. JPer 41 86. Koulack, D.. and D. Cummings. Accept- (September). 305-327. ance andrejectionasafunctionof 101.Mischcl, Walter. Ebbe B. Ebbesen. and ethnicity and beliefintensityJSP 91 A ntorietteRaskoffZeiss.Selectiveat- (December). 207-214. tention to the self: situational and dis- 87.Lalljee,Mansur, and Mark Cook. Un- positional determinants. JPSP 27 (July). certainty infirst encounters. JPSP 26 129-142. (April), 137-141. 102. Misra. Sasi. Instability in self-evaluation. 88. Lass, Norman J., and C. Elaine Prater. A conformity, and affiliation. JPer 41 (Sep- comparative study of listening rate pref- tember), 361-375. erences for oral reading and impromptu 103. Mortensen. C. David, and Kenneth Sereno. speaking tasks. JC 23 (March), 95-102. Advancesincommunicationresearch. 89. Lay, Clarry H., Bryan F. Button, and New York: Harper and Row. 111111.10(-RAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

104.Murstein, Bernard I., ed. Theories of at- 120.Rappoport.Leon, and David Summers. traction and lose. New York: Springer. Human judgment and social interaction. 105. Nash, Jeffrey E., Darwin 1. Thomas, and New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. AndrewJ.Weigert. Code elaboration 121.Reed, Stephc . K. Psychological processes in and self concept states. JSP 90 (June), patternrecognition. New York: Aca- 45.52. demic Press. 106. Newtson, Darren. Attribution and tht unit 122.Rosen, Sidney, Robert D. Johnson, Martha Of perceptionofongo.ngbehasior. D. Johnson,and Abraham Teaser. Inter- JPSP 28 (October). 28.38. activeeffects of news valence and attrac Lion on communicator behavior. JPSP 28 107.Nisbett, Richard E., Craig Caputo. Patricia Legant. and Jeanne Marecek. Behavior (December), 298-300. 123.Ruble, Thomas L.. as seen by the actor and as seen by the Effects of actor and observer roles on attributions of causal- observer. JPSP 27 (August). 154.163. ity in situations ofsuccess and failure. 108. Noel. Richard C. Trangression compliance: JSP 90 (June). 41.44. a failure to confirm. JPSP 27 (August), 124.Ruitnbeek, Hendrick M.. ed., The an 151.153. alytic situation: how patient and thera- 109. Northman,J.E.. and H. Ranken. Selective pistcommunicate, Chicago: Aldine. attentioninthe effectof labeling on 125.Ryckman, Richard M., Matin F. Sherman, symbolicproblemsolving. JEN P 98 and Gary D. Burgess. Locus of control (April), 209.211. and self-disclosure of public and private 110. O'Keefe. GarrettJ., jr.Coorientation var- information by college men and women: iabls in family study. ABSlei:1. 513 a brief note. JPsy 84 (July), 3l731f- 536. 126.Sadler, Orin, andAbraham Teaser.Some 111. Ostlund, Lyman. Interpersonal communi effects of salience and time upon inter- cationfollowing McGovern's Eagleton personal hostility and attraction during decision. POQ37 (Winter), 601-610. socialisolation. Scmty 36 (March). 99- 112.Pace, R. Wayne. and Robert R. Boren. 112. The human transaction:facets,func 127.Sales. Stephen M.. and Kenneth E. Friend. tions, and forms of interpersonal com- Success and failure as determinants of munication. Glenview. 'X Scott, Fort's- levelsofauthoritariansim. BSci 18 an and Co. (May). 163.172. 113.Patton, Bobbv R., and Kim Giffin. Inter- 128.Salk.Lee. The role of the heartbeatin personal communicat:on.NewYork: the relations between mother and in- Harper & Row. fant. SciAm 228 (May). 2429. 114.Pearce, W. Barnett, and Stewart M. Sharp. 129.Sathre, Freda. et. al. Let's talk: an intro- Selfclisclosing. communicator JC 23 (De- duction to interpersonal communication. (ember). 409.425. Glenview, Scott, Foresman and Co. 130. 115.Peevers, Barbara Hollands, and Paul F. Schraff. William H.. and Robert S. Schlott Seeorcl. Deselopmental chatters in attri. mann. The effects of verbal reports of bution of descriptive concepts toper- violence on agression. JPsy 84(July), sons. JPSP 27 (July). 120 12s 283.290. 131.Schneider. DavidJ.Implicitpersonality 116.Penner. Louis A., Max C. Drtke. and theory: a review. PB 79 (May), 294-309. Carole J. Achenhach. The-flash" system: a field study of altruism. JASP 132.Schwartz, Shalom H. Normative explana 3:4, 36C-370. tions of helping behavior: acritique. proposal, and empiricaltest.JEST'9 117.Phillips. Gerald M.. and Nancy J. Metz- (July),349-364, ger. The reticent syndrome: some theo- 133.Scott. William C. The linear relationship retical considerations about etiology and betweeninterpersonalat tractionand treatment. SM 40 (August), 220 230. similarity: an analysis of the "unique 118Posavac, Emil J., awl StanleyJ.Pasko. stranger" technique. JSP 91 (October). Risk taking and the setsize effectin 117.126. interpersonal attraction. JSP 90 (June), 134.Scrmat. Vello, and Michael Smyth. Con 137.140. tent analysis of verbal communication in 119. Potter, David A. Personalism and inter- the development of a relationship: con- personalattraction. JPSP 28 (Novem- ditions influencing self-disclosure. JPSP ber), 192-198. 26 (June), 332-346. 52 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 49

135. Sewell. Alan F.Person perception as a book about interpersonalec.mmunica- function of the personal consequences tion. Reading: Addison-Wesley, and immediacy of a decision.IPsy Br) 151. Stone, William F. Patterns of conformity (September). 157.164. in couples varying in intimacy. JPSP 27 136. Scythed, B. A., and Clyde Hendrick.yhen (September), 413-418. do oppositesattract? When theyare 152. Storms,Michael D. Videotape and the opposite in sex and sex-role attitudes. attribution process: reversing actors' and JPSP 25 (January), 15.20. observers' points of view. JPSP 27 (Au- 137. Scythed, B. A.. and Clyde Hendrick. Need gust), 165.175. similarity and complementarity in inter- 153. Strongman. K. T, The psychology of emo- personal attraction. Scant 36 (June), 207- tion. New York: Wiley. 220 154. Swensen, Clifford H. Introduction to inter- 138. Shannon, John. and Bernard Guerney, Jr. personal relations. Glenview. Ill.: Scott. Interpersonal effects of interpersonal be- Foresman. havior. JPSP 26 (April), 142.150. 155. Taylor. Dalmas A.. Ladd Wheeler, and 139. Shave, David W. Communication break- Irwin Altman. Self disclosure in isolated down: cause and cure St. Louis: War- groups. JPSP 26 (April), 39-47. ren H. Green. 156. Taynor, Janet. and Kay Deans. When 140.Sherif,Carolyn W., MerrileaKelly.H. women are more deserving than men: Lewis Rodgers.Jr., Clan Sarup. and equity, attribution, and perceived sex Bennett I. Tittler. Personal insolvement. differences. JPSP 28(December). 360- socialjudgment. and action. JPSP 27 367. (September), 311.328. 157. Tesser, Abraham. Sidney Rosen, and Ellen 141. Shiflett, Samuel C. Performance effective- Waranch. Communicator mood and the ness and efficiency under different dyadic reluctance to transmit undersirablc mes- work strategies. JAP 57 (June). 257-263. sages (the mom effect). JC 2l (Septem- 112.Si Iseimati, Julian. Monte Buchsbaum. and ber). 266-283. Helm Stier ling. Sex differences in per- 158. Touhey. JohnAttitudesimilarity and ceptual differentiation and stimulus in- attraction; the predictability of a strang- tensity control. JPSP 25 (larch). 309 - er's attitudes. JSP 90 (August), 251.258. 31R. 119. Trent. Minnie D..S. Filial Trent, and 143. Singh. Romadhar. Attraction as a function DanielJ.O'Neill.Conceptsin com of similarity in attitudes and personality munication. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. characteristics. JSP 91 (October). 87-96. 160. Ulehla, 7., Joseph. and Darrell K. Adams. 144.'imith. teltJ.. and PatrickE. Cook. Leadership in dyadic groups as a func- Detectiontheory and expectations for tion of dominance and incntises. Sony social reinforcers: an application to aggression. l'sy. Rev. 80 (November), 439 36 (December). 561.568. 445. 145. Smith, Ronald E.. and Arnold L. Camp- bell.Social anxiety and strain toward161. Venardos, Marlene G. and Mary B. Harris. symmetry ;n dyadic attraction. JPSP Job interview training with rehabilita- (October), 101-107. tion clients: a comparison of videotape 146. Stamm. Keith R., John F. Bowes. and and rolelayingprocedures. JAP 58 Barbara J. Bowes. Generation gap a com- (December), 357-361. munication problem? A coorientational 162. Wackman. Daniel B. Interpersonal com- analysis. JQ 50 (Winter). 629 637. munication and coorientation. ABS 16:4. 147. Stapleton. Richard E..Peter Nacci. and 537-550. James T.Tcdeschi.Interpersonalat- 163. Wade, Serena E., Interpersonal discussion: traction and the reciprocation of bene- acritical predictor of leisure activity. fits. JPSP 28 (November), 199-205. JC 23 (December). 426 445. 148. Stank, Kenneth. Values and information164. Walker. Harold L. Communication and source preferences. JC 23 (March), 74- the American health care problem. JC 85. 23 (December). 349-360. 149. Stephan, Cooke. Attribution of intention 165. Wallington. Sue Ann.Consequences of and perception of attitude as a function transgression:self-punishment and de- of liking and similarity. Scmty 36 (De- pression. JPSP 28 (October), 1. cember), 463.475- 166. Walster, Elaine, G., William Walster, Jane 150. Stewart. John, ed. Bridges not walls: a Piliavin, and Lynn Schmidt. "Playing 50 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

hard to gee': understanding an elusive multiple grapheme-phoneme em:espond- Phenomenon. JPSP 26 (April).113 121. JEtIP 65 (August). "-z-34. 167. Weaver, Carl H. Human listening pro- 2.Agrawal, K. G. The meaning of work: IV cessesandbehavior.Indianapo..s..ew reinterpr cling factor stluttuuc. J Ps% R York: Dobbs-Merrill. 17 (Ma%). 10.12. 168. NVttlung. John R.. and NVilliarn W. Wil- 3.Anderson. John k., and Gordon II. Bower. mot. 'I he personal communication pro. Human associative memory. NVashing- tens. New York: Wiley. ton: Winston. 169.'Wiener. Yoash. Task ego-imohtinclit and 4.Anderson, Richard C., and Barry McCaw. self-esteem as mutter:inns of situational On the representation of meanings of lv devalued self-esteem. JAP 58 (Octo- generalterms. JEXP10i (December), ber). 221 232. 301-306. 170. Wilson, ( Terence. Effects of false feed 3.Anisfeld. Moshe, and Irene Klenbort. On hack on asoidante InIrmior: "cognithe- the funct:ons of structural paraphrases: desensit liaritIn iNiled PSI'2e (0( the view from the passive voice. PB 79 tuber).115-122. (February), 117-126. 171. NVorting.C.Edward.and Braille% S. 6.Bannatvne, Alexander. Language, reading Greenberg. Esperiments in telev:sed vi- andlearningdisabilities: psychology, olence and wand aggression: two ex neuropsychologv,diagnosis and remedia- pIorator studies. IC 23 (De«-ndu-1). 446 tion. Springfield: Charles C. Thomas. 460. 7.Bain°. Antonio M., ed. Piaget: dictionary 172. W%er. Robert S.. Jr. Effects of information ofterms.Elmsford, New York:Per- inconsistent % :Ind grammatical contest on gamon. esdilationofpersons. JPSP 25(Jan. K.Bauntgarte, Roger, and Donald V, Derosa. nal%). 43 49. Informationprocessingina twoitem 173. /ahn. Lawrence. Cognitive integration of classificationtask:relationships among verbal and vocal information in spoken itemsina memorizedset. JIM' 10(1 sentences. IF.SP 9 (July), 320.334. (September). 1-5. 174.liner. R. C. The social self. Elmsford.New 9.Buchner,Brenda, and Arthur Buchner. York: Pergamon. The effects of social status and soda! Alsose: dialectonlistenerresponses. CSSJ 24 26471.201176.26141.26147.26148.26110. (Slimmer), 75 82. 26112,26154.26151.26116.26117.26167. 10.Bois,J. Samuel. The art of awareness: a 26171.26175.26576,261:0,26581,26595, textbook on general semantics and erns. 26199,2660.1,26607,26614,26615.26619, tem s. 2ndEd.Dubuque:Wm. C. 26621,26627.26628.26629.26634.26637. Brown. 26639.26640,26644,26649.26650.26651. 11.Bornstein.Harry, and Howard L.Roy. 26790,26965.27000,27001,27023.27026. Comment on **Linguistic deficiency and. 27031.2703.27039.27019.27063,27069, thinking:researchwithdeaf subjects 27072.27081.27091,27096,27104.27206, 1964.69."PB 79 (March), 211-214. 27396.27463:D61,CC3.CT4.(:T6, 12.Bmmajian, Haig A. Defining the Ameri ( :T10, CT29. CT32. CT39, C.T62. CT65. can Indian: a case study in the language (:T87. GT24, GT21. (;T26. GT54, of suppression. ST 22 (March),89.99. G13, G80. R3145, RM82, RM100. RMI48, 13.Brainent, Charles J. Judgments and ex- SC.8. SGIL SG35, St:3 SG56SG59, planations as criteriafor the presence sc62. SC66. SG68, SG7I, SG75. SG79, ofcognitive structures. PB 79 (March). S(:80, SG83,SG92, SG98, SG104. 172.179. S(.117, s(.122, SG126,SG136, Plc.:. P30. 14.Brainerd, Chcrles J. The or:gins of num Pi12. P53. P60. PI03. PI22. P125. L19, her concepts. SciAm 228 (March). 101- 1.34.1.53.1.57,1.71,1.104,1.112. NV1, 109. NV9. NV12, NVI7, NV19. NV21, N%'22, 15.Brainerd.CharlesJ.Mathematical and NV23. NV30, NV45, NV46, NV47, NV49. behavioral foundations of number. JGP NV52, NV53, NV54, T6, T8, T16. 88 (April). 221-282. 16. Brown, Roger. A first language: the early VII. LANGUAGE (L) stages. Cambridge: Harvard U Press. 17.Brown, Roger. Development of the first 1. Ackerman, Margaret D. Acquisit:on and language in the human species. AP 28 transfer value of initial training with (February), 97-106. BLIIAVIORA.L STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION

18. Brown,Roger.Schizophrenia,language, 34. Downs, Roger M., and David Stea. Image and reality. AP 28 (May), 395 403. and environment. Chicago: Aldine. 19. Brownell, Winifred, and Dennis R. Smith. 35. Ecrovd. Donald H. The relevance of oral Communication patterns, sex, and length languagedevelopment to classroom cif setbalization in speech of fouryear- teaching. TS 21:1, 11-16. old children. SM 40 (December), 310- 36.Egan, Dennis E., and James G. Greener. dis- 316. Acquiringcognitivestructure by 20. Burrows. D., and R. Okael.i. Parallel scan- coveryandrulelearning. JEdP 64 ning of semantic and formal informa- (February). 85.97. tion. JExt 97 (February), 254-257. 37.Elias. Clielin S., and Charles A. Perfetti. 21. Cairns H. S. Efrects of bias on processing Encoding task and recognition memory: and reprocessing of lexically ambiguous theimportance of semantic encoding. sentences. JExP 97 (March), 337-313. JF.xP 99 (July), 151-156. 38.Faircloth. Saltine; R.. and Marjorie A. Fa, -- Callee,Robert C.,Patricia Lindamood, cloth. A program of instruction on pho- and Charles Lindamood. Acoustic-phonetic science. Englewod Cliffs: Prentice- neticskillsandreading-kindergarten Hall. through twelfth grade. JEdP 64, (June). 39. Ferguson, Charles A. Stut'ies of child lan- 2(.3."98. guage development. New York: Holt. 23. Carver, Ronald P. Understanding, information processing, and learning from 40. Fodor, J. A., T. G. Bever, and M. F. Car- prowmaterials. JEdP 64(1-ebrual%). te:it. The psychology of language: an introductiontopsychoiinguisticsand 75 84. generative grammar. New York: McGraw- 24. Chen, Kathleen. Pronounciability in verbal learning of the deaf. JPsy 84 (May), 89- Hill. 41. Foote,Russell. and Jack Woodward. A 96. 23. Clarke, D. S.. Jr. Deductive logic: an in- prel:minary investigation of obscene lan- troduction to evaluation techniques and guage. JPsy 83 (March). 263.276. log:cal theory. Carbondale.Ill.:South- 42. Forehand, Rex, and Harold L. Gardner. ern Illinois U Press. An examination of verbal imitative per- 25. Connolly.PatrickR.. and WilliamE. formance in young children. JPsy85 Knabe. Assessing inter group differences (November). 321-323. in the use of language: a method and a 43. Forehand. Rex. Bruce Robbins. and Charles case study. CSSJ 24 (Spring). 43-47. Pat Brady. Effects of IQ and mental Crowder, R. G. Representation of speech age On verbal imitative performance of children. JPsy 84 (July), 353 337. soundsinprecatcgorical acousticstor. age. JF.xP 98 (April). 14-24. 4. Franzwa, Dale.Influence of meaningful- 28. Cull, John G.. and RichardE.Hare's. ness,picturedetail,andpresentation Languagemeaning(gendershaping) mode onvisualretention. AVCR 21 among blind and sighted students. JPsy (Summer), 209.224. 83 (March), 333 334. 45. Friedman, Phil:p. Relationship of teacher 29. Dalton,Starrette.Languagedom:nance reinforcementtospontaneousstudent and bill: gual recall. JPsy 84 (July). 257- verbalizationwithintheclassroom. EdP 63 (August), 59-64. 266. 30. Deetz,Stanley.Words withoutthings: 46. Furth. Hans G. Further thoughts on think- toward a social phenomenology of lan ing and language. PB 79 (March), 213- guage. QJS 59 (February), 40.51. 216. 31. DeFazio, Victor J. Field articulation dif 47. Giles.Howard. Communicative effective- ferences in language abilities. JPSP 25 ness as a function of accented speech. SM 40 (November), 330.331. (March), 351.356. 32. DeVito, Joseph A., ed. Language: concepts 48. Goggin, James E. An evolutionary analysis accountofthedis and processes. Englewood-Cliffs: Prentice- andtheoretical continuous nature of human lang-iage. Hall. 33. Doll, TheodoreJ..James R. Tweedy, JC 23 (June). 169-186. Marcia K. Johnson, John D. Bransford, 49. Gordon. Michael Lewis, Davin H. Ryan, and Carl Flatow. Semantic memory and and Tamar Shilo. Helping the trainable sentenceverificationtime.JExP100 mentally retarded child develop speech (October), 429.431. and language: a guidebook for parents, 52 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

teachers and paraprofessionals. Sitting- ception:categories andlimensionsin field: Charles C. Thomas. 1972. views of ethnic groups and adjectives 50.Griffith, Dougl ts, and William A. John- usedinstereotyperesearch. JPSP 25 ston. An information processinganal- (March), 428-438. ysis of visual imagery. JExP 100 (Sep 66. Kachru. B. et. al., eds. Issues in linguistics: tetnber), 141-146. papers in honor of Henry and Renee 51. Guthrie, John T. Reading comprehension Kahane. Urbana: U of Illinois Press. andsyntacticresponsesatgood and 67. Kagan,Jerome, and RobertE.Klein. poor readers. JEdP 65 (December). 294- Cross cultural perspectives on early de- 299. velopment. AP 28 (November), 947.961. 52.Hall,Ralph. Diana Swane, and R. A. Jenkins. Memory for physical and se- 68.Katz. S.Role of instructions in abstrac- mantic features of visual material in a tion of linguistic ideas. JExP 98 (April), 79.84. shadowingtask. JExP I(X)(Octobet). 426 428. 69. King. D. J. Influence of exposure interval M. Harris, Mary 13., and Hortensia Baudin. and interitem interval on the learning The language of altruism:the effects of connected discourse. JExP 97 (Feb- of language, dress, and ethnic group. ruary). 258.260. JSP 91 (October), 37-42. 70. Lahey, Benjamin B., ed. The modification Harrison. B. Form and content. Oxford: of language behavior. Springfield,Ill.: Basil Blackwell. Charles C. Thomas. He:aa. Jan. A comment on R. C. Johnson: 71.Leginski. Walter. and Richard R. Izzett. reanalysis of "Meaningfulness and Linguistic styles as indices for interpersonal distance. JSP 91 (December), 291- VerbalLearning."PsyRev.80(May). 235-236. 304. 56. Hodge. Milton H., and Florrie M. Penning- 72. Leventhal, Gloria. Effect of sentence con- ton. Some studies of word abbreviat:on textonwordperception. JExP 101 behavior. JExP 98 (May), 350-361. ( December), 318323. 57. Hopper. Robert. and Frederick Williams. 73. Levin, Joel R., Robert E Davidson, Peter Spsech chat acter;stics and employability. Wolff, and Michelle Citron. .A compati SM 40 !November). 296-302. son of induced imagery and sentence 18. Hopper. Rebell, and Rita C. Naremore. strategiesinchildren's paired associate learning. JEdP 64 (June). 306-309. Children'sspeech: apracticalintro- ductionto comunication development. 74.Liedlictt,Raymond D.,ed. Coming to New York: Harper & Row. terms with language: an anthology. New 59.Howell.WilliamC.Representat:onof York: John Wiley and Sons. frequency in memory. PB 80 (J1.1%). 44 75. Lippman, Marcia Z., and Morris W. Schan- 53. ahan. Pictorial facilitation of paired as- (10.Hunter. Edna J.. and Hadley M. Lewis. sociatelearning:implicationsforvo- Thedyslexicchild-twoyearslater. cabulary training. JEdP 64 (April). 216. JPsy 83 (January), 163.166. 220. 6!. Innis, H. R. Bilingualism and bicultural- 76. Lohr, Jeffrey M.. and Arthur W. Staats. ism: an abridged version of the royal, Attitude conditioning inSino Tibetan commission report. Canada: McClelland languages. JPSP 26 (May). 196.200. and Stewart, Ltd. 77. McElroy, Colleen Wilkinscn. Speech and 62. Jaivilla, R. J.. and S.J. Herman. Speed language development of the preschool and accuracy of sentence recall: effects child: a survey. Springfield: Charles C. of ear of presentation, semant:cs, and Thomas. 1972. grammar. JExP 97, 108-11d. 78. Malloy, T. E., and S.Proctor. Concept 63. Johnson, M. K.. J. D. Bransford. and S. K. and rule utilizationin the acquisition Solomon. Memory for tacit implications of an electrodemal response. JExP 97 of sentences. JExP 98 (April), 203 205. (March), 370.377. 64. Jolley. Margie Townsend, and Charles D. 79. Mandler, George, and Patricia E. Worden. Spielberger. The effectsoflocusof Semantic processing without permanent control and anxiety on verbal condition- storage. JExP 100 (October), 277-283. ing. JPer 41 (September), 443-456. 80. Mazur, D. Peter. Population and language 65. Jones, Russell A., and Richard D. Ash- in the soviet union. IRMS 3 (March), more. The structure of intergroup per- 31-48. 56 BEV 11'IORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 5'1

51. Mecham,MerlinJ,,MartinJ.Berko, 97. Pagano,DonF.Information-processing Frances Giden Berko and Martin F. differences in repressors and sensitizers. Palmer. Communicationtrainingin JPSP 26 (April), 105-109. childhoodbraindamage.Springfield. 98.Pei, Mario. How to learn languages and Charles C. Thomas, 1972. what languages tolearn. New York: 82. Meer. David E. Correlated operations in Harper and Row. searchingstoredsemanticcategories. ¶19. Peterson, M. J.. C.F. Eger, and G. G. JExP 99 (June), 124.133. Brown. Meaningfulness phonemic simi- s3.Miller,Adam. Learning miniaturelin- larity, and sensory memory. JExP 98 guistic systems: efforts of English lan- (April). 64 69. guage habits and concomitant meaning100. Powell. Charles V. Sound and meaning conditioning. JGP 89 (July). 11 26. correlates of word preferences. JGP 88 54.Miller. George A. Communication, lan- (January). 45-54. guage and meaning. 2nd ed. New York: 101. Probert, Waiter. Law, language and com- Basic Books Inc. munication.Springfield: Charles C. 81.Minitie. Nixon and Williams. eds. Nor- Thomas. 1972. mal aspects of speech, hear'.ig and lan- 102. Pylyshyn, Zenon W. What the mind's eye guage. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. tellsthemind's brain:acritique of mental imagery. PB 80 (July), 1-24. 86.Moore. Timothy E. Cognitive development and the acquisition of language. New 103.Riegel,Klaus. Cardinal Chomsky's Pla- York: Academic Press Inc. tonicrevival movement. AP 28(No- vember), 1013-1016. 87.Motley, Michael T. An analysis of spooner- isms as psycholinguistic phenomena. SM 104. Rodnik, Royce. and Barbara Wood. The 40 (March), 66-71. communication strategies of children. ST 88. Maim. John T., and James T.Hecht. 22 (March), 114-124. Transfer of the "concept" of class in-105. Rychlak, Joseph F., C. William Hewitt, elusion. JEdP 64 (February), 57-62. and Jean Hewitt. Affective evaluation, 89.Moyahedi, Siamak, and Richard H. Ogles. word quality, and the verbal learning Axiomatic theory, informative value of styles of black versus white junior col- propositions, and "derivationrules of lege females. JPSP 27 (August). 21Q-255. ordinary language." ASR 38 (August). 106. Rychlak, JosephF.,DonaldL.Tasto, 416-423. Joanne E. Andrews, and H. Case Ellis. 90.Meyers, Jerome L, Kathy Pezdek, and The application of an affective dimen- Douglas Coulsen. Effect of prose organi- sion of meaningfulness to personality- zation upon freerecall. JEdP 65 (De- related verbal learning. JPer 41(Sep- cember). 313-320. tember), 341-360. 91. Nakatani, Lloyd H. On the evaluation of107. Saegert, J., J. Obermeyer, and S. Kazarian. models for the word-frequencyeffect. Organizational factors in free recall of PsyRev 80 (May), 195-202. bilingually mixed lists. JExP 97 (March), 92. Nappe. Gary W., and Keith A. Wollen. 397-398. Effects of instructions to form common 108. Salzinger. Kurt, and Richard S. Feldman, and bizarre mental images on retention. eds. Studies in verbal behavior: an em- JExP 100 (September). 6-8. pirical approach. Elmsford, New York: 93.Nelson. D.L.. and D. H. Brooks. Func- Pergamon. tionalindependence of pictures and109. Samuels, S. Jay, and Robert H. Anderson. their verbal memory codes. JExP 98 Visual recognition memory, paired-asso- (April), 44-48. ciate learning, and reading achievement. 94. Noelker. Robert W.. and Donald A. Sebum- JEdP 65 (October), 160-167. sky. Memory for sequence, form, and 110. Sanders. Robert E. The questionof a position as related to the identification p9radigm for the study of speech-using of reading retardates. JEdP 64(Feb- behavior. QJS 59 (February), 1-10. ruary), 22-30. 111. Schank. R.C.. and K. M. Colby, eds. 95. Oppenheim, Rosalind C. Effective teach- Computer models of thought and lan- ingmethodsforautisticchildren. guage. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman Springfield: Charles C. Thomas. and Company. 96. Oster, Gerald. Auditory beats in the brain. 112. Scheff, T. J. Intersubjectivity and emotion. SciAm 229 (October), 94-103. ABS 16:4, 501-512.

5 7 111111.10CA MUG ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICNLION

Sehwartz, B.J,.D.S.Loulahl. and B. 129. Wehners. W. E. African language struc- Gambino.Effectof sequencestructure ture. Berkeley:I' of California Press. on recall. JExP 98 (April). 212213. 130.1Vildet,Larry.Speechprocessesinthe Shiffrin. Richard M. Information persist - mgnitiselearning of young children. cnce in shunt tans mentors. JExP 100 TS 21:1, 1922. (September). 39 49. 131. Williams. Frederick. Language and speech. Shne11.1 homas J.. and John Ciglio. Learn- Englewood Cliffs:Prentice-Hall. ing:Omit yandslim t termmemory. 132. Wood. Barbara. Competence and perform- J Ed P 64( June). 261-266. ance in language development. Ts 21:1, I II,sina ko.WallaceIf..andRic hardW. 23-29. Brislin.Evaluating languagetransla- 133. Wood, Cordon. andJoycePennington. tions: experiments on three assessment Encoding and retriesal from long-term methods. JAP 57 (June). :128.334. storage: JExP 99 (Juts). 243.234. 117. Smith. hank. Psycholinguistits and read- 134. Wright. Patricia. and Frase Reid. Written ing. New York: Holt. information: some alternatives to prose II.-swinger. SallyP. Memory forlinguistic for expressing the outcomes of complex andnonlinguisticdimensionsofthe contingencies. JAP 57(April). 160.166. (No- same acoustic stimulus. JExP 101 Also see: s ember). 159 163. stout- Nubia and Wiliam R. Looft. 26494. 26523. 26544, 26546. 26559, 26590, 26617, 26633. 26710. 26970. 26986. 27(8)8. Qualitatiseanalysisof socahnlarre- 27018, 27043. 27053. 27064. 27093, 27105. sponses from nelsons aged sixto sixt- 27123. 27131. 27136, 27154, 27155, 27158, si. plus. 11.-AP 63 (October). 192-197. 27167. 271(18. 27169. 27174. 27184. 27185, 12tt.Strahan,Robert, and KathleenCartese 27186, 27190, 27191. 27195. 27196, 27198, Berbasi. Semantic style variance in per 27200. 27206. 27215. 27217. 27219. 27220, sonality questionnaires.JPsy81 (Sep- 27224. 27225. 27227. 27236. 27243. 27248, tember). 109-118. 27254. 27266. 27274. 27301. 27303, 2730$. 121 Thomas,Hobert.Unfold:ngthebaby's 27312. 27313, 27316. 27:118. 27322. 27324. mind:theinfant'sselectionof visual 27331, 27332. 27333. 27360. 27371, 27373. PsvRe v80(Nosember), 468 - 27385. 27386. 27390, 27404, 27405, 27417. 488. 27418. 27421. 27424. 27431. 27436. 27437, 122. Venzky, Richard L. Letter sound general- 27139, 27447. 27412. 27154. 27455, 27463, isations of first. second. and thirdgrade 27464: CC1, C(.9. CC13. CCI8. CC20, Finnish children. JEcIP 61 (June). 2x38- CM C41. C44. 680, IP25, 1P27, 1P151, 292. 111173. RM19, R M33. R M89, R M233, 123. Venkatasurbrohmansan.T. R. 'I Pti8, P80. P96. P107. NV15, NV46, TIO, spacepreference ofundergraduate T20. students. jPssR 17 (Maas). 1-4. 121. Vallat, William P.. Mk had 1). Murphy. and Timothy J. NawverImagery and VIII. NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION (NV) frequency in verbal discrimination learning. JExP 101 (November), 201-220. I.Allgeier, A. R.. and Donn Bsrue. Attrac 125. Vang, William S-Y. The Chinese language tion toward the opposite sex as a de- terminantofphysical sciAm 228 (Febritars). 50-3. proximity. JSP (August), 213-220. 126. Watkins. MichaelJ..OlgaC.Watkins. 4Atkinson, J.Properties of human visual FergusI.M. Craik. and Gregory Ma- orientation /taskEffect of nonserbal distraction on detectors:a new approach using patterned afterimages. JExP 98 short-termstorage. JExP 101 (Decem- (April), 55-63. ber). 296.300. 127. Wedell.Jaceivn.andDas idC. Alden. 3.Bailey. Kent G., John J.Hartnett. and Color versus numeric coding in a keep- Hilda W. Clover. Modeling and personal ing-track task: performance tinder vary- space behavior in children. JPsy 81 (Sep ing load condit:ons. JAP 57 (Anril), 154- tember), 143-150. 159. 4.Bakker, C. B. and M. K. Bakker-Rabdu. 128. Veisberg. Robert. Short-term representa- eds.No trespassing: explorationsin tion of sentences. JExP 101 (December). human territoriality. San Franc:sco: 381-382. Chandler and Sharp. 58 11E11 1VIORAL STUDIES INCOMMUNICATION 55 Bauer, Ernest A. Personal space: a study movements and the verbal encoding of of blacks and whites. Scmty 36 (Septem- aggressive affect. JPSP 26 (April), 72.85. ber), 402 408. 23. Gerard, Harold B.. Duane Green, Michael 6.Becker, Frankin D. Study of spatial mark- Hoyt, and Edward S. Conolley. Influence ers. JPSP 26 (June). 439-445. ofaffectonexposure frequencyesti- 7.Thadshaw. John I... Noiman C. Nettleton. mates. JPSP 28 (October), 151.154. andKayPatterson.Identificationof minor reversed and nonrevtsd facial 24. Gupta. G. C. Effect of lateral body tilts profiles and visual frames on percept:on of the insame and oppositevisual apparentvertical. JExP JExP 99 (June). 42 18. 100(Septem- ber). 162 167. 8.Biuneau, Thomas J. si- Communicative Hardy. A., R. Harvie and A. Koestler. The lences:formsandfunctions.JC 23 (Man h), 17.46. challenge of chance: exper:ments and speculations. London: Hutchinson. 9. Bums, KentonI..,and Ernest G. Beier. Significance of vocal and visual channels 26. Harmon, Leon D. The recognitionof in the decoding of emotional nicaning. faces. SciAm 229 (November), 79.83. JC 23 (March), II8.130. 27. Jones, StanleyE., and John R.Aiello. It)Burns. R. C., and S. H. Kaufman. Actions. Proxemic behavior of black and white stvlesandsymbolsinkineticfamily first-,third-,and fifth-gradechildren. drawings. New York: 111111111U1 %Mani JPSP 25 (January), 21-27. H. Chapman. Anthony J. Social facilitation of 28.Kirman, Jacob H. Tactile communication laughterin children. JESP 9 (Novem of speech: a review and an analvs:s. PB bet). 528-541. 80 (July), 54 74. 12. Cohen, Akiba A., and Randall P. Harrison. 29. Klinke, ChrisI..,Armando A.Bustos, Intent onality in tin' use of hand illus Frederick B. Meeker, and Richard A. tratorsinface -to facecommunication Stancski.Effects of self.attributed and situations. JPSP 28 (November). 276-279. other - attributedgazeoninterpersonal 13 Davis. Maitha. i.ndersiandife:, body move evaluations between males and females, mm: an annotated bibliography. New OSP 9 (March), 154.163. Yolk: Arno Press. 30.Knapp, Mark I... Roderick P. Hart, Gustav I.Deicing, Alton J. Ftiitorial stability and IV.Friedi'di. and Gary M. Shulman. hierarchicalformation. SGIt 4(Febru The rhetoric of goodbv:verbal and :try). 55-63. nonverbaltort of humanleave. I.S.Dile°. J.II.Children's drawing as diag. taking. SM 40 (August). 182.198. nost:c aids. New York: Brunner/Ma/O. 31.Knight, David J.. Daniel Langmever and 16. Draughon, Margaret. Illiplkation of facial DavidC.Lundgren.Eve-contact,dis- xprssions:conditionsaffectingtask tance, and affil:tation:the role of ob- and p"sible clinical usefulness. JPer 41 server bias. Scmtv 36 (September), 390- (March), 140-150. 401. 17. Ekman,Paul,WallaceV.Friesen.and 32.Lark-Horovitz. B., B. Lewis and M. Luca. Phoebe Ellsworth. Emotion inthe fin Understanding children's artfor better man face.Elmsford, New York: Prga- teaching. Columbus. Ohio: Merrill. mon. :13.Lerner, Richard M. The development of 18.Ells. Jerry G. Analysis of temporal and personalspace schemata toward body attention:al aspects of movement control. build. JPss 84 (July). 229-236. JExP 99 (June), 10-21. 34. 19.Ellsworth, Phoebe, and J.Merrill Carl. Libby. Wiliam I.., Jr., and Donna Yakle. smith. Eye contact and gaze avision in sickPersonality determinants of eye an aggressive encounter. JPSP 28 (No contact and direction of gaze aversion. %Timber). 280.292. JPSP 27 (August), 197-206. 20.Essc.r, Ar:stide H. Cottage fourteen: domin- 35. Mk had. R. P. and J. P. Crook, eds. Com- ance and territoriality in a group of in- parative ecology and behavior of pri- stitutionalized boys. SGB 4 (Mal.). 131 mates. New York: Academic Press. 145. 36.Miller. Robert E.. John M. Levine. and I. 21. Evans, Gary W., and Roger B. Howard. Arthur Mirsky.Effects of psychoactive Personal space. PB 80 (October), 334-344. drugs on nonverbal communication and 22. Freedman, Norbert, Thomas Blass, Arthur group social behavior of monkeys. JPSP Rifkin,andFr.:dericQuitkin.Body 28 (December). S96.405.

J9 111111.10(iR PHIC ANNUAL. INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

37.Murphy, Ronald J.Recognition memory 53. Stratton, Lois 0., Eennis JTekippe and for sequenfally presented pictorial and Grad L. Flick. Personal space and self- %et halspatialinto' nia ion.JF.xP100 concept. Scmty 36 (September). 424.429. (October). 327-384. 54. Tsch, Frederick E., Ted 1.. Huston, and A. sim- :18.Nisan, Mordecai, and Abiam Minkowich. Eugene Indenbautn. Attitude The effect of expected temporal distance ilarity,attraction,andphys'calprox on risk taking. JPSP 25 (Match). 375 380. imityina dynamic space. JASP 3:1, 63-72. 39.Papalia, Diane E ,Elizabeth Kennedy, and Nancy Sheehan. Conservation of space 55. IV:a. KathJ.. and LarryI..Baker. in tioninstitutionalized old people, JPsy Bralessness and nonverbal communication. CSSJ 24 (Fall), 222-226. s(Mat). 75-80. Also see: 40 Pattlon, Milt's Stablity of nonverbal 26471. 26543, 2651+0, 26551, 26163. 26587, immediacy belia%us. JESP 9 (March), 26605, 26610. 26641, 26650, 26981, 27078, 97 -I U9. 27133. 27136. 27243. 27350. 27358, 27454; 11.Patterson. Mikes I.. Compensation in non- CC7, CCI5, CC21, GTI9, GSO, I P36, IP72. elhal immediacy behaviors:are%iew. TPI28. SGI3, 1.75, 1.93, LI26, T42. 65. stint% 36 (June), 237 252. 42.Pediseti.Darin.Personality and demographic correlates of simulated personal IX. PERSUASION spate. JPsy 85 (September). 101-108. 1. Mama. Ramond J.. and Jerry M. I.ewis. 43.Pedersen, Darla M. Deselopmental trends Socialcontrolviolence andradicaliza- in personal space. JPsv 83 (January), 3- tion: the Kent State case SF' 51 (Mardi), 10. 342 M7. 44.Pedersen. Darla M., and Imda M. Shears. 2.Ailetl.Icek. and MartinFishbein.Atti- A reiew of personal space research in tudinal and normative variables as pre- the framework of general systems theory. dictors of specificbehaviors. JPSP 27 PR 80 (November). 367 388. (July). 41-57. 45 Ross.Michael.BruceLayton.Bonnie 3.Allen. Bern P. Perceived trustworthiness of Erickson.and John&bonier.Affect. attitudinal and behavioral expressions. fac:al regard. and reactions to crowding. JSP 89 (April), 211-218. IPSP 28 (October), 69-76. 4. Allen. Richard. Primacy or recency:the order of presentation..1(2 50 (Spring). 46.Rothhart, MaryK.Laughterinyoung children. PR 80 (September). 247-256. 135-137. 5. Alwin, Duane F. Making inferences from 47.Saegert, Susan, Walter Swap. and R. B. attitude behavior correlations. Scmty 36 Zajonc.Exposure,context.andinter- (June). 253.278. personal attraction. JPSP 25 (February). 6. Anderson. NormanH.,andArthurJ. 234-242. Farkas. New light on orders effects in 48. Saha, G. B. Judgment of facial expressions attitude change. JPSP 28 (October), 88- ofemotion-acrosseulturalstudy- 93. JPsyR 17 (May), 59-63. 7. Anderson, Rolph E. Consumer dissatisfac- 49.Scherwitz. Larry, and Robert Helmreich. tion:theeffectsof disconfirmed ex Interactiveeffectsof eye contzct and pectancy on perceived product perform- verbal content on interpersonal attrac- ance. JMR 10 (February), 38.44. tion in dyads. JPSP 25 (January), 6-14. 8. Baron. Robert Steven. Penny H. Baron. and Norman Miller. The relation be- 50.Sewell. AlanF. and James T.Heisler. Personality correlates of proximity pref- tween distraction and persuasion. PB 80 (October), 310-323. erences. JPsy 85 (September). 151-156. 9. Bass, Frank M. and William L. Wilkie. A 51. Shoemaker, Donala J., Donald R. South, comparative analysis of attitudinal pre- and JayLowe.Facialstereotypesof dictions of brand preference. JMR 10 deviants and judgments of guilt or in- (August), 262-269. nocence. SF 51 (June), 427 433. 10. Beckwith, NeilE. and Donald R. Leh- 52.Sigali, Harold, and David Tandy. Radi- mann. The importance of differential ating beauty: effects of having a physi- weights in multiple attribute models of cally attractive partner on person per- consumer attitude, JMR 10 (May). 141- ception. JPSP 28 (November). 218.224. 145. 60 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 57

11.Berlyne, D. E.. and K. B. Madsen. Plea- 25. Burnstein, Eugene. Amiram Vinokur. and sure, reward preference: their nature de- Yaacov Trope. Interperscnial comparison terminates and role in behavior. New versus persuasive argumentation: a more York: Academic Press. directZestofalternative explanations 12.It, nitwit:ins. Erwin P. The nature of proof. for grottpinduced shifts on individual 2nd ed. IndianapolisNew Yolk: Hobbs choice. !ESP 9 (May). 236.245. Merrill Co 26. Calder.BobbyJ.,MichaelRoss.and 13.Bigelow.DouglasA.,and Richard H. Chester A. !tisk°, Attitude change and Effect of minim:zing coercion attitude attribution: effects of incentive. on the rehabilitation of ptisoners. JAP choice. and consequences. JPSP 25 (Jan- 17 (February). 10-14. uary). 84.99. 1. Hither. Stewart W. and PeterI.. Wright. 27. Calicchia, John PEffects of magnitude "I he self confidenceadvertising response and schedule of reward for counteratti- relationship:afunctionofsituational tudianal advocacy on subsequentatti- distration. JMR 10 (May). 146 112. tude change. JSP 91(December). 239. 250. 11 Blake,BrianF..RobertPerloff. Robert 28. Capon.Noel. and James Hulbert. The /enbausrn. and Richard IlesEn. The sleeper effect-an awakening.PO(.137 effect of intole,ance of ambiguity upon (Fall). 333.358. product perceptions. JAP -18(October). 29. Caprtta, PatrickJ..Maurice J.Moore. 239-243. and Thomas R. Rossiter. Establishment 16.Boort. Leo and Charles Lehmann. What and mod:fication of food and taste pref. makes a brand name familiar? JMR 10 erences:effects of experience. J( ;P 89 ebraurv). 17-22. (July). 27.46. 17.Borden, Richard and Clyde Hendrick. In- Interactionalpsycho ternal external locus of control and self- 30. Cashdan. Sheldon. prception theory. JPer 41 (March), 32- therapy: stages and stuategics in behav- ioralchange, New York: Crime and 41 Stratton. 18.Bostrom, R. N.. J. R. Raseheart. and C. M. 31. C:egala, Donald J., and Robert J.Kibler. Rossiter, Jr. The effects of three types Object importance and commitment to of profane language in persuasive mes position: predictors of attitude position. sages. JC 23 (December). 461.475. SCCJ 24 (Summer). 108116. 19.Breen, Myles P., and Jon T. Powell. The 32. Clifford. Margaret M. How learning and relationship between attractivenee. and likingarerelated-aclue.JEdP61 credibility of televisOn commercials as perceived by children. CSSJ 24 (Sum (April), 183.186. 33. Coombs, Clyde H., and J. E. Keith Smith. men 97-101. atti- 20. Bringle. Robert. Susan Leht:nen. and Ivan On the detection of structure in D. Steiner. The impact of the message tudes and developmental processes. Psy- content of rewards and punishments and Rev 80 (September). 337351, theattributionoffreedomJPer41 34. Crannall. James E., Victor E. Montgomery, (June). 279.285. and Willis W. Rees. "Mere" exposure 21. Brown, Michael L., and Frances A. Hill. versus familiarity, with implications for The effect of task complexity on aware- responsecompetitionandexpectancy ness and performance in attitude con arousal hypotheses. JPG 88(January), dition:ng. JSP 90 (June). 53-58. 103-120. 22. Bruvold. William H. Belief and behavior 35. Crawford, Thomas J. The effects of source asdeterminantsofattitude.JSP 90 characteristics upon the perception of (August), 285-290. ambiguous messages. JPer 41(June), 23.Bull, Shellach G. and Henry F. Dizney. 151-162. Epistemic-curiosity arousing pre-ques- 36. Crisci,Richard and Howard Kassinove. tions:their effect on long term reten- Effect of perceived expertise,strength tion. JEdP 65 (August), 45.49. ofadvice,and environmentalsetting 24. Burgoon, Michael. and Lawrence J. Chase. on parental compliance. JSP 89 (April). The effects of differential linguistic pat- 245.250. terns in messages attempting to induce 37. Cronen, Vernon E. Belief salience, media resistance to persuasion. SM 40 (March), exposure, and summation theory. JC 23 1-7. (March), 86-94.

61 *5 BIBLIOGR1PHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

38. Cronen, Vernon E., and RichardI.. Om- 13. hank, Jeunne.Persuasion andhealing. sil. Belief salience, summation theory. Baltitnote: Johns Hopkins U Press. andtheattitudeconstruct.SM 40 Press. (March). 17-26, 51. Goethals. George R., and R. Eric Nelson. 3'1 Doti., Keith E.. and G. Nicholas Similatitv in the influence process: the Exposure to pornography. chalattel. and belielsalue distinction. JPSP 25(Jan- sexual desianc: a 1(11(14)(16%e survey. uary), 117122. JSI 29:3. 153.196. Gothals. George R. and Richard F. Reck- man. The perception of consistency in In.Devlin.I..Patrick.'I he MiGoyern can- attitudes. JESP 9 (November), 491-501. sass:a study in intetposonal political campaign. Cssl 21 (Summer). 8392. 16. Gold. Joel A.. Richard M. Ryckman, and Nilliam C. Rodda. Differential respon- 11.Dillehay. Ronald C. On the index:nue of the classical ngame (Alden«r concern- sheness to dissonance manipulations by ing the elicit of attitudes on behatior. open and closedminded subjects ina folced-compliance AP 25 (October). $57 591. situation. JSP 90 (June). 73-54, 1'2 Di Vesta. hancis J. and G Susan Giay. 57. Goldstein. Michael J. Exposure to erotic 1 istening and note taking:II. Immedi- stimuli and sexual deviance. JSI 29:3, lte and delay_ ed recall as functions of 197-220. SatLitions inthematic tont 'unity, note Goldstein. Michael J.. and Hatold S. Kant, listcningreticw taking. and length of withJohnJ.Hartman.Pornography inteivals. iEdP 64 (June). 278-257. andsexualdesiance.Berkeley: U of 1:.Donnelly. fames II.,Jr.. Michael J. Fuel, Cantor Ilia Press. and ScottRoeth. Fhe relationship be 39. (.otman, Don A. Effects of varying pie- tweet'consumers'categorywidthand totialdetail and presentationstrategy trialof new products. JAP 57 (lime). on concept formation. AVCR 21(Fall), 331.140. 337-350. 11 Donohue. Thomas R. Viewer perceptions 60. Goss. Blaine. and Lee Williams. The ef- of color and black-and white paid pa. fects of equivocation on perceived source Utica! achert:sing. IQ 50 (Winter). 660- CSSJ 21 (Fall). 162-167. 605. 61. Cum. AlanE..Barbara SRiemer. and 11. Dutton. D. G. Attribution of causefor Bans E. Collins. .1ndieme traction as a opinion change and likinsz (or audience determinantofthespeaker'sself per- members. JPSP 26 (Mat). 205216. suasion. JESP 9 (May), 246-256. 46. Dwyer. Franc's M.. Jr.Effect of method 62. Ilanneman. GerhardJ.. and Will;amJ. in pri-sentitrz sisualited instruction. McEwen. Televised drug abuse appeals; AVCR 21 (Winter), 437-452. a content analysis JO 50 (Summer), 329 - 47. Ehrenbeig. A. S. C and P. Charlton. An 333. analysis of simulated brand choice. JAR 63. nallson, DavidJ.Doenhoistu and atti- 13 (Februarcl. 21-33. tude extremitY. JSI' 59 (February), 155- IS.Engen. TrYgg, and Bruce M. Ross. Long- 156. term memory of odors w.th and with 64. Hassey. JohnII..and Day idR.Kelly. Out verbal descriptions, JExP 100 (0c- Effectsofattitude - similarity and suc- toiler). 221-227. cessfailure upon att'tude toward other 19. Farr. James 1.. Response requirements and persons. JSP 90 (June). 105 I14. primacy - recencyeffectsin asimulated (13. Heller. JackF..Michael S. Pallak, and selection interview. JAP 57 (June), 228. James M. Pica. The interactive effects 232. of intent and threat on boomerang atti- 10.Fisher, With 1... and Mary B. Harris. Ef- tude change. JPSP 26 (May), 273-279. fect of taking and rey kw on recall. IF:dP (13 (December), 321-325. (16.Ilerniter. Jerome. An entropy model of brand purchase behavior. JMR 10 (No- 11.Frideres.James S. Advertising.busing vembel). 361 373. patterns and children. JAR 13(Feb- ruary). 34 36. 67. Howard. James L., Myron B. Liptzin, and 12. Friedman. Philip. Student imitation of a CliffordB.Rcifler.Is pornography a teacher's verbal stil as a function of problem? JS1 29:3, 133-146. naturalclassroomreinforcement. JEdP 68.Infante. Dominic A. Forewarnings in per- 64 (June). 267.273. suasion: effects of opinionated language

62 BEI( %V101tAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 59 and folewarner and speaker author:ata recommendations, intentions to take pre- tiveness. WS 37 (Summer). 185 193. ventiveactions, and actual ptcventiye 69. Infante. Dominic A. The peneived im actions. JPSP 26 (May). 301 308 portanceofcognitiveshin ute com SI.KuttIiink%. Beal. 1 he effect of case avail fitments:anadaptationof hshbein's :Milli% of poillogtaphv on the incidence thecnv. SN1 0 (Nlartl:). s-16. of sexcrimes:the Danish experience. 70. Insko. Chester A.. Stephen orebel, JSI 29:3. 163.182. ElaineStinger. andSII.1 II F.. mold. 86.Larson. Charles U. Persuasion:reception Effort.objectiveself awareness.choice, and responsibility. Belmont: NVadsworth and dissonance JPSP 28(November). Publishing. 262 269. S7.Larson.!vialsStrom. Some problems in disniancetheoryresearch.CSSJ 24 71Jambv. Jacob. and David B. Kstil. Brand (4a11). 183188 lovaltvvs.repeat pun hasing behavior. M R 10 (Febitntiv). 88. Las brook, William H., and Jean Sullivan. Apathetic and neutral audience: more 72.!cilium. JelahlM.. and Deborah Davis. Relations!) ps between neRch cdability on simulation andvalidation. SM 40 and attitude extlemitJPSP 27 (Sep- (November), 317.321. tembet). 430 436. 89. Upper. Mall: R. Dissonance, self-percep Con, and honesty in children. JPSP 25 73 Mmes Cathaleenv. andElliotAlonson. %ttlibution of fault to a rape victim as (januarv). 65.74. a function of respecabilitv of the vice 90. Upper,MarkR.,DavidGreene, and JPSP 26 (June). 411.419. Richard E.Nisbet. Undermining chil dren'sintrinsicinterestwith extrinsic 71Kalil. Lynda Lee. and Robert 0. Hirsch. Sck %five exposure and candidate image: reward: a test of the "over-justification" a held study over time. CSSJ 21 (Spring). hypothesis JPSP 28 (October). 129.137. 48-51. 91. Lowry. Dennis T. Demographic similar- 75. Kanekar, Surtsh.Observationallearning ity. attitudinal similarity, and attitude of atti inks. jSP 90 (%ugust). 231 238. change. POQ 37 (Summer), 192 208. Keasev. Chalks Blake Experimentally in. 92. Lyhn. Jerry R. Perception of public ser- (lured changes inmoral opinions and viceadvertising:source,message and reasoning. JPSP 26 (April), 30-38. rece:ver effects. JQ 50 (Winter). 671.679. 77. Kemal). Jerome B , and George G. Trebbi, 93. MacDonald, A. P., Jr., and Ranjit K. Ma. Jr. Attitude dynamics as ahierarchial jander. On the resolution and tolerance stricture. )SP 89 (April), 193.202. ofcognitiveinconsistencyinanother 78. Nfo.,Sidney Rosen. and Abraham naturally occurring event: attitudes and Fesser. Reinforcement effects of all atti- beliefsfollowing the senator F.agleton tude similatity and scum e evaluation on incident. JASP 3:2. 132.143. discriminationlearning. JPSP 27 (Sep- 94. Mandell.Lewis,George Katona, James tember). 366.371. N. Morgan. and Jay Schmiedcskamp. King. Steven W.. and Kenneth K. Sreno. Surveys of consumers 1971-72 contribu- Attitude change as function of degree tions to behavioral economics. Ann Ar and type of interpersonal s milaritv and bor: Institute for Social Research. message type. WS 37 (Fall). 218.232. 95. McClenghan, Jack Scan. Effect of endorse. 80.Kissler. Gerald R. and Kenneth E. Lloyd. ments in Texas local elections JQ 50 Effectofsentenceinterrelationand (Summer), 363-366. scrambling on the recall of factual in- 96.'McGinley. Hugh. and Barry Layton. Con- formation. IF.c1P 64 (April). 187.190. ditioning of evaluative meaning without 82. Krasnow, Rita M., and Charles F. Longino, contingency or demand awareness. JGP Jr.Reference and membership group 89 (July), 81-90. influence of fraternities on student po- 91. McGinnies, Elliott. Initial attit ide, source liticalorientation change. JSP 91(Oc- credibility, and involvement as factors tober), 163-164 in persuasion. JESP, 9 (July), 285.296. 83. Kraut. Robert E., and John B. McCona- 98, McGlynn. Richard P.. and Connie Schick. hay. How being interviewed affects vot- Dyadic concept attainment as a function ing: an experiment. POQ 37 (Fall). 398 of interaction format, memory require- 406. ments. and sex. JEdP 65 (December). 84. Krisher, Howard Penn 111. Susan A. Dar- 335-340. ley, and John M. Dadey. Fear-provoking 99. Mann, Jay,Jack Sidman, and Sheldon

63 111111.10GRPHIC ANNUAL. IN SPELCII COMMUNICATION

Starr. Evaluating social consequences of Douglas A. Boyd, Adolescent perceptions erotic films: an experimental approach. of Ix lice: actual and as depicted in TV JSI 29:3, 113-132. dram t. JQ (Autumn), 438.446. 100. Mari, Theodore J. Q and R anal sis of 117. Regan. Dennis T., and Joan B. Cheng. panel data on pol:tical candidate image Distraction and attitude change:a reso- and soter communication. SM 40 lution. JESP 9 (March), 138-147. (March). 56.65. 118.Regula, Robert C. and Joseph Freconna. 101. Meyer, Philip. Elitism and newspaper be Interactiveeffects of ambiguitytoler- lievability. JQ 50 (Spring), 31.36, ance and taskeffort on dissonance re- 102.Miller, Gerald, R.. and Mk hael Ilurgoon. duction JPer 41 (June), 224-233. New techniquesof persuasion.New 119.RiEhards.011, James T., John R. Dugan, York: Harper & Row. Louis N. Gray and Bruce H. Mayhew, 103.Miller, Gerald R., and Michael McRey- Jr. Expert power: a behavioral interpre- olds. Male chatninism and source com- tation. Scmty 36 (September), 302.324. petence: a research note. SM 40 (June), 120. Roberts, Churchill. Voting intentions and 154.155. attitude change in a congressional elec- 104.Mitchell. HermanE.. and Donn Byrne. tion. SM 40 (March), 49-55. The defendant'scl:lemma:effectsof 121. Rork.P. Making peoplepay.Boston: jurorsattitudes and anthoritar:anism Routledge and Kegan. on judicial decisions. J!.'SP 25 (January). 122. Rokeach, Milton. The nature of human 123-129. values. Riverside, New Jersey: The Free 105. Mortensen, C. David, and KennethK. Press. Sereno,eds. Advances in communica- 123. Rosenshine, Barak. Teaching behavior and tionresearch. New York: Harper and student attitudes revisited. JEdP 65 (Oc- Row. tober), 177-180. 106. Mosher, Donald L. Sex differences,sex 124.Ross, Michael, and Ronald F. Shulman. experience, sex guilt, and explicitly sex- Increasing the salience ofinitialatti- ual films. JSI 29 (3), 95 112, tudes: dissonance versus self-perception 107. Mueller, Claus. The politics of communi- theory. JPSP 28 (October), 138-144. cation New York: Oxford U Press. 125. Rump, E. E., and P. S. Delin. Differential 108. Nakanishi, Masao. Advertising and pro- accuracy inthe status-height phenom- motion effects on consumer response to enon and an experimenter effect, JPSP new products. JMR 10 (August), 242-249. 28 (December), 343-347. 109. Noble, Grant. Effects of different forms of 126. Sample, John, and Rex Warland. Attitude filmed agression on children's construc- andpredictionofbehavior. SF51 tive play. JPSP 26 (April), 54 59. (March), 292-304. 110.Norris, Eleanor L.Perspective as ade- 127. Sands. William, A. A method for evaluat- terminantofattitudeformationand ing alternative recruiting select:on stra- change. JQ 50 (Spring), 11-16. tegies: the caper model. JAP 57 (June), 111. O'Donnell. JohnM.,and MariJ.K. 222-227. Brown. The classicalconditioning of 128. Sawyer. Alan G. The effects of repetition attitudes: a comparative study of ages of rcfutational and supportive advertis- 8 to 18. JPSP 26 (June). 379-385. ing appeals. JHR 10 (February), 23-33. 112. Osarchuk, Michael. and Sherman J. Tam 129. Saxena. Anant P. Modernization: a typo- Effect of induced fear of death on be- logical approach. JSP 90 (June), 17-28. lief in afterlife. JPSP 27 (August), 256- 130. Schwartz. David C. Political alienation and 260. political behavior. Chicago: Aldine. 113. Page, Monte M. Effects of demand cues 131. Sherman, Steven J. Internal-external con- and evaluation apprehension in an atti- trolanditsrelationshiptoattitude tude change experiment. JSP 89 (Feb- change under different social influence ruary), 55 62. techniques. JPSP 26 (April), 23 29. 114. Pinson, Christian and Eduardo L. Roberto. 132. Sheth, Jagdish N. Brand profiles from be- Do attitude changes precede behavioral liefs and importances. JAR 13(Feb- changes? JAR 13 (August), 33-38. ruary), 37-43. 115.Pollio. Howard R. and Roger T. Gray. 133. Sistrunk,Frank. Two processes of con- Change-makingstrategiesinchildren formity demonstrated by interactions of and adults. JPsy 84 (May), 173.180. commitment, set, and personalty. JSP 89 116. Rarick, David L., James E. Townsend, and (February), 63-72. 64 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN CONIMUNIC:X1 ION 61

134. Smith. Anthony J., and Russell D. Clark. tothelikelihood of the paradoxof III. The relationship bet Wren attitudes voting. BSci 18 (March). 109 117. and beliefs, JPSP 26 (June). 321.326. 150.Wheeless, Lawrence R. Effects of explicit 135. Smith. Raymond G. Source credibility con- ("edibility statements by more credible text ettects. SM 4u (\tot-Mg:). 3(41-309. and less ("edible sources. SSCJ 39 (Fall). 136. Smits. Arthur W., Michael C. Gloss. Pt ter 33.39. F. (.uay. and Carl C. tallso. Person- 151.%%lax:less. Lawrence R.. and James C. Mc- ality and social systems and attitude Closky.lie effects of selected syntac. reinforcerdisciiininatise theory: interest t:cal choices and source credibility. atti- (at ti t utle) formation. tuin. lion. and mea tude. behavior, and perception of mes surement. JPSP 2ti (May). 251 261. sage. SSCJ 38 (Spring). 213-222. 137.Suetlfeld. Peter. Sensory deplitation used 112.AVidgerv. Robin N.. and Gerald R. Miller. in the reduction of cigarette smoking: Attitude change following counteratti- attitude change experiments in an ap tudinal advocacy: supportfor the ad- plied context. DSP 3:1, 30.38. versiveconsequencesinterpretationof 138. Stvanson. Das idL.Political information, dissonance theory. JC 23(September). influence, and judgmentinthe1972 306-314. Presidential Campaign. QS 39 (April). 153.Willmsen. Eleanor Walker. The effect of 130-142. affectivelabelingofresponseitems 139.Szybillo. George J. and Richard lieslin. onpaired associateslearning. JGP 88 Resistancetopersuasion:inoculation (April). 169.174. theory in a marketing cettext. JMR 10 154.Wilson, W. Cody, and HerbertI.Abel- (November). 396.403. son. Experience with the attitudes to 140.'I an. Alexis S. A role theory: a dissonance ward explicit sexual materials. JSI 29 analysis of message content preferences. (3). 19-40. JQ 50 (Summer). 278-284. 135.Winter. Frederick W. A laboratory ex. 141.Totilley, John C.Individualdifferences periment of individual attitude response in attitude change following two acts of to advertising exposure. JMR 10 (May). forced compliance. JPSP 27 (July). 96.99. 130-140. 142. Truni, Marcella. An emp:rical examina- 156.Woodyard. Howard D. Dogmatism and iion of attitude consistency in complex self perception: a test of Bern's theory. cognitive structures.BSci18(January). JSP 91 (October). 43-52. 52 59. 157.Worchel, Stephen and Susan E Arnold. 113. Unwin, StephenJ.F. How culture, age The effects of censorship and attractive- and sex affect advertising response. JQ ness of the censor on attitude change. 50 (Winter). 735-743. JESP 9 (July). 365.378. 114. Wade. Serena E. Media effects on changes 158.Wright. Peter L. The cognitive processes in attitudes toward the rights of }oung mediatingacceptanceofadvertising. people. JQ 50 (Summer). 292-296. JMR 10 (February). 53-62. 145. Wagner. A. C. Changing teaching behav- 159.Wyer, Robert S.. Jr. Category ratings as ior: a comparison of m:croteaching and "subjective expectedvalues":implica- cognitive discrimination training. JEdP tions for attitude formation and change. 64 (June), 299-305. PsyRev 80 (November), 446-467. 146. Watts, William A. Intelligence and sus ceptibilityto persuasion under condi 18^lanna. Mark P. On inferring one's beliefs tions of active and passive participation. from one's behaviorinalowchoice JESP 9 (March), 110-122. setting. JPSP 26 (June), 386-394. 147. Weick, KarlE..David P.Gilfillan and 161.7.anna. Mark P.. John M. Dzrley, Alan Thomas A. Keith. The effectof coin Chaikin, and Michael Shafto. Student poser credibility on orchestra perform. politicalcampaigners: who campaigns ante. Salm 36 (December), 435.462. and what effect does it have on them? 148. Weiner.MichaelJayandFrancesE. JASP 3:4. 371-378. Wright. Effects of undergoing arbitrary 162.Zanna. Mark P.. Mark R. Lepper. and discriminationuponsubsequentatti- RobertP.Abelson. Attentional mech- tudes toward a minority group. JASP anisms inchildren's devaluation of a 3:1, 94-102. forbidden activityinaforced compli- 149. Weisberg. HerbertF..and Richard G. ancesituationJPSP28(December), Niemi. A pairwise probability approach 355-359. 65 ti2 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

163. hitcher.Jr..LouisA.,R. George Kirk- system and their asymptotic expansions. patrick, Robert G. Cushing, and Charles Ec 41 (July), 683.714. K. Bowman. Ad hoc antipornography Andrews, Frank, James Morgan. and John organizations and their attire members: Sonquist. Multiple classification analysis: a tcseatch summary. ISI 29:3. 699-1. atrim:Ion a computer program lot Also see: multiple regressionusingcategorical predictors. Ann Arbor:Institute 26506.26518.26551,26574.26581.26582. for Social Research. 26184.26186.26588.26594.26591,26611. 26616.26623.26631.26635.26642,26685, 12. Andiws, Frank M.. and Robert C. Mes. 26686,26723.26728.26731,2741.26754, snger. Multivariate nominal scale an 26757.26764.26773.26774,26775.26779, alysis: and a computer program. Ann 26801.26802,26808,26961.26975,26998. Arbor: Institute for Social Research. 27012,27015.27018,27033.27038,27014. 13.Applbaum, Ronald L., and Karl W. E. 27051.27019,27061,27064,27065,27068, Anatol. Dimensions of source credibility: 27070,27085.27090.27094,27100,27109, atest for reproducibility. SM 40 (Au- 27111.27116,27129.27140,27413;D29, gust). 231.237. 1)13, 1)51, 1)62. er9. (3-17.CT29. CT5R, 14. Apter,MichaelJ.. and George Westby. GT9. GT24, GT37,GT49. G36. G55, The computer in psychology. New York: C:80,IP17.11'16.1P65.IP86.1P103, Wiley. 1P108,IP137,IP158,RMI21, RMI67, 15. Armer. Michael. and Jeannie Baldigo. A RM215. M.19, SG22. SG23. SG51, SG81, tentative index totest for acquiescent SG99, SGI30, L47, L76, L90, T25. response style. JSP 90 (August). 185-196. 16. Badami, H. D. A scale for measuring attitudes of college students towards edu- X. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (RM) cation. JPsyR 17 (May), 7.9.

1.tbcl. 111.0dora. Psychologicaltesting in 17.Bartsch. Thomas, and John R Nessel- cultural contexts.New Haven:College roade.Test ofthetrait-stateanxiety and University Press. distinction using a manipulative, factor- 2.Abelson.RobertP. The statisticianas analytic design. JPSP 27 (July),1364. riper: reply to McCauley and Stitt. JESP 18.Baskett, Glen D., Joseph G. Peet. DiAnne 9 (November), 526 527. Bradford. and Stanley A. Mulaik. An 3.Adair. John G. The social psychology of examination of the lost-letter technique. thepsychologicalexperiment.Boston: JASP 3:2. 165-173. Little. Brown 19. Bender, P M. Ananalysis of responses to 4.Alder. NancyE.Impactofpriorsets adjectives: a reply to Samelson. PB 80 Risenexperimenters andsubjects on (August), 133-134. the experimenter expectancy effect. Scmty 20.Bc'rscheid.Ellen.RobertStevenBaron, 36 (March), 113-126. Marshall Denser, and Mark Libman. 5.Alf, Edward F., and Norman M. Abrahams. Anticipating informed consent: an em- Reply to Edgington. PB 90 (July), 86.87. pirical approach, AP 28 (October), 913 6.Alutto, Joseph A., Lawrence G. Hrebiniak, 925. and Ramon C. Alonso. On operational. 21.Bersoff, Donald N. Silk purses into sow's icing the concept of commitment SF 51 cars: the decline of psychological testing (June). 448-454. and a suggestion for its redemption. AP 7.Amemiya, Takeshi. Generalized least 28 (October), 892.899. squares with an estimated auto-covariance matrix. Ec 41 (July). 723.732. 22.Birnbaum, Michael H. The devilrides 8. Anderson, Norman H. Comments on the again:correlation as an index offit. articles of Hodges and of Schonemann, PB 79 (April), 239.244. Cafferty. and Rotton. PsyRev 80 (Jan 23.Blattberg, Robert C. and Subrata K. Sen. uary). 88.92. An evaluationoftheapplication of 9.Anderson, Norman H. Functional Mea- minimum chi squareprocedures to surement of social desirability. Scmty 36 stochastic models of brand choice. JMR (March) 89.98. 10 (November), 421-427. 10. Anderson, T. W.. and Takamitsu Sawa. 24. Bloomberg, Morton. Creativity: theory and Distributions of estimates of coefficients research. New Haven: College and Uni- of a single equation in a simultaneous versity Press. 66 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 63 25.Bogart, Leo. Psychology on a large scale: estimates for nonlinear equation systems. the study of consumption. AP 28 (No- RES 55 (February). 104-109. vember), 994-999. 42. Chun, ki-Tack, Sidney Cobb. John R. P. 26. Borman, Walter C. and William K. Gra- French, Jr., and Stanley Seashore. Stor- ham. Polarity and "accuracs" of ratings age and retrieval of information on psy- and the meaningfulness of personality chological measures. AP 28 (July), 592- dimensions. JPsy 84 (May). 55-60. 599. 27. Bowden, Edgar. Ordinal scaling of multi 43. (Clark), Cedric X The role of the white categorypersistinganddisappearing researcher In bla.^k society: a futuristic traits BSci 18 (Sptember), 386-390. look. JSI 29:1, 109.118. 28.Braniel, WilliamF. White researchin 44. Clemente, Frank, and Gene F. Summers. black communities: when solutions be- A comment on Palmore and Whitting- come a part of the problem. JSI 29 (I). ton's relative status of the aged. SF 51 41-44. (June), 494. 29.Brislin. Richard W.. Walter J.1.onner, 45. Cohen.Rudolf.Patternsofpersonality and Robert M. Thorndike. CI osscultural judgment. New York: Academic Press. research methods. New York: Wiley. 46. Cooley, Thomas F., and Edward C Pres- 30.Britt. Stewart Henderson, John C. trl.earv. cott.Tests of an adaptiveregression and Ralph R. Sturges. The accuracy of model. RES 55 (May), 248-256. claimed subscribership. JAR 13 ( Deccm. 47. Corner, John, and Michael Steinman. In- ber). 29-32. terviewing in a Mexican-American com- 31.Bucci.RichardP.Erroneousrecallof mu icy;an investigation of some po- media. JAR 13 (August). 23-29. tential sources of response bias. POQ 37 32.Buse. R. C. Increasing response rates in (Spring), 115-126. mailedquestionnaires. AJ.%E 55(Au- 48. Couchman, lain S. B. Notes from a white gust), 503-508. researcher inblacksociety.JSI 29:1, 33. Campbell, Cecil 0., and Alfred A. Baum- 45-52. eister.Scaling meaningfulness (M)of 49. Craig, James R., and Sandra C. Reese. Psy- trigrams with children and retirdates. chology inaction.Retention of raw JPsy 84 (July), 267-27R. data: a problem revisited. AP 28 (Au- 34. Campbell, John P.. Marvin 1). Dunnette, gust), 723. Richard 1). Arley, and Lowell V. Heller- 50. Crandall, James E. Sex differences in ex- vik. The development .7% evaluation of treme response style: differences in fre- behaviorally based rating scales. JAP 57 quency of use of extreme positive and (February), 15-25. negative ratings. JSP 89 (April), 281-294. 35.Carlile, Larry W., and Ralph R. Behnke. 51. Crockett, Stanley. The role of theIce- A retort to the criticism of "heart rate searcherin educationalsettings:per- as an index of speech anxiety." SM 40 spectives on research and evaluation. JSI (June), 160.164. 29:1. 81.86. 36. Casson, M. C.Linearregressionwith 52. Cutler. Neal E. New data sources in in- error in the deflating variable. Ec 41 ternational and crossnational research. (July), 751-760. Beverly Hills: Sage. 37. Chandler, Wilfred V., 1..tyne Cartwright, 53. Darlington.RichardB. Comparing two and J.B. Penn. The substitution of groups by simple graphs. PB (February). analyticforsimulationalgorithms:a 11b116 comment. AJAE 55 (May), 235-239. 34. Davidson, Terrence N. Youth intransi- 38. Chapman, Loren J., and Jean P. Chap- tion, volume IV: evolution of a strategy man. Problems in the measurement of for longitudinal analysis of survey panel cognitive deficit. PB 79 (June), 380-385. data. Ann Arbor:Institutefor Social 39. Chebib, F. S.. and J. Alan Burdick. Estima- Research. 1972. tionofmeasurementerror. JGP 89 55. Dawson, Michael E., and Paul Reardon. (July), 47.58. Construct validity of recall and recogni- 40. Chow, GregoryC.Multiperiodpredic- tion postconditioning measures of aware- tions from stochastic difference equa- ness. JExP 98 (May). 308.315. tions by Bayesian methods. Ec 41 (Jan- 56. Dew, Donald, and Paul J. Jensen. The uary), 109.118. phonetic transcription proficiencytest: 41. Chow, Gregory C. On the computation description and preliminary evaluation. of fullinformation maximum likelihood SM 40 (March), 58-48.

6 7 1PitIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

57. Dhlymes. Phoebus J. Small sample and 71.Eske. Donald W. Can a pelsonalitv «m asvmptotic relations between maximum striact be validated empirically? PR 80 likelihood and three stage least squares (August), 89-92. estimators. Ec 41 (March). 317-364. 75.Fleiss, JosephL.Statistical methods for 58. Di Salvo. Vincent. and Art lunP.lfilchtier. laws and plopottins. New York: Wiley. Prof:a simulation and analssis tech 76.Fletcher, James F.. Old time GSK and a nique for capturing information-proces- new approach to the analysis ofpublic sing policies. Mk: 4 (December). 379-387. communication (US 59 (February), 52 59. Dodd, l)asid II., and Roger Schuh,. Jr. 60. Computational procedures for est:mating 77.Flond, Rodelick. An introduction to quan magnitude of effect for some analysis of titative methods for historians. Prince- saliance designs. P11 79 (June). 391-395. ton. N.J.: Princeton U Press. 60. Dudscha, Arthur 1... and James It. Car- 78. Folthman. John II. The effects of a zero penter. Effects of item format on item intervalonsemanticdifferentialro- discriminationanddifficulty.JAP 58 tated factor loadings. JPsy 84 (May), 23 August). 116-121. 32. 61.Distikchicig. William C.. and George S. 79.Fossum, John A. An application of tech- Day. Nonresponse bias and tailbacks in niquestoshortentestsandincrease sample surveys JMR 10 (May). 160.168. validity. JAP (Febt nary), 90-91.

62.Edgingion.EugeneS. Therandom.as- KO.Fox, John W.. and John A. Vonk. Com- sumption in "Comment on component- ments on -Hall's professionalism scale: randominit:on tests." PR 80 (July), 54 anempiricalreassessment." ASR 81. (June). 392-394. 63.File ileum. Eugene S.. and Allan R. Strain. 81. Fox. William M., Walter A. Hill, and Wil- Randomi,ation tests: computer time re- son H. Guertin. Dimensional analysis of q ui ements. JPsy 85 (September). 89-96. theleastpreferredco-workerscales. 64. Ekchammar, Bo, and David Magnusson. JAP 57 (April), 192-194. A metlind to study stressful situations, JPSP 27 (August). 176-179. 82.Frandsen, Kenneth D., and Lawrence B. Fundamentalinterpersonal 65.Epstein. Yakov M., Peter Sucdfeld, and Rosenfield. Stanley JSilverstein. The experimental relations orientations in dyads: an em- wittlact.subjects' expectations of and pirical analysis of Schutz's FIROB as reactions to some behaviors of experi an index of compatibility. SM 40 (June). menters. AP 28 (March). 212.221. 113-122. 66. Ethical principles in the conduct of re- 83.Froehlich. B. R. A note on some Monte search with human participants. AP 28 Carlo results on non-negative variance (January). 79-81. est:mators for a tandon, coefficient re 67. Evans. Selby H. Reply to Sprott. PB 79 gression model. AJAE 55 (May). 231-234. (March), 180. 84. Gaito, John and John Firth. Procedures 65. Esseink, H J., :1. The measurement of for estimating magnitude of effects. JPsy intelligence. Baltimore: Williams Sc 'MI. $3 (January), 151-162. Stint 85.Galli. Jr..Philip S., Shirley Smith, and 69.Fathi, Asghar. Problems in developing in- SandraMumford. Effects of deceiving dices of news value. JQ (Autumn), 497- subjects upon experimental results. JSP 508. 89 (February), 99-108. 70.Feistel. Horst. Cryptography and computer 86. Games, Paul A. Type IV errors revisited. privacy. SciAm 228 (May). 15-23. PB 80 (October). 304 307. 71. Feldstein. Martin S. Multicollinearity and 87. Gaskell, George D.. Ewart A. C. Thomas, the mean square error of alternative and Robert M. Farr. Effects of pretesting estimators. Ec 41 (March). 337 346. 72. Ferrara. Joseph W. A verbal interaction on measures of individual risk prefer- recording technique for studying indi- ences. JPSP 25 (February), 192-198. viduals in small groups. JSP 90 (August), 88. Gcrgen, Kenneth J. The codification of 207.212. researchethics:views of a doubting 73.Fischer, Donald C., and Ario Awrey. Mani- Thomas. AP 28 (October), 907-912. fest anxiety, test anxiety, and intelli- 89. Gilpin, Andrew R. Lexical marking ef- genceinconcept formation. JSP89 fects in the semantic differential. JPsy (February). 153-154. 85 (November), 285-289. 68 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNI( :A I R)N 65

90.(.laser. Edward M.. and Samuel H. Tay- 107.Hilgard, Ernest R. The Domain of hy- lor.Factors influencing thesuccess of ponosis: with some comments on alter- applied research. AP 28 C...ebruary). 140 natiseparagigms. AP 28 (November). 146. 972-982. 91. Cunka. Edward F. Regress:on analysis of 10s. Hochberg. living. Interpretation of andi proportionalcelldata, PB 80 (July), 25 ometric results. IndianapolisNew Yolk: 27. HobbsMerrill. 109. Holland. Charles W.. and David W. (:ra- 9"Goldhaber, Gerald M. Pausal: a computer %ens. Fractionalfactorialexperimental program to identify and measure pauses. designs in marketing research. JMR WS 37 (Winter), 23-26. I.% uglist), 270 276. 93. Goldman, RoyI)..BrineH.Platt. and 110.Hollander. Myles. and Douglas A. Wolfe. Rubel: M. Kaplan. Dimensions of atti Noliparainell:cstatistic-al methods. New Irides towards technology.JAP 57 Yolk: Wiley. (April), 184-187. III. Hood. Ralph W. Jr. Rater originality and 94. Godnian, I.eo A. Causal analysis of data theinterpersonalassessmentoflevels from panel studies and other kinds of of mig:nality. Scatty 36 (March). 80.88. surveys. AJS 78 (March), 1135 1191. 112. Hornbeck.FrederickWilliam.Factorial 95. Goroff, Norman N. Simulated incarcera analyses of variance with appended control groups. BSci 18 (May). 213-220. tionexperiences:unique learning opportunities. SSA: 4 (March). 59.70. 113. House. Peter W. The turban environmental system:modeling forresearch.policy- 96. Gorsuch, Richard L. Factor analssis. Phila making. and education. BeserlyHills: delphia: Saunders. Sage, 97. Guttman, John M. Nofinie and Nofto 114.Hunter. A. A. On the validity of urea- research in psyt hot bumps. PB 80 (Au- SUITS of association:the nominal nom- gust). 93-105. inal, two-by-two case. AJS 79 (July), 99- 98. Green, Paul E. On the analssis of inter- 109. actions in marketing research data. )MR 115.Iversen, Cudmund R.Re:overingindi- 10 (November). 410-420. vidual data in the presence of group 99Green. Paul E.. Yoram %Vinci, and Arun K. and individual effects AJS 79 (Septem- Analysing freelespons datain ber), 420-434. marketing research. IMR 10 (February). 116. Jackson. John S. III. and WilliamI.. 45-52. Shade. Citizen participation, democratic representation, and survey research. I'AQ 100. Hadley. Trever R., and Theodore Jacob. 9 (September), 57.90. Relationship among measures of family 117. Jackson. Ken. and Barbara Gill. Compos- power. JPSP 27 (July). 6:2 ing an audience picture from survey 101.Haener, James L. A method for quantify- snapshots. JQ 50 (Spring), 149.152. ing the reinforcement value of verbal 118. James, Lawrence R. Criterion models and items. JGP 89 (July), 115.122. constructvalidityforcriteria. PB 80 102. Hahn, !William W. Attention and heart (July), 75-83. rate: n criticalappraisal of thehy- 119. Johnson, Marilyn. A comment on Palmore pothesisof Lacey andLacey. PB 79 and Whittington's index of similarity. (January), 59-70. SF 51 (June), 490-491. 103. Hammond. Jr., John L. Two sources of 120. Johnson, Paula, and Jacqueline D. Good- error in ecological correlations. ASR 38 childs. Pornography, sexuality, and so- (December), 764-777. cial psychology. JSI 29 (3). 231-238. 11 Hartwig, Frederick. Statistical significance 121. Jones.Edward E.,andHaroldSigall. of the lambda coefficients. BSci 18 (July). Where there is Ignis, there may be fire. 307.310. PB 79 (April), 260-262. 105. Haug, Marie R. Social class measurement 122. Jorgensen, Carl C. Tests and their edu- and women's occupationroles. SF 52 cational supporters. JSI 29:1. 33-40. (September). 85-97. 123. Just. Richard E. A methodology for in- 106. Hendrix, Jerry. and James A. Wood. The vestigatingthe importance of govern rhetoric of film: toward critical meth- ment intervention in farmers' decisions. odology. SSCJ 39 (Winter). 105 122. AJAE 55 (August), 441-452. 69 66 B1111.101.RAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICA l'ION

124.Katzer. Jeffrey, and James Sodt. An an- 141. Lord, Frederic M. Testing if two measur- alysis of the Ilse of statistical testing in ing procedures measure the same dimen- communicationresearch. JC 23(Sep- sion. PB 79 (January), 71-72. tember), 251.265. 142.McAllister, Ronald J., Steven J. Goe, and 125. Ke lejian, H. H. Information lostin ag- Edgar W. Butler. I'OQ 37(Fall), 413- gregation: a Bayesian approach-a 416. further note. Ec 41 (March), 375. 143. McCallum, II. T. A note concerning asymp- 126. Keppel, Geoffrt Design and analysis: a totic covariance expressions. Ec 41 (May), researchers hanobook. Englewood Cliffs, 581-584. N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 144.McDermott, Patrick J., and Don F. Faules. 127.Keselinan.H.J.Cicchetti'sreversalof Context effects on the measurement of Petrinov.ch and Hardyck's major con organizational credibility. CSSJ 24 (Fall), elusion. PB 80 (December), 480. 189-192. 128. Kesehnan, 11. J., and Larry E. Toothakcr. 145. MacDonald, K.I."Ordinalregression?" Errorratesformultiplecomparison A comment. ASR 38 (August), 494. methods: some evidence concerning the 146.McGuire, Frederick L. The nature of bias misleadingconclusionsofrietrinovich in official accident and violation records. and Hardyck. PB 80 ;July), 31.32. JAP 57 (June), 300-305. 129.Kish. Leslie, Martin R. Frankel. and Neal147. McGuire, William J. The Yin and Yang Van Eck. Sepp: sampling error program of progress in social psychology: seven package. Ann Arbor:Institute for So- Koan. JPSP 26 (June). 446 456. sial Research. 1972. 130. Klernmaik. Da% id I... and John A. Ballwcg. l'S. McLeod, Jack M., and Steven H. Chaffee. Concept-scale interactionwith the se Interpersonal approaches to communica- mantic differentialtechnique. JPsy 84 tion research. ABS 16:4, 40500. (July), 345.352. 149. McWilliams, SpencerA., and Renee J. 131. Klemmack, DavidL., Thomas A.Leg- Tuttle. Long-term psychologicaleffects gette. and Lawrence S. Mayer. Non-ran- of LSD. PB 79 (June), 341-351. dom exogenous variablesinpath an 150.Maddala, G. S., and A. S. Rao. Tests for alysis. ASR 38 (December). 778-784. serialcorrelationinregression models 132.Kingsporn, M. J. The significance of vari- withlagged dependent variables and ability. BSci 18 (November), 441. serially correlated errors. Ec 41(July), 133.Kolstoe,Ralph H. Introductiontosta- 761-774. tistics for the behavioral sciences. Home- 151. Maloney,MichaelP.,andMichaelP. wood, Ill.: Dorsey, Ward.Ecology:let'shearfromthe 134.Kruglanski, Arie W. Much ado about the people: an objective scale for the mea- "Volunteer artifacts." JPSP 28 (Decem- surementofecologicalattitudesand ber), 348-354. knowledge. AP 28 (July), 583-586. 135. Lansing, John B. and James N. Morgan. 152.Mariano, Roberto S. Approximations to Economic survey meti.ods. Ann Arbor: the distribution functions of the ordinary Institute for Social Research, 1972. least-squares and two-stage least squares 136.Larsen, Knud S., Premarital sex attitudes estimators in the case of two included -a scale and some validity findings. JSP endogenous variables. Ec 41(January), 90 (August), 339.341. 67-78. 137.Learner. Edward E.Multicollinearity: 153. Marquis. Peggy Cook. Experimenter sub- Bayesianinterpretation. RES 55 (Au- ject interaction as a function of authori- gust), 371-380. 138. Leon. Manuel, Gregg C. Oden. and Nor. tarianism and responseset. JPSP 25 man H. Anderson. Functional measure- (February), 289-296. ment of socialvalues. JPSP 27 (Sep- 154.Martin, David J. Pejorative factors in the tember), 301-310. suspicion of deception: the case of "de- 139.Levi, Maurice D. Errors in the variables tection" of confederates. JSP 91(Oc- bias in the presence of correctly mea- tober), 155-156. sured variables. Ec 41 (September), 985- 155. Mason, Karen Oppenheim, William M. 986. Mason, H. H. Winsborough, and W. 140. Levin, Joel R.. and Leonard A. Marascuilo. KennethPoole. Somemethodological Type IV errors and Games. PB 80 (Oc- issues in cohort analysis of archival data. tober), 308-309. ASR 38 (April), 242-257.

70 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICALION 67

156. Menges. G., el. al. Inference and decision. 172.Palmore, Erdman, and Frank Whittington. Toronto: U Press of Canada. Reply to Clemente and Summers. SF 51 157.Menges, Robert J. Openness and honesty (June), 495-496. set sus coercion and deceptioninpsy- 173.Palk, Quirino and Gordon C. Rausser. chological research. AP 28 (December), Sufficient conditions for aggregation of 1030 1034. linear programming models. AJAE 55 (November). 659-666. 158.Miller, John K., and David Levine. Cone- 174.Payne,J.L.Foundations ofempirical geneticallymatched la t ion between political analysis. Chicago: Markham. groups versus reliability theory: a reply to Jensen. PB 79 (February), 142.144. 175.Perlmutter. Jane. and Jerome L. Myers. Comparison of two procedures for test- 159. Morgan. James N. and Robert C. Messen- ing multiple contrasts. PB 79 (March). ger.Thai&asequentialanalsisof nominal scale dependent sariables Ann 181-184. 176.Peters, William H. Two measures of print Arbor: Institute for Social Research. advertising'ssocialresponsibilitylevel. 160.Morris, Jim R. Newsmen's interview tech- J() 50 (Winter). 702-707. niques and attitudes toward interview- 177.Phillips. John L., Jr. Statistical thinking: ing. JQ (Autumn). 539. astructural approach. SanFrancisco: 161.Mullins. Cecil J.. and Iris H. Massey. An Freeman. saluation of item-by-itemtest admits- 178.Pinder. Craig C. Statistical accuracy and istratkni. JAP 57 (April), 188-189. practicalutility inthe use of moder- 162.Newberry, Benjamin H.Truth telling in ator variables. JAP 57 (June), 214 221. subjects with information about experi 179.Plasman. Stephen K. Single sample com- inents: who is being deceived? JPSP 25 mercial testing. JAR 13 (December). 39- (March), 369-374. 42. 180.Poor. David D. S. Analysis of variance for 163.Nichols. Harold, and Raymond G. Smith. Perception of intensional and extension- repeatedmeasuresdesigns:twoap- al meaning domains in a semantic dif- proaches. PB 80 (September), 204 209. frential application. SM 40 (November), 181.Porter, D. Thomas. and Gerald P. Burns, 322.325. Jr. A criticism of "heartrate as an index of speech anxiety." SM 40 (June), 164.Nobles. Wade W. Psychologicalresearch and the blackself-concept:acritical 156-159. resiew. JSI 29:1, 11-32. 182.Poulton, E. C. Unwanted range effects from using within-subject experimentalde- 165. Nowakoska, MariaPerception of ques- signs. PB 80 (August), 113 121. tions and variability of answers. BSci 18 (March), 99108. 183.Preisen, W. F. E. Environmental design research.Stroudsburg,Pa.:Dowden, 166. Owen, Christopher. The -constructva- Hutchinson and Ross. lidity"oftheCaliforniaF Scalein 184.Rattenbury, Judith and Neal Van Eck. whiteSouthAfrica.JSP89(April), Osiris:architecture anddesign.Ann 303-304. Arbor: Institute for Social Research. 167. Ostrom, Thomas M. The Bogus pipeline: 185.Rawlings, Robert B. Jr. Comments on the a new Ignis Fatuus? Psi 79 (April), 252 - OverallandSpiegelpaper. PB 79 `259. (March), 168-169. 168.(serail, John E . and Douglas K. Spiegel. 186.Reilly, Richard R. A note on minority Comment on Rawlings. PB 79 (March), group test bias studies. PB 80 (August), 164 167. 130-132. 169. Overall. John E., and Douglas K. Spiegel. 187.Resnick, Jerome H., and Thomas Schwartz. Comment oil"Regressionanalysisof Ethicalstandardsasan independent porportionalcelldata." PB 80 (July), variable in psychological research. AP 28 28-30. (February), 134-139. 170.Page, Monte M. On detecting demand 188.Riegel, Klaus F. The recall of historical awareness by postexperimental question- events. BSci 18 (September), 354-363. naire. JSP 91 (December), 305-324. 189.Roach, Darrell E. and Raymond R. Davis. 171. Pahnore. Erdman, and Frank Whitting- Stability of the structure of employee ton. Reply to Johnson. SF 51(June), attitudes: an emperical test of factor in- 492-493. variance. JAP 58 (October), 181-185.

71 68 111111.106RAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH CONIMINIC.V1 ION Robinson, John P. Toward a more ap- the extent to which they deviate from propriate use of Guttman scaling. POQ parents' position. JSI 29:4, 111-132. 37 (Summer). 260 267. 206. Sim. Francis M. On a clearinghouse for 191.Robinson, John P. and Phillip R. Shaver. data collection. RS 38 (Spring), 57-64. Measuresofsocialpsychologicalatti- 207. Simpson.:.. J., and M. J ,Fitter. What is tudes, revised. Ann Arbor: Institute for best index of detectability PB 80 (De. Social Research. comber), 481.488. 192.Rogers. Rex S., and Giin R. Semin. Mach208. Smith. Don D. Mass communications and V: an improved scoring system based internationalimagechange. JCR 17 onatriadicchoke model. JPSP 27 (March), 115-129. 3440. 209. Smith. I. Leon. Comment on Joe's "Com- 193_Rostiow, RalphI.. and Leona S.Aiken. tnentonoveralland Spiegel's'Least Mediationofartifactsinbehavioral squares analysis of experimental data'." reseatch. JESP 9 (May), 181-201. PB 79 (March), 170 171. 191.Rostiow, RalphI..,Barry E. Goodstadt, 210. Smith. J. E. Keith. On tests Of quasi-in- Jerry M. Suls. and A. Geolgp (titter. dependenceinpsychologicalresearch. More on the:social psychology of the PB 80 (October), 329-333. experiment: when compliance turns to 211. Smith,RaymondC.,andHaroldJ. self defense. JPSP 27 (September). 337- Nichols.Semantic differentialstability 343. as a function of meaning domain. JC 23 195. Saks. Stephen M. Threat as a factor in (March), 6473. authoritarianism: an analysis of archival 212. Snizek,WilliamE.ReplytoFox and data. JPSP 28 (October), 44-57. Vonk. ASR 338 (June), 395. 196. Schaefer.Charles.Measuringsocialre- 213. Spans. NicholasP.. John D. McPeake, lationshipsinemotionallydisturbed and Walter Carter.Effects of pretest. boys. JPsy 85 (November), 179-186. ing on response to a visual hallucina- tionsuggestioninhypnoticsubjects. 197. Schiinemann. Peter H., Thomas Cafferty, JPSP 28 (December), 293-297. and James Rotton. A note on addictive214. Sprott, D. A. Comment on misuse of co- functionalmeasurement. PsyRev80 variance. PB 79 (March), 180. (January), 85 87. 211. Staelin, Richard, and Ronald E. Turner. 198.Shaffer, Juliet Popper. Defining and test- Errorinjudmentalsalesforecasts: ing hypotheses in mult:dimensional con- theory and results. JMR 10 (February), tingency tables. PB 79 (February). 127- 10.16. 141 216. Steininger, Marion. A comparison of two PA Shaw, Eugene F. Media credibility: taking kinds of dogmatism scores: Rokeach cate- the measure of a measure. JQ 50 (Sum- gories versus open-ended responses. JPsy mer), 306-311. 83 (January), 11.16. NO. Sheehan, Peter W. Escape from the am-217. Steininger,Marion.Indefenseof mea- biguous:artifact and methodologies of suring attitudes. JPsy 85(September), hypnosis. AP 28 (Novmber), 983-103. 131.136. 201. Shpard. Roger N., A Kimball Romney,218. Stevenson, Robert A. Cross cultural valida- andSaraBethNerlove.. Multidimen- tionof a readershippredictiontech- sional scaling:theory and applications nique. JQ 50 (Winter). 690.696. in the behavioral sciences (2 vols.) New 219. Stowe,RichardA.Researchandthe York: Seminar Press. systems approach as methodologies for 202. Shoemaker, David M Principles and pro- education. AVCR 21 (Summer). 165-176. cedures of multiple matrixsampling. 220. Sue, Derald W., and Austin C. Frank. A (:ambr:dge, Mass: Ballinger. typological approach to the psychologi- 203. Shulman. A comparison of two scales on cal study of Chinese and Japanese Amer- extremity response bias. POQ 37 (Fall). ican college males. JSI 29:2, 129.148. 407-412. 221. Sullivan. David S., and Thomas E. Deiker. 204.Sieber, Sam D. The integration of field- Subject-experimenter perceptions of eth- work and survey methods. AJS 78 (May), icalissuesin human research. AP 28 1335.1359. (July), 5R7 -591. 205. Silvern, I.ouiseE.. and Charles Y. Naka- 222. Swingle, Paul G., ed. Social psychology in mura. An analysis of the relationship natural settings: a reader infield ex- between students' political position and perimentation. Chicago: Aldine. 72 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 69 223. Taylor, Howard F. linear models of con- 240. Zimmerman, Irla Lee. James M. Woo-Sam, sistency:some extensions ofBlalock's and Alan J. Glasser. Clinical interpre- strategy. AJS 78 (March), 1192-1211. tation of the Wechsler adult intelligence 224. Thompson, S.C. The substitution of an- scale. New York: Grune and Stratton. alytic for simulation algorithms:a re- Also see: sponse. AJAE 55 (May). 240 241. 26508, 27240, 27452: 1)61, 1)64, CC6, CC5, 225. Tipton. Martha J., and Carl 11. Weaver. A CC21, CC28, CTII, CT2I, CT31, CT44, listeningtestfortheintermediate CT5I, G80, G8I. IP31,IP106,IP142, grades. CSSJ 24 (Spring). 5-13. SG14, SG38. SG73, SG75. SG 113, SG 119, 226. 1 osi, Henry. Ramon Aldag. and Ronald P23.P63.P88,P103. P113. PI22, P136, Storey. On the measurement of the en- 1.26.T27.T31,T35. T43. thonment: an assessment of the Law- rence and LorschEnvironmental Un- certainty Questionnaire. ASQ 18:1. 27- XI. TEACHING (T) 36. Aleamoni, Lawrence M., and Makonnen 227.Trisman. Michel Relation between signal Yimer. An investigation of the relation- detectabilitv theory and the traditional ship between colleague rating, student procedures for measuring thresholds. PB rating. research productivity, and aca- 79. (Januaiy). 45-17. demic rank in rating instructional effec- 228. Turiwy. BillsI... and George P.Robb. tiveness. JEdP 64 (June). 274-277. Statisticalmethods forbehavioralsci- 2.Baird, Leonard L. Teaching styles: an ex- ence. New York: Chandler. ploratory study of dimensions and ef- 229.Vaalancourt. Pauline Marie. stability of fects. JEdP 64 (February), 15-21. children'ssurveyresponses.Pug 37 3.Biglan,Anthony.Relationships between (Fall). 373-387. subject matter characteristics and the structure and output of university de- 230. Wall, Toby. D. and Roy Payne. Are departments. JAP 57 (June), 204-213. ficiencyscoresdeficient? JAP 58 (De- 4.Biglan,Anthony. The characteristicsof cember). 322-326. subjectmatterindifferentacademic 231. Wallace, Douglas 11. Obscenity and con- areas. JAP 57 (June), 195-203. tmporal's- community standards: a sur- 5.Bjork,RobertA. Why mathematical vey. JSI 29:3. 53-6R. models? AP 28 (May), 426-433. 232. Worland, Rex H., and John Sample. Re- 6.Boren, Robert R. The human transaction. sponse certainty as a moderator variable Glenview. III.: Scott. Foiesman, in attitude measurement. RS 38 (Sum- 7.Braetistein. Daniel N.. and George J. Ben- mer), 174-186. ston. Student and department chairman 233. Weimer, Walter B. Psycholinguistics and views of the performance of university Plato's Paradoxes of the Memo. AP 28 professors. JAP 58 (October), 244-249. (January), 15-33. 8.Braunstein. Daniel N., Gary A. Klein, ane 234. Werts, Charles E.. Karl G. Iiireskog. and Mark Pachla. Feedback expectancy and Robert I.. Linn. Identification and esti- shifts in student ratings of college fac- mationin path analysis with unmea- ulty. JAP 58 (October), 254-260. sured variables. AJS 78 (May). 1469.1484. !I.Clemente, FrankEarly career deter ain- 235. Wesley, Kenneth N., Raymond E. Sanders. ants of research productivity. AJS 79 and Cary A. Yukl. Training interviewers (September), 409-419. to eliminate contrast effects in employ- 10.Cohen,Sheldon,DavidC.Class,and ment interviews. JAP 57 (June). 233-236. JeromeE.Singer.Apartmentnoise, 236. Wilkie, Will:am L. and Edgar A. Pesse- auditorydiscrimination,andreading mier. Issues in marketing's use of multi- ability in children. JESP 9 (September), attribute attitude models. JMR 10 (No- 407-422. vember). 428-441. 11.Cole, Blaine L. The effect of group size 237. Wind, Yoram, A new procedure for con- on organizational climate in elementary cept evaluation. JM 37 (October), 2-11. schools. SGB 4 (November), 503-507. 238. Winder, David G. The power motive. 12.Cunningham, DonaldJ.Evaluationof Riverside. New Jersey: The Free Press. replicable forms of instruction: a classi- 239. Wu, De-MinAlternativetestsofinde- fication of information needs in forma- pendenci between stochasticregressors tive and summative evaluation. AVCR and disturbances. Ec 41 (July), 733-750. 21 (Fall). 351.368. 70 B1111.10(.RAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

13.D'Angelo. Gar}, and Jody Nyquist. Tech- 29. Munn, Harry E., Jr.. and Kim Giffin. Rela- ing strategies for large lecture courses: tionships between teachers' task-oriented use of multimedia and discussion group. behavior, interpersonal maintenance be- ST 22 (November). 310-317. havior, student achievement, arilstu- 14.Duke,RichardL,andConstanceJ. dentsatisfaction. ST 22(Nc..-ember), Seidner. Self-role incongruence and role 304.309. enactment in simulation games. S &G 4 30. Newlin, Joseph. Communi-link: a unique (June), 159.173. approach toward adult education pro- 15.Felton, Gary S., and Ba 'tiaraE.Biggs. gramming. AL 21 (February), 263 264. Psychotherapy and responsibility: teach 31.()key, James R.. and JeromeI..(:iesla. inginternalizationbehaviortoblack Designs for the evaluatioh of teacher low achievers through group therapy. training materials. AVCR 21 (Fall), 299- SUB 4 (May), 147-156. 310. 16.Fisher,Ian.Reluctantlisteners.SI'22 32. Seeman, Julius. On supervising student re- (January). 54-57. search. AP 28 (October), 900.906. 17.Franzwa, Helen H. Limitations in apply. ing humanistic psychology in the class- 33. Shears, Loyda M., andEliM. Bower. oom. TS 21: I , 31-35. Games in education and development. Springfield: Charles C. Thomas. 18.Funkhouser, J. Ray, and Nathan Maccoby. Tailoring science writing to the general 34.Shields, Donald C., and Virginia V. Kidd. audience. JQ 50 (Summer), 220-226. Teaching through popular film: a small 19.Haynes. Judy I.. Improving instruction in group analysis of The Poseidon Adven- speech .communication skills through ture. ST 22 (September), 201-207. learning hierarchies: an applicationto 35. Smythe. Maryeanette, Robertj.Kibler, olganization. ST 22 (September), 237- and Patricia W. Hutchings. A compari- 243. son of nortnreferenced and criterion- 20. James W. Gibson and John A.Kline. referenced measurement withimplica- Computer analysis of verbal behavior in tions for communication instruction. ST the classroom. ST 22 (January), 58.63. 22 (January), 1-17. 21.Keislat. E. an R.. and Jean Phinney. Young 36. Stainback. Susan Bray. and William Clar- children's use of an information source ence Stainback. Classroom discipline: a in self.:nstruction. AVCR 21(Surr(-ner). positive approach.Springfield:Charles 177.190. C. Thomas. 22.Krupar,Karen.Communicationgames. 37. Stowe,RichardA..and ThomasM. Riverside, New Jersey: The Free Press. Schwen. Varieties of analysis in instruc 23.Lahat-Mandelhaurn, IlatSheva. and David tional development: introduction to the Kipnis. Leader behavior dimensions re- theme of this issue. AVCR 21 (Spring), latedto students' evaluation of teach- 5-10. ing effectiveness. JAP 58 (October), 250- 38. Strang, Harold R.,Pictorial and serhal 253 media in self-instruction of procedural 24.Livingston,SamuelA.,and StevenJ. skills. AVCR 21 (Summer), 225-232. Kidder. Role identificationand game structure:effects on political attitudes. 39. Taylor,K.Phillip,and Raymond W. S&G 4 (June), 131-144. Buchanan. Vocational marketability of 25.McGlone. Edward L. Educational measure communication competencies. SCCJ 38 ment andspeechcommunicationin- (Spring), 285-291. struction. CSSJ 24 (Winter), 241-2.15. 40. Tucker, Charles 0. Toward facilitation 26.NicGlone. Edward I.. and Loren J. Ander- of behavioral objectives in speech com- son. The dimensions of teacher credi munication. ST 22 (September), 231-236. bility. ST 22 (September), 196-200. 41. Watts, Meredity W. Jr.Behavior model- 27. Mehrens, William A. and IrvinJ. Leh- ing and self devaluation with video self- mann. Measurement and evaluation in confrontation. JEdP 64 (April), 212-215. education and psychology. New York: 42. Wells, Russell F., Adrian P, Van Mond- Holt. frans, S. N. Postlethwait, and David C. 28. Molnar, Eva T., James T. Kent, and Argyl Butler.Effectivenessofthreevisual C. Houser. Role-playing in preparing media and two study formats in teach- junior medical students for psychiatric ing concepts involving time, space and interviewing. SGB 4 (May), 157.162. motion. AVCR 21 (Summer), 233-242, 74 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 71 4t Went ling, Tim L.Mastery versus non- 12. Clement, Donald A., Mutual control of masteryinstructionwithvaryingtest goal attainment: a 'new' look at feed- item feedback treatments. JEdP 65 (Au- back in human communication. TS 21:3, gust), 50 -58. 29-32. 44. Wise. Charles N. Student ratings of teach 13. Cohen,John.Psychologicalprohability. ers: a perspective for speech communi- Morristown, New Jersey: General Learn cation. WS 37 (Summer), 196.203. ing Press. Also see: 14. Crano, William D., and Ralph E. Cooper. 26467, 26469, 26470, 26471, 26476. 26480, Examination of Newcomb's extension of 26487, 26490. 26502, 26503, 26506, 26507, structural balance theory. JPSP 27 (Sep- 26520,26527, 26985, 27005; D66 G80, tember), 344-353. IP18, IP37, IP113. IP159. IP167, IP168, 15. Duncan, Carl P., Lee Sechrest, and Arthur R1195, RM177, SG52., SG92, P46, P52, W. Melton, eds. Human memory. New L12, L35. L45, L95, L104. York: Appleton. 16.Erickson, Gary M. Maslow's basic needs theory anddecisiontheory.BSci18 XII. THEORY AND (May), 210211. THEORY CONSTRUCTION (CT) 17. Feather, N. T. Cognitive differentiation, 1. Anderson, James G. Causal models and cognitive isolation, and dogmatism: re- socialindicators:towardthe develop- joinder and further analysis. Scmty 36 ment of social systems models. ASR 38 (June), 221-236. (June), 285.301. 18.Fishbein, Martin, and Icek Ajzen. Attribu 2. Anderson. Norman II.Informational in- tion of responsibility: a theoretical note. tegrationtheoryappliedtoattitudes JESP 9 (March), 148-153. about U. S. presidents. JEdP 64 (Feb- 19. Fishbum. Peter C. A proof of may's the ruary), 1-8. orem P (m, 4) = 2P (m, 3). BSci 18 (May), 3. Anderson, Robert 0. The characterization 212. model for rhetorical criticism of political 20. Gainer. E. Causes and meaning, in the image campaigns. WS 37 (Spring). 75 86. social sciences. Boston. MA: Rout ledge 4. Becker. Gary S. A theory of marriage: and Kegan. partI. JPE RI:4.(July/August), 813- 21. Gonseth, Ferdinand, Time and method: 846. an essay on the methodology of research. 5.Block. M. K. and J. M. Heineke. The al- Translated by Eva H. Guggenheimer. locationofeffortunderuncertainty: Springfield: Charles C. Thomas, 1972. the case ofrisk averse behavior. JPE 22. Gergen, Kenneth J.Social psychology as 81:2, 376 -385. history. JPSP 26 (May). 309320. 6. Blamer, Herbert. Comment on "symbolic 23. Hamlin, William J., and Harold J. Nichols. interaction as a pragmatic perspective: The interest value of rhetorical strate- the bias of emergent theory." ASR 38 gies derived from Kenneth Burke's pen- (December), 797. tad. WS 37 (Spring), 97-102. 7.Bowel, Gordon H. Psychology of learning 24.Harrell, Mai la, John Waite Bowers, and and motivation. New York: Academic Jeffrey P. Bacal. Another stab at "mean- Press. ing":concreteness.iconicity, and con- 8. Bowers, Kenneth S. Situationism in psy- ventionality. SM 40 (August), 199.207. chology:ananalysis andacritique. 25. Hawes, Leonard C. Elements of a model PsyRev 80 (September), 307-336. for communicationprocesses. QJS 59 9.Carroll,MichaelP.ApplyingHeider's (February), 11-21. theory of cognitive balance to Claude 26. Hawkins, Del I. Model of symbolic com- Levi-Strauss. Scmty 36 (September), 285 munication. JAR 13 (June), 33-38. 301. 10.Catlin. Jack. In defense of sophisticated- 27. Heap, James L., and Phillip A, Roth. On guessing theory. PsyRev 80 (September), phenomenologicalsociology.ASR 38 412-416. (June), 354-366. 11. Clarke, Peter, ed. New models for mass 28. P.nle, M., J. Jaynes, and J. Sullivan, eds. communication research. Beverly Hills: istoricalconceptionsofpsychology. Sage. New York: Springer. 75 72 111111.10(.RAPHIG ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICA l'ION

29.Hillis. Jay W. and William D. Crano 49. Leicourt, Herbert M The function of the Additive effects of utility and attitudinal illusions of contro. and freedom. AP 28 supportiseness in the selection of infor- (May), 417.425. mation. JSP 89 (April), 257-270. 50. Levine. Jerrold M., rania Romashko, and 30.Hodges. BertII.Adding and averaging Edwin A.Flei :In. Evaluation of an models for information integration. Psy- abilitiesclassi a.rtionsystemforinte- Rev 80 (January), 80 84. grating andgeneralizing human per- 31.Horn, John I.., and John R. Knapp. On formancert...archfindings:an appli- the subjective character of the empirical cation to vigilance tasks. JAP 58 (0c- base of Guilford's structure-of-intellect (ober). 149-157. model. Pit 80 (July). 33-43. 51, Levy, Robert M.. and Herbert M. Kauf- 32.Huber. Joan. Symbolic interactionasa man. Sets and subsetsintheidenti- pragmatic perspective: the bias of mer ficatic nofmultidimensionalstimuli. gent theory. ASR 38 (April), 274-283. PsyRev 80 (March), 139 '48. 33. Huesmann.L.Rowell, and Chao-Ming 52. Matson. Floyd W. Without/Within: be- Chong. A theory for the induction of haviorismandhumanism.Monterey. mathematic al functions. PsyRev 80 California.: Brooks/Cole. (March), 126.138. 53.Miller, Ralph R., and Alan D. Springer. 34.Hunsaker. David M., and Craig R. Smith. consolidation, Rhetorical distance: a critical dimension. Amnesia. andretrieval. PsyRev 80 (January). 69.79. WS 37 (Fall). 241.251. 35.Hunt. Shelby D. Lawlike generalizations 54. Mitchel. W.ther. Toward a cognitive so- and marketing theory. JM 37 (Jely), 69- cial learning reconceptualization of per- 70. sonality. PsyRev 80 (July), 252-283. 36. Jerison. Harry J. Evolution of the brain 55. Mong,:., Peter R. Theory construction in and intelligence. New York: Academic the study of communication: the system Press. paradigm. JC 23 (March), 5-16. 37. Jolley. J. L. The fabric of knowledge: a 56. Mortensen, C. David. ed. Basic readings study of therelations betweenideas. incommunicationtheory. New York: London: Duckworth. Harper & Row. 3R. Jonas, Gerald. Viseral learning: toward a 57. Natanson, Maurice. Phenomenology, role, science of self control. New York: Viking and reason: essays on the coherence and Press. deformation of social reality. Springfield: 39. Kahneman. Daniel, and Arno! Tvcrsky. Charles C. Thomas. On the psychology of prediction. PsyRev 58. Needham, Rodney. Belief, language, and 80 (July), 237-251. experience. Chicago: The U of Chicago 40. Kaimann,R.A. Structuredinformation Press. files. Los Angeles: Melville. 59. Norton, M, and R. Rucchelle. Human com- 41.Kimura, Doreen. The assymmetry of the munication theory-a systems approach. human brain. SciAm 228 (March). 70 80. New York: Braziller. 42.King, Stephen W. Theory testing: an an- 60.Nowakowski, Maria. A formal theory of alysis and extension. SW 37 (Winter), 13- 99 actions, BSci 18 (November), 393. 61. Pattee,Howard,ed.Hierarchytheory. 43.Kneupper. Charles W. Rhetoric and prob- abilitytheory. CSSJ 24 (Winter). 288 New York: Braziller. 296. 62. Payne. John W. Alternative approaches to 41.Krain. Mark. Communication as a process decision making under risk: moments of dyadic organization and development. versusrisk dimensions. PB 80 (Decem- JC 23 (December). 392.408. ber), 439-453. 45.Laszlo.Ervin. A systems philosophy of 63. Pearce. W. Barnett. Consensual rules in human values. BSci 18 (July), 250-261. interpersonal communication: a reply to 46.Laszlo. Ervin, ed. The relevance of gen- Cushman and Whiting. JC 23 (June), eral systems theory. New York: Braziller, 160-168. 1972. 64.Pike, Ray. Response latency models for 47.Laszlo,Ervin. The systems view of the signal detection. PsyRev 80 (January), 53- world. New York: Braziller 1972. 68. 48.Laszlo. Ervin, ed. The world system. New 65. Powers, William T Behavior: the control York: Braziller. of perception. Chicago: Aldine. 76 BFII.IV1ORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 73

66.Reichnbach, Bruce R. The toqnological 79.Vickers, Goeffrey. Motivation theorya cy- argument:areassessment.Springfield: b:rneticcontribution.BSci18(July), (larks C. Thomas. 1972. 242-249. 67. Royce. James E. Does person or self imply 80. von Bertalanffy, Ludwig. General system dualism? AP 28 (October). 883.886. theory. 2nd ed. New York: Braziller. 68. Salmon, Wesley C. Confirmat:on.Sci Am 81. Walley, Roc E., and Theodore D. Weldon. 228 (May). 75-83. Lateral inhibition and cognitive mask- 69. Samuel, William. On clarifying some ining: a neuropsychological theory of at- terpretations of social comparison the- tention. PsyRev 80 (July), 284-302. Oty. JESP 9 (September), 410.465. 82. Webster,Jr.,Murray.Psychologicalre- 70. Sthelling. Thomas C. Hockey helmets, con- ductionism. methodologicalindividual- cealed weapons, and daylight saving: a ism, and large scale problems. ASR 38 study of binary choices with external- (April). 258-273. ities. JCR 17 (September), 381-428. 83. Wertz. Marjorie D. Scheflen's context an- 71. Smith, Dennis R. Mechanical and systemic alysis: communication as process. WS 37 tontepts Of ft:rtlbatk. TS 21:3. 23-28. (Fall), 233-240. Smith. Dennis R.. and Lawrence Kearney. 84. Westley, Bruce H. Darnell reconceptual- Organismic concepts inthe unification ired. JC 23 (June), 187-194. of rhetoric and communication. QJS 59 85. Wickelgren. Wayne A. The long and the (February), 30-39. short of memo'-" PB 80 (December), 7:1.%prim.,DonaldP.Analog anddigital 425-438. descriptions of behavior. AP 28 (June). 86.1Viliams.Kenneth R.Reflections on a 479 488 human science of communication. JC 23 71.Sutherland, John. A general systems phi- (September), 239.250. losophy for the social and behavioral 87. Wilebben. Paul L. A critique of Sarnoff sciences. New York: Brazil ler. and Zimbardo's psychoanalytic alterna- 77i.Tit !tenor, Phillip J., Georg'. A. Donohue. tiveto a social comparison theory of and Clarice N. Olien Mass communica- emotions. JPsy 84 (May), 145-158. tion research: evolution of a structural 88.Zaner. R. and D. Ihde, eds. Phenomeno:- model. JQ 50 (Autumn), 419.425. ogy and existentialism. New York: Put- 76. To lying. Endel. and Donald M. Thomson. man's and Sons. Encoding specificity and retrieval processes in episodic memory. PsyRev 80 Also sec: (September), 352-373. 26618. 26691, 26984, 27004. 27009, 27014, 77. Underwood, Godfrey. Controlofselec- 27066. 27080. 27097. 27132; D19 CC5, tise attention and interference of pro- GT2, GT11, GT38, G2, G14, G50, G74, cessing in memory. JExP 99 (June), 28- 680. G85. 6104, IP45, IP82, IP94, IP109, 34, IP117.IP131,IP160, RM70, RM147, 7g.'I orvey, M. T. On peripheral and central RM149, RM156, RM174. RM195, RM207, processes in vision: inferences from an RM219, RM233, RM238. SG16, SG26, information-processing analysis of mask- SG39, SG101, SG135, P10, P33, P42; P66, ing with 'mm1-fled stimuli, PsyRev 80 P122, PI59, L3, L13, L25, L30, L34, L59, (January), 1.52. L89, L9I, L102, L112, L115, NV25, NV28.

7 7 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES, 1973

MICHAEL C. LEFF Indiana University, Bloomington

This edition of the Bibliographic Annual is the first to include a separate listing for rhetorical theory. The new arrangement offers many advantages, but it also creates some problems for the bibliographer. Rhetoric is a notoriously vague concept, and a wide variety of academic publications reportstudies directly or indirectly related to the interests of rhetorical theorists. The bibliographer must find sonic means of sifting through a considerable body of literature and determining which items are appropriate for inclusionwithin a short survey. A solution tothis problem based on theoretical principle requires nothing less than a comprehensive definition of rhetoric. But this task is far too ambitious and difficult for practical purposes. I havetherefore, relied on a more subjective procedure. In reviewing theliterature,I have attempted to identify works that would interest my colleagues who normally consult this publication. While this criterion may be insufficiently rigorous, it does seem ap- propriately rhetorical, since it rests on the concept of audience. There is the further problem of the overlap between this bibliographyand some of the others included within theAnnual. Some reduplication is unavoid- able, since the study of communication cannot be separated intototally discrete components. Nevertheless, there is also a need toestablish operational boundaries both for editorial purposes and for the convenience of the reader.The problem proves most difficult in attempting to distinguishbetween rhetorical studies and the materials covered by the bibliographies of public addressand of behavioral stntlies in communication. In respect to public address, I haveincluded only those books and articles that deal with the theory of rhetoricalcriticism or that explicitly generaliie beyond the context of a specific situation.Thus, works that concentrate on a particular rhetorical event areexcluded. In respect to behavioral studies, I have avoided reports on specific experiments andhave sought out studies that pertain to the general theory of communication orthat bear on areas of interest to traditionalrhetoricians. Even so. there are still a great number of entries in this area, and no doubt, therewill be a significant overlap between this bibliography and the one devoted tobehavioral studies. Yet, given the ambiguity of the boundary between rhetoricand communication theory, it seemed best to avoid serious errors of omission. The organization of this bibliographygenerally follows the pattern of earlier bibliographies of rhetoric and public addresspublished in the Annual. The first three major divisions deal with the historyof rhetorical theory. They are separated by periodinto: (1) Ancient (to 300 A.D.), (II)Medieval and Renaissance (300-1600), and (III) Modern(1600-1900). These divis ons, of course, are somewhatarbitrary, but they do allow for a convenientorganiza- tion of the materials. In turn, each of thesehistorical sections is further subdi-

78 76 ItIltl.lot.R %PIM ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION vided under the headings:(A) General/Theoretical and (B) Individual The- orists. The General/Theoretical category lists works that survey broad movements in rhetorical theory or that deal with rhetoric in the context of the cultural and intellectual history of a particular period. The fourth and longest main division of the bibliography is devoted to contemporary theory.Itis further separated into six sub-categories. These are listed in the table of contents, and, for the most part, arc .sell- explanatory. The heading entitled Lan- guage/Style/Semantics ranges over a broad area. It is, I fear, somewhat unwieldy, but I could find no means of further dividing it that was not totally arbitrary and potentially misleading. It is impotrant to emphasise that this is only a selected bibliography. The :object treated is vast and diverse, and limitations of time andresources make itimpossibleto aim at anthing approaching a comprehensive survey. In keeping with the practice of my predecessors,I would entourage readers to submit significant items not included in the bibliography. Unless otherwise noted, all entries cited were published during the calendar year, 1973. Selected references to titles of masters theses and doctoral dissertation appear throughout the bibliography. References are made by citing the title identification number. The complete citation appears in the "titles" section of the 1973 Bibliographic Annual.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.ANCIENT ERA A. General/Theoretical p. 77 B.Individual Theorists p. 77 II.MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE ERA A. General/Theoretical p. 78 B.Individual Theorists p. 79 III. MODERN ERA A. General/Theoretical p. 80 B.Individual Theorists p. 81 IV. CONTEMPORARY THEORY A. General/Theoretical p. 81 B. Logic and Argumentation p. 82 C. Language/Style/Semantics p. 83 D. Communication Theory p. 85 E. Theory of Criticism p. 87 F.Individual Theorists p. 88

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS

AA American Anthropologist ES English Studies AJP American Journal of Philology ETC.: A Review of General AJS American Journal of Sociology ETC Semantics College Composition and Journal of Aesthetics and Art CCC Communication JAAC Criticism CJPh Canadian Journal of Philosophy Journal of the American Forensics CSSJ Central States Speech Journal JAFA Association ELH English Literary History JBL Journal of Biblical Literature

79 11111LIOGRAPHY OF RIIVIORICAL STUDIES 77

JC Journal of Communication SJPh southwestei Journal of Philosophy JHI [(initial of the History of Ideas SM tilucch Monographs lidest foileit Language Southern Speech Communication M MLA %ssoc iation Bulletin SSC] Journal ST Speech Teacher Modem Language Notes MLN Today's Speech PkR Philosophy and Rhetoric WS Western Speech Q.JS cluatterlv Journal of Speech leitshriftfiir Dilektologie and RSC Rhista di Studi Classici Linguistik

I. ANCIENT

(;ENFRAL/TIMONA TICAL hands of the fragments in Die Fragmente der Vol soktatiker edited by Diels-Kranz. Colum- Italbanis, Homer P. The classical idea of the bia: V South Carolina Press. 1972. good man. Berkeley. Calif.: Diablo Press. 1972. Vebster. T. 11. L. Athenian culture and society. Hinson Thomas and Geratcl A. Hauser. Ideals, Be>keles and Los Angeles: 1' California Press. sperlatiYes and thedeclineofhypocrisy. Q.JS 59, 99.105. Review of The Art of Rhetoric inthe It.lainmust. Tnroatsrs Roman Work: by George Kennedy. Prince- ARISTII)ES. Behr, C. A., ed., tr. Aristides, I. ton N.J.: Princeton Press. 1972. PanathenaicOrationandInDefenseof De Vries.(:.J. Dc omyang van hetlitteraire Oratory. (Loeb Classical Library. 458). Cam- corpushijde Glieken enin de moderne idge.\lass:Ilaryard UPtess;London: theoie. (Mededelingen der koninklijk William Heineman. akadetnie vanwetenschappers,Aid. [Also see: 26836.) Lettekuncle. 'ol. 36. no. I.) Amsterdam and ARISTOTLE, Bertman, Martin. The function of London: B. V. Noold. rational principle in Aristotle. The Thomist Karris, Robert J. The background and signifi- 37, 686-701. cance of the Pastoral Epistles. Pl. 92. 549-64. Cashdollar.Stanford.Aristotle'spoliticsof Schema used by Plato and other philos- morals. Journal of the History of Philosophy opherstoattacksophisticrhetoricians adopted by author of the Pastoral Epistles. II, 145.61. Includes analysts of relationship between the LainEntralgo, Pedro. The therapy of the word Rhetoric and the Politics. inclassical antiquity. Ed. and tr. by L. J. Rather and John M. Sharp. New Haven and Dufour.MildCric and Andre Wartelle,(eds., London: Yale U Press, 1970. Aristote.RhCtorique Tome Troisieme. (( :ollection des Universit6s de France publiCe Leff. Michael C. The Latin stylistic rhetorics of sons le patronage de l'Association Guillaume antiquity. SM 40, 273-79. Rude.) Paris: Les Belles Lettres Nleasll, James S. Classical bases of the concept Erlich. Howard S. The congruence of Aristotle's of analogy. JAFA 10, 1-10. Rhetoric and Poetics. SSCJ 38. 362-70. Peri,Gerhard.ROminisher humanistnusvor auspragung der Humanitas-Bergriffs. Philo: Fanthatu,Elaine.Ciccronianconciliareand Aristotelian ethos. Phoenix 27, 262-75. ogus 117. 49-65. Reardon, B. P. Courants litteraires grec des Ile Flynn. James R. Humanism and ideology: an etIlle sleeks apris J-C. (Annales Litteraires Aristotelianview.London:Routledge and de l'Universite de Nantes. 3). Paris: Les Belles Kegati Paul. Lettres, 1971. Grimaldi, William MA., S.J.Studiesinthe- Sussman, Lyle. Ancients and moderns on fear philosophy of Aristotle's Rhetoric (Hermes. andfearappeals:acomparativeanalysis. Einzelschriften. 25). Weisbaden: Franz Steiner CSSJ 24. 206-11. Verlag. 1972. Russell, D. A. and M. Wintcrbottom, trs. An- Kassel.Rudolf.Dertextderaristotclischen cient literary criticism: the principal texts in Rhetorik; plologomena zueiner kritischen new translations. Oxford: ClarendonPress, Ausgabe.(Peripatoi,Philologisch-historische 1972. Studien zum Aristotelismus,3).Berlin and Sprague.RosamundKent,ed Theolder New York: Walter de Gruyter, 1971. sophists: a complete translation by several Reidel, Manfred. See ILA.

80 78 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH CONIMUN1CATION

CICERO. Bringtnann,Klaus.Untersuchungen the Behavioral Sciences 9, 3.17. zum spawn Cicero.(Hypomnemata Unter- Includes analysis of the Phaedrus. suchungen zur Anitike and zu ihrc.t Nachle-Simon, Bennet. Plato and Freud, the mind in ben. /left. 29). Gattingen: Vandethoeck and conflict and the mind in dialogue. The Psy- Ruprecht, 1971. choanalytic Quarterly 42, 91.122. Fantham, Elaine. s.v. Aristotle. Weimer, 1Valter B. Psycholinguistics and Plato's Fredborg,KarinMargatetta.See11.8.s.v. paradoxes of the Meno. American Psycholo- Thierry of Chutes. gist 28. 15-33. Jocelsn.II D. Greek poetry in Cicero's proseIVeingartner, Rudolph. The unity of platonic writing. Yak Classical Studies 23, 61-112. dialogue. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. Monteleone, Von Ciro. Ciceto, Orator 7. Rhein:. PROTAGORAS. Simmons, George C.Prota- stiles Museum far Philo logic 116. 60-70. goras on education and society. Paedagogica McNally,J.Richard. Comments onrhetoric Historica 12 (1972) 518-37. and oratory in Cicelo's letters. CSSJ 39, 21.32. QU1NTILIAN, Alfonsi, L. Un rnotivo protret- [Also see: 26984] tico in Quintiliano: la natura spirituale dell' GORGIAS. Engnell, Richard A. Implications for uomo. Bollettino di Studi Latini 3, 14-17. communication of the rhetorical epistemology IVinterbottom, M. ed. M. Fabi Quintiliani In- of Gotgias of Leoutitti. WS 37. 171.8-1. stitutiones Oratoriac libri duodecina. Oxford: (SOCRATES. Pini, G. Appunti per una inter- Clarendon Press, 1970. ptetazionediIsocrateallaIncachilesui SALLUST. La Pentia, A. Una polemica di Sal- confessioni. Atene c Roma 18, 21-33. Instio contro oratoria contemporanea? Risista Sch latter,Frederic W. IsocratesAgainctthe di Hologia c di Istruzionc Classica 101, 88-91. Sophists 16. AJP 93, 591-97. SENECA TI1F. ELDER. Sussman, LA. The JEREMIAH. Brucggemann, WalterA.Jett.- elder Seneca's discussion of the decline of tniall's use of rhetorical questions. JIIL 92, Roman eloquence, in Thomas Rosenmeyer 3:18-74. mid AI bet t Tt as is. eds. California Studies in Weipert. Helga. Review ofF.. W. Nicholson, Classical Antiquity, 5. Los Angeles and Lon- Preaching to the Exiles: .4 Study of the Prose don: El California Press. Tradition in the Book of Jeremiah. Oxford: 1 M:1'11'S. kohnken. Adolf. 1)as Problem der Blackwell.1970. Gottingische Gelehrte An- Ironic bei 'radius. Museum Helveticum 30, teigett 225, 1-13. 32-50. LONGINUS. Hertz. Neil. Lecture de Longin.Leeman, A.D. Structure and meaning in the Poetique 15, 292.301. prologues of 1 acitus. Yale Classical Studies P1 .VI 0. Alderman. Harold. Dialectic as philo- 23, 169-208. sophical tare. Man and World 6, 2N1-220. Voss.11.R. Dc TacitiDialogi quadatn cum Porter. Kenneth. "I he Ion: Plato's characteriza- Protagora similitudine. Mnemosyne 26, 293-94. tion of art. JAAC :12, 65-78. TERTULLIAN. Sider,R.D. On symmetrical Elicit. Theodor. Plato's theory of recollection compositioninTertullian. The Journal of reconsidered: an interpretation of Mena 80a- Theological Studies 24, 405-23 86c. Man and World 6, 163-81 THUCVDIDES, IValcot, P. The funeral speech. f:ellev. William J. Rhetoric as seduction. P&R astudy ofvalues.Greece and Rome 20, 6. 69440. 111-20. Simon. Bennet. Models of mind and mentalThe speeches in Thucydides: acollectionof illness in Ancient GreeceII. The Platonic originalstudieswithbibliography, Chapel mode (section 2). Journal of the History of U North Carolina Press.

IL MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE A. GENERAL/THEORETICAL iantin(stirunByrerecent).Revue His- Baxandall,Michael. Giotto and theorators: torique 249, 397.406. humanist observers of painting in Italy and Dubios. Claude-Gilbert. Myths et language au the discovery of pictorial composition, 1350- seizemesitcle.(CollectionDucros,8).Bor- 1450. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1971. deaux: Ducros, 1970. Chancy, C. R. Law and letters in fourteenth- Garzya, ig.ntonio. Polemiche litterarie c retoriche century Durham: a study of Corpus Christi nell'eta dei Comneni. Atene e Roma 18, 34-49. College Cambridge. zns. 450. Bulletin of the Giacone, Roberto. Sul concetto di endclopedia John Rylands Library 55 (1972), 60.85. nel pensiero classico e mediaevale. RSC 21, I)argon, Gilbert. Le premiere humanisme by- 96-102.

81 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 79 11111, Sidney. Dictamen: that bastard of litera- Trout, John M. Preaching by the laity in the ture and law, CSSJ 24, 117-24. twelfthcentury.StudiesinMedieval Cul. Hunt. Terry.Reviewof James J.Murphy, cure 4, 92-108. MedievalRhetoric. A SelectBibliography. Trusdale, Marion. A possible renaissance view Studia Neophilologia 45. 405.10. of form. ELH 40, 179.204. Includes a valuable addendum to Murphy's Utley, Francis. The oral formula and its exten- bibliography. sions. Studies in Medieval Culture 4, 9-18. Kristeller. Paul Oskar. Renaissance concepts of Weinberg, Bernard, ed. Trattati di poeticae man and other essays. New York: Harper and retoricadeleinquecento,II.Bari:Latuza, Row, 1972. 1970. Lerner le. Paul. Le premiere humanisme Bran-Weinberg. Bernard, ed. Trattati di poctica e tin: notes et remarqucs sur nseignement ct retoricadelcinquecento,III.Bari:Latuza, culture a Byzance des originec au X" si&le. 1972. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. 1971.tVetherbee, Winthrop. Some twelfth century literary developments and the classical tra Miller. Joseph M., Michael Prosser and Thomas dition. Studies in Medieval Culture 4, 109-17. W. Benson, eds. Readings in medieval rhet- [Also see: 26997, 27020.] oric. Bloomington and London: Indiana U Press,Translation,(mostlyoriginal)from INDIVIDUAL THEOILLSTS thilty.six medieval rhetorical trcatiAcs. B. Mo lho, Anthony and John A. Tedeschi, eds. AELF RIC. Codden, M. R. The development of Renaissance studies in honor of Hans Baron. Aelfric's second series of Catholic Homilies. Deka lb,Ill.: Northern Illinois U Press, 1971. ES 54. 209.16. Hurt. James. Aelf.,c, New York: Twayne, 1972. Niemeyer. Karina.Latin Arts poetiques and Middleton, Anne. Aelfric's unanswerable style: medieval French literature, Studies in Medi- the rhetoric of alliterative prose. Studies in eval Culture 4, 147.51, Medieval Culture 4. 83-91. Ong. Walter J., S.J. See V.A. ALBERT THE GREAT. Washell, Richard F. Payan, JCh. Gentle ct finalit6s de la pens& Logic, language and Albert the Great. JHI allegorique au Moyen Age. Revue de Wta- 34, 445-5:,. physique et Morale 78, 466.79. Al.BERTI, LEON BATTISTA. Ponte, Giovanni. Pugliesi.Olga. Englishtranslations from the L'idealelitterario di Leon Batas:a Alberti. Italianhumanists: aninterpretativesurvey La RessegnadellaLitteratureItaliana 77, and bibliography. Italica 50. 408.34. 5-25. Reidel, Manfred. Aristotelismus und humanis- D'ANDELL HENRI. Ward. Margaret Charlotte. mus. Zeitschrift fur Philolophische Forschung Allegory as satire: a consideration of Henri 27. 367-76. D'Andelis !Wan des viiartsinrelation InfluenceofAristotleonthepolitical to the Psychomachia. RSC 21, 103-113. language of the renaissance humanists. ASCHAM. ROGER. Salamon, Linda Bradley. Rivero.Maria-Luisa. An :eccdents of contem- The Courtier and the Scholernaster. Com- porarylogicalandlinguisticanalysesin parative Literature 25, 17-36. scholastic logic. Foundations of Language 10,Salmon, Linda Bradley. The imagery of Roger 55.64. Ascham. Texas StudiesinLiterature and Rowe, J. G. and W. H. Stockdale. eds. Florile- Language 15, 5-24. glum historiale: essays presented to WallaceStrozier, Robert M. II. Theory and structure in K. Ferguson. Toronto and Buffalo:U of Roger Ascham's The Scholemaster. Neuphilo Toronto Press, 1971, logische Mitteilungen 74, 144.62, BACON, FRANCIS. Wallace, Karl R. Francis Schlosser, Horst Dieter. Historischer Text und Bacon and method: theory and practice. SM Kommunication:DasBeispielMinnesange. 40, 243-72. Zietschrift filr Literatunvissenschaft und Lin- BROMYARD, JOHN. Boyle, Leonard E.. O.P. guist& 40, 81-96. The date of the Summa praedicantitsm of Slatkine,MichaelE..ed.Grammariensct John Bromyard. Speculum 48, 533.37. theoriciens francais de la renaissance a fin de BRUNI. LEONARDO. Griffiths, Gordon. Leo- l'epoque classique(1521-1715). (Monumenta nardo Bruni and the restoration of the Uni- Gallicae Artis Poeticae et Grammaticae. Serie versity of Rome (1406). Renaissance Quarterly I). Geneva: Slatkine Reprints, 1971. 26, 1-10. Trompf, G. W. The concept of the Carolingian CASTIGLIONE. BALDASSARRE. See Salmon. Renaissance. JHI 34, 3-26. Linda Bradley, s.v. Ascham.

82 80 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECii CO:...s1UNICATION

DESCHAMPS, F.UTACI IE.Olson.Glending. PF.ACHAM. HENRY. Cawley, Robert Ralston. Deschamps' Art dedirtier andChaucer's Henry Peacham: His contribution to English literary environment. Speculum 44. 714-23. Poetry.University Park,Pa. and I.ondon: GOEFFREY DE VINSAUF. Gallo. Ernest. The Pennsylvania State U Press, 1971. Poetria nova anditssourcesinearly rhe- PICCOLNIINI. AENEAS SHAM'S. Hausmann. torical doctrine. (De proprietatibus litterarum, F.R. Enea Silvio Piccolomini "poeta" und die series major, 10). 'The Hague: Mouton. 1971. RezeptionderheidnischenAntikcn.Bib- GUARINI.BATTISTA.Pere lla,N.J.The liotheque d'Humanisme et Renaissance 34, autonomy poetryinBattistaGuarini's po- 441-63. lemical tracts. Forum Ita licum 7. 338-52. Head. Constance.Aeneas SilviusPiccolmini's Cliarini separates both rhetoric and poetics reflections on England, 1436-1458. The Catho- from ethics and politics. lic Historical Review 69, 16.38. HOBBES. THOMAS. Ray. James W. The place RAMUS, PETRUS. Parker, David L.Petrus of oratoryinthepoliticalphilosophy of Ramus andthePuritans:the"logic"of Thomas Hobbes. WS 37, 166-74. preparationistsconversiondoctrine.Early Hungerland. IsabelC. and George R. Vick. American Literature 8, 140-62. Hohbe's theory of signification. Journal ofROLI,E. RICHARD. Alford, John A. Biblical the History of Philosophy 11. 459-82. imitatiointhe writings of Richard Rolle. HOEST. STEPHAN. Baron.Frank.ed..tr. ELH 40, 1-23. Stephan Hoest Reden und Bride. Qnellen RONSARD, PIERRE DE. Gordon, Alex L. Ron - zur Geschichte der Scholastik and Human- sard et la rhetorique. (Travaux d'Humanisme ismus in15, Jahrhundert. Munich: Wilhelm et Itenaissance, 111). Geneva: Droz, 1970. Fink. 1971. SPENSER. EDMUND. Kennedy. Walter J. Rhet- Includes Hoest's Modus predicandi and his oric,allegoryanddramaticmodalityin introductiontotheAugustinian manu- Spencer's Fradubio episode. English Literary script. De ante predirandi. Renaissance 3. 351.68. IIONORIUS OF AUTUN. Vo lz. Carl, Honorius THIERRY OF CI ARTES. Frcdborg. Kahn of Antun: an assessment. Studies in Medieval Margaretta. The commentary of Thierry of Culture 4. 118-30. Chartes on Cicero's De inventione. University MARTIANUS CAPEI.LA. Stahl. WilliamH., de Copenhague Cahiers deL'Institutdu Richard Johnson. and E. L. Bulge. Matt Lulus MoyenAe.: Copenhagen, 1971. Capella and the seven liberalarts.1: TheVERGERIO. P. P. Roberg. David. P. P. Ver- quadrivium ofMartiantisCap...11awitha geriotheEle:Lr:republicanism andcivic study of the allegory and the verbalarts. values inthe work of an early humanist. (Columbia University Records of Civilization: Past and Present 58, 3-37. Sources andStudies,84). New York and VIVES. JUAN LUIS. Norcna, Carlos G. Juan Londen: Columbia U Press. 1971. LuisVives.InternationalArchivesofthe Willis. James A. Martianus Capella und die History of Ideas, 34. The Hague: Martinus mittelalterliche Schulbildung. Das Altertum Nyhoff, 1970 19. 164-73. [Also see: 26991.]

III. MODERN

A. GENERAL/THEORETICAL Fleming. B. Bemerkugen zur tiirkischen Prosa Angenot. Marc. Les traites dc Feloquence du vor der Tanzimatzeit. Der Islam 50. 157-67. in France corps. Semiotica 8, 60-82. Study of seventeenth France. Peter. Rhetoric and truth and eighteenth century French treatises on from Descartes to Diderot. Oxford: Clarendon, 1972. delivery. Fulcher. J. Rodney. Puritans and passions: the Berry,Christopher.Eighteenthcenturyap- faculty psychology in American Puritanism. proaches to the origin of metaphor. Neu- Journal of the History of Behavioral Sciences philolgische Mitteilungen 74. 690-713. 9, 123-39, Bevilacqua, Vincent. On the nature and scope Howell. Wilbur Samuel. The relatives of rhet- ofWilburS.Howell'seighteenth-century oric: an eighteenth century view. QJS 59. 213- logic and rhetoric. QJS 59, 215-16. 15. Dens, J-P. L'Art de laconversation au dix- Kligerman,Jack.'Dress'or'incarnation'of septiemesleek.LesLettresRomanes27, thought:nineteenth-century Americanatti- 215-24, tudes towards language and style. Proceedings

83 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 81

of the American Philosophical Society117. LA ROCHEFOUCALD. Culler. Jonathan. Para- 51.58. dox and thelanguageofmoralsinLa %Donald, Charles Osborne. The rhetoric of Rochefoucald. Modern Language Review. 28- tiagedy:form inStuarttragedy.Amherst, 39. Mass: U Massachusetts Press. LEIBNITZ, C. W. Kaulback,Fredrich.Das Compares Stuart tragedy to sophistic rhet- coprnicanische Prizip and die philosophische oric and dialectic. Sprache beiLeiniz.ZeitschriftfurPhilos°. Ong, Walter J., S.J. See IV.A. phische Forschung 27, 333.47. [Also see: 26988.] MILTON, JOHN. Bowers, A. Robin. Milton and Salmasius: the rhetorical imperatives. Philo- B. INDIVIDUAL THEORISTS logical Quarterly 52, 55-68. BAIN. ALEXANDER, Greenway, A.P. The in- Egan. James. Public truth and personal witness corporation of action into associationisna: the in Milton's last tracts. ELH 40, 231-48. pswhology of AlexanderBain. Journal of Rosenberg. D. M. Style and meaning in Milton's theHistory ofthe Behavioral Sciences9. anti- Episcopal tracts. Criticism 15. 43-57. 42.52. BAYI.F., PIERRE.. James, E.D. Pierre Bay le on NIETZCHE. FREDR1CH. Coth,Joachim. !Mid and 'evidence'. French Studies 27, 395- Nictzche lad die Rhetorik. (Untersuchungen zur deutchen Literatur-geschiecte, 5). Tubin- -10.1. BENTHAM. JEREMY. Letwite Shirley Robin. gen: Max Niemeyer, 1970. Justice.authorityand jurisprudence.His- REID, THOMAS. Kelley. William G. Thomas torical Journal 16, 411-19. Reid on common sense:metarationalap- Re% iew of the University of London edition proach to truth. SSCJ, 40-54. of Bentham's Principles of Legislation. ROUSSEAU. JEAN JACQUES. De Man, Paul. Ro.enblum, Nancy. Bentham's social psychology Theory of metaphor in Rousseau's Second tot legislators. Political Theory I. 171.85. Discourse. Studies in Romanticism 12. 475.98. CURRY, S. S. Grey, Paul H. The evolution ofTESAURO, EMANUELE, Proctor, Robert E. expression: S. S. Curry's debt to elocution. ST Emanuele Tesauro: a theory of conceit. MLN 22, 322.27. 88, 68-94. DRYDEN, JOHN. Miner. Earl. Revais,ance con texts of Dryden's criticism. Michigan Quar-WATTS, ISAAC. Gravless. G. Jack and James terly Review 1. 97.116. R arsine. Watt's dissenting rhetoric of prayer. EMMERSON, RALPH WALDO. Liebman, Shel- (.1JS 59. 463-73. don W. The origins of Emmerson's early IVINCKELNI NN. JOHANNES. Bacumer, Max poetics: his reading in the Scottish common I.. Winckelinatut's Formitlierung der klassichen sense critics. %merican Literature 45. 23.33. St !telltae Monatschefte 65. 61.76. HUME. DAVID. Carabelli, Giant:oh). Hume: a Ai pies that Winckelmann's aesthetic cate- la retotica dell' ideologia. Florence: La Nuota , oties are based on a contusion of classical ItaliaEditrice,1972. rhetorica: genres of style.

IV. CONTEMPORARY

A. GENERAL/THEORETICAL urests.Tr.J.J.Shapiro. London: Heine- Burke, Kenneth. Dramatism and development. mann. 1972. Barn, M.tss.: Clark U Press, 1972. Ilabermas, Jurgen. A postscript to Knowledge and Human Interests.Philosophyofthe Campbell, Paul. Poetic-rhetorical, philosophical Social Sciences 3. 157-89. and scientific discourse. PfkR 6. 1.29. Habermas, Jurgen. Theory and practice. Tr. Douglas. Donald, ed. Philosophers on rhetoric: John Viertel. Boston: Beacon Press. traditional and emerging views. Skokie, Ill.: National Textbook Co. Jam':.son. Kathleen M. Generic constraints and Dubois. J..F. Edeline, J. M. Klinkenberg, F. the rhetorical situation. MI: 6, 162-70. Pire. and H. Trinon. Rhetorique Onftale. Kellog, Robert. Oral literature. New Literary Paris: Larousse, 1970. History 5, 55-66. Eng, Erling. The significance of the rhetorical Kloepfer, Rolf. Anregungen auf dens Weg zum traditionfor self-understanding of psycho- Unterrichtsfach verbale Kummunikation. Zeit- therapy. The Human Context 1 569-600. schriftfurLiteraturwissenschaft and Lin- Habermas, Jurgen. Knowledge and human in- guistik 9/10, 156-80.

84 82 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Kupperschmidt,Josef."Kritst he Rhetorik" Conklin. Forrest. A bibliography of argumenta- statt, "Moderner wissenschaftlicher Rhetorik". tion and debate for 1971. JAFA 9, 426-49. Sprache im Technischcn Zeitalter 45, 18-58. Dribble, Vernon with the assistance of Berton Kopperschmidt.Josef.AllgemeineRhetorik. Pcrkowsky. What is and ought to be:a corn- Stuttgart: Kolhammer. patison of certain tharattetistics of ideological Macksoud, S. John. Other illusions:inquiries and legal styles of thought. AJS 79, 511-49. toward a rhetorical theory. Printed by the Fair. Frank. The fallacy of mano questions: Author. or how to stop beating your wife. SJPh 4. 89-92. Mount. Ferdinand. The recowry ofcivility. Freeman. Eugene. Objectivity as "intersubjcc- Encounter 61, 31-43. the agreement". The Monist 57, 168-75. Includes historical survey of the notion of civil discourse. Hardwig, John. The achievement of moral Intishaw, Joe A. The structure of history: di- rationality. P&R 6, 171-85. viding phenomena for rhetorical understand-Hartshorne,Charles.Creativity andthede- ing. CSSJ 24. 29.42. ductive logic of causality. The Reviewof Ong, Walter J., S.J. Rhetoric, romance and tech- Metaphysics 27, 62-74. nology:studiesintheinteractionofe..- Hiz, Henry. On the rules ofconsequence for a plession and culture.Ithaca and London: natural language. The Monist 57. 312-27. Cornell U Press. 1971. Jamieson. Kathleen M. Natural law as warrant. Powck. J. G. A. Verbalizing apoliticalact: P&R 6. 235-46. tottards a politits of speech. Political TheoryJohnstone, Henry W. Rationality and rhetoric 1, 27-45. in philosophy. QJS 59, 381-89. Rosenfield. Lawrence W. Politics and Pornog- Kasher, Ma. Logical forms raphy. nIS 59. 413-22. incontext:presuppositions and other preconditions. The Saareid, Jay. The impermanent and unbeauti Monist 57, 371-95. fol rhetoric. CCC 24. 31-35. Scott, Robert L. On not defining rhetoric. P&R Lee, DonaldS. Assumption-seeking as hypo. 6. 81-96. thetical inference. P&R 6, 131-. Locke.Don. Just whatis Smith. Dennis R.. and Lawrence Kearney.Or- wrong withthe ganismic concepts in the unification of rhet- argument from analogy? Australasian Journal oric and comunication. QJS 59. 30.39. of Philosophy 51, 153-56. Sussman. Lyle. Sec I.A. Mall. Rad Adhar. Argumentation als Destruck- Trent, Jimmie D., Judith S. Trent and Daniel tionvonIdeologie.ZeitschriftfurPhilos- O'Neill.eds.Conceptsincommunication. ophische Forschung 27, 126-36. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. MacItityre. A. The essentialcontestability of Reprnits c.:says in rhetorical and «)minnni- some social concepts. Ethics 84. 1-9. cation theory. McKeon, Richard. Creativity and thecommon- Vat,.Richard. The myth of therhetorical place. P&R 6, 199-210. situation. P&R 6, 162-70. Merman, Michael. The use of precedent in Winterowd, W. Ross. Bitzer and Black's The natural conversation. Semiotica 9. 193-218. Prospect of Rhetoric. P8ck 6, 47-58. 1:.-ms.A. Benjamin A.. Ian F.11. Lloyd. and Negative review of the Prospect of Rhetoric Nigel G. Waterson. The variable of wit in that denies the value of theoretical specula- Anglo-Saxon argumentation. QJS 59, 474-6. tion by rhetoricians. Rivera, Maria-Luisa. See ILA. [Also see: 26967, 26983', 26990, 27003. 27013. Shepard. David. Stipulated definitions and ele. 27017. 27040, 27047. 27052, 26858.] mentary logic. CSSJ 24, 131-36. Sillars, Malcolm 0. Audiences, sodal values and B. Lowe AND ARGUMENTATION the analysis of argument. ST 22, 291-303. Armstro tg, D. M. Belief, truth and knowledge. Solomon, Robert C. Emotions and choice. The C:amb-'.1ge: Cambridge University Press. Review of Metaphysics 27, 20-41. Atkinson,Gary.Rationalityandinduction. Taplin, John E. and Herman Staudenmayer. SJPH 4, 93-100. Interpretationof abstractconditionalsen- Becker, Lawrence. On justifying moral judg- tencesindeductivereasoning. Journal of ments. London: Routledge & Regan PLul. Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior12. Brodsky. Garry M. Peirce on truth, reality and 530-42. inquiry. The Monist 57, 220--37. Wiredu, J.E. Deducibility andinferability. Care. Norman. On fixing sodal concepts. Ethic Mind 82, 31-55. 84, 10-21. [Also see: 26451*, 269770, 27048.]

85 441.10GRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 83

C. LANGL'AGE/S /SemANTres Coulter,Jeff. Language and conceptualization of meaning. Sociology 7, 173-90. :tat ts. E.(t.A.M. Towards a semantic description Crowley. Sharon. The semantics of sexism. ETC of English. ES 5.1, 347-57. Abraham. Werner. and Kurt Branmiller. To- 30, 407-11. winds a theory of style and metaphor. Poetics D'Angelo, Frank J. Imitation and style. CCC 24, 7,103-47. 283-90. Ames, Sanford Scribner. Structuralism, language Deetz, Stanley. Au understanding of science and and literature. JAAC 32, 89-94. a hermeneutic science of understanding.JC Andrew. I. Dutllet, and Gerald I.. Bums. Struc- 23, 139-59. turalism, narrative analysis and the theory of de Man, Paul. Semiology and rhetoric. Diacritics texts: a checklist. MMLA 6, 121-27. 3. 27-33. Anshn, Ruth Nanda. The nature of creativity:Desroth,Henri.Sociologiesreligicuseset language and the art of communication. Texas discourse francophone:colloque d'Albiez -le- quarterly 16. 514-70. Vicux. Archives de Sciences Sociales 18, 113- Bailey, Richard, et. al. Annual bibliography for 38. 1971. Style 7, 74-118. De Vito, Joseph, ed. Language: concepts and EnglewoodCliffs,N.J.:Prentice hattin%. NINtholmit.s. Tr. Annette I.a- processes. t ern. New York: Hill and Wang, 1972. Hall. Includes the essay "Myth Today", an an-Dixon, John W. The metaphoric transforma- alvsis of myth from a setniological point of tion, an essay on the physiology of the imagin- tin -w ation. Sociological Analysis 34, 56-74. Bartowynski. Ka7imier7. Das Problem der liter- Eco, Umberto.Einfilhrungindie Semiotik. arischen Kommunikation in narrative Wcrken. Munich: Wilhelm Fink, 1972. Sprache im Technischen 7.eitalter 47. 202-24. Eco. Umberto. Semantique dela metaphore. Benn "t.Jonathan.Themeaning-nominalist Tel Quel 55, 25-46. strategy. Foundations of Language 10, 141-68. Esper, Erwin A. Analogy and associationin Bernstein, Basil, ed. Class, codes ind control: linguistics and psychology. Athens, Ca.: U appliedstudies towards asociology of Georgia Press. language. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Freundlich. Dieter and Klaus Mullner. Literatur Bianci. Eugene C. A holistic and dynamic de- tool Semantik. Poetics 8, 97-108. ,...-lopmentofdoctrinalsymbols.Anglican Review article. Theolc.zical Review 55. 148-58. literary Itforton. The study of language. (.root.(;e:-ard.Elementstowarda Bloomfield, atudxsis. Poetics 8. 31-62. Daedalus In 5-13. (,ill.1eiry11.Linguistic phenomonology. In- Bok. Samuel IThe au of awareness: a text- ternational Philosophical Quarterly 13. 535-50. book in general semantics and epistemics. 2nd (.lean,EdmundS. The symbolicfunction, ed. Dubutpe. Iowa: William C. Brown. I)31.ti( ularly in language Semiotica R. 97.131. Bolinger. Dwighl. Truth Zs a linguistic question. (.0trin. James. An evolutionary analysis and Language 49 539-50. theoretical account of dm discontinuous nature Bracken.Henry.Minds andlearning,the Chomskian revolution. Metachilosophy 4, 229 - of human speech. JC 23, 169-88. Grt intas, A.-J. Un prohlane de se miotique nar- 45. rative: les objets de valeur. languages 8, 13- Brander, Martin. Die Entsteluing tier formalen Semantik. Fr&iburger ZeitschriftfiirPhilos- 34. Crimshaw, Allen D. On language insociety: ophic and Theologie 20, 67, 167. Br. dy, Frank. Joan Palmer. and Martin PI it part I. Contemporary Society 2. 575-84. Grunert Horst and Hans Otto Spillman. Sprach- eds. See N.E. Brown, William R. A function of metaphor in kiinnen-Sprachwissen-Sprachbewusstein: Ober- legungen zur Problematik der Lernzielfindung poetry. ST 22, 32-37. C.arnpbell. Paul Newell. A rhetorical view of fiir den Sprachuntericht. MI. 40. 129-50. 'petitionary. illocutionary -tnd perlocutionary Urges greater attention to communication functions in the study language. acts. QJS 59, 284-96. Chanelis, Sol and Jerome Snyder. That per- Halloran,Stephen M.Lange ageandthe sistent cosmetic rhetoric. New York: Gross- absurd. PRcR 6, 97-108, man, 1972. Hartman,Wilfried.Das Frach Sprache auf Charles, Michel. Le discours des figures. Poe- semantischerGrundlage, Sechs Thesen zu tique 15, 310-64. seiner Zielsetzung. Wirkendes Wort 23, 219- Coquet, J.-C. Semiotiques. Languages 8, 3-11. 227.

8 81 81111.10GR NNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Hiatt. Mary P. The prevalence of paallelism: thetik au( der Grundlage der Prager Sauk- a preliminaryinvestigationlacontinu'. tnialismus. Wirkendes %Volt 23. 319-78. Language and Style 6. 117-26. McShane.Philip, ed.Language.truthanti Homer, Regina M. Prose rlic thin: a them v of meaning. Dublin: Gill and Macmillan. 1972. plopoitional distribution. (:( C 21, 36671. Mellott. Christian.l.aparabole: mannire de Hudson, LT. Oralinterpretation as meta niumire d'entendre. Recherches de photical expression. S'1 22, 27-31. science Religionse 61. 49.64. II nu kings, G. Discourse in, ontext :a stylistic Moulton. William C. The nature of language. analysis. I.ingtta 32. 83-94. Daedalus 102, 17-36. Jameson, Fredric. The prison-house of language. \attic/. J.J. Quelques problimes de lasetniol- ;'..inceton, N.J.: Princeton I' Press. 1972. ogie fonctionelle. Semiotica 9. 157-90. Jt!' rs.Anders. The studyofreligiouslan- Needham. Rodney. Belief, language and ex- guage. London: SCM Press, 1972. petietice. Chicago: U Chicago Press. Kaemmt-rling. HansEkkehart. Aspeckteenter Oliver. G. Benjamin. Underlyingrealitiesof smiorischen Rhetorik and stilistik. Sprah language. The Monist 57, 408-429. kunst 4, 189-201. ()'Roltke, Terrence J., ed. Psycholinguistics and Keenan. Edward L. Logic and language. Daeda- total communication: the stateof the art. lus 102, 185.94 Washington: American Annals of the Deaf. I:ilu di..ttga Ss titionymie et antithese. Poe- 1972. tique1.1. 307.12. (honer. Sherry B. On key symbols. AA 75. 1338- Kipp. DacidMetaphot, truth and Mew on 46. Elliot. The British Jou-nal of Aesthetics 13, 30 Parret, Herman. Expression et articulation: une 40. confrontation des points de Yin: husserleinct Kirshenblatt-Gimblett. Barbara. Toward a the- salcssurien concernantlalangue etledis- m% of proeib meaning Proverbium 22, 821- cours. Revue Philosophique de Louvain 71, 27. 72-113. Klantmer. Triuntas P. Foundations for athe- Philintis, Robert M. The language of utopia. ory of dialogue structure. Poetics 9. 27-64. Studies in the Literary Imagination 6. 61-78. K riste% . Julia.Lati-volutiondulanguage Pontio. Augusto. Grammaire transformationelle poc,tique. Tel Quel 56, 36-59. et ideologie politique. L'Homme et la Socien4., Ladrir, Jean. language and belief. Dublin: 28. 93-112. Gill and Macmillan, 1972. Por.Peter. Kuntswerk, Stil. Semiotik. Sprach Landesman,Charles.Discourse anditspre- kunst 4, 177-88. suppositions. New Haven. Conn.:Yale U Prentice,Robert O.F.M. The linguislic and P..ess1972. %Ale structure of irony. Antonianum 48, 234 Leone,Shirley.Associational-metaphoricalac- 47. tivity: another view of language and mind. Ray.Benjamin. "Performative utterances"in .1A 75. 1276-81. African rituals. History of Religions 13. 16-35. LiecIlich. Raymond D.,ed. Coming to terms Rasmussen, David M.. ed. Cultural hermeneu- withlanguage:ananthology. New York: tics. Dodrecht: D. Reidel. John Wiley and Sons. Ruesch, Jurgen. Semiotic approaches to human Luujlifeld. Jacqueline. Mfectie setts a (1-II relations. The Hague: Mouton, 1972. syntactic structure of speech. Semiotica 8, 368. Salper.Donald. Some rhetoricalandpoetic 76. ciossroads in the interpretation of literature. Laewenberg Ina. Truth and consequences of WS 37, 241-52. metaphor. PRcIt. 6. 30-46. Salt's. Peter, ed. Panin; to Postal. a bibliography MacKinnc.n,Edward. Language,speech and in the history of Laguistics. (Linguistic Bib - speech acts. Philosophy and Phenomenological lio'raphy Studies, 2). Edmonton, Alberta and Research 34, 224-38. Champaign,Ill.:LinguisticResearch,Inc., Magiola.Robert.Parisiaastructuralismcon- 1971. fronts phenomonology: the ongoing debate. Samson,Geoffrey. The concept of 'semantic Language and Style 6, 237-48. representation.' Semiotica 7, 97-134. Mancas, Mihaela. Sur la metonymic et la meta- Schmidt, Siegfried J. On the foundation and phore. Revue ROumaine de Linguistique 18, the research strategies of a science of literary 439-44. communication. Poetics 7 7-35. Martens, Gunter. Textstrukturen aus rezeption- Sc'-rniologie et ideologic. Sociologic et Societes 5, asthetischer Sicht: Perspektiven einer Textas- 3-130.

8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 8F

Includes the following articles:Christai tie Stierle,Kaulheint. Semoitik alsKulturwissen- Tremhla v Querido, Introduction: vers tine schaft.ZeitschriftfiirFrantosische Sprache silent, des systemes spilholiques? Jean Mo- mid Literatur 83, 99-128. line. Critique smiologique de Fideologie. Villiain C. Semiotics and human sign Eliseo Vernon, Rem:mines stet Ildeologique language. The Hague: Mouton. 1972. comme production desetts.Jean-Jacques Stitiever. Nano S. The study of language and Nattier. Problmes semiologiques (lcran- the study ofhistory. Journal of Interdisci- .11%s des ideologies. Flancnis Perahli. Pour plinary History 4. 401-16. naduire: traduction-transconnotation. Pier- Sus, ()lg. On the origin of the Czech semantics reBoudon. QuelquAs reflexions sur une of art. Semiotica 9, 117-39. ilistemologie de la semiotique. Tevsseire. Daniel. Mort des mots: mots de mort. Sociologicalanalysis of thereligiousspec' h. Critique 29, 1038-45. Social Compass 20, 355-5114. 'nett.John.Emotionalobjectandcriteria. Includesthefollowingarticles:JeanL. CJP!) 3, 213-24. Dimwits, Linguistique. analyse du discouri, theories des signes. Andre Rousseau-Felice Ullman,Stephen.Meaning andstyle. New Dassetto,Discoursreligieuxet metamor- York: Barnes and Noble. phose des practiques sociales. Etienne Van N'ollmer,HaroldF.language, behavior and Billoen, Le modele d'autorite clanl'eglisc. progress. ETC 30, 357-63. Michel Legrand-Pierre Meyers, Analyse so-Volosinov, V.N. Marxism and the philosophy of ( olinguistique comparative de deux docu- language. New York: Seminar Press. ments pontificaux. Paul Baers. Le legitima- Wares, Robert X. Our knowledge and our tion concurrente de Canada. Analyse so- language. CJPh 3, 153-68. ciologique d'une pratique semintique. Marc Warner, Martin. Black's metapirsrs. The British Mormont-Catherine Nfougenot-Danielle Ru- Journal of Aesthetics 13, 367-72. quoy,Universmentaletstrategicdes Watson, Karen Ann. A rhetorical and socio- eveques:ladeclarationepiscopalebeige linguistic model for the analysis of narrative. surl'avortement.FeliceDassetto-Andre AA 75, 243-64. Rousseau.Pratiques significances etsod- Weimer, Walker, See I.B. s.v. Plato. ologie: en guise de conclusion. Shibles. Warren A. Metaphor: an annotated bib- Werhner. Richard P. The superabundance of liography and history. Whitewater, Wit.. The understanding: halanga rhetoric and domestic Language Preu, 1971. divination. AA 75. 414-40. Williams, William J. Epistemics: a new process. Simeons, Yves. Linguistique saussur -te et the- ETC 30, 91-6. ologie. Recherches de Science Religieuse 61.Winner. Thomas G. The aesthetics and poetics 7-22. of the Prague linguistic circle. Poetics 8, 77-96. Sloan, Thomas. On showing what literature does (rather than telling what it says). QJS 59, 477- Zuber, R. Quelques problemes de logique et 79. langage. Langages 8, 3-19. Review of Stanley E. Fish. Self-Consuming [Also see: 26970, 27039, 27051, 26896, 26574.] Artifacts: The Experience of Seventeenth Century Literature. Berkeley and Los An- D. COMMUNICATION THEORY geles: U California Press, 1972. Abbey. Merrill R. Communication in pulpit and Sowinski, Bernhard. Psychologie der Sprach (Jeer parrish. Philadelphia: The Westminister Press. der Sprechens. Zu neuen Sachem der Sprach-Axelrod, Robert. Schema theory: an information psychologie Wirkendes Wort 23. 427-32. processing model of perception and cognition. Review article. American Political Science Review 67, 1248- Spith. Ute. Parallismus. Semantish-syntatische 66. Untersuchungen an motivverwandter Dich- Bobrow, Davis B. Mass communia,,tion and the tung. Wirkyndes Wort 23. 12-25. politicalsystem.Public Opinion Quarterly Stelzner, Herman G. and Edward Murphy. Cor- 37, 551-68. porate prose: figures and finances. ETC 30.Braten, Stein. Model monopoly and communi- 365-73. cation: systems theoretical notes on democrati- Stevens, Walt. A proposal for non-linear dispo- zation. Acta Sociologica 16, 98-107. sition. WS 37, 118-28. FJcige, Ian. Consensus hypothesis and conflict Stewart, Donald. Metaphor, truth and definition. of interest: an attempt at theory integration. JAAC 32, 205-18. British Journal of Political Science 3, 73-98.

8-8 81111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Cegala, Donald J.,Robert J.Kibler. Object Hoggart, Richard. On culture and communica- importanceandcommitmenttoposition: tion. Oxford: Oxford U Press. predictors of attitude position. CSSJ 24, 108- Huber. Joan. Symbolic interaction as a prag- 16. maticperspective:thebiasofemergent Cobb, Roger W. The belief-system perspective: theory. American Sociol gical Review 38. 274- an assessment of a framework. Journal of 8;1. Politics 35, 121-53. Ila,do. Joseph A. Ambiguity tolerance and dis- Cobb. Roger, and Charles B. Elder. The political ordered communication: therapeutic aspects. uses of symbolism. American Politics Quar- JC 23. 371-91. terly 1, 305-38. Jackson. John E. Intensities. preferences and Cox. J. W. Roxhee. The appeal to public in- electoral politics. Social Science Research 2, terest. British Journal of Political Science 3, 231-46. 229.42. Jamie. Fred E.. ed. Conflict resolution through Druc kman, Daniel and Kathleen Zuchmeister. communication. New York: Harper and Row. Conflict of interest and value dissensus: pro- Kidd. P. and F. Denig. Ober die Bedeutung positions on the sociology of conflict. Human der Improvision bei einer sokratischen meth- Relations 26, 449-66. ode der persuasion. Psychologische Beitrage Minute, A. Gordon. Communication systems and 15, 3321-31. national industrial organization. International Klaus.Georg.Sprachederpolitik.Berlin: Journal of Comparative sociology 14, 1-18. Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaft. 1971. Deetr. Stanley. Words without things: towardKleiven. J. Verbal communications and inten- a social phenomonology of Lnguage. (VS 59, sity of delivery. Scandanavian Journal of Psy- .10.51. chology 14, 111-13. Duncan. Starkey. Toward a grammar for dyadicKnapp. Mark L.. Roderick P. Hart. Gustav W. conversation. Semiotica 9. 29-46. Friedrich, and Gary M. Shulman. The rhet- Edelman, Murray. Politics as symbolic action: oric of goodbye: verbal and nonverbal cor- mass arousal and quiescence. Chicago: Mark- relates of human leavetaking. SM 40 :62-98. ham Publishing Co., 1971. Lantella. Lelio. La lotta delle parole. Appunti Eiser.J.Richard and Reena Bhavani. Com- su una campagna elettoraleIIPolitico 38, munication accuracy as a function of infor- 33.72 and 244-79. mation about the communicator. European Analysis of speeches in1972 Italian elec- Journal of Social Psychology 3. 73-82. tion based on dialectical categories of lan- Fisher. Harwood. Logic and Innguage in de- guage usage. fenses. Journal for the Theory of Social Be- Larson, Mary Srom. Some problems indis- havior 3, 157-214. sonance theory research. CSSJ 24, 183-88. French, Y. Kinesics in communication. Language Leibinger, Otto. Designs of persuasive communi- Sciences 28, 13-16. cation. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall, Goss, Blaine and Lee William. The effect of 1972. equivocation on perceived so -ace credibility. I.in. Nan. The study of human communication. CSSJ 24. 162-67. Iddianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. Gross. Alan E.. Barbara S. Rimer. and Barry Marler, Peter. Learning, genetics and communi- E. Collins. Audience reaction as a determin- cation. Social Research 40, 293-311. ant of the speaker's self-persuasion. Jour* 11 of Aviancommunicationstudies andtheir Experimental Social Psychology 9, 246 -A. implications for human communication. Habermas, Juris.n. What does acrisis mean McLuhan.Marshall. andBarrio :tonNvitt. today? Legitimation problems in late capital- The aecument: causality in the electric world. ism. Social Research 40, 643-67. Technology and Culture 14, 1-18. Hahn. RobertA.Understanding beliefs:an Followed by comments by Joseph Owens essay on the methodology of the statement and Frederick Wilhelmsen. and analysis of the belief systems. Current McSweeney, Bill. Meaning, context and situa- Anthropology 14, 207-24. tion. European Journal of Sociology 14. 137- Harms,L.S.InterculturalCommunication. 53. New York: Harper and Row. Miller. Gerald R., and Michael Burgoon. New Hawes, Leonard C. Elements of a model for techniques of persuasion. New York: Harper communication process. QJS 59 11-21. atri Row. Hawes, Leonard C. and David H. Smith. AMiller, N., and R. S. Baron. On measuring critique of assumptions underlying the study counter-arguing. journal for the Theory of of communication in conflict. QJS 59, 423-35. Social Behavior 3, 101-18.

89 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 87 Mit( hell. C. R. Conflict resolution and coil- Weiss, Hans-Jurgen. Zwisehcn Sachargumenta- tiolle 1 communication. Journal of Peace Re- tion und Selbstdarstellung. EineInitaltsar.- st-arch 10, 123-32. alyse von FernsehdiskussioninBundegstag- +itc.Peter R. Theory construction in the sahl Kampf 1972. Publizistik 18. 364-78. smithof communication:the system para- Content analysis of thetelevised debates digm. le: 23, 5-16. in Bunde tag election indicating differences tensn.C.David. ed.Basic readings in between personality and issue in the dis- «mitotic:num theory. New Yea: 11-rper and courses. Row. Wertz. Marjorie. Scheflen's "context analysis": NocIle-Neumann, Elizabeth. Kumu:ation, communication as process. WS 37, 233-40. sonanz und Offentlichkeitseffekt. Ein neuer Westley. Bruce. Darnell reconceptualized. JC 23, Ansar, int- analyse der Werkung der Sfassn- 187-94. media. Publizistik '8, 26.55. Wilden, Anthony. System and structure: essays Nwanko, Robert L. Communication as sym- in communication. London: Tavistock Publi- bolic interaction. JC 23, 195-216. cation, 1972. Met sc hall, Anthony. Social conflicts and social Williams. Kenneth R. Reflections on a human movements. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice science of communication. JC 23, 239-50. Hall. Wilson, Allan, Lorne K. Rosenblood, and Peter Perlmutter. Jane. and James M. Royer. Organi- Oliver. Congruity theory and linear models zation of prose materials:stimulus, storage of attitude change. Canadian Journal of Be- and retrival. Canadian Journal of Psychology havioral Science 5, 399-409. 27, 200-09. Wisdom, J. 0. The phenomenological approach Reid. Robert 0. Introductory concepts in com- to the sociology of knowledge. Philosophy of munication process. Toronto: Berkeley Studio. the Social Sciences 3, 257-66. Ruesch, Jurgen. See IV.C. Review of F. Berger and T. Luckman. The Manfred. Politik und offentliche Kom- Social Construction of Reality.New York: munikation. Auf den Wege zu enter Theorie Doubleday, 1966. and B. Holzner.Reality der Kommunikationspolitik. Publizistik 18, 5 ConstructioninSociety.Cambridge, Mass.: 25. Schenkman, 1968. Sanders, Robert E. The question of a para- Tillman.D., and J. R. Cantor. Induction of digm for speech-using behavior. QJS 59, 1-10. curiosity via rhetorical questions and its ef- Scher, Jordan M. Policom:the dialogue be- fects on the learning of factual materials. tweenpolitical communication and events. The British Journal of Education Psychology ETC 30, 265-73. 43, 172-80. Schrag, Francis. Learning and the expression [Also see: 26974, 26984, 27014, 27023, 27027, of emotion. Studies in Philosophy and Edu- 27031, 27038, 26580.] cation 8, 30-52. Schramm, Wilbur. Men, messages and media: E. THEORY OP CRITICISM a look at human communication. New York: Harper and Row. Anderson. Robert 0. The characterization model Small. Melvin. Some suggestions from the be- forrhetoricalcriticismofpoliticalimage havioralsciencesforhistoriansinterested campaigns. WS 37, 75-86. in the study of attitudes. Societas 3, 1-20. Andrew, J. Dudley. The structuralist study of Spencer. Martin E. What is charisma? British narrative:its history use and limits. MMLA Journal of Sociology 24, 341-54. 6, 45.61. Andrews, James R. A choice of worlds: the prac- Totman. Richard. An approachtocognitive dissonance theory in terms of ordinary lan- tice and criticism of public discourse. New York: Harper and Row. guage.Journalforthe Theory ofSocial Behavior 3. 215-38. Bcronzi. Bernard. Critical situations: from the Tschumi, R. Cultural communication and trans- fifties to the seventies. The Critical Quarterly mission. Revue des Langues Vivantes 39, 145- 15, 59-73. 51. Bock, Douglas G. Axiology and rhetorical criti- Uambeselare, N. Attitude change and frequency cism: some dimensions of the critical judg- of presentation. Psychologica Beligica 13, 69- ment. WS 57, 87-96. 88. Brady, Frank, John Palmer, and Martin Price, Washell, Richard F. Toward an ecology of com- eds.Literarytheoryandstructure.New municative forms. P&R 6, 109-18. Haven: Yale U Preis.

9© 88 81111 l(X,R 1PIIIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMNIUNICA*I ION

Bryant. DonaldC. Rhetoricaldimensionsin F. INDIVIDUAL THEORISTS criticism.Baton Rouge: Louisiana State U BITZER. LLOYD.Jamieson. Kathleen M. See Press. 'V.A. Burgess. Parke C. Crisis rhetoric: coercionvs. savaieid. Jay. See IV.A. font. `JS 59, 61-73. %att. Richard. See IV.A. C handler. Daniel Ross. Pititestaut pit-aching and thelilu tradition. TS 21. 30-4. MAX BLACK. Warner, Martin.Sec IV.C. Chislim.fames V. Callum-%inconflict:a BURKE. KENNETH. Burke. Kenneth. See IV.A. genetic awl axiological ,,;(.1. Ts 21. 11.20 Jand Harold Nichols. '111c Chsbro, James W. and liamslier. interest value of rhetorical strategies derised Rhetorical criticism: a message centered pro- from Kenneth Burke's pentad WS 37. 97-102. cedure. ST 22. 282-90. Turner. Linda M. On first reading Burke's ". Fie.enio. Structural:cm: the aftermath. Rlietolic of Motives." CC(: 24. 22-30. Sub-Stance 7. 9.26. Watson. Karen N See IV.C. Forster. Peter and Celia Kenneford. Sociological [Also See: 26964.] at-d the sociology of literature. British CASSIRER F.RNST. Carni LouisErnst Cas- Journal of Sociolop,./ 24, 355-64. siter's psychology: a unification of perception Contliar. Ruth and Doi F. Hahn. Rhetorical and language. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 9. 148.51. bingmoliv:amethodologyforthecititen critic. ST 22. 8-13. Rosenstein. Leon. Some metaphysical problems Gross.David. On writingculturalcriticism. of Cassirres symbolic forms. Man and Vorld Telos 16. 38-60. 6. 304-21. Iletidiix. ferry and James A. Wood. The rhet- ClIONISKY NOAH. Bracken, Henry. See IV.C. oricoffilm:towardcriticalmethodology. Voss. Josef. Noam Chomsky etla linguistique SSCJ 39, 105-22. cartesienne.Revue Philosophiqu de Louvain 71. 512-38. unsaker.Da. idM..andCraigR.Smith. Rhetorical distance a critical dimension. 'WS HistoricalcontextofChomskv's theory. role 37. 24152 Smith. Janice M. Erik M. Erikson's sex tholies:arhetoric of hierarchial mystifica- Lentri«hia. Frank Robert Frost: the aesthetics tion. TS 21, 27-32. of spice and the theory of poetry. Criticism FREUD. SIGMUND. Simon. Bennet. See I.A. 15,28-42. s.v.Plato. Mohrm:am, G. P., Charles J. Stewart, and Don- ovanJ. Ochsed.. Exolorat+ons inrhetclec:.' FRIT.. NORTHRUP. Denham.Richard D. criticism. University Park and London: Penn- Northrup Frye and rhetoricalcriticism. sylvania State U Press. Xavier University Studies 11, 1-12. Moron-Nrrovo. C. System, influence and per - FUKUZAWA. YUKICHI. Okabe, Roichi. Yuki- spective: three words in search of a defin:tion. chi Fukuzawa: a promulgator of western rhet- Diacritics 39-18. oric in Japan.(es 59, 186-95. Review ofClaudio Cullen.Literature asGADA'.fER HANS. Fruchon. Pierre. Hermtn- system: essays toward the themof literal, critique language et ontologie: un discern- history. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton U ment du platonismechezH-G Gadamer. 1971. Archives de Philosophic 36, 529-68. Morris,Wesley. History. presence and the limits HABERMAS, JURGEN. Habermas Jurgen. See of genre criticism. MMLA 6, 58 -56. IV.A. andIV. B. Olsen. Stein Haligom. Authorial intention. The Bar-Hillel. Y. On Habermas' hermeneutic phi- British Journal of Aesthetics 13. 216-31. losph, of language. Syntheses26, 1-12. Pratt, Annis Archetypical approaches tothe McCart y. T.A. A theory of communicative new feminist criticism. Bucknell Review 21, competence. Philosophy of the Social Sdences 3-14. 3, 135 -:,2. Salper. Donald. See IV.C. HEIDEGGER, MARTIN. Sallis. John. Towards Silverman. Stuart. Knowledgeand acceptance, and the experience of literature. The British the showing of language. SJPh 4, 75-84. Journal of Aesthetics 13. 343-50. McKEON, RICHARD. Hauser, Gerard A., and Zuniga, J.A. Critical analysis and its subject Donald P. Cushman. McKeon's philosophy matter. JAAC 32, 229-38. of communication; the architectonic and in- [Alsosee:26969, 26972, 269730, 26977, 26982, terdisciplinary arts. P&R 6, 211-34. 26989. 26995, 27045, 26875.] McKeon, Richard. See IV.B. 91 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 89

MONTESSORI, MARIA. Stein, Dash/ A. Maria I RIIAN, W. M. Shibles, Warren A. Analysis Montessori on speech education. ST 22, 208- ofmetaphor inlight of W. M. Urban's theories. The Haugc: Mouton, 1971. POWYS, JOHN COWPER. Van Kitt.. Harold WEAVER. RICHARD. Cushman, DonaldP., A. Powys on speakinginpublic. gls 59, anti Gerard A.Ilauser. l'eaver's rhetorical 217-8. thems: axiology and the adjustment of belief, RICHARDS.I.A.Brower,Reuben,Helen Vendler. and JohnHollander.eds. 1. A. insention and judgment. (US 59, 31929. Richards: essays inhis honor. Oxtot d: Ox- Irwin, Clark T. Rhetoric remembers: Richard ford U Press. \Veaser on memory and culture, TS, 21-6. Si RAWSON, P.I. Stalk, John. 1"le implications for stylistics of Strawson's "on referring" Wintetowd, W. Ross, RichardM. Veaver: w.th Xbsalom.Absalem! asantAample. modern poetry and the limits of conserva- Language and Shit' 6. 273-80. tise criticism. WS 37, 129.38.

92 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS, 1973

HAROLD MIXON Louisiana State University

In previous years the Bibliographic Annual has included a bibliography of rhetoric and public address covering a broad scope of rhetorical theory and its application in a wide variety of communicative settings. In the 1973 Annual, mass communication and behavioral studies were placed in bibliographies of their own, leaving the rhetoric and public address bibliography to cover rhetorical theor) and its application in public speaking. In the present Annual rhetoric and public address hate been divided into two separate bibliographies. The public address listings will index materials relevant to the study of the practical application of rhetorical theory in the form of public address. The procedure followed in compiling this bibliography has been to prepare a list of periodicals in speech communication, history, political science, econom ics, philosophy, philology, law, and other fields which have published materials of interest to students of public address. These periodicals were examined to determine which articles would be of value. The Cumulative Book Index and listings of books in the specialized journals were used to determine books which might be of value to the student of public address. Standard bibliographies both of a general nature and in the specialized fields listed above were also consulted for articles, books, and dissertations in fields other than speech communication. From these entries the final bibliography was prepared. Unless otherwise indicated, all entries are for the year 1973. The identification numbers in the "Also see" listings refer to theses and dissertations listed elsewhere in the Annual; asterisks following the dissertation title identification numbers indicate that abstracts appear in the "abstracts" section of this volume. Readers are urged to submit significant items which might have been overlooked in the present bibliography.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.BIBLIOGRAPHY p.92 II.CRITICISM: ORATORY p.93 III.ARGUMENTATION: LOGIC: DERK1 a. p.94 IV.PRACTITIONERS AND THEORISTSGENERAL A.American p.95 B.International p.98 V.RELIGIOUS COMMUNICATION A.General background and pulpit address p. 100 B.Practitioners and theorists p. 100 93 92 111111.10(4t %PIM: ANNI AL IN SPEECH COMMUNICXI ION JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS AIIK The American Ili%torical Review JP he journal of Politics AJP 'I he American Journal of Philology DPhil The Journal of Philosophy AL American Literature IslI I he Journal of Southern History AmQ American Quarterly M 1 .N Modern Language Notes CCSJ Central States Speech Journal MI.Q Modern Language Quarterly CW/1 Civil War History MP Modern Philology CP al Philoloyo NH Nebraska History (.Q The Classical Quarterly NEQ The New England Quarterly CR The Classical Review PQ Philological Quarterly CCC College Composition and Philosophy & Rhetoric Communication QIS The Quarterly Journal of Speech ELL ELI!: A Journal of Literary SAL The South Alantic Quarterly History SEL Studies in English Literature IPQ IPQ: Internatioval Philosophy SM Speech Monog.aphs Quarterly SP Studies in Philology JAFA Journal of the American Forensic SSCJ The Southern Speech Association Communication Journal JAH The Journal of American History ST JEGP The Journal of English Germanic The Speech Teacher Philology TS Today's Speech Jul Journal of the History of Ideas WPQ The Western Political Quarterly JISHS Journal of the Illinois State WS Western Speech Historical Society WMQ The William and Mary Quarterly

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY Acbtert, Walter S.,eta/., comps. 1971 MLA preliminary investigation. American Archivist abstractsofarticlesinscholarlyjournals. 35 (1972), 331-36. New York: Modern Language Association of Casteiline, Gail Farr. comp. Source and litera- America. ture for western American history: a list of Ahlstrom, Sydney E. A bibliography of Ameri- dissertations. Western Historical Quarterly 4, canreligious history. American Studies11 507.26. (Autumn, 1972), 3.16. Cohen, Herman, ed.Abstracts;59th annual Aimone, Alan Coured. Official data gold mine: meeting of the Speech Communication Associ- the official records of the Civil War. Lincoln ation. New York: Speech Communication As- Herald 74 (1972). 192-202. sociation. Anderson, William G. Progressivism: an his- Conklin,Forrest,compil. A bibliography of toriographical essay. History Teacher 6, 427- argumentation and debate for 1971. JAFA 9, 52. 426-49. Andrews, Patricia A.. cd.. and Clarke, Isabel V.. Donovan. Lynn Bonfield. Library resources: CMS comp. Bibliography: seltcted writings on ar- collections on the history of women in Cali- chives. current records. and historical manu- fornia.CaliforniaHistoricalQuarterly52, scripts during 1971. American Archivist 36, 81-82. 373.96. Freeman. Ronald. ed. Victorian bibliography for Bailey, Richard W. et al. Annual bibliography 1972. Victorian Studies 16, 487-575. for 1971. Style 7, 74.118. Frost. William. Recent studies in the restoration Beers, Henry Putney. Bibliographies in Ameri- and eighteenth century. SEI. 13, 550-73. can history; guide to materials for research. Gersack.DorothyHill.Colonial,state,and New York: Farrar. federalcourtrecords:asurvey.American Bennett. James R.. and Stafstrom. Linda. English Archivist 36, 33-42. and American prose style: a bibliography forHalsell, Willie D., ed. A bibliography of theses criticism for 1968.1969. Style 7. 295-348. and dissertations relating to Mississippi, 1972. Boles. Nancy G. Notes on Maryland Historical Journal of Mississippi History 35, 83-90. Society manuscript collections. Maryland His- Harlow, Geoffrey. et al., ed. The year's work in torical Magazine 68. 196-98. English studies. 52, 1971. London: John Mur- Brown. Deward C. The Sam Rayburn papers: a ray.

94 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 93 Harmon, Robert Barlett. Political science bib- with an appendix containing a select list of liographies.1. Metuchen, New Je:sey: Scare- publications in these years on British history crow Press. since 1914. London: University of London. Henderson, Torn W.. comp. Manuscript acquisi- Powell. William S., comp. North Carolina bib- tions of the department of archives and his- liography,1971-1972.NorthCarolinaHis- ton. 1972. Journal of M ssissippi Himory 35, torical Review 50, 190-96. 91 97. Price. Glanville, ed. The year's work in modern Harden. John and James B. Misenheimer. Jr., language studies. VoI. 34, 1972. London: The eds. Annual bibliography of English language Modern Humanities Research Association. and literaturefor1971.London:Modern. Humanities Research Association. Recent articles. JAH 60, 224-261. 569+, 902-956. Joseph. Gerhard. Recent studies in the nine- Recently published articles. AHR 78. 211-302, teenth century. SEL 13. 701-729. 777.872, 1186-1300. King. Kimball, et al.. «nn. Articles on Ameri- Southern history in periodicals, 1972: a selected can literature appearing in curren periodicals. bibliography. JSH 39, 223.54, Al. 44. 715-728; 45. 154.161. 32h-333.5orn2.Stapleton, Margaret L. The Truman and Eisen- 639-52. hower years, 1945-1960: a sclecttive bibliog- King. Kimball, et al., comp. Research in pro- raphy. Metuchen, New Jersey: Scarecrow Press. gress. AL 44, 714; 45. 115. 327. .198 500. 638. Stephens, W. B. Sources for English local his- Language and language behavior abstracts. 7. tory.Totowa, New Jersey:Bowman and Ann Arbor. Michigan: U of Michigan. Littlefield. Martin.Godfrey Howard.andMaclntyre,Stoflet, Ada M., and Rogers, Earl M., comp. A Sylvia. A bibliography of British and Lig: bibliography of Civil War articles: 1972. CWH municipal history. V.1. general works. New 19, 238-76. York: Humanities Press. Sugeno. Frank E., ed. Episcopal and Anglican Moser(le. Harrison T.. comp. 1971 MLA inter- history: 1972:anannotatedbibliography. national bibliography of books and articles Historical Magazine of the Protestant Epis- on the modern languages and literature. New copal Church 42, 451-68. York: Modern Language Association of Amer- Thurston, Helen M., comp. A survey of publica- a. Munro,DonaldJames,comp.Writingson tions on the history and archaelogy of Ohio, British history, 1946.1948: a bibliography of 1972-1973. Ohio History 81, 292-301. books and articles on the history of Great Towns, Stuart, and Roberts, Churchill L.. eds. A Britian from about 450 A.D. to 1964, pub- bibliography of speech and theatre in the lished during the years 1946.1948 inclusive South for the year 1972. SSCJ 39, 75-87.

II. CRITICISM: ORATORY Anderson, Ray Lynn. Childhood's the rhet- speeches.1972-73. NewYork: The H. W. oric of Ernest J. Sternglass. Speaker and Gavel Wilson Company. 10, 46-53. Campbell,KarlynKohn. Therhetoricof Andrews, James R. The passionate negation: women's liberation: anoxymoron. QJS 59, the Chartist movement in rhetorical perspec- 74-86. tive. QJS 59, 196-208. Devlin, L.Patrick. The McGovern canvass: a Ball. Ivan Jay, Jr. A rhetorical study of Ze- study ininterpersonal political campaigning. phaniah. Graduate Theological Union. Th.D. CSSJ 24,83.90. dissertation,1972. Durant, Susan Speare. The gently furled ban- Black, Edwin. Electing time. QJS 59, 125-29. ner: the deve:opment of the myth of the lost Black, Frederick. The American revolution as cause, 1865-1900. U of North Carolina: Ph. D. "yardstick" in the debates onhe Constitu- dissertation, 1972. tion. 1737.1788. Proceedings of the American Egermann,Franz. Thukydides uber die Art Philological Society 117, 162.85. seiner Reden and uber seine Darstellung der Black, John W. Predictability as relatedto Kriegageschenisse. Historia 21, 575-602. style. SM 40, 101-12. Fisher, Walter R. Reaffirmation and subversion Bormann, Ernest G. The Eagkton affair:a of the American dream. QJS 59, 160-67. fantasy theme analysis. QJS 59. 143.59. Heath, Robert L. Black rhetoric: an example Braden, Waldo W. Representative American of the poverty of values. SSCJ 39, 145.60. 95 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Lucas, Stephen Edwin. Rhetoric and the coming Titnt, Judith S. Image building strategies in the of the resolution in Philadelphia, 1765.1776: 1972 presidential campaign. Speaker and (:a%el a caw study in the rhetoric of protest and 10. 39-45. revolution. Pennsylvania State U, Ph.D. dis- %Van.. IL I.. and Linkugel. %%II A. They spoke in sertation. defense of themselves: on the generic criticism Lundhom, Jack R. Jeremiah: a study in ancient of apologia. QJS 59, 273-83. Hebrew rhetoric. Graduate Theological Union: Ph.D. dissertation. Windt. Theodore Otto, Jr. The presidency and Malmsheimer,LonnaMyers. New England speeches on international crises: repeating the funeral sermons and changing attitudes toward rhetorical act. Speaker and Gavel 11, 6-14. women. I,' of Minnesota: Ph.D. dissertation. Wooten, Cecil W. The ambassador's speech: a Rasmussen, Karen. An interaction analysis of particularly hellenistic genre of orators- QJS justificatory rhetoric. WS 37, 111-17. 59. 208-12. Scott.RobertL. The conservativevoicein %lime-man, Gorden lrven, jr. A comparatise radical rhetoric: a common response to di- rhetorical analysis of the Nevada constitn- vision. SM 40, 123.35. tional foneention of 1864. U of Minnesota: Simons, Herbert W., Chesebro. James W., and Ph.D. dissertation. Orr. C. jack. A movement perspective on [Also see:26824. 26832, 26833, 26836. 26837', the 1972 presidential election. QJS 59, 168.79. 26839, 26841, 26843, 26844, 26846. 26847, Stephens, Michael D., and Roderick. Gordon 26851, 26854*, 26855, 26859', 26862, 26873, W. Middle-class non - vocational lecture and 26875*. 26877, 26878, 26885'. 26886. 26887' debating subjectsin19th-century England. British Journal of Education Studies 21. 192- 26889°, 26890, 26896°. 26897. 26898. 269(8)'. 26905, 26942, 201. 26901,26902, 26926.26928. Swanson. DavidL.Politicalinformation,in- 26943,26944,26949,26957,26960,26961. fluence. and judgment in the 1972 presidential 26962,26968,26976,26979,26982.27067. campaign. QJS 59, 130-42. 27079, 27089. 27102, 27126.]

III. ARGUMENTATION: LOGIC: DEBATE Becker. Lawrence C. Analogy in legal reasoning. Lc winski. JohnD.,Metzler,BruceR.. and Ethics 83, 248-55. Settle, Peter L. The goal case affirmative: an Bertolotti. John. The role of formal logic in alternativeapproachtoacademicdebate. argumentation. Speaker and Gavel 10, 69.70. JAFA 9, 458-63. Bishop, Brad. The master index. Speaker and Lichtman. AllanGarvin. Charles. and Corsi, Gavel 10. 77-79. Jerry. The alternative-justification affirmative: Brock, Bernard L.. and Heldman, Steven D. The a new case form. JAFA 10, 59.69. casecomparisonformat:anexperimental Marino. Herman J. Collegiate debate: the con- formatforintercollegiatedebate. JAFA 9. fessions of a frustrated debater. Speaker and 450.57. Gavel 10. 63-68. Cohen, L. Jonathan. Note on inductive logic. Nfeasell, James S. Classical bases of the con- Journal of Philosophy 70. 27-40. cept of analogy. JAFA 10, 1-10. Conklin, Forrest. 1.v. "Bibliography" supra. Rives. Stanley G., ed. Final debate of the na- Corey. Kathy. The spirit of '72: a response to tional debate tournament. JAFA 10, 16.45. David Shephard. JAFA 9, 364-66. Harris. Thomas E., and Smith, Robert M. ASher, George. Causal explanation and the vocabulary of action. Mind N.S. 82. 22-30. systems analysis of the current debate con- Shephard, David W. Burden of what? JAFA 9, troversy. JAFA 9. 355.66 364-66. Hill. Sidney R., Jr. A study of participant evalu- Smiley. T. J. What is a syllogism? journal of ations in debate. JAFA 9, 371-77. Philosophical Logic 2. 136-54. Katzner, Louis I. Presurdons of reason and presumptions of justice. Journal of PhilosophyWeiss. Robert 0. College debate and vocation- 70. 89-100. al choice. JAFA 9, 466-68. Kemp. Robert and Mart. Ted. The moreWiredu, J.E.Deducibility and inferability. the merrier: a rationale for the 8-round tourn- Mind N.S. 82, 31-55. ament. JAFA 10. 11-15. (Also see: 26450. 26451', 26452, 26453. 26454. Kruger. Arthur N. Treating the ills of academic 26455.26456.26457.26459.26461,26463, debate. Speaker and Gavel II, 15-19. 26465.] 96 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 95

IV PRACTITIONERS AND THEORISTS

A.AMEIUCAN CARMICHAEL, STOKELY. McCormack, Don- ADAMS, JOHN.Rogers,JimmieN.John ald J. Stokely Carmichael and pan-Acricanism: Adams' summation speech in Rex P. Wenons, hack to black power. Journal of Politics 35, et al.: a delicate act of persuasion. SSCJ 39, 386.409. 131-44. CHOATE, RUFUS. Nickel, W. Sandra. The ADAMS. JOHN QUINCY. Parsons. Lynn Huai rhetoric of union: a stylized utterance. CSSJ son. Perpetual harrow upon my feelings. NEQ 24, 137.142. 16, 339.79. CLAY, tIENRY. Winkler JamesE.Henry .1GNEW. SPIRO T. See: 261850, 26904, 20906, Clay: a current assessment. Register of the 26466. Kentacky Historical Society 70 (1972), 179-86, ASHBY, HARRISON STERLING PRICE. short, CONKLING, ROSCOE. See: 26853. Jules. "Stump" Ashby saves the day. Journal CONWELL, RUSSELL H. Bjork, Daniel W. of the West 12, 296-306. Russell H. Conwell and the crisis of Ameri- BAKER, HOWARD H., JR. See. 26822. canindividualism. U of Oklahoma: Ph.D. BANDEGEE FRANK B. Janick,Herbert. dissertation. Senator Frank B. Bandegec and the election COX, JAMES M. Grant, Philip A., Jr. Con- of 1920. Historian 35. 434-al gressional campaigns of James M. Cox, 1908 BARKSDALE, WILLIAM. McKee, James W.. Jr. and 1910. Ohio History 81 (1972), 4-14. 1Villiam Barksdale and the congressional elec- DE LEON, DANIEL. See: 26860. tion of 1853 in Mississippi. Journal of Missis- DICKINSON, ANNA E. See: 26924. sippi History 34 (1972), 129-58. DOUGLASS, FREDERICK. Quarles, Benjamin. BENTON, THOMAS HART. See: 26888°. Frederick Douglass, black imperishable. Ann. BLOOMER, AMELIA. Porter,Lode Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress Bloomer:anearlyIowa feminist's Atr,t.!.- 29, 159.61, sojourn on the way West. Annals of Iowa, 3rd Series, 41. 1243-57. EDWARDS, EDWIN. Ferguson, Sherry Dever- BORAH, WILLIAM E.Ashby,Leroy. The eaux. A study of the good will speaking of spearless leader: Senator Borah and the pro- a U.S. congressman. SSCJ 38, 235-43. gres..ie ;novemem in the 1920's. Urbana: U EMERSON, RALPH WALDO. Tilton, Eleanor of Illinois Press, 1972. M. Emerson's lecture schedule-1837-1838-re- De Benedetti, Charles. Borah and the Kellogg- vised. Harvard Library Bulletin 21, 382-99 Briand pact. Pacific Northwest Quarterly 63 EVERETT, EDWARD. Horn, Stuart JoeL Ed- '1972), 22-25. ward Everett and American nationalism. City BRANDEIS, LOUIS. Urofsky, MelvinI. and U of New York: Ph.D. dissertation. Levy, David W., eds. Letters, 3 (1913-1915): FEE, JOHN G. See: 26842. progressive and Zionist. Albany: State U of FLETCHER, DUNCAN UPSHAW, Flynt, New York, Wayne. Duncan Upshaw Fletcher, Dixie's re- BRYAN, WILLIAM JENNINGS. Koenig, Louis luctant progressive. Tallahassee: Florida State W. Bryan: a political biography of William U Press, 1971. Jennings Bryan. New York: Putnam's, 1971. FOSTER, CHARLES. See: 26941. BUTLER, BENJAMIN. Nellis, David M. "The FULBRIGHT, WILLIAM J. See: 26879. Benjamin Butler in New damned rascal": GALLOWAY, JOSEPH. See: 26946. Orleans.Civil War Times Illustrated12, GARRISON, WILLIAM LLOYD. Julian, Paul 4-10+, CALHOUN, JOHN C. Anderson, James L., and H. William Lloyd Garrison and the election Hemphill, W. Edwin. The 1843 biography of of 1864, Historical Journal of Western Mas- John C. Calhoun: was R. M. T. Hunter its sachusetts 1 (1972), n.p, author? JSH (1972), 469-74. Ruchames, Louis, ed. The letters of William Hemphill, W. Edwin, ed. The papers of John Lloyd Garrison, 2, A house divided against C. Calhoun, 7,1822-1823. Columbia: U of itself,1836-1840. Cambridge: Belknap Press South Carolina Press. of Harvard U Press, 1971. Skeen, C. Edward. Calhoun, Crawford, and the GARRISON, WILLIAM LLOYD.Sullivan, politics of retrenchment. South Carolina His- David K. William Lloyd Garrison in Balti- torical Magazine (1972), 141.55, more, 1829-1830. Maryland Historical Maga- Volpe, Michael. The logic of Calhoun's consti- z;ne 68, 64-79. tutional theory. CSSJ 39, 161-72. GARY, ELBERT H. See: 26884*. 97 !hi BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION GEORGE, HENRY. Frye, Jerry K. RhetoricalJAY, JOHN. Pellow, George. John Jay. New strategies employed by Henry George and York: AMS Press. 1972. his followers. American Journal of EconomicsJOHNSON, ANDREW. Rabic. George C. An 32. 405-19. thonv of a unionist: Andrew Johnson in the GODWIN. MILLS, JR. See: 26850. secessioncrisis.Tennessee HistoricalQ,uar- GOLDWATER. BARRY. Bibby, John F. The ly 32. 332-54. Goldwater movement. American BehavioralJOHNSON, LYNDON B. Patton. John H. An Scientist 249-71. end and a beginning: Lyndon B. Johnson's GORDON. KATE. Johnson, Kenneth R. Kate decisive speech of March 31,1965. TS 21 Cordon and the woman-suffrage movement in (Summer), 33-41. the South. pit 38 (1972). 365-92. JULIAN. GEORGE W. Hammerbacic, John C. HAMILTON, ALEXANDER. Syrett, Harold C. George W. Julian's antislavery crusade. WS c: al., eels. The papets of Alexander Hamilton, 37, 157-65. 18-19. New York: Colambia U Press. KEFAITVER, ESTES. Grant.PhilipA.,Jr. HAND. LEARNED. Griffith, Kathryn P. Judge Kefauver and the New Hampshire presidential Learned Hand and the role of the federal primary. Tennessee Historical Quarterly 31. judiciary. Normal : U of Oklahoma Press. 372-80. HARDING. WARREN G. Whitaker, W. Rich- KENNEDY, JOHN F. See: 26915. ard. Harding: first radio president. Northwest KENNEDY. ROBERT F. See: 2688. 26881. Ohio Quarterly 45 (Summer), 75-86. KERR, CLARK. See: 26950. HATFIELD, MARK. Ste: 2687V. KERR. ROBERT S. See: 26840. HATCH, CARL. Porter. David. Senator 1.:arl KING. CORETTA SCOTT. See: 26933. Hatch and the Hatch Act of1939. rew Mexico Historical Review 46. 151-64. KING, WILLIAM H. Haoptinan, Lawrence M. Utahanti-imperialist:Senator William H. HILL, BENJAMIN H. Coulter. E. Merton. A King and Haiti,1921-34. UtahHistorical famous t. nisersity of Georgia commencement. Quarterly 41, 116-27. 1871. Georgia Historical Quarterly 57, 347-60. The New South: Benjamin H. Hill's LAGUARDIA, FIORELLO. Chalmers, Leonard. speech 'before the alumni of the University of The crucial test of La Guardia's first hundred Georgia,1871. Georgia Historical Quarterly days: the emergency economy bill. New York 57, 179-99. Historical Quarterly 57, 237-53. HOOVER, HERBERT. Drake,DouglassC. [Also see: 26917.] Herbert Hoover, ecologist: the politics of oilLAMAR. L. Q. C. Stone, James H., ed. L. Q. C. pollutioncontrols.1921.1926.Mid-America Lamar's letters to Edward Donaldson Clark, 55, 207.28. 1868.1885, part I:1868-1873. Journal of Mis- Olson, James S.Herbert Hoover and "war" sissippi 3, 65-73. on the depression. Palimpsest 54, 26-31. LANCER, WILLIAM. See: 26891. HOWELLS. WILLIAM DEAN. R.owlette. Rob- LEWIS, BARBOUR. Fraser,WalterJ.,Jr. ert. "In the silken arms of the aristocracy:" Barbour Lewis: a carpetbagger reconsidered. William Dean Hawelb' lecture in Indiana- Tennessee Historical Quarterly 32, 148.68: polis, 1899. Indiana Magazine of History 69. LEWIS. JOHN L. Sperry, J. R. Rebellion within 299-319. the ranks: Pennsylvania anthracite, John L. HULL. CORDELL. Stanley. Judith M. Cordell Lewis, and the coal strike of 1943. Pennsyl- Hull and Democratic Party unity. Tennessee vania History 40, 293-312. Historical Quarterly 32. 169.87. LINCOLN, ABRAHAM. Davis, Michael. The HUNTER, ROBERT M. T. Crow. Jeffrey J. image of Lincoln in the South. Knoxville: U R.M.T. Hunter and the secession crisis, 1860- of Tennessee kress, 1972. 1861: a southern plea for reconstruction. WestTillberg. Frederick. The location of the plat- Virginia History 34. 273-90. form from which Lincoln delivered the Gettys- Hitchcock. William S. Southern moderates and burg Address. Pennsylvania History 40, 179.89. secession: Senator Robert M.T. Hunter's call LONG, HUEY. Cassity. Michael J. Huey Long: for union. JAH 59. 871-84. barometer of reform in the new deal. SAQ IRELAND. JOHN. See: 26945. 72, 255-69. JACOBI, ABRAHAM. Walker. Harold L. SocialWilliams, T. Harry. Huey, Lyndon, and south- change through rhetoric: a study of the public er,. radicalism. JAH 60, 267.93. address of Abraham Jacobi. CSSJ 24, 14.21. MADDOX, LESTER G. See: 26947.

98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OFPUBLIC ADDRESS 97

McCARRAN, PATRICK ANTHONY.See: Victor E. Piollet: portrait of a country poli- 26895. tion. Pennsylvania History 40, 1-18. NfcCARTHY, JOSEPH. O'Brien. Michael. The ROGERS, EARL. See: 26931. anti-McCarthy campaign in Wisconsin. 1951- ROOSEVELT. THEODORE. Burton.D.H. 1952. Wisconsin Magazine of History 56, 91- 'Theodore Roosevelt and the "special rela- 108. tionship" with Britain. History Today 23, McCARTIIY, EUGENE. See: 26881. 527.35. McGOVERN, GEORGE. See: 26883. Gardner, Joseph L. Departing glory: Theodore MUSKIE. EDMUND. Kaid, Lynda Lee. and Roosevelt as ex-President. New York: Scrib- Hirsch, Robert 0. Selective exposure and ners. candidate image:afieldstudy over time.Gatewood, Willard B., Jr. Theodore Roosevelt C.SSJ 24, 48-51. a Arkansas.1901-12. Arkansas Historical [Also we: 26921, 26929.] Quarterly 32, 3-24. Reter, Ronald Francis. The realversus the NIXON. RICHARD M. Gregg, Richard B.. and rhetoricalTheodoreRooseveltinforeign Hauser. Gerard A. Richard Nixon's April 30, policy making. U of Georgia: Ph.D. disserta- 1970 address on Cambodia: the "ceremony" tion. of confrontation. SM 40. 167.88. Smith, BrianLee. Theodore Roosevelt visits Hhn. Dan F. Nixon's second (hortatory)in. Oklahoma. The Chronicles of Oklahoma 51. augural. Speaker and Gavel 10, 111-13. 263-79. Larson. Barbara A. Criticism and the campaign Stapleton, Joseph Gordon. Theodore Roosevelt: concept of persuasion: a case study analysis of theologian of America's new Israel concept. method. CSSJ 24, 52.59. Temple U: Ph.D. dissertation. [Also we: 26837'. 26845°. 26915.] SCHOLTE. H. P. Yzenbaard, John H. H. P. NORRIS. GEORGE W. Guinsburg, Thomas N. The George W. Norris -conversion" to inter- Scholte and the 1856 presidential campaign in Michigan. Annals of Iowa 42, 28-40. nationalism, 1939.1941. NH .53(1972), 477-90. Lowitt, Richard. George W. Norris:the per- SEVAREID, ERIC. See: 26927. sistence of a progressive, 1913-1937. Urbana: SMITH, CALEB B. Bochin, Hal W. Caleb of Illinois Press, 1971. Smit'a's opposition to the Mexican war. In. NYE. GERALD P. Leonard. Robert James. diana Magazine of History 69. 95-114. From county politics to the senate: the learn- SMITH, JAMES H. See: 26874. ing years for Senator Nye. North Dakota His- STASSEN, HAROLD EDWARD. See: 26925. tory 39 (1972), 15-23. STEINEM, GLORIA. See: 26958 OTIS. JAMES, JR. Waters. John J. James Otis. STEPHENS, ALEXANDER H. Coulter, E. Mer- Jr.: an ambivalent revolutionary. History of ton. Alexander H. Stephens challenges Ben- Childhood Quarterly1. 142-50. jamin H. Hill to a duel. Georgia Historical PAINE. THOMAS. Christian. William. Moral Quarterly 56 (1972), 175-92. economics of Tom Paine. JHI 34, 367-80. STEVENSON, ADLAI E., II. See: 26912, 26932. Gimbel. Richard. Thomas Paine: a bibliograph- SUMNER, CHARLES. Stocker. Glenn. Charles ical check fist of Common Sense. Port Wash- Sumner's rhetoric of insult. SSCJ 38, 233.34. ington, New York: Kennikat. [Also see: 26911.] Jordan, Winthrop D. Familial politics: ThomasSUTHERLAND, HOWARD. Casodorph, Paul Paine and the killing of the king, 1776. JAN Douglas. Howard Sutherland's 1920 b. for 60, 294-308. the presidency. West Virginia History 35, 1-25. PATTERSON, JOHN MALCOLM. See: 26892. TARBELL, IDA M. See also: 26893. PINCHBACK, PINCKNEY B.S. Weisberger. TRUMAN, HARRY S. Billington, Monroe. Civil Bernard A. The carpetbagger: a tale of re. rights,President Truman and the South. construction. American Heritage 5, 70-77. Journal of Negro History 58, 127-39. . PINCHOT. GIFFORD. McCarthy, G. Michael.Fink, Gary M., and Hilty, James W. Prologue: The pharisee spirit: Gifford Pinchot in Colo- the senate voting record of Harry S. Truman. rado. Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Journal of Interdisciplinary History 4, 207-35. Biography 97. 362-78. [Also see: 269191 PINGREE, HAZEN. Ho Ili,Melvin G. Mayor TURNER, GLENN. Freeman, Patricia Lynn. An Pingree'scampaignforthegovernorship. ethical evaluation of the persuasive strategies Michigan History 57, 151-73. of Glenn W. Turner Enterprises. SSCJ 38. PIOLLETT. VICTOR E.Hazeltine,Ralph. 347.61.

99 98 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

VARDAMAN, JAMES K. Fortenberry, Joseph BENTHAM, JEREMY.Halevv,Elie.The E. James Kitable Vardaman and American growth of philosophic radicalism.London: foreign policy, 1913-1919. Journal of Missis- Faber. sippi History 35, 127-40. IllItKE, EDMUND. Livingston,Donald W. WALLACE. GEORGE C. Feigert, Frank B. Con- Boat, Martine. and the historical justifica- servatism,populism,andsocial change. 'ton for *evolution. Studies in Burke and His American Behavioral Scientist 17, 272-78. lime 11. 115.31. [.Vu, see: 26940. 26464, 27079.] O'Gorman. Frank. Edmund Burke. Bloomington: WARREN. LINDSAY. Porter, David. Repre- I' of Indiana Press, sentative Lindsay Warren, the water bloc.Sharma, G. N. Samuel Butler and Edmund and the transportation act of 1940. North Burke: a comparative study in British con- Catolitta Historical Review 50, 273-88. senativisan.Dalhousie Review 53(Spring): :1-29. WASHINGTON, BOOKER T. Shaw. Francis H. Booker T. Washington and the future of [Also see: 26828, 26973°] Black Americans. Georgia Historical Quarterly CASTRO, FIDEL. Halperin, Maurice. The rise :16 (1972), 193-209. and decline of Fidel Castro. Berkeley: U of California Press, 1972. White,Arthur O. Booker T.Washington's Florida incident, 1903-1904. Florida Historical CIIV;TEAUBRIAND, FRANCOIS AUGUSTE Quarterly 51, 227-49. RENE. Hilt.Douglas. Chateaubriand and Napoleon. History Today 23. 831-38. WA'l SON, THOMAS EDWARD.Franzoni, Janet Brenner. Troubled tinder: a psycho - CHURCHILL, WINSTON LEONARD SPENC- biographical study of Tom Watson. Georgia ER. Beaverbrook, William Maxwell Aitken. Historical Quarterly 57, 493-510. Two war leaders: Lloyd George and Churchill. History Today 23, 546-53. WEBSTER. DANIEL. Schneider, Valerie. Park- McArdle, Kenneth. Churchill talks to America. er'sassessmentofWebster:argumentative synt:tesis through the tragic metaphor. QJS American Herimge 25 (December), 56-61, 77. 59. 330-36. CICERO. Beasley, Mary Fowler. It's what you don't say: omissio in Cicero's speeches. SSCJ WILKIE. WENDELL. See: 26458. 39, 11-20. WILSON, WOODROW. Link, Arthur S. et al. Me.Dermott, William C. Cicero, Philippic ix. 15- eds. The papers of Woodrow Wilson,12, 17. CR 23, 5-6. 1900-1902. Princeton: Princeton U Press. 1972. .Curio Pater and Cicero. AJP 93, Mulder, John M. Wilson the preacher: the 1905 381-411. baccalaureate sermon. Journal of Presbyterian McNally. J. Richard. Comments on rhetoric and History 51, 267.84. oratory in Cicero's letters. SSCJ 39, 21-32. WISE. HENRY A. Simpson, CraigMichael. [Also see: 26987.] Henry A. Wise in antebellum politics. 1850- COBDEN RICHARD. The political writers of 1861. Stanford U: Ph.D. dissertation. Richard Cobder: with a new introduction WOLVERTON, CHARLES A. See: 26861. by Naomi Churgin Miller. 2 vols. New York: X. MALCOLM. See: 26939. Garland. COLERIDGE, SAMUEL TAYLOR. Sanderson, YOUNG, WHITNEY M.. JR. See: 26857. David R. Coleridge's political sermons: dis- YULEE, DAVID LEVY. Adler, Joseph Gary. cursivelanguage and the voiceof God. The public career of Senator David Levy Modern Philology 70, 319-20. Yulee. Case Western iteserve U: Ph.D. dis- Willey,Basil. Samuel Taylor Coleridge. New sertation. York: Norton. CROMWELL, OLIVER. Fraser, Lady Antonia B.INTERNATIONAL Pal,:nham. Cromwell. Knopf: New York. Roots. Ivan Allen, ed. Cromwell. New York: ARISTIDES. Aristides,1:Panathenaic oration Hill and Wang. and In defense of oratory. Text and tr. by DAYAN. MOSHE. Tewth,Shabtai.Moshe C. A. Behr. The Loeb ClassicalLibrary. Dayan: the soldier, the man, the legend. Tr. Cambridge: Harvard U Press. by Leah and David 'Linder. Boston: Houghton ASHLEY, LORD. See: 26882. Mifflin. BAUDF.LAIRE, CHARLES PIERRE. Welch, DE GAULLE, CHARLES. Crozier, Brian. De Cyril and Welch. Lilianc. Emergence: Baudt.- Gaulle. New York: Scribners. bire,Mallarme, Rimbaud.StateCollese, Mauriac, Claude. The other De Gaulle. Scran- Pennsylvania: Bald Eagle. ton, Pennsylvania: Day. 100 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 99

DEKKER. THOMAS. Pendry,E.1). ThinasLENIN. VLADIMAR ILLICH. Theen, Rolf H. Dekker in the magistrates' court. English Lit- W. Lenin:genesis and development of a etaty Renaissance 3. 53-59. revohnionary. Philadelphia: Lippincott. DEVLIN. BERNADETTE. Dees. Diane. Berna M tC1)ONA1.11, JAMF.. RAMSEY. Barber. 41(-ttvDevlin's maiden speech: a rhetoric of Bernard.ed.Ramsay MacDonald's political tae t nice. SSC1 38. 326.39. writings.London: Allen Lane the Penguin E1.1,/ %BETH I.Luke, Mats M. Gloriana, the Press. 1972. seats ofElizabethI.New York: Coward, MAO TSF. TUNG. Karnow, Stanley. Mao and %1( Cann k Geoghegan. China: from revolution to revolution. London: FOX. CHARLES J %NIES. Easthy. Allen Ger- Ma(millan. hardCharles James Fox and the ministry MARX. KARI.. Avineri. Shlomo, comp. Marx's of all talents. New York U: Ph.D. dissertation. sia'alism. New York: Lieber-Atherton, Inc. Kelly. Paul. Pitt versus Fox: the Vestminister Blender. Fiederich I.., ed. Karl Marx: essential -rittinv.17$l -85. Studies in Burke and His writings. Nes7 York: Harper. 1972. Time 14. 155-62. The Karl Marx library. V. 3. On the firstIn- (MANDL NC K. See: ::6899. ternational. Arranged and ed. with 4n intro- GLADSTONE, VILLIAM E. See: 26848. duction and new tr. by Saul K. Padover. New (.01.18BEI.S. JOSEPH. Lochner. Louis P., ed. York: McGraw. andtr.The Goehbels diaries. New York: Mcl.ellan. David Stanley. Karl Marx: his life Cniseisal Publishing and Distributing Co. and thought. New York: rfarper. LLOYD GEORGE. DAVID. Grig.z. John. The Nikilaevskii.Boris Ivanov:ch and Maenchen- young Lloyd George. London: Eyre Methuen. Hellen. Otto. Karl Marx; man and fighter. Kinnear. Michael The fall of Lloyd George. Tr. by Gwenda David anEric Mosbacher. Toronto: t of Toronto Press. rev. 4.11 London: Allen Lane the Penguin HITLER. ADOLF. Cameron.Normanand Press. Stevens. R. H. tr.:. Secret conver'ations. 1941 - Vernon, Rich.ird. Rationalists and commitment 1944 New York: Octagon Books. 1972. in Sorel. JHI 34, 405-20. Fest. Joachim. On ri membecing Adolf Hitler. GOLDA. See: 26930. Emminter 41(October). 18-26. MORLEY, JOHN. Gronbeck, Bruce R. John Goering. Herman elal. Adolf Hitler. English Morley and the Irish question: chart-prayer ed. by Jonathan R. Manning. Phoenix. Ari- dream. SM 40, 2:17-95. zona: O'Sullivan Woodside & Co. NASSE1.1, GAMAR ABDEL. Stephens. Robert Laneer. %Valter Charles. The mind of Adolf Henry. Nasser. New York: Simon & Schuster. Hitler. London: Seeker & Varburg. 1972. Mawr. Werner. Hitler, New York: Harper. Payne, Pierre Stephen Robert. The life and RICHELIEU, CARDINAL. Auchincloss, Louis. (!eath o' Adolf Hitler. New York: Praeger. Richelieu. London: Michael Joseph, Ltd. [Also see: 26948 1 sTALIN. JOSEPH. Cohen. Stephen F. Stalin's gain. Chester A. Ho chi Minh: revolutionreconsidered.SlavicReview32, master teacher. Texas Quarterly 16 (Autumn, 264-70. 1973). 6.15. Tucker. Robert Charles. Stalin as revolutionary, HOBBES. THOMAS. Ray. John W. The place 1879.1929. New York: Norton. oforatoryinthe politicalphilosophy ofUlan), Adam Bruno. Stalin: the man and his Thomas Hobbes. WS 37, 166-74. era. New York: Viking. HUXLEY. THOMAS HENRY. Huxley. Thomas Henry. Critiques and adresses. New York: TREITSCHKE. HEINRICH VON. Davis. Henry Books for Libraries,1972. Reprint of 1873 WilliamCarless. The politicalthought of edition. Heinrich von Treitschke Westport, Connecti- JAURES. JEAN LEON. Weinstein.Harold cut: Greenwood Press. Richard. Jean Jaures. New York: Farrar. TROTSKY, LEON. Hansen, Joseph and Novack, KIERKEGAARD, SOREN. Becker, Ernest. The George Edward, comps. The transitional pro- denial of death. London: Collier-Macmillan. gram for socialist revolution. New York: Path- Grimlev. Ronald. Kierkegaard. New York: Scrib- finder Preis. ners. Smith. Irving H., ed. Trotsky. Englewood Cliffs: Ki6tegaard: a biographical intro- Prentice-Han. duction. London: Studio Vista. Trotsky, Leon. In defense of Marxism. second JAM we: 269081 edition. New York: Pathfinder Press.

1 Lr 1 100 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION . Problems ofeveryday life and other VERGNIAUD, PIERRE.. Reynolds, Beatrice K. writings on culture and science. New York: The rhetorical methods of Pierre Vergniaud, Monad Press. 1791.1793. SSCJ 39, 173.84. WILBERFORCE, SAMUEL. Phelps, Lynn A.YEATS, WILLIAM BUTLER. Yeats, William and Cohen, Edwin. The Wilberforce-Huxley Butler.Memoirs. Transcribed and ed. by debate. WS 37, 56.64, Delis Donoghue. New York: Macmillan.

V. RELIGIOUS COMMUNICATION

A. GENERAL. BACKGROUND AND PULPIT ADDRESS White. Eugene E. Puritan rhetoric: the issue of emotion in religion. Carbondale: Southern Betkuillmer, Hunter. Some current tensions in Illinois U Press. 1972. homiletics. Religion in Life 42, 93.102. [Also see: 26852'. 26856', 26858, 26894, 26907, Buell, Lawrence. The Unitarian movement and 26913. 26914.26934,26935,26963, 26984, the art of preaching in 19th century Ameri- 27013.) ca. AtnQ 24, 166-90. Burtner. E.Edwin. What preaching can do. B. PRACATTIONERS AND Timmins Religion in Life 42, 235-48. BANGS, NATHAN. Herrmann, Richard Everett. Chandler. DanielRoss.Protestantpreaching and the liberal tradition. TS 21 (Winter), 39- Nathan Bangs: apologist for American Method- ism. Emory U: Ph.D. dissertation. 44. BEECHER, LYMAN. DellaVicchia,Phyllis Hudson. Winthrop S. Protestant clergy debate Ann. Rhetoric, religion, politics: a study of the nation's ocation, 1898-1899. Church His- the sermons of Lyman Beecher. U of Penn- tory 42. 110-18. sylvania; Ph.D. dissertation. Hamilton. Charles V. The black preacher inThompson, J. Earl. Jr. Lyman Beecher's long America. NewYork:WilliamMorrow roadtoconservativeabolitionism.Church Company. Inc.,1972. History 42, 89.1 -9. Isaac, Rhys. Religion and authority: problemsRILEY, WILLIAM BELL. Russell, C. Allyn. of the Anglican establishment in Virginia in William BelRiley, Architect of fundamental- the era of the great awakening and the ism. Minnesota History 43 (Spring. 1972), 14- parsons' cause. WMQ 30, 3-36. 30. BONHOEFFER. DIETRICH. Abercrombie, Marsden, George. The gospel of wealth, the Clarence L.,III. Barth and Bonhoeffer: re- social gospel, and the salvation of souls in sistancetotheunjuststate.Religionin nineteenth-century America. Fides et Historia Life 42, 344.60, 5 (Spring), 10-21. True patriotism. V. 3, letters, lectures and notes, Miller, Glenn T. God's light and man's en- 1939.45, from collected works. Ed. by Edwin lightenment; evangelical theology of colonial H. Roberston, Tr. by Edwin H. Robertson Presbyterianism. Journal of Presbyterian His- and John Bowden. New York: Harper. tory 51, 97-115. BROMYARD, JOHN. Boyle, Leonard E. Date Semen. Milton C. Behold the American cleric: of the Summaaedicantium of John Brom- the protestant minister as "pattern man," yard. Speculum 48, 533.37. 11.50-1900. Winterthur Portfolio 8, 1.18. BUSHNELL, HORACE. Jones, David Allan. Spaulding, Phinizy. Some sermons before the The social and political thought of Horace trustees of colonial Georgia. Georgia Historical Bushnell: an interpretation of the mid-nine- Quarterly 57, 332-46. teenth-century mind. Northwestern U: Ph.D. Stenerson, Douglas C. An Anglican critique of dissertation. the early phase of the Great Awakening inCALISCH, EDWARD NATHAN.Berman, New England: a letter by Timothy Cutler. Myron. Rabbi Edward Nathan C.alisch and WMQ 30. 475.88. the debate over Zionism in Richmond, Vir- Stewart, James Brewer. Evangelicalism and the ginia. American Jewish Historical Quarterly radical strain in Southern anti-slavery thought 35, 295-305. during the 1820s. JSH 39, 379-96. CALVIN, JOHN. Letters. Ed. by Jules Bonnet. Swift, David E. Black Presbyterian attacks on 4 vols. New York: Franklin. racism: Samuel Cornish, Theodore Wright and Walker, Williston. Join Calvin, the organizer of their contemporaries. Journal of Presbyterian reformed protestandon, 1509-1564. New York: History 51, 433-70. AMS Press, 1972. 102 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 101

CAMPBELL, ALEXANDER. Morrison. John L. HERRON, GEORGE D. Crunden, Robert M. A rationalvoicecryinginan emotional George a Herron in the 1890's: a new frame wilderness. West Virginia History 34, 125.40. of reference for the study of the Progressive CHAUNCY. CHARLES. Lippy. Charles Howard. era. Annals of Iowa 3rd Series 42. 81-113. Seasonablerevolutionary:Charles Chauncy HOOKER. THOM AS.Emerson.Everett.ed. and the ideology of liberty.Princeton U: A Thomas Hooker sermon of 1638. Resources Ph.D. dissertation, 1972. for American Literary Study 2. 75-89. CIIEEVES. GEORGE BARRELL. Mackey. F.and PhilipEnglish.ReverendGeorgeHarrell INGLIS. CHARLES. Gunter. Mary Taylor. James S. Loyalist propaganda in the C:reever:yankee reformer as champion of 1770.80. WS 37, the gallows.Proceedings ofthe American sermons of CharlesInglis. Antiquarian Society 82, pt. 2 (1972). 323-42. 47-55. CLELAND. JAMES T. See: 26823. JONES. SAM. Wilson. Richard L. Sam Jones: DAI.TON, HERMANN. Benford, Benjamin Lee. an apostle of the New South. Georgia His- Hermann Dalton and protestantism in Russia. torical Quarterly 57, 459-74. Indiana V: Ph.D. dissertation. KNOX. JOHN. Graves, Richard L. John Knox DAVIES. SAMUEL. JR. Gillorn. Craig. The and the covenant tradition. Journal of Ec- Reverend Samuel flasks in GreatBritain. clesiastical History 24, n.p. Winterthur Portfolio 8. 45-62. DONNE. JOHN. Keynes. Jeffrey. ed. Deaths LUTHER, MARTIN. Koenigsberger. H. G.. ed. duel!: a sermon delivered before Charles I Luther: a profile. New York: Hill and Wang. in the beginning of Lent1630/1.Boston: SIACHEN. J. GRESHAM. Russell. C. Allyn. J. David R. Godire. Gresham Machen. scholarly fundamentalist. Schaper. Robert Newell. The preaching of John jturnal of Presbyterian History 51, 41-69. Donne. with an investigation ofits mystic M.\NLY. BASIL. Lindsey. Jonathan A. Basil and poetic elements and their place in the Manly: nineteenth century protean man. Bap - taskof preaching.School of Theology at ti'. Historical Heritage 8, ..30-43. Claremont: Th.D. dissertation. MC:PHERSON. AIMEE SEMPLE. See: 26937. EBERLING. GERHARD.Patriquin.Allan. NEW4AN. JOHN HENRY. Mendel. Sydney. Gerhard Ebeling's program of hermaneutics Metaphor and rhetoric in Newman's Apologia. for biblical interpretation. Northwestern U: Essays in criticism 23, 257-71. Ph.D. dissertation. EDWARDS, JONATHAN. Cherry. Conrad. Pro- NORRIS, J. FRANK. Ledbetter. Patsy. Defense moting the cause and testing the spirits: Jona- of thefaith:J. Frank Norris and Texas than Edwards on revivals of religion. A re- fundamentalism. 1920-29. Arizona West, n.p. view article. Journal of Presbyterian History NOYES. JOHN HI'MPHREY. Parker, Robert 51. 327-37. Allerton. A yankee saint: John Humphrey Loewinsohn. Ron. Jonathan Edwards' opticks: Noyes and the Oneida community. Hambden, images and metaphors of light in some of Connecticut: Shoe String Press. his major works. Early American Literature OLFORD, STEPHEN F. See: 27138. (Spring). 21-32. Townsend, Harvey G., ed. The philosophy of OWSL.EY, ALVIN M. See: 26849. Jonathan Edwards from his private notebooks. ROBINSON, ELMO ARNOLD. Bennett, Pamela Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1972. . ed. ElmoArnold Robinson: a New Eng- [Also see: 26920.) land minister in Indiana, 1914-1917. Indiana FINNEY, CHARLES G. Opie, John. Finney's Magakine of History 68, 125-51. failure of nerve:the untimely demise of ROSE. ROBERT. Detweiler,Robert. Robert evangelical theology. Journal of Presbyterian Rose, 1704.1751: effective and popular minister History 51, 155-73. of colonial Virginia. Historical Magazine of FRANCIS OF ASSISI. Habig, Marion Alphonse. the Protestant Episcopal Church 41, 153-62. ed. St. Francis of Assisi: writings and early biographies. Chicago: Franciscan Herald. SHEEN, FULTON J. See: 26908. GRAHAM, BILLY. See: 26829. SIBBES, RICHARD. Shelly,HaroldPatton. GRIMKE, FRANCIS J. Weeks. Louis B.,III. Richard Sibbes: early Stuart preacher of piety. Racism, world war I and the Christian life: Temple U: Ph.D. dissertation, 1972. Francis J. Grimke in the nation's capital.SMITH, GIPSY. Mark, Dale. Sacred rhetoric of Journal of Presbyterian History 51, 471.88. Gipsy Smith. WS 37, 103-10.

103 102 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

SMYTH. THOMAS.tIollitield.E.Brooks. New Jersey, 1702-1727: on "great ripeness," Thomas Smyth: the so, ial ideas of a Southern much dedication and regrettable failure. The esatigelist. Journal ofPresbyterian History Historical Magazine of the Protestant Eris. 51, 24-39. copal Church 42, 233-56. STEPHENS, JOSEPH RAYNER. Johnson, Dak l'ILLICH, PAUL. May. Rollo. Paulus: reminis- A. Between esangelicaliun and a social gospel: cences of a friendship. New York: Harper. the case of Joseph Rayner Stephens. Church TRUEBLOOD, ELTON. See: 26834. History 42, 22942. WACH, JOACHIM. Wood, Charles Monroe, STODDARD, SOLOMON. Lucas, Paul R. An Theory and religious understanding: a critique appeal to the learned: the mind of Solomon of the hermaneutiLs of Joachim Wach. Yale Stoodani. WMQ 30. 257-92. U: Ph.D. dissertation, 1972. ''SLEY. JOHN. Clarkson, George E. John SUNDAY, BILLY. Morgan. David T. The re Wesley and William Law's mysticism. Religion visalist as patient:Billy Sunday and wink in Life 42, 537-44. war I. Journal of Presbyterian History 51. WHITEFIELD, GEORGE. Stein,StephenJ. 199-215. George Whitefield on slavery: some new evi- TALBOT, JOHN. Duncan, Robert William. Ir. dence. Churclt History 42, 243-56. A study of the ministry of John Talbot in WILLIAMS, MOSES A. See: 26825.

104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION, 1973

JAMES W. CARLSEN Univedsity of Washington

As with the 1972 bibliography, this edition repre4 ins a selective collection of books and articles gathered from a broad spectrum of published materials relative to the oral interpretation of literature. Unless otherwise indicated, each citation was pullislled in 1973. Publications from ancillary fields of study such as drama, literary criticism, aesthetics, linguistics, psychology, and education are includedi there are important implications for the scholar in oral interpretation. Theses and dissertations are listed elsewhere inthis volume with references to appropriate graduate studies by title identification number indicated at the end of pertinent subject area categories. The listings do not include book reviews, reproductions of earlier printings, or convention papers. The subject area of "Literary Criticism" utilized last year has been changed to "Criticism and Aesthetics" broadening the scope of studies to represent investigations of aesthetic theories and forms, research in the oral traditions of literature, as well as critical approaches to literary art. A complete listing of citations from Oral English edited by William C. Forest and Neil Novel li and Studies in Interpretation edited by Esther M. Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd is included in the 1973 bibliography because of the focus on the oral study of literature. Two non-speech communication journals recommended by the author for their listing of provocative studies of interest to scholars in interpretation are The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism and New Literary History. Readers are directed to two issues of New Literary History, Volume 4 (Winter, 1972 and Winter, 1973) for their inclusion of writings devoted to the topic of interpretation. The list of abbreviations includes all the journals examined in the bibliography. The author invites any suggestions from readers as to significant items which have been overlooked cr comments for future bibliographic efforts.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY p. 105 II. THEORY ...... p. 105 III.HISTORY p. 106 IV.PERFORMANCE ...... p. 106

V. PEDAGOGY - .... p. 107 VI.ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE .I A.General .... --. p. 107 B.Prose...... p. 107

C. Poetry ON OOOOOO OOOOOO Mr...0 p. 107

000000 .II D. Drama ...... 000000 P. 109

106 104 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

VII. CRITICISM AND AESTHETICS p.110 VIII.RHETORICAL ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE p.III IX.QUANTITATIVE STUDIES p. 1 1 1 X. READERS THEATRE AND CHAMBER THEATRE p. 111

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS

A3 American Speech JC Journal of Communication AL American Literature JE Journal of Education IT Black Theatre Journal of Education and BJA Bluish Journal of Aesthetics JEP Psychology CUJ central States Speech Journal journal of Educational College Composition and JEM Measurement CCC Communication JEdP Journal of Educational Psychology CE College English JER Journal of Educational Research CL Comparative Literature JEE Journal of Experimental Education CIS Comparative Literature Studies JGE Journal of General Education ConL Contemporary Literature JHE Journal of Hither Education CP Contemporary Poetry JL Journal of I mkuistics CD Critical Digest JR Journal of Reading Critical Essays in English and JRB Journal of Reading Behavior CEEAL American Literature JCJ Junior College Journal Cq Critical Quarterly Language: Journal of the Linguistic CR Critical Review L:JLSA Society of America CS Critical Survey LS Language and Speech Criticism: A Quarterly for LQ Language Quarterly C:QLA Literature and Art LI Linguistic Inquiry C:SMF Critique: Studies in Modern Fiction Linguistics: AnInternational Drama: The Quarterly Theatre L:AIR Review DQTR Review LM Literary Monographs DRAM Dramatics LR Literary Review Drama Review (formerly Tulane LP Literature and Psychology DR Drama Review) MD Modern Drama DT Drama and Theatre MFS Modern Fiction Studies ETJ Educational Theatre Journal MID Modern International Drama EE Elementary English MLJ Modern Language Journal ESJ Elementary School Journal MLR Modern Language Review E English NLH New Literary History EJ English Journal NYRB New York Review of Books ES English Studies North Carolina Journal ofSpeech GT Grade Teacher NCJSD and Drama IE Illinois Education OE Oral English IJE Illinois Journal of Education PL Papers in Linguistics Ins Instructor PLL Papers in Languageand Literature I Interpretation PERF Performance International Journal of PAR Performing Arts Review 3JL Linguistics FM Players Magazine Journal of Aesthetics and Art PP Flays and Players JAAC Criticism Po Poetry JAF Journal of American Folklore PN Poetry Northwest Journalof Applied Behavioral PR Poetry Review JABS Science JAP Journal of Applied Psychology PPi Poetry Pilot JBL Journalof Biblical Literature Poe Poetka JBP Journal of Black Poetry PD PoetryDial Journal ofCommonwealth PsylR PsydsolIngulstic Renard) JCL Literature PsyRe Psychological Record

106 81111.1tn,R WM' t1M sl L'InFs IN ORAL. INTERPREIKIION 105

Publications of the Modern SFQ Southern Folklore Quarterly PMLA Language Association SPR Southern Poetry Review QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech Southern Speech Communication QR1. Quarterly Review of Literature SSCJ Journal RRQ Reading Research Quarterly SD Speech and Drama RT Reading Teacher SM Speech Moriogr.As Review: A Magazine of "Poetry and ST Speech Teacher P.:MPC Criticism SEL Studies in English Literature RES Review of English Studies I S Today's Speech SR Saturday Review WS Western Speech SS Senior Scholastic YT Yale Theatre

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY Abstracts; 59th annual meeting of the Speech Knoeplimacher. V. C. Recent studies in the CommunicationAssociation.ed.Herman nineteenth century. SEL 12 (1972), 801. Cohen. New York: Speech CommunicationQuinn. Edward. James Ruoff. and Joseph Gren- Association. nen. eds. The major Shakespearean tragedies: C:arlsen. James W. Bibliography of studies in a critical bibliographi. Riverside, New Jersey: oral interpretation. 1972. Bibliographic annual The Free Press. in speech communication-1973. ed. PatrickShawcross, John T. Recent studiesinthe C. Kennicott. New York: Speech Communica- English renaissance. SEL 13, 163.197. tion Association. 69.73. Towns. Stuart and Churchill L. Roberts, eds. A Eccles. Mark. Recent stumes in Elizabethan and bibliography of speech and theatre in the Jacobean drama. SEL 13. 374-406. South for the year 1972. SSCJ 39. 75.87.

11. THEORY Ames, Sanford Saibner. Structuralism, language,Dilthey, Wilhelm. The rise of hermeneutics. In- and literature. jAAC 32 (Fall). 89.94. troductionbyFredricJameson. NLH 3 Bacon, Wallace A. The act of interpretation. OE (Winter, 1972), 229-244. 1 (Spring. 1972). 1.6. Dundas. Judith. Illusion and the poetic image. Berleant,Arnold. The verbal presence: an JAAC 32, 197-203. aesthetic of literary performance. JAAC 31,Erlich, Howard S. The consequence of Aris- 339-346. totle's Rhetoric and Poetics. SSCJ 38, 362.370. Black, Max. Meaning and intention: an examina-Floyd, Virginia H. Towards a definition of tion of Grice's views. NLH 4, 257-279. Hubris. Studies in interpretation. Esther M, Brown. William IL A function of metaphor in Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd, eds. Amster- poetry. ST 22, 32.37. dam. Holland: Editions RODOPI N. V., 1972, Campbell, Paul Newell. A rhetorical view of 3-31. locutionary, illocutionary, and perlocutionaryGeiger. Don. Poetic realizing as knowing. QJS acts. .4JS 59. 284-296. 59. 311.318. Caserta. Ernesto G. Manzoni's aesthetic theory. . Poetry as awarenessof what? Studies CLS 10. 229-251. in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle and Vir- C..oger. Leitiz Irene. Physical actions and the ginia H. Floyd, eds. Amsterdam, Holland: oralinterpreter.Studiesininterpretation. Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, 287407. Esther M. Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd, eds. Golden, Leon. The purgation theory of catharis. Amsterdam. Holland: Editions RODOPI NN., jAAC 31. 473.479. 1972, 275-286. Cohen.Gillian. The psychology of reading.Hall.Richard W. Phonic literaturea new N111 4 (Autumn, 1972) , 75.80. sound for a new age. Ej 62, 383.393. Collins, James. Interpretation: the interweaveHansen, Forest. The adequacy of verbal articu- of problems. NLH 4, 389-403. lation of emotions. JAAC 31 (Winter, 1972). Deitz, Stanley. Words without things: toward 249.253. a social phenomenology of language.QJS 59, Hartman, Geoffrey. The interpreter:aself 40.81. analysis. NLH 4. 213-727. Dkkie, George. Psychical distance:in a fogHaas, Richard. Oral interpretation as discovery at sea. BjA 13, 17-29. through persona. OE 1 (Spring, 1972), 13.14.

107 106 111111.10CR WILK: ANNUAL INS1'EECII COMM', *NICATION Hitich, E. D. Three dimensions of hermeneutics. Price, Martin. Form and discontent. NLH 4. NLH 3 (Winter, 1972), 245-261. 381.387. Hofstadter, Albert. The aesthetic impulse. JAAC Richert, William E. Communication nualels for 32, 171.181. teaching oral interpretation. ST 22. 131.139. Hollerer.WalterandRichardFigge.The Roluif. Leland H. The perception and evocation prospectsforliteratureinfuturesociety. of literature. New York: Scott. For..sitian and CLS 10. 353.363. Company. Hopkins. Mary Francis. Interpreting Anglican . The roles of the interpreter and allustion in English literature. ST 22. 153-155. the actor. ST 22, 144-147. Iluchen,Lee.Oralinterpretationas meta- Rude. Roland. Diagnosis and dialectic. Studies phorical expression. ST 22. 27.31. in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle and Vir- Ilunsaker,DavidM. and CraigR. Smith. giniaH. Floyd, eds. Amsterdam. Holland: Rhetoricaldistance:acriticaldimension. Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972. 99-120. WS 37. 247.252. Silverman. Stuart. Knowledge and acceptance. Hunsinger, Paul A. A communication model and the experience of literature. BJA 13, 243- for oral interpretation, Studies in interpreta- 250. tion. Esther M. Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd,Skinner, Quentin. Motives, intentions and the eds. Amsterdam, Holland: Editions RODOPI interpretation of texts. NLH 3 (Winter, 1972). N.V., 1972. 310-323. 393.408. her. Wolfgang. The reading process: a phe-Sloan, Thomas 0. Speaking literature. Studies nomenologicalapproach. NLII 3(Winter, in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle and Vir- 1972). 279-299. giniaH. Floyd, eds. Amsterdam, Holland: Kuhns.Richard. Semantics forliterarylan- Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, 341.362. guages. NLII 4 (Autumn, 1972), 91.103. Snipes. Wilson C. Oral composing as an ap proach to writing. CCC 24. 200-205. Linds Tiim, 0. A parametric approach to English Stewart. Donald. Metaphor, truth, and defini- intonation. ES 54. 249-259. tion. JAAC 32. 205-218. Loesch. Katherine T. The shape of sound: con- Statoff, Walter J. Some of my best friends are figurationrime thepoetry in of Dylan interpreters. NLH 4, 375-380. Thomas. Studies in Interpretation. Esther M. Stolnitz, Jerome. The artiste values in aesthetic Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd, eds. Amster- experience. JAAC 32. 5-15. dam. Holland: Editions RODOPI N.V.. 1972,Vitale. Gary C. Gesture: your characters's silent 33.66. speech. DRAM 44 (March), 22-23. Manley, Marilyn. Interpretation of literary ma- Weisgerber, Jean. Satire and irony as a means terials. rev. ed. New York: Cambridge Book of communication. CLS 10, 157-172. Co., Inc. Whitaker, Beverly. Research directions in the Olsen, Stein Haugom. Authorial intention. BJA performance of literature. SM 40, 238-242. 13, 219.231. [Aso see: 26653'. 26650]

Ill. HISTORY Gray, Paul H. The evolution of expression: S. S. 253. Curry's debt to elocution. ST 22, 322-327. Mattingly, Aletha Smith. Art and nature: the Hadley. Dorothy Scidenburg. Oral interpreta- mechanicalschoolinEngland,1761.1806. tion at the Chautauqua Institution and the Studies ininterpretation. Esther M. Doyle Chautauqua School of Expression, 1874.1900. and Virginia H. Floyd. eds. Amsterdam. Hol- Studies in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle land: Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, 257-272. and Virginia H. Floyd, eds. Amsterdam, Hol-Robinson. Marion Parsons.Notes fromthe land: Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972. 207.227. classroom of Gertrude Johnson. ST 22, 328- Hampton, Patricia E. Oral interpretation as a 333. means of instruction in Anglo-Saxon England.Trautmann, Fredrick. Harriet Beecher Stowe: Studies in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle public readings in the central states. CSSJ andVirginiaH.Floyd,eds. Amsterdam, 24. 22-28. Holland: Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, M9- [Also see: 26653*, 26655, 26661°, 26672°4

IV. PERFORMANCE Berleant, Arnold. See II. voices: Whitman's Leaves of Grast on tele- Carps, Harry J. Four hours and forty eight vision. OE 1 (Summer, 1972), 7.8. 108 BIBLIMRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION 107 Esther M. Eso len, Gary. See V. poetry. Studies .a interpretation. Geiger, Don. Performance as the act of under- Doyle and Virginia IL Floyd, eds. Amster- standing literature. OE 1 (Winter. 1972), 3-6. dam, Holland: Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, Heston, Ulla A. A note on prose fiction: the 325-339. performance of dialogue tags. ST 22. 69.72. Simmel, Marianne L Mime and reason: notes Loesch, Katherine T. Towards an ontology of on the creation of the perceptual oLject. literature in performance. OE 1(Fall, 19Z ). JAAC 31 (Winter. 1972), 193-200. 8-14. Vitale, Gary C. See U. Long. Chester C. The poem's text as a technique Whitaker, Beverly. See IL of performance in public group readings of [Also see: 26653. 26680.]

V. PEDOGOGY Beath. Richard W. A. rhetoric of covert re- Hilton, E. Do you read to your children? Ins hearsal. EJ 62, 126-131. 82 (1972), 12. Borek, Margaret Downes. Some oral techniques Hurley, John and Jerry L. Sullivan. Teaching in teaching literature to upward bound rtu- literature to adolescents: inoculation or in- dents. OE 1 (Fall, 1972), 5-7. duction. E 62. 49-59. Biestensky. Dennis F. Siddhartha: a casebook Jensen. M. Tell me a story. Ins 82, 88.89. anteaching methods. EJ 62, 379.382. Minkoff, Harvey and Sharon Katz. Spoken and Brooks, Peter. Man and his fictions: one ap- written English: teaching passive grammar. proach to the teaching of literature. CE 35, CCC 24, 157.162. 40-49. Montebello, Mary S. Literature for children: Brown, J. Reading aloud. EE 50. 635-636. children's literature in the curriculum. Du- Burch, R. Why read aloud to children today? buque: Iowa: William C. Brown Company. Ins 82 (1972), 121-122. Morton, Beatrice K. Creative dramaa visit Danker, Frederick F. Blues in the classroom. to the classroom. EJ 62, 622-627. EJ 62, 391-401. Richards,I.A. Interpretationin Teaching. Dawson, M.A. and S.E. Fox. Guidelines for ef- New York: Humanities Press, Inc. fective oral reading. Ins 2, 72.73. Robinson. Marion Parsons. See III. Farrell, Thomas J. From orality to literary:Schiller, Charles. I'm ok, you're oklets choral teaching writing to the disadvantaged. OE 1 read. EJ 62, 791 -794. (Fall, 1972), 1-5. Sloyer, Shirlee. Show on the road: oral per- Forest, William Craig and Neil Novelli. Getting formers as reading motivators. OE I (Winter. started with the oral study of literature. OE 1972), 13-15. 1. Supplement (Fall, 1972). 1-17. Snipes.Wilson. Oral composing as an ap- Gamble. Teri Kwal and Michael Wesley Gamble. proach to writing. CCC 24, 200-205. The theatre of creative involvement: an in- Stanford. Gene and Barbara Stanford. Affective troduction to drama for children. ST 22, 41- approaches to literature. EJ 62, 64-68. 43. Gebhard, Ann 0. Poetryacid test of compre-Thompson, David W. Teaching the history of interpretation. ST 22, 38-40. hension. JR 17, 125.127. devices Hartman, Joan E. Teaching poetry: an exerciseThompson, R.F. Teaching literary in practical criticism. CE 35, 17.31. and the reading of literature. JR 17, 113-117. Hendricks,Beverly Lusty. Mythmaking withVogels, M. P. Stop and think: then go ahead' children through improvisation. ST 22, 226- choral reading and song. Ins. 83, 160. 230. [Also see: 26655. 26668, 26670'.]

VI. ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE

A. GUPOIAL Brooks, Cleanth, R.. W. B. Lewis, and Robert Penn Warren, eds. American literature: the Allen, Paula. Sywhol and structure in native makers and the making. New York:St. American litera"re: some basic considerations. Martin's Press. CCC 24. 267 270. Fokkema, D. W. The (ones and values of con- Burrows, David J., Frederick R. Lapides, and temporary Chinese literature. NLH 4, 589-603. John T. Shawcross, eds. Myths and motifs in literature. Riverside, New Jersey: The FreeJoseph, Gerhard J. Poe and Tennyson. PMLA Prem. 88, 418-427. 109 108 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION ikolyukin. A. N. Past and present discussionsPerry, J. Douglas, Jr. The form of horror in of American national literature. NLH 4, 575- Capote, Faulkner, and Styron. MFS 19, 153- 590. 168. Page. James A. Black literature. EJ 62. 709-717.Schero. Elliot M. Intonation and moral insight: Rodrigues, Raymond J. A few directionsin reading Henry James aloud. OE 1 (Summer, chicano literature. EJ 62. 724.729. 1972). 8-12. Starobtnski, Sanders; Thomas E. Triballiterature:indi The struggle with Legion: a vidual identity and the collective unconscious. literary ar.. tysit of Mark 5:1-20. NLH 4. 331- 356. CCC 24, 256-266. schofer. K. F., Donald E. Rice, and WiliamThune. Ensaf and Ruth Prigozy. eds. Short Berg, eds. Poimes. Pikes, Prose. New York: stories: a critical anthology. Riverside, New Oxford U Press. Jersey: Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. 'Frilling. Lionel. Harold Bloom. Martin Pries',Von Abele, Rudolph. Film as interpretation: a and J. B. Trapp. eds. The oxford anthology case study of Ulysses. JAAC 31, 487-500. of English literature. New York: Oxford U Woodman, Leonora. A linguistic approach to Press. prose style. EJ 62. 587-603. Worrell, Elizabeth. The unspoken word. Studies B. Pam in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle and Vir- Boudreau.Gordon.Henry Thoreau's sound ginia H. Floyd, eds. Amsterdam. Holland: sense. OE 1(Spring. 1972). 7-12. Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, 191-203. [Also see: 26654. 26656°, 26657. 26665, 26666, Brestensky, Dennis F. See V. 26667', 26671'.] Hansen, Arlen J. A new trend in American fiction. MFS 19, 5-16. C. POETRY Heston, Lilla A. The interpreter and the structure of the noel. Studies in interpretation.Adam', Percy G. The historical importance of Esther M. Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd. eds. assonance to poets. PMLA 88, 8-18. Amsterdam. Holland: Editions RODOPI N.V., Auerbach, Shirley. The shape's the thing. EJ 1972. 137-154. 62, 607-612. . See IV. Barfield, Owen. Poetic diction. 3rd ed. Middle- Hoover, Regina M. Prose rhythm: a theory of town, Connecticut: Wesleyan U Press. proportional distribution. CCC 24, 366-374. Barfoot, C. C. Key perspective, the tonality of klinkowitz, Jerome. Literary career of Kurt tense in some poems of Wordsworth. ES 54. Vonnegut, Jr. MFS 19. 55-67. 22-37. Nraclay, Joanna Hawkins. The interpreter and Ely. Robert. ed. Leaping poetry: an idea with modern fiction: problems of point of view poems and translations. Boston: Beacon Press. and structural tensiveness. Studies in inter-Boomsliter, Paul C., Warren Creel, and George pretation. Esther M. Doyle and Virginia H. S. Hastings, Jr. Percaption and English poetic Floyd.eds.Amsterdam. Holland:Editions meter. PMLA 88, 200-208. RODOPI N.V., 1972. 155.169. Calderwood. James L. and Harold E. Toliver, Markle. Joyce B. John Updike's fiction. Ne/ eds. Perspectives on poetry. New York: Ox- York: New York U Press. ford U Press. Matthews, Jack. ed. Archetypal themes is the modern story. New York: St. Martin's Press. Courtney, Norma. Poetry: a creative experience. EJ 62, 604.606. Melland, James M. Four modes: a rhetoric of modern fiction. Riverside, New Jersey: Mac- Doggett, Frank. The transition from harmonium: millan Publishing Co., Inc. factors in the development of Stevens' later poetry. PMLA 88, 122-131. Merrill, Robert. The narrative voice in Billy Budd. MLQ 34.283 -291. Doyle, Esther M. Poet on stage. Studies in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle and Virginia Noon, William T. Distant music in Finegan H. Floyd. eds. Amsterdam, Holland: Editions Wake. OE 1 (Winter, 1972), 6-9. RODOPI N.V.. 1972, 123-136. Olshin, Toby A. Intzodudng fiction:tra!ningDubois, Jean. An introduction to black Ameri- the student reader. CCC 24, 301.303. can poetry. EJ 62, 718-728.

110 BIB1.1(X.RAPHY OF STUDIESIN ORAL INTERPRETATION 109

Gebhard, Ann O. See V. D. DRAMA Ge 1pin. George H. Coleridge and the spiral ofArcher. William. Old drama and new. Fol- poetic thought. SEL 12 (1972), 639-652. croft. Pennsylvania: Folcroft Library Editions. Harlan, William K. Probes: an introduction to Bacon, Wallace A. Problems in the interpre- poetry.Riverside, New Jersey:Macmillan tation of Shakespeare. ST 2.2, 273-287. Publishing Co., Inc. . The MargeryBailey memorial lec- Hartman, Joan E. See V. tures. SM 40, 75-100. Jerome, Judson. Poet and the poem. rev. ed.Baker. G. P. Dramatic technique. Havertown, Cincinnati, Ohio: Writers Digest. Pennsylvania: Richard West Publishers. Bentley. Eric. Theatre of war: modern drama Jordan. Frank, Jr.. ed. The English romantic from Ibsen to Brecht. abrev. ed. New York: poets: a review of research and criticism. New Viking Press, Inc. York: MLA Materials Center, 1972. Bloor, R.. H. Christianity and religious drama. Locsch. Katherine T. See IL Folcroft, Pennsylvania: Folcroft Library Edi- tions. Overland, 0. E. E. Cummings' "my father moved throughthe dooms oflove":amassive Champion, Larry S. The tragic perspective of achievement. ES 54, 141-147. Othello. ES 54, 447-460. Cornwell, Ethel F. Samuel Beckett: the fight Overstreet, Robert. The speaking of poetry in from self. PMLA 88, 41.51. Charles Williams Descent into Hell. SSCJ 38. Eccles, Mark. See I. 385-390. Gardner, John. Jason and Medea. Westminster. Pichaski, David R. Beowulf to heatles:ap- Maryland: Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. proaches to poetry. Riverside, New Jersey: Goldhammer, Allen D. Everyman: a dramatiza- The Free Press, 1972. tion of death. QJS 59, 87-98. Quenner, Lea Gibbs. Contiguity figures:an Houghton, Norris. Russian theatre in the 20th index to the language-world relationship in century. DR 17, 5-13. Auden'spoetry.Studiesininterpretation. Hristic. Jovan. On the interpretation of drama. Esther M. Doyle and Virginia H. Floyd, eds. NLH 3 (Winter, 1972), 346-354. Amsterdam, Holland: Editions RODOPI N.V., Kennedy, Andrew K. The absurd and the hyper- 1972, 67-98. articulate in Shaw's dramatic language. MD 26, Riffaterre, Michael. Interpretation and descrip- 185-192. tive poetry: a reading of Wordsworth's "Yew- Matlack. Cynthia S. Metaphor and dramatic Trees." NLH 4, 229-256. structure in The Chalk Garden. qjs 59, 304- Rosenthal. M. I... and A. J. M. Smith. Exploring 310. poetry. 2nd ed. Riverside, Net; Jersey: Mac-Post. Robert M. The outsider in the plays of millan Publishing Co., Inc. John Osborne. SSCJ 39, 63-74. Schmidt, Michael. The poetry of Donald Davie. Quinn. Edward, James Ruoff, and Joseph Gren- cg 15, 81.88. nen. See I. Shaw cross, John T.. and Frederick R. Lapides.Reinhardt, Nancy. Formal patternsinThe eds.Poetry and its conventions. Riverside, Iceman Cometh. MD 26, 119-128. New Jersey: The Free Press. Rickert, Alfred E. See X. Rosenberg, Marvin. The masks of King Lear. Tomlinson. C. The sonnet: its origin, structure. Berkeley, California: U of California Press. and place in poetry. Havertown, Pennsylvania: Sakharoff, Micheline. The polyvalence of the Richard West Publishers. theatrical language in No Exit. MD 26, 199- Vance, Eugene. Signs of thecity:medieval 205. poetry as detour. NLH 4, 557-574. Springier, Michael K. From the actor to Ubu: WiRMatt, W. K. Belinda Ludens: strife and play Jany's theatre of the double. MD 26, 1-11. in The Rape of the Loch. NLH 4, 357-378. Tanner, Bernard R. The circle of Drama. EJ 62, ed.Versification: major language 737.741. types. New York: New York U Press. Vitale, Gary C. Singing the Goat Song. DRAM Wlnterowd, W. Ross.Richard M. Weaver: 44, 16-17. modern poetry and the limits of conservativeWallace, Robert S. The Zoo Story: Albee's attack criticism. WS 37, 129438. on fiction. MD 26, 49-54. [Also see: 266596, 25660°. 26669, 26682.) [Also see: 26664, 26675.3 I In BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION VII. CRITICISM AND AESTHETICS Aaron. Daniel. Writers on the left. New York: KOpeczi, Bela. A Marxist view of form in liter- Octogon Press. ature. NLH 3 (Winter, 1972). 353-372. Ackerman. James S. Toward a new social theory Leach, Mac Edward. and Tristam P. Coffin. eds. of art. NLH 4, 316-330. Critics and the ballad. Carbondale. Illinois: Allen, Paula. See VLA. Southern Illinois U Press. Archer, William. See VI.D. Lentricchia.Frank. Coleridge andEmerson: Bagehot. Walter. Estimationsincriticism. 2 prophets of silence,prophets oflanguage. cols. Havertown. Pennsylvania: Richard West JAAC 32, 37-46. Publishers. Levin, Harry. Literature and cultural identity. Bantock. G. H. T. S.Eliot's view of society. CLS 10. 139-156. CQ 15, 37-46. Mathews, James W. Literature, not criticism: a Bascom, William. Folklore, verbal art, and cul- plea for liberality. EJ 62, 568.572. ture. JAF 86. 374-381. Miner, Earl. ed. Stuart and Georgian moments. Bergonzi, Bernard. Critical situations: from the Berkeley. California: U of California Press. fifties to the seventies. CQ 15. 59-73. Monteiro, George. The limits of professionalism: Bloomfield. Morton W. Allegory as interpreta- a sociological approach to Faulkner, Fitzgerald, tion. NLI-1 3 (Winter, 1972), 301-317. and Hemrningway. C:QLA 15. 145-155. Brady. Frank, John Palmer. and Martin Price. Osbourne. Harold, ed. Aesthetics. New York: eds.Literarytheory andstructure.New Haven, Connecticut: Yale U Press. Oxford U Press. Buesch, Thomas A. The literary genre as sym- Paton. Margaret. Hume on tragedy. BJA 13, bolic form. JAAC 31, 525-530. 121-132. (:batman, Seymour. ed. Approaches to poetics. Righter, William. Myth and interpretation. NLH New York: Columbia U Press. 3 (Winter. 1972), 319-344. Culler. Jonathan. Structure of ideology andSanders. Thomas E. See VIA. ideology of structure. NLH 4, 471-482. Scholes, Robert. The illiberal imagination. NLH Demetz, Peter. Literary scholarship: past and 4, 521-540. future. CLS 10, 363-373. Scholz, Bernhard F. Discourse and intention in Dotter. Kenneth. The Ion: Plato's characteriza- SuzanneLanger'saestheticsofliterature. tion of art. JAAC 32. 67-78. JAAC 31 (Winter, 1972), 216-226. Doyle, Esther M. See VI.C. Stolnitz, Jerome, Jr. See II. Dutton, Denis. Criticism and method. BJA 13,Strelka, Joseph P.. ed. Literary criticism and 232-242. sociology. University Park, Pennsylvania State Fisher. John H. Truth versus beauty: language U Press. and literature in an articulate society. EJ 62.Strom Brian. Social structure and role alloca- 205-214. tion in Tzeltal oral literature. JAF 86, 95-113. Frame, Douglas. The moral import of EnglishValdes, Mario J. Toward a structure of criti- studies. EJ 62, 230-238. cism. NLH 3 (Winter, 1972). 265-278. Frye, Northrop. Critical path: an essay on the Vance, Eugene. See VI.C. social context of literary criticism. Blooming- Werckmeister, 0. K. Marx on ideology and art. ton. Indiana: Indiana U Press. NLH 4, 501-519. Girnus. Wilhelm. On the problem of ideologyWhite, David A. Northrop Frye: value and and literature. NLH 4, 483-500. system. C:QLA 15, 189.211. Hamburger, Kate. The logic of literature. rev.White, Hayden. Interpretation in history. NLH ed. Rose. Marilyn J. tr. from German. Bloom- 4, 281-31A. ington, Indiana: Indiana U Press. Wig ley. Joseph A. Imagery and theinterpre- Hartman, Joan E. See V. ter. Studies in interpretation. Esther M. Doyle Howe, Irving. Critical point: on literature and and Virginia H. Floyd, eds. Amsterdam, Hol- culture. New York: Horizon Press Publishers. land: Editions RODOPI N.V., 1972, 171-190. Hum), George A. Ideology and literature. NLHWilgus, D. K. The text is the thing. JAF 86, 4, 421-436. 241-252. Hyman, Lawrence W. Autonomy and distance Winterowd, W. Ross. See VI.C. in a literary work: a new approach to con- Worrell. Elizabeth. See V1.11. textualism. JAAC 31, 467-471. (Also see: 26659°, 26660°, 26669, 26682.] 112 BIBLIOGRAPHY OE STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION 111 VIII. RHETORICAL ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE Br:ggs, Nancy E. Rhetorical dimensions of theSavareid, Jay. The impermanent and unbeautt- nursery .hyme. ST 22, 215-219. ful rhetoric. CCC 24, 31-35. Edith, It ward S. See II. Sloan, Thomas 0. See II. Huttsaker, David M., and Craig R. Smith, See II. Nabholtz, John R. Drama and rhetoricin Squires, Michael. Teaching a story rhetorically: Lambs essays of the imagination. SEL an approach to a short story by D. H. Law 0972), 683-703. fence. CCC 24, 150-156. Salyer. Donald R. Some rhetorical and poetil. Stevens, Watt. A proposal for non-linear dispo- (tossroads in the interpretation of literature sition. WS 37, 118-128. WS 37, 264-272. [Also see: 26658, 26662°, 26682.]

IX. QUANTITATIVE STUDIES Amato, Anthony, Robert Emans, and Elsie Zieg- Loveland, Glenn G., and Robert Michielutte. lar. The effectiveness of creative dramatics Correlates of aesthetic interest. ST 22, 125-132. And storytelling in a library sitting. JER 67,Williams, David A., and Dennis C. Alexander. 161.162. Effects of audience responses on the performances of oral Interpreters. WS 37, 273-280.

X. READERS THEATRE AND CHAMBER THEATRE Abel. Leslie Gillian, and Robert M. Post. To- involvement. MD 26, 81-86. ward a poor readers theatre. QJS 59, 436-442. Kirby, Michael. Richard Foreman's ontological- Coger. Leslie Irene, and Melvin R. White. Read- histeric theatre. DR 17, 5-32. ers theatre handbook. rev. ed. New York:Neimi, Irmeli. Peter Weiss and documentary Stott. Foresman and Company. theatre: Song of a Scarecrow. MD 26, 29-34. Courtney. Richard. Theatre and spontaneity. Rickert. Alfred E. Production notes for a staged JAAC 32, 79-88. reading of Othello. OE I (Winter, 1972), 9-13. Jurak.Murko. Dramaturgic concepts ofthe [Also see: 26661, 26673, 26674, 26675, 26676, English group theatre: the totality of artistic 26677, 26678, 26681.]

113 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP, 1973

CHRISTIAN MOE Southern Illinois University, Carbondale JAY L RAPHAEL Heritage Repertory Company. University of Virginia Last year's publication of "A Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship, 1972" marked the first step toward an annual bibliography focusing on theatre production and techniques. This index represents the second year'he series and, like its predecessor, places emphasis on live performance and r d stage techniques rather than on dramatic theory and criticism or theatre history. (A third year bibliography may be influenced by proposed publication of a recently announced "Theatre/Drama and Speech Index," purporting extensive annual coverage of 1974 periodicals, with initial publication in1975. Presumably that index would encompass items relating to the theatre crafts, but not individual production reports and reviews.) The 1973 bibliography has added "educational/children's theatre" to the existing areas of administration and management, acting, directing, design and technology, playwriting, production reports and reviews. The number of articles treating education, creative dramatics, and children's theatre were sufficient enough to warrant a separate category. Another addition has been the listing, at the end of each category, of 1973 theses anddissertations concerning related subject matter and identified by number. Full entries for theses and disertations as identified appear elsewhere in the Annual. Individual entries have been taken from well-known and obtainable English language periodicals and journals. Of the 1972 bibliography's list of thirty-three journals, nine have been deleted (largely owing to cancellation or lack of relevant subject matter) and thirteen have been added. The latter include CreativeDrama, Empirical Research in Theatre, Encore, Institute of Outdoor Drama Newsletter, Polish Review, Quarterly Journal of Speech, Shakespeare Survey, SouthernSpeech Communication Journal, Southern Theatre, Speech Teacher, and the following annuals: Drama in Education 2, Theatre Annual, and Theatre '73. The bibliographical information for each entry includes mouth or season (when not consecutively paginated or an annual issue). An exception to this form will be found under "Production Reports and Reviews" where articles, with individual titles eliminated, are listed alphabetically (by author) under the appropriate play. Space limitations have kept cross-references to a minmum. The year of publication is only cited inthose cases where the issue date spans 1972 or in the specific instance of onejournal omitted last year whose 1972 issues have been picked up. Play reports and reviews relating to a specific play appearunder the play title in a continuous sequence separated only by periods rather than as separate listings. The same punctuation isfollowed with standard reports whose title is repeated in several issues of the same periodical; e.g.,"Theatrefacts." The editors wish gratefully to acknowledge the collaboration ofStephan Draku- lich and the assistance of Alan Cohn, Humanitieslibrarian, both of Southern Illinois University at Carbondale.

114 114 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT p. 114 EDUCATIONAL/CH I LDREN 'S THEATRE p. 116 ACTING p. 118 DIRECTING p. 120 DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY p. 122 PLAYWRITI NG p. 124 PRODUCTION REPORTS AND REVIEWS A.American and Canadian Theatre 1.Individual Play Reviews p. 126 2.Black Theatre p. 128 3.Educational/Children's Theatre p. 129 4.Socio-Political Theatre p. 129 B.International Theatre p. 129 C.Theatre Season Reviews p. 135

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS ATB Asian .1heatre Bulletin PAC Performing Arts in Canada CDR (aeatiye Drama PERE Performance CTJA ( oncemed Theatre Japan PM Players Magazine CTR thilchn'.: Theatre Review POLR Polish Review I)ED Drama in Education 2 PP Plays and Players I)QTR Manta: The Quarterly Theatre (VS Quarterly Journal of Speech Bolos. SOT Southern Theatre DRAM Dramatics SS Shakespeare Survey DT Drama and Theater SSCJ Southern Speech Communication ERT Empirical Research Theatre Journal ETJ Educational Theatre Journal Speech Teacher ENC Encore T %BS Tabs GAM Gambit lAN Theatre Annual IODN Institute of Outdoor Drama T(: Theatre Crafts Newsletter TI)R (Tulane) Drama Review I.TR Latin American Theatre Review TDT Theatre Design and Technology NTM New Theatre Magazine TP Theatre en Pologne NYT New York Times (Arts and TQ Theatre Quarterly Leisure Section) TS Theatre Survey NYTCR New York Theatre Critics Review T73 Theatre 73 NYTM New York Times (Magazine Section) YT Yale Theatre

I. ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT A.C.T. Asian-American workshop. ATB 2 (Fall/Arenberg. Emanuel. An interview: producing Winter). 2. Broadway musicals. YT 3 (Summer), 94.101. Alliance for arts education. IODN (May). 2. Berkuist. Robert. How to succeed as a producer Allison, Ralph. England's National Theatre: at 19. NYT 2 (November 25), 10. an interview with Kenneth Tynan. SOT 3 . Why bring a show to Broadway at (Spring). 1! 21. all? NYT 2 (November 4). 34. American Oberammergau passion play. IODN Bosworth, Patricia. The fight to save Seesaw. (April), 2. NYT 2 (April 8),1, 3. American Revolution bicentennial funds. IODN .Joseph Papp at the Zenith wa. (June), I. it boom or best. NYT 2 (November 25). 1. 21. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 'rim Anucm. CRAFTSMANSHIP 115 Brown, Ivor. Feautures: in praise of festivals. Harrop, John. University theatre USA: success DQTR 110 (Autumn), 56-59. and failure. TQ 10 (April/Junr), 67-78. Brown, JohnRussell. The subtleperilsof Hatfields and McCoys. IODN (July), 2. subsidy. TQ 11 (July/September), 33.39. Hauser, Frank. Green room: the cliché expert Brown. Kent R. The American Indian Theatre imestigates the end of the Meadow Players. ensemble. PM 3, 126-31. PP 12 (September), 16-17. Hershberger,Ellanie. The PittsburghPlay- California Institute of the Arts ends design and house. PM 3, 98-103, 136.39. techtraining. TC 6 (November/December),Hill Cumorah Pageant. IODN (March). 1. 12-16, 34.38. Hodgson, John. John Hodgson: the college of Cohen, Alexander H. Curtain time:7:30? education, DED 1, 189 9S. s:30? 9? NYT 2 (July 29). I. 3. Honey in the Rock. IODN (March), 2. Common Glory. The. IODN (April). 2. Michael. Working the system. PP 3 Horn in the West. IODN (October), 1. Coy, r:ey. Hudson. Roger. The state of the nation's the- (Deo:mber), 16-19. atre: looking for the right answers. TQ 12 Cross and Sword. IODN(April). 1 IODN (October /December), 4-7. (June).I. quarter. DQTR Cr% of the Wild Ram. IODN (May). 1. IODNHuren, Kenneth. Comment: Ill(Winter). 74-76. (July), 2. Danbury, Peter. Green room: from Antonio to Kaufman, Ed. Center TLeatre group. PM 5/6, the Zulus. PP 7 (April). 16.17. 196-201, 250-51. Denver Opera foundation. The. IODN (Jan- Kerr, Walter. Can Broadway move? NYT 6 (June 3), 22-23, 26. 28, 30. 32, 34, 36-37. uary),1. . Repertorywastheimprobable Dialog. PAC 3 (Fall). 43-45. dream. NYT 6 (F. -bruary 25), 36-37, 39, 41, 43- G-een, Michael. The world coarse acting cham- 44. pionships. T73, 85.88. Kirby, Victoria Nes. World festival of theatre. Doty, Gresda. and Wright. Jack. Theatre fes- TDR 4 (December), 5. tivals:practicaleducationforactors,di- K:ttleson,Howard, andMcCarthy,Michael. rectors,anddesigners. ST 3(September). PERT and plays: project management in the 245-47. theatre arts ETJ 1, 95-101. Drain. Richard. The chocolate guerrilla. GAM Lads. Asja. and Benjamin, %Vatter. Building a 23. 40-43. children's theatre: two documents. PERF 5 Drumbeats in Georgia. IODN (April). I. (March/April), 22-32. Elsora, John. A policy for new plays. TQ 11 Lahr. John. Green room: I lost it at the the- (July/September). 58 69. atre. PP 4 (January), 12 13. Feingold.Michael. A new wayofmakim; Lazier. Gil. Major Karma. SOT 4 (Summer). theater-and its over. NYT 2 (October 7). 3 19.20. ford, John. The welfare state in Darnley. PP 10 Legend of Daniel Boone, The. IODN (October), (July), 28-31. 2 IODN (December), 2. Frank Lewin and the New Jersey project. IODN Lipsius,Frank. The Arts Council: a mug's game. PP 4 (January). 56-57. (January),1. Funke, Lewis. Can the lady save the Lyceum. Loney, Glenn M. Dreams that money can buy. NYT 2 (July 22). 3. TC 5 (October), 31, 39. Lo t Colony, The. IODN (February). 2. IODN .I love the theatre, man, but those prices. NYT 2 (December 16). 3. 8. (August). 2. IODN (September), 2. Frazer, Robin. Arts lobby meets officials. P.t(:Magic Forest, A Rip Van Winkle odyssey, The. 2 (Summer), 29. IODN (March), 2. IODN (October), 2. Gasoline Shortage. IODN (November), 1. Managers and promoters conference. IODN (November), I. Graham, Sidney. Firehouse Theatre. PM 2. 54- Mandell, Bernard. Will anarts lobby work 60,86-87. in Canada? PAC 1 (Spring), 17-18. Gruen, John. Broadway's in a party mood. NYT Marcus Whittaan outdoor drama pojcct. IODN 2 (December 2), 1, 23. (December), 1. ,Is theater dead? No. out to dinner. Markham. A. E. Putting regio,..al theiAre on NYT 2 (October 21), 1, 4. the map. TQ 12 (October/1k ember). 8-9. Hammond, Jonathan. Fringe finances. GAM 23, NfcGrinder, Michael. and Nelson, Stanley. Off- 48-52. Off Broadway. DT 3 (Spting). 138-40. 116 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Mormon Miracle Pageant, The. IODN (April), I. Unemployment tax liability for outdoor drama Morton, David. NADA atBangor. DEDI, companies. IODN (August),1. 240.42. Unions: angels or devils? PAC 1 (Spring), 12.13. National Endowment for the Arts. IODN (De- Into These Hills. IODN (May). 1. IODN (Sep- cember), 1. tember),1. North Carolina travel dollar. IODN (June). 2. 'enables, Clare. Green room: who's killing the Opinion Forum. PAC 2 (Summer). 16.19. reps. PP 10 (July). 14-15. Opinion Forum: 100% Canadian contentin Walk toward the sunset. IODN (February).1. our advertising? PAC 4 (Winter), 22 25. IODN (May),1. IODN (June),1.IODN Outdoor drama auditions. IODN (January). 2. (August). 2. IODN (September), 1. IODN (November). 2. White. Michael. What's wrong with the West end? TQ 11(July/September), 40-48. Papp. Joseph. To break down the wall. NYT 2 WildernessRoad. IODN (March),1. IODN (July 22), 1, 8. (October), 2. Pilgrim's Progress. IODN (January), 1. Wyman, Max. Vancouver's recipe for making Ramona. IODN (January), 1. TOD\ (February), the audience feel good. PAC 4 (Winter). 20- 1. 21. Rich, Dennis J. Quote.unquote: the Dinglefest takrewski, M. J. Government and the arts. SOT Theatre Company. PM 4, 154.59. I (Fall), 21-22. Ryan. Paul. Festival chic. PP 10 (Jul}). 32-33. /ion Passion Play. IODN (October), 1. Schnitzer,Robert.Feudalenclaves. SOT 4 [Alsosee:27516, 27523, 27527, 27533, (Summer), 5-7. 275466, 27555, 27561', 27612, 27E33, 27666. Shaffer, Yvonne. The Yale Repertory Theatre. 27673,27710,27721,27749,27757,27758, PM 4, 14449. 27759, 27776, 27782. 27795, & 27812]. Shakespearespin-offs. TC 2(March/April), 28.29. Simmons, Pip. A requiem for the fringe. PP 8 11. EDUCATIONAL/CHILDREN'S THEATRE (May), 54-57. Shepherd o; the Hills. The. IODN (March), 2.Adcdeji, Joel. An experiment at Ibadan. DED Skotnicki. Jan. Problems of theatrical schooling 1,257-62. in Poland. TP 11 (November), 6-9. Aldred, Doug. Shot up, ou talk o'er much. Smokey Mountain Passion Play. IODN (March), CDR 4 (Winter), 27-33. 2. A::son. Edith N. Rupelstiltskinisalive and Song of Norway. IODN (April), 2. IODN (July), well. SOT 2 (Winter),15. 2. Arnold, 0. E. Seven rules and how to bend Stephen Foster Story, The. IODN (December), them. DRAM 7 (April), 33-34. 2. Raton, Wallace A. Problems in the interpre- Stitt.Kenn.Touringtheatretoday:from cation of Shakespeare. ST 4, 273-81. atrophy to experiment? TQ 12 (October/De Baker.Donald. College of education drama. ember), 10.24. CDR 5 (Autumn), 9-16, Sword of Peace, The. IODN (April), I. IODN Barnes.Richard. Dramaintheclassroom. (May). 2. DRAM 4 (January). Tecumseh! IODN (February). 1. Bonn, Caroline. Play into Drama, DED 1, 125- Texas. IODN (March), I. IODN (September), 2 27. Ben ington,Barbara. When dramaisnot Trail of Tears, The. IODN (January), 1. IODN theatre. TABS 4, 154-58. (July), 2. Tierney.Margaret.JeromeSaviary'sMagic [time, John. Creative dramatics and the ado- Circus. PP 4 (January), 58-59. lescent. CTR I (March), 14-16. Tinapp, A. Richard. Quo Vadimus III. PM 2, Brandt, George. George Brandt: a slight ache 50-51, 90-91. and other matters. DED 1, 200-4. Trumpet in the Land. IODN (August). 2. IODN Brenner, Nat. Nat Brenner the school of drama. (October),I. IODN (November), 2. IODN DED 1,185.88. (December), 2. Bruce, Vi. So the books shook their heads, and Trustier, Simon. The stateof the nation's the silence grew. DED 1, 115.19. the atrc:first ask the right questions. TQ 11 Bullock,Dereck. An Ethiopian schoolplay: (July/September), 29-51. Wingate School. DED 1, 165-73.

1.17 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 117 Chambers, Peter. An inter-disciplinary enquiry Hall, Robin. Educational drama in England. into group processes anditsimplications CTR 1 (March), 16.23. for the education of teachers. CDR 5 (Au-Hammond, Jonathan. Drama Schools: Part 2. tumn). 28-38. PP 10 (July), 34-37. Christopher, Matthew. Tuning the instruments. Hanratty,Jerome.Simulationcourses-some T73, 140-53. implicationsforcreativedrama. CDR 4 Clegg, David. The dilemma of drama in edu- (Winter), 23-26. cation. TQ 9 (January /March), 31-42. Harris,Lee. Gibberish fairytales. DRAM 5 Cornwell, Paul. Primary playmaking. DED 1, (February), 22-23. 111.14. Harrop, John. University theater USA: success Cottrell, June. Concept-oriented theatre in Wu- and failure. TQ 10 (April/June), 67.78. cation. CDR 4 (Winter). 5-9. Hendricks,BeverlyI.uuy.Mythmaking with Courtney. Richard. In my experience. DED 1, children through improvisation. ST 3. 226 56.69. 30. Crawford. Dorothy. and Hall, Jeanne. Report Hodgson, John. A case for a practical approach on theBritish national festival of theatre to drama. DED 1, 213-21. foryoung people, summer1973. CTR 4Hughes. Anna May.Participatorychildren's (December), 6-8. theatre. DRAM 6 (May), 17-19. Crucial question of drama in education, the. Husted, Karen K. Devzioping a trooping mime TQ 10 (April/June). 6165. company. DRAM 8 (May). 32-33. Culbert,Christine. A Londonschoolplay: Johnson. Albert E. Doctoral projects in progress Ladbroke SchooL DED 1. 139.51. in theatre arts, 1973. ETJ 2. 226 32. Daw.David.Improviseddramainforeign Johnson. Robert. Summer rep for high schools. language teaching. CDR 5 (Autumn), 39.42. DRAM 4 (January). 24-26. Demmery, Sylvia. February and March in Aus-Jones, Claire. What do children want in children's theatre? CTR 4 (December). 10-12. tralia. CDR 4 (Winter), 34-38. Dialog. PAC 4 (Winter). 3536. Jurkowski, Henryk. The seamy.side of puppet Domanska. Wieslaw. Around the press. TP 7 theatres. TP 7 (July). 15.17. (July). 37-38. Kogelman, Dorothie R. Exploring the possi- Doolittle, Joyce, and Courtney, Richard. (Post- bilities. DRAM 7 (April). 23-25. script by Gerald Tyler). ASSITEJ in NorthKoltai, Judith. Towards an integrated move- America. DED 1, 236-39. ment-training for actors In children's the. Drake. Sylvic. Improvisational theatre reaching atre. CDR 4 (Winter). 16-22. up to the kids. CTR 2 (June). 14-16. Korty, Carol T. For your next production, how Duane. Michael. In my innocence. DED 1, 46- about a festival? CTR 1 (March). 8-9. Krzyzagorski, Klemens. Diagnosis and ponder- 54. ing. TP 7 (July). 7-10. Ezekiel. Margaret. A way In. TDT 34 (October), -. The Wroclaw Puppet Theatre. TP 28-33. 7 (July). 32.33. Fairbrother. Mary. Communication in theatreLads, Asja, and Benjamin. Walter. Building a and educatieli. CDR 4 (Winter). 10-15. children's theatre: two documents. PERF 5 Frankowska. Bozena. Competition of puppet (March /April). 22.32. theatre soloists. TP 1 (January), 35. Lake. Richard. Like adult theatre-only better! Gamble. Michael W. Don't play with porcu- SOT 2 (Winter). 19.20. pines:the Young People's Theatre of theLancaster, Fred. Children's theatre in Belfast. New York City Center. DED 1. 246-52. DED I, 253.54. Lazier,Gil Zahn, Douglas. and Karioth. E. Gamble. TeriKwal. and Gamble. Michael Joseph. Dramatic behavior norms of Florida Wesley. The theatre of creative involvement: children. ERT 1 (Summer), 41-70. an introduction to drama for children. ST 1.Lee. Page. Go Dangle Tales: a discovered play. 41-43. SOT 2 (Winter), 21-24. Gilbert. Miriam. Teaching dramatic literature. ETJ 1.86-94. MacKay. Patricia. Tech training at Carnegie- Gooch, Steve. Theatre in education. PP 5 (Feb- Mellon University. TC 5 (October). 23-30. ruary). 19-23. Mac Laughlin, Robert. and Black, George. The Governor's reports on regional meetings. CTR introductory course in acting and directing: 3 (September). 13-14. a new approach. ETJ 4. 468-73. 118 118 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Making the point: the politics of a new subject. Turney,Edward. Thebiglittleworld DED 1. 1929. Vincent Anthony. SOT 2 (Winter), 16.17. McCarthy, Joseph. Pennsylvania launches travel- Twomey. Rosemary. A visit In the Ion Creanga ing players. CTR 3 (September), 5. Theatre. CTR 3 (September), 15-16. 'Meredith.Patrick.Interrogative,imaginative. 'enables.Clare.ClareVenables:university imperative! DED 1. 100.9. training and the provincial theatre. DED I, Meserve. Walter J.. and Ruth I. China's chil- 205.8. dren'stheatre:education and propaganda. CTR2 (June). 3-10. %%Idle, Jay Roberts. Under a new roof. PAC I Moore, Steve. Producing a happening for chit (Spring). 27-28. dren. CTR 2 (June), 20.23. Wilks. Brian. Beyond the known. DED I. 83 99. Morton. David. Light as a resource for tunic-o- Woodward. M.O. A Leeds school play: intake. 11E1)1.153.64. hm dramainmiddleschools. TABS3. 119-23. Wright. Lin. Cultural diversity and CTA. CTR . Poorrelationsinthe staff room. 4 (December). 3. DED 1. 31-44. 1Vvmark, Olwcn. Urban grass roots. GAM 23. Nfotton, Miriam The birth of Peter and the 44-46. Wolf. CTR 3 (September).1 4. roes. Jack.Children'stheaterinthetwo Neill. A. S. A play in ten acts by a boy of Gerntanies. PERE 5 (March/April), 12-21. nine. MD I.121.24. [Alsosee: 26472.26474.26477, 26497. Nickell. Tom. Theatre: kaleidoscope. CTR 2 26677. 27491, 27522. 27526 27562.27579. (Nate). 17-18. 27623.27659.27664.27681.27686,27692, Norton. Sandra K. Creative dramatics: methods. 27704.2',706.27710.27721.27725.27730, techniques andfuturedirections. CTR 1 27735. 27767. and 27775.] (March), 5.8. Nowicki. Roman. Theatre and film schools in III. ACTING Po!and. TP 11(November), 31-33. %mnia. Alba. Today's Roman dialecttheatre Pidgeon. Gordon D. In the beginning was the may not be tomorow's. DT 2 (Winter 1972- spoken wool. (DR 4 ( %num..), 17-27. 1973). 77 79. Point counterpoint. DED 1. 3-17. Angelon, Maya. and Bullins. Ed. Should black Pokorny,Michael.MichaelPokorny:myths. actorsplay Chelov? NYT 2 (February4), DED 1.178.84. I.16. .Playing and learning. DED 1. 72 -81. Anderson. Michael. Jane Howell: on the side of Polsky,Milton. Making machines. DRAM 1 lire. PP 6 (March). 21.23. (October). 2425. Atisorge, Peter. John Wood: oneself and others. Quinn.Jane.A.C.T.unlimited. SOT 2 PP I I(August). 26.29. (Winter). 12.13. . Paul Scofield instyle. PP 8 (May), Reeves,Celia. Teaching dramaina multi- 16-17. racial school. CDR 5 (Autumn). 4.8. . Stoppingthe show. PP 3 (Decent- Rockwood. Jerome. Can colleges teach theater? bet). 20-23. NYT 2 (October 14).1. 12 Bahs, Clarence W.. and Stockwell. John. The Rosenberg. Helane S. The actor/teacher at the relationship of perceptions of the body to Belgrade. CTR 2 (June). 11.13. pantomimic ability I: body-cathexis. ERT 1 Rough. William H. The Bread and Puppet (Summer 1972). 16-29. Theatre. DRAM 3 (December). 25.29. Banham. Martin. Freetown workshop: improvh- Roy.Donald.DonaldRoy:theuniversity. ationleadstolocaldocumentary. TQ 10 DED I. 194.99. (April/June). 38-43. Salerni,F.Lou. Caution:children'stheatre Benedetti. Robert L. What we need to learn may be dangerous. CTR 1(March), 26.30. from the Asian actor. ETJ 4, 463 67. Simukoko, Youngson. Chikwakwa, Zambia. DED Berkuist, Robert. Jack spends a little sunshine. I. 263-64. NYT 2 (January 7),1, 7. Smith, Arthur L. Styling in black communica- . Miss Johns hits ahigh note. NYT tion behavior. ENC, 15.17. 2 (March 11), 1. 3. Swortzell, Lowell and Nancy. Right on. toady! . The new Nicol, or the tiger tamed. CTR 2 (June), 18-20. NYT 2 (June 24). 1, 5. 119 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 111 i.:NTRICAL CRAFTsNIANSHIP 119

Berman. Paul. Acting Witkiewicz. POLR 1-2, Fields,Pamela. The mask:building acting 19.24. skills. DRAM 3 (December), 39.41. lloworth. Patricia. Bring a funny girl wasn't Halley.Guy.Bewitched,Barbra'dandbe. enough. NYT 2 (July 15). 1, 5. wildeid. NYT 2 (January 21). 1, 3. Ikon. Fic.anor. One bare breast. PP 12(SeI). . Forgetyourtroubles. come on, tember). 18-19. get Debbie! NYT 2 (February 25), 1, 8. Itrustein,Robert. And where arc our own . The March man cometh. NYT 2 Diana Riggs? NYT 2 (May 13). I, 14. (May 27),1, 3. Are Britain's actors betterthan FOSSe, BOILIreneRyan,1902.73. NYT 2 ours? NYT 2 (April 15). I, 30. (May 6), 3. . Can the young change otir theatre? Franey, Ros. The magic touch. PP 1(October), MT 2 (October 7), I, 4. 36-37. Buck. Joan. Gary Bond and his amazing tech- . Sheila Hancock in interview. PP nicolor career. PP 4 (January), 14-15. 12 (September). 19-21. . The making of A Doll's House: Freeman, Arny. I am the standby. The frustra- ClaireBloom andHillardElkins.PP 6 tion is gigantic. NYT 2 (September 30), 3. (March). 18-20. Games and the actor. DED I, 129.33. Chaikin. Joseph. What the actor does. PERF 5Gibbs, Ramona. The silent language. PP 6 (March /April). 56-59. March), 24-29. Chase, Chris. A pair of perfect fools. NYT 2Gilbert. W. Stephen. Funny old business. PP 2 (December 2).1, 6. (November), 16-20. . But did Sarah Bernhardt begin as Gordon, Ruth. Ernest Truex. NYT 2 (July 15), a package deal? NYT 2 (July 15), I. 3. 3. . Somebody ire there likes me? NYTGow, Gordon.Alec McCowenininterview. 2 (September 9), I, 7. PP 7 (April), 28.29. Conference. DQTR 111 (Winter), 77-78. . Angela Lansbury in'interview. PP Coveney. Michael. Faces on the fringe. PP 8 10 (July). 16-18. (May), 24.27. . Elaine Stritch in interview. PP 5 .Playing it all up. PP 1(October). (February), 24 25. 28-31. .Finley's Choice. PP 2 (November), 31-33. .Rogers and Starr. PP 8 (May). 47. 48. .Keeping it alive. PP 4 (January), . Young leads in current musicals. 33.35. PP 9 (June), 29-31. . Saying who you are. PP 1 (October), Crosby. John. Actors don't retire the way we 20.23. retire. NYT 2 (December 9), 15. . Shakespeare lib. PP 9 (June), 18-21. Culhane. John. Schoolforclowns. NYT 6Grant. Lee. Selling out to Hollywood, or home (December 30). 10-11, 18-20. 22. is where the work is. NYT 2 (August 12). I, 3. Cushman. Robert. Green room: selling us short. Greene, J. Gordon. Part two: the actor audi- PP 6 (March). 16-17. tions. SOT 2 (Winter), 31.32. Cranerle.Maria.Pen-portrait of anactress: Gruen. John. Hcr face is her fortune. NYT 2 Barbara Krafftowna. TP 2 (February). 17-20. (October 14),I, 23. . Pen portrait of an actress: HalinaGunkle. George. Believability in acting: concept Mikolajska. TP 12 (December), 10.12. into construct. ERT I (Summer 1972), 44-51. .Pen-portrait of an actress:Irena Hammond, Jonathan. Drama schools. a report. Eichletowna. TP 8 (August), 7-9. PP 9 (May), 34.37. Harrison,Ted. Young Simon Ward. PP 6 Dalton. Timothy. A modern critic. DQTR 10R (March). 30.31. (Spring). 65-67. Hayman,Ronald. Theactorprepares-for Davis, Ossie. Diana Sands, 19341973. NYT 2 what? TQ 11 (July /September), 49 57. (September 30), 3. .The actor's motives. DQTR 108 dela Tour. Frances, and Keiapinski, Tom. (Spring), 45.53, Acting in Equity. PP 10 (July), 24-27. Higham, Charles. Private and proud and Hep- Etherton, Michael. Indigenous performance in burn. NYT 2 (December 9), 3, 21, 7ambia. TQ 10 (April/June), 44-48. Hobgood, Burnett M. Central conceptions in Exploring silent acting. DRAM 8 (May), 22-23. Stanislayski's system. ETJ 2,.147-59. 120 120 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Kalter. Drew. Betty Field, 1918-1973. NYT 2 Robbins, Kenneth R. John McCullough: pigmy (October 14), 4. giant of the American stage. 1832-1885. SSCJ Katz, Albert M. Wanted: the illusion of violence 3 (Spring). 244-54. not the real thing. PM 4. 179 87. kola. Leland H. The roles of the interpreter Kennedy. Harold J. Robert Ryan. 1909-1973. and the actor. SOT 2 (March). 144-47. NYT 2 (July 22). 3. Rityter, Nancy Chalfa. American Delsartism: Kerr. Walter. British stars nurse along their precursor of an American dance art. ETJ 4, writers. NYT 2 (September 9). 1. 18. 421 35.

.Mr. Astaire s`rould know. NYT 2Sloman, Carol L. Micro-momentary facial ex- (June 3). 1, 3. pressions andtheactor:an investigatim. Klemesrud. Judy. How to vex the ex-Mrs. Rex. ERT 1 (Summer 1972). 52-60. NYT 2 (December 16), 3, 37. Spelman, Jon. The actor: an interview with . Stanley Kowalski loves Gittle Musta Norman Aytron. SOT 3 (Spring). 7-12. NYT 2 (June 10).1, 3. Stockwell. John C.. and Bahs. Clarence W. The Lecoq. Jacques. Mime-movement-theatre. VT relationship of perceptions of the body to (Winter). 117.20. pantomimic ability. II: body image bounda- Leech. Michael. Rocking down on the Kings ries. ERT 1(Summer 1972), 30-43. Road. PP 3 (December). 28.31. Strasberg, Lee. Russian Notebook (1934). TDR (March), 106-21. . Around of Guinness. PP 12 (Sep- tember). 26-27. Tierney, Margaret. Marks and Melia. PP 11 Leiter. Samuel L. Once Kikugoro ''II. ATB 2 (August). 32.33. (Fall/Winter). 5.9. Totten, Eileen. A pair of kings:Pasco and Long. Thomas R. What is a professional? SOT Richardson. PP 9 (June). 26-28. 3 (Spring), 5 6. Vitale. Gary C. Act your age, without wrinkles! Mac Laughlin. Robert, and Black. George. The DRAM 4 (January). 18-19. introductory course in acting and directing: . Exit the sweet young thing. DRAM a new approach. ETJ 4, 468.73. I(October). 26 27. Malkin. Michael R. Using hand puppets to de- . Gesture:yourcharacter'ssilent velopskillsinimprovisation. DRAM 2 speech. DRAM 6 (May). 22-23. (November), 17.18. . How tosucceed in comedy by really Metcalf, C. W. Mime: the bodytongue? SOT 4 trying. DRAM 5 (February). 18-19. (Summer). 9-10. . Learn the role and the play. DRAM Miller, Gerald R. Is saying believing? Possible 2 (November). 24.-25. 31. effects of counter attitudinal role-playing on .Singing the goat song. DRAM 7 (April), 16 17. actors'attitudes and self-concept. ERT 1 (Summer 1972). 14. . Spearcarriers,too,havesouls. Morley, Sheridan. Acting wisely. PP 12 (Sep- DRAM 8 (May). 24-25. tember). 37. York.Michael.TennesseeWilliamsinre- Mossroan. Harry W. Dissonance and role-play. hearsal. T73. 154-62. ing in the theatre. ERT 1 (Sumrner1972). 9-15. [Also see: 26495, 26501. 26653. 26675. 26676, . The psychological effect of counter 26678. 27466, 27472. 27476. 27488. 27498. attitudinal acting. ERT 1 (Summer). 18.26. 27517. 27521*. 27525°. 27576. 27585, 27605. Murphy. Patrick B. The crucial actin the 27514.27647,27701.27719.27732.27755. actor's training. PM 2. 74 77. 27766, 27770, 27779. 27789. 27790. 27801, and Murray. Michael. Inside his script he wrote: 27815.] Jason, trust yourself! NYT 2 (December 30). 3. Poggi. Jack. The Stanislavdcy System in Russia. IV. DIRECTING TDR 1 (March). 124.33. Ansorge, Peter. Keith Hock at the Place. PP 7 Polsky, Milton. The missions possible game. (April), 34-35. DRAM 3 (December). 18.21. Asermely, Albert. Directing pure form:the . Sono-mime. DRAM 8 (May). 18-19, pragmatists, POLR 1.2, 136 -38. 31. Barrault, jean-Louis. Three early essays. TQ 10 Richardson. Grace. Mia Anderson: a woman of (APrilatuse), 2-5. many faces. PAC 1 (Spring), 10-11. Benedetti.Robert. The director asgardner. Richardson, Ralph. Home movies. T73, 12-19. SOT 1(Fall), 4-8.

121 BloLIOGBAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 121

Borowski, Wieslaw. The happenings of Tadeusz Jones,David. David Jones talksto P & P Kantor. TP 4.5 (May), 17-23. about his RSC production of The Island of Bradby, David. A chronology of JeanLouis the Mighty. PP 5 (F-truary), 29.30. Barratries carver. TQ 10 (April/June). 6.12. nirectingGorky:enemiesand Brook, Peter.Politics of sclerosis: Stalin and lower depths at the Aldwych. TQ 9 (Jan- Lear. TQ 10 (April/June). 13-17. uary /March). 12-23. Chase, Chris.Fosse. from Tony to Oscar toKatz. Albert M. Copeau as regisseur: an an- Emmy? NYT 2 (April 29). 1, II, 16. alysis. ETJ 2 160.72. Clifford,John.Paul Green:trueAmerican Kellman, Barnet. Alan Schneider: the director's artist. PM 5-6, 210-15. career. TQ I I(July/September) 23-27. Coveney, Michael. Young directors' career crises. Kerr. Walter. A long day's journey into panic PP II(August), 34.38. with Peter Brook. NYT 2 (September 30). Croydon. Margaret. Peter Brook's birdsflyto 1.12. Africa. NYT 2 (January 21). 1. 7. Kilt. Roy. Through the eyes of a camel: two Farber. StephenHiroshima happened before interviews with Naftali Yavin. GAM 23. 5.18. he was born. Still. NYT 2 (October 14). 3. Lane. John Francis. The mask of Pulcinella. PP Feingold. Michael. A new way of making the- 2 (November). 29 30. ater-and it's over. NYT 2 (October 7), 3. . Visconti versus Pinter. PP 10 (July). Fernald. John. Problems of being a director. 19.21. DED 1. 20912. Laroche. P erre. A Belgiansurrealist. PP (May). 28-29. Garcia. Victor. To dehumanize. DT 2 (Winter Leech. Michael. Robin Phillips' Company The- 1972-73). 75-76. atre. PP 5 (February). 16-18. Gilbert, W. Stephen. Directors bearing gifts. Lenhoff.Gail. The Theatreof Okhlopkov. PP 12 (September). 22-25. TDR I(March), 90-105. Gooch, Steve. An actor's best friend:Gillian Lipsius. Frank. Frank Dunlop never tires. PP Diamond. PP 9 (June). 32-33. 8 (May). 30 32. . Gaskill in Germany.PP 7 (April), .The man from the east: Stomu SO 33. Yamash'ta. PP 6 (March), 36.38. .The Vic road show. PP 6 (March), NfacColl. Ewan. Grass roots of theatre work- 32-35. shop. TQ 9 (January /March), Gow. Gordon. Clifford Williams at large. PP 8 (May). 33.35. M3cLait.thlin. Robert. and Black, George. The Grotowski, Jerzy. Holiday. TDR 2 (June). 113- introductory course in acting and directing: 35. a new approach. ETJ 4, 468.73. .Holiday. TQ 10 (April/June), 19- Marowitz, Charles. As normal as smorgasbord. 24. NYT 6 (July 1). 1214, 16.18. . Thisholiday will become possible. Matalon. Vivian. Directing Tennessee Williams. TP 12 (December), 5 6. PP 7 (April). xiv-xv. Gruen. John. With raisin he risesto the top.Miklaszewski. Krzysztof. The autonomous the- NYT 2 (November 4), 3. atre of Tadeusz Kantor. TP 1 (January), 10- Harman. Jim. It'll get you inthe end. PP 8 12. (May). xiii-xv. Monsieur Terry Hands. PP 7 (April), 23-25. Highsmith, James M. Drama asritual: Antonin Patte. Jean Marie. On Story Theatre:reflec- Artaud and the Cambridgeanthropoligisu. tions and reveries in a train. YT 1 (Winter), DT 11, 7.11. 121-22. Hite. Roger W . Czerpinski. Jackie. and Ander- son.Dean. Transactionalanalysis:a newSchneider, Alan. Director as dogsbody. TQ 10 perspective for the theatre. ERT 1 (Summer), (April/June), 25-30. 1-17. We opened in Moscow, then on to Hubner, Zygmunt. How to become a director. ... NYT 2(November 18), 1, 6. TP 11 (November), 15-16. Smith, A. C. H. Around the world with Geoffrey Hutcheson, Jim T. Casting for mime. DRAM Reeves. PP 7 (April), 67.69. 8 (May), 16-17. Sogliuzzo, A. Richard. Tadeusz Kantor and the Johns, Ted. An interview with Paul Thompson. Theatre Cricot-2of Crakow, Poland:an- PAC 4 (Winter). 30-32. nexing reality. TAN, 15446.

122 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Stockwell, John C., and Bahs, Clarence W. Bowman, Ned A.Picture books from West Body buffer zone and proxemics in blocking. Germany on post-1945 theatre architecture. ERT 1(Summer). 27-40. TDT 33 (May). 52-55. Strasherg, Lee. and Kingsley. Sidney. An inter- Bramble, Forbes. Crucible Theatre. Sheffield view with Okhlopkov. TDR I(March). 121 athrust stage that works. TQ 11(July/ 23. September), 70.84. Brockway. Jody. Face painting and furnishing. Theatre checklist no. 11: Jerzy Grotowski. TQ TC 1(January/February), 24-27, 30.31. 10 (April/Jiine). 24. . Santo'sChampionship Season. TC 5 Theatre checklist no. 8:David Jones. TQ 9 (October). 17-21. 40-48. (January /March), 24. Brown, Ivor.At variouslevels. DQTR 108 artof Tierney.Margaret. The everlasting (Spring). 53.56. Brian Rix. PP 5 (February), 26-28. Burian. JarkaM. Josef Svoboda's American Tornquist. Egil. Ingmar Bergman directs Strind it'd:et:shy tour 1972. TDT 33 (May), 7-12, berg's Ghost Sonata. TQ II (July/September). 55, 57. 3-14. Clauser, John. Electro-acoustical space. TDR 2 Worral, Nick. Meyerhold's production of The (June), 109.12. Magnificent Cuckold. TDR 1 (March). 14-34. Costumes for the festivals. TC 2 (March/April), [Also see: 26663'. 27465. 27470'. 27486, 27493*. 18-21, 45-46. 27504', 27512', 27519°, 27532'. 27557, 27558, Courtade, Tony. Spectrophotometric compari- 27568.27:;70.27586.27596.27606,27615, sons of the effects of stage lighting on newly 27620.27630.27632.27635,27648.27649, developed expendable color media. TDT 34 27652.27654,27656,27658.27661.27662, (October). 17-27. 27677.27688.27689, 27663,27665,27671. De Cull-. L. J. New in New Orleans. TABS 4, 27693,27695,27696.27699,27702,27709, 162.66. 27734,27737, 27712,27714,27716.27722, Dewey, Walter H. The whole is the sum of its 27748,27752,27754,27760,27765,27769, parts. PM 3, 94-95, 140. 27780.27785,27794, 27774,27777.27778. Dix. Cliff. How far that little candle. TABS 2, 27797, 27805, 27811, and 27813.] 60-62. Doherty. Tom. Building the magic box. PAC 3 V. DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY (Fall), 35 -38. Anderson, Bob. Lighting by logic. TABS 1, 28. Elliott. Michael. On not building for posterity. 31. TABS 2. 41-44. . Lighting bylogic: II. TABS 2, 68- Ewalt. Della C. Touring with periaktoi. DRAM 73. 4 (January), 34-37. Amon, Brian. A scenograr.hy of light. TDR 2Fahrner. Robert. and Kelb. William. The the- (June), 73.79. atrical activity of Gianlorenzo Bernini. ETJ Baltimore's Center Stage offers theatre smorgas- 1. 5-14. bord in a remodeled cafeteria. TC 3 (May/Fields, Pam. A place to play. DKAM 2 (No- June), 13-15, 38 42. vember). 29-31. Barlow, Anthony D. Lighting control and con- Fitzwater,Peter. Hungarian rhapsody. TABS cepts of theatre activity. ETJ 2, 135-46. 1.17 23. Batcheller, David R. The status of the de. Gankovsky, Vitaly. New directions (scenographic signer/td. in American educational theatre, quests)inSoviettheatre. TDT 33 (May), 1961-71. ETJ 4, 474.79. 18-25. Bear, B. Project Seagull, Chichester. TABS 3,Gow. Gordon. Costume designers in interview. 115.18. PP 11 (August), 20-23. Benson.Alan.Aninexpensive fly system. DRAM 2 (November), 34.35, 37. Hiroshi, Soeda. Festivity and the city: mobile stages of Gion Festival. CTJA 3-4, 190.207. Bentham.Frederick.Aidawithelephants. TABS 1, 3-9. Jager. David V. No wings?! No flies?! TDT 32 . The cityof Cardiff. TABS 2, 45.56. (February). 12-13. . FromBohemia's woods and fields. Kinasewich, Orest. Make your own theatre. TABS 3, 109-14. DRAM 5 (February), 23-27. . A new Vic of1930. TABS 4, 174-82. King, B. Hagan. Some uses for fiberglass back- . A taleof two cities. TABS 4, 138-48. stage. SOT 1 (Fall), 23-25. 123 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 123

Kirby,Michael.Ontological-hysterictheatre. Pilbrow, Richard. Via the new Broadway. TABS TDR 2 (June), 5.32. 2, 63-67. Kirk, W. Alan. A portfolio of new Ohio the- Rappel.Bill,andLyon, Ned. Budgettech- atres. TDT 35 (December), 21-26. nology:foursolutions. TC 3(May/June), Klepper, DavidL. Speechacousticsforthe 26-32. theatre. TDT 34 (October), 12-16. Reid, Frances. Am I lit here? TABS 1, 12-15. Krasilnikov, V. A. Uqiversal dramatic theatre . Jack and Jill wentdown the Strang in the city of Tula: design of the theatrical to patch a plug and socket. TABS 3, 130-32. space and its technological equipment TDT . Verdi adds al: cut fifty.TABS 1, 74- 33 (May), 36-45. 78. Kurtz, Kenneth N. Motivationallighting forRichardson. Christopher. Uppingham Theatre. open stage realism. TC 6 (November/Deem TABS 1, 23-27. ber), 19-21. 28.30. Saltzman, Jared, and O'Donnell, Stephen. The- Larson. Orville K. Settings and costumes by atre of the future: infinidome. TDR 2 (June), Lee Simonson. TDT 32 (February), 6-10. 105-8. Lee. Briant Hamor. Anything can be madeScent, Der. The Minskoff Theatre-One Astor from corrugated. TDT 32 (February), 18-23. Plaza. TDT 34 !October), 7 9. I.ighting. TC 2 (Starch/April). 25 27. Shakespeare on today's festival stages. TC 2 Lipsites, Frank, Sitting targets. PP 11 (August), (March/April), 14-17, 36-42. 30-31. Sheppard, A. Chinquacousy Theatre. TABS 4, Loney, Glenn M. BehindtheSovietscenes: 152 53. I.awrence and Lee tour USSR. TDT 33 (May), Shook.Robert.MarqueeflasherforSweet 13-17. Charity. TDT 35 (December), 15-19. -. Caravaggio in collag: JoMielziner Silberstein. Frank. Large scale hot knife for creates a projectionspectacular. TDT 32 sculpting linear styrofoaroforms. TDT 35 (February). 25.30. (December). 7-13. .Lighting for opera and balletin Tom Skelton's lighting is a primer for teaching repertory. TC 1 (January/February).13.19, 34-38. and practice. TC 3 (May/June), 17.22, 37. Longthorne, Robert. The day of the sunspot.Smith. Carl T. A modern Crucible via multi- TABS 3, 97-98. media. DRAM 2 (November), 32-34. Southon, Laurence. Piano keyboard modifica- MacKay. PatriciaJ-Designing costumes for tion SP80. TABS 4, 185-87. Broadway and Hollywood. TC I(January/ Spenser. Charles. The stagestruck Cecil Beaton. February), 7-11, 40 44. T73, 132-39. . Asplendid time is guaranteed for Strzelecki, Zenobiusz. National stage design. TP all.I C 6 (Novembe:/December), 7.11, 30-33. 4-5 (May), 29-33. Mackintosh, lain. Inigo Jones: theatre architect. TABS 3. 99-105. Traumaswithsetsand costumes at New Makeup. TC 2 (MarchiApril), 23-34. 46. Haven's Long Wharf Theatre. TC S (Oc- Maxa, Miloslav, Reconstruction and building tober), 6 II. 33-34. 38-39. addition:the SlovakNational Theatrein Vychodil, Szabo-Jilek, and Strzelecki, Zenobiusz. Bratislava. TDT 33 (May), 26-34. Impressions of USA, TDT 33 (May). 46-51. McNamara. Brooks. Shakespeare's stage. TC 2 Whitney, Don. Periaktoi with wings. DRAM 4 (March/April), 12-13. 44-45. (January), 34. Stezei,Stephen.Fightingthesize:O'Keefe Wolff, Fred M. USITT recommended symbols Centre. PAC 1 (Spring), 19-20. standards for lighting equipment. TDT 35 (August). Miles, Bernard. Sean Kenny. PP 11 (December), 27-28. 16-19. More of Oliver! TABS 3, 85-94. Zanotto, Ilka Marinho. An audience-structure Multi-projector complexity, a. TABS 2. 57 60. for The Balcony. TDR 2 (June). 58-65. An audience-structurefor The Nikolich, E.TheNikolaisDance Barbara Voyage. TDR 3 (June), 66-72. Theatre's uses of light. TDR 2 (June), 80-91. [Also see: 27471. 27507, 27508', 27528. 27539, Outhwaite. Michael. The grand tour at Gold- 27550. 27559°. 27567, 27572. 27574, 27578. smith's HaL'. TABS 1. if -16. 27591.27600,27604.27622.27625.27626, Perry, David. Costumes at Stratford. TABS 4, 27627.27637,27638,27645,27650.27651. 170-73. 2766u.27667,27668,27670,27672.27678. 12.1 124 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

27679,27684.27690,27698,27705,27713, . West Indianplaywrights: getting 27718,27720,27736.27764.27781.27786, on nicely. PP 12 (September), 28-31. 27793.27799,27806. 27807. and 27810,] Cryer, Gretchen. Where are the women playwrights? NYT (May 20), 1, 3. VI PLAYWRITING DeNtaree,William.No, butI'veseenthe musical. DRAM 1 (October), 33-36. Abdulsabour, Salah. Egyptnotes of aplay- wright. NTM 2, 24. Edgar, David. Green room: against the general Adler, Thomas P. Van Itallie's The Serpent: will. PP 8 (May), 14-15. history after the fall. DT 11, 12-14. Elsom. John. A policy for new plays. TQ 11 (July/September), 58 69. life. Ansorge, Peter. David Storey: theatre of Ess lin, Martin. Features: expressionists. DQTR PP 12 (September), 23-36. 109 (Summer). 50.54. . Howard Brenton: disrupting the . A major poetic dramatistWole spectacle. PP 10 (July). 22-23. Soyinka. NTM 2, 9-10. Arden. John. and D'Arcy.Margaretta. TheEtherton, Michael. Indigenous performance in 3-4. Zambia. TQ 10 (April/June), 44-48. Arden, John andD'Arcy.Margaretta. The . Zambiapopulartheatre. NTM 2, Island controversy at the Aldwych. PERF 1 19-21. (Fall), 11 -20. Eyen, Tom. The discreet alarm of theoff Atkinson. Brooks. Noel Coward, 1800-1973. NYT Broadway playwright. NYT 2 (September 23), 2 (April 1), 1. 3, 15. Axworthy, Geoffrey. The performing arts in Nigeriaa footnote. NTM 2. 17 18. Flat ley, Guy. Lanford is one L of a playwright. NYT 2 (April 22), 1, 21. Ballet, Arthur H. Finding producers for new Fleckenstein, Joan S. New blood for the peren- scripts. SOT 4 (Summer), 11-12. nial invalid. DRAM 2 (November), 26-28. Bailey, L. W. Features: Tolstoy as a playwright. Margaret.OlaRotimiinterviewed. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 50-55. Folarin, NTM 2, 5-7. Banham, Martin. Freetown workshop: improvi- Fowle, Donald. The new play in Atcerica, 72. sation leads to local documentary. TQ 10 PM 3. 111-22. FM 4, 160.72. (April/June), 38.43. Franey, Ros. Women in the workshop. PP 2 . Playwright/producer/actor/academ- (November), 24-27. ic: Wole Soyinka inthe Nigerian theatre. Frankowska, Bozena. Ernest Bryll: successor of NTM 2, 10.11. romantic poets. TP 9 (September), 7-8. Barker, Robert. Contemporary fairytales. Fratti, Mario. Che Guevara in New York. NTM DRAM 5 (February), 12.13. 2, 2. Barker, Clive. Northern manoeuvres. GAM 23, Fugard,Athol.Fugard onFugard. YT 1 33 40. (Winter), 41-54. Barzini. Luigi. How Pirandello became Piran- dellian (and other things). NYT 2 (MarchGelb, Barbara. To O'Neill, she was wife, mis- 25), I, 3. tress. mother, nurse. NYT 2 (October 21), Benson, Mary. Athol Fugard and One Little 1, 13. Corner of the World. YT 1 (Winter), 55-63. . Written in tears and blood.. NYT 2 (March 4), 19, 20. Bentley,Eric.Just when you thinkyou've Gems. Pam. The island of the Ardens. PP 4 figured Vanya out. NYT 2 (June 3), 1, 14. (January), 16-19. llamas, A. A. Exiles in the theatre of MaxGibbs. James. Date line on Soyinka. NTM Aub. TAN, 19-27. . 12.14. Brooks. Jeremy. Translating Gorky. TQ 9 (Jan- Gilbert, W. Stephen. Christopher Hampton. PP uary/March). 24-27. 8 (May), 36-38. Brown, Ivor. What's in a name? DQTR 111 Gooch. Steve. Carly Churchill talks to P & P. (Winter), 69-71. PP 4 (January), 40-41. Brustein, Robert. Picketing his own way. NYT Gorky, Maxim. Gorky on Gorky. TQ 9 (Jan- 2 (January 7), 1. 5. uary/March), 27-30. Clarke, Sebastian. A black radical: Ed Bullins.Grillo, John. An excess of nightmare. GAM 23, PP 6 (March). 62-63. 18-24. Covency, Michael. Challenging the silence. PPHammone, Jonathan. Messages first: an inter- 2 (November), 34-37. view with Howard Brenton, GAM 23. 24-32.

125 al tuoc.R.u.liv THEATRIcAt. CRAFI'sMANSHIP 125 Hampton. Christopher. Kidd, Robert, and Sco- Morley, Sheridan. Noel Coward: a tribute. PP field. Paul. Christopher Hampton's Savages at 8 (May), 19-21. the Royal Court Theatre. TQ 12 (October/ Owens.Rochelle.Mustardgas: interaction. December). 60-78. PERT' 5 (March/April), 9-11. Harrison. Ted. Ustinov speaks. PP 4 (January), 69. Paul Green. IODN (March), 1. Harrison. Tony. Moliere nationalized. CAM 23,Sainer, Arthur. The playwright and the en- 67-52. semble. VT 1 (Winter), 37.40. Haushrandt. Andrzej. Theatrical events. TP 1 Salerno, Henry F. News and comment: television (January). 21-23. drama. DT 2. 74. Hirsch. Foster. He made the rich come to life.Schedler, Richard. On playwriting and en- NYT 2 (December 23). 3. 6. vironmental theatre. NIT 1 (Winter), 28-36. Howard. Roger. Drama and the revolutionary . The writer and the performance constant:amateur and professionalinthe group. PERF 5 (March/April), 60-65. Chinese Theater. PERF 5 (March/April), 47- Sheaffer. LouisIs O'Neill a character inIce- 55. man? NYT 2 (December 9), 5. 1101%e110.1g. and Singer. Isaac Bashevis. I keep Seymour. Alan, The play-reader, the playwright, making plans as if I would live forever. NYT and his petty humiliations. TQ (October/ 2 (August 19). 1, 4. December). 25-35. i.omunt. The author and the theatre.Shepard. Sam. A special preface to The Unseen TP 4 5 (May). 6-7. Hand. PP 8 (May), I. Illingworth.David. The Ring Road Show. Siegman, Howard. S. N. Behrman, 1893-1973. \TNT 3 (March). 11-14. NYT 2 (September 16), 3. Spelman, Jon. The playwright. SOT 4 (Sum- Jacoby. Susan, Andrei Amalrik, rebel. NYT 6 mer), 13-16. (July 29). 12-13, 36-40. Strachan, Alan. Exit laughing. PP (Novem- Jolly IntlnBush,Impersonationandau- ber), 21-23. thenticity: the theatre as metaphor in Kopit's . NoelCoward: an assessment. PP 8 Indians. QJS 4, 443-51. (May), 22-23. Kerr. Walter. British stars nurse along their Symposium:playwritinginAmerica. YT 1 writers NYT 2 (September 9),1, 18. (Winter), 8-27. Kirby.Michael.Ontological-hysterictheatre. Szajna on Replique. TP 3 (March), 11-12. TDR 2 (June), 5.32. Terson. Peter. and Rutter, Barrie. Getting on Knapp.?ettinaL.InterviewwithArmand Geordie's March. DQTR 111 (Winter), 56-65. Caul. DT 3, 141-44. Theatre cheddist no. 9: David Mercer, TQ 9 An interview with Rene de Abaldra. (January/Manh), 55-57. DT I. 2-6. Tonelli,Franco.Fromillusiontotheatre: Kustow.Michael.WeskerattheHalfway Artaud and Genet. TAN, 7-18. House. PP 1 (October), 32-35. Toscan. Richard. Macgowran on Beckett. TQ Leech, Michael. The translators: Tony Harri- 11 (July/September), 15-22. son and Tom Stoppard. PP '7 (April), 36-38. Tung. Constantine. The hidden enemy as vil- I.iving newspaper: scenes and scenarios. TQ 9 lain in Communist Chinese drama. ETJ 3, (January/March). 83-90. 335-43. NfacDerrnot. Galt. The music man. PP 9 (June), Walker. Joseph A. Broadway's vitality Is black 22-25. vitality. NYT 2 (August 5), 1, 3. Marchsani, Pietro. Witkiewicz in Italian. TPWaterhouse. Keith, and Willis, Hall, Collabora- 3 (March), 23.24. tors. PP 12 (September), 38. Marcus. Frank. Green room: why save ourWhite. George C. The playwright: producing theatre? PP 11 (August), 14-15. new scripts. SOT 3 (Spring), 23-32. Marks, Jonathan. Interview with Athol Fugard.Williams, Tennessee. Let me hang itall out. YT 1 (Winter), 64-72. NYT 2 (March 4), 1, 3. Marowitz,Charles.IntroductiontoWoyzeck . To Wiliam Inge: anhomage. NYT adaptation. GAM 23, 83-85. 2 (July 1), 1, 8. Mercer, David. Birth of a playwriting man. TQWilson. Sandy. Green room: musical memories. 9 (January/March), 43-55. PP 9 (June), 16-17. . Green room:the haunted play-Wood, David. Writing plays for children-why wright. PP 5 (February), 14-15. bother. DQTR 111 (Winter), 65-68. 126 126 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION S)sitiska,Elzbieta. Around the press. TP 8 Cromwell. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 ,September 9). (August). 34-35. 1. 18. . Around the press. TP 10 (October).Contractor, The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2(Oc- 30-31. tober 28). 3. NYTCR 21. 175-78. . NewPolishplays:What YouCountry Wife. The.Kerr.Walter. NYT 2 Dream About by Ernest Bryll. TP 1(Jan- (June 24), 1. 10. uary). 25. Creation of the World and Other Business. [Alsosee:27478',27483'.27514'.27534*, The. Blake, Gary. ETJ 1. 104-5. 27537'. 27540*, 27541'. 27556', 27566, 27581,Creeps. Kerr. Walte;. NYT 2 (December 16). 27587,27590.27686,27724.27725.27762, 5. NYTCR 24, 144 45. 27784. 27798 and 27804.] CrownMatrimonial.Kerr.Walter. NYT 2 (October 14). 1. 12. NYTCR 16. 225-30. Crystal and Fox. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (May VII. PRODUCTION REPORTS 13), 1, 3. AND REVIEWS Cyrano. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (May 20).1. 35. NYTCR 12, 272-76. A. AMERICAN AND CANADIAN THEATRE Dandelion. Aaron. Jules. ETJ 3, 377. 1. Individual Play Reviews Desert Song. The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (Sep- Act Without Word. Aaron. Jules. ETJ 1. 103-4. tember 16), 1.3. NYTCR 15. 236.39. Dr. Hero. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (April 22), 3. American IndianTheaterEnsemble.The. Brown.Kent R. PM 3, 126 31. Dr. Selavy's Magic Theatre. Isaac, Dan. ETJ 2. AmericanRevolution:PartI.The. Novick. 237-39. Julius. NYT 2 (October 7). 14. 31. Don Juan in Hell. NYTCR 2, 385-88. Are You Now or Have You Ever Been. Chamet-Drag. Argelander, Ronald. TDR 2 (June). 101.4. zky, Jules. PERI 1(Fall), 21 28. Echoes.Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (April1).3. As You Like It. Comtois, M. E. ETJ 4. 510-11. NYTCR 9. 302-3. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (July 8),1. 4. Ubans,Ecstasy of Rita Joe. The. Novick. Julius. NYT Mork V. ETJ 3. 102. 2 (May 13). 3. Au Pair Man. The. NYTCR 25. 124-27. El Capitan. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (July 1),1, 3, Baba Goya. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (May 27). 1. 5.El Coca-Cola Grande. NYTCR 8, 311-13. Bagdad Saloon. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- Electric Gunfighters,Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 mer). 24. (Summer). 28. Blacks. The. Tribby, William L. ETJ 4. 513-14.Emperor Henry IV. NYTCR 9, 294.97. Boom Boom Room. Bosworth. Patricia. NYT 2Enclave, The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (November (November 25),1. 21. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 25). 3. (November 18). 3. NYTCR 19. 196-200. Enemies. Hirsch. Foster. ETJ 2, 234.35. Brass Butterfly. The. Novick. Julius. NYT 2 Enemy is Dead. The. NYTCR 1. 390-91. (August 19). 1, 3. Evening WiththePoet-Senator.An.Kerr, Breeze From the Gulf. A. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 Walter. NYT 2 (April 1). 1. 3. (October 21).1, 3. NYTCR 21, 179-80. Faggot, The. Duberman, Martin. NYT 2 (July By Cie Sea. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Summer). 22). 1. 4. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (July 1).1, 3. 28. NYTCR 14, 247-49. Candide. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (December 20), Fanny'sFirstPlay.Novick, Julius. NYT 2 1. 20. NYTCR 24. 138-40. (August 19). 1. 3. Changing Room, The. Brustein, Robert. NYT 2Father. The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (October 21?, 3. (Marchla). 1.7.Kerr,Walter. NYT 2 Finishing Touches. NYTCR 4. 364-67. (March 18),1,3. NYTCR 6. 336-39. Stein, Rita. ETJ 3, 370-71. Forget-Me-Not-Lane.Kerr.Walter. NYT 2 Chemin de Fer. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (Decem- (April 22). 1, 11. ber 2). 1. 3. NYTCR. n. 160-62. Foursome. The. NYTCR 21, 170-72. Cherry Orchard, The. Garfield, David. ETJ 3. 42 Seconds from Broadway. NYTCR 7, 333-34. 372-74. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (January 21), Freeman. Kauffmann, Stanley. PERF 6 (May/ 1, 18. NYTCR 8, 318 21. June). 82 87. Children of the Wind. NYTCR 17. 216.18. Full Circle. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (November 18). 3. NYTCR 19. 201-3. Coming Out.Duberman,Martin. NYT 2 (July 22), I. 4. Gaspard. Frazer, Robin. PAC 1(Spring). 22. 127. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 127

Ghosts.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2(April22),3. Look Away. NYTCR 1, 395-96. NYTCR 14, 253-55. Lotta. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (December 2), 3. Gigi. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (November 25).1, NYTCR 21, 168.70. 3. NYTCR 20. 19093. Lying Under My Tombstone Watching the GoodDoctor,The. Ken,Walter. NYT 2 Subway Go By. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- (December 9), 3. 38. NYTCR 22, 156-60. mer), 28. Good Evening. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (Novem Macbeth. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (July 15). 1, 18. ber 18). 1, 3. NYTCR 20. 188-89. Macbett. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (April 15), 1, 18. Ilaptn Days. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 1, 102.3. Me? Traucht, H. PAC 2 (Summer), 27-28. Hard to be a Jew. Howe, Irving. NYT 2 (De. Measure for Measure. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 cember 16), 5. Henry IV. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (April 8). 1. 16. (June 24), 1, 10. Medea. Kauffmann, Stanley. PERF 6(May/ Hardware.Argelander.Ronald. Ilippodronte June). 82.87. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (January TIM 2 (June). 92-100. Holiday. NYTCR 25, 128.31. 28), 1, 5. NYTCR 2, 380-82. Hot 1. Baltimore. The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 Medusa's Blood. Mezei,Stephen.PAC 1 (Match 4), '1. NYTCR 8, 306-8. (Spring), 21-22. Mum.. Party. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (November Marchant of Venice, The. Hrsch, Foster. ETJ 4, 511-12. Novick, Julius. INT 2 (March 11), 41. 7. NYTCR 21, 173-74. Argelander. Ronald. TDR 2 (June), 1, 5. NYTCR 5, 340-43. II bitmore, Jon. ETJ 4, 509. 101 4. Molly. Kerr, Walter. NYT (November 11), 1, [(email Cometh, The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 38. NYTCR 18, 206-9. (Detember 23), 3, 24. NYTCR 23. 148-51. Moonchildren. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (November Inheritthe Wind. Schneider, Alan. NYT 2 11). 3. November 18), 1, 6. Moon for the Misbegotten,t. NYTCR 26, 118- Ite.p...(tor General, The. Erdelyi. Joseph. PAC 1 22. S;» ing). 22-23. Mourning Becomes Electra. Kauffman, Stanley. Irene. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (March 25), 1,18. PERF 6 (May/June), 82.81. NYTCR 7, 328.32. Murderous Angels. Fratti, 11, ario. NTM 2. 4. Jaehherwock. Leonard. Bob F.ETJ 3. 375-76. lock. Club Stakes. The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2Nash at Nine. Kerr, Waite'. NYT 2 (May 27), 1, 5. NYTCR 12, 270.72. 'AlYTCR 13. 268. (February 4), 1, 30. NYTCR 3. 374 77. Neon Transit. Argelandet, Ronald. TDR 2 Karl Marx Play. The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (June), 101.4. (Atoll 8). 3. NYTCR 14, 256-58. Nicoll Williamson's Late Show. NYTCR 14, Kaspar. Kauffmann, Stanley. PERF 6 (May/ 245-47. June), 82-87. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (February Nightlight. Bassett, Clyde. ETJ 3, 376. 25). 1. NYTCR 8, 308-11. Stein. Rita. ETJ Nightwalk. Feingold, Michael. NYT 2 (October 3. 371-72. Kid. The. Kauffmann, Stanley. PERF 6 (May/ 7),3. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (September 30), June). 82.87. 1, 12. King Lear. Feingold, Michael. NYT 2 (August No Hard Feelings. NYTCR. 10, 290-92. 12).1. 3. NYTCR 14. 242-44. Whitmore, Jon. No Sex Please, Were British. NYTCR 5, 353-55. ETJ 4, 509-10. Not 1. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 1, 103.4. Krapp's Last Tape. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 1, 102. Nourish the Beast. NYTCR 21, 181-54. Lady Day. Kauffmann, Stanley. PERF 6 (May/Oh, What a Lovely War! Frazer, Roatain. PAC (June), 82-87. 1 (Spring), 23. l.a Sagouine. Shek. Ben. PAC 3 (Fall), 32-33. Operetta. Hernadi, P. ETJ 3, 377. Lear. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (May 13), 1, 3. Orphan, The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (April 29). Lemmings. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (February 4), 1, 3. NYTCR 14, 250-53. 3. Lax. Eric. NYT 2 (May 27). I, 8. NYTCR Othello. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (June 17), 1, 33. 8, 316.17. Les Belles Soeurs. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Sum- Our Town. Schneider, Alan. NYT 2 (November 18), 1, 6. mer). 26. Let Mc Hear You Smile. NYTCR 2, 383-85. Out Cry. Guiana?, Mel. NYT 2 (March 11),1, Little Night Music, A. Blake, Gary. ETJ 3, 5. NYTCR 6, 343-46. Pros, J. ETJ 2, 239.40. 379. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (March 4),1, 5. Pajama Game, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (De- NYTCR 5, 348-52. cember 16), 3, 8. NYTCR 23, 152-54.

128 128 BIBLIOGRAPHIC: ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Play's the Thing, The. Kerr, 1Valter. NYT 2Troilus and Cressida.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (February 11), 1, 20. NYTCR 11, 278-80. (December 9), 10. Plough and the Stars, The. Hirsch. Foster. ETJ Two Gentlemen of Verona. Whitmore, Jon. 2. 235. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (January 14),1, ETJ 4. 509. 6. NYTCR 1. 397.99. Uncle Vanya. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (June 10). Portrait of Angelica. A. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 1, 26. NYTCR 13. 260 64. 3 (Fall), 21. Veronica's Room. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (No- Rainbow. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (January 7), 1, 5. vember 4). 1. 2C. NYTCR 18, 210-13. Raisin. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (October 28). 1, 11.Visit. The. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (December 2). NY TCR 17. 218-22. 1. 3. NYTCR 22, 163-66. Recent Killing, A. Novick. Julius. NYT (Feb-Waltz of the Toreadors. The. Kerr, Walter. ruary 4), 3. NYT 2 (September 23),1,3. NYTCR 15. Richard III. Hodgton, Barbara. ETJ 3. 374-75. 232-35. Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny, The.Warp I. NYTCR 4, 360 63. Arthur. Doug. ETJ 4. 508-9. Tribby, William Watergate Classics. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (De- L. ETJ 2, 23637. cember 30), 3. 8. River Niger. The. NYTCR 9, 298-301. Welcome to Andromeda. NYTCR 8, It14-15. Seesaw.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (March 25).I. When You Comin' Back, Red Ryder? Kerr. 18. NYTCR 7, 324-27. Walter. NYT 2 (December 23). 5. NYTCR Seven Meditations on Political Sado-Masochism. 24, 141-43. Brecht. Stefan. PERF I(Fall). 29-36. Widowing of Mrs. Holroyd, The. Novick, Julius. Shelter. NYTCR 3, 370 73. NYT 2 (November 25), 3, 24. She Stoops to Conquer. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 Women. The. Ken. Walter. NYT 2 (May 6). 1. (June 17). 1, 33. 10. NYTCR 10, 286-90. Smith. NYTCR 13. 265-67. You Never Can Tell. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 Sophia.haac.Dan. ETJ2.237.39.Kirby. (August 19), 1, 3. Michael. TDR 2(June).5-32.Mangolte, Babette. PERF 6 (May/June). 38-50. 2. Black Theatre

StagKing.The.Mezei.Stephen.PAC 1 Arden. John. Tragedy in the Congo. NTM 2. (Spring), 20 21. 3.4. Status Quo Vadis. NYTCR 4. 358-60. Streetcar Named Desire. A. Farber. Stephen. Blacks, The. Tribby, William L. ETJ 4, 513-14. NYT 2 (April1),1.15. Hirsch. Foster. ETJClarke, Sebastian. A black radical: Ed Bullins. 4. 512-13. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (May 6).1, PP 6 (March), 62-63. 10. NYTCR 11. 281-84. NYTCR 16. 224-25. . Black theatre. PP 5 (January), 55. Streetlight. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Summer). Folarin,Margaret.OlaRotimiinterviewed. 28. NTM 2, 5-7. Sunset.Kauffmann, Stanley. PERF 6 (May/Fowler. Cleo S. A black theatre drama pro- June). 82.87. gram. DRAM 4 (January), 22-23. Sunshine Boys, The. Blake, Gary. ETJ 2, 237. Haynes. Michael. Relevancy and involvement: Taming of the Shrew, The. Kerr. Walter. NYT answering black demands. DRAM 4 (Jan- 2 (June 17), 1, 33. uary), 29. Terminal. Feingold, Michael. NYT 2 (OctoberMcKie. John R. To be, or not... (an essay 7). 3. of alternatives). PM 2. 65.69. This Train. Mezei, Stephen. PAC 2 (Summer).Oduneye, 'Bayo. Notes toward a definition of 28. documentary theatre. ENC. 31.34. Thoughts. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (April 1). 1. 3. Pawley, Thomas D. The threeP's:or neo- Time to Reap. A.Erdelyi. Joseph. PAC 2 sterotypes in the black theatre. ENC, (Summer), 25-26. Tooth of Crime, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2Romeo and Juliet. Glenn, Sigrid. DRAM 6 (March 18),3. Schechner, Richard. TOR 3 (May), 28. 31. (September). 10-18. Walker, Joseph A. Broadway's vitality is black Trials of Oz The. Kerr, Walter. NYT(Jan- vitality. NYT 2 (August 5), 1, 3. uary 7), 1, 5. [See also: 26664, 27655, 27669, 27685. 27697, Tricks. NYTCR 1, 391-94. 27731 and 27791.]

129 BIBLIOGRAPHY (fl THF.ATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 129 ElFestival 3.Educational/Children'sTheatre Copan'. David. Chicano theatre: de los teatros Chicanos. TDR 4 (December), ATA convention reports: Asian theatre panels. 73-89. ATB 2 (Fall/Winter), 12-14. Copfermann. Emile. Dort, Bernard andKouril- Ballow,1.eightonM. The AT production sks. Francoise. A consersation on the Eighth lists project survey: 1971 72. ETJ 3, 353.61. Nancy Festival. VT 1(Winter), 110-16. BiedernrannandtheFirebugs.Tumbleson, Goldman.Arnold.Life anddeathofthe Treva. DRAM 4 (January). 10-12. livingnewspaperunit. TQ 9(January/ Chadic:cr. Documentary Theatre inNotting- March). Ct:.' 83. ham. Elvgren. Gillette, Jr. CTR 1(March), Goodman. David. Preliminary thoughts on po- 1113. litical theatre. CTJA 3.4, 27-111. Hamlet. Ilummasti. Arnold. DRAM 7 (April), Kanellos, Nicolas. Mexican community theatre 10, 12. in a midwestern city. LTR I(Fall), 43-48. lidless. The.Mulvihill,Dorothy. DRAM 4 Kourilsky, Francoise, Approaching Quetzalcoatl: (January). 30. the evolution of El Teatro Campesino. PERF

Improsisational Christmas Show. Caratt, Judi. 1 (Fall). 37-46. DRAM 2 (November), 40 41. Munk. Erika. The Living Theatre andthe Knight of the Burning Pestle, The. Carlton. Wobblics:aninterviewwithJulianBeck, Boh. 1)ED 1, 255-56. Charles Derevere, Judith Malina, and Wil- Life and Death of Eserybody, The. Hughes, liam Shari. PERF 6 (May/June), 88-93. Julien R. DRAM 1(October), 13-15. San Fran Scandals of 73.Aaron, Jules. ETJ Man: His Matrix. DRAM 4 (January). 17. 4, 506 Schechner, Richard. Drama, script theatre, and Marat/Sade. Curran. Raymond A.. III. DRAM Performance. TDR 3 (September). 5-36. 8(May). 12.14. Mother Courage. Goodman, Diana V. DRAM 7 Seven Meditations on Political Sado-Masochism. Brecht, Stefan. PERF 1 (Fall), 29.36. (April). 28-31. Sullivan. Victoria. Boys will be boys-and all Night Thoreau SpentinJail. The. Rough. that. NYT 2 (January 28), 1, 3. William H. DRAM 1(October). 19 21. 1 hrecpcnny Opera, The. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 4, Oh. What a Lovely War! Jones. Don E. DRAM 507-8. (I(May), 15.16. [Also see: 27468, 27708, 27781, 27809, and 27814.] Rosencrantz and Guildenstern are Dead. Hum- masti, Arnold. DRAM 7 (April). 10. 12. B. INTFRNAT1ONAL THFATRE SaintJoan.Mes.servy.FontellC. DRAM 6Absurd Person Singular. Bryden, Ronald. PP (May). 32-33. 11 (August), 39-41. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 School Dare. Frisby. Patricia Tolmie. DRAM 7 (Autumn), 20-21. (April), 35-37. Adclugba, Dapo. Nigeria-theatre survey, Silent Friends. Tracy. Manton L., Jr. DRAM 8 NTM 2, 15-16. (May). 34 35. AfterLiverpool. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 4 Waiting for Gcxlot. Stuart, Patricia. DRAM 7. (January), 54-55. (April). 18. 19, 22. After Magritte, Covency, Michael. PP 4 (Jan- %Vali/ofthe Toreadors, The. La Freniere, uary), 51. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring), Lester C. DRAM 4 (January). 32-33, 27. [Also see: 27687 and 27808.] Amerika. Fik, Marta. TP 12 (December), 1922. And Here the Dawns are Quiet. Londre, Felicia Hardison. ETJ 3, 380.81. 4.Sociopolitical Theatre Ind They PutHandcuffs on theFlowers. Brown. Kent R. The American Indian Theatre Craig, Randall. DQTR 111 (Winter), 4 4960. Ensemble. PM 3, 126-31. PP 2 (November), 50-51. Carp de Los Rasquachis. La. (Tent of the. Antigone. Wysiriska. Elzbieta. TP 11 (Novem- Underdogs). Copeland, Roger F. ETJ 3, 367- ber), 24 25. 68. Antony and Cleopatra, de Jongh Nicholas. PP Collins,Sherwood.Boston'spoliticalstreet 21(October), 56-57. Lambert, J. W. DQTR theatre:theeighteenth century Pope Day 111 (Winter), 33, 35-36. pageants. ETJ 4, 401-9, Apocalypsis cum figuris. TP 2 (February), 37-40.

130 130 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Applause. Bean. Robin. PP 4 (January). 46-47. Cartoon. Craig. Randall. DQTR 109 (Summer), AreathaintheIcePalace.Craig. Randall. 41. DQTR 109 (Summer), 42. Catsplay.Mellor, Isha. PP 5 (February). 55. %I-mg and the Man. Shot ter, Eric. DQTR 110 PP 3 (December), 46-47. (Autumn). 33-35. Cave of Salamanca. The. Shorter. Eric. DQTR As Ilk Bones Are Brought. Lambert. J. W. 110 (Autumn). 30-31. DQTR 111 (Winter). 19-20. Changeling. The. Shorter,Eric. DQTR 111 As Time Goes By. Craig, Randall. DQTR 110 (Winter). H. (Autumn). 41. Children. Children. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 111 As You Like It. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 11 (Winter). 46. (Nutzustl.48-49.Masters.Anthony. PP 12 Christopher Columbus. Shank. Theodore. TDR (September). 55-56. 4(December). 69-72. At the End of the Day. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Cherry Orchard. The. Lambert. J. W. DQTR I I 1 (Winter). 23. P 2 (November), 39-41. 110 (Autumn), 2729. Marowitz, Charles. PP 10 (July). 3941. Baby Love. Craig, Randall. DQTR 110 (Au. Colette. Hayes, Beth. PP 12 (September). 59. limn). 39.40. Hammond. Jonathan. PP10 (July). 60. Collaborators. The. Brien. Alan. PP 9 (June). Baccae. The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (August 19). 44-45. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 1.3. Lambert. J. W. DQTR III(Winter). 22. 33-34. PP 1(October). 59. Coming and Going. Hausbrandt, Andrzej. TP Pald Prima Donna. Mellor. Isha. PP 5 (Feb- 6 (June), 20-22. ruary). 55. Constant Wife, The. Lambert. J .W. DQTR Ill Bald Soprano. The. Craig. Randall. DQTR 111 (Winter). 31-32. PP 2 (November). 44 45. (Winter). 55. Coriolanus. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 111 (Winter). Banana Box. The. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 34.35. (Autumn).21.Masters,Anthony.PP 10 Cries fromthe Casement.Lambert.J. W. (July). 56. DQTR 111 (Winter). 19-20. PP 3 (December). Bang. Lipsius. Frank. PP 10 (July). 60. 53.54. Before Dawn. Lambert.J.W. DQTR 1 1 l Crisis of Conscience. A. Shorter. Eric. DQTR (Winter). 23-24. 108 (Spring). 32-33. Behind the Fridge. Brien. Alan. PP 4 (Jan- Cromwell. Bryden, Ronald. PP 1 (October), 47- uary).50-51.Lambert, J. W. DQTR 108 49. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Ill(Winter), (Spring). 24. 16-17. Beowulf. Craig. Randall. DQTR 10P (Spring).Dandy Dick. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 (Win- 39. ter). 30 31. Leech. Michael. PP 12 (Septem- Between You. Me. and the Bedpost. Shorter. ber). 50 51. PP 3 (December). 57, Eric. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 31-32. Dear Brutus. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 11 (Winter). Revellers. The. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 111 44. (Winter). 22-23. PP 2 (November). 56-57. Dear Love. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 10 (July). Bleats from a Brighouse Pleasureground. Ham- 56. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 23. mond. Jonathan. PP 4 (January). 53. Death Story. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 108 (Spring). Born Yesterday. Esslin. Martin. PP 9 (June). 36. 48-49. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 10 (Autumn).Decameron 73.Lambert.J. W. DQTR 111 23. (Winter). 23. PP 1 (October), 63. Brainwaves. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 109(Sum- Devil is an Ass. The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 109 mer). 35-36. (Summer), 37. Brassneck. Shorter, Eric. DQTR Ill(Winter). Director of the Opera. Howlett. Ivan. PP 10 42-43. (July). 48-50. Bright Scene. PP 1 (October). 61. Doll's House, A. Dawson, Helen. PP 7 (April). Bunny. Cushman, Robert. PP 5 (February). 41. 42-43. Hughes. Beth. PP 4 (January). 51-52. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring), 24. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 109 (Summer). 28 29. Cage. The. Esslin. Martin. PP 10 (July). 58. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 108 (Spring). 33. CaptainOates'LeftSock.Craig.Randall. Doctor Knock. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 111 (Win- DQTR 109 (Summer). 43. ter), 44-45. Card. The. Morley. Sheridan. PP 12(Sep- Don's Party. Edelman. Charles. ETJ 2. 24C-41. tember). 48-49.Shorter,Eric. DQTR 111 Dragon Variation, The. Shorter. Eric. DQTR (Winter). 44. 108 (Spring), 38.

131 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THF.ATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 131

Dream Machine. Ansorge, Peter. PP 8 (May), George Jackson Black and White Minstrel Show, 46. The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 108 (Spring), 43- Drums in the Night. Craig, Randall. DQTR 44. I11 (Winter). 54.55. PP 2 (November), 53-54.Glasstown. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 12 (Sep Dutch Uncle. Hamilton, Godfrey. PP 8 (May), tember),55.Lambert,J. W. DQTR 110 51. (Autumn), 23. Coot Old Had Days, The. Batchelor. Ruth. PP Economic Necessity. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 111 5 (February), 34-35. (Winter), 39. Edward G.. Like the Film Star. Lipsius, Frank.Grease. Bean, Robin. PP 11(August), 50-51. Pt' 11 (August). 56. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn), 18.19. Effects of Gamma Rays, The. Greer, Germaine.Glalgutiera. Grodzicki, August and Klossowicz, PP 4 Unauary), 44-45. Jan. TP 10 (October), 9-14. L'F.nchanteur Pourissant.Peter, John. DQTRGypsy. Cushman, Robert. PP 10 (July), 42 43. 110 (Autumn), 47. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 20. Endgame. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn),Cyttbal Wahazar. Fik. Marta. TP 9 (September), 26-27. 17-20. Epitaph for George Dillon. Coveney, Michael. Habeas Corpus. Dawson, Helen. PP 10 (July), PP 5 (February), 39.40. 44-45. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (August 26). 1, Equus. Dawson, Helen. PP 12(September). 3. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn), 22. 43-45. Ralson. Albert I... ETJ 4, 514-15. Kerr, Hans Kohlhaas. GucKh, Steve. PP 7 (April) 45. Walter. NYT 2 (September 2). 1, 3. Lambert, Lambert, J. W. DQTR 109 (Summer). 26-27. J. W. DQTR I 1 1(Winter), 1416. Happy Arrival. Wysinska. Elzbieta. TP 9 (Sep- Every Packet Contains a Government Health Randall. DQTR 110 (Au- tember), 22.23. Warning. Craig, Happy as a Sandbag. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 108 tumn), 42. (Spring), 35. Excuses. Excuses. Ansorge. Peter. PP 12 (Sep- Hello and Goodbye. Lambert, 3. W. DQTR 109 tember), 58. (Summer), 22-24. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 1 1 1 Fall in and Follow Mc. Lipsius. Frank. PP 12 (Winter), 19. PP 3 (December), 55. (September), 57. Hobson's Choice. Cow, Gordon. PP 6 (March), Family Reunion, The. Shorter.Eric. DQTR 48-49. 111(Winter). 39.41. Holderlin. Nut', Anna Maria. PERF 6 (May/ Farm. The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 (Win- June), 74.81. ter). 17 IR. PP 2 (November), 42.43. HoldYour Wadi,Chaps!Craig,Randall. Filth Hunt. The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 108 DQTR 109 (Summer), 40.41. (Spring), 39-40. Holy Ghostly, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 110 Finishing Touches. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 (Autumn), 39. (Winter). 23. PP 1 (October), 54-55. Houseboy, The. Ansorge, Peter. PP 12 (Septets. Fish in the Sea, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 108 ber),57-58.Craig,Randall. DQTR 110 (Spring). 36. (Autumn). 41. Forefathers. Morawiec, Elzbieta. TP 8 (August), House of Bernarda Alba, The. Gilbert. W. 17.23. Stephen. PP 8 (May), 42-43. Lambert, J. W. 47thSaturday. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 10 DQTR 109 (Summer), 27-28. (July). 59 60. Freedom of the City, The. Coveney, Michael. Human Voice, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 108 PP 7 (April), 48.49. Lambert, J. W. DQTR (Spring). 42-43. 109 (Summer), 14-15. Humulus the Muted Lover. Hammond, Jona- than. PP 4 (January), 54. Game for Two More Players. Shorter,Eric. DQTR 111 (Winter), 41.42. Inferno, The. Coveney, Michael. PP 5 (Feb- ruary). 42. Games. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 4 (January),In Praise of Love. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 54. (Winter), 24-26. PP 2 (November). 4849. Gangsters. Craig. Randall. DQTR 108 (Spring), Inspector Calls, An. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 1 43. Geordie's March. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 (October), 52.53. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 11 (Winter). 21. (Winter), 30. George Hudson, The. Masters, Anthony. PP 12 Instrument for Love. Craig, Randall. DQTR 11 (August). 57. (Winter) 1. 53.

132 132 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

In the Jungle of Cities. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Let's Murder Vivaldi. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 109 (Summer). 27. Spur ling, John. Pp 8 (May). 4 (January). 54. 45. Letter, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 110 (Autumn), Island of the Mighty. The. Brustein, Robert. 35. NYT 2 (January 7).1. 5. Lahr, John. PP 5 I.iars, The. Shorter.Eric. DQTR 109 (Sum. (February), 31.33. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 mer). 33-34. (Spring), 17-19. Liberation. Fik. Marta. TP 6 (June). 10.12. IsYour DoctorReallyNecessary?Lambert. I.iebelci. Lipsius, Frank. PP 9 (June). 53. Peter, J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 18. John. DQTR 110 (Autumn), 45. janitress Thrilled in a Prehensile Penis. Ham- Limbo. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 1 (October). 62. mond Jonathan. PP 4 (January), 53. I.ittic Man-What Now? Esslin, Martin. PP 8 (May). 44.45. Peter. John. DQTR 110 (Au- lc Anus Old Husband. Shorter.Eric DQTR tumn). 44. 110 (Autumn). 30.31. local Stigmatic. The. Craig. Randall. DQTR Joseph and the Amazing Technicolor Dream - Ill (Winter). 50. coat. Bean. Robin. PP 7 (April), 50. Stuart. Look Back in Anger. Coveney, Michael. PP 5 Alexander. PP 4 (January). 48 49. (February). 3940. Jugglers Three. Edelman, Charles. ETJ 1, Ill. Lovelies and Dowdics. Calandra, Denis. TDR 4 Julius Caesar.Lambert,J.W. DQTR III (December). 53-68. Sogliuzzo. A. Richard. ETJ (Winter). 35-36. 4. 515.16. Juno and the Pavcock. Looliert. J. W. DQTR Love's Labour's Lost. O'Connor. PP 1 (October). 110 (Autumn). 25.26.Seymour. Alan. PP 11 50.51. (August). 51-52. Lower Depths, The. Esslin. Martin. TQ 9 (Jan- JusttheTicket.Shorter,Eric.1)QTR 110 uary /March), 6.11. (Autumn), !2. Macbeth. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 4 (January). Ka Mountain and Guardenia Terrace. Langton. 41.43. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring), Basil. TDR 2 (June), 48 57. Trilling, Ossia. 27.29. PP 3 (December). 59. TDR (June), 33-47. Nfacbett. Aaron. Jules. ETJI,107-8.F.sslin, Kar.jincho. ATB 2 (Fall/Winter). 2. Martin. PP 12 (September), 54-55. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 (Winter), 33. Kaspar. Craig. Randall. DQTR 108(Spring). Mad Dog. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 1kOctober), 40. Gooch. Steve. PP 7 (April). 44.45. 59 60. Kelly'sWinder.Shorter,Eric.DQTR 110 Madman and the Nun. The. Dukore, Bernard (Autumn). 36. F. ETJ 4, 505-6. King and 1. The. PP 3 (December), 51-52. MagicofPantalone,The.Craig,Randall. King Lear. Narti, Anna Maria. PERF 6 (May/ DQTR 111 (Winter). 55. June). 74-81. Magnificence. Hammond,Jonathan. PP 11 Krapp'sLastTape.Esslin,Martin. PP 6 (August), 42.43. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 (March), 39.40. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Autumn), 16-17. (Spring). 15. Mahler. Hamilton, Godfrey. PP 7 (April). 50. La CantataDeiPastori.O'Aponte.Miriam. Malcolm. Clarke, Sebastian. PP 4 (January). 55. ETJ 4, 456-62. Malcontent. The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 Landscape. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 111 (Winter). (Autumn), 27. 32. PP 3 (December). 53. Malcontent Daughter. The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 109 (Summer), 37-39. Laughs Etc. Craig, Randall.DQTR 108 Man fromtheEast,The.Craig.Randall. (Spring), 43. DQTR 108 (Spring), 41.42. Madsen, Patricia. Lear. Holloway. Ronald. ETJ I. 108, 110. ETJ 2. 241-42. Le Grand Magic Circus. Lambert. J. W. DQTR Man of Destiny. The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 1G8 (Spring). 24-25. 108 (Spring), 42. Le Malade Imaginaire. Peter, John. DQTR 110 Marriages. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 11(Au- (Autumn). 45. gust), 56. Le Medicin Valant. Peter, John. DQTR 110 Me Nobody Knows. The.Lambert.J. W. (Autumn), 46. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 18. Leonardo's Last Supper. Shorter. Eric. DQTR Merry-Go-Round. Larribm, J. W. DQTR 111 110 (Autumn). 30-31. (Winter), 26.28. Lesson in Blood and Roses, A. Lambert, J. W. Metamorphoses of a Wandering Minstal, The. DQTR 111 (Winter), 20-21. Peter, John. DQTR 110 (Autumn), 47.

133 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 133 Min Fars Hus (My Father's House). Carbon, Old Man's Comforts, The. Brien. Alan. PP 5 Harry G. ETJ 3. 381-82. (February), 39.Craig, Randall. DQTR 108 Misalliance. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 (Au- (Spring). 42. Winn). 25. Seymour, Man. PP 9 (June). 50-51. Old Times. Murphy. Marese. DQTR 109 (Sum- Misanthrope. The. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 7 mer). 45. Only a Game. Coveney. Michael. PP 8 (May). (April). 39-41. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 109 50. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 109 (Summer). 18. (Summer), 29-32. Miser, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 109 (Summer). Open Space. Ansorge, Peter. PP 12 (September), 34. 57.58. II Miss Julie Versus Expressionism. Craig. Randall. OpenTheatre.Marowitz.(:harks.PP DQTR Ill (Winter). 52. (August). 55 Othello. An. Aaron. Jules. ETJ I. 107 8. Mel- Mistress of Novices. Coveney, Michael. PP 7 (April), 46.47. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 109 lor, Isha. PP 5 (February). 55. (Summer). 24. Our Town. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 109 (Summer). Monograms. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 4 (Jan- 34.35. uary). 54. Owners. Esslin, Martin PP 5 (February). 41.42. Monologue. Craig, Randall. DQTR III (Win- Pagan. Place.A. Lambert. J. W. DQTR IOR ter), 51. (Spring). 20-21. Monty Python's Farewell Tour. Shorter, Eric. p:1-sion.Hausbrandt. Andrezei. TP 6 (June). DQTR 110 (Autumn). 32.33. 20-22. Most Cheerful Man. The. Shorter. Eric. DQTR Peace in On.- Time. Shorter. Eric DQTR IOR 110 (Autumn), 35-36. (Spring). 55. Mother. The (Brecht). Craig. Randall. DQTR Pedagogue. The. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 4 110 (Autumn), 40. Gems, Pam. PP 10 (July). (January), 54. 59. Peer Gynt. Elmwood. William R. ETJ I. 110. Mother. The (WitLiewit2). Morawiec. Elzbieta. People Show. Hayes. Beth PP 12 (September). TP 2 (February). 24. 59. Mother (Gorki). Londre. Felicia Hardison. ETJ Pericles. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Ill (Winter). 3. 379.80. 32.33. Mother Courage. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 4 PetticoatRebellion.The.Lambert.J.W. (January).53.Shorter,Eric. DQTR 108 DQTR 111 (Winter). 21. (Spring), 33-35. Petty Bourgeois. The Craig. Randall. DQTR Mrs. Argent. Craig. Randall. DQTR ill Win- II I(Winter). 51-52. ter). 54. Pintcrplay: Applicant. Trouble in the Works. Much Ado About Nothing. James, Terry. PP 3 The Collection. ETJ 4, 515. (December), 58-59. Pippitl. Davies. Russell. PP 3 (December). 4R -50. Mutation Show, The. Craig. Randall. DQTR Playgoers. Mellor. Isha. PP 5 (February). 55. 110 (Autumn). 37. My Fat Friend. Buckley. Peter. PP 5 (February), Playing 14 ith Fire. Craig. Randall. DQTR 105 38. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring). 23. (Spring). 42. Play Strindberg. Esslin, Martin. PP 11 (August). Night. Craig, Randall. DQTR 111(Winter), 52-53. 5051. Possessed. The. TP 1(January). 40-41. Peter. Night at the Indian Empire, A. DQTR 109 John. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 47. (Summer), 36. Potsdam Quartet. The. Shorter. Eric DQTR Nightwalk. Craig. Randall. DQTR 110 (Au- Ill (Winter). 42. tumn), 37-38. Private Matter. A. Howlett, Ivan. PP 7 (April), No. No. Nanette. Coveney, Michael. PP 10 47-48. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 109 (Summer). Lambert.J. W. DQTR 110 (July). 52-53. 20-22. (Autumn). 18. Problem. The. Hammond. Jonathan PP 4 (Jan - Not Drowning but Waving. Masters, Anthony. uary), 54. PP 2 (November), 54.55. Pope's Wedding, The. Shorter,Eric. DQTR Not I.Esslin, Martin. PP 6 (March), 39-40 110 (Autumn), 36. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring). 15-16. Prodigal Daughter, The. Shorter, rric. DQTR Nuts. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 18. 109 (Summer). 39. Off the Bus. Craig, Randall. DQTR 110 (AI.-Prosecution. The. Clark, Sebastian PP 4 (Jan- tumn). 43. uary), 55. 134 134 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL 1N SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Provoked Wife, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Schcllenbrack.Craig,Randall. DQTR 109 110 (Autumn). 24-25.Masters. Anthony. PP (Summer). 41. II(+ugust), 53 54. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 109Sea. The. Esslin, Martin. PP 10 (July). 46 47. (Summer). 32.33Stuart.Alexander. PP 7 Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 110 (Autumn), 14.16. (April), 49. Seagull. The. Howlett, Ivan. PP 10 (July), 51. Ramsay MacDonald: The Last Ten Days. PP 1 SectionNine.Lambert,J. W. DQTR 111 (October), 63. (Winter). 19. PP 3 (December), 55. Real Inspector Hound. The. Coveney, Michael. Sense of Detachment. A. Bilden. Ronald. PP 5 PP 4 (January), 51. Lambert, J. W. DQTR (February).36.37.Larzbert,J. W. DQTR Ins (Spring), 27. 108 (Spring). 16-17. Recruiting (Aker. The. Shorter. Eric. DQTR Shakespeare the Socialist. Hammond. Jonathan. III (Winter). 38-39. PP 4 (January). 54. Red Ladder. NTM 3 (March), 23-29., Shoemakers, The. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 2 (November), 57. Rdativc Values. Lambert, J. W. DQYR I11 Shrew. The. Hayes. Beth. PP 3 (December). 58. (Winter). 31. Sighs of a Slave Dream. Clarke. Sebastian. PP Removalists, The. Lambert. J. W DQTR I11 4 (January), 55. (Winter), 18. Seymour. Alan. PP 12 (Septeni- Signs of the Times. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 110 her), 46 47. (Autumn).22-23.Leonard.Hugh. P 11 Replique. Bartczak. Halina. TP 3 (March). 6. (August). 44-45. TP 3 (March), 14-17. Silver Tassie. The. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 4 RevivalLambert, J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring). (January). 53-54. 21-23. Sizwe Bansi is Dead. Craig. Randall. DQTR III Richard II. Ansorge, Peter. PP 9 (June), 39.41. (Winter). 1.52. PP 2 (November). 54. Richard III. Ansorge, Peter. PP 9 (June), 52-Slight Ache, A. Lambert, J. W. DQTR I l l 53. Peter, John. DQTR 110 (Autumn). 46.47. (Winter). 32. PP 3 (December). 52. Shorter, Eric DQTR 108 (Spring), 33. Small Craft Warnings. Buckley, Peter. PP 6 Ring Around the Moon. Mellor, Isha. PP 5 (March). 44-45. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 109 (February). 55. (Summer), 24. R Loves J. Howlett. Ivan. PP 12 (September).Smile Orange. Clarke. Sebastian. PP 4(Jan- 52-53. uary). 55. Rocky HorrorShow. The.Craig,Randall. Snaps. Craig, Randall. DQTR 109 (Summer). 40. DQTR 110(Autumn),40-41.Gilbert, W Spell Giantess, The. ATB 2(Fall/ Stephen. PP 11 (August). 54-55. of the Winter). 2. 4. Romeo and Juliet. Cushman, Robert. PP 8State of Emergency. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 4 (May), 39.41. (January). 53. !United. Edelman, Charles. ETJ I.III. Stay Where You Are. Craig. Randall. DQTR Rostnersholm,Lambert,J.W. DQTR 110 111(Winter). 53-54. (Autumn). 23.24. Seymour, Alan. PP 10 (July), Stourac. Richard. German Worker's Theatre: 54-55. agit prop between the wars. NTM 3 (March). Royal Hunt of the Sun, The. Lambert, J. W. 5-10. DQTR 111 (Winter). 32. Strawberry Gardener. Hammond. Jonathan. PP Rule Britannia.Craig.Randall. DQTR 108 11 (August). 56. (Spring), 39 Striving.The.Hausbrand:,Andrzej. TP 6 (June), 2022. Sunday.Monday. LI"! 12.4_11.J. W. Saturday. Suzanna Andler. Hayes. Beth. PP 8 (May), 49. DQTR I l l (Winter), 28.30. PP 3 (December). Lambert, J. W. DQTR 109 (Summer), 24-26. 41-43. Savages. Dryden. Ronald. PP 9 (June). 42-43.Sweeney Todd. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 10 Esslin.Martin. TQ 12 (October/Deoember). (July). 60-61.Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 79 83. Hampton. Christopher. TQ 12 (Oc- (Autumn). 17-18. tober/December), 60-78. Kerr, Walter. NYTSweet Talk. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 12 (SeP 2 (September 9), 1, 18. Lambert, J. W. DQTR tember), 56-57. 109 (Summer), 15-18. Sylvia ?lath. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 111 (Win- Say Goodnight to Grandma. Gooch, Steve. PP ter),19. n (May). 49.50. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 109 Tamburlaine theGreat.Stedman, Jane W. (Summer). 18-20. ETJ 1,106. 135 111111.10GRA1'HY OF 1 1IE VIRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 135

Taming of the Shrew, The. ()Connor. Can). Unseen Hand. The. Craig. Randall. DQTR 109 PP 2 (November). 46-47. (Summer). 41-42. Lipsius, Frank. PP 8 (May). Tartuffe. Ltindre, Felicia Hardison. ETJ 3. 381. 48. Tarzan's Last Stand. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 110 Up the Bamboo Tree. Craig, Randall. DQTR (Autumn). 32. 111(Winter). 55. Terminal. Craig.Randall. DQTR 110 (Au- Vatzlay. Craig, Randall. DQTR 109 (Summer). tumn), 38.39. 4243. Terrible Jim Fitch. Craig, Randall. DQTR 108 West Side Story. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Spring), 43. Theatre Machine. Craig, Randall. DQTR 111 (Autumn), 18. (Winter), 53. What Maisie Knew. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 111 Third Breast. The. Wysinska, Elzbieta. TP 4.5 (Winte), 42. (May). 54. White Raven. The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 109 Three Arrows. The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 108 (Summer), 36-37. (Spring), 36 38. White the Sun Shines. Crosby. John. PP 5 (Feb- 301 Years a Unicyclist. Mellor. Isha. PP 5 (Feb. 'nary), 40. Who's Who. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Au- ruary), 55. Three Jogs Around the Campus. Craig. Randall. tumn). 21.22. Wilson. Sandy. PP 11 (August), DQTR 110 (Autumn). 41.42. 46 47. Who WasHilary Maconochie? Hammond, ThreeSisters.The.Ansorge.Peter.PP 6 Jonathan. PP 4 (January). 54. (March), 46-47. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 Wild Duck. The.Peter.John. DQTR 110 (Spring). 29-31. (Autumn). 48. Titus Andronicus. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 11l Willie Rough. Hayes. Beth. PP 6 (March). 48. (Winter), 37. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring), 19.20. Tooth of Crime. The. Aaron. Jules. ETJ 3, Wolf, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 111 (Winter), 368.70. Schechner, Richard. TDR 3 (Septem- 26. PP 4 (December), 44.45, ber). 5-36. Woman in White, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR Trials of Brother Jero, The. Craig. Randall. 110 (Autumn), 23. DQTR 109 (Summer). 42. Worthy Guest, A. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 111 Triangle. Hammond. Jonathan. PP 4 (January). (Winter). 4647. 54. Woyzeck.Gooch,Steve.PP 7 (April),44. Triple Bill. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 110 (Autumn). Lambert. J. W. DQTR 108 (Spring), 30.31. 30.31. True Story of Squire Jonathan and His Unfor- Yerma. Peter, John. DQTR 110 (Autumn), 44. tunate Treasure, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR You Never Can Tell. Shorter. Eic. DQTR 109 110 (Autumn). 42-43. (Summer). 39. Twelfth Night. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 Voyage. The. Zanotto, Ilka Marinho. TDR 2 (Autumn). 27. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Ill (June). 6672. (Winter). 32. Zoo Story. Craig, Randall. DQTR Ill (Winter), Lambert. Two and Two Make Sex. J. W. 52-53. DQTR 111(Winter),23. PP 1 (October). (Also see:27474. 27480. 27495,27499. and 60.61. 27524.1 Two Gentlemen of Verona. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 110 (Autumn), 19-20. Lipsius, Frank. C. THUM SEASON REVIEWS PP 9 (June). 4647. II Josephine House. Craig. Randall. DQTR 108 Anderson, Michael. Bristol. PP 4 (January). 62. (Spring).40.Hammond, Jonathan. PP 4 PP 9 (June). 64.65. PP 11 (August), 66.67. (January), 54. . Cardiff. PP 8 (May). 63.64. Umabatha. Peter, John. DQTR 110 (Autumn). .Exeter. Bristol, and Cardiff. PP 3 4748. (December). 66.67. Uncle Vanya. Shorter. Eric. DQTR Ill (Win- Ansorge. Peter. Nottingham. PP 2 (November), ter). 45-46. 63-64. Under the Skin of the Statue of Liberty. Shore, Axworthy, Geoffrey. The seventeenth National Rima. TDR 1 (March), 138.42. Student Festival. Bradford '72. DED 1. 230-35. Unknown Soldier and His Wife, The. Brien, Baneshilr.. South Africa. PP 10 (July), 66. Alan. PP 6 (March). 4243. Lambert. J. W. Barker, Clive. Emergent theatre. DQTR 111 DQTR 108 (Spring). 25.27. (Winter), 72 -73.

136 1:16 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Barker.Felix. Vivat!Vivat!Chichester! T73,Galewia, Janusz. Tim Poznan Puppet and Actor 27-36. Theatre 'Marcinek'. TP 7 (July), 22.26. Barnes, Clive. On and Off Broadway. T73, 115 Gilbert, W. Stephen, Camp laments ofthe 22. season. PP 5 (February), 43-44. Rehm. Tom. Southern Children's Theatre Cir- . Prospectforthefuture. PP 1 cuit meets. C:TR 3 (September), 6-9. (October). 24.27. Berkuist, Robert. Yoo-hoo-It's show time on . Two stagesforward. PP 3 (Decem- Broadway. NYT 2 (August 26), 1, 3. 4. ber), 24-27. Bloom. Gilbert L. Edinbugh National Festival.Godard, Colette. Paris. PP 6 (March), 65. ETJ 1.105.6. Go4-)ch. Steve. Devon. PP 8 (May), 66. Bowler. Gordon. Birmingham. PP 8 (May), 67. Grisar, Mark. Liverpool. PP 6 (March), 55 56. Btiett. Alan. The Romans. PP 3 (December). Gruda, J6zef.IntheSzczecinCastle. TP 2 32 36. (February), 7.12. Brine. Adrian. Amsterdam. PP 4 (January). 65- Hammond Jonathan. China. PP 3 (December), 66. 68-69. . littisw1%. PP 9 (June). 63. PP 11 .Fringe. PP 4 (January), 53.54. PP ( 1ttgust). 64. 5 (February), 46.47. PP 6 (March), 50 52. PP .Holland. PP 7(April), 57-58. PP 8 7 (April), 52-54. PP 8 (May), 52-53. PP 9 (May). 60. PP 9 (June), 61.62. PP 10 (July), 65. (June), 54-55. Brustein. Robert. A crisisincriticism. PP 6Hayes, Beth. Paris. PP 4 (January), 64. (March), 60.61. Hayman,Ronald.Features:Chichester-the .London's theatre has the flu, too. first twleve years and the future. DQTR 110 NYT 2 (February 11). 1. 19. (Autumn), 60-65. . New York may never see them. . Features:Marchin Germany- NYT 2 (July 1). 1, 4. eleven days of a diary. DQTR 109 (Sum- Buckley. Peter. Top banana? T73. 68.79. mer), 55-63. Burian, Jarka M. Post-war drama in Czeeho-Hobson, Harold. Daubeny and the world the- slvakia. ETJ 3, 299-317. atre seasons. T73, 20-26, Chronology of productions of Witkacy's playsHolloway, Ronald. Germany. PP 4 (January), in English. A. POI.R 1-2, 11920. 65. PP 5 (February), 50 51. PP 6 (March), 64.65. PP 8 (May), 60-61. PP 9 (June), 62.63, City Center ActingCompany Repertory. PP 10 (July). 64.65. PP 11(August), 63.64. NYTCR 25, 132-35. PP 12 (September), 62.63. PP 1 (October), Clarke, 5-bastian. Black Theatre. PP 4(Jan- 70-71. PP 2 (November). 59-60. PP 3 (De- uary). 55. cember), 64-65. Colgan, Gerald. Dublin. PP 8 (May), 62.63. PP Howard, Roger. China. PP 4 (January), 62-64. 9 (June). 65, PP 3 (December), 62.64. Hughes, Catherine. New York, PP 4 (January), Croyden.Margaret. New Trends inRussia? 60-61. PP 5 (February). 48-49. PP 6 (March), NYT (July 29),1, 4. 58-59. PP 7 (April), 60-61. PP 8 (May), 58-59. Culture, controversy, and codfish. PAC 3 (Fall), PP 9 (June),56-57. PP 10(July), 62-63. 26. de Jongh. Nicholas. Notes from the Under- PP 11(August), 58-59. PP 12 (September), 60.61, PP 1 (October), ground. T73, 46.53. 68-69. PP 2(No- vember), 58-59. PP 3 (December), 60 -61, Douglas. Reid. Australia. PP 6 (March), 56-57. Hurren, Kenneth. News and comment: quarter. Erdelyi, Joe. A big plus for Toronto. PAC 3 DQTR 108 (Spring), 6871. (Fall), 22-23. Itzin, Catherine. Theatrefacts. TQ 9 (January/ . Another good year. PAC 3 (Fall), 23. March). 102-11. TQ 10 (April/June), 97-111. . Safe,but notsosure. PAC 2 TQ 11(July/September),101 -14, TQ 12 (Summer). 26-27. (October/December), 98-111. Fernandez, Oscar. Censorship and the Brazilian James, Terry. Howff Season. P 3 (December), theatre. ETJ 3, 285-98. 56.57. Fik, Marta. 8th Warsaw theatrical meeting. TP . National youth theatre. PP 2 (No- 1.5 (May), 50-51. vember). 55.56. Ford, John. Sheffield, PP 11 (August), 67, Julien,Michael.East Germany. PP 2(No- Freeman, Les, And what the papers said. PP 4 vember), 60-61. (January), 36-39. . Poland, PP 7 (April), 64-65. 137 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 137

. TheWorld Festival of Youth and Oliver. Cordelia and Self, David. Edinburgh. Students. TDR 4 (December). 90-98. PP 1 (October), 64-66. PP 2 (November), 61- 63. Kennedy. Dennis. Shiraz-Persepolis Festival. ETJ Oliver. Cordeiia. Scotland. PP 8 (May), 64.65. 4.516-18. PP 10 (July), 67. PP 11 (August), 68. Kingston. Jeremy. The year of the flash. T73. Oregon Shakespeare Festival. IODN (February), 37-45. Kingston, Toby. Coventry. PP 3 (December), 67. I. IODN (May), 1. IODN (August). 2. IODN September), 1. Kil In. Victoria Nes, World Festival of Theatre. T1)12 4 (December). 5-33. Page. Malcolm Canada. Pr 8 (May), 62. Klo.mmicz, Jan. Lublin student spring. TP10 Perri&Eve. Thenostalgiaboom. PP 6 (October). 20-24. (March), 71. Knight. Stephen. Colchester. PP 7(April). 57. Peter. John. Plays in performance: worldtheatre season. DQTR 110 (Autumn),44-49. .Fast Anglia. PP 6 (March). 54.55. PP 8 (May), 65-%. PP 1 (October), 73.75. . UmewakaNoh Troupe. DQTR 110 4 (January), Lane. John Francis. Italy. PP 11 (August).59-61. Plays and Players 1972 awards. PP 110 (Autumn), 47. 20-32. .Milan. PP 7 (April). 62 63. Potts. Norman B. The Everyman Players. PM 58.59. Leech. Michael. Canada. PP 7 (April). 5-6, 230-35. .Finland. PP 3 (December). 65. Reich. Pauline. Report from Japan.ATE 2 PP 5 Lipsius, Frank. And a painful Christmas. (Fall/Winter). 4-5. (February). 45. Richards. Michael. NUS Festival. PP 6(March), Bye. Berlin. PP 7 (April). 26- . Bye, 52-53. 27. Canadian Festival. PP 2 (Novem-Roose Evans. James. Roy Hart Theatre. PP3 . (December). 56. ber). 57. Roy. Robert. Birmingham. PP 7 (April),56. .Hungary. PP 9 (June), 59-61. PP 12 (September). 63-66. PP 9 (June), 65. I.onev. Glenn M. Genesis of the festivals. TC 2 .Liverpool. PP 7 (April), 56-57. PP 8 (March/April), 9-11, 30.34. (May), 65. .Some outstanding events:festivals Rubin, Don. Buy Canadian or By Canadian. 1973. TAN, 91-101. PAC 3 (Fall), 24.25. Marcus. Frank. Ten years of world theatre. .To be (Canadian) or not to be. PP 7 (April), 18-22. PAC 2 (Summer), 12-15. Masters. Anthony. Soho Polly season. PP 3 (De- Rudman, Michael. Edinburgh's traverse now cember). 59. and then. T73. 123-31. .Twelfth Night/Royal Hunt. PP 1 Ryan, Paul Ryder. Shiraz-Persepolisand the (October), 62. Third World. TDR 4 (December), 31-52. Stephen. Change of address. PAC 3 Mezei. Saddler. Allen. Devon. PP 6 (March). 53-54. (Fall), 19. .Filling the vsid. MC 1 (Spring), 20. .Southwest. PP 10 (July), 66. PP 1 The Irish are coming. PAC 1 (Spring), (October), 75. PP 3 (December), 68. . Self. David. Lancaster. PP 8 (May), 67. 21. Mortimer, Peter J. A look at the firstThOnt .Edinburgh 2. PP 1 (October), 65.66. Festival. PAC 2 (Summer), 35-36. Seymour, Alan. The Australian revival. PP 11 %Maly. Edward. Have play. will travel.PAC (August), 24-25. 3 (Fall). 17-18. . Moscow.PP 11 (August), 62-63. Saul Anna Maria. Stockholm 1973:political . APersian odyssey. PP 2 (Novem- discussion and realism. PERF 6 (May/June). ber), 66-69. 74-81. Shek. Ben. En Francais Le Grand Cirque Or- Nunn. Trevor and Jones. David.Writing on dinaire, PAC 4 (Winter), 16-19. sand. T73. 54-67. Shorter,Eric.Festival. DQTR Ill(Winter), O'Connor, Garry. Oxford. PP 1 (October).73. 47.49. Repertory round up. T73, 105-14. Odessa Globe Shakespeare Festival. IODN(No- . vember), 1. .Tents and tendencies in France. Oliver. Cordelia. Edinburgh. PP 7 (April). 54. DQTR 108 (Spring), 57-64.

138 138 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Spurlirig, Hilary. Images of world theatre. PPTrilling,Ossia.Features:letterfrom Scan- 10 (July). 38. dinavia. DQTR 109 (Summer), 66-68. Spensley,Philip. AIL MontrealisMontreal! Tsuno, Kaitar0. Poor European theatre. CTJA PAC 2 (Summer), 20-23. 3-4. 10-25. . Formula for success. PAC 3 (Fall). Utah Shakespearean Festival. IODN (October). 16-17. 2. Stitt. Kenn. Newcastle. PP 5 (February), 50. PP Washington ShakespeareSummerFestival. 6 (March), 54. IODN (May), 1. North East. PP 10 (July), 66.67. PP Welworth. George E. The play's the sting in 3 (December), 67-68. Argentina. NYT 2 (September 9),1, 18. Stowell, Don. Avignon. PP 1 (October), 71. Wyitiska, Elzbieta. Around the press. TP 9 Temkine, Raymonde. The PolishFrench seminar (September), 31-33. on theatre at Royaumont. TP 6 (June). 5-6. Young, B. A. Love-Song for the Young Viv. T73, Thomson,Peter.No Rome ofsafety:the 80-84. Royal Shakespeare Season 1972 reviewed. SS,Zentis, Joseph J. The theatre festivalas the 139-50. atre. YT 1 (Winter), 83-109.

139 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECHCOMMUNICATION, 1973 CAL M. LOGUE University of Georgia

Two hundred and ninety-one doctoraldissertation abstracts are presented below. The abstracts are categorized under nine areas:Forensics, 1; Instructional Development, 16; Interpersonal and Small GroupInteraction, 23 (with 3 for 1972); Interpretation, 14; Mass Communication,20 (with 4 for 1972); Public Address, 35 (with 4 for 1972); Rhetorical andCommunication Theory, 48 (with 1 for 1971 and 5 for 1972); Speech Sciencesand Audiology, 46 (with 3 for 1972); and Theatre, 60 (with 1 for 1969, 1for 1970, 1 for 1971, and 5 for 1972). The table below compares the numberof dissertation abstracts reported in the Bibliographic Annual from 1969 to 1973.The number of institutions reporting abstracts during these years is alsoincluded. It is interesting to note that although forty different institutionssubmitted abstracts in 1973six more than in 1972 only 263 abstracts were submitted.Data in the table are accumulative. For example if an abstract of adissertation completed in 1970 were not sent in until 1973 the abstract isadded to the total number submitted in1970.

ABSTRACTS REPORTED AND NUMBER OF INSTITUTIONSREPORTING,1969-1973 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973

0 1 Forensics 1 1 2 Instructional Development 14 9 16 12 16 Interpersonal and Small Group Interaction15 24 29 36 23 Interpretation 9 10 11 13 14 Mass Communication 23 32 33 36 20 Public Address 53 35 31 55 35 Rhetorical and Communication Theory 41 46 47 46 48 Speech Sciences and Audiology 65 68 71 66 46 Theatre 53 37 45 55 60 TOTAL 274 262 285 319 263 Number of Universities Reporting 32 35 35 34 40 ZINIC1=====1

Each abstract has been placed in the categoryin which it appears to be most appropriate. Many of theabstracts, however, relate to more than one area. The department in which the dissertation wascompleted is in parentheses. Unless a different date appears after the nameof the department, the dissertation was completed in the year 1973.Unless otherwise indicated, the dissertation was completed in fulfillment of requirements forthe Ph.D. Unless otherwise noted at the end of the abstract, thedissertation was abstracted by its author.

14( 1 In BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION Forensics communication literature at the present time, the concept is only broadly and flexibly Shelby, Annette Nevin. de- The Development of fined. the Theory of Argumentation and Debate. The purpose of this study. therefore, is Louisiana State U (Speech). to extend the existing, but imprecise, boundaries The purpose of this study was to trace theof knowledge about communicationas dialogue desclopmentofargumentationanddebatewith the intent of giving clarity ofdefinition to theory from 1895. the publication date of "the this communication concept. To accomplishthis first modern textbook on the subject," to 1970.purpose the study forwards the following hy- Utilizing argumentation and debate textbookspothesis: Reuel L. Howe's concept of dialogue and relevant journal articlesas primary re- for Christian ministry providesone theoretical search materials, the study identifies and de-and operational framework by which emerging scribes crucialissues and constructs, analyzesconcept of communication as dialogue can be and syintosizes consequential modificationsindescribed with greater clarity and precision. theory. Howe's concept of dialogue is described and In organization, the study examines theoreti-analyzed from the following perspectives: histor- cal developments chronologically interms ofical backgrounds, theological foundations,na- three periods: "The Standard Tradition" (1895- ture, and operational framework. The data de- 1917); "The Middle Period"(1917-c.1955); rived fromtheseperspectivesisutilizedto and, "Contemporary Theory"(c.1955-1970). respond to eight questions germaneto dialogical Internally. chapters treat the nature ofargu- researchraised by speech communicationre- mentation,analysis.proof, and theforensic searcher Richard L. Johannesenon the basis of itself. hissurveyofthedialogical communication Specific inferences about the development of literature. theory which are cited in the studyare too The study elicits data which helpsto define numerous to list in an abstract. These conclu- the emerging concept of dialogue withgreater sions reflect the intellectual heritage of the disci-clarity and precision. Further, the datasuggest pline and the influence of philosophicalpredis- five significant areas of investigationto which positions on prescriptive theory. later philosophical and empirical research in Rooted in classical philosophy and rhetoric communicationasdialoguemightbead- dressed. mul sensitise to contemporary developmentsin logic.sociology,psychology, and educatitaial philosophy, argumentation and debate'ssubject blanche, Jerry D.An Evaluation of Speech Methods matterhasremaineddynamic.Practically, CoursesinSecondaryTeacher moreover. thediscipline has appliedto de- Preparation Programs of State-Supported Col- liberativesubjectsprinciples and procedures leges and Universities in Missouri. U of Mis- indigenous to forensic speaking. souri (Speech and Dramatic Art). Underlying positions on analysis, proof and This study evaluates speech methodscourses theforensicitselfarecriticalphilosophical in secondary teacher preparationprograms of questions involving the nature,scope, and end nine state-supported colleges and universities of argumentation. The issue raised inthe Wells- in Missouri. A questionnaire gathered datafrom ()Neill exchangeswhether debatingshould berecent speech edocation graduates about four plat tired as a "(tame" or as a true to lifeven- broad categoric.:profiles of speech education tureserves to crystallize most of thecontro- graduates, characteristics of speech teachingpo- set-is.. As the study observes, that questionre- sitions, the nature of speech methodscourses. mains unresolved. and effectiveness of speech methodscourses. First, a trend toward graduates continuing their higher education soon after receivingun- Instructional Development dergraduate degrees was evidenced bythe study. Baumeister, Roger L. The Concept of DialogueThe data also indicated that most speech edu- of Reuel L. Howe, Northwestern V (Speech).cation graduates did not teach separate speech courses in the secondary schools. There was no The concept of human communicationas dia-indication that the longer someone taught the logue has been accorded growing prominencegreater the probability he or she would teach through the writings of scholars frommany separate courses in speech. fields including speech communication.Despite Second. three preparations, speech, English, the growing importance given dialogue intheand theatre, were the norm forover one-third

141 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 141 of the responding teachers. A majority of the Results of the 2 x 2 analysis of variance of respoinle:its indicated that they taught speechstudent responses to the PRSI resulted in no as a pare of other courses in their teaching load.significant differences in student attitudes to- Third, practically all secondary speech educa- ward instruction between the two treatment tion majors enrolled in a speech methods coursegroups. but few majors took more than one speech methods course. The majority of institutionsCivikly, Jean M. A Description and Experi- represented in this study stressed "theoretical" mental Analysis of Teacher Nonverbal Com- anttent. "Practical" content was indicated by munication hi the College Classroom. Florida le%s than one-fourth of the respondents. State U (Communication). Fourth. approximately two-thirds of the re- spondentsconsideredtheirspeechmethods This study examined the effect of three forms courses "adequate" or better in effectiveness, ofteachernonverbal communication(mini- and approximately one-thirdconsideredthe mum. maximum, contradictory) on two measures courses below"adequate"ineffectiveness. ofteachereffectiveness: studentcognitive Speech methods courses which were rated "very achievement andaffectiveresponsestothe effective" were associated with "practical" con- teaching situation. Three student characteristics, tent . sex, grade point average, and reason for attending college were also analyzed in relation Booth, James L.An Investigation of the Etto the dependent measures. frets of Two Types of Instructional Objec- The research was conducted in two major tives on Student Achievement and Attitudes. stages. In the descriptive stage, an observational Purdue U (Communication). coding system for teacher nonverbal communication was developed and validated. The aver- This study was designed to investigate theage index of agreement between judges of .657 effect of two types of instructional objectivessufficiently justified use of the system. on student achievement and attitude in the For the experimental stage of research, three basic speech-communication course at Purdue videotapes of a thirty minute college lecture by Unisersity. Two treatment groups, consistinga trained teacher-actor were developed. In the Of ten class sections each, received nine instruc- firsttape. the instructor remained in a sta- titmal objectives. The objectives provided thetionary position for the duration of the lecture first treatment group were written in behavioral (Minimum). In the second tape, the instructor tem..: and represented three distinct levels ofevidenced a large amount of physical activity, learning. The objectives provided the secondhand gestures, and vocal expressions(Maxi- treatment group were written in non-behavioral mum). In the third tape. the instructor was terms. At the conclusion of the three-week unitactive, as in the Maximum condition, but his in dyadic communication, a researcher-designed nonverbal behaviors contradicted his verbal be- content test was administered to both treatmenthaviors. Except for these three differences in groupsto assess student achievement of thenonverbal behavior. the lectures were identical. objectives. Subscores of the content !est wereA twenty-item multiple choicetest was con- used to determine student achievement on the structedtomeasurethestudent'scognitive three defined levels of learning. The Purdue achievement. Student affective reactions to the Rating Scale fore Instruction(PRSI) was em- teaching situation were indicated by the stu- ployed to measure student attitude toward in-dent's responses to a semantic differential instruction. strument which was judged valid and reliable Results of the 2 x 2 analysis of variance ofduring a pilot study. achievement scores indicated that students who The results indicated no significant differences received the behavioral objectives scored sig-in achievement scores or affective reactions for nificantly higher on the content test of cognitivestudents in the three teacher nonverbal com- learning than students provided with generalmunication conditions. Although there was a objectives. A series of t-tests was computed tosignificant difference in achievement scores in determine significant differences in achievementexperimental conditions and a control condi- scores on the three defined levels of learning.tion, no such difference was apparent for the Results of the t-tests indicated that studentsscores as a function of teacher noraerbal com- provided with behavioral objectives achieved munication. Males and females did not differ significantly higher on all three levels of learn-significantly in their cognitive and affective re- ing than students provided with general ob-sponses for each of the three nonverbal condi- jectives. tions. However, the results indicated a syste-

142 112 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION made tendency for female subjects to score The purpose of this study was to design a higher on the cognitivetest, and lower(less conceptual model for observation of the class- positively) on the affective measure. Studentsroom teaching/learning process which would with low grade point averages did not score sig-be more comprehensive than extant observa- nificantly lower than students with high grade tional models and process, rather than product, point avrags onthe cognitive or affective oriented. measures for each of the three nonverbal condi- The resulting model was termed "dramatistic" tions. Finally, there was no significant differ- because it blends selected concepts from dra- ence for students indicating "academic goals" asmatic and educationaltheory. This analogic their primary reason for attending college and blend was possible through implementation of those indicating alternative goals. the dramatistic pentad of Kenneth Burke. The pentadprovidedaconceptualframework Conner, Laurence M. An Investigation of the through which the classroom observer could use Effects of Selected Educational Drama Tech-the Burkeian concepts of act, agent, agency, niques on General Cognitive Abilities. South-scene, and purpose to garner useful informa- ern Illinois U (Speech). tion concerning the classroom elements of teacher and student, time, space, metho:ogy, and mo- The purpose of this study was to formulate a tivation. By stimulating the observer to account method of using educational drama to develop for five different variables within the classroom cognitive abilities. The following question was communicationtransaction,thedramatistic posed: Does it appear that a treatment employ- model is more :omprehensive than others avail- ing educational drama is effective for developing able. cognitive abilities? The most potentially utilitarian aspect of this This experiment was conducted in six ele-model isthe graphic "act" construct. Within mentary schools, utilizing 128 second grade stu- the dramatistic analogy was the notion that the dents. Since the teacher's level of formal prepa- communicationtransactions of theteaching/ ration in drama was deemed a factor hindering arning process constitute the "act" in progress. achievement of significance in a previous study,To examine the teaching/learning process as four groups received the treatment. Two treat- "act," the developmental stages of the dramatic ments were conducted by classroom teachersplot forrz(exposition, rising action, conflict, with no formal drama training and two were crisis, climax, and resolution) were incorporated conducted by a teacher with drama training. into the dramatistic model. The observeris Two control groups were also included. free to chart the progression of the classroom Each of the five treatment units used dra-act maintaining constant awareness of its inter- matic techniques to affect competence in par- relationship with the other four elements of the ticular cognitive abilities. The pretest was ad- dramatistic observational model. ministered thelast day of the pretreatment week, and the posttest was administered the day after the final treatment session. Del Polito, Carolyn M. The Development, Im- Pre- and posttest means were calculated for plementadon, and Evaluation of A Self-Con- each of the six groups. All hypotheses were ceptEnhancementProgram.Purdue U tested at the .05 level of significance. General (Communication). findings were as follows:(1) Pre- to posttest The purpose of this investigation has been gains were significantly greater for the experi- to develop and evaluate a self-concept enhance- mental groups than for the control groups. (2) ment program which can be adapted into exist- No significant difference was found between the ing communication courses. The goals of the teacher with drama training and the teachersprogram were to enhance students' concepts of lacking drama training. themselvesgenerally and as communicators According to these results educational dramawhich in turn was expected to enhance their seems to be effective in developing cognitivecommunication abilities. To this end, instruc- abilities.Further investigations involving fac- tional materials and instructor guidelines, based tors which influence the effectiveness of educa-on the relevant research, were designed and im- tional drama techniques is needed. plemented. Research hypotheses were tested to determine Dellinger, Susan E.Classroom as Process: A the effects a the self-concept enhancement pro- Dramatis& Observadcsal Model. U of Colo. gram on the communication student's general rado (Communication). self-concept, selfconceptas a communicator,

143 ABSTRACTS 01 DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 143 communication ability, and perception of teach-administered the ISCC prior to student teaching. er effectiveness in the classroom. The criteriaof successinstudent teaching To test the hypotheses, pre-tests of the Ten-were the items on the evaluation forms com- nessee Self-Concept Scale and the Index of Self-pleted by the high school cooperating teachers CCInpt as a Communicator were given toand by the universitysupervisors.Multiple eighty -six students enrolled in six sections (2 =linear regression was the major statistical tech- experimental, 2 = placebo. 2 = control) of thenique. required basic communication course. For the The F ratios of the multiple linear regres- experimental sections, the testing was followedsions indicated that a significant(p .05) and by an introduction to the unit on self-concept positive relationship existed between ISCC scores enhancement. In addition, the instructors ofand ratings on the vast majority of items on the experimental sections received guidelinesthe student teacher evaluation forms. The ISCC to he used in their interactions and evaluationsTotal Score was the best predictor of student of students for the remainder of the semester. teaching effectiveness. The findings seem to in- To determine the effects of the experimenter's dicate that those student teachers who perceived joining the classes, the placebo sections received themselves as good communicators were able to a unit covering interviewing. The control sec-function successfully in the student teaching tios only received pre- and post-tests: teachersituation as determined by their supervisors. instruction on self-concept was not offered to the placebo or control group instructors. Meyer, Arthur C.A Survey of Speech Pro- !iring the last week of the semester. post- grams in Continually Colleges. U of Missouri tests of the self-concept measures were readmin- (Speech and Dramatic Art). istered. Students also responded to a revised %vision of the Purdue Rating Scale for College The growth of community colleges inthe ruatking to determine student perception ofdecade of the sixties led to the development of teacher behavior. The data were analyzed using many speech programs about which little in- t.;and twowa analyses of variance. formation was available. The purpose of this The results of the primary and subsequent investigation was to gather and assess data that post-hoc anakses revealed insufficient statisticalreflected the current status of speech programs ;igniticance (p .05) to support the research hy- in these colleges. pith, %es. The apparent trends revealed by the Five areas of community college speech pro- data.however, suggestedinteresting implica-grams were included in the survey. The first t ions for future self-concept and communicationarea, organizational information. revealed more researchparticularlyinthe measurement ofthan half of the responding community col- sell concept enhancement. leges had speech departments. which indicated a trend toward the organization of departments for speech programs in these colleges. The sec- Michel, Sandra S.The Relationship of Self- Concept as a Communicator to Effectivenessond area. role of the speech program chairman. showed most programs have chairmen, in Student Teaching. Purdue V (Communi-and chairmen usually have released time to cation). perform administrative duties. The third area, The primary purpose of this investigationspeech program staff. revealed one-third of the was to examine the relationship between stu-staff had completed the Master's degree plus dentteachersself-concept of communication thirty graduate hours, and one-third of the staff ability and selected criteria of success in stu-were currently enrolled in graduate programs. dent teaching. The secondary purpose was toThis level of educational achievement indicates develop an instrument that would provide aa trend toward higher standards than the Mas- measure of self-concept as a communicator. ters degree for speech program staff in com- The "lodes of Self-Concept as a C.ommuni- munity colleges. (ISCC) was constructed using a modified The fourth area. speech program courses, I akert technique. The instrument has five di-showed most community colleges offered speech mensions:Small Group andDyadic, Publicprograms that paralleled the offerings in the SpaLing.Listening. Language. and Content.first two years of universities in their area, but After numerous validity and reliability checks.most colleges offered no speech program courses this esearcher concluded that the ISCC appears specificallyforstudentstaking occupational. to provide a valid and reliable measure of self-continuing education, or remedial curricula. concept as a communicator. The fifth area. speech program activities. showed icrondary education majors at Purdue weremost community colleges offered theatre pro-

144 144 81111.10 GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ductions and forensicactivities,and frequently ondary schools. Specific objectives were to iden- granted college credit to students for particir tify whatteachers were teachinginspeech tion in theatre productions. classes,to identify and describe instructional materials,todescribethe educationalback- grounds of teachers, and to determine the extent Ntoore, Michael R. An Investigation of the Re- of the programs. lationships Among Teacher Behavior, Crea- Two main sources of data were questionnaires tivity and Critical Thinking Ability.U of sent to speech teachers and The Principals'Re- Missouri(Speech and Dramatic Art). portsfor 1971-72. The questionnaires were sent 1 his study investigated relationships among to 803 speech anddrama teachers in 563 public teacher behavior. creativity and critical think- secondary schools. The questionnaire was com- ingabilityofcollege speech communication pleted and returned by 226 or 28 per cent. This teachers ofthebasicspeech communication represented 209 high schools or 35 per cent of course. In addition, the study also considered those offering speech and drama courses. The the relationshipbetweenteaching experience Principals' Reports included data about 783 and (1) indirect teacher behavior,(2) teacher teachers in 563 schools. The Reports presented creativity, and (3) teacher critical thinking abili- significantinformationabouttheextentof speech programs. ty..and the relationship between ateacher's major area of academic preparation and the Mostschoolsofferedatleastone speech rot egoing a tiables. course; over one-third two or more; and less than one.third three or more courses. Subjects for the present study were 19 gradu- Total enrollment in speech,dramaand corn- ate teaching instructors of basic speech com- tnunication courses was 41,130 students with munication. The Flanders Interaction Analysis speechII having 2,523; debate having 1,200; Category (FIAC) Systetn was used to measure communications having 5,606; radio-TV having teacher behavior. Teacher creativity was 8:18: and drama courses having 5,967. measured by a battery of four selected creativity When one speech course was taught, it was tests and teacher critical thinking ability was usuallyfundamentals.Itwas taughttoap- measured by the WatmmClaser Critical Think- ing Ability. proximately three per cent or 24,996 of all students in Ohio public high schools. It was not An analysis of the data revealed a general usually a required course and was offered in negative relationship between indirect teacher the upper grades. behavior and teacher creativity, critical think- Most teachers held a four year high school ing ability, andvperience. None of the rela- certificate. Approximately 59 per cent of the t;oieJlips was significant. The subjetts of this persons ,caching speech and drama courses were studs represented two areas of academic prepa- certified ;n speech, and 40 per cent teaching ration, rhetoric and communication theory. and speech we'? not certified in the field. About 63 theatre. While there were no 'ticant differ- per cent were certified to teach English. ences between the two groups -,n the tat;eal thinking measures, teachers with rhetoric and communication theory as their major area of Ruby, James A. A Four-Year Interdisciplinary academic preparation scored higher on four of Humanities Program and Its Emphasis on the six indirect behavior measures and loweron CommunicationTechniques.Pennsylvania five of the six creativity measures than teachers State U (Speech Communication). with theatre as their major area of academic preparation. On the basis of these findings, the This thesis proposed to gain evaluationin- major conclusion of this investigationisthat formation concerning the effectiveness of a four- the area of academic preparation of a teacher year intercliscipl;nar, humanities program with tsar have a greater influence on his classroom theprevailing teaching technique being oral behavior than do his cognitive abilities. communication. Verbal and math Scholastic Aptitude Test scores of students taught in a traditional man- Redfield, James L. A Descriptive Study of the Ohio Public Secondary School Speech Pro- ner were compared with scores of pupils in- grams for 1971.72. Ohio U (School of Inter- structedinafour-yearinterdisciplinaryhu- personal Communication). manities progratn. Using an administrative formula, a theoreti- The purpose of this study was to describe the cal academic placement of the entire student status of speech programs in Ohio public sec- body of 1972 was made and compared with

145 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 145 the actual innovative process of student sell-Subjertive results indicated that BE speakers phasing. judged messages which incorporated BE phono- Students trained in a traditional system and logical features sitmificantly more comprehensi- students instructed in an innovative programble than SF. speakers. Results on these measures completed both a Gordon Survey of Inter-administered following a period of dialect train- prrsonal l'alues and a student appraisal sheet ing indicated that training procedures improved formulated by the author. A tabulation of stu-comprehension in objective terms but did not dent scores and responses was made. affect subjective judgments of message compre- The principal findings were as follows:(I) hensibility. The educational Innovations had no adverse effects upon the Scholastic Aptitude verbal andSampson, W. Robert, Jr. An Experimental In- math scores.(2) Student interest greatly affects vestigation of the Application of Peer Group the academic placement of pupils when they are Instructional Methods to the Undergraduate given the right to phase themselves and does Corase in Group Discussion. Wayne State U not negate academic progress. (3) Studentsin- (Speech Communication & Theatre). structed in the l'enattgo system use small group discussion with much greater frequency and In- This study was designed to compare effective- volve themselves to a greater extent with theness of peer group and conventional methods of opportunityforindependent studythan doteaching undergraduate group discussion and those in the traditional program.(4) Thoseto determine whether either method ofdiscus- studsiu viatheinnovative plan showed a sion training significantly affected sums on the greater desire to remain in school andindi-Johnson Test of Reflective Thinking Ability; cated more satisfactionintheir educationalthe Rokeach Dogmatism Scale. the Berkowitz opportunities. (5) The oral communication ori- SocialResponsibility Scale; and the author's ented curriculum gave no evidence of fostering Faith in Others Scale. differences that depart from those values con- Subjects were 189 Ferris State College stu- sidered important in American education. dents; 95 enrolled in peer group discussion sections, 57 enrolled in conventional discussion sections, and 311 enrolled in a social science control Runde 11, Edward E.Studies of the Compre- section. hension of Black English. U of Texas (Speech Allsubjectscompleted Johnson, Rokeach, Communication). Berkowit/ and Faith and Trust Instruments This study focused on the comprehension per- during the second and the ninth weeks of class. formance of standard English (SE) speakers and Analyses-of-variance were applied to data from BlackEnglish(BE) speakers associated witheach instrument; t-tests were employed to ex- language materials characterized by phonologi- plore significant differences, cal features of Black dialect. A further aim was When compared to the control section, both to assess the nature of comprehensionimprove- peer group and conventional discussionsections ment on the same language materials bySE improved significantly(.05level)in reflective speakers who had been systematically exposedthinking. Although each conventional section to Black peer speech. improved more than the peer group section Languagematerialsconsistedofnarrative tateyht by the same instructor. differences were messages tape-recordedbyhidialecticalBlack not statistically significant. speakers in four dialect conditions:(I) SE seg- All conventional and one peer group section mentals and suprasegmentals. (2) BE segmentalsrecorded mean decreases in dogmatism; other and SE suprasegmentals. (3) SE segmentals and sectionsrecorded meanincreases.Differences BE sttprasegmentals. and (4) BE segmentals and among treatments were not statisticallysignifi- suprasegmentals, cant. Comprehension of the language materials was The Social Responsibility and Faith in Others measured objectively by use of a word recogni- Stairs did not yield significant differences among tion task and subjectively by use of scAantictreatments. A reliability study yielded coeffi- differential scaling procedures. cients of reproducibility of .34 and .84,re- Objective results indicated that SE speakers' snectively. comprehension performance deteriorated In dia- The author concluded that the appropriate. lectconditionscharacterizedbyfeaturesof ness of peer group training depends upon spe- Black dialect while BE speakers comprehension cific objectives; and that the Rokeach Dogma- performance was not affected by BE phonology. tism Scale, the Social Responsibility Scale, and 146 146 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the Faith :n Others Scale do not measure out- used as touchstones against which each state- comes of discussion training. ment of the outline was tested. The general principles tested directly in this researchwere simplit its, Stanford, Monty C. On Predicting the Effects discreteness, subordination and co- todination:svaholirationanddivisionwere of a Bilingual Children's Educational Tele- tested indirectly. vision Program. U of Texas (Speech Com- munication). A test was constructed using the aforemen- tioned principles of outlining, and a simple pro- A quantitative model was developed for the cedure for administering the test was developed, prediction of learning effects of a bilingual chil- Subjectswereselectedfrom populationsof dren'seducationaltelevisionprogram.The speechfundamentalsclasses and collegede- model was developed through the use of multi- baters to permit evaluation of the test instru- ple linear regression analysis of data collected ment in terms of reliability and validity. The on 408 MexicanAmerican children in grades relationship between outlining ability and aca- kindergarten-second at nine test sites across the demic achievement was also investigated with nation. The stimulus television program was the same populations. Cearaccolendas, a series of thirty half-hourpro- grams broadcast nationally on the Public Broad- casting System. Vogel, Robert A. An Analysis of the Relation- The criterion variable for the prediction equa- ship Between Teacher-Written Criticism and tion was learning gains in the concept area of Improvement in Student Speech Performance. history-culture. Darning gains were measured Purdue U (Communication). with a criterionreferencett test, where test items This study was designed to test the relation- represented a sampling of the behavioral ob- ship between teacher-written criticism and im- jectives of theseries. This test was adminis- provement in speech performance. Three feed- tered orally in Spanish. back conditions were employed: negative, im- The results of model development indicated personal, atomistic: positive, impersonal, atom- that measures of the amount of bilingual in- istic; and positive, personal. atomistic. Control- struction. number of television programs viewed ling for the interaction of instructor and stu- by the child, and the educational background dent sex, the population consisted of 9 male of the teacher were the most useful predictors university "Basic Communication" instructors of learning effects. and 128 male students from 14 class sections. The results were discussed in terms of im- The study employed a 3 x 3 factorial design plicationsforresearch.theory,andpolicy comprising three feedback conditions and three making on educational television. different speeches. The feedback conditions were randomly assigned, with each subject receiving his designated feedback twice, after speech 1 Sucrek, Marybelle R.Development of an In-and speech 2. Both peer rating (Kibler. 1962) strument for Measuring Outlining Ability.and ranking(Guilford. 1954) measures were Wayne State U (Speech Communication andtathered after speeches 1, 2. and 3. Theatre). Each critique consisted of six subject-predi- This research sought to develop an instru-cate assertions, four of which consisted of the ment for measuring outlining ability by evalu- assigned feedback condition, with the other two ating outlines in which the thought structureassertions being of the instructor's own choos- originated in the mind of the student. The first in7. The data collected on the rating and rank- step in the development of thistest was an ing measures were analyzed by means of analy- examination of what is known about outliningsis of variance. The results indicated: in terms from research as well as from what has beenof the rating and ranking measures, none of the taught in the major speech and argumentation critiqueconditionsproducedsignificantim- textbooks of this century. The theoretical ma- provement: there were no significant differences terialfromtheinstructionalliteraturewas among the three types of critiques: there was found generallytofallintotwo categories,siTnificant improvement over speaking assign. labeled in the study. "specific rules" and "gen-ments, regardless of what type of criticism was eral principles." Ability to apply the general a'ministered. In terms of the ranking data, how- principles was judged to be the essence of out. ever, results showed that there was no signifi- lining skill, and therefore these principles were cant improvement. 147 ABSTRACTS OF Doc :rORAI. DISSERTATIONS 147 Interpersonal and This study examined the generalizability of role playing theory and personal space theory Small Group Interaction upon attitude change in another culture. It pro- Bradley, Samuel It.Nonverbal COMMUllitavided an experien-ntal setting in which the non- don and Interpersonal Security: An Empiri- verbal variable, personal space, was tested along cal Test of the Proposition that Anxiety andwith a verbal variable, role playing. Moreover, Self-Esteem Outcomes are Contingent uponitprovided information about measurement the Complementarity of Analogically Codedtechniques and experimentaldesignsinthe Metacommunication in Dyads. U of Wash-Japanese culture. ington (Speech). The hypotheses were:(I) People verbalizing counterattitudinal messages will show greater The primar} purpoes of the study were topositive attitude change than those listening to subject to empirical testthe proposition ad- the messages.(2) People who are induced to vanced by Robert C. Carson that anxiety andcommunicate with another at personal distance self-esteem outcomes are contingent upon thewill show more positive attitude change than complementarity of nonverbal, analogically cod-those who are induced to communicate at ined metacommunication in dyads, and to exploretimate distance.(3) When confrmted by coun- the empirical viability and strength within theterattitudinal persuasive messages, active per- socialsciencesofthe assumption which hesonal participants should show more positive adopts and refines, that interpersonal behaviorattitude change than passive personal and active functions to lessen anxiety and to promote self-intimate subjects, and passive intimate subjects esteem. Secondary purposesincluded the :est ofshould show the least amount of positive atti- attitude similarity effects in relation to attrac-tude change. tion. anxiety, and self-esteem. It was found that active participation did not Tests were conducted first by assessing sub-prcxit,ec an attitude change significantly differ- jects' analogically coded metacommunication inent Crum the passive condition. Attitude change order to establish complementary, non-comple-was not significantly different between condi- mentary, and anti-complimentary dyads, andtions of personal and intimate space. There secondly. by measuring the effect of the corn-were no interactioneffects between personal plementarity of subjects'analogicallycodedspace and role playing. metacommunication on anxiett .cl self-esteem. The major implication was that operational and by measuring attitude similarity effects indefinitions of role playing and personal space relation to attraction, anxiety, and self-esteem. needrefinement.Presentlyrole playing has Forty-three dyads were tested. been generalized to a number of different activi- Results from the tests failed to confirm Car-ties bringing different variables into play, and son's proposition. The primary explanation forrole pla; :ng theory cannot account for all of the non-significant results was that complemen- these. In addition, In order to test the effects tarity lacked power as a persistent base lineof personal space on attitude change in another force within the subjects' negotiation process toculture, personal space distances must be de- have significantly affected their experiences oftermined and defined in that culture. anxiety and self-esteem. The non-significant results also reflected negatively on Carson's as-Breslin, Rose L. A Humanistic Interpretation sumption and brought into question the em- of the Rhetoric and Interpersonal Communi- pirical merit of the assumption and its strength cation of the Wyandot Indians of Ohio. Ohio within the social sciences. U (School of Interpersonal Communication). Results also showed a non-significant rela This study examined the distant situation of tionship between attitude similarity and at-one tribe of Americar Indians, the Wyandots, traction. anxiety. and self-esteem. These results -face in- in order to trace the communicative encounters were attributed to conditions of face -to which occurred among them within the follow- teraction and controls for subject attitude per-ing time division: 1743-1843, encompassing the ception. years prior to their settlement in Upper Sandus- ky, and culminating in their removal from Ohio Seashell, Henry M. The Effects of Counterat by the United States government in 1843. dtudinal Role Playing, Passive Participation, The study viewed the Wyandot situation not and Two Variations of Personal Space Uponso much as it was rooted in any past condition Attitude Change Among J.ipanese. U of of human society, but rather as it was rooted in Washington (Speech). the full language of the Wyandot experience,

148 148 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION that is. within the ongoing. everchanging. con- III was supported(a <.0) and 143 was not tinuous process of human interaction. supported. A Chisquate test used to test142 Interpretations were based on data gleaned resealed no differences between compatible and from American state papers. Congrc sional rec- incompatible dyads. ords, Indian laws and treaties. early newsanets. letters. and J11101)iinaaphics of those who knew Cassata,Donald M. The Effect of Two Pat- such Wyandot men as ratite. 111ononcue. and terns of Nursing Care on the Perception of John Hicks. The studs consideled statements by Patients and Nursing Staff in Two Urban anthropoligists.psschologists.socialscientists. Hospitals. U ofMinnesota(Speech Com- and philosophers which bear upon the per munication). suasive aspects of human meetings. The results and conclusions of this study are The purpose of this study was twofold: to rooted in thk- human condition. The Wyandot examine the impact of primary and teamMN- story becomes the humanstory.Itreseals ing care ssstents within a state and private hos- the extent that ss mho's. serhal as well as non- pital upon the perceptions patients have of their serbal, mined men and women of Indian and nursing tare, and to examine the impactof white cultures. It suggests that points of view. these two nursing care systems upon staffs' per- frames of reference. memorics, desires, selfish- ceptions of nursing care, job satisfaction, and ness. and selflessness marked the glory and the station effectiveness. tragedy of Wsandot relationships intratribally. The studs was structured into two phases. In inteltriballv. and intt PhaseIpatients reported a highdegree of satisfaction withtheir hospitalized nursing care. 311. Raley, JerryL. Information Restriction in Hu- 'I he particular nursing care system did not man Relationships. Florida State U(Com- saneanv significant effect on thepatient satis- munication). fac tion ratings. There was,however,a significant hospital effect on the patientratings of The studs tested a homeostatic theory of in- satisfaction. formation processing as applied to the initial Nurses were rated positively on the twenty communication between strangers. The theory a0,ct scale items in both nursing systems. In proposes that au imbalance between an hub- It l.ttive terms. however, it was found that there s iduars input and output of informationis . to statistically significant differences between punishing. a desiation from the individual's the two musing ssstems on the affect ratings, 611111111It's CI of information throughout (01.) is Plimay Nursing Staff (PNS) were rated more punishing. and a situation which allows an in. ositisely as compared to Team Nursing Staff dividual to regain balance or 01. is reinforcing. ('I'NS). When two strangers with different 01.'s In Phase Il staffs' perceptions of patient care compatible dead) converse.their conversation were positive. PNS viewed their care more posi- should he mutuallypunishing becauseitis lisel than did TNS. The influence ofthe par- nnbalam he!. Therefore. they should terminate ii.iilar nursing system on the perception of the their contetsation sooner than would two stran- imale of the patient was negligible. gers with similar 01.'s (111). For the same rea- 'INS as compared to PNS had a higher level son compatible dvads should be more likely to of satisfaction on the job and gave more posi- choose each other for a future contact (1-12). is. ration effectiveness ratings. Dissatisfaction Visual coma( twas pledicted to ameliorate the and frustration were evident for the PNS. This difference in conversation time between -coin- dissatisfaction apparently was not directed to- pain& and incompatible dyads (121). ward the patient but was manifested bypoor 01, was operationalized as the mean dura- staffcommunications. rapport.trust,morale. tion of au individual's utterances (MD1) in re- and plans of leaving their jobs. sixinse to a set of prerecorded general questions. Fifty -two dyads. composed of 104 volunteer col- (:e.tala, DonaldJ. lege males, were allocated to one of four condi- Cognitive Complexity, Cog- nitive Similarity and Sex in Dyadic Com- tions:(I) compatible (MDU's .80- apart). plus visual contact;(2) compatible, no visual munication. Florida State U (Communica- tion), 1972. contact; (fl) incompatible(MI)U's > .Mee apart). plus visual contact; and (4) incompati- The simultaneous effectof cognitive structure ble, no visual contact. and cognitive similarity on communicationef- When the mean of each dyad's MDU's was fectiveness was examined in this study. Cogni- used as a control in an analysis of covariance tive structurewas defined as the set of hypothet- 149 AllsTRAC l'S D04:10RAI. DISSERTATIONS 149 ical cognitive dimensions employed by an indi- leadershipstyles:authority,conflict,general %kiwi to identify and discriminate among sari - agreement, and without opposition. ous stimuli. Cognitise similarity was defined as The results of the analysis indicated that the the extent to which individuals share cognitiveuse of the directive functions of closure and %tinctres.Secondarily,therelationshipbeorder, which were new functions not described tween sex of communicators and cognitive struc- by previous researchers, identified the authori- ture and cognitive similarity was also exam-tarian style. When the decision emerged from conflict, the disagreement functions stressed the For the experiment, subjects responded to fiveconflict prior to a decision rather than the de- concepts cm the semantic differential. Cognitive velopment of the decision. When the decision complexity scores were computed for each ofemerged from general agreement, the interac- the 344 subjects in the study. Prior to the ex- tion prior to a decision emphasized the main- perimental treatment, subjects within a similar tenancefunctions which served primarilyto lesel of cognitive complexity (i.e., low, medium facilitate the interactive process. When the de- or high) were paired randomly in dyads. Eachcision developed without opposition, Horwitz dyad then played six password games. The pass-expressed his emerging leadership by the main- words used were similar to meaning to the con- tenance function of information giving. a func- cepts on the semantic differential as determinedtion considered to be characteristic of nonlead- by preliminary investigation. Subjects' perform-ership in previous research. ance on password games served as an index of communicationeffectiveness.Subsequently,a Edwards, William Hughes. A Descriptive Study cognitive similarity score and composite com- of Interpersonal Experience. Southern Illinois munication effectiveness score were computed U (Speech). analyses were per- for each dyad. Statistical The objective of the study was to analyze formed to test hypotheses. constituents of interpersonal experience. An em- Resultsindicatedthatcognitivesimilarity pirical dictionary of 40 adjectives was developed may he an important variableinpredicting employing intercorrelation matrices. The 40 ad- communication effectiveness. However. /lost hoc jectives were also factor analyzed. A canonical analyses suggested that its predictive importance model of interpersonal relationshipa person's may be less for individuals with highly complex feeling about his relationship with another per- cognitive structures. The need for additional son as measured by the 40 adjectives was cone- research was indicated to examine further the lated with the other person's feeling about the relationship between sex, cognitive complexity/ relationshipwas analyzed. Finally, an analysis cognitive similarity, and communication effec- of variance procedure was used to provide an tiveness. estimate of the influence of individual variance in the usage of the 40 adjectives and of the Donal, BonitaJean.The Decisioa-Makingcommon (or collective) variance in the use of Process of Representative John Conyers, Jr. the 40 adjectives. andHisAdministrativeAssistants. U of There were five findings.(1) An empirical Michigan (Speech Communication & The-dictionary of the constituents of interpersonal atre). experience was presented. (2) Three dimensions of interpersonal experience were identified as This study analyzed the decision-making pro- significant: attention, attention to inattention: cess in an ongoing. small group operating independency, independenttodependent; and the "real world." The group was composed ofurgency. forceful to deferent. (3) The canoni- US. Congressman John Conyers, Jr., and hiscal model of interpersonal relationship reflected WashingtonandDetroitadministrativeas- the dyadic structure of interpersonal experience sistants. The interaction was taped over a six-as reflected in six significant canonical roots. month period. A three-dimensional analysis of (4) Persons' feelings toward other persons gen- agreement among coders was reported. erally do not have a conspicuous effect of pre- This study developed an instrument whichcipitating a reciprocal response from the other; refined task functions from related research andit is misleading for persons to depend on one's developed new functions to analyze interaction feeling about a relationship to predict how the as a decision-making process in a natural set-other person feels.(5) The common usage of ting. The use of the maintenance, evaluative.symbols of interpersonal experience among a and directive task functions in interaction wereclass of people, a group of college students in related to the approach to a decision for fourthis case, seems to account for approximately

150 150 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

dine times as much valiance in the meaningmunicationdistinguishablefrontstatements of those symbols as does individual usage of made in response to an appointed leader's coin. the sbols. intiniration? Three types of leaders were de. fined: the appointed leader who maintained his IFinando, Ste%enJ.The Effects of Distance ledeiship: the leader who emerged when an Norm Violation on Heart Rate and Lengthappointed leader failed to maintain his leader. of Verbal Response. Florida State U (Com-ship: and the leader who emerged when no munication). one had been appointed leader. Stelents from the public speaking classat ,wseral issues were explored in the area of IndianaUniversitywere askedtodiscussa ptcbscemicstowardthedevelopmentofthe question of policy. From the transcripts of the thetasoffin(.uricequilibrium. The theory discussions, twenty -fiveof eachleader's state- f)t edicts phssiolugital activation when distancements and statements made in response to his norm siolats occur and the as ailable means communication were randomly chosen. Judges ol icstotation of equilibrium base been blocked. rated these statements on agreement. amou.-t of I helength of the %Elba' responses to a series of information, orientation, and opinionatedness. questions ass pillitied to he substantially re- Ratings on each varisi.le were subjected to dot din diqator norm Siolationsituations. an anal sis of variant: and the following re- 'I %sodepcodeol aliableswere employedto sults were obtained.(1) Statements made by tl is of distance I iolatiOn on twoappointed leadersreflectedsignificantly more 1%! , of behavior. aneetnent than statements made by emergent I %o lnelred male and two hundred female leaders. (2)Statements made byappointed w( reapproach-11byliremale and leaders and by emergent leaders when an ape h,female confederatesinalaboratory ex- pointed leader was present reflected significantly pri itent. The confederates asked the subject more orientationthanstatements madeby clot quens developed for the study. A "sex-of- emergent leaders when no leader was appointed. interactants" factor was established, comprised es)No difference was found inthe average or !,:d-; of tale confederate-male subjects; fe- amount of information or in the average les el male-female: female-male. Subjects of opinionateduess.(4) Statements made in re- wc aproac lied and interacted at one of five sponsetoemergentleadersreflectedmore distance lesels: OS. 1.0', 2.0', 4.0', and RA'. Onlyagreement than statements made in response the2.0'and1.0'les elswere establishedas to appointed leaders.(5) Response statements normalise.I ength of the subject's verbal re did not differ significantly in their average lesel spouses and heart rate activation served as the of orientation. dependentvariables.Violationofpersonal space had a marked effect on both dependentHill, Timothy A.An Experimental Study of variables. while the "long" distance and the the Relationship Between the Opinionated- se' ofinterctant failed to skid a major effect. ness of a Leader and Consensus in Group Alternaoises were exploredasexplanations Discussion of Policy. Indiana U (Speech). for the results. A differential effect of norm violation and personal space violation was consid- The purpose of this stlly was to determine ered, but confounded by the problem of estab- the relationship between the opinionatedness of lishing norms in a laboratory situation. It wasstatements made by a group leader and the suggested that the equilibrium construct be ap-proability of the group's reaching consensus. plied onlytopersonal space violationuntil Thirty discussion groups were convened to dis- further research explores other situations. cuss a question of policy on a topic of moderate interest to college students. The participants in Hellmann, Connie S.An Investigation of the thediscussionswere undergraduate students Communication Behavior of Emergent and from beginning speech courses at Indiana Uni- Appointed Leaders of Small Group Discus- versity. Confederates trained to exhibit differing sions. Indiana U (Speech). amounts of opinionatedness (opinionated. moderately opinionated, uno'ninionated) rived as This study attempted to answer two ques- "appointed" leaders of the discussions. The de tions:(I) Are the statements of emergent lead-gree of opinionatedness was determined by the en of small group discussions distinguishableextent to which statements made during the from the statements of appointed leaders ofsmall group discussions relied on personal feel- small group disct:ssions?(2) Are the statements ings, beliefs, or judgments, rather than on fac- made in response to an emergent leader's com-tual data. The groups were instructed to de- 151 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 151 tide on a specific policy toward the topic in -Kessler, Joan B. A Content Analytic Compari- quc.iion and were then asked to make ratings son of the Six- and Twelve-Member jury De- that measured the degree of the group's con- cision-MakingProcesses. U ofMichigan seikuy. the leader's tnaintenance of his status, (Speech Conununication and Theatre). the leader's credibility, and the members' satin- fa( tim with the group on:com since theWilliams v. Florida(1970) Supreme Courtdecisionauthorizingtheuse of six- I he itsuity of the study resealed that leader- member juries in criminal cases, there has been chip bhayior which is low in levels of opinion- a trend in American judicial systems to employ (ommutticationwill with be associated juries of six rather than twelve members. This wool, %%lath tome closer to total consensus and study adds empirical support to the desirability will ako he associated with higher ratings by of !his trend. One hundred and forty-four stu- group members of leadership competence and dent jurors were randomly assigned to one of objeuk ity than will occur in groups in which eight six-member or eight twelve-member juries. the leaderis deliberately opinionated inhis A video taped mock trial of a civil case was communication behavior. No conclusions could shown to each jury and the deliberations were 1w diaten, however, as to the relationship be- audio taped and content analyzed on an in- ote:1 opinionatednes and leadership mainte- strument developed by the researcher. No sta- flaw, the trustworthiness and dynamism of the tistically significant differences in verdicts, time leader, andthe group members' satisfaction of deliberation, issues discussed, or juror satis- with the group process. faction were found between the two different sized juries. There were, however, significantly Jacobs, Merelyn R. Levels of Confirmation and more participating and fewer silent jurors in Disconfirmation in Interpersonal Communi- the six-member condition than in the twelve- cation. U of Denver (Speech Communica-member condition. Members of the six -mem- tion). berjuries weresignificantlymore likelyto participate equally than members of twelve- 'I he put pose of this study was to test empiri- member juries. There was a tendency for six- talk the Sieburg model of interpersonal con- member minority jurors (jurors in the minority hrtnatiln. Subjects were exposed to confirming side of the decision) to participate more than and disconlirming conditions. twelve-member minority juries. These findings 'I he experimental strategy consisted of an in- lead the researcher to reinforce the Supreme ter iew situation ostensibly for the purpose of Court's conclusion of similarity between the dif- collecting data on housing conditions. The in- ferent sized juries. From a small group com- terviewer confirmed or disconfirmed the subjects municationviewpoint,the six-member jury who were interviewed by behaving in a manntr may be superior tothe larger jury, as the consistentwiththe following communication smaller size may encourage greater overall juror tmxles: affiliation, disaffiliation, hat:mg, non- participation. furthering, inhibiting, and imperviousness. After the interview the subjects completed two instru- Kincaid, D. Lawrence.Communication Net- ments: The Perceived Confirmation Inventory works, Locus of Control, and Family Plan- and The AA Descriptive List. ning Among Migrants to the Periphery of The results of the study were as follows:(1) Mexico City. Michigan State U (Communi- The responses of the subjects exposed to the cation), 1972. different levels of confirming and disconfirming treatments were significantly different.(2) The The moststriking phenomenon associated hypothesized hierarchy among the conditions with modernization of developing countries to- was not supported, that is, subjects did not re- day is the extremely rapid rate of urbanization. port progressive feelings of disconfirmation from The present investigation analyzes the sodo- affiliating (most confirming), to disaffiliating, to psychological impact of modern, urban influ- furthering, to non-furthering, to inhibiting, to ences upon migrants to the periphery of Mexico imperviousness. City. A hierarchy of four conditions of confirmation This study has three main objectives: to ex- emergedfromthisinvestigation:sustaining plicate perceived locus of control over the en- (a combination of what had previously been vironment in the context of urbanization and classified as affiliative, furthering, and inhibit- individual modernization, tx, determine the ining) to non-furthering, to disaffiliative, to im- tervening function of the communication net- perviousness work between demographic variables and locus

152 152 BIIII.10(:RPIIIC ANNUAL IS SPEECP COMMUNICATION of control. and to construct a pathanalytic mod- than did "moderate" verbalizers.(3) Centrally elfur 'mils of control and family planning seated"moderate" serbaliiersyieldedsignifi- .11tisits. Villa cross sec Ilona! sunny data from cantly higher verbal interaction rates than did an ate.' prohabilit% sample of 197 migrais to noncentrally seated "moderates."(4) Likewise, Ciudad Notalmalcmotl. a path.analy tic modelcentralk seated "high" verhaliters yielded sig- tonsiructed usingleastsquates. stepwise nificantly higher seihal interaction rates than multiple regression analysis. did noncentrally seated"highs."(5) "Low" 11:e results confirm the intervening function serhaliters were notable for their consistency in t lot tied the communication network. Ed- maintaining low interaction rates regardless of ucation and occupational prestige had direct scat location. effects upon newspaper exposure and the site and (Ktupalional prestige of the migrant's in- tetpetsonal network. The latter three communi- Litsin. Joel Peter. Perceptual Variables Versus cation variables. along with age and years of Message Behavior Variables. U of Denver in bait residence. directly affected perceived locus (Speech Communication). 41 control. Locus of control had the strongest Thisinsestigationsoughttodetermineif effect upon contraceptive knowledge. followed communication outcomes canbe understood IA solute of information and education. Family better lw stitching the behavioral characteristics plAnnitez ac :is its was directly affected by family of communication acts or by examining the planning mot alits . contraceptiveknowledge. perceptions of individuals engaged in interac- ottinfict of children, age. site of childhood resi- tion. To explore this question a 2 x 2 factorial dkm e.andtheresidentialdiversityofthe design was used in which two levels of two ituelpersonal network. independent variables, behavioral and perceptu- I here findins show the utility of construct- al. were manipulated, and their effects on two het beliacioral !maids which include communi- dependent measures. satisfaction and anxiety. cation network variablesin conjunction with were studied. The experimental strategy con- social and psychologicalvariables. The study sisted of placing subjects in an interview situa- concludes withimplicationsforfamilyplan- tion, and systematically assigning them to one ning and recommendations for future research. of four experimental conditions: positive feedback-positive induction, positive feMbacknega- liveinduction,negativefeedback-risitivein- tioneya, We. TheRelationshipBetween duction. negative feedbacknegative induction. Verbal Interaction and Seat Location of Mem- At the completion of their exposure to one of bers of Large Groups. U of Denver (Speech the four experimental treatments, subjects were Comntunication). asked to complete a satisfaction measure and The verbal interaction of members of large an anxiety measure. groups seated in rows and columns was investi- itwas found that: The mean satisfaction gated. Subjects categorized as "high," "moder- score of subjects assigned to the positive feed- ate." or "low" verhalizers were first asked to back conditions was significantly higher than indicate preferences on a printed seating plan the mean satisfaction score of subjects assigned and were then seated randomly in an actual sit- to the negative feedback conditions. The mean uation where their verbal interactions with a evaluation score of subjects assigned toposi- discussionleader were observed and recorded. tive induction conditions was significantly high- The projective scat preferences were compared er than the mean evaluation score of subjects statistically by verbal interactor category. Verbal assigned to the negative induction conditions. contributions in the actual situation were com- The mean anxiety score of subjects assigned to piled according to an individual's scat location. the negative feedback conditions was not found siltificance of the differences between the to be shuificantly hillier than the mean anxiety means of verbal contributions of centrally and score of subjects assigned to positive feedback non-(centrallyseatedgroupswasstatistically conditions. The mean anxiety score of subjects tested. assigned tothe negative induction conditions The results of the study were: "High" verbal- was not found to differ significantly from the mean anxiety score of subjects assigned to the izts chose centralscatsto a greater extent and degree than did "low" verbalizers. (2) Seat positive induction conditions. A non-hypothe- preferences of "high" and "moderate" verbal - sized significantinteraction between the per- izers also differed significantly; "high" verbal - ceptual and behavioral anxiety variables was izers preferred central scats to a greater extent found. 153 ABSTRACT OF DOM ORAL DISSERTATIONS 153

Mahigel, Elias S.Whitey as a Soul Brother: A topics frequently and more satisfaction with DescriptiveAnalysis of Black-White Inter- theirinterpersonalcommunication thanthe action. U of Minnesota (Speech Communica- unstable couples. 'the discussions of the stable tion). dyads contained more verbal exchanges and more transitory configurations than those of the hi'dissertat. described and analyzed how unstable dyads. white'emit's gained acceptance from black The rigidity-flexibility dimensions alsodif- militants in the black community, focusing up- ferentiatedthe couples onseveralmeasures. on the terbal and tion.verbalinteraction of Compared to the flexible dyads, the rigid cou- blacks and whites alike. The method employed ples reported more agreement and displayed by the researcher was participant observation. more understanding on their marital satisfac- The irsearch itself took user three years and tion level: had more of their discussions con- inoled thousands of hours cif held study time tained withinlong sequences; and exhibited as the researcher sought to answer the ques- more symmetrical long sequences. The discus- tions. how does a white person become accepted sions of the rigid dyads had more transitory, amon,.! black militants in the black community neutralizedsymmetrical and transitoryunits and n hat cinninunication patterns are exhib- with the husband one-down than the flexible ited: dyads' interchanges. The flexible couples, on An analysis of the data indicated that whites the other hand, exhibited more complementary seeking acciptance from black militants in theconfigurations; complementary units with the black ((immunity may pass through four stages husband one-up;competitive and submissive ofinn iations or acceptance;intruder,guest, symmetrical transacts; and more transistory un- trusteranti soul brother. The study first cate- its with the husband one-up than did the rigid goti/d interaction within four communication couples. settint,s. black to black. black to white. white In general, the wives appear to control the to black, and white to white. and then sought interaction in the rigid couples while the hus to identify communication strategies within the bands control the relational definitions in the settings. The threestrategies which emerged flexible dyads. It was concluded that this ex- from the data were attitudinal, contextual, and ploratory study represented an important first actionmessages, both verbal and non-verbal. step in developing an empirically based trans- Roth message intensity and frequency were re- actional theory of marital communication. corded. Briefly, the overwhelming majority of messages were attitudinal. This was true for all Murrow, Wayne L. A Descriptive Study of the four role states.the four communication set- Use of PROANA 5: A Computerized Tech- tings. and verbal as well as non-verbal mes- nique for the Analysis of Small Group Inter- sages. Moreover, the intensity of all messages action. U of Oklahoma (Speech Communi- initiated by whites was either low or moderate, cation), 1972. never high. Furthermore. white to black messages were always of low intensity during the Students of small group communication are firstthreestages ofinitiation and were ofconcerned with the variables involved in com- moderate intensity only in the fourth or soul munication networks and structure which inter- brother stage. act and/or impinge upon most other variables of the small group process. The purpose of this study was to generate descriptive statistical esti- Millar, Frank E. A Transactional Analysis of mates regarding the expected proportion of oc- Marital Communication Patterns: An Explor- currence of each of the PROANA 5 variables atory Study. Michigan State U (Communi- or, more specifically, to provide both point and cation). interval estimates of frequency of occurrence The purpose of this exploratory study was to of the seven variables. A second purpose was describe different types of transactional com- to determine the expected pattern of interac- municationpatterns. Two structuraltransac- tion when plotting interaction by two-minute tional characteristics were created for descrip- intervals. This process analysis (PROANA 5) tion:rigidity-flexibility and stabil:ty-instability technique is a computerized program designed dimensions of verbal messages. Several self-re- and tested by William B. Lashbrook in 1967. port and interactional measures differentiated The subjects (N = 40 5-man groups) were the Lour groups created by a median split on randomly selected from the student body of these two dimensions. Bethany Nazarene College. Based on class mem- The stable couples reported discussing more bership percentages. a stratified sampling tech-

154 154 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL. IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION pique was used. The generalizabilityofthe A fifty-item paper and pencil test was devel- findings is possible to both the entire studentoped to examine the effects of ambiguity toler- hotly and to the fixed stratified factors. ance as manifested in verbal behaviors in small In all but two of the variables, the proportion groups.The measuresimultaneouslyserved of occurrence met expectations and supported three purposes. Itreflected a domain for the PROANA 5 assump.ions. The two exceptions construct of ambiguity tolerance. It was argued core the balance of pal tiapation and the isola- that one can treat the ambiguity variable on tion yariables. An equal number of the discus-any one of three levels: perception of informa- .ions were balanced (14) and rushed (14). How- tion. interpretation of information, and conse- ( %cr. when the interact' data were compiled quence of information processing. Further, am- 11111) one interaction curve, the resulting shape biguity can function both in a positive context was rushed. Analysis resealed that no occur - and a negative context. ?lies of isolation were observed in the entire The MAT-50 was developed and refined over sT nib.Theseresultsraiseseriousquestions six samples totaling 1,288 subjects. Item analy- aboutthebalance and isolation assumptionsses showed that most of the questions discrimi- and the PROANA 5 operational definitions. nated well with an internal reliability coefficient of .88. Test retest reliability (r = .86) in- Natharius, David T.Anomy and Verbal Be- dicated consistency over a 10to-12 week period. havior in Task-Oriented Small Cutups: An A content analysis showed adequate content Exploratory Study. U of Southern California validity. A comparison with five other measures (Speech Communication). providedstrong evidenceforcriteria-related validity. A cluster analysis and a correlational lite purpose of this study was to determinestudy on commitment provided moderate evi- if there were a correlation between an individu- dence for construct validity. al's score on an anomy scale and the amount The second purpose that the MAT50 served and kind of statements he makes in a task ori- is that it potentially measured what can legiti- ented small group. mately be called psychological trait. This defi- Subjects were identified as high or low anomicnitional tactic means that a person's degree of based on their responses to a 13 item scale. They ambiguitytolerance,namely.hisambiguity wereplacedinproblemsolvingdiscussion score on the MAT-50, can he placed on an in- groups and their verbal interaction was tape re- creasing monotonic scale. corded and transcribed. Their statements were The third purpose of the measure was to use categorized into task and social oriented state-it to test whether a functional relationship ex- ments. Each subject's statements were compared isted between ambiguity tolerance and verbal by 1 -tests with the anomy scale scores. behavior variables. The infrastructure of the Hypothesis one predicted that high anomieMAT-50 proved to be substantive enough to subjects will make fewer statements than low uncover a relationship that should have logi- anomie subjects: hypothesis two predicted that cally existed. high anomic subjects will make more socially oriented statements than low anomic subjects: Plax, Timothy G. An Experimental Investiga- hypothesis three predictedthathigh anomie tion of the Effects of Ego Involved Attitudes subjects will make more negative social oriented on the Desire to Affiliate with Others Fol- statements than low anomie subjects: hypothesis lowing the Receipt of Anxiety and Nonanxi- four predicted that low anomie subjects will Messages. U of make more task oriented statements than high etyArousingDiscrepant Communica- anomie subjects: hypothesis five predicted that SouthernCalifornia(Speech low anomie subjects will make more positive tion). socialoriented statements than high anomie This study initially examined the literature subjects. The study did not find a relationshipand the theoretic positions concerning anxiety between an individual's level of anomy and hisand affiliation, ego involvement, and responses verbal behavior in a group. An interpretation to incongruous situations. These materials were (f the data suggests a tendency toward the hy- synthesized and the following hypotheses ad- pothesized direction of all hypotheses except hy- vanced.First,slightlyegoinvolvedsubjects pothesis five. demonstrate a greater desire to affiliate upon receipt of an anxiety arousing discrepant mes- Norton, Robert W. Manifestations of Ambigu- sage than highly ego involved subjects. Second, ity Tolerance in Verbal Behavior. U of Wirslightly ego involved subjects demonstrate a cousin (Communication Arts). greater desire to affiliate upon receipt of a non- 155 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 155 anxiety arousing discrepant message than high-accepting of their subordinates, scored higher ly ego invoked subjects. on the accuracy measure. (3) Husbands, fathers, Seyenty-six subjects, meeting the criteria for and supervisors in communicating with their either high or slight-negative ego involvement,partners characteristicallycommunicateina read either an anxiety or a nouanxiety arousing form of rejection-acceptance.(6)Wives, sub- discrepant message and responded to an affilia-ordinates, delinquent youths, and sons perceive tion questionnaire. Message checks substantiatedthe interaction of their partners as character- the belicyability and the anxiety and nonanxietyizing patterns of acceptancerejection or sup- anntsi:v;natures ofthetwo messages. Data port. wi i analvted by means of two independent t- tests ,both were significant). an analysis of variance (nonsignificant). and omega squared tests.Scott, Michael David.Attitude Change as a A factoranalysis was computed on the de- Functionof Ego-Involvement and Message pendent measure; reliability was substantiated. Discrepancy: An Empirical Test of Competing Theoretical Statements. U of Southern Cali- Roth hypotheses appearedtenable.Results were discussed in terms of the literature and fornia (Speech Communication). theoreticrationale which generated the hy- Although considerable research in persuasion potheses. A commun:calion theory as a func-has been directed toward answering the question of the desire to affiliate was offered. Sug-tion of whether persuasive messages that are gestioos for future research were advanced. substantially divergent from a receiver'satti- tudinal stand elicit greater amounts of attitude change than messages the receiver perceives as Perceived Communica- Ross, Robert French. only minimally discrepant, the bulk of experi- tionPatterns and Predictive Accuracy ofmental findings are contradictory. Supervisor-Subordinate Dyads. U of Denver (Speech Communication). In this investigation, an alternative approach to the single theory testing strategy was em- The purpose of this investigation was to ex-ployed in the effort to determine which theory amine communicationprocessand outcome--cognitive dissonance or social judgment in- units related to accuracy of communication involvement does. infact,betterpredict and a slai ate social context(Postal system). Fur-explain the relationship between message dis- ther. the candy sought to determine if interper-crepancy and attitude change, Specifically, four sonal communication process units are compar-research questions pertaining to the competing able across four different social contexts: hus-predictions of the two theories were experi- band-wife.supervisor-subordinate.father-son,mentallytestedbypittingthepredictions and counselor-juvenile delinquent. against one another. Research questions one Data were simultaneously collected from twoand two concerned which theory better pre- field groups(86 each) of randomly matcheddicted attitude change in highly ego-involved members of a dyadic relationship(supervisor- subjects under conditions of high source credi- subordinate) and subjected to factor analysis. bility and maximum or minimum message dis- The comparison across social contexts involvedcrepancy. Research questions three and four utilisation of a congruence coeffic:ent of factor concerned which theory better predicted atti- patterns. Empathy scores were computed util-tude change in lowly ego-involved subjects un- izing Hobart and Fahlberg's procedures as ander conditions of high source credibility and operational definition of accuracy. maximum or minimum message discrepancy. The results were:(1) Supervisors view com- Findings indicated that the theory of cogni- munication directed toward their subordinatestive dissonanceaccurately predictedattitude in two patterns: perceived shared rejection andchange in highly ego-involved subjects under supportive environment.(2) Subordinates viewconditions of high source credibility and maxi- communication directed toward them by theirmum discrepancy; it was deficient regarding a supervisors in two patterns: supportive environ-number of items. In contrast, the theory of so- ment and non-acceptance.(3) The patterns cial judgment-involvement successfully predicted characterizingsupervisors and their subordi-attitude change in highly ego-involvement sub- nate's perception of their interaction reliability jects under conditions of high source credibility describe thislevel and type of management and minimum discrepancy, as well as lowly ego. communication. (4) Supervisors who characterizeinvolvedsubjects under conditions of high themselves, and were characterized by their sub-source credibility and both maximum and mini- ordinates as rejecting. not supporting, or not mum discrepancy.

156 Ilo BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Sussman, Lyle. Upward Communication in thesocial class standing? What is the degree and di- Organizational Hierarchy: An Experimental rection of association between social class stand- Field Study of Perceived Message Distortion. ing and choice of aggressive interpersonal tac- Purdue U (Communication). tics? One hundred and twenty -three sixth grade Ilse primary purpose of this study was tomales comprised the sample. Aggressiveten- imestigateinareal-life(field)setting somedency was measured by the Pagel Story-Tactic fat tots believed to be associated with ways inItem Test. The Hollingshead Two-Factor In- asuperior may perceive distortionin dex of SocialPosition was used to ascertain nit .sages received from his subordinates. class.Elaboration of language code was de- vomited message accuracy was the dependenttermined by judges' ratings of tape recorded taliable illthis study and was examined as a speech samples. function of three independent variables. The The principle findings were:(1) Elaboration indepetulent variables were: perceived upwardof language code was found to be positively as- ttust. importance of message topic, and favor.sociated with tendency to choose non-aggressive ahilitof message to the subordinate (i.e. mes-interpersonal tactics in the resolution of peer sale sender). Firstline supervisors in the re-conflicts. (2) Elaboration of language code was gional office of a large insurance company re- found to be positively associated with social sponded to experimental message booklets whichclass standings.(3) No significant association stst email( allvincorporatedthethreeinde-was found to exist between social standing and pendent sariables. A fourth variable. job satis-choice of aggressive interpersonal tactics. fa( lion. was also related to perceived message at t uracv. Results indicated that:(1) There was no sig- nificantdifference between the perceived ac- Interpretation curacy of messages from subordinates perceived as trusting the superior and the perceived ac-Ackley, Bob G. A Comparative Study of Act- curacy of messages from subordinates perceived ing and Oral Interpretation Theory and as non-trusting.(2) Message favorable to the Practice as Revealed in Selected 1...nerican subordinate were perceived as less accurate than College Texts: 1900-1970. U of Southern Cali- messages which were unfavorable to the sub- fornia (Speech Communication). ordinate.(3) Unimportant messages from sub- The intent of this study was to explore and ordinates were perceived as less accurate than compare selected texts on theory, practice, and important messages. (4) There is a positive cor- pedagogy of oral interpretation and textbooks relation between a superior's job satisfactionon acting theory, practice, and pedagogy which and the extent to which he perceives messageswere published in the United States from 1900 from his subordinates as accurate (r = .57). to 1970 in an attempt to clarify similarities and (5) A supplementary analysis Indicated thatdifferences between oral interpretation and act- superiors perceived greater trust in their su- ing. periorsthanineithertheirpeers or sub- Based upon a comparison of fundamental in- ordinates. These differential perceptions how- process relationships indicated by oral interpre- eser were not statistically significant. tation textbooks and texts on acting the following conclusions were drawn:(1) Interpreta- Trenholm, Sarah.Language and Aggression: tion texts described the interpreter as either a Implications of Language Code Usage forperforming artist or, in most instances, a critic/ ResolutionofInterpersonal Peer Conflict.auxiliary artist aiding in an appreciation of lit- V of Denver (Speech Communication). erature; the actor was considered a creative/ performing artist.(2) The interpreter begins The primary concern of the present study waswith examination of theliterary experience to determine whether subjects who differ in theand re-creates it. The actor hegins with him- degree of elaboration of their language code self,withthe development of concentration, also differ in their choice of aggressive inter-memory. pantomime, and improvisation prior personaltactics. Three major research ques-to encountering a script.(3), The interpreter's tions were examined: What is the degree andaudience reacts to the reader as sharing trans- direction of association between language code lator. The actor is perceived as the character he usage and choice of aggressiveinterpersonalis portraying. (4) Most interpretation texts con- tactics? What isthe degree and direction ofsidered the voice the most important means of association between language code usage andexpression. Control of the body and voice is

157 %Its i 1Z 1t:1 . tr.Itot.I01(.11. DISsEIZTATIONS 137

{,,,,.1.11op do at tot's complete alit! detailed The narrative structure in each of the storks b., in The Collected Tales was examined. The major critical method employed hi this CUM- ination nosthe"sissohleeirasnatkanalysis." stotctsou. Thomas D. The Role of Point ofThis method of studs- hooked a dramatic anal- it.illthe%chain:ohmProcess. Southernsi it die tiaisaiikr in each of the stories, and Inisois 1' (spech). a dramatic amti.sis of the story world itself. 1, stud% IsiIets the volts, set adapting It was fount! that Forster's handling of the latttkoct's1.1:4111 ire.f tigusl for butts t la rta is e structure its The Collected Tales was oilcan sand !notion picttn ilresenta-of crucial importance in defining and clarify- iou, the114 li ins(ha el'snarrative ing the themes of his short stories. This was awl fii illy 1%.I%its which point of siewevident, for example, in Forster's use of first- att,,I. the adaptation process. person, unreliable narrators as touchstones for the valises of "cisilifecl" society, and his use of thaptcs 1 terse tilers the communication mode t each medium and presents a general over-third-person narrators whose omniscience was leo of the adaptation process. Chapter 2 in-limited almost exclusively to the central char- dud.. a discussion of Faulkner's contribution toacter, It was also evident in the fact that the the tinsel form as well as a thetnatic, structural,story worlds of Forster's tales fell into three awlnarrativeanalysis of Lightin August.basic groups in their use of his concept of "fan- Charter :1 'misses ins the chamber theater medi-6-ivy." It became apparent that the tales had a u and considets the problems encountered innumber of elements in commit, and that they adaptor; this novel for a live-verbalvisual artfornied a wellclefined and cohesive body of {mot Chapter 4 is devoted to the motion pic- works. ture medium and to the way in which the moo might be adapted for that form of pre*.Hudson. Lee. Beat Generation Poetics and the eta!itoti. Chapter coinpares the three media Oral Tradition of Literature. U of Texas ;omitting to the ability of each to communi- (Speech Communication). cate the story of Light in August. This study investigates the popular claim that Adaptation is considered a process of select- the Beat Generation poets represented a return ing and arranging the form and content of the to an oral tradition in literature. After an ex- original text in order to suit the aammunica-amination of the theory of "oral tradition" time: mode of the art form in which the adapter(with strong emphasis on the work of Milman happens to be working. Because the novel,Parry and student Albert Lord) and an over- chamber theater, and the motion picture eachview of the Beat Movement, the study outlines communicate differently, and because each ofthe structure of poetic theory held and prac- tist.e art forms has inherent advantages andticed by the Beat poets. The anal chapter ap- limitations, the same basic story. when pre-plies the formal criteria of oral tradition to sentd in each medium, will necessarily becomeAllen Ginsberg's major Beat work "Howl." This an entity unto itself to be judged and aid-chapterdiscussesthegrammaticalformulae rid only according to the conditions of thewhich comprise the poem's structure, its the- medium in which it appears. oretic elements, and the distinctive metrical features of its form. Arnold, Joseph H. Narrative Structure in The Collected Toles of E. M. Forster. U of IM-Jones, Janice Sue. Metaphor and Poetic Stow nolo (Speech Canununication). tare in the Preparatory Meditations by Ed- ward Taylor. Northwestern U (Interpreta- The purpme of this study was to describe the tion). manner in which the thematic concerns of E. M. Forster's short stories hi The Collected Tales Metaphor has been a frequently studied char- are developed and clarified through his han-acteristic of Edward Taylor's Preparatory Medi- dling of the narrative structure in each of thetations: however. there has been no concen- short stories. This study was concerned trated analysis of the structural contributions =oily with the manner in which two majorof metaphor to the individual poems which aspects of narrative structurethe handling ofcomprise the Meditations. Within the frame narrative point of view and the manipulationof seventeenth century rhetoric and poetic, a of the story world itself dine and condition closetextual analysis was conducted of the the themes of Punter's short stories. structural function of metaphor in individual 158 118 It1111 Dud( %PIM: ANNUAL. IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

meditations.Defineda' el halphenomena, *varlets theatre.(7) The inclusion of music as metaphors ((vie anal(ted itt tspect to denota- the most frequently used physical element indi- tion, con ttttt };rounds. and grain-cates that directors arc experimenting in order tnatical«instruction;thefolur of meta-so roll:Hue the productions' mood, locale, and phors in poetic slumming were altalrediu toile.is) At ilium. in measuring audience re- relationtothe ear( isoftheir consistent orsponse has been limited and generally ineffec- inconsistent de(eliipmentin combination Withtiw.(9) Directors who used a text rely over- other derives of Language and poetic structur- whelmingly oat either Readers Theatre Hand- ing including antithesis. amplification, parallel- book or Readers Theatre: Toward a Grammar isms, personification. figures of word repetition, of Practice.(10) Most of the readers theatre and figures of sound. courses are of at the large schools.(11) Metaphor was shown to be a prominent ele- Directors see trends in readers theatre toward ment in the poetic structure of the ltleditagreater freedom and experimentation. Lions: complementing the arrangement of incidents by contrasting past and present, as specifically discussed in relation to "77. Medita-Maher, Mary Z.A Rhetorical Analysis of tion," Second Series, and "19. Meditation." First Shakespeare's Troihu and Cressida. U of Series; revealing aspects of the speaker's psy- Michigan (Speech Communication & The- chological disposition, "26. Meditation" and "2. atre). Meditation." First Series: relating the type with theantitypeinthetypological poems. "7. The purpose of this study was to apply an in- Meditation," "Meditation 29." and "59. Medita- trinsic method of rhetorical criticism as a tool ." Second Series; reinforcing logical argu-for oral interpreters to use in facilitating the toeing.. "The Experience" and "1. Meditation,"analysis of speakers in dramatic literature. A FirstSeries, and "108.Meditation," Secondmethod of rhetorical analysis was adapted to Series: and maintaining decorum. "3. Medita-reveal the persuasive strategies that speakers tion" and 'S. Meditation," First Series. use within play structure. The method of analysis included six steps: describing the social and political world of the Kearns, William G. An Examination of Ma-play; describing the audiences within that en- terials and Methods Used in Professional andvironment: discovering the arrangement of argu- Educational Readers Theatre Productions fro=ments and the strategies of persuasion of each 1967.68 to 1971.72. Ohio U (School of Inter-of the important speakers; describing the ethos personal Communication). of each speaker assessing the effect of the mes- The problem was to describe readers theatresages on audiences within the play; assessing as it has existed from the 1967-68 to the 1971.72 the moral/ethical values of the suasion within sehool year by studying the data provided fromthe play's world. Questions which pertained the questionnaires sent to educational directorsto each of the categories were formulated to (171 responded) and concert managers (35 re-guide the Gide in her analytic procedure. sponded). The following conclusions emerged: Troilus and Cressida was chosen as a model (1)Educational directors have been Influ- for analysis. Shakespearean critics have judged enced by materials originated and produced bythat the problem plays are works near to philo- professional readers theatre groups, educational groups. and by appearances as student readerssophical debate and that their speakers rely in readers theatre productions. (2) The materi- heavily on rhetorical modes. als chosen by educational directors included, in Conclusions of the study deter:1,5nd that addition to drama, many other types of liter-this method was useful for oral interpreters ature.(3)Large schools(10.000 and above)who desired exact and thorough descriptions produced more comedy materialsthanthefor speakers in drama. The most important di- schools in the other categories. (4) Novels were mensions made visible wet.: the speaker's moti- the only type of literary material produced ex-vations and also his distance from the scene, clusively by educational directors. (5) The staging of readers theatre in educational produc-necessary factors in selecting apropriaze atti- tions remains traditionally formal with stools,tudes and emotions for the purpose of oral re- stands, and manuscripts being the major stag-creation. Because the method dealt with the ing elements.(6) The choices directors are interactions of speakers, it provided the needed forced to make in arranging, cutting, and cast- individual detail for performers who focus on ing are related to the limitations of educational the oral dimension of literature. 159 AltsTRAC Is 0)' 1)0(.10RAI. IdssERTAT1Ns 159 Martin, Annette.Readers Theatre: Audience The investigation consists of three parts. The Response toIncreased Use of Theatrical firstpart provides a survey of history, tradi- Techniours and Desires in Performance. U tions. and disFersal of African peoples into the cc'Michigan(Speech Communication andNew World. Part Two includes analyses of se- Theatre). lected folk tales which represent peoples from the major slave trading areas of Africa. Part tic poi pose of the study was to examine dif- Three includes summaries and analyses of tradi- fcrence. in audience response regarding corn.tion: in contemporary New World drama. pirilyn,i4m. emotional response. imaginative re- Research was conducted by using library and 'use. and general effectiveness as usage oflanguage laboratoryfacilities,personalinter- th, oal techniques and devices is increased in views, and heldstudy.Disciplines consulted .tt cadets theatre production. werearchaeology,anthropology,linguistics, l'h plodtutions of Eliot's The Waste Landmusicology, folklore, and others. were planned. Theatrical techniques and de- Certain salient points emerged from this in- sites indicated only costuming. lighting. make-vestigation. The African's organization of time up. mostment. manuscriptuse. mid scenery.and space has provided a distinct quality and Pet formame I hum pot ated no 11.W: Perform-flavor to his development of wit and humor. aim. 2. it:wiy-air me: Performance 3. liberal use. Natural anal unnatural forces have often placed Three groups of twenty -four subjects chosen atAfrican peoples in dilemmas where humor has random were formed; each saw one perform- turned inward as a protective mechanism. Vari- ance. Comprehension was measured by multipleous forms of verbal arts seem to have met cer- choice questions. emotional response by ordinal tainpsychological needsandsensibilities. scales, imaginative response by open-end ques- Probably the most significant feature in these tion.. and general effectiveness by semantic dif-art forms is the cosmic rhythmic patterning of ferntial scales. repetitions,variations, and harmonies which 'I he results indicated: There was no signifi- place great emphasis on the pulse and beat. cant difference in comprehension as the use of Also significant is the composer's concern and theatrical techniques and devices was increased; appeal to his group which influences not only there was no significant difference in emotional the message but the way it is conveyed. response with increased usage: there was no significant difference in imaginative response with increased usage: and there was no significantParereskis, John F.The Narrators of Evelyn difference in general effectiveness with increased Waugh: A Study of Five Works of Fiction. usage. Northwestern U (Interpretation). Conclusions were:(1) There is no significant This study analyzed Waugh's narrators in five difference in audience response relating to com- representationalworks. Each work was ana- prehension, emotional response. imaginative re- lyzed as to the technical devices used, the nar- sponse. or general effectiveness when a readers rator's degree of involvement, and his reliability. theatre production incorporates the increasedIn general, Waugh's developing use of narra- use of theatricaltechniques and devices.(2) tors was traced from the "world creating" of There is a directional trend toward significancethe early works through the difficulties of the regarding how wellthe audience "likes" thefirst person works to the final melding of his performance and how "entertaining" they per-satiric vision with the conventional norms of ceive it to be. This information, to some ex- the English novel. The unique relationship be- tent, implies a possible degree of freedom thattween the narrators of the early works, their may be afforded the director concerning the use audience, andtheircharacters was located. of such techniques and devices in production. Charles Ryder's reliability in Brideshemd Re- visited was examined. Contrary to allother McElroy, Hilda-Njoki.Traditional Wit andcritical comment, he was found to be unreliable, Humor in Pan-Afrikan Drama. Northwesterna finding which negates much of the adverse U (Interpretation). criticism leveled at the work. Waugh's conservative vision was found to be consistent through- ":-'w purpose of this investigation was two-out his work and, further, his deep pessimism fold:first. to provide illumination on wit andwas found also to be consistent in spite of the humor as it appears in traditional African folkCatholic characters and milieu of hislater tales. and secondly. to provide illumination onwork. Finally it was concluded that Waugh's the influences of traditional wit and humor ongenius lay primarily in his unique rhetoric, his contemporary drama in the New World. unique manner of telling his stories, and that

160 Ira BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL. IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the best of his work was that in which he suc- oaiture. proceeds by accretion and constitutes cessions combined thatrhetoric with enough tin's chief means of self-creation;itrecords elements of reality to create at once hilarious the genesis and evolution of the creative per- and meaningful satire. sonality. study of Nitt*s journal was based upon Otto Rank's theory of creativity. Choice of this psy- Pearce, James A. Montage in Modern Fiction: choanalytic stance was mandated, forThe Diary A Cinematographic Approach to the Analysis of Ironic Tone in Joyce Cary'sThe Horses is an aesthetic presentation of Rank's discursive- ly articulated theory of art. 'l'o examine art is Waugh.U of Arizona (Speech Conununica- also to examine the personality development of the artist. Such development proceeds through This studs presents an approach to the isola- threephases:-selittontinationas anartist, tion of itonic tone in modern fiction. For the-identification" with schools of art, and "libera- purpose of this study. modern ironic tone is tion.-a continuous designing ofindividual defined as that quality which reveals their- style.Each phase presupposes struggle,since reCtIlltilible situation of man's senseless existence every emancipation entails rejection of ideolo while alf rming. at the same time, man's strug-Ries and portions of the ego. Evolution addi- gle to k himself atol his position in rela- tionallyimplies interlocking and inextricable tion to the universe. This tone results from the dualities;collectivisationversus individuation, juxiapositi llll ingofincongruitiestoproduce union versus separation, impulse versuswill. "pressure of context."Itisargued that the Progressive liberation involves divisive oscilla- manner In which writer- select and arrange tion between these dualities: all are inherent in literary images in "pressc.re of context** to cre- the creator's strife between life and art, each of ate the pat titular toile of a literary object is the polar opposites demanding a totality of in- alit& tits to semi Eisnstein's concept of the solvement. montage trove in iii m. As microcosmreflects macrocosm. so Anais TH stt-1% Its: lopstheassociationallink Nit's diary reflects modern art-ideology's doc- (theeit,11.4 Zt Impel betweenliterature and trine of theartistas self-creativehero:the filminto a critical means for isolating ironic journal becomes Nit's mirror and means of per- tone. specilic cinematographic conflicts are sonality construction. The Diary ultimately func- described as tools used in the analysis of tone. tions as a means of affirming the relativity of Brief excerpts randomly selected from modern life and personality, the necessity of empathic free scmplifs how the ten cinematographic relation to all things. and the desirability of conflicts tutu aim in literature. creating an art from one's inner world that will Finally, lover Cars'sThe Horse's Mouthis transform the outer world. analysed for the appearance of these conflicts. Several are found to act independently of in combinati llll sto exposethe central irony ofRyan. John H. The Teaching of Oral Inter- Gulley poison's life. pretation in Roman Catholic Seminaries in The cinematographic approach aids the read- the United States. U of Missouri (Speech er's precise identification of the pressure points and Dramatic Art). in the ironic context of the novel. Through the This study analyzes the status of the teach- Montage trope. the oral interpreter will find ing of oral interpretation in Roman Catholic guidance as he seeks to learn how to recognize seminaries in the United States. It includes a the tone of a literary object. The montage trope brief review of the historical development of provides a method to assist his perception of clerical education asitrelates to training in tune. oralinterpretation which, forthisstudy,is defined as the reading aloud of any previously Potts, Margaret Lee. The Genesis and Evolu- written material such as passages of Scripture, tion of the Creative Personality: A Rankianmanuscript sermons, prayers, or portions of the Analysis ofThe Diary of Anais Nin,Vol- liturgy to other persons. umes I.V. U of Southern California (Speech Data obtained from questionnaires received Communication). from one hundred twenty-eight seminaries pro- The Diary ofArtois Nin merits study as a vided answers to the three questions underlying revolution of the contemporary zeitgeist and a this study: To what extent arc the seminaries prototypal representation of currently emerging providing training in oral interpretation? What art forms.The Diary,an art of dynamic por- is the nature of this t: alning? What nommen-

1.61 ABSTRACTs 01 DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 161 stations,if any. should he made for the int- form of musical accompaniment by instruments, prosernent of that training? records, or tapes; encouragement of students Approximately ninety.four per cent of the interestin creative literature; revised criteria tanitinaries participating in this study are infor performance evaluation; and a proposed new yoked in the teaching of oral interpretation course outline. either through a course of the same name or through a course in homiletics, literature, or communication that includes some training in Valentine, Kristin B. A Patterned Imagination: William Morris' Use of Pattern in Decorative the an. In general,thistraining reveals a 1883 - strong orientation toward the developmentof Design and the Last Prose Romances, 18816. U of Utah (Communication). speech skills. Data obtained from another questionnaire Pattern has long been recognised as a lead- sentto ordained Catholic priests revealed a ing characteristic of the decorative designs and generally favorable attitude toward their semi- imaginative writings of William Morris. The nary training in oral interpretation.Current purpose of this study was to investigatethe re- problems in oral interpretation, they reported, lationships between Morris' techniques of pat- involse priests' and lector' difficulty with verbal tern making in the decorative designsand late and nonverbal elements of delivery, poor listen- prose romances of the period from1883 to 1896, ing habits of congregations, and incompetent by focusing on two key principles of pattern; teachers of oral interpretation in some semi- repetition and variation. Morris' decorative de- naries. Most priests strongly recommend the signs and prose romances were found to be char- study of oral interpretation as necessary prepa- acterizedbysimilarrepetitionsofsubject, ration for the ministry. structure. linearity, and use of color. Hisvisual and verbal works were found to be character- Stafford. Merrilee Anne. Oral Interpretation of ized by *itnilar variations of counterchange and Literature in the Los Angeles Community emphasis. Colleges: A Proposed Program to Meet the This study revealed many remarkably similar Needs of Black Students. U of Southern elements of repetition and variation that are California (Speech Communication). particularly advantageous to the designs. The prose romances, although as consistentlyde- Tlc study analyzed the oral interpretation lightful as the designs, lack the consummate program in the lAts Angeles CommunityCol- power of variation that marks truly greatbooks. lege Stem with regard to its value to black Morris gave patterned shape and direction minority students and with the purpose of rec- to his decorative designs and prose romances ommending aprogram which wouldbetter by operating under the triune conviction that meet the needs of these students. Sixquestions art is pleasurable work in which all menshould philosophy were posed: What is the educational share,artiscraftsmanship dependingpri- of the community colleges. and how are themarily on skill and knowledge for effect, and disciplines of speech communication adjustedare is a positive necessity of life. Therenewed to this philosophy? What is the present status interest in Morris may be due in part to the of the oral interpretation program in the eight rediscovered validity of these artistic principles. Los Anwles community colleges? What awareness of black minority culturalbackground is necessary for the teacher to enable him to meet VanValkenburgh, Lloyd L.The History of the needs of black students? What are the Oral Interpretation in Selected Michigan Vai- major linguistic characteristics of black speech n:tildes. Wayne State U (Speech Communi- patterns? What literary background may be cation and Theatre). helpful for the teacher of black students? What recommendations could be made to make the The purpose of this study was to trace and oral interpretation program in the Los Angelesanalyze the development of the teaching of Community College System viable for black stu- oral interpretation in five Michigan Universities: dents? Answers AO these questions were de-the University of Michigan, MichiganState, termined through research and questionnaires. Wayne State, Eastern, and Northern. The following recommendations were made: College catalogs were investigatedto dis- team teaching (English, speech. musk, dance) cover the courses, instructors. and textbooks ex- to provide multi-instruction in the oral study isting at each institution. Through an examina- of literature; recognition of extraverbal factors tion of university archives, personnel files, and In performance; use of audiovisual aids in the textbooks, and through interviews with former 162 12 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNIC:AT1ON .41 students, colleagues, or the Instructors them- Monona (1919). a complete list of stage shows selves, an attempt was made to determine theat the Detroit Capitol theatre, the script of a nature of the training given at each institution, typical stage production, and photographs of It was found that the earliest courses involv- important Detroit stage performers. fug oral interpretation were aimed at developing the students' powers of expression. John M. Ammassari, Eike Koch-Weber.Television In- B. Sill's elocution course (Eastern. 1853) seems fluence and Cultural Attitudinal Innovative- to have followed the tenets of the natural school. ness: A Causal Approach. Michigan State U Allen A. Griffith's (Eastern. 1868.71) elocution (Communication), 1972. coursesatMichiganState(1885. 1886).and Thomas Clarkson Trueblood(Universityof An attempt was made to single out the causal Mit higatt after 1884) seem more closely associ- effect of television upon cultural attitudinal in- ated withthemechanicalschool. The first novativeness among ,00 male high school ado- COMA' which appears to have had as its main lescents in a barely industrialising community objectivethe oralperformance ofliterature of the Italian South. Toward this aim cultural was Trueblood's Shakespearean Reading which attitudinal innovativeness was defined as the appeared in the catalog of 1887.88. relative progress of personal psychological guide- The greatest number of courses in oral inter- lines for overt behavior within the process of locution offered simultaneously at Northern modernizing cultural change. was six (1923.25, under Rushmore): at the Uni- The main objective of the study was to test versity of Michigan. seven(1924.1972. under the adequacy of a causal model linking tele- Hollister.Eich,Baird. Okey. and Haas);at vision, exposure (TV) as an independent vari- Eastern. eight(1925-26. under Lathers. Hintz able,withdissatisfactionwithoccupational NIcKa, and Stowe): at M;,:higan State, eleven chances (DS) and achievement motivation (AM) (1949-30. under Compere); and at Wayne State. asinterveningvariables,withculturalatti- thirteen (19624972. under Skinner, Rahn, Vin- tudinal innovativencts(CAI), as a dependent son. Boyce, Shier, and Haushalter). variable. Generally the relationships between variables in the causal model were rather weak, suggesting a tenuous impact of television exposure Mass Communication upon cultural attitudinal innovativeness among Aldridge, Henry B.Live Musical and Theatri- youths in a developing environment. In part cal Presentations in Detroit Moving Picture these low relationships were due to the control Theatres: 1896-1930. U of Michigan (Speechon variables exogenous to the model, e.g., edu- C.omniun,..ation and Theatre). cation and urbanity. Furthermore, though it appeared necessary to account for more than Moving picture theatres in Detroit, Michigan one dimension of cultural attitudinal innova- regularly featured "live" musical and theatri- tivenesa, only a relatively small proportion of cal productions in conjunction with the showing the variance in cultural attitudinal Innovative - of feature films between 1896 and 1930. ness scores was explained in the two factor 'This study describesthe development and solution. variousfunctions of orchestras, pipe organs, stage bands,musicalrevues, roadshows, and Anderson, Hayes L. The Effect of Filming a personal appearances in Detroit moving picture Television News Source by Vertical Camera theatres with emphasis on these presentations in Angle, Horizontal Camera Angle, and Source the Capitol, Michigan, and Fox theatres. In- Eye - Contact on Source Credibility and Audi- formation on these productions was gathered ence Attitudes Toward the Televised Mes- from newspapers, periodicals, collections, and sage. Michigan State U (Mass Conuisunlea- personal interviews. Included in the study is a consideration of dors), 1972. Samuel L. Rothapfel and the "live" produc- This study investigated the effects of a film tions which he staged in several New York mov- camera's point-of-view on viewer evaluation of ing picture theatres during the 1920's. These a news source and his message. A filmed news served as models for similar presentations Insource delivering a one-minute statement was Detroit film theatres. used as the experimental message. Camera was Appendices include a discussion of musical manipulated according to three vertical angles, accompaniments to silent films, an analysis of three horizontal angles, and source eye-contact the musical score to D. W. Griffith's Broken with the camera. Evaluations of source credibil-

163 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 163 itv.sisual pleasingness, comprehension of the used to name the parties in the war,the forms message, and attitude toward the topic and ofwriting including interpretation and opin- news story were obtained from 278 college stu- ion, and the use of attribution for sources of dents. stories. Finally for each anchorman there is an The manipulated variables had no detect- essay which describes the style of his coverage able influence on subjects' perceptions of the and his changes over the years. qualification and safety dimensions of source The results generally show the anchormen to credibility. When the vertical camera angle was have covered the war bythe uncritical relaying manipulated,subjects perceivedthesource of press releases from the American military filmed by a camera positioned at eye-level toand government. Statements from the enemy have more dynamism then when perceived by were more likely to be interpreted with skepti- high or low sertical camera angles. cism. In the later years, however, the anchormen Aninteraction of horizontal camera angles were more likely to interpret stories with skepti- and eye-contact affected perceptions of sourcecism towards the American officialline.More pleasantness. The biggest effect was -:hen the speculative results suggest that anchormentend- source had no eye-contact with the camera and ed to misunderstand the unique nature of the was seen looking off to the left side of the tele- %letnam war, especially In the early years. s ision screen. Effects of the manipulated variables on comprehension of verbal information were incon- Brown, Kent R. The Writer as Collaborator: clusive. The Career ofStewart Stern. U ot< Iowa Attitude ratings towardthe message topic (Speech and Dramatic Art). were more favorable when the camera was The two purposes ofthis study were toex- angled downward (high vertical angle) at theamine how screenwriter Stewart Sternfunc- source, positioned directly in hoot ofhim,and tioned in collaboration within the collective he had eye-contact than when the camera was filmmaking process and to determine whether angled upward (low vertical angle) toward the Stern sustained a personal point of view toward source. construction and characterixatio when adapt- Subjects gave more positive ratings to howing from another medium. The study focuses interesting they perceived the news story to be on screenplays produced from 1950.1968: Teresa, when the source was filmed by a camera angled 1950; Benjy, 1950; Rebel Without a Cause, 1955; downward at him. A camera angled upward re- The Rack, 1956; The fames Dean Story, 1957; suited in a mere negative rating. The Outsider, 1962; The Ugly American, 1968; Rachel, Rachel, 1968. Bailey, GeorgeA. The Vietnam War Accord- The personal interview emerged as the cen- ing to Chet, David, Walter, Harry, Peter, tral research tool. In addition to Stern, many of Bob, Howard and Frank:AContent Analysishis directors and producers were also inter- of Journalistic Performance by the Networkviewed. Interviews with more prolificscreen- Television Evening News Anchormen 1965- writers were conducted in order to put Stern's 1970. U of Wisconsin (Communication Arts). experiences in a referential context: Scripts, per- This study Isa content analysisof Vietnam tonal notes and correspondence were available. news read by theanchormen on the networkThis study does not include a critical or aea television evening newscasts. The coverage of thetic examination of the films themselves. the war from August 1965 to August 1970 is The author delineated Stern's efforts toen- described quantitatively and evaluated as jour- counter, absorb, withstand or alter his working nalistic performance. environment in order to achieve a satisfactory The source of record for the newscasts was a visualizationof the original conception of his set of kinescopes prepared forthe American screenplay. The data suggested that no correla- military. Thus only the military aspects of the don exists betweena successful collaboration war news were covered, to the exclusion of and a successful film, aesthetic or financial, The news of domestic protests, governmental delib- screenwriter must work In the realm of per- eration, and politicalactivities. tonalities, coordinating his energies with those A descriptive analysis counted the amount ofof the production team to encouragea syn- Vietnam news on the newscasts,identifiedthe thesisamong divergent points of view. Data also anchormen and searched for trends in coverageindicatedthat althoughStern worked primarily over the years. A more detailed analysis of awith other source mlterial, previouslyWritten sample counted the topics covered, the wordsscreenplays or novels, he consistently imprincd 164 lii.t BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION his own sense of construction, theme, and char- An examination of Sevareid's published writ- acterization upon the adapted material. ings, along with over 1500 transcripts of his analyses broadcast over the CGS television net- Cohen, Akiba A.Coping with Uncertainty, In-work, reveals him to be a journalist who is formation Usage and Ticket Splitting. Michi- dedicatedtodiscovering and reportingthe gan State U (Communication). truthbehindthe eventsthataffectlifein AllItliCa and elsewhere. The study dealt with some of the communica- This study takes into account thirty-five years tion behaviors of straight and split ticket votersof Sevareid's broadcasting and commenting on it.the11172 election. The theoretical position the news. It concentrates on three major areas arwttes that the more an individual can copeof his reportage:(1) the wars: World War II. with urn ertaint% during a conflict, the more in- the Korean Police-Action and the Indochina formation he would expose himself to about all conflict,(2) the presidency: the nature of the the available alternatives. It is assumed that in-office and the performance of three of the six formation about the candidates helps the indi- men who have held that post in the course of sidual make his voting decisions. and that if Sevareid's career and (3) broadcasting the news, an individual exposes himself to information on its freedoms and limitations. only one party's candidates he would be more It was concluded that a measure of Sevareid's likely to vote for allthe candidates of that success as a news analyst stems from his ability party. Thus, individuals who can cope withas an essayist. His reflections, which contain uncertainty would tend to split their ticket tohumanistic overtones, provide criteria for eval- a greater extent than those who have a loweruation of those issues and events which affect ability to cope with uncertainty. and alter life. Coping with uncertainty was positivelyre- lated to the perceived familiarity with the positions of the candidates, negatively related withDimmick, John W. An Uncertainty Theory of the degree of selectivity in the use of informa- the Gate-Keeping Process. U of Michigan tion during the campaign. and unrelated to (Speech Communication and Theatre). the time at which the voting decision was made. the amount of attention to the candidates in The purpose of the study was to answer three the mass media, and the extent and selectivityquestions concerning the structure of the gate- of conversations about the candidates. keeper's decision space. The questions were implied by the third of four theoretical proposi- Coping with uncertainty was not directly re- tions. Proposition three states that the gate- lated to ticket splitting. However. ticket split- keeper's decision space is multidimensional. The dng was positively related to the time the de- three research questions were:(1) Is the gate- cision was made. and to the amount of ex-keeper's decision space multidimensional?(2) posure to information during the campaign,Which distance modelthe Euclidean or city- and negatively related to the degree of selec-block modelis most appropriate for represent- tivity to information. There was no relation-ing journalistic decisionmaking?(3) Do the ship between ticket splitting and conversations traditional news selection criteria(e.g., timeli- and between ticket splitting and selectivity in ness and significance) enable one to label sub- perceived familiarity of the candidates' position. stantively the dimensions of the space? Dissimilarities data on randomly selected news D'Arienro, Sister M. Camille.Eric Sevareidstories from the AP wire were collected from Analyzes the News. U of Michigan (Speechfour groups varying in journalistic experience Communication and Theatre). or training: a group of graduate students in Eric Sevareid was among the first wave ofjournalism. a group with no experience or newspaper reporters to respond to the changes training. a group of professional journalists, and challenges introduced by broadcasting. As and a group of journalism Instructors. In adcL- a voung writer for the Paris edition of the Her- tion, each subject rated each news story on five aldTribune,Sevareid attracted the attention oftraditional criteria of news selection. Edward R. Murrow who, at the outbreak of The data were submitted to three multidi- World War II, was organizing a London-based mensional scaling programs: TORSCA, news division for CBS radio. He accepted Mur- MDSCAL. and PREFMAP. The results sup- row's invitation and began a long, successfulported proposition three which states that the career in newscasting, with an ever-increasinggate-keeper's decision space is multidimensional. emphasis on analysis. The results also indicated that the Euclidean 165 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS t(15 model is the most appropriate distance model The purpose of this study was to determine to characterize journalistic decision-making. the extent and effectiveness of participation of Only in the case of the instructor sub-groupmembers of the United States delegations at did the traditional news selection criteria enable selectedinternational electric communications substantive interpretation of the dimensions of conferences. They included the categories of teic- the decision space. graph,radio,InternationalTelecommunica- tion Union, regional, technical, and specialized. Procedure required selecting the conferences Eshelman, David L.Compulsory Disclosure of to be studied, determining place, time,and pur- News Sources: A Critical Investigation. U of pose of each. identifying members ofthe dele- Denver (Speech Communication). gations and their affiliations. How the delegates The purposes of this study were to investigate represented the United States was determined the status and implications of the law of com- by discovering the proposals and suggestions pulsory disclosure of evidence by newsmen. Gen- which the delegations formulated prior to or at eral First Amendment theory was the basis ofthe beginning of the conferences. The degree of analysis of the Issues. effectiveness of delegate participation was weight- All primary legal documents pertaining toed by the eventual disposition of the United et identiarypleadings by newsmen were ex-States proposals through the acceptance or re- amined. These includedforty-one court de-jection by the total membership. cisions and nineteen state statutes in force in Data were secured from an examination of December 1972. the private papers of some American delegation American courts were consistent in denial ofmembers, from government filesin the Na- a common law privilege for newsmen. Subse- tionalArchives, from published government quently the First Amendment was asserted asdocuments, from the New York Times, related a defense against compulsory disclosure. The books, and technical journals. lower court decisions generally denying relief A summary of the findings shows that this were affirmed by the Supreme Court in 1972 country was generally not active at the Union in its decison of first instance. telegraph conferences but was active, although There was diversity in the provisions of theunsuccessful, at the Allied series. The United state cocks which provided evidentiary privilege States participated extensively and effectively for newsmen. The court's interpretation of the in many of the other conferences. Delegations codes t..,sect toward a uniform application ofwere composed of government personnel, per- the law. Where the legislature did not specifi- sons from private industry, and representatives cally make an exclusion to the general rule ofof special interests. There were three main rea- compulsory disclosure, such fact situations weresons for this country's effective participation: distinguished from the code and fell under com- the personal calibre of many members of the mon law. delegations, their technical abilities, and their The study concluded that the most appropri- advance preparation for the conferences. ate contemporary resolution to this controversy was the enactment of an explicit federal statute Howard, Robert.Bias in Television News, A which would provide that:the protection be Content Analysis.Florida State U (Com- afforded any person connected with, employed munication), I972. by. or associated in any newsgathering function: any medium engaged indisseminative The purpose of this study was to determine of information or opinion be included in tie:whether bias(defined as what a majority of protection; the protection be absolute (no waiv-coders rated as bias) exists in American net- ers); the protection be assertible anywhere (in- work television news. chiding state jurisdictions): and both the sonice Sixty-sevenstories were selected from the of material and the unpublished information beearly evening newscasts of the three major protected from compulsory disclosure. American television networks during the period March 20-24, 1972. Each story presented an issue involving the federal government. Feldman, Mildred L. Bos. Participation by the The rating instrument was designed to amen United States in Selected International Tele-balance, determine favorability, and identify graph and Radio Conferences Prior to thebias indicants. Quantitative devices were de- Affiliation of the International Telecommuni-signed to measure the running time and "atten- cation Union with the United Nations. LAU.tion score" of each story. The "attention score" islana State U (Speech). was determined by the use of rear screen pro-

166 166 III BLIOGRAP/IIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION jectinu,actionfootage.interviews,satellite ence research. The time seems ripe for these transmission, one or more correspondents, and broadcastersto re-examinetheir goals,pro- story placement within the newscast. cedures, and policies. It is hoped that the data The stories were submittal to selected raters in this study will assist both the broadcasters for evaluation. The results of the study werethemselves and future scholars in conducting as follows: (I) Forty-seven per cent of the storiesthat re-evaluation, were imbalanced. (2) Almost two-thirds of the stories contained elements of bias.(3)Forty Kurtz, John L. per cent of the stories were directional, favoring The Development of Radio and Television at Southern Illinois. Southern one side or the other of an issue, of these direc- Illinois U (Speech). tional stories, almost twice as many were unfavorable as favorable to the referent.(4) All This study analyzed the growth, development, three networks were equally biased with NBC and interrelationship of the Broadcasting Serv- being the most balanced and most neutral,ice and Radio - Television Department at South- while ABC was the least balanced and leastern Illinois University, Carbondale. neutral(5) Balanced, biased, and unfavorable The Broadcasting Service was formed as a stories had a longer running time than theirservice unit in 1953 and operates two public opposites.(6) Balanced, biased, and non-neu-television stations, WSIU-TV, and a public radio tral stories achieved a higher "attention score" station. WSIU-FM, all University-owned, to serve than their opposites. (7) Wording was the most the southern third of Illinois. significant indicant of bias. The Radio-Television Department, created in 1956, serves over 450 undergraduate majors with King, James C. A Survey and Analysis of thea curriculum of thirty-four courses, placing it Major International Evangelical Short Waveamong the nation's top five departments in Broadcasters: Trans World Radio, HCJB, and terms of enrollment. the Far East Broadcasting Company. U of The two units are closely integrated, with a Michigan (speech Communication and The-single operating head, common teaching and atre). production faculty and staff, and widespread involvement by Radio-Television majors in the The majorityof short wave facilities areoperation of the radio and television stations. owned by two groups: governments and evan- Apparent assets and liabilities of the present gelicalreligiousbroadcasters.Researchindi-system were examined and possible alternative cates that the evangelicals command almost asmethods of operation were suggested. These much transmitter power, facilities, and broad- includedsplittingtheunits administratively cast time as many of the largest government op-and fiscally, but retaining certain coordinated erations.Yet, while much has been writtenfunctions on a contractual basis; moving the about the government-owned stations, compara-Service Into the College of Communications and tivelylittlehas been published about theFine Arts, where the department is located; or evangelicals. Thisreseadt was conductedmoving both units, together with a research through numerous visits to the stations, inter-arm, to some other area, as an Institute. views, and correspondence. Recommendations for the future Included a The study is divided into three major com-greater emphasis on interdisciplinary academic ponents. The first provides an introduction toprograms, withadditionalweight givento the study and to the technology and peculiari-cable communication and international broad- ties of short wave broadcasting. The secondcasting. part examines the major evangelical broadcasters in light of their historical developments.Leach, Alan Lyon. Commercialism and the technicalfacilities,organizational and finan Quality of Children's TV Programs: An Anal- cial structures, programming, and audience re- yds of Responses to the Proposals of Action search. The third part provides as assessment for Children's Television February 1970 to of the total operations of the individual broad- January 1973. Ohio State U (Speech Com- casters in light of criteria established by the sta- munication). tions themselves, other religious broadcasters, and the author. A citizen's group, Action for Children's Tele- The results of this study demonstrates that,vision (ACT), has been largely responsible for while many broadcasters are performing ad-renewing public concern over the effects of TV mirably, others are severely lacking, particularlyprograms and commercials on children. in the areas of programming, news, and audi- The dissertation analyzes the strategies. activi-

1 6 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 167 ties, and issues ACT used to attack these prob-jects is the activity of expression and the quan- lems and the responses its campaign evokedtum theory provides a convenientscientific ex- frombroadcasters,sponsors,othercitizen'splanation of the expression of a subject in groups, and the public. It also assesses the use- space-time. fulness of proposed solutions, ACT's impact Twentieth century psychologists discuss the and future implications. dimensionsof consciousnesswhichparallel Data were gathered from interviews withthose of the material world. Freud emphasizes ACT's founders and with key FCC staff mas-the emotional aspects of the mind as formedin hers, from a sample of relevant agency filings.the past, memory. Jung is concerned with the from FCC, FTC, and Congressional documents,spiritual nature of man's psyche, man's expres- from ACT library materials, from discussionssion in the present. Alfred Adler stresses the with broadcasters, and from numerous generalsocial motivations of dreams, their form, and and trade press articles. their future-orientation. A particular artifact Data analysis suggests that ACT formulated emphasizes one of these aspects of consciousness. two campaigns, one to se_ure government regu- The critical process should, in fact, be a ae- lation of children's programming and adver-ative synthesis of dimensions which are con- tising, the other to educate the public. Beforegruent with the dimensions of the artobject the FCC, ACT argued for a ban on children'sitself. It is suggested that the critic can achieve advertising, contending that commercialism re-such congruence through the canons of inven- stricted program diversity and that TV adver-tion, memory, disposition, and elocution. The tisingtookunfairadvantageofchildren. use of this mode of perceptionis illustrated by Broadcasters maintainedthat"quality" pro-an analysis of Fellini- Satyricon.(Abstracted by gramming could not be produced without ad- Russell Merritt) vertising revenue and that problems can be solved through self regulation. Sponsors arguedMuchnik, Melvyn M. Free Expression and Po- for better programming within the commer- liticalBroadcasting on Public Radio and cial framework. Other citizen's groups and the Television: A Critical Inquiry. U of Denver public supported ACT. (Speech Communkadon). ACT has attracted substantial attention to considered whether the the problem and has affected children's adver- This investigation tising reforms. Programming changes have beenlaws affecting political broadcasting on public radio and television stations serve to assist or less impressive. Since there are substantive problems with an hinder the Dow of information upon which the proposed solutions, the key rests with the public.electorate may make informed choices. Only when ACT's concerns are reflected in pro- The following questions were posed: (1) What gram ratings will major changes in program-legal decisions have affected political broadcast- ming be instituted. ing on public radio and television stations? (2) What questions have been raised and criteria developed as a result of these decisions?(3) Mills, Richard Ian. Film Form and Film Criti- How do these questions and criteria, related to cism: A Twentieth Century Synthesbed Per-public broadcasting, further relate to demo- spective.II of Wisconsin (Coannunicadon cratic theories of expression? Arts). Analysis of the key legal decisions reveal a Cinema evolved as an expression of a cos-contradictorysetof criteriafor the public mology which emphasized the necessity of syn-broadcaster.Positiveinfluencesforpolitical thesis. Film is the art which mirrors most in-programming include a new reasonable mew tensely the twentieth century synthesized cosmicrequirement for candidates for federal elective view, the coming together of matter and mind.office, and an apparent prohibition of state re- What emerges from an examination of this pro-strictions on any other kind of programming cess is a recognition of the dimensionsof in-simply because sta:e funds are involved in a vention, form, expression, and memory in thestation's budget. intersection of an artist's mind and material. Negative influences for political broadcesting A comparison of Marcel Proust's Remem-on public stations include a ban oneditorial- brance of Things Past and Frederico Fellini'sizing, the lack of a long-range funding plan in 81/2 reveals the importance of memory in twofavor of the annual appropriation process, the twentieth century art forms. Form is discussedstatutory definidon of programming appropriate in terms of time, extension, space, movement, for public stations which omits contemporary or and object. The diffusion and relating of ob.public affairs, and a burdensome requirement

168 168 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION for balance and objectivity in each single pro-production costs, but it met with outright de- gram or series. rision from most major film critics. In light of the findings of the studies. twelve Even though Otto Preminger customarily ex- policy recommendations were advanced that presses himself on film in directorial terms that would better allow public broadcasting to serveexhibit a marked stylistic consistency, his past as a medium for political Information. successes have been more popular commercially than artistically, and have resulted largely from Petrie, Vladimir. Soviet Revolutionary Films in his abilityto attract a general audience by America. New !fork U (Cinema Studies). manipulating the external elements of a given production. Preminger appears, on balance, to The aim of this study isto investigate tobe more a producerdirector than a director- what degree the Soviet montage technique ofproducer. Certainly in the case of Skidoo, his the 1920's influenced American filmmakers andability as a director did not serve the film; his theorists of the same period. By methods atabilities, however keen, as a producer could once critical and documentary, analytic as wellnot save it. as comparative, the dissertation explores the areas of affinity and contrast between the twoPollock, Arthur Denny III.Florida's "Po liti- national cinemas. It scrutinizes the evidence of than'70": A Descriptive and Evaluative film theory and practice to determine the extent Study of an Innovative Educational Tele- and nature of formal, aesthetic, political, social, vision Project in Campaign Communication. and ideological influence. It reaches the con- Florida State U (Communication), 1972. clusion that the range and magnitude of this interdependence is greater than has been previ- This study described and evaluated "Politi- ously known. Thus. it resolves the controversy thon '70," an innovative television project in among film historians some of whom asserted politicalcampaigncommunicationbroadcast that the impact of Soviet revolutionary films on statewide over Florida educational stations on American filmmakers and theorists was consid-the night of October 28, 1970. erable, white others claimed the relationship The Florida legislature's desire to help curb and influence were insignicant. the spiraling trend of campaign costs paved the Appendices to the dissertation include a film- way for the broadcast. "Politithon'70" was ography of all Soviet silent films released in the funded by a $25,000 grant from the Florida State United States through 1935, and a chronology Department of Education and produced by pub- of release dates. lic television station WPBT-TV of Miami. This dissertation includes a historical review Policy, Ronald James. Otto Premingas' Skidoo:of events leading up to the broadcast, a detailed Biography of a Motion Picture. U of Wig-description of the production format, a descrip- aansin (Communication Arts). tive account of the broadcast, post-program as- sessments and evaluation of the presentation's This is a case study of the making of Skidoo effectiveness, and a set of recommendations for during a seventeen-month period from Ottoimproving future "Politithon" programming. Preminger's announcement of the project in All candidates running In statewide races were November 1967, to the end of the hlm's first-run featured on the program, with all opposed can- release in April 1969. Primary emphasis was ondidates having the opportunity to answer ques- the production process between March 11 andtions posed by voters and to deliver personal August 30, 1968, during which the author wasstatements. The seven proposed amendments to a daily on-site observer, examining and docu- the Florida Constitution were presented as they menting the exercise of authority and influenceappeared on the ballot and explained objective- by Preminger in that creative communication. ly by program announcers. The study concluded that Preminger, unlike Though "Politithon '70" was plagued by such most of his colleagues presently at work infactors as its late airing date in the campaign, American feature film making, enjoys an extra- its tediously lengthy one-night broadcast format, ordinary amount of power and control over theand the lack of comprehensive survey research diverse elements of his productions, with no in- to determine itstotal impact, Florida news- put of any significance admitted into the pro-papers generally praised the program, stations ductive process that he did not initiate or ap- carryingthebroadcastreportedenthusiastic prove. Nonetheless, Skidoo was unsuccessful on audience response, and in April and May of both commercial and artistic counts. Not only 1971,"Politithon'70"waspresentedwith did it fail, in the short run at least, to repay itsGeorge Foster Peabody and Saturday Review 169 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS I r9 This study examines the relationshipbetween awards for excellence in television program- and the ming. the producer-director's interpretation Although no claim could be made thatuse of cinematic techniquesin five productions '70" succeeded in reducing cam-of William Shakespeare's Hamletthat have "Politithon and/or paign spending. within limitations iteffectively been permanently recorded on film provided its broadcast audience with the poten-videotape. In addition, a brief review of the filmed and televised tial for realizing a most valuableform of in-more than twenty known ofversions of Hamlet is provided. A methodology formation gain. With the implementation by changes suggested in this study, futurebroad- for future analytical film studies is suggested ram tug of this kind may be even moreeffective. the instruments for notetaking. The directors of the five adaptations receiving analysis are Grigori Kozintsev, FrankPeter Pry luck, Calvin. Sources of Meaningin Motion (Speech Wirth, Philip Saville, Tony Richardson, sad Pictures and Television. U of Iowa Laurence Olivier. Each production was viewed and Dramatic Arts). at least three times, including atleast one stop- An attempt is made to develop a newap- start study. Critical reviewsand available pro- proachto film and television theorywhich duction notes were also consulted. would apply to a broad range of functionssuch It was found that each director presents a as entertainment andeducation. different interpretation of Shakespeare's drama Film and television are compared tolanguageby emphasizing different cinematic techniques. in an attempt to distinguish thosecharacteris- Kozintsev's thematic focus on the dangers of a tics that are common to sign systemsand thoseconscienceless society is supported by an imag- that are unique. The structuresof languageistic visual treatment. Wirth relies on close-up and image communication are found todiffer shots to present a Hamlet unable tocommit in almost every detail. Language isdeductive premeditated murder. The Saville production, based on rules; image communicationis in-videotaped on location at Eronborg Castle. con- ductive based on relationshipswithin and be-centrates on displaying the castle andneglects tween images. a dramatic focus. Richardsonheavily depends Descriptive concepts and propositions are pre- on the extreme close-up,allowing a nervous, sented and used to analyze the representationof unprincely Hamlet to dominate thescreen. meaning in a full range of imagecommunica- Olivier uses deep focus photography, a fluid tion from, say, home movies tovideo feedback.camera, and a mist -en- scene approach to pre- The conceptualization thatintegrates thesesent Hamlet's personaldilemma as it evolves extremes proposes that there are twointeractive from an Oedipus complex. sources of meaning withinimage communica- This in-depth study of the integrationof tion. object, and depiction. Depictionis more technique and interpretation in these produc- than a carrier of meaning but usuallyless thantions enriches our appreciation of the artof an independent source.Depiction contributes tothe cinema and of Shakespeare incinema. meaning through two processes identified as shaping and construction of meaning.Relative contributions to meaning vary betweendepic- Sasseyals, Gerald P. The History and Develop. tion as a minimal source of meaning tototal matt of Broadcasting inGuyana, South contribution to meaning by depiction. America. Ohio State U (Speech Communica The basic relational mechanism betweenWI. don). ages are conceptualizedthrough a modification The purpose of this study was to examinethe of information theory redundancy. Itis pro-growth of broadcasting in Guyana delineating posed that image communication contains nu- legal. political, and =amide factorsthat merous streams of informationwhich are vari-shaped early experimentation and the growthof ously sources of redundancy oruncertainty; radio. meaning stems from a balance of redundancy Information was gained during a field trip and uncertainty among the streams. to Guyana for interviews and anexamination of government and private records. Silber, Joan E. Fuger. CinematicTechniques The results of the study show that Guyanese and Interpretation in Film and Televisionbroadcasting developed in three distinct stages. Adaptations of Shakespeare's Restslel. U ofThe first stage (1926-1931) was heavilyin Alidsigan (Speech Communication and Thaenced by the growth of radio in Great Britain. afro). A carrier current system, subsidised and opts.

170 170 B1111.10GRA1'HIC ANNUAL. INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

ated by the Post Office Department, utilizedex-We Miran, John F.Storer Broadcasting Com- isting telephone lines. Revenuewas obtained panyIts History, Organisation andOpera- from listeners on a fee basis. Programming from tion. U of Michigan (Speech Communication the United States and Great Britain was re- and Theatre). layed to the small audience who had telephones. The second stage of broadcasting In British ThisInvestigationofStorerBroadcasting Guyana (1931.1967) was dominated by privatetraces the almost half-century of broadcasting interests operating with a government franchise.by the company; describes the organizational A heavy United States influence was seen in thestructure, operational practices, and manage- growth of mass appeal programs and the reli-aunt responsibilities of the company; describes ance on commercial revenues. The legal basisthe individual stations' relationship to thepar- for broadcasting continued to follow thepatternent company; and evaluates the companyon set by the British Broadcasting Corporation. the basis of current managenient theory. The third period of Guyanese broadcasting Storer began its broadcast activities in1927 (1967-1972) occurred when the colony gainedand has since owned thirty-fourstations in legal and political independence from Greattwenty cities. In the mid-sixties the company Britain. The Guyanese government acquiredachieved a gross income in excess of $45,000,000 one of the commercial radio stations and privateand, as a result, it purchased 86% ofNortheast and public broadcasting now operate side-by-Airlines in 1965. side competing for revenue and audience. Storer is a closely held family businessthat has placed emphasis on growth,new markets Stanley, Jack R. A History of the Radio andto bigger markets. The corporation hascon- TelevisionWestern Dramatic Series Cawsidered itself hampered by FCC ownershiprules. smoke, 1952-1973. U of Michigan (Speech The organization and operation ofStorer is Communication and Theatre). dictated by several factors: broadcast regula- Change is one of the few tion,competition,locationofstations,the constants in theStorer family, and industry movement. In the field of broadcast programming. Theprogram Gunsmoke has endured many changes since itmain Storer has responded well to these factors and, through sound management, has built began on CBS Radio in 1952. This study3ur- a vels those changes under the hypothesis thatstrong, flexible organization. the program's original conception accounted for Home office control of the stations playsa the program's ability to survive these modifi-major role in the matters of finance,program- cations. ming, and license-renewal decisions. The local manager has a fairly free hand in all other The major divisions of the studyare thestation functions. creation, the radio production, and the television production. The production periods In a financial comparison with fourgroup are owners, Storer indicated good growth in profit further broken down into theyears and changes which transpired under the program's fouruntil the airline purchase. Storer's growth paral- producers. At different stages these producersleled or exceeded industry growth in the 1950's. directed the evolution of Gunonoke from Storer mistakes over the years have beencost- a ly, but the company has rebounded and series of audio experiments intoa radio series, con- from a radio series into a television series, fromtinued to serve well the communities in which a half-hour to an hour program, from black it operates. and white to color, fromone continuing character to a cast of five regular characters, and from a violent morality play to a dramatic anthology. Public Address Gunsmoke was a program of style andof characters, not primarily of plot. Theprogram Adams, Michael F. A Crided Analysis of the idea, a marshal maintaining lax and order in Rhetorical Strategies of Senator Howard IL Dodge City, Kansas circa 1872,was broad and Baker, Jr., in His 1972 Campaign for Re- open-ended. It was not restricted inany way election. Ohio State U (Speech Communi except by its style of honesty and realism. cation). This study clearly proves that Gunsmokewas This study is a rhetorical analysis of the able to withstand the many changes it fetedstrategies used bysewerHoward H. Baker from 1952.1973 because of the flexibility whichin his 1972 campaign for re-election. It seeks was built into the program as it was conceived o isolate the basic ideas which Baker expressed in the beginning. while adapting to Tennesseans of votingage. 171 ABS ['RAC 01, DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 171 The primary standard used to evaluatethegirded his preaching, methods of developing Both Senator's rhetoric is effect. and arranging sermons, style, and delivery. BetweenSeptemberfirstandNovember his theory and practice in *hese phases of com- seventh. 1972, the writer became anonpartici-munication were described. The concluding pant observer in Baker's campaignfor re-elec-chapter summarized the findings, offered an tion. Over fiftyspeeches were recorded andoverallevaluation, and recommendedaddi- latertranscribedfor examination by criticaltional topics suitable for rhetorical research. analysis. In addition, personal interviewswith The results of the study indicated thatCle- the Senator and his speech staff wereconducted land's success as a teacher and practitionerof throughout the campaign. Campaign materials, the art cf preaching was a productof his own local newspaper analyses, examples ofmedia experienceratherthanformalacquaintance exposure, and question-answersessions were withtraditionalrhetoricaltheory.Yethis likewise evaluated. Particular attentiun waspaid theory and practice incorporated many ofthe the historical situation that called Baker's diet- principles advocated by classical and modern ore into being. rhetoricians. Thus, be deserves acclaim when Five main conclusions, each the outgrowthjudged by both classical and modernrhetorical of a specific chapter, were reached. The po- standards. litical situation of the day influenced Baker's rhetoric. enabling him to developrhetorical Beaven, Mitchell Eric. A Rhetoricaland The- strategies more favorable to a majorityof the matic Analysis of the Radio Speakingof Dr. state's voters. The Baker effort recognizedthe David H. C.Read. Southern Illinois U role of persuasion as a "campaign" process; (Speech). his campaign was systematically plannedand heavily financed. The senator's rhetorical stra- The primary purpose of this study was to tegies.as expressedinhismessages, weredescribe aid evaluate the preachingof Dr. closely aligned to the attitudes of Tennesseans.David H. C. Read on the program"The Na- The incumbent's ethos was perceived ashighly tional Radio Pulpit," sponsored by theNational favorable. Baker's role as an incumbent signifi- Council of Churches of Christ. cantly aided him in his re-election effort. The first factor responsible forRead's success was his superbeducation. He studied English literature under the illustriousHerbert Alexander. Joseph C, Jr.The MonsikedcdGrierson at Daniel Stewart's College atEdin- Theory and Practice of James T. Cleland.burgh, was the recipient of ascholarship at Ohio U (School of InterpersonalCommuni- Montpellier. Strasbourg, and Paris, and com- cation). pleted his theological studies atNew College, his five year The purpose of this dissertation was tode- Edinburgh. The second factor was and internment in German P.O.W. campswhere scribe and analyze the homiletical theory and preaching practice of James T. Cleland whoserved ashe faced the challenge of writing to desperate men. The thirdfactor was his ex- Professor of Preaching and Dean of theChapel the first in the Divinity School of Duke Universityforperience as a church pastor and as chaplain at the University of Edinburgh.The over twenty-five years. withfinal factor was the pastorate of theMadison Sources of data induded interviews New York. Cleland. his written replies to anextensiveAvenue Presbyterian Church in questionnaire, the analysis of samplepublished Analysis of Read's rhetorical practices re- of prime and unpublished sermons, books, articles,andvealed that invention and style were lecture notes on homiletics as well asseveralimportance. He reads a wide varietyof books metropolitan recorded sermons. and periodicals and reads a daily A biographical chapter detailedhis familynewspaper. In addition he attendsplays, watches background, his religious growth, hiseduca- movies and television, and travelsextensively. philosophy atFrom his Bible study be takesprindples and tion. his teaching experience and of Amherst College and Duke DivinitySchool, hisapplies them to the complex problems preaching, and his related activities as lecturer,modern man. feels writer,and consultant onhomiletics and Read writes all of his sermons. He liturgics. Succeeding chapters describedCkland'sthat the discipline of writing makes apreacher oral interpretation of scripture and corporatesure he has done the necessarywork. He care- its prayer, creation of sermonswith a bifocal ap-fully chooses every word wdghing not only predation for the Biblical message andthemeaning, but whether it will balance the sen- contemporary situation, themeswhich under- tence.

172 172 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Bond, Wayne S.The RhetoricofBilly which prompted Commons toinquireinto Graham: A Description, Analysis, and Eva foreign policy were considered. Which indi- anon. Southern Illinois U (Speech). viduals participated as critics of the foreign The purpose of this study was to describe,policy were determined. The speeches made by analyze, and evaluate the speaking of Billythose who opposed the foreignpolicy were Graham. The scope of the study was limited toexamined in order to discern what ideas they an analysis of Graham's more recent ideas anddeveloped in supporting their positions. The effectsofthe proposals assetforthinhis writings and debates upon theministry's sermons. foreign policy were considered. The descriptive level of the study included The results of the study revealed certain dis- biographical and historical material as extrinsic tinct patterns in regards to the situationthat factors in the criticism of Graham's public calledforth the debates,the individuals in address. The analysis of Graham's ideas at-the House who were critics of the foreign policy, and the arguments presented by these tempted to determine what the speaker askedindividuals. It men to do and believe and how he attempted was also observed that the in- to gain assent. quirks were unsuccessful in bringing aboutany In arriving at an evaluation of his discourse, changes in the policy. the following questions were applied to Gra- Cooky, Frank H. A Rhetorical Analysis of the ham's advocacy: What are Graham'sassump- tions about man and society? What does Graham Sermons of Dr. David Elton Trueblood. Bowl- perceive to be the issues and tensions of the ing Green State I *Speech). times? What are Graham's propositions/strate- David Elton Trueblood is professorat large gies for dealing with the tensions of the times?at Earlham College, Richmond, Indiana. As What methods of support does Graham utilizefounder and president of YokefellowsInter- inthe development of his propositions? Tonational, he is a widely known writer and what extent is Graham a "cutting edge" in speaker. Protestantism? What is Graham's influenceon The methodology employed includedthe contemporary evangelism? traditional canons of rhetoric, a biographical The final chapter of the study positedcon- sketch,histheories on preaching, and his clusions in answer to the six questions. Asa mode of speech preparation. The studywas result of his rhetoric, Billy Graham has becomebased upon interviews with Trueblood and his one of the most popular figures of twentieth-associates, his personal file (1920-1972), publi- century religion, and his evangelistic speakingcations, and correspondence. has become a phenomenon of this century. The inquiry revealed Truebloodas a Quaker, Yokcfcllow,theologian,philosopher,anda Choy, Timothy Y. C. A Rhetorical Study ofpreacher. He reflected his precepts and ethical Parliament's Attempts to Inquire Into Britishprofile by preaching with a genuineconcern ForeignPolicy During 1832.1865. Pennsyl-for others. His mole of speaking isextempor- vania State U (Speech Communication). aneous. Trueblood's arrangement indicated thorough The purpose of this study was to discoverpreparation. There was no definitepattern ex- what rhetorical patterns, if any, existed in thehibited toward the parts of a speech. His House of Common concerning British foreign sermons characterized his awareness of the value policy during 1832-1865, and if such patternsof audience contact. He provided variety inan did existtodescribe, analyze, and evaluateorderly manner. them. The inventive characteristics of Trueblood The inquiries selected as the basis for theindicated he relied heavily upon source credi- study were the debate on Cutler Fergusson'sbility, but he used logic, and toa lesser extent, motion of July 9, 1833, regarding the Polishemv lonal proof. His sermons promoted the policy; the debate on John Arthur Roebuck'sectito,nical movement of the Christian faith. motion of June 20. 1830, concerning the Don Figurative language was utilized to enhance Padfico Affair in Greece; the debateon Ben-the audience's understanding. Narrations, de- jamin Disraeli's motion of May 24, 1855, in- scriptions, definitions, comparisons, andcontrasts volving peace in the Crimea; and the debatewere Trueblood's primary tools through which on Richard Cobden's motion of February 26, he presented vivid images of his thoughts and 18.57, on the Arrow Affair in China. ideas. Each inquiry was established in its historical His authoritative yet pleasing, dignified. and perspective. The circumstances and conditionssincere image indicated his interest in others.

173 ABSTRACTS OF noctokm. DISSERTATIONS 173 Ihe naturalness of his delivery, and his ex- Through content analysis it was learned that cellent memory, aided his image as a good(1) seventeen themes and 108 ideas are pro- man speaking well. jected on the broadcast by Bast. Of these, five themes andthirty-sixideasdominatethe Curds, Alan Morris.Political Speechwriting sermons. (2)Bast's messages possess a distinc- ("Ghostwriting") In the Nixon Adman/ma-tively %donned doctrinal emphasis. a primary tion, 1968-1972: Implications for Rhetoricalaim of the broadcast. (3) The sermons com- Criticism 4 of Southern California (Speechmunicate a two-fold message re-enforcing the Communication). dual purpose of the program: the evangelization of the lost and the instruction of the saved. (4) The purposes of this study were: (1) To de- Bast explains the revealed Word of God con- termine the existence and general nature oftaining the gospel of salvation in Jesus Christ. speech writing ("ghostwriting") among presi-(111) He preaches doctrines familiar to funda- dents of the United States, especially recent ones. mental Christianity in the United States. (6) A in order to establish background and context as positive-redemptive approach is employed in a basis of comparisons between these formerthe sermons rather than a negative-condemna- presidents and Richard M. Nixon. (2) To de- tory approach. (7) The appeals of responsibili- scribeNixon'spoliciesandpracticesregu- ties and rewards are utilized to encourage be- lating the use of speechwriting in presidentiallievers infaith and practice.(8) The meta- speeches, 1968-1972. (3) To evaluate the chal-physical doctrines of Christianity are alarmed lengespeechwritingpresentsforrhetorical in the sermons. (9) The messages do concern scholars of future presidential addresses. national and international moral and religious The principal research technique was per- issues but they do not concern political or sonal interviews with six Nixon speechwriters.social issues of the time. (10) The sermons are An attempt was made to review all relevant orientedtothegeogrsphicalandpolitical publishedmaterials.Intheinterviewsthe compositions of the audiences. writer explored the speechwriters' work from thc President's initial request through intervening steps up to the time of delivery. Derryberry, Bobby R. Senator Robert S. Kerr's Data from the interviews were compared Conservation Rhetoric. Uof Missouri with information from other sources to deter- (Speech and Dramatic Art). mine the reliability and validity of the an- The purpose of this study was to examine swers given by the interviewees, particularly Kerr's development as a speaker and conserva- since the "Watergate Affair" uncovered muchtionist, analyze the values that motivated his apparent information-withholding on the panspeaking for conservation, determine the con- of selected White House personnel. The appli-servation objectives that dominated his rhetoric, cation of these tests indicated that the speech-review his principal methods of persuasion, writers answered with frankness and a desire to and distinguish the characteristic features of his provide a realistic and accurate account of their style. duties and responsibilities. The data resulting Manuscript* of Kerr's speeches from the Kerr from the interviews were then synthesized toCollection at the University of Oklahoma Li- provide a descriptive account of the 'Writingbrary and his speeches in the Congressional andResearchDivision"withintheWhiteRecord were studied. Reactions to Kerr were House. gathered from newspapers, periodicals, and interviews with Ken's associates. Classical and Dalebout, Jacoba.Tbesnadc-Ideadonal Study contemporary sources on persuasion were con. of Selected Sermons of Dr. Henry Bast on the Temple Time Radio Broadcast. U of Mehl-suited. Kerr's rhetoric affected conservation through- pn (Speech Communication and Theatre).out the nation. Besides developing Oklahoma's The purposes of the study were to discoverresources, he was the dominant influence in de- the themes and ideas projected on the Templeveloping the Arkansas River. He led the Senate Time broadcast, to ascertain the relationship ofin planning for the nation's future water de- the messages to the denominational standardsvelopment. As chairman of the Select Com- and creeds, to delineate the nature, purposes,mittee on National Water Resources, he di- and extent of the Temple Time program, andrected national attention to haul water needs to discover whether the messages are e orientedwhile calling for research and pollution abate- to the national and international audiences,anent. His pollution control measures were elk& climates, and blues. tive in motivating cities to decrease pollution

174 174 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION by constructing sewage facilities. His concept of violate God's law. This traditional position was basinwide development of rivers has becomeaccepted almost without public challenge until the basis for the nation's subsequent river de-about 1963. Then a "liberal" position emerged, velopment. and from that date a debate has raged within In his spokesmanship, Kerr showed allegiancethe Church. Since the debate is incompletely to the values of wealth, political success.re- understood, this study seeks a fuller under- ligion. future generations, and quality of life. standing. His strategiesincluded his own credibility, The traditional method of rhetorical criti- utilisationofvalueconcepts,factualdata,cism, inspired by Aristotle, is applied to the ridicule, and power. He demonstratedthatdebate. Examined are twenty centuries of ef- persuasion and coercion must not be viewedforts to persuade a series of audiences. The asdichotomies.Stylistically,Kerr's speakingstudy undertakes an analytical, historical, and represented the oratory that characterized thecritical investigation of the opposing positions, late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. the arguments advanced to support them, and the factors that contributed to shaping those arguments. Due*, Michael T.Neither North Nor South: The Rhetoric of Confrontation, Compromise The traditional teaching was developed in contexts that made prohibition of contraception and Reaction in Kentucky, 1833-1868 Indianaalmost inevitable, but significant developments U (Speech). In the theology of marriage, in the Church. and Historical accounts offer widely varying in-in society have created a situation where the terpretations of the role of Kentucky in the teaching is deprived of substantial parts of its Civil War. This study is an attempt to clarifytheological and sociological underpinning. Hence the role of Kentucky in the war by examiningliberals conclude that change is compatible the premises on which political leaders in thewith the genuine sense of tradition, butconser- state built their advocacy of policies dealingvatives contend that change is impossible. with slavery, secession, and Union. It concludes Given the premises accepted by both sides. that Whig and Democratic politicians followed the conservatives prevailed since they convinced the model of Henry Clay, treating Union asthe Pope, the primary audience. However, pre- their highest priority, but insisting that Unionwinding from the Pope's authority, the liberals depended upon negotiated compromhe amongprevailed logically and rhetorically. They won the states and the federal government. all the major arguments from Scripture,tra- Although Whigs and Republicans heatedlydition, and from logical/theological reasoning. accused Kentucky Democrats of secessionism,They also developed a rhetoric demonstrating Democratic politicians consistently denounced that liberalization would be compatible with disunion, using a rationale closely parallelinggenuine Christiantradition and would not that of the Whigs. A clear majority of thenecessarily lead to the evil consequencespre- state's voters, and virtually all successful poli-dicted. The liberals adequately account for all ticians supported Union before and during thevariables, whereas the Pope and conservatives war. At the end of the war, however, disillusionleave questions unanswered and inconsistencies over Radical Reconstruction and military ex- unresolved. canes in the state caused an anti -North reaction. The Pope, acting as advocate as well as final Between 1865 and 1868, Unionist rhetoric inarbiter in the debate, failed to convince major Kentucky yielded to a persuasion which ex-segments ofhisCatholicconstituency and pressed a deep sense of betrayal by the North human society. and a strong emotion of sympathy with the South. Planinpas, Carl D.Complementary Images: The Oft Year Election Campaigns of Richard Erhart, Joseph F. The Birth Control Debate Nixon in 1964 and Spiro Agnew in 1970. in the Roman Catholic Church. U of Pitts- Purdue V (Communication). burgh (Speech and Theatre Arts). This study examined Vice Presidents Nixon Until the twentieth century, birth controland Agnew's rhetorical behavior in the 1954 was considered immoral by most religiousand 1970 off-year elections. Both men functioned leaders. By the 1930's opposition to birth con-as spokesmen for their parties in these elec- trol was generally abandoned. A major excep-tions. with their Presidents at least initially tionis the Catholic Church, which teachesavoiding active campaigning. Since the Republi- officiallythatmost contraceptiveprocedures can Party experienced relatively small losses for

175 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 175 a party in the White House during an off -year ducted with Godwin and his staff.Original election in both cases, the study asked whethermanuscripts of speeches were secured. The the compktnesstaty rhetorical behavior of thespeeches were analyzed aconting to the ac- Vice Presidents might have been influential in cepted Aristotelian priniples of logical, emo- communicatingtheirparty'simagetothe tional, and ethical proof. public. By conspietnencaly, the study referred Godwin's reasoningisbasically sound. He to behavior in which gaps within a definableutilizes enthymemes and completely stated syl- set of images and functions were filled. The logisms;ms; however, he fails to provide the neces- study examined whether Nixon and Agnew filled sary evidence to support his arguments. such gaps in Presidents Eisenhower and Nixon's Godwin's choke of words and composition images. indicate a better understanding of the issues The study conducted both extrinsic and in-and the audiences than the average political trinsic examinations. Extrinsically, gaps in Pres-speaker. His style does not achieve the clarity idential images with regard to Congress, theof Franklin Roosevelt nor the beauty of Adlai Republican Party, and the people were dis- Stevenson. cussed. Intrinsically, five speeches by each Vice Godwinpossesses adynamicallypowerful President were studied to see if gaps were filledvoice that he uses to full advantage. His voice in the areas of issues, value-orientations, andhas that rare quality of making average con- stylistic features. tent seem strong. He makes an excellent appear- It was concluded that Nixon complementedance, has above average content, and with his Eisenhower's non-partisan. above-campaign- superior voice he must be rated very high politics, moderate position. Nixon's partisan-among political speakers. He used public speak- ship, aggressive campaign oratory, and emphasis ing as his primary tool to persuade the voters on conservative issues allowed him to appeal of Virginia. to conservative Republicans who had supported The Governor won his contest by a plurality Senator Taft in 1952. Agnew similarly extendedof 57,000 votes over his Republican opponent, Nixon Administration appeals to conservativesLinwood Holton. His administration altered the and laborers. However, Nixon's entry into thecourse of government in Virginia. and he may campaign, taking the same positions. obscuredagain occupy the=Waltfor he is seeking any complementary role for Agnew. the governship in 1973.

Glenn, Ethel C.Rhetorical Strategies In theHollenbach, James B. The Political Speaking 1972 Democratic Nontinating Process. U of of Roscoe Conkling of New Yogi. Ohio U Texas (Speech Communication). (School of Interpersonal Conimunicadon). The study is a rhetorical analysis a. the 1972 The purpose of this study was to examine campaign for the Democratic nomination forand describe the political speaking of Roscoe the Presidency. The candidates' positions on the Conkling of New York. United States Congress- four chief issues, party reform and populism,man (1859-1862; 1865.1867) and United States the Vietnam war, busing, and the national Senator ( 1867. 1881). While twenty-five Ozolding economy, are examined. The campaign tech-speeches were analyzed the primary concern of niques of the principle contenders throughthe study was an in-depth investigation of several state primaries and the National i.am-Conkling's campaign speech "Grant and His vendee in Miami Beach in July, 1972, are dis- DefamersDeeds Against Words," delivered on cussed. Conclusions are drawn about the signifi-July 23, 1872, at Cooper Union, New York. cance of issue orientation and campaigning on All description, analysis, Interpretation, and the nomination outcome. evaluation of Conkling's speaking was determined on the basis of two methodologies. Ex- Graeber, Max C. A Rhetorical Analysis of the ternalfactors surroundingthe speech were Campaign Speaking of Mills Godwin Jr., fordetermined by historical methodology. Internal Governor of Virginia, 1965. Bowling Greenexamination of the speeches was founded on the commonalities of clinical rhetorical than, ex- State U (Speech). pressed by Aristotle,Cicero, and Quindlian The study of Mills Godwin's campaign forand reinterpreted and expanded by twentieth- Governor of Virginia included historical and century rhetorical theorists. biographicalmatters,politicalconsideradons, Roscoe Conkling received minimal training and seven selected speeches representing M-in oratory. If he developed, perfected, and reining audiences. Personal interviews were con-corded a particular theory of chaotic. no copy

176 176 111111.10(sRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION remainstoday.Nevertheless, examinationof Johnson, Robert C.Kinsey, Christianity, and his speeches revealed that he dearly applied Sex: A Critical Study of Reaction in Amen- certain laws of rhetorical theory to his speech can Christianity to the Kinsey Reports on making. Within the July 23, 1872, address, as Human Sexual Behavior. U of Wiseman within all Conk ling speeches, were signs that (Coununication Arts). he used ethical, emotional, and logical proof The two "Kinsey Reports" on human male to establish the acceptibility, if not the truth. and female sexual behavior, published in 1948 of his assertions. and 1953 respectively, generated a large body Roscoe Conk ling's use of rhetorical order was of comment which was indicative of Christian consistent. His language style was correct, clear, thought on sex and the scientific study of man. %JO!, and forceful. Conk ling picared his ad This study examines the argumentation which dresses carefully. He committed most.ifnot constituted that controversy. identifying issues all, of his speeches to memory. His delivery was of challenge Kinsey presented to the church effective, in part, because of his commanding and the rhetorical strategies Christians employed presence, graceful gesture. excellent vocal cone in response to those issues. Source materials in- trol, and forceful but deliberate speech. clude sermons, essays. symposia dtapters, and books writtenby Christiansinreactionto [brie, A. Dale.U.A.W. Convention Speaking Kinsey. 1955.1960. Wayne State V (Spe!eh Communi- Kinsey's challenge lay both in his facts and his cation end Theatre). interpretations. His data showed widespread sexual"misbehavior," wide diversityinsex Since the designated Wayne State patterns, and an extensive cultural relativism University Archives asitsofficialrepository, extendinginto AmericanChristianityItself. important historical collections have been ac- Kinsey interpreted the data from a biological quired continually. Found to be of interest to perspective which regarded man as a highly de- the student of speech are documents which re- veloped animal whosebehaviorreflectshis flect the significanca.rt labor speaking as an mammalian background, experience with past institution of American public address. stimuli, and socialrestrictions on behavior. In tracing the development of U.A.W. speak- Kinsey indicted the Christian tradition as the ing it was found the 1955.1960 period was sig- source of harmful sex mores, laws, and attitudes. nificant for defining policies which would de- Christians were divided on the value of the termine the nature and role of the union dur reports and the effects of their public circu- ing subsequent decades. Important challenges lation. Several revised their Christian view of hadto be confronted including the A.F.L. -sex. At the philosophical level Christians re- C.I.O. merger, senatorial investigations of cor- jected Kinsey's biological presuppositions,in- ruption, and concentrated political oppositionsisting that man is qualitatively unique among emerging from Taft-Hartley and state right- animals: man isrational,free, and morally to-work laws. Labor leaders, political personal- responsible. Some theologians critiqued Kinsey's ities, and clergymen were instrumental in stimu- application of natural- cadence assumptions. The lating ideational growth. Tbairstudy cites thirty- controversy thus appeared to involve a profound two addresses in terms of their expressed con- clash at the philosophical level and indicated cerns and the strategic appeals employed to that the apparent peace between contemporary impart motivating concepts to convention dele- behavioral 'dente and Christianity may be less gates. Several related conference speeches are profound than it appears. included. Use is made of both oral and written transcripts. Rhetoric*: Approaches employed by speakers are noted, along with analytical sum-App, James F. The Rhetorical Reaction to Attica: Social Rhetoric and the Symbolic maries and concluding observations. EMIL U of ifililleastO (speech communi. The survey indicated that a study of convention speaking provides insight into labor union cation). perspectives regarding its leadership, political This rhetorical criticism studies the rhetoric sentiments, prejudices, and current crises. To surrounding the 1971 prison revolt at New the speech student there is value in experienc- York's Attica State Prison. The study views ing the public address of prominent Americans rhetorical discourse as a rhetorical community's from varied disciplines as they speak in asharing of perspective. Through their rhetoric, working convention context rather than a 0011 communities of understanding and reaction trived setting wt ere the speech is an end in form, celebratetheir commonality, interpret Itself. the events around them, reinforce their cons- 177 ABS I RAC 14, O DoCTORAI. DISSERTATIONS 177

&flunky perspective, and justify their common It was called the "Park of Palestine." Its popu- action. This project focuses onAttica as aland- larity aided the establishment of a permanent mark event and studies the diverse rhetoric that Chautauqua. Other techniques were illustrated lands, gave Attica social tneaning. lectures, simulatedtravelstoforeign Pan I explains the method, based on sym- animated displays. specialized museums, a chil- bolic motive and building on the work ofdren's newspaper, an Innovativeclassroomde- Burke and the symbolic interactionIsts. The sign, and self-guided instruction. Chautauqua Community'srhetoricplacesthelandmark pioneered much of what is now called itutruc- event within the context of the motive,giving clonal technology. Chautauqua encouraged ex- the event meaning. influencing response to the pansion of the tools of the solo speaker in front event, and providing material for reinforcement of an audience. Chautauqua stressed self-activity of the motive. as a part of the instructional process. Part II develops four of the fourteen motives The appendices contain two speeches given isolated in the study. The four discussions the at the pioneer Chautauqua before the turn of rhetoric of the supporters of prison reform. the the century: a contemporary, 1971, Chautauqua suppotten of radical revolution, those who en-program, and a tape-slide presentation con- vision a broad revolutionary conspiracy, and taining views of the old and present Chautau- the supporters of law and orderhighlight thequa with recordings and recreations of speeches strategies through which the rhetoric enacts and statements. Itis an experiment in the Attica to give the event meaning in terms of visual presentation of materials in a disserta- the motive. - tion. Part III delineates some of the common char- There is reason to believe that the past and acteristics of the four enactments studies in presentChautauqua could be a model forthe Pan II, and summarizes the study. use of our increasing leisure time. If Chautau- qua ceased to exist we would have to reinvent it. Malcolm, John Philip. An Historical Investi- gation of, and a Visual Supplement to, theMcLeod, Marian B. A Rhetorical Study of the Educational Innovations of the Chautauqua Published Speedses of Sir Robert Menzies on Institution in the Late Nineteenth Century. the Suez Canal Crisis in 1956. Pennsylvania Syracuse U (Speech Education), 1972. State U (Speech Communication). The purpose of this study was to document The purpose of the study was to examine the some of the unique and important contributions traditioninMenzies' six published speeches which the Chautauqua Institution at Chautau- on the crisisdelivered between August 13, qua. New York made to American educationin 1916 and July 8. 1957, to discover the nature the late nineteenth century. of his rhetorical strategies and to determine " Chatauqua" is a word to which many mean- whether he chose the best available options. ings have been attached: a lake in western New Principal conclusions from the rhetoricalan- York State: traveling tent shows; a home study alysesare:Menzies customarily employed a course: a summer colony built around a pro- problem-solving arrangement. A strong central gram of religion, culture, education, and seam- themeandcreative use of digressions typified don. his address. Menzies developed ethical proof This historicalstudy concentrated on thisby citing his own authority as lawyer,prime lastnamed Chautauquathe Institution on minister, international statesman: by revealing Chautauqua Lake in Chautauqua. New York. his opponent's untrustworthiness: by building Chautauqua wiU beone hundred years ofethical proof for Britain. In unreservedly prais- age in 1974. and stillfifty thousandpeople visit ing Britain's non-consultation and intervention annually to hear sermons, lectures, concerts, he distorted the impression of his sagacity. and take advantage of its setting for recreation. Menzies built emotionalproof by seekingto Much of the program seems commonplaceto- arouse feelings of national pride, moralindig- day. but in 1fl74 it was quite novel. nation. and concern for economic well-being. Chautauquapioneered insummer schools. In neglecting to differentiate Australia's mer- universityextension,audio-visualtechniques. cantile interests from Britain's strategic, Po- and correspondence instruction. Within these litical,and economic interests he showed poor efforts were a number ofinnovative tedusiques. adaptation to Australians. One specific technique was the one of a half Menzies' argumentative strengths lay in stra- acre of ground for an outdoorrelief snap as tegiesof analysis and exposition, use of :legal supplementation to a class inBible geography. evidence, and refutation of opposingideas.

178 178 111111.10(;RAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION

Weaknesses were related to his failureto assess Miller, Joseph C. A Study of the Speakingof how injuriousnationalization had beento Albert Benjamin Chandler. Southern Illinois Australian trade. and to estimate the possible U (Speech). (item of a ream to force. Menzies' style was clear, forceful, direct, and Albert Benjamin "Happy" Chandlerwas cal- marked by apt use of wit and sarcasm. Strategies led the last of the courthouse speakers.Gov- ernor of Kentucky twice, twice elected and ofantithesis,balance,parallelism,rhetorical once question, and restatement were apposite. appointed to the United States Senate.and High Commissioner of major league In most cases Menzies' strategies baseball, were theSenator Chandler addressed the UnitedStates best he could have chosen andwere nearlySenate on April 16 and May 17, 1943, always helpful to him in accomplishing concern- his ing strategic war priorities. Thesespeeches were purpose. He must be judged a superior speaker.the focus of this dissertation. The critical approach of this study, tailored Merritt, Floyd F.William F. Buckley, Jr«to the speaking of Albert Benjamin Chandler, had its base in the writings and lectures Spokesman for Contemporary AmericanCon- of Dr. servatismA aassicalWeaverian RhetoricalEarl E. Bradley. Ernest Wrage'sconcept of Analysis. Ohio State U (SpeechCommuni- rhetoric as an intellectual history of ideaswas cation). influential in the formulation of thecritical method. The stud) utilized criticalapparatus devel- The critical process followed in thisstudy oped from classical rhetorical theoryand the was: identification of the tensions, identification rhetorical theory of Richard M. Weaverto an-of the issues involved, isolation of thespeaker's alyze selected rhetorical efforts of WilliamF. propositions, and a study of the speaker'sargu- Buckley, Jr. The main events, personalities,and ments. issues from 1930.1972 were discussedto present The manner with which the speaker dealt the historical setting for theresurgence of con- with the tensions of the persuasive situatkatwas temporary American conservatism and to identi- used as the measure of the effectiveness ofhis fy the major conservative-liberal issues.Buck- speaking. The kind of changes whichthe ley's background was analyzedto determine thespeaker proposed and those which he opposed nature and extent of five major influencesoa were taken as a measure of his assumptions and his lift:: home and family, education,religion, as an index to his concept of the ethics and associates, and professional experience.Criteriapolitics of society. developed from Weaver's "noble lover"concept Senator Chandler's speaking in the Senatein was used to analyze Buckley's ethos; his "hier- 1943 was the first occasion of legislativeopposi- archy of topics" was used to analyzefour se-tion to the Allied strategies prioritiesin World lected rhetorical efforts of Buckley;and theWar IL With these speeches he drewthe at- same four speeches were analyzed for Buckley's tention and concern of the entirefree world use of God, devil, and charismaticterms andand successfully asserted the prerogativeof the for his ability to actualize. United States Senate to influence foreignpolicy The study revealed the following:(1) Bud:- decisions. ley's ideology is consistent with themajor influences on his life. (2) Hemeets the criteria Moore, Linda Irwin. The RhetoricalSubsume enunciated for Weaver's "noble lover."(3) There is a predominant configuration of and Strategies in the Dispute Between Cali- arguments fornia Table Grape Vineyard Owners and in Buckley's speeches. He argued primarily the from United Vann Workers Organizing Committee: definition in its various forms. He seldomad- 1965.1970. Kent State U (Speeds). vanced causual arguments and leastfrequently of all utilised the argument fromcircumstances. The purpose of this studywas to determine (4) Buckley regularly used godterms to makeand describe the rhetorical substance andrhe- America and iu political, economic,and re-torical strategies used by the United Farm ligious institutions and traditionsattractive toWorkers Organizing Committee (UFWOC) and his audience and devil termsto make any com-their prime opponents, vineyardowners, in a peting ideas or systemrepugnant. (6), Althoughdispute over California tablegrape contracts. Buckley is often hindered byhisvocabulary The methodology used consisted of defining and style In his attempts to actualize,he isterminology, collecting data about the dispute, sometimes very effective at arousing theciao- and applying definitions to data collected.list. dons through actualisadon. serial was collected through personal inter- 179 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 179 The Rhetoric of the views with some participants in the disputeand Nelson, Jeffrey Arthur. through printed data gathered on aresearch 1896 and 1900 Republican PresidentialCam- trip to California and at several libraries. paigns. U of Michigan (Speech Cosnmunica- dm and Theatre). Alter applying the definitions ofrhetorical subsume (issues around whichthe dispute It was the purpose of the study to describe cenierc.d) and argument (those supported state- and analyze the persuasive efforts employedby ments which served asconclusions as to whyWilliam McKinley and his followers inat- issues should be accepted), the studyconcluded tempting to gain voter support for presidential that UFWOC supported one issue inthe dis- candidate McKinley in 1896 and 1900. A com- pute: union recognition.The issue was ad- parison of the 1896 and 1900 G.O.P.campaigns vanced through five arguments. The rhetoricalwas made in order to shed light onthe thinking strategies used by UFWOC included attemptsof the McKinley forces in choosing anddevelop- to urge growers tosign contracts, persuade ing particular persuasive techniques andadapt- workers to strike. and convince consumers toing them to similar, or changed, circumstances. boycott the purchase of grapes. Severaltactics Through careful consideration of the settings were used to accomplish these goals. for the campaign rhetoric, efforts toinfluence opposition argued that UFWOC should notnews coverage, the choiceof campaigners to be recognized and supported that issuewith communicate with the American voters,and four arguments. Union opposition engagedinclose attention given to the planning and crea- counter-strategies by attempting to convince tion of campaign messages, the McKinleyforces themselvesnottosigncontracts,persuade attempted to win over the American voters. workers not to strike, and convince consumers The evidence compiled suggests that the Mc- not to boycott grapes.. Kinky organization was a well-disciplined political group capable of putting pastrhetorical exper:encts to good use by evaluating those %livers, Stacy C. Howard H. Baker, Jr.: A Rhet- expel.ences, then deciding whetherrepetition oricofLeadership.SouthernIllinois Uof the tactics employed in the experienceswould (Speech). be helpful in selling its presidentialcandidate to the people. Tactics believed tobe successful The purpose of this study was to discoverwere employed again andagain in efforts to the persuasive strategies used by Howard H.win the allegiance of the American voters.On Baker, Jr. during the 1966 and 1972 campaignsthe other hand, the Rpublican candidateand for the United States Senate as shown by anhis forces did maintain a flexibility thatallowed examination of interviews and periodicals trac-them to vary their tactics when a more effective ing the speaking and related activities duringpersuasive technique was thought to be possible, the campaigns. or differing circumstancessuggested a change The focus of this study was first, to determine in approach. and examine the sociopolitical tensions existing during the period of time from 1964.1966 in Tennessee; second, to enunciate the issues that Potter, Larry L. The Speaking ofpones IL were predonsinate 1n the 1964. 1966. and1972 Sohn A Descriptive Analysis ThroughRho- elections: and third, to enunciate the persuasive micaPerspective,SouthernIllinois U strategies of Howard H. Baker. Jr. in his cam- (Speech). paign for the United States Senate in 1964, The Speaking of James H. Smith asExecu- 1966, and 1972. tive Sectary of the Illinois StateBaptist As- Baker read the tensions of the time and re- sociation is readily recognized as the product prominent tended accordingly. He faced the of a man, his denomination, ma hisoffice. This issues of the day and offered positive solutions. about where a'study, after stating certain assumptions He achieved credibility in a state rhetoric and public address, attempts to 4asswer Republican had never been elected to a state- he questions: (1) What is the functionof the wide office. In his first years in the senate heOffice of the Executive Secretary hs theIllinois narrowly lost the election for minority leader Baptist State Assodatlon? (2) How doesSaadi of that body to a veteran senator. He is de-view his Me as Executhe Secretary andwhat scribed by his mileages in the senateas are the rhetoricalimplications of his view? (3) "Wm:NW "energetic," "a manwith hates&What are Smith's private and/or public re- appeal and ability, and "one of the most ar-sponses to selected contemporaryImes? (4) articles ticulate senators serving today." What does an examination of selected

180 180 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION and speeches by Smithrevealinterms offounding statements, dramatic confrontations, themes. propositions, and arguments. the latter agitationalliterature, and other "representa- two elements having to do with what he askstive anecdotes" as well as ceremonial rhetoric, men to do and how he attempts to effect per- The bulk of the dissertation was a case-study suasion? (5) NVhat are some major effects of hisanalysis of two periods of social upheaval in speaking and what contributed to his effective-recent American history:the19:40's and the ne.s? (6) What does this study reveal. as rhe- 1060's, toricalassessment, about Smith's ethicalas- sumptions. about his view of man. and aboutRatcliffe, Ivan E.Mark Hatfield, A Good how he attempts to adapt to the circumstances Man Speaking Well. SouthernIllinois U of a given speech situation? (Speech). While the six chapters of the study deal with The purpose of this dissertation was to de- these questions by way of introduction, develop- scribe,analyze. and evaluatetherhetorical ment, and specificconclusions, chapter foureffectiveness of Senator Mark Hatfield in the discusses Smith's approach to preparation andsenatorial campaign of 1966 and in his actions delivery, his preaching and Bible tear's;ng, andand public speaking through June, 1970, by also describes his position and discusses histesting his position on the issues and hispo- conceptsasreflectedinhisadministrative liticalactions interms of the "Good-Man" spokesmanship and selected issues. theory of rhetoric. An historical resume of the "Good-Man" Purnell, Sandra E.Rhetorical Theory, Socialtheory provides historical perspective. The study Values, and Social Change: An Approachtoincludes an examination of "Good-Man" in RhetoricalAnalysisofSocialMovements American society today as found in speechtexts V4'ith Case Studies on the New Deal and theand from a review of speech criticismas it con- New Left. U of Minnesota (Speech COGIcerns the political leader in American society. munication). A biographical analysis of Mark Hatfieldpre- sentsselected This thesis defines the rhetorical structure datato determine whythis of social change through analysis of the politician maintained his particular positionon value the issues involved. An examination is made of premises employedin characteristicrhetoricselected speeches from 1964 to 1970 which in- and through application of Burkeanconcepts clude pre- and post-senatorial electioncam- including acceptance, rejection, causistic stretch- paign speeches to define the rhetorical situation. ing. andidentification. Social movementis The speaker's ethics were revealed by the viewed as a public drama. oran extended rhe- issues he supported. The things which he asked torical transaction between competingsystems of order and a mass audience. In thi.t men to do were viewed in light of the principles system, of the "Good-Man" theory of rhetoric. rhetorical analysis becomes the discoveryand As a interpretation of the implied value premisesprofessional politician, Senator Hatfield accepted which support the old order and the the responsibility of being a "Good-Man" in competingkeeping with Quintilian'steaching. He also value premises associated with variousmovement followed the precepts of a person "speaking groups. The critic attempts to explainthe processes by which the old values are graduallywell." The "Good--Man" standard for evalua- replaced by the new. Rhetoric becomes ting an orator was acceptable in classical times. theThis study revealed that it is just as applicable study of subconscious or semiconsciousforces today. Where there is that are adapted, applied, molded, shared, free interchange, the and"Good-Man speaking well" is just as important warred over by the old order and risingcounter- forces. to the well-being of society today as hewas in classical Rome or Greece. Enthymeme analysis was adaptedto the study of movements through two processes: viewing Rudolph, Harriet J. A Rhetorical Analysis of the enthymeme's "missing premise"as a value or postulate held by the audience which made Robert F. Kennedy's University Addresses in the message South Africa, June,1966. Ohio State U both coherent and persuasive, (Speech Communication). and establishing a method for selecting"key statements"tobe subjectedto enthymeme The purpose of this study was to evaluate analysis. The key statements of the oldorderrhetorically the epideictic speaking of Senator were sought in ceremonial or ritualisticmes- Robert F. Kennedy ha South Africa in June of sages directed to believers while the dissidents' 1966. During his brief visit to that country be key statements were sought in constitutionsor delivered addresses to four universities, Cape 181 aBSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 181 Town University on the evening of June 6th;above normal politicians. The legitimacy stage Stellenbosch University at noon of June 7th;lasted from Wisconsin to the California pri- Natal University at Durban the evening of Junemary. During that period the McGovern rhet- 7th: and 'Witwatersrand University at Johannes-oric portrayed a legitimate spokesman for the burg the evening of June 8th. Analysis of those New Politics who stoodforteal, profound four speeches as a means of evaluating Ken-change as manifested in his positions on welfare nedy's rhetorical performance on this occasionreform and defense spending. The participa- constituted the design of this study. tion stage occurred from California through Slaw Kennedy's rhetoricaltransactionsin the national convention. McGo7em was fea- South Africa conformed to the epideictic genre tured as the product of grass roots support of discourse, this study utilizes the methodologywhich reflected a new political center. recommended by Chaim Perelman andL. A fourth stage, penetration, emerged in Mc- Olbrects-Tytecaintheir volume The NewGovern's acceptance speech.It foreshadowed Rhetoric: A Treatise on Argumentation. Lloyd an emerging rhetorical strategy designed to re- Bitrer's -constraints" which impose limitationsunite Democrats under the "come home, Ameri- upon the speaker's effectiveness in achieving his ca" theme, which had potential to bridge some goal. were also used in this analysis to measureof the rhetorical problems created during stages Kennedy's efficacy in speaking. two and three, and maintain McGovern's in- The major findings of this study were: (1) tegrity espoused in stage one. Kennedy spoke responsibly in South Africa. His listeners perceived bins to be a man ofShields, Evelyn. A Rhetorical Analysis of the good moral character, sound judgment, and Anglo-Irish Treaty Issue in the Irish General goodwill. (2) Kennedy's epideictic speaking in Election Campaign of 1922 in the Twentysix South Africa was a demonstration of rhetoric Counties. L of Michigan (Speech Communi- Asprocess.This tourconstituted only one cation and Theatre). segment of a long-range campaign to gain acceptance of his value hierarchy. (3) The Perel- This study examined the rhetoric used by msn-Tyteca model provides the critic with an the two major Irish political Parties. the pro- effective instrument for measuring the effiicacyTreaty party and the Republican party, in of epideictic oratory. order to describe and analyze the particular pattern of interaction which existed and to evaluate the probable effect of these utter- Semlak, William Daniel. A Rhetorical Analy-ances on the outcome of the controversy. sis of George S. McGovern's Campaign for Speeches given by the political orators and the1972 Democratic Presidential Nomina-other source material which aided in the his- tion. U of Minnesota (Speech Communica-torical reconstruction and analysis of the con- tion). troversy were studied. From this investigation This study focuses on the rhetorical effortsan attempt was made to describe and evaluate involved in r.fcGoveztes attempt to gain the the particular pattern of rhetoric which existed. nomination. It explores the symbolic behavior The principal conclusions reached in the generated by McGovern and his opponentsstudy were:(1) The rhetorical efforts of the as reported in the public media. The studyspeakers fit into a two-pronged pattern in that describes the rhetorical behavior generated bythe Republican and Treaty wings of self-de- Carious sources, interprets its significance, and termination pursued somewhat different courses; makes an evaluation. yet these courses had in common the same end The analysisreli-as on a fantasy-rhetoricaland shared certain methods and ideas. (2) The vision methodology and on the Binder five-extremist image of the Republican speakers stage model of political development. operated negatively upon their ethos and limited The conclusionwas thatthe McGovern their possibilities for effectiveness. (3) The goals campaign underwent three stages of politicalof the Treaty orators had a greater likelihood development. Each stage crested a unique rhe-of success. Their methods and ideas demon- torical prol.lem and offered a clearly observablestrated an awareness of the values and ideas rhetoricalstrategythat emerged from Mc-of the audiences more so than that of the Re- Govern's New Populist rhetorical vision. ThepubliCan speakers and seemed more adapted Identity stage lasted from 11cGovenes announce- to the rhetorical possibilities of the time. (4) ment of candidacy through the Wisconsin pri-The Irishcase demonstrated therhetorical mary. During that period the NtGovern rhet-problems faced by political spokesmen who are oric portrayd a man of prindple who stoodmutually incompatible on the issue of political

1 8 2 182 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION self-determination. The likelihood is that the ory,style, and delivery. Answers to reseuch more conservative wing will triumph becausequestions relating to the slavery speeches are the majority of the populace are inclined to derived from the nature, composition, content, settle for immediate solutions, however limited. effectiveness, and interplay of these eight rhetorical factors as revealed by an examination of the speech texts and accounts and assess- Sproule, James Michael. The Case for a Wider ments of these speeches provided by Demon's War: A Study of the Administration Ra-contemporaries. tionale for Cemmitment to Vietnam, 1964- Between 1849 and 1858 Benton eliminated 1967. Ohio State U (Speech Communication). much of the condescending tone and content In focusing on the administration rationale which characterized his earlier speeches and for commitment to Vietnam 1964.1967, several practiced a much more direct, personal, and questions served to directtheresearch:(1) conciliatory rhetoric. The slavery speeches also What were the arguments justifying U.S. in- indicatethat Benton managed to overcome solvement? (2) What assumptions and beliefs some of the pedantry evident in earlier speeches underlay the case for commitment to Vietnam?on other subjects. Generally, the slavery speeches (3) To what extent was Vietnam policy defense arc characterized by clear organization, a style related to the rhetoric of the cold war?(4) modified to accommodate differing audiences, What judgments may be made about the fair-extensive evidence in support of arguments, and ness and accuracy of the administration argu-extensive use of emotional and ethical appeals mentation? designed to promote harmony and save the Results of analysis of foreign policy docu- Union. ments, individual memoirs, and an interview Benton's principalliability was his over- with Dean Rusk established that the experi- reliance upon his greatest asset, the use of a vast ences of World War II and the cold war con-array of facts in support of arguments. This verged to create a pattern of shared beliefsfactor clearly weakened his style and argument. based on the "lessons of the past." Johnson Ad- (Abstracted by Goodwin Berquist) ministration defense of Vietnam policy clearly rested on the inventory of beliefs, assumptions,Starr, Douglas Ferret, Ghostwriting in Govern- and language associated with the cold war. ment: A Lexical Analysis of Matched Pairs of Acting as advocates for a »articular interpreta- Speeches Ghostwritten for Florida Lieutenant tion of the Vietnam conflict, the policy makers Governor Tom Adams. Florida State U (Com- drew their defense of policy from analogies munication), 1972. based on the cold war political and rhetorical tradition. Arguing from aright - versus -wrong This study provided an analysis of the use stance,theadministrationreactednegatively of elements of style within ghostwritten speeches to criticism and disparaged both the argumentsby two ghostwriters who worked for Tom and motives of detractors. In taking such an Adams, one while he was secretary of state and absolutist position, the administration alienatedanother while he was lieutenant governor. segments of the educated public, thus helping Each of the twenty ghostwritten speeches to produce a campaign of war opposition. studied, matched by topic and audience, was subjectedtothese measures: Finch Reada- Stanton, Donal Junior.A Rhetorical Evaluability, Human Interest, and Level of Abstrat- tionofThomas HartBenton'sSlavery tion; Gunning Fog Index; Gillie Level of Ab- Speeches, 1844-1858. Ohio State U (Speechstrations; Adjective-Verb Quotient; Discomfort- Lommunication), 1972. ReliefQuotient;TensionMeasure;Active- Passive Ratio; Redundancy Measure of filler The purpose of this study was to examine thewords; and Self-Reference ComparisonData rhetoricalconcepts and practice of Senatorwere applied to the Wilcoxon (T) Matched- Thomas Hart Berton of Missouri as revealedPairs Signed-Ranks Teat to measure difference, by a study of his speeches on the slavery issueand to the Spearman (Rho) Rank Correlation between 1844 and 1858. Coefficient Test to measure relationship. The rationale and methodology of this study Significance resulted in thirteen per cent of are essentially neoclassical in nature. The re-the sixty lexical measures and statistical tests. search questions are derived largely from tra- The results were: (1) Except in eight very dis- ditional approaches to the three modes of proof:crete lexical measure', the sixty lexical measures ethos, pathos, and logos and the five classicaland statisticaltests failed in totality to dis- canons of rhetoric invention, disposition, mem- tinguish between the two ghostwriters. (2)It 183 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 183 is possible that the early journalistic trainingMcCarron, who served as a United States Senator of the two ghostwriters could account for the from 1933 to 1954. apparent similarity of style.(3) Whatever dif- The study concentrates on three issues: the ferences and relationships existed between the silver issue, the Supreme Court-packing issue, two ghostwriters could have existed by chance. the anticommunism issue. The Nevada Demo- (4) The ghostwriter does obscure the speakingcrat's speechmaking on and off the Senate floor style of his principal. (5) The ghostwriter does was analyzed, as well as other rhetorical forms, seekto influence the political attitudes andincluding: news media interviews, Senate re- speaking style of his principal. Therefore, theports, and public letters. The major collection rhetorical critic, instead of lamenting the pres-of McCarran's papers is located at the College ence of the ghostwriter, should include theof Holy Names in Oakland, California. ghostwriter in studies of public speakers who rely upon such assistance. NfcCarran was a leading silver advocate; he initiated and helped pass several silver price support laws. He worked with Senators Burton Trubey, Lillian P. The Public Speaking Ca- K. Wheeler and Joseph C. O'Mahoney to lead a rer of Ida M. Tarbell. Florida State Usuccessful attack on an Administration proposal (Geo mimic...iam), 1972. that would have added six new members to the Ida M. Tarbell was one of the first 'amuck- Supreme Court.McCarran's speech on the rakets," but during her lifetime she was al- Senate floor opposing this measure was the most most as widely known as a lecturer. From herdramatic and widely reported of his career. papers at Allegheny College and other refer- Although Joseph McCarthy's name is associated ences, occasions of over two hundred speecheswith the anti-communist activities of the early wereidentified.Manuscripts of twenty-eight 1930'sit was McCarron who was responsible of her speeches are available and were examinedfor the restrictive legislation of the period. It to find principal themes. was McCarron who was the staunchest advocate On the lecture platform she spoke of in-for and defender of these bills on the Senate dustrial subjects, the place of women in our floor. society, and Abraham Lincoln. Before colleges. clubs, and Allegheny alumni audiences. sheWilcox, James R.A Quantitative Content talked of her views on education and writing. Analysis Investigation of Selected Character- During the war she spoke for the Women's Wm of Analogies in Public Address. Purdue Committee of the National Defense Coun4.11, ad- U (Coarmtudcadon). vocating complete support for the conflict but calling for a method of eliminatir- war. She Designed to explicate empirically the con- consistently urged a form of democratic in- struct analogy as a public address phenomenon, dustrialism for the country. Although she was this study proceeded from an extensive analysis opposed to woman suffrage, she argued thatof uses of the term, defining analogy as a four- women should and could take their rightfulterm relation: A:B::C:D. Numerous symbolic place in modern society. forms, including models and metaphors, were Her speeches provide examples of the skilledidentified as analogy relationderivatives. A use of supporting material. She used all of the range of analogy functions, including organize. commonly designated forms of support, butdon ofclassificationschemes,symbolization, was particularly devoted to the use of illustra-and hypothesis formation suggest its broader don and comparison. The forms of support inplace in commundation theory than traditional her speeches were identified and quantativelyconcerns for rhetorical efrd. measured by line count. Forty-seven per cent A content analysis of five groups of fifteen of the content of her..7..aldses consisted of illustrations, testimony, statistics, and compari-speeches, each group drawn randomly with re- sons. The difficulty of using present-day lists placement from the 1966.67 volume of Vital of supporting materials as a basis for content Speeches, yielded 1,119 analogical assertions and the following oondusioon (1) More then one- analysis of speeches is discussed in the study. fifth of all paragraphs contained analogical assertions. (2) Four-fifths of all analogical as Whited, Fred F.., Jr. The Rhetoric of Senator-ertions contained terms not explicitly sym- Patrick Anthony McMartin. U of Oregonbolized; three-fifths had three' terms explidty (SPeedt). stated.(3)Twenty-four analogicalassertions The purpose of this study war to analyzewere explicitly extended beyond the four-term and criticize the senatorial rhetoric of Patrickrelation. (4) Nine-tenths of the total were cast

1.84 18 11110.106R PRIG ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION in four relationship categories: association, ac-Zimmerman, Gordon I. A Comparative Rhetori- tion, cause-effect, and functional.(5) Half of calAnalysis of the Nevada Constitutional the total were in nine subject categories: or- Convention of 1864. U of Minnesota (Speech ganic, machine. geographical, game, architec- Communication). ture. direction, journey, war, and medical.(6) Two-thirds of the total served an evaluative The purpose of this study was to apply, com- function:one-thirdrendered neutralevalua- pare, and evaluate three approaches to rhe- tion. (7) Contingency analysis of six attribute torical criticism as they were used to criticize combinations to determine attribute co-occur- the Nevada Constitutional Debates of 1864. A rence exceeding chance revealCd no general as-secondary objective was to formulate conclusions sociation patterns. about the frontier society in which the Debates occurred. *I'lle analysis provides a taxonomy of varia- After an historical summary about the Ne- bles which may be useful either as independent vada mining frontier, the writer employed the .aiables for experimental research on messagefirst critical method, a focus on argumentation. effects, or as criterion measures from which Generally accepted standards of "effective argu- inferences may he drawn about individual ormentatiun" were applied to key debates. This cultural analogy usage, method revealed that the convention argumen- tationwas generally substandard with poor Vamabhai, Swank. The Rhetoric of Non-Vio-development, support, extension, and clash. The second method involved analysis of group 'cure: Critical Analysis of Selected Speeches M. K. Gandhi. Ohio State U (Speechfantasizing. The critic identified the situations C:anev.unicaLion). when delegates described events in dramatic terms. These scenarios revealed the speakers' Severalcontemporaryrhetoricaltheorists values, attitudes, strategies, and world views. were used eclectically to understand and evalu- The length and fervor of dramatic develop- ate Gandhi's speeches: the dramatistic modelment suggests that the fantasies were highly of Kenneth Burke. the argumentative analysismeaningful expressions of a group 'reality." of Stephen Toulmin, the moral rhetoric of The third method was an inductive attempt Richard Weaver. and the philosophic rhetoricto determine persistent themes and speaking of Perelmar-Tyteat. styles. The critic read the entire convention Five major speeches were thoroughly analyzed transcript, arranged salientfeatures, phrases, acording to the dramatistic model. In usingand themes into categories, and then structured the categories into more meaningful order. The the pentad. the act was discovered to be the conclusion drawn was that persons assumed to controllingelement. Thepentadicanalysis gives us a better insight into Gandhi's rejec-he bolt tr delegates displayed characteristics of tion of the doctrine that the end justifies thea literate, genteel, and eastern American culture. means. The writer compared the methods, concluding The speeches were alsu analyzed by usingmat extended, multi-speaker discourseises- pecially amendable to analysis by a combination the Toulmin model. By applying the Weaverof critical approaches. Additionally, since the concept of the philosophical nature of themethods revealed important characteristics of speaker's major premise, Gandhi's philosophicalfrontier society, historians may justifiably view position could be discernible from 1..s warrantsrhetorical events as legitimate and useful pri- and his lys ^kings. mary source material. Both dramatistic and argumentative analyses th monstrated that the philosophy which dominated within the speeches was rest:ism. A further Rhetorical and Communication Theory examination was mad in terms of the universal audience. A number of messages extracted fromAbbott,Don. TerminologyandIdeology: Gandhi's speeches clearlyillustratethe kind Marxist Influences on the Rhetorical Theory of universal appeal he developed for an uni- ofRained*Burke. U ofMassachusetts versal audience. This study reveals that con- (Speeds). temporary Western rhetoric can be used effi- The purpose of this study was to determine ciently by the critic even though the subject the ways in which the rhetorical theory of Ken- of his study is indigenous to a culture vastly neth Burke was influenced by Marxism. different from that of the West. In the early nineteen thirties Burke moved

185 V.:s I R.l.0 I's 1)OCTOII.1l. DISSATATIONS It45 from a position of "aesthetic negativism" to was consistent across all treatments; this vari- an acceptance of an idealized form of com-able was fairly reliable across decisions; and monistn.Thispersonalpoliticalphilosophy this model could accountforalltreatment reflectedinBurke's majorwritings of ear( is. theperiod:Prt manunre and Change,.111i- lite study suggests that future studies should odr% Iowa; d y. and Philosophy of Liter- continue to analyze individual differences in the aryt min .Burke was also invokedinthe decision process, particularly in a sequential-de- NfarsistI iterate Movement and the ( ommunist ci,ion situation. Party sponsored Ameiican Wiitets' Congress. A maim put linike's vvoik in this period was Allen. T. Harrell.An Examination of the his attempt to integrate Nlarx and Freud. Two Communicatile Interaction Between the Unit- major concepts developed from thisintegra- ed S!a:cs and The Peop:e's Republic of China "alienatiim" and "ssmbols of authority." from January 1969 to February 1972. Ohio with the arrival of the forties Burke ceased State U (Speech Communication). to consider himselfat communist even though he Iuutinnrd to di aW insights ''rum Marxiqn. This study proposed to show how contem- In later works Burke examined Marxism bothporary communication theory could he mean- as a critique of capitalist rhetoric and as a applied to international relations an- them% of rhetoric. Marxist elements appear in alysis. Such theoretical dimensions as viewing the Burk:in concepts of mystification, court-international communication as an open sys- ship. hierarchy, and dialectic. tem of interdependent behaviors was examined. The study had several objectives. It sought to develop a preliminary category system for Ad.ons. W. Clifton. An Experimental Investiga-analyzinginternationalcommunications with tion of Individual Postdecisional Information. particular emphasis on signal and symIxd dis- Seeking Behavior Within a Sequential Set oftinctions. Secondly it focused on message in- Choices. Florida State U (Communication). teractionas the major determinant of international relationships whether friendly or hos- This study reviewed the published experi- tile between nations. And finally it attempted mentalresearchgenerated bycognitive-dis- to discover methods of how two nations which sonance and sequential-decision theories. Thir- have previously been hostile (as between the teen conclusions were drawn from these lines I'S. and the People's Republic of China) may of research. Based on two conclusions. an ex- successfully communicate theirintentions in periment was conducted to determine the ef-such a way that they are credible to the other fects of importance and difficulty on postded- nation. %jowl information seeking. In addition, it man- The methodology of the study was threefold, ipulated the feedback to the subjects. First a contemporary case study of communica- Eighty subjects were aetigned at random totion between the United States and the People's one of four groups; each group represented Republic of China. January .1969 to February contrasting conditions of hill/Mt:MC and cer- 1972 was examined. The outcome, better re- tainty. Difficulty was represented as a random lations between the two, is known. The role replication. that communication variables played in de- Five measures of information were analyzed: termining this outcome was explored. Secondly the amount which the individual sought, the content analysis was used to develop a category difference between the amounts favoring thesystem for the exchanged messages' meaning and chosen alternatives, the amount favoring the effect.Finallyprinciples of general systems chosen alternative, the ratio favoring the se-theory were applied to the analysis with mes- lectiontototalinformation, and the ratiosages as opposed to actors (nations or govern- needed to produce a decisional change. ment leaders) forming the components of the The results indicated that neither importance system. A coding scheme for the collected mes- nor certainty had any effect on any of the de- sagessuitabletocomputer application was pendent variables. The difficulty factor had a Presented. Statistical significance was found for significant effect on all the dependent variablesall three research hypotheses. except the information favoringt14,1selected alternative. The results further support a "world series"Baird, John W. An Analytical Yield Study of model of the decision process. This conclusion "Open Communlcatioa"asPerceived by was supported by three items: the information Supervisors, Subordinates, and Peers. Purdue favoring the decision, the basis for this model. U (Conununicado4). 186 I$1. 111111.10(.12.11'HIC: ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION This study was designed to explore there- Hicks' adoption of Marxist criticism required lationship between "open communication" andno major shift in his critical stance. It was, in- selected variables in the frame of reference ofstead, a it:mowing of his sociological criticism supervisor-subordinate and pc, rover relation- to a specific political commitment. The apparent ships in an organizational setting. The sample failureofcapitalismintheearlythirties consisted of 72 employees from theservice brought Hicks to Marxism for four principal department of a medium -sized public utilitiesreasons: communism seemed to offer explana- telephone company. tions and solutions regarding problems of the Hierarchical level served as an independentdepression;the seeming prosperity of Soviet vatiable, while open communication was the Russia appeared to demonstrate thosesolu- major dependent variable. "Trust." "reciprocity" tions' feasibility; he felt that communists acted and "job satisfaction" also semi, as dependentwhile others only criticized; and he saw com- variables. The data tollected were analyzed bymunism as the most effective means of com- means of spearmatt!Ito (rank-order) correla- bating fascism. tions and a series of 2 X 2 analyses of variance. His view that writers could become prole- The results of this investigation revealed that tarians through an act of the will indicates for task/non-NA topics no statistically signifi- that Hicks was not a pure Marxist. Instead, his cantdifferenceswerefoundbetween dyadcriticism was an artifact of the popular front groups onactual and message- receiving de- movement. His career as an American Marxist pendent measures of openness. For insPersonal/ critic suggests that the school was valuable to personal topics, no statistically significant resultsthe degree that it was sociological criticism and were found between dyad groups on actual,was a confused distortion to the degree that potential or message-receiving measures of open- it was ideologically oriented. ness. No statisticallysignificantresults were obtained either between or within dyad groupsBiddle, Sharon S.Conservative Communica- on positive/negative topics. Within group dif- tion: A Critical Analysis of the Rhetorical Be- ferencesthestudy showedthatsupervisors haviors of Edmund Burke, Conservative Ex- perceived their subordinates as more willing to emplar. Ohio State U (Speech Communica- listen on impersonal than personal topics. Also, tion). on message-receiving openness, subordinates per- The purpose of this study was to investigate ceived their supervisors as more willing to listen the nature of rhetorical substance inhering in on positive than on negative topics. For sub-conservative tendencies such as those exempli- ordinates only a significantpositivecorrela- fied by Edmund Burke in his endeavor to com- tion was found between trust and perceptionmunicate his philosophy. The writer's assump- of "willingness to listen." For Peers, she negattdetion regarding Burke as a conservative was de- direction of the correlations was indicative ofrived from a distillation of sources from authors an inverse relationship between actual open- such as Leo Strauss, Alfred Cobban, Carl Cone, ness and general satisfaction. For subordinates,and Charles Parkin. significant positive correlations emerged between The critical method of communication re- general satisfaction and "willingness to listen"search was employed from a trans-historical per- on all the topic dimensions. spective. The writer developed a critical tool by abstracting and synthesizing theoretical con- Bicker. Robert j.Granville Hicks as an Amer-cepts from Charles Morris and Karl Wallace. ican Marxist Critic. U of Illinois (SpeechA system for the linguistic analysis of values Communication). emerged by considering man's value judgments al being manifested via statements reflecting This study examined the writings of Gran-exAanation, justification, obligation, and delib- ville Hicks during the period when he was aeration. leading American Marxist literary critic. Speech- This analysis of the substance and method es, articles, and book reviews written by Hicks of Edmund Burke's speeches and writings re- during the thirties formed the basis of thissulted in a fresh interpretation of Burke differ- study of his rhetoric at a time when his worksing from that of writers such as John Mode,. represented an ideologically-grounded criticism. Harold Laski. Donald Bryant, and Richard These materials revealed that Hicks' efforts asWeaver, and a set of tofsi which provided a a Marxist critic were analogous to those of atentative model heuristically useful for the in- minister. Instruction. encouragement, evangel- ventional analysis and evaluation of conserva- ism. and defense of the faith are all found littive communication. The topics included de- his work during the period. velopment oftimelessreasons.assodational 187 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 187 principles, and binding obligations. Being artic- Within the context of a three week series of ulated in designative, appralsive, and prescrip- lectures on the behavior modification approach tive statements, these topics pointed to clustersto weight-control. u field experiment was con- of values in Burke's conservative conception ofducted to determine the differential effects of the nature of man, the nature of society, andtwo types of messages on the subsequent be- the nature of the ultimate good. havior of internal and external subjects. The dependent variables were a series of thirteen Browning, Larry D.tkqeloping A Groundedmeans behavioral acts (e.g., keeping a food con- Comuntnication Theory: An Approach to In-sumption diary) which are expected to lead to terpersonalBehaviorinan Organisation.the eventual end of permanent weight-control. Ohio State U (Speech Cou:...unication). Two hypotheses tested were: overall, internals should perform more of the behavioral acts This research focused on the development ofthan should externals; however, while internals communicationtheoryfromdatagatheredshould not be differentially affected by the two through unstructured methods in a field set-message types, externals should be influenced ting. The study considers descriptively how in- to perform more of the behavioral acts by a dividuals communicate interpersonally in anmessage emphasizing the likelihood of their organizational setting and, what variables in-achieving permanent weight-control than by a fluence the ways individuals communicate. message emphasizing the desirability of achiev- Nun-participant observation and in-depth in-ing those consequences. terviewing were used as data collection methods. These methods were set in a conceptual frame- The dependent variable data consisted of work of interaction theories of communicatior,both self - reported measures of all thirteen be- and modern system theories of organization. havioral acts and direct unobtrusive observa- The data were analyzed through an inductivetions of four of those acts. An attempt was process that allows one to move from concrete made to construct several meaningful behavioral data to categorical and theoretical representa- indicics by submitting the data to four stan- tion of the data (grounded theory). The methoddard attitude scaling procedures:the simple emphasizes generation of relationships and hy-summation, Likert, factor analytic, and Gut- potheses rather than their confirmation. tman scaling procedures. One behavioral index The manuscripts produced by observation and was successfully constructed from the directly- interviewing were divided into 426 units of an-observed data and seven from the self-reported alysis called incidents. The incidents were an-data. Tests of the two hypotheses with the eight alyzed by coding each one into as many emer-behavioral indides indicated moderate support gent or existing categories as possible. Eachfor the first hypothesis, but no suir)ort for the incident reviewed was applied to existing cate- second. Methodological difficulties in this study gories to see if additional categories were neces-and implications for future studies were dis- sary. This process eventually produced a set of cussed. 24 categories. Relationships among thesecategories wereChaly, ingeborg. A Ithetorical/jtsrisprudendal developed by creating variable maps which re- Approach toAppellate judidal Decision- vealeddustersofamplifying(direct)and Making. Pennsylvania State U (Sp, ech Com- counteracting (inverse) relationships. This communicadon). bination of variables into more abstract patterns produced three clusters. The relationships with- This study investigated appellate judicial de- in the dusters were reduced formally to sixteen cision-making and employed rhetorical/juris- hypotheses and had the multiple effects of con-prudential techniques in the analysis of judicial firming and questioning presently recognizedopinion rhetoric. The approach and the tools findings and creating new relationships among utilized in the critical process were drawn from variables in group and organizational communi- works in traditional logic, legal history, soci- cation. ological and political jurisprudence, jurimetrics and rhetoric. A rhetoricel/jurisprudential meth- Burbank David Thomas, jr.Methodological odology was developed and applied to three Strategies in a Yield Experiment: The Effectsspecific cases decided in the English House of of Memage Type and Locus of Control onLords in the ninteenth century. the Subsequent Behavior of Participants in a Throughout the inquiry focus was upon the Behavior Modification WeightControl Pro.decisionmaldng process u a whole. All events grant. V of Southern California(Speechleading to the actual deliberation in the ap- Communicadon). pellate forum were considered and their in-

188 188 1:11:110t.R %PIM: ANNUM. IN SPEECH CoMMUNICATION iluence upon the ultimatedecisionassessed. Connolly, Patrick Joseph.Content Analysis of Analysis of this pre-decisional process made it the Persuasive Principles and Techniques of possible to ascertain the situationally unique the Documentary Film, Which Way, Ameri- aspects of each case and this information when ca? U of Southern California (Speech Com- coupled with an accurate understanding of the inunication). legal as well as extra-legal parameters of the situation enabled the writer to evaluate the The purpose of this study was to describe and decisions reached in light of their potential analyte the methods, principles, and practical decisional alternatives. procedures employed in a synthrsis of a tradi- ticmalform of communication the platform addressand the film medium. Clement. Stephen D. An Stia!ytical Field Study For the case study the documentary film, ofSetvted Mt-sitars. and Feedback Variables in Which Way. AMCrine. was chosen as the central the Officer Hierarchy of the t'cnited Statesitem becauseitwas judged to deal with a Army. Purdue U (Communication). significant social issue. had received professional recognition as a representative television docu- Thisstudyinvestigatedselectedvariables mentary, and had been screened for a mass related to "vertical communication" in the of- audience.Mostimportant the KNBC docu- firer hierarchy of the robed States Army. such mentary attempted to synthesise the oral and as me.sage initiation, feedback, and the effectsfilmic modes of communication by adapting of congruence (or incongruence) between re- a public address given by Whitney Young, Jr.. spondent attitude and position advocated in ato the Hughes Management Club for a wider. messaqe to be serially transmitted. The study more heterogeneous television audience. utilized a combination of descriptive. analytic. The primary data were obtained from the and experimental techniques. film itself by means of a check list that guided Datacollectedininterviews were supple-a systematic observation of the communication mented by rating scales. Subiects were asked toevent, and by a tape-recorded interview with estimate message initiation and feedback ratesthe documentarist, John Gentri, who wrote, and to subsequently maintain an all encom-directed, and produced the film. A description passing communication log for a two day period.of the verbal elements contributed by the Multiple comparisons were then made for eachorator, the host, and others, and the verbal and contiguous matched superior-subordinate pair nonverbal elements added by the filmmaker was between perceived estimates and "actual" esti-followed by a critical analysis of the major mates. Selective omission(filtering effects) was persuasive techniques and devices evident in experimentally analyzed through employmenteach of the six broadcast segments of the film. of a two factor design. The research sample was composed of 101 Connolly, Patrick Raymond. The Perception officers varying in grades from Captains to Lt. of Personal Space and its Meaning Among Generals at ten Army installations situated with- Black and White Americans. U of Iowa. in two major Army level headquarters. Among (Speech and Dramatic Artl. the conclusions drawn were: Superiors at vary- The study investigatedinterpersonal space ing organizational levels consistently over-esti-among black and white Midwesterners as per- mated the number of new topics initiated byceived through photographs. The stimuli con- their subordinates. Officers at all organizational sistedof foursetsof photographs showing levels consistently perceived themselves to beteacher-student dyads in spacings ranging from providing more feedback to subordinates than 12 to R4 inches. There were four models: white their subordinates perceivedto be the cue.teacher (W). white student (w), black teacher Feedback episodes were evaluated more posi-(ii). and black student (b). The photos depleted tively than new message episodes. There wereWw. Bb. Wb, and Bw dyads. All subjects, 24 no differences between officers' evaluations ofof each race. viewed all pictures. For each set messages from superiors and messages from sub- they made three judgments, choosing the photos which represented to them: the most appropri- ordinates. Officers whose attitudes were COO- atespacing,enough forward movement to gruent with the position supported in an ex-change the interaction. and enough backward perimental message omitted fewer topics from movement to change the interaction. hey the orieinal messages in serially trxmanittingwere asked to furnish information about the this information than did officers whose initial nature of the changes associated with the latter attitudes were incongruent. choices. They rated the personalities of the

189 AlISTRACTs OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 189 models. Finally measurement of their actualof the Physical World-Picture." The author proxemic behaviors were obtained and cone-concludes that rhetorit 4ceived as architec- lated with their choices. tonic allows the insightful critique of claims to Main results were: (1) In all three chokesknow in the humanities, the social sciences, blacks pined less space between interactantsand the physical sciences. than whites (choices one and 'hree were significantly different). (2) When interactants movedDeets, Stanley A. Essays on Hesissaieutks and closeenoughtogethersothatrespondents Communication Research. Ohio U (School of thought it would make a difference in their Interpersonal Communication). communication, there was no general agree- This collection of original essays attempted tnent on the meaning of that close distance. (3)to explicate implications of contemporary her- When they moved far enough apart to make meneutical studies for research in speech com- a difference the meaning communicated wasmunication. Three of the essays were published negative (4) Two measures of actual proxemicin communication and sociology journals as behavior were taken, one of which correlatedpart of the dissertation requirement. significantly with the :termini choices. (5) There The first essay traced the history of the was a suggestion in the data that blacks usehermeneutic problem emphasizing how Martin spatial manipulation more than whites duringHeidegger and HamGeorg Gadamer developed a conversation to punctuate various changes in hermeneutics from phenomenology and deline- content and context. ated the nature of interpretation and understanding. Crab le, Richard E.Rhetoric as Architectonic The argument that language is constitutive Burke. Perelman, and Tou hubs on Valuingand ultimately institutive of the possibilities and Knowing. Ohio State U (Speech Com-for meaning and action is the basic theme in munication). the second essay. In speaking an integrated Because traditional epistemology has been an world of relevant social possibilities is gathered unsatisfactory compromise of the concerns ofand revealed in which individual things, feel- psychologistsandphilosophers,theauthorings, and Ideas appear and make sense. sought a less ambiguous conceptualization of The third essay examined the ground for claims to know in terms of their inherent valu- the possibility of understanding. In contrast ing judgments. Stressing the work of philosopher toviewsincurrentspeech communication Chaim Perelman. critic Kenneth Burke, andliterature the social institutional nature of lan- epistemologist Stephen Toulmin, the authorguage makes intersubjectivity intrinsic to com- asked, first, whether valuing and knowing couldmunication rather than derived from It. Mean- be structured Into an architectonic, a creativeing resides in ordinary language as a worldly and all-embracing, system; and, second, whetherhint rather than in people. such a framework would allow the insightful Essay four presented hermeneutics as a meth- critique of claims to know in the humanities,odological foundation for interpretive investi- the social sciences, and the physical sciences. gations, that is, methodic studies which try to The author concludes that it is possible andgenerate fuller understanding rather than ex- helpful to consider claims to know in terms ofplanation of human behavior. Human behavior their"justification" whichis determined byIs to be understood by explicating the objec- appraisal (the valuing of claims, their "stan-tive "world" of implied human possibilities and dards" which arc determined by selection (the commitments which arise with the behavior. valuing of criteria); and their "frameworks" Structuralism, one of the many interpretive which are determined by featuring (the valuingparadigms which can be considered as her- of views of reality). Claims can become "stan-meneutic, was presented as a method and per- dardized" (considered above question) by thespective for research. Structuralists study cul- encasement of valuing judgments of justifica-tural activities and products in their systematic tion, standards, and views of reality in a dis- linguistics or significant dimension. ciplinary mold. The revision of these encased judgments results in the "evolution" of "knowl- Dighe,Anita.An Analysis of Assodadve edge." Meaning in an Interad,ntal SettingAnted- The author uses this framework to critique can and Indian Students in the United States Kenneth Burke's claims to know in "The Rhet- Ohio State U (Speeds Consanusicadon). oric of Hitler's 'Battle'," B. F. Skinner's claims to know in Beyond Freedom and Dignity, and The study invaded the nationals of India Max Planck's claims to know in "The Unityand those of the Lilted States. The word sr

190,

c. 190 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL. IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Iodation technique was used to determine theand that their implications made possible a differences in associative meaning between thewidening of the concept. two cultural groups. Conclusions werethat Dewey's views on The study involved free verbal associationssymbolic action, self, and motive offer valuable obtained in continued association tasks frombases for speculation about one part of the two cultural groups of 100 American and In-rhetorical process of invention. Whereas his dian graduate students. The Indian sample wasideas do not contribute to that part of rhe- divided Into two sub-groups, those consisting toricalinventionconcernedwith assembling of Indians who had been in the United Statesproofs for various types of speeches, they do for 9 months or less, and those who had In-encontribute to the speaker's orientation toward in the U.S. for 18 monuir'or more. By thishimself and toward the symbolic process in- means an attempt was made to dcterni.ne the volved in communication. effect of acculturation on the perceptions of Dewey's treatment of presentational symbols the Indian students. introduces a form of symbolism not usually Further some basic American values as per-discussed in traditional rhetorical theory. In ceived by the American ind Indian studentshis comprehensive treatment of the consum- were studied and compared with non-valuematory phase of human response, Dewey helps stimulusterms. The thesis was that evento explain both the role and the functioning though values are of a rather universal nature.of symbols in the process of invention and the they would evoke culturally oriented responsesattendant personalsatisfactiongenerated by from the American and the Indian students. Itthatprocess. Thus his symbolic perspective was also hypothesised that as values formedforms a foundation for an expanded definition the core of human personality, they would beof rhetorical invention, one leading toward a his susceptible to change than the non-valuemore complete understanding of the process. terms. The word association technique yielded re- mouses that showed cultural differences be-Gonzales, Iris G.Juan Luis Viva: Ills Con- tween the two groups. The variety of responses tributions to Rhetoric and C.ommunicadon In provided a"cognitive map" for thethree the Sixteenth Century with an English Trans- groups. The procedure showed the dimensions lotionof Def'..onsulkstieag.Indiana U required for an adequate understanding of a (Speech), 1972. word or a concept. The hypotheses concerning Juan Luis Vives (1492-1540) has been dis- the acculturation process and its effects weretinguished as a philosopher, educator, humanist, partially borne out. The results did not show and psychologist. Yet his contributions to rhet- significant differences between pairs of groupsore, language. and communication have been but were in the direction predicted. As hypo- neglected. thesised. group two hadsignificantly lower This study presents Viva' contributions to TypeToken ratios more response home,rhetorical theory and his advice on the arts welt!) than group one. The hypotheses con-of discourse. A modern English translation of cerning the value terms were not always borneDe Consultation; Viva' rhetorical treatise on out. Only in a few instances did value termsdeliberative speaking, is provided. seem more resistant to the acculturation process. In the introduction the entire study is discussed, its relevance is explained, and a survey Galloway, Lawrence A. Imp &edam for she-of Vivedan bibliographical material is provided. Weal Invention from the Writings of JohnOne chapter is devoted to a biographical ac- Dewey. U of Washington (Speech). count. The study includes a detailed discussion of Vices' eight rhetorical works. Furthennore, The purpose of this study was to analyseexcerpts from his other works on education selected works of John Dewey to determine whatwhich have some rhetorical implications are relevance his ideas have for rhetorical theory. presented. The study was begun by gathering all com- The final chapter synthesizes the Vivesian ments from Dewey's books and articles thatcorpus and supports the conclusion that be was might prove relevant to rhetoric. Three clusters a major contributor to rhetorical theory and of ideas whose relevance to rhetoric have notthe practice of communication. Vices was the beenpreviously exploredappeared:motive, first Spaniard of the sixteenth century to articu- self, and symbolic action. Careful scrutiny oflate complaints about the corruption of the these dusters showed that they contributed liberal arts, and be attempted to rescue them. directly to the concept of rhetorical inventionConcerned with the neglected and declining

191 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 191 state of rhetoric, he dared to reform its study From these data, a list of image words is and teaching. Vivo* set aside the traditional compiled. "Image words" are defined as words emphasis on logic and grammar and proposedwhich are "literallyfalse" in their context, a studentcentered practical approach tothewhich are used in rhetorical figures, or which study of rhetoric. He favored a plain style and are used for their connotative value rather than argued for speech adapted to the speaker, sub- for their denotative value. These image words. ject. audience, place, time, and occasion. Viva'7,916 tokens, are presented with their associ- apparent influence upon other writers projectedated location measures in an appendix. They his theories through the early eighteenth cen-arc organized into fifty-nine conceptual cate- tury. gories. The analysis of these categories reveals the existence of implicit analogical structures, Hamilton, Larry E.Development of Higherwhich are the major arguments of the work. Mental Functions. V of Denver (Speech Com- The conclusion of the study is that Burke's munication). primary mode of argument in the Reflections is argument froni analogy. The function of the The purpose of this study was to exploreimagery is to serve as premises for and exten- literature relating to the development of highersions of the conclusions of Burke's arguments. mental functions through speech communica- Because of the novel methodology and the tion. The study examined higher mental func- presentation of extensive data. the study should tions. speech acquisition, verbal mediation, andbe of interest to scholars in linguistics. com- concept formation. A strategy was employedputer science, and literature as well as to those to develop a plausible theory of speech com-in rhetorical studies. munication and the development of higher mental functions. The conclusions of the study were: (1) Many Harrah Harriet B. Counter Synthesize A Criti- of the reported studies need to be replicated. cal Tool for the Analysis of Social Move- (2) More naturalistic research should be con- mentsTheoretical and Applied Appeoaehes. ducted. (3) There is a need for crealve re- U of Colorado (Communication). search which crosses over the cultural bound- This study seeks to establish a theoretical aries of specific research interests. (4) Researchframework to expand rhetorical criticism be- in short term memory and verbal mediationyond traditional conscripts of discourse so it should consider more of the innate and en-may be applied to the totality of a contemporary vironmental processes of the child. (5) Theresocial movement. To perform such a study, should be more research devoted to determiningthe critic must utilize theoretical insights drawn whether a child's learning styles and informa-from sociology, be mutt design new methods of tion processing strategies set limits upon his oranalysis, and he should use critidsoz as a form her potential mental growth. of scientific inquiry to generate testable hypotheses. Harper, Nancy Lea. The Role of Imagery in Rhetoric in this context must be viewed as Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Roo f*configure!, perceptual, situational, behavioral, lion is France (A Computer-Misted Andy-and not nenmarily intentional. The critic must sia). U of Iowa (Speech and Dramatic Art). be aware also of sodological perspective, the stress and crystallndon of dissatisfaction, pat- The primary focus of this study is on theterns of revita alteration of perceptual function of the imagery in Burke's Reflections.realities, the role of agitation and esprit de The question which gives impetus to the studycorps, and the role of ideology both within and is, "What does it mean to claim, as manywithout a movement. critics do, that in this w t Burke 'reasons in The integration of these rhetorical and so- metaphor,' or that he 'argues in figural" Thus ciological concepts into a single construct called the focus extends to include not only the func-counter synthesis allows the rhetoric of a social tion of imagery in the 1. eflections, but also themovement to be defined as the communicative role of imagery in persuasive discourse in gen-actions of a collectivity whose bath, values, eral. and world view defy a fundamental assumption, The analysis is based upon data obtainedphilosophical presupposition, or ideology of a through the use of computer programs whichsocial institution or an institudonalhed pro- create tables of words and sentences, concord-gram or policy. ances and coconeordances, and tables of the col- The contemporary women's liberation move- locates of selected words. ment was analyzed to test the theoretical con.

192 192 111111 IOCKAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ceptof counter synthesisa.sclthecriticalthe female being the more susceptible. However, method derived from it. The study demon-research fails to reveal any sex differences for strated the usefulness of counter synthesis ininoculation to pennAsion. In addition, message rhetorical analysis of a social movement, sincesources for inoculation studies have been at- general predictions of surface interaction, rathertributed to various sources but never presented than in-depth interaction, between those with- exclusively by different voices of male and in and those outside a counter synthetic move-female speakers. This study investigated, in a ment held true. 2 X 2 X 4 analysis of variance format, the main effects of: inoculation, receiver sex, and Han, Jeffrey C. The Rhetoric of Anti-Send-the four combinations of forewarning and at- dun. U of Wisconsin (Communicatims Arta).tacking messages delivered by male and female speakers. This dissertation is a critical study of anti- Pre-testing revealed that two of the original Semitic rhetoric. It focuses on Houston Stewart four health care topics, penicillin and tooth Chamberlain's racist polemic, the Foundationscare, were still endorsed by todays' college of the Nineteenth Century, and on American students. Classes were randomly selected from anti-Semitic literature of the 19201 and 1930's.the introductory speech courses at Kent State The point :A the study is to reconstruct, throughUniversity and several surrounding institutions. "sympathetic" reading of the documents, the Each class was randomly assigned to hear a tape "philosophy" of and-Semitisin which both liesrecording representing one of the conditions behind and organizes the assertions found inof the study. anti-Semitic literature. All effects, save that of inoculation, apparent- In Chapter one, which focuses on Chamber- ly depended on idiosyncratic responses toward lain's book, the author analyzes the and-Semiticthe specific message heard. This topic-specific theology. This theology, constituted primarilyquality, heretofore unknown, led to the specu- by a distorted reading of the Old Testamentlation that more perceptually based variables Covenant concept, represents a one-sided under-might be appropriate for future investigations. standing of Judaism that is attributed to theThose specifically mentioned were:topic sa- Jews by Chamberlain. lience, amount and type of prior topic informa- In'lootertwo,throughthecritical ex- don, and credibility. amination of American anti-Semitic literature, The specific findings of this study confirm the author discusses the implications that theother studies in that the psychological process anti-Semitic theology has for the anti-Semite's of inoculation to persuasion is powerful enough understanding of the Jews. If the theology de-to operate across two different topics for the termines the details of the day-to-day existencesame set of listeners. The study also suggests of the Jews, then it must have a profound im-that other factors associated with inoculation, pact on the Jews as human beings. I. e. sex of the listeners and speaker sex com- In Chapter three the author discusses thebinations, appear to be topic-specific. idea of the Jewish conspiracy. If we consider the deduced character of the Jew from theHickman, Harold R. A Systematized Theory standpoint of the and-Semitic observer, the and Procedure for the Production of Multi- notion of the Jewish conspiracy becomes in- Channel Communication Messages. Brigham telligible. Young U (Speech and Dramatic Arts), 1971. Chapter four considers the problem of the basic foundation underlying the anti-Semitic A producer of multi - channel fihnic presentations has much grounded theory with which to position. This chapter argues that the anti-work, in the production of such information Semitic theology, attributed to the Jews, repre-Packages. but he has little structured format sents the perfect negation of a "true" Christianwhich he can follow. This study provides a theology grounded in the teachings of the Jesus systematizedprocedure based upon ancient of the King James version of the New Testa-rhetorical concepts, current rhetorical thinking, ment. and concepts of communication theory. The Hensley, Wayne E. The Effect of Sex of thestructure is based upon the classic rhetorical concepts of oratorical development: invention, Message Sources and Sex of the Receiver on Persuasion. Rent State Uarrangement, style, and delivery. To this pro- Inoculationto cedure L added concepts of modern communi- (S). cation theory including dissonance, noise, en- The literature of persuasion suggests thattropy, and cross-channel interference. males and females are not equally persuasible, Since most muld-channel filmic presentations 19 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 193

(motion picture films, and television videotapes The purpose of the study was to investigate for example) are produced for the purposeof the temporal and valuatiortl dimensions of the persuad:ng the intended audience, this study images of man held by leaders of university provides a procedure which is intended to im-studentorientedreligious and parareligious prove the effectiveness ofmulti-channel filmicgroups. The study focused on threetemporal presentations.Effectivenessheremeansthe levels of the image: before birth or conception, movement of attitude of the audiencein thedurinh earthly life (including the valuational direction which the producer intends. dimension), and after death. Data were gathered on a structured sample of twenty-eight group leaders via a Q-sort in- jenseu,JonK. ExperimentalInvestigation strument encompassing the temporal andvalua- of the Effects of Speech Anxiety on the tional dimensions noted above as well as via Perception of Audience Feedback. U of Iowafocused interviews and interview observations. (Speech and Dramatic Art). A matrix was derived correlating each per- Subjects with high or low pretest anxietyson's pattern of sorting the Q-sample with the scenes delivered persuasive speen cu toeither asorting of each other person. Linkage analysis positive or negative audience.E. room chair- of these data revealed three types or clusters of mate in each audience conditionobserved the images and image holders: the Universal Multi - speakers and the audience, tabulated speakerValue, the Reincarnationist Seeker of Under- eye contact, and evaluatedthe success of the standing,andtheModeratelyConservative audience infulfillingitsprescribed response Christian. roleFollowing each speech, tae speaker was A number of image-related factors were ex- aslant '4 complete a fifteen i can feedback ques- plored. RSU persons were found to be less tionnaire with which he evaluated his audi- frequently involved with political activity and group membership outside theirreligious or Hypotheses for the experiment were generated parareligious organization than UMV and MCC from selective attention,selective perception, image holders. RSU persons were alsoless and general systems theory paradigms. The two exposed to mass media. Books were named most selective attention hypotheses predicted an in- often by all three image types as the medium tetactionbetween anxiety and the speakers'which most influenced their images. More than attention to audience feedback: these hypotheses half of all three types said they had had %etc not confirmed. The failure to support these something "that might be called a mystical hypotheses was explained in teems of the unique experience." application of selective atteteion which was required to adapt the concept to the study of au- King, Corwin P.A Theoretical View of the dience feedback. Two hypotheses generated front Function of Memory in Oral Camnsnunica- a selective perception paradigr. predictedthat don. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Caw speaker% who received feedback which was in- munication). consistent withtheir perceptual sets would selectively perceive that feedback as more con- The purpose of this study was to survey and sistent with their perceptual sets. These hy- analyzevariouspsychologicalconceptions of potheses were confirmed and implications ofhuman memory in an effort to answer the ques- these results were discussed. The hypothesistion: What is the function of memory as an generated from a general system theory para- underlying psychologicalprocessinhuman digm predicted an interaction between anxiety communicative behavior? and the speakers' evaluations of the audience; Through a critical review of selected mathis hypothesis was not supported. The failureterialshistorical, clinical, and experimental to confirm this hypothesis was attributed to thea list of ten propositions of memory was first selectionof variables usedtooperationalize generated which sought to identify some of the the paradigm. The results of the study sug-common recurrent "themes" in the study of gest that selective perception is an importantmemory's function. These propositions were variableaffecting the speech communication then applied to the function of memory in process. communication, bee;oning withthe premise that as a component of human information Keeser, Philip W. Temporal and Valuational processing memory serves at least three broad Dimensions of the Image of Man Held bypurposes for a conste.snicator: (1) It acts as a Campus Religious and Pararellgious Leaders.repository for the ex; eilences, concepts, and Ohio State V (Speech Communication). words which are the "raw materials" of speech

194 1,.4 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION invention. (2) It acts as a setting for linkingchildren were rated on specificity in verbal experiences and concepts with worth to generate interaction with their children during a struc- aid transmit a message. (3) It acts as a vehicle tured teaching task. On the basis of their for interpreting and evaluating messages, andscores, mothers were assigned to elaborated and for determining how one should respond torestricted language code groups. them. The verbal responses of each child of the To explain how memory serves these purposes, two mother groups to questions relating to a functional "model" of memory in communica-story-book pictures were audio-taped and com- tion was proposed consisting of four over-ptred for linguistic complexity and develop- lapping elements: (1) Inputs, representing themental level of private speech. acqui.ition of stimuli (or feedback). (2) A dis It was hypothesized that children of elabor- positional filter, representing the mechanism ofated rode-users would exhibit snore linguistic attention. (3) A limited primary memory store.complexity and display more instances of in- (1).% larger secondary memory store. Implica- ward-directed (higher development:I level) pri- tions of these elements for the behavior oivate speech than children of restricted code- both speakers and listeners were discussed, and users. Linguistic descriptions of utterances were consideration was given to how a communi-based on Chomsky's tripartite model and de- cator'suse of memory might be improvedvelopmental level of private-speech was coded through certain organizational and coding pro- according to Kohlberg, Yaeger, and Hjcrtholm. cedures for information. Children of elaborated rodeusers used significantly (at .005 level) more generalized trans- Kneupper, Charles W.Rhetoric as Realityformations and significantly (.0005 level) fewer forms restricted to a child's grammar. Their Construction. Bowling Green StateU speech was also characterized by a significantly (Speech). (.0005 level) greater amount of inward- directed This study develops a "new" philosophy ofprivate speech. The findings support the theory rhetoric. It is premised on an examination ofthat the socialization practices of parents in- classicalrhetoricaltheory and contemporary fluence the linguistic and cognitive development rhetorical theory.Itis based on a dynamic of their children. view of language function. Intimately itrests onthe symbolcreating and symbol usingLevaco, Ronald Robert. A Selection, Transla- capacities of the human mind. tion, and Annotation of the Works of Lev This study surveys the history of the classical Ku leshov. Southern Illinois U (Speech). rhetorical tradition and the direction of contemporary rhetorical theory. It investigates the Lev Kuleshov (1899-1970), noted Soviet di- relationship betweenlanguage and thought,rector and professor at the All -Union State perception. and action. It views rhetoric as the Instituteof Cinematography, wasthefirst process through which reality constructs areaesthetic theorist of the cinema. Deriving his formed and shared. Social reality is a productconclusions from analyses of American films. of this rhetorical process. Social realityis aKuleshov conducted experiments in film acting human creation. Rhetoric is the process throughand editing to proclaim the essence of film which it is created, maintained or transformed.was montage, the alteration of moving images over time, called shots. During the twenties, Krill, Mary Alice.Relationship Between Par-Kuleshov created seminal experiments in mon- eat-child Interaction Patterns and Preschooltage which gave edited sequences of shots ag- Children's Level of Private Speech and Syn-gregate meanings the individual shots did not tactic Understanding. U. of Denver (Speechpossess. Kuleshov's experiments provoked conclusions that montage overrode content. Communication). Influenced by the Russian formalist move- The purpose of the study was to examinement in literature and linguistics, Kuleshov's the relationships between styles of parent-childstructuralist theories led him to use actors' verbal interaction and the linguistic structures bodies,objects, indeed, the shots themselves and type of oven private speech (speech foras signs. By the early thirties, however, Stalinist one's self) used by preschool children. factionscensuredKu leshovforformalism, A sample of 67 preschool children, averageamidst growing controversies over the function age 3 years 2 months, was gathered from pre-of an in Soviet society, which resulted from the schools drawing from upper and lower socio- impostion of socialistrealism. Influenced by economic areas of Denver. The mothers of the futurism, semiotics, and reflexology, Kuleshovl

195 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 193 emphasis on stylized actor movement and la- it interacts with issue position is nonsignificant. conic compositions was officially proscribed inand that the issue position variable issub- 1932: and Ku leshov spent the remainder ofstantially more influential than the ego-involve- The hislifetraining new directors. The conflictment variable in speech rating behavior. over formalism belied a generalrejection oflatter tends to minimize the theoretical impor- artisticabstraction,which, thoughitstraces tanceof ego-involvement on speech ratings, laywithLenin, weretheresponsibilityofdespite the fact that significant main and in- retrograde Stalinist concepts of realism in art. teraction effects for ego-involvement were evi- Kuleshov'smontagereliedonmetonymy denced. rather than metaphor, integrating the viewer into the film by requiring him to "complete" Litfin, A. Duane. Theological Presuppositions the reality atomized by the separate film images and Preaching: An Evangelical Perspective. through "closure." Purdue U (Conununication). Selections and analysis of these hitherto un. translated writings into English reveal Kule- This studyis based upon the assumption A004 advanced sensitivity to semiology and that a theory of discourse is inevitably linked suggest that any critique of Kulcshov's filmsto and shaped by its philosophical and theo- and theory, as well as Stalinist intervention logical presuppositions. This is true of preach- intoartisticexperimentalismisrichlyap- ing no less than of secular theories of com- proached from the standpoint of the structural.munication. Thus, in order to understand a in and scmiological perspectives. homiletical theory, itis necessary to examine its presuppositions as well. The purpose of this study was to study one Lilienthal. Nathan.An Empirical Investiga.particular theological point of view to determine elan of the Influence of Dogmatism, Ego-how its beliefs affect its concept of preaching. Involvement, and Issue Position on Speech The viewpoint studied is called evangelicalism, Ratings. U of Southern California (Speechwhich was definedinthefirstchapteras Communication). orthodox protesrantism. This study examined three construct. which The following relationships were discovered are part of a speech rater 's internal state. Sub-and explained:(1) Because evangelicals hold jects. classified for levels of dogmatism, ego -in- the Bible to be God's Word, they believe that volvement. and issue position. viewed a video- the biblical preacher must speak as an authori- taped speech and rated the performance on thetative channel of that Word to man. (2) Be- infinite Person criteria of language.organization, delivery, con- cause they believe that God is an tent, and general effectiveness. active in the world. they hold that both the The findings were as follows: (1) High and Preacher and the audience must be emergized low dogmatic subjects holding extreme positions by Him for preaching to be effective. (3) Be- or maintaining high ego-involvement did not cause evangelicals hold that man issinful and differ in their speech ratings of a belief-con- lostwithout the gospel,they believethat gruent or belief-discrepant message. (2) Highlypreaching is supremely important as a means ego-involved subjects did not give higher rat-of bringing men to faith in God. ingt to a belief-congruent speech than slightly eeo-involved subjects. (3) Highly ego-involvedManning. Robert N.An Historical Survey of subjects gave lower ratings to a belief-discrepant Modern Rhetoric as Evidenced in Introduo speech than slightly ego-involved subjects on owy Speech Textbooks from 1936 to 1965. the general effectiveness criterion.(4)Belief- Syracuse V (Speech Education), 1972. congruent subjects rated the speech higher than belief-discrepant subjects on all speech criteria The purpose of this study was to investigate except delivery. (5) Highly ego-involved sub- critically the rhetoric expressed in 105 Ameri- jects gave higher ratings to a belief-congruent can speech textbooksdesigned for the introduc- speech than slightly ego-involved subjects gavetory course in speech by describing.classifying. to a belief-discrepant 'speech. (6) Highly ego-and evaluating each. involvedsubjects gave lower ratings to a belief - Each text was described with concern for discrepantspeechthan slightlyego-involved philosophic perspective and the practical design subjects gave to a belief-congruent speech on of the effort to teach skills. A graphic repre- the content and general effectiveness criteria. sentation of the model(s) of each text was pre- This study concludedthattheeffectof sented. dogmatism as an independent variable and as The criticism of the text was based on six 196 196 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION criteria:consistency, humanism, adaptability, perception of the stimuli was taken into con- orientation to science, participation or (ennead sideration. in design. The experimental procedure entailed hav- The study showed that most authors of speech ing twelve listener groups within each dialect texts between 1935 and 196 did not make an region rate three speeches apiece on credibility explicitstatement of philosophic perspective andpersonalityscales.The three stimulus and provided a pragmaticskillsorientation. speeches reflected varying combinations of the %fairy of the statements that did exist demon- three levels of credibility inferred from the stratedinconsistency betweeneitherexplicit written message and the three dialects. I n- implicit statements of philosophic perspec- The results from the analysis of variance and tive and actual teaching content. Most authors the Newman-Keuls tests revealed that overall followed classical patterns in constructing theirGeneral American dialect was the most pre- texts.stressing Ciceronian canons and to a ferred, affecting thirty of the thirty-six vari- lesser extent the ideas of Aristotle. The influ- ables used to measure personality and all three ence of the discipline of psychologyis evi- factorsusedto measure speakercredibility. denced in many texts. There was no consistent preference for Southern Most books were basically humanistic. Several or New England speech. The second hypothesis, authorsprovedtobeinfluentialincluding which predicted that the speaker who used the Winans. Woolbcrt, Sarett. and Monroe. These same dialect as that spoken within the listening men provided new emphases and direction. region would be perceived more favorably than he would be if he spec .e any other dialect Marston, Alan Douglas. The Effect of Anted- except General American, was not confirmed. can Regional Dialects Upon Speaker Ceedi- The present study partialiv confirmed the find- Wiry and Perceived Personality. U of Illinois ing that the perception of speaker varies with (Speech Communic.ition), the listener's dialect region. Only sixteen of the thirty-nine variables were significantly different The purpose of this experimental study was when listening region varied. Even on these to investigate the following questions:(I)Is significant measures there was no significant one American dialect perceived as possessing trend in the way in which members of a listen- more favorable personality charac,:,*sties and/or ing region rated speakers. The sex of the more credibility than another? (2) Do people listener had little effect upon the perception tend to prefer their own dialect? (3) How con- of a speaker with a regional dialect. Where a sistent are dialect preferences and inferences differencedid occur it appearedthat men acrossdifferentgeographicalregionsof the tended to rate the speaker more negatively than United States? (4) Does the sex of the listener did women. affect the perception of a regional dialect? The independent variable* of regional dialect, McKee, Paul Ray. Omit Smith: Nineteenth credibility inferred from the message, listener's CenturyEducator ofAdults. Syracuse U dialect region. and the listener's sex were in- (Speech Education). vestigated in relation to their effect upon the dependent variables of perceived speaker cred- This study covers one aspect of nineteenth ibility and personality traits. Sixteen credibility century American diffusion of knowledge in and thirty-six personality scales were selected theeducationofadults. The broadfocus to measure reactions to the speakers. The inde- centers on the efficacy of viewing reform speakers pendent variable of source credibility was operas part of this movement. The specific focus ationalized by the development of three written is on one representative reformer of the period, messages representing high, neutral, and low Gerrit Smith, prominent central New York levels of credibility. Superimposed upon each reform speaker active between 1825 and 1865. of these messages was the independent variable Historians have tended to view Smith m an in- ofregionaldialectrepresentedby General effectual,idealistic reform speaker and poli- American. Southern, and New England speech. tician. His "name" resulted from a greatly Four male natives from each of these dialect overlooked reputation as an a.4ult educator. regions tape recorded all three messages. The The claim is that Gerrit Smith was engaged in listener'sdialect region was manipulated by the education of adults, since the term "re- conducting the experiment at northern, south- former" is used synonomously with the term ern, and midwestern universities. By employing "educator." both male and female college students as sub- The procedure compares pertinent character- jects, the variable of listener's sex upon the istics of Smith's speaking and writing with the

197 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 197 culture and his auditors. Of specialinterest vision of the play. Audience tested perception is the language used by Smith and others re-of the thematic content of the play was found latingtotheir educative intentions.Smith's to be consistent with the director's conceptual philosophy and view of education is compared image of the play. with the philosophical assumptions common to nir.zteenth cranny America. which can bePorter, Richard E.An Experimental Investi- embraced in one statement: there was in the gation of Audience Self-Perceptions of Moe general will of the people an inherent wisdom. sageComprehension.MeasuredAudience Results suggest that G=rit Smith was engaged Message Comprehension, and Audience Non- inthe education of adults. Smith's view of verbal Feedback of Message Comprehension education and philosophy coincided with and During Message Reception. U of Southern reinforcedcontemporaneousthinking.Smith limited his speaking activityto public and California (Speech Communication). controversial reform issues, a specific need in This study examined nonverbal feedback in the education of adults. public discourse communication in order to Implications for further research point todetermine the accuracy with which sources other reformers of the period who might beinterpret audience nonverbal behavior indicative studied as ind;viduals or in groups with a of message comprehension. The following hy- view toward determining their roles in nine- potheses were advanced: (1) Audience-perceived teenth century American adult education. message comprehension differs from measured audience message comprehension. (2) Observer Perdue, Margaret Fox Roberts. The Influenceestimates ofaudiencecomprehensiondiffers of the Director on Cast and Audience Per- when made under linen only, view only, and ception of the Message of a Play as Mea-listen and view feedback conditions. (3) The sured by Paired Comparison Scaling. Penn-accuracy of observer estimates of audience mes- sylvania State U (Speech Communication).sage comprehension will increase as the amount of feedback Increases. and this will occur accross The purpose of this research was to examineboth comprehension types. (4) Measures of ob- the influence of the theatrical director on castserver accuracy based on audience-perceived and audience perception of the message or message comprehension are less than such mea- thematic content in a play. A play communi-sures based on measured audience comprehen- cates a complex of emotional impression, imasion, and this will occur across the three feed- ginative insight, and intellectual involvement back types. which needs to be translated into a manageable One hundred twenty subjects were randomly unit for research. The author chose to use thedivided into four equal sized groups of thirty. method of paired comparison scaling as out-Three of these groups were required to estimate lined in Allen L. Edwards' Techniques of Atti-audience message comprehension under the tude Scale Construction; in combination with three conditions of feedback. The fourth group an open ended essay style question concerningserved u the audience and feedback source. the most important themes perceived in the Comprehension estimates were rendered under production. The pairedcomparisonscaling listen only. view only, and listen and view feed. utilized eight stamen!, of theme selected by back conditions. Measures of audience percep- the director. tionsof message comprehension, and post- In one sense the research constitutes a study message measures of audience comprehension of the rhetorical effect of the production if one were obtained. The data were analyzed in three considers that the director is using all the avail-separate analyses. Hypothesis 1 was tested by able means at his disposal to bring the audi- the teat. and hypothesis 2 was tested in a one- ence to his point of view concerning the play. way, fixed-effects analysis of variance. Hypothe- In another sense the research is a study of theses 3 and 4 were 'tested dmultaneousiy in a effectiveness of paired comparison scaling for2 X 3 randomised, fixed - effects, analysis of the analysis of the perception of message as well as attitude. Hypothesis 1 was confirmed, and hypotheses The object of study was a student production2.3, and 4 received partial confinnadon. Regatta of Man of Za Mancha at the Pennsylvania State were discussed in terms of the literature and University in which the author sought to de- theoretical rationale which led to the hypothe- termine whether the final resulting impaidon ses. Implications of the findings were presented of the performance could be measured for itsin terms of the observed relationship between autcorexitce with the directorial concept orestimates of audience message comprehension 198 loo 11181.1OGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION and audience-oeroived message comprehensionpairs), three were described as "boss /subor- and in terms of the tendency for observers todinate" management style. and three were de- underestimateaudience comprehension.Sug- scribed as being of a "director" style of manage- gestions for further research were offered. ment (one of these had overtones of psolessional control). Rao, JaganntehanL. Communicadon and Modernization in Indian 1/Wages: The In-Seibert David R. An Exploratory Study of In- fluents!of StatusInconsistency.Michigan dividual Differences in Modes of Signifying. State U (Communication), 1972. U of Denver (Speech Canununicadoss). The study proposed a process-view paradigm 'Phis study addressed two objectives; to dis- of communication and todividual moderniza- cover whether or not individuals may be dif- tion with special reference to status inconsis-ferentiated on the basis of their relative pre. tency. Data for about 210 peasant respondentsferences for employment of the three modes from the phase two research study of diffusionof signifying identified by C. W. Mortis as of innovation in India were utilized inthisdesignative. appraisive, and prescriptive;and dissertation.Five theoretic and 36 empirical to assess the consequences of these differences hypotheses were postulated and primarily tested for interpersonal attraction and perceived cred- by a multiple regression model with dummyibility among persons possessing similar and variables for statuses and status inconsistencies.discrepant modal encoding habits. Empirical evidence either supported or pro- Subjects (N = 108) were typed according to vided directional support for two hypothesizedpreferences exhibited in language samples ob- positive relationships: between degree of statustainedinsemi - structuredtopicalinterviews. inconsistency and degreeofheterophilyhi Subjects were exposed to three tape-recorded friendshipandinfortnationseekinginterper- messages, each emphasizing one of the three sonal communication: and between degree ofmodes of signifying. Credibility and attraction Statusinconsistency andselectedattitudinal ratings for each of the sp-akers of the taped and behavioral dimensions of modernity. The messages were obtained from each subject. postulated positive relationship between degree A content analysis of the language sample of status inconsistency and exposure to external data showed that individuals can be differ- sources of communication was not supported. entiated according to their relative perference. for the three modes of signifying, and yielded sample norms showingtypicalrelativefre- Schneider, Pamela J.Political Campaign Man-quencies. of employment of the three modes. agement Styles: A 1!'72 Field Study. U of Analyses of variance of the attraction and Michigan (Speech Communication and The-credibility data failed to show these differences atre). to be consequential in terms of social jug- A review of the literature in the field ofmenu. Statistically nonsignificant trends were political campaign management demonstrates noted as follows: The highly apprnirive speaker that two campaign management styles had been was favored by subjects whose own encoding previously identified:the candidate who alsostyles were either highly derivative or highly servedas campaign manager, and the pro-appraisive, while the highly prescriptive sub- fessional who is hired by the candidate tojects favored the highly prescriptive speaker. run the campaign. This study examined a sample of the 1972 incumbent Senators up forSelvar, Drew K.Legal Thinking itsSin Sea reelection to the U.S. Senate. The campaign lectei aril Liberties Decisions of the Was. manager for each campaign was interviewed rem Court. Southern hinds U (Speech). for demographic information, organization networks, and major management problems. The research interest of the study was to The nine campaigns examined showed thatclarify otherwise ambiguous notions of what the style of management was different fromsort of legal informationtheselectedcivil what the previous research demonstrated. Toliberties decisions contained. A researchtool describe the styles, the rimilarides in manage-was designed specifically for the study and ment were culled to form three new descrip-represented the development of a new tool tive categories. Three campaigns were describednot found in the present literature. The re- as being "good friend raanapsent" (with twosearch tool was based en traditional ideas of of these acknowledged as haring, overtones of the descriptive use of content analytic tech. the candidate serving as manager of the cam.niques. The purpose of the development of

1 9 9 AnstitAcTs Oi noctoRAL DISSERTATIONS 199 the research tool used bs the study was to pro-trot group remained with their instructorand vide a device for the delineation of the legalwere administered the post-testattitude roes- information present in United States Supremesure. One hundred and eightsubjects to be Court opinions. included in the final analysis of data were se- In order to provide a focus for investigation.lected front the one hundred and forty-nine the following proposition was examined inthesubjects who had completed all aspects of this study: The legal thinking of the Warren Court experiment. Ten subjects were randomly chosen majority regarding selected civil liberties de-from cads cell to keep the number ofsubjects cisions was nonentutructionist in nature. The forallexperimentalconditionsequal;and proposition isolated for investigation wes non-eighteen subjects were randomly chosen from conaructionisz legal thinking. The notion ofthe total control group. The study consistedof nonconstructionist was derived from its opposite. a 3 !. factorial design with an additional constructionist.Generallyspeaking,theidea cow. sup. of constructionist was associated with the phrase A I'analysis utilizing a principal com- "strict conuructionist" referring to a justiceponent solution and the vain=rotation of who viewed the law as being developed through the factor matrix was performed on the pre- the case law process. This process establishedtest scores to determine which of nine semantic a precedent wherein a justice consultedprior differentialscales tended to cluster together. decisions and citedthose decisions as sup-The factor analysis revealed two main dusters. porting his opinion in the case being decided.One was labeled salience-worth and the other On the other hand. the justice whose legal was labeled evaluative. thinking was nonconstntctionist,viewedthe From the results of the factor analysis. similar law as being less determinative and relied on analyses of variance resulted from the scales other sources of support for his opinion, suchconstituting each of the two factors. The two- as direct references to theConstitution of theway analyses revealed no significant (.03) United States or perhaps data generated byeffects for communicative type or message de- social science investigation. sign. In addition, there was only one significant The study and its research tool were designedinteraction which may be regarded as a chance to test the accuracy/inaccuracy of the mearchoccurance. The control versus others effect was proposition by the systematic classification ofsignificant for all salience-worth scales but was the legal information found in the selected de- not significant for any evaluative scales. cisions. Since all messages. regardless of design, were equally as effective in changing subjects' attitudes in a positive direction, it may be con- Sharp, Franklin E. The Effect of Three Per.cluded that attitude change may not be a suasive Designs on Attitude Change In Threefunction of receivent' communicative tendencies. Types of Communicators. Syracuse U (Speech Educadon). Shipman, James K. A Factor Analytic Investi- The purpose of this study was to discover if gation of Oeganizational loam Credibilivf individuals with varying coannunicative tenden- Using Pint-Level &venison as Subject Pop. des ( creative, critical, adaptively active) differ Wawa. Kent State U (Speech). in the amount of attitude change when presented with the same message content designed The purpose of this investigation was the in three alternative formats: directive, indirec-development of two instruments that could tive, and nondireetive. be used to measure organisational source aed- The subject pool consisted of two hundredMilky (as opposed to the credibility of a per and datty-six tmdergreduate students. During source) as perceived by organitational the pre-test session, subjects were administered employees in relationship to an organisation's the Forced Choice Scale of Consnsunicative"task" function and to an cepnization's "so- Tendencies and the pretest attitude measure.dal" function. After being categorised as to communicative Source credibility instruments ware admin- type. each subject was then randomly assigned istered to a total of 07 first-level supervisors to one of the nine experimental groups or tofrom three different orpnisational source PP' the control group. During the post-test session.Widow. loch indrument was omstructed using subjects in the experimental group, were ad- sixty aemandc differential scales. Eighteen fao ministered the post-test attitude manure im-for analyses way performed (three mires on mediately after exposure to one of the three each instrument for each ceganiradossal popu- audio taped Manages while subjects its the con-Juba) using alpha factor analysis. These an-

200 200 It1111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

alyses were "related" statistically in fifteen dif-can populace. The Israeli campaign could not ferentcombinations. The "relate" procedure be cited with confidence as being responsible suggests the degree that the factor structure of for pro-Israeli supportinAmerica; cultural one analysis is similar to the factor structure tics and past Jewish persecution may have had of another. greater impact. Possibly propaganda efforts from The following conclusions were suggested: either side have been less of a factor in chang- first levelsupervisors do perceivetheir em. ing American attitudes on the Middle East than ninve iorganization as a nonpenonal source previouslythought.Additionalresearchre- of communication; organizational source cred- mains to be investigated in the area of in. ibility is multidimensional and it appears that ternationalpersuasion.specificallyinduding there are at least two dimensions, the "com- Arab and Israeli propaganda efforts. petence" and the "character-goodwill" dimensions; these two dimensions appear to be in aereemeot with Aristotle'sethosdifferentiation Starosta, William J.Information Acquisition be- ween means flood sense') and ends ("good Patterns in Village Ski Lanka: An Applied moral character" and "goodwill'); these two Structural Model of Communication and lIe. dimensints appear to be similar across organi- velopmeut. Indiana U (Speech), 1972. zational populations: and there ars: two per- The study was designed to demonstrate the ceptual bases for the investigation of organi- utility of a structural model of communication zational source credibility, one in relationship and development which was designed by the to an organization's "task" function and one author. Specificallythefieldwork designat- inrelationshipto an organization's "meal" temptedtodetermine whetherpatternsof function. The above conclusions ledtothe acquisition of information varied with rural recommendation of a "task" and a "social"development. Data were gathered from three instrumentto measure organizationalsource villages at different stages of village develop- credibility. ment and were controlled for respondent age, levelofinfluence, and occupation, and for Skid, Michael A. and Cephart, Jerry C. A topic presented. Study in Persuasion: The Arab and Israeli Principal findings were: Information acquisi- Propaganda Campaigns in America. U of tion patterns vary with development, ranging Utah (Communication), 1972. from easily detected patterns of information stratification prior to development to a greater The purpose of this study has been to analyze uniformity after development. Age and occu- the messages created by Arab and Israeli propa- pation of the respondent seldom entered in as ganda strategists which have been disseminated information variables. Topic of communication to the American audience. Messages presented interacted with the channel of presentation. in various forms and communicated between Channel preference data remained constant June II. 1967 and January 31, 1972, have been over all conditions for the ruralinfluentials, studied from the perspective of rhetorical and but varied among the lower in influence in the communication theory. Of primary concern has lesser developed conditions. Usage, by contrast, been the role of these messages in the propa- remained constant among the less-infitiential, ganda campaigns directed by these international but varied in the case of influential'. antagonists as each attempts to reach a major world power and achieve the favorable reaction of its people. Stewart, Roy T. An Experimental Invesdp- Research supports thefollowing tentative dens of the Reladonship Between Perceived conclusions: The campaigns do not possess as New InformationandDelayedAttitude many differences as anticipated: the campaigns Change. U of Illinois (Speech Cestinnuilea- were not so divergent as to be the predominant doss). factor in the consistent pro-Israeli attitude of Americans. Israeli messages, in contrast to Arab This study's rationale was that attitudes are messages, were found to be mom consistentinitially formed by introducinginformation with the rhetorical characteristics of the Ameri- to an individual's cognitive system. Presumably can people. Arab rhetoric appears to have been attitude change could be affected by a per modified in recent years to conform with the menage containing informationper- culturaltraits of the American people. The ceived by subjects as previously unknown to Arab campaign was evaluated as being !..&effec- them. Such a communication should indicate tive for changing the attitudes of the Anseri- to subjects tbe inadequacy of their informs-

201 A lia-FRACI'S 01' DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 241 tinnal base and thereby create a stimulus fardiscussion, but %veld need to employ militant attitude change. confrontation. The study investigated the relationship be- Niebuhr warned the communicator to renaesu- twixt) perceived newnesa of information in abee that he too is a "inner who is limited in persuasivemessage and immediate attitudehis perspective by space and time. He believed change. delayed attitude change. and memorythat such an attitude could produce a humility of message content. The relationship betweenthat avoidsfanatidsm and keeps open the attitude change and memory or message content channels of communication. was also investigated. After developing scales to measure perceivedThum, Richard W. The Rhetorical Response newntss of information, a persuasive message of T. H. Green, an Early British 1.1ealist, to ern alt. MipCtillitit Mir:poll plane was tape w- British Empiricism. U of California, Berikeky ear 'tt. One hundmi and ,.ightt..sht Inflergratl. (Rhettwic). nate* were pretested on attitudes.exposed to the Philosophic discourse, like other forms of message. given an immediate posttest, and then communication,is essentially rhetorical. This a delayed Kasten. either one, three, orfive dissertation argues that philosophic discourse weeks after the message. The immediate posttest is not addressed to an unqualified general audi- measured the subjects' perceptions of the in-ence of purely reasonable men. Rather it is and formation's newness. attitudes toward the SST.must be addressed to particularized audiences and ability to recognise and recall informationdetermined by prior metaphysical and meth - in the message. odological commitments. This is so because a Stittlctsrtes rceiving the information as un-particularised audience isnecessary to deter- familiar evidenced significantly more immediate mine what Inuit be said. how it may be said. attitude change than subjects perceiving theand where the discourse must begin. What information as familiar. Over the five weeks,may be said on any topic is essentially limit- however, subjects evidenced significant regres- less without a particular audience. Now it can sion toward their original pre-message attitudes.be said depends upon the conventions of argu- Perceived new information was not found tomentation accepted by that audience. infor- oe significantly superior to perceived old The rationalist and positivist view that philo- mation in effecting long term attitude change.sophic discourse can be free of rhetoric is re- No significant relationship was found between futed through a rhetorical analysis of J. S. Mill's memory of message content and perceived new-"Logic Of The Idorai Sciences" and T. H. ness of information or between attitude changeGreen's Prokgemena To Ethics. The rhetorical and memory of mange contents. analysis demonstrates the function of particularized audience indetermining the logical Thorn, Edward W. Inqsneations for Rhetoricstructure of the texts. the pathetic strategy of in the Works of Reinhold Niebuhr. Indlusathe writers. and the tue of persuasion based on U (Speech). ethos. The treatment of the above-mentioned texts is The purpose of the study was to discover theoffered as a model of rhetorical analysis which implications for rhetoric h, the philosophy ofcan be applied to other philosophic works.This Reinhold Niebuhr by means of a study of hismethod is a tool useful to the critics of philo- works and papers. sophy and the historians of cultism who are The conclusions of the study were that Nie- concerned with discovering what a philosophic babes view of man and his concerts for Justicetext really means and the nature of philosophic had a direct effect on the tools of persuasion beliefs of its intended audience are. that be believed could be effectively used in given situations. The strategies Niehehr pm-Track, Pouffes M. A Rhetorical Analysis of posed varied according to whether the setting the Rhetoric Emerging Front the Monson- was interpersonal, public address, ornegotia- Sleek Controversy. U of Utah (Comatunka- tions between groups. They varied according to doss). the cultural. the times, or the existential situa- dots. The general purpose of this research has been Niebuhr believed the under of a menage,to explore and critically analyze the public whether individual or group, must keep inrhetoric evolving from the kfornson-black con- mind that the audience is sinful. For exampleflict Thee weak groups were delineated for he suggested in the early 19110"s that the blacksthis analysis: the church structure supporting as a group could not addevetheir goals byand defending the present position of the

202 1:02 11111LIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION church; selected individuals withinthe LDSthat thaw individuals who engage in counter. church who have publicly opposed the present attitudinal advocacy demonstrutedsignificant- position of their church; and various non-Mor- lylesschange after thecouittelropultatida mon sources of oppositiontothe Mormon attack than did those individuals who changed church'sracialposition.Thisrhetoric was their initial attitudes as a result of passively criticised and evaluated in order to describe receivingadiscrepantmeseele.second.it accurately what has happened, and to clarify wasdiscoveredthatthedifferentamounts the relationship among these rhetorical events. of changeresulting fromeitheractiveor In order to generate meaningful questions inpassive coding resultedinsignificantat.a- a ststematic manner for the rhetorical criticism,dons in the amount of resistance to persuasive the Burkeian dramatistic pentad was employedattack. Finally. even though the interaction be- as both a means of analysis and critidsm as tween the two factors was not significant. there well as for its organisational qualities. tended to be more of an immunization effect The research suggests that the reaction to as result of change produced by active encoding the Mormon position toward the Negro has than for change produced by passive decoding. been partially an outgrowth of the civil rights This invenigation provided preliminary evi- oriented atmosphere surrounding the1960's. dence that change produced by active encoding The intensity of the criticism of the churchconfers greater resistance to subsequent per in this area will probably continue to be a suasive attacks than change produced by passive reflection of the general attitude of society decoding. toward the implementation of civil rights for Negroes in all institutions. Watson, Sam, jr.Michael Polanyi and the Rhetoric has generally been ineffectual and in Recovery of Rhetoric. U of Iowa (English). some cases counterproductive in resolving the MichaelPolanyi, distinguishedscientist. Mormon-black controversy. was led to philosophy by the same cultural The church, as a rhetorical agent, has con.crisis that animates current rhetorical theory. trolled the controversy rather successfully. By Not a rhetorician, he nonetheless is an im- presenting the priesthood denial as a non-portant ally for contemporary rhetoric.His rhetorical issue, they have refused to interactanti-positivistic epistemology of tacit inference. rhetorically with both Mormon and non-Mor-grounded in heuristic acts, sanctioning the per- mon critics on a public level. sonal, informal, and inexact, invites the insight that rhetoric. an heuristic discipline, has al- Ullmann, W. Richard.Suaceptibility to Per.ways been an an of the informal and inexact. suasive CommunicationFollowing ChangeHis thought is accredited serious sanction in Produced by Counterattitudinal Encoding those philosophic frameworks which sanction and Decoding. U of Southern Californiathe contingent. Polanyi's insights invite a re- (Speech fa kenos). interpretation of past rhetorical theories and of contemporary rhetoric's relationship to Ro- The present study attempted to go beyondntsntidan. simply assessing amounts of attitude change pro- Grounded in ideas of ethos, Actinide= to- duced as a result of counteraftitudinal encoding day insist on man as agent, responsibility. ride, and decoding. This investigation was concernedcommitment, community, and rhetoric's ubiquity with susceptibility to persuasion following initial though positivism countenances none of these attitude change. ideas.Still.rhetoricians tendto embrace a Blued on previous research, the following positivistic epistemology. hypothesis was developed: For individuals don- Palmyra espitensologyoftacitinference, nostrodug similar amounts of attitude change, sanctioning the and-positivistic ideas of con- those who engsge cis! counterattitudistal advocacy temporary rhetorichtn, offers a viable and need- will be more resistant to change following sub-ed underpinning focontemporary rhetorical sequent persuasive attack than will those in- theory, and for scientificactivities.Polanyi dividuals who paudvd Twelve a persuasiveimplies that only by ack.nowiedging persuasive message. saivides an mistook role can we avoid rd.- The hypothesis was tested by means of athine and def end autonomy of enquiry in all 2 X 8 analysis of variance. The results of the fields. Also, his epistemology lends credence to analysis yielded a significant main effect fortraditional modulo= of rhetoric and inven- the factors of type of coding and amounts of don. change. The interacdon between the two fac- Polanyl cars extensionfor contemporary tors was not significant. First, it was discoveredrhetoric. The MU, like rhetoric, is ubiquitous 203. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORALDISSERTATIONS 203 This study develops a numberof theories statements.Polanyi's epistemology en- inall about the Facial functions ofwords and sym- compasses allfields and modes of discourse, homogeneous audi- not only those in whichformal argument is bols that provide relatively al- ences with their sources ofcohesion and unity. most nearly evident.Polanyian scholars insofar as ready provide useful analysesof kinds of dis-Sikh swamis are "condensations" they twettme economical representationsof the course which rhetoricaltheory now has cm- have not yetideology or belief system of the group.Con- hi-aml but to which theorists densation. are more connotative thandenota- seriously attended- tive,more expressivethanreferential,and geared more to practical rather thanaesthetic Weiurl, Allen R.Contemporary Campaigngoals. They may be found inspeeches. advertis- Communication; A Case Study of aNtevada ing. or virtually any rhetoricalmode. State Senate Race. V ofSouthern California The central theme of this paperis that con- (Speech Communication). densationsbindacollectivitytogetherby systematic- "speaking"forthe group and reflecting as A state legislatite campaign was self-image. Like-minded people usecondensa- ally selected for study. The casestudy was used just as campaign model. tions that announce their perspective. to explicate 2 cle,criptie labels The candidate's campaign wasexamined in"pig" a; a symbol in the counter-culture an entire 'outsider's''ideology about the estab- areasincluding decision makingpremiums, the electorate, lished order. the candidate's perception of of the the candidate's use of issues.and the campaign's This tkaper =Rues that the rediscovery electorate's perception ofimportance of rhetorical style in general,and use of media. The crucial the candidate, of issues, andvoters'use ofcondensations in particular, may be a perceptions ofstep in arriving at the .iew thatrhetoric can media were also examined. The behavior. the candidate were assessedby inteltstve, sys-provide a useful measure of social of theSeveral theories are proposed todemonstrate tentaticinterviews. The perceptions thatis electorate were measured by aquestionnaire theusefulness of rhetorical analysis administered to voter samples at thecampaignoriented to locating and describing a group's condensations, among them:thatrhetorical mid-point and again later. the Strategy decisions were madeprimarily bylanguage is successful when it identifies Primary electionre-group's location in the sodety; that aculture the candidate himself. in turmoil and disorder is more apt to create turnswereutilisedinformulatingmedia new symbols which originatefrom the dissatis- strategies.Endorsements of organized groups considered ins-fied; that the use of such symbols functions as were actively sought and were a liturgy" in what amounts toa "rite of Portantfeedbacksigns. There was no sys- profiles andpassage" for access into the group; andthat tematic analysas of constituency rhetorical no polls werecommissioned. The candidateother non-verbal constitutents of the designed menages primarily for exposinghis situation may also serve as condensations. name rather than fordiscussing issues. Voters' image of the candidate did ant change Bavaria, Vakntitsa.Russian Sinsensrallsas of significantly during the campaign nor did his the Nineteen Slade.: MethodologicalContd. name recognition factor changesignificantly. but:leas to the Study of the Narrative as Ex- Voters'identification with a party was not emplified by Sods Thpensky's A Pastiesof significantly associated with their image ofthe Canitosition. U ofCalifornia,Berkeley candidate, hot his image was significantly better (Rhetoric). among voters reached by the nameexposure campaign. Various media typos wereemphasized The purpose of this study was aceinvestigate during the campaign, bat the electoratedid notthe methodology of the RussianStructuralists, consistently use them as the candidateintended. to translate a representativework of Struc- Previous studies indicate that the theoryof turalist literary theory, and tosubject it to soda! judgment-insvalvment explains the oer-critical analysis in terms of Structuralist meth- suasion phenomena inPresidential elections. odology. but some other framework may moreaccurately A translation of Bois Uspeusky's APoetics describe campaigns on other electorallevels. of Composition: Structure of the ArtisticText and Typology of a Compositional Form(Mos- Woodward, Gary C. Condesssadons: The Rho.cow, 1970) was made (to bepublished by the mica, Functions of Rey Words and SCUMS University of California Press, 1974). To investi- U of Pittsburgh (Speech and TheatreArts).gate this work in the contextof contemporary

20% 20J BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Riessian criticism, the origins and controversiespharyngeal wall muscles. The greatest EMG surrounding the structuralist movement werepotentials accompany /ix/ in cases where there surveyed. as were structuralism's links to semi-is wparation of the vowel EMG curves, al- otics, systems theory, and modern linguistics.though this pattern varies from subject to sub- rspensky's work was seen as one outgrowth ject. ofstructuralist methodology. which proce--As LICII subject increases pharyngeal cavity vol. horn the formulation of a typology to the build ume forvoiced stop consonantproduction, ing of a model and pays particular attention tothough the three subjects are different com- the metatanguage of description. binations of the velopharyngeal muscles. The study concluded that: (I) Russian struc- Velar and alveolar articulations may bere- turalism is to be distinguished from the formal- sponsible for increase EMG potentials from the ism of the 1920's in its emphasis on communica- palatoglossus, middle constrictor and sternohyoid tion between addressor and addressee. (2) In itsmuscles when such magnitude differencesoccur. classification of speech acts from various points Individualdifferences were notedinvel- of view (author. narrator, character, or persona).°pharyngeal function for velopharyngeal closure rspensky's work is an application of a com-and pharyngeal volume changes. Theircause munication theory.(3)Uspensky's model, byis uncertain but may be due to dialect varia- which the literary work may be segmented intotion, intersubjects anatomical variation,or idio. diserete units according tothe principle ofsyncratic behavior. "story within a story." reflects the structuralists' affinity with semiotics and systems theory. (4) The cross-disciplinary techniques in A PoeticsBrownell, Winifred W. The Relationship of of Composition have far-reachingimplicadons Sex, Social Class, and Verbal Planning to for the methodology of narrative as well as for the Dist luencies Produced by Nonstuttering the broad field of literary investigation. Preschool Children. State U of New York at Buffalo (Speech Communication). The purpose of this study was to examine Speech Sciences and Audiology the influence of sex, social class, and ideation Berd-Bell,Fredericka.TheVelopharyngeal level (one decision made in the verbal plan- Mechanism:AnElectromyographicStudy. ning process) on the disfluency behavior of City U of New York (Speech and Hearingnonstuttering preschool children. Sciences). Forty preschool children ranging in age from 45 to 60 months were randomly selected from Anelectromsrographic study of the levatormiddle and lower classnursery schools in palatini, superior and middle constrictors, pa-Buffalo, New York. The childrenwere asked latoglossus, palatopharyngeus and stemohyoidto respond to twenty photographs portraying mincles of three speakers of American Englishpreschool activities, Transcripts made of the was performed to determine: which muscleschildren's speech were divided into 10(1 word close and open the velopharyngeal port forsegments and analyzed for the number of dis- speech, and how pharyngealcavitysizeis fluencies per 100 words. changed for different vowels, and stop consonant Disfluencies were defined as irregularities in place and voicing differences. Hooked-wire elec- fluency characterized by monosyllabic and poly- trodes and computer processing techniquesweresyllabic repetition, prolongation, unfilled and used. filledpauses,revisions,;neompletephrases, The !enter palatini is the primary musclebroken words, and unfinished words. Four levels of velopharyngeal closure for oralization forof ideation were identified: enumeration,de- each of the subjects. Levator palatial activityscription, interpretation,and spontaneous is correlated with the oral cavity impedance ofspeech. a speech sound. Palatopharyngeus also shows Disfiuendes occurred frequently in the chil- consistent oralization activity for each of thedren's speech. Types characteristic of normal subjects, although it is strongly affected by thedisruptions in speech such as huerjections of vowel environment. Two subjects showsomesounds. hesitations, and revisions occurredmore constrictor muscle activity related to oral articts-bvquently than monosyllabic repetition,pro- Latina. longations and broken words, whichare most Nasal articulationis accomplished by sup-often associated with the identification ofstut- pression of oral articulation. tering. Vowel color affects the strength of ENG Data analysis indicated thatcharacteristics signals obtained from the lateral and posteriorof sex, soda) class and ideation levelwere re-

20E', ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 205 lated to the occurrence of disftuency. Middlecrimination ability in quiet or noise subtests, class males produced significantly more dis-than the normal group. fluencies than middle class females. Middle dass children produced significantly more hesitations than lower class children. Spontaneous speech C.iliax, Donald R.Lipreading Performance as was characterized by greater fluency than other Affected by Continuous Auditory Distractions. levels. Most disiluencies occured during descrip- Michigan State U (Audio and Speech Sci- tion. The occurrence of all disfiuencies appeared ems). to be related to the psycholinguistic phenomena The major objectives of this investigation of groping and self-monitoring behavior. were to ascertain the effects of different on- vironmenu on individuals being trained in the lipreading process and to determine whether Canfield, Kenneth L.Relationships Amens theseenvironmentalateiditionsfunctionas FunctionalArticulationDisorders,Visualauditory distractors thereby decreasing the lip- Perception, and Auditory Discrimination inreading ethciency of trained lipreaders in a test Elementary School Age Boys. State U of Newsituation. York at Buffalo (Speech Communication). The experimental procedure consisted of a The purpose was to investigate the possibility training program and a test session. Forty col- of significant positive relationships among func- lege-age adults with normal hearing and vision tional articulation disorders, visual perception,were assigned to one of five training conditions, and auditory discrimination and to determine each condition representing a different auditory if significant differences existed between boysenvironment: (l) quiet (ambient noise, 50 dB withfunctionalarticulationdisordersandSPL), (2) babble (90 dB SPL). (3) industrial normal speakers in visual perception and audi- noise (90 dB SPL). (4) traffic noise (90 dB SPL). tory discrimination. and (5) music (90 dB SPL). Each subject was Research was traced in the areas of audi- shown one of six videotapes in which a male tory discrimination and Npeech, visual percep- speaker was presenting a set of spondaic words. tion and reading. perception and neurologicallyThe task of the lipreader was to watch the disordered speech, and the assumptions con- videotape until correctly identifying 90 per cent cerning the relationship between speech articu- or more of the vocabulary stimuli. In the second lation and visual perception. phase(givenwithinforty-eight hoursafter training was completed) the same set of vocabu- All subjects were public school boys, exam- lary words was presented five times under the ined with the Goldman-Fristoe 'fest of Articu- several environmental situations. lation,Goldsman-Fristoe-WoodcockTestof Auditory Discrimiruttion. and Marianne Frostig The results showedthatfemalesubjects Developmental Test of Visual Perception. lipread significantly better than male subjects Statistical Analyses were performed via thein the test session, and that female participants neededsignificantly fewertrainingtrialsto PearsonProdrct-MomentCorrelationCoeffi- cient, Fisher's Z transform test for correlation,qualify for the test session. No definite pattern multiple correlation analysis. and the t-test forof subject response emerged relativeto. the difference between un .47dated means in twonoise backgrounds. Further, the results front thetestsessiondemonstrate subjects samples of equal size. that trainedinvarious sound backgroundswill The findingswere: no significantpositive achieve comparable scores, irrespective of the correlation was found between visual percep- environment in which they were trained. tion and functional articulation disorders, be- Abstracted by DANOL S. BLUM tween auditory discrimination and functional articulation disorders, or among visualper- ception, auditory discrimination and functionalCohen, Melvin S.Interstmsory Processing Effi- articulation disorders. A significant positive re- ciency of Fluent Speakers and Stutterers. U lationship was found between visual pe.ception of Utah (Communication). and auditory discrimination. The functional articulation disorder group demonstrated sIgnifi- This study was designed to assess the pro- candy lower visualperceptual abilitythanficiency ofstutterersat matching auditory- the normal group in three of five submits andtemporal (tapping) patterns with visual-spatial in total visual perceptual raw scores. The func- (dot) displays. A modification of the Birch and tionalarticulationdisorder group didnotBelmont test of auditory-visual integration was demonstrate significantly lower auditory dis-administered to twenty pairs of matched scut- 206 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION terers and fluent speakers. Results indicated that enhance the value of the procedure. (4) The the stutterers' performance on this particularabilities which are measured by DSS bear little internsensory integration task was significantlyrelationship to abilities measured by the Pea- lower than that of their fluent peers. This wasbody Picture Vocabulary Test, the Stanford analogoustoresultsobtained previously inAchievement Test, or the Metropolitan Readi- separate auditory tests of dichotic listening and nessTest.(5)Linguisticallyunsophisticated isnal tests of tachistoscopic recognition. judges tend to put more stress on sentence length Birch and Belmont maintain that poor per-when judging grammatical complexity than do :ormance on their test of intersensory integra-sophisticated judges. (6) A simple word count tion may be a sensitive indicator of those is as effective as morpheme count or syllable pecifictypes of cerebraldysfunction whichcount as a measure of linguistic performance of cannot be detected by standard neurological normal children. examinations. The present results seem to support this contention and might be interpreted as inferring that the cortical organisation ofDiggs, Charles C., Jr.Coarticuladon in Dye. stutterers is somehow different from and less artistic Speech: A Spectographic Study. Pur- efficient than that of fluent speakers. Stutterers due U (Audiology and Speech Sciences). would seem to possess some type of specific Predictions of the effects of various sites of neurological dysfunction which prevents or in-neural lesion on coarticulation were generated terferes with their ability to perform efficientlyfrom a proposed model which sought to provide in receptive functions such as intersensory in- MacNeilage's (1970) constructs with neurological tegration as well as in the expressive skill ofcorrelates. To restrict these broad predictions intent speech production. However, because the and to add power to the model, coarticulation degree of stuttering severity was not found to wasinvestigatedacousticallyindysarthric he directly proportional to the level of inter- speech. sensory processing ability, it would appear that neurogenic abnormalities might interact with Three Parkinsonian patients, three ataxia. psychogenic factors in degrees which vary fromand three controls who all possessed normal one individual to another in the actual precipi-language function and adequate hearing sensi- tation of stuttering. tivityproduced different VCV nonsensesyl- lables after the experimenter's model of equal stress on both syllables. Subjects also uttered Dallmann, William C.Linguistic PerformancesentencescontainingVCVsyllableswhich in Children Six Through Nine. Purdue Ucrossed word boundaries. These sentences were (Audiology and Speech Sciences). also repeated after the experimenter's model. This investigationexploredlinguisticper- From acoustic recordings of these stimuli. formance in 100 normal-speaking children be-wide band spectrograms were made with an tween the ages of six through nine, using De-expanded frequency scale, and second format velopmental Sentence Scoring (DSS) as a majorterminal frequency, steady state frequency, and re.,earch instrument. DSS scores were compared difference frequency were measured. Compari- to variables of age, scores of the Peabody Pic-sons indicatcd that both regressive and pro- ture Vocabulary Test. Stanford Achievementgressive coarticulation were essentially absent Test, Metropolitan Readiness Test, measuresin both nonsense syllables and sentences for of sentence length, and subjective judgmentsall subjects, including controls. This result was of grammatical complexity, and overall com-attributed to the subjects' inability to produce municative effectiveness. In addition, the effect the nonsense syllables with equal stress and to of including prepositions and adverbs in DSSthe variation inherent in sentence utterances. was studied. Analyses of variance indicated that position Subjects toreplication, the following con-and consonant factors were significant for the clusions and observations were drawn: (1) Thenonsense syllables. and types of utterance and spontaneous linguistic performance of children,vowels were significant for the sentences. AU as measured by DDS, continuously improvesresults were explainable on the basis of vocal at least up to the age of 8-11. (2) Although tract dynamics. findings are not consistent nor conclusive, chil- In the absence of demonstration of coarticu- dren tend to achieve higher DSS scores in alation in the control group, conclusions about test environment than in a non-test environ- the efficacy of the proposed model cannot be ment. (3) The inclusion of prepositions and ad- made. It does appear, however, that there are verbs in the DSS scales does not appear tomoreappropriate techniquesforevaluating

207 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 207 coarticulation in dysarthrics than acoustic ones.adaptation from the recorded noise intensity ;Abstracted by Inv J. Mures) needed for masking before adaptation. Normal hearing subjects and subjects with Duchan, Judith Felson. Three Stages in Chit-cochlear hearing losses were exposed to a five minute adapting tone (1000, 2000, or 4000 Hz) duvet' Development of Language. U of Illi- hear- nois (Speech and Hearing Sciences). at either 40 or 60 dB SPL. The normal ing subjects showed 4 dB mean adaptation with This study was designed as a test for a three- neither the frequency nor theintensityof stage hypothesis of normal language acquisi- theadapting tone affecting the amount of tion. It was found that English speaking pre-adaptation measured. The subjects with coch- school children first learn to attach meaning to lear hearing losses averaged 6.3 dB of adapta- individual words, then learn that words can be tion with the greatest average adaptation (8 dB) meaningfully related to one another, and finally recorded at 1000 Hz. The only significant dif- they learn that the different surface orders of ference (p <.025) existing between the normal the words can Indicate differentunderlying and cochlear groups was recorded when adap- meanings. The single word interpretation stage tation was measured using a 1000 Hz 60 dB SPL is called the lexical stage. The stage of relating tone. The variance of adaptation scores for the meaning across words while disregarding word normal hearing subjects increased as the sound orderisthe sema.stic relation stage and thepressure level of the adapting tone increased stage where the child relates surface word order while the adaptation scores of the subjects with to underlying meaning isthe syntactic wordcochlear hearing losses showed an increase in order stage. variability as the frequency of the adapting tone When children's performance on individual increased. tasks and across several tasks were analyzed, the following regularities were found: children Evans, Mary Ann.Perceptual Discri:2htadon responded best to concrete nouns, worst to pre- in Mentally Retarded Children and Children positions, and there was no difference in their with Specific Language Disabilities. North- response to verbs and adjectives; children from western IT (Communication Disorders). 2 /2 to 5 34years imitated grammatical sentences better than anomalous sentences, and The relationship between language disturb. anomalous sentences better than backward sen- ance and certain perceptual abilities is ofin- tences. The children from 1 TA to 2 TA years terest due to the many questions concerning did not respond differently to the three sentence theperceptualfunctioning of mentallyre- conditions: there was no significant differencetarded and learning disabled children. This between the children's comprehension of re-study was to determine if two groups of lan- duced and expanded utterances; action-object guage impairedchildrendifferedintheir imperatives were relatively easy for all the chil- ability to perform certain nonverbal unimodal dren, locatives were particularly difficultfor or crossmodal perceptual tasks as compared the youngest, while the oldest had spedal to two groups of non-language impaired chil- difficulty with reversible possessives. dren. Selection criteria were such that the four Dunn, Derek E.The Measurement of Mon- groups of subjects differed according to :dative aural Adaptation to Suprathreshokl Stimuli intelligence(IQ), language ability,azboth; Via Masked Threshold. U of Cindnnadbut shared an equivalent overall meLtal age (Speech Pathology), 1972. from four to six years. Thus, it was anticipated that this study could help to determine whether A monaural masked threshold technique oflanguage deficit or mental retardationis the measuring suprathreshold adaptation was uti- MOM criticalfactor in the ability to make lized which involved recording the amount ofcertain perceptual discriminations. narrowband noise necessary to just mask a 5 The experimental test battery consisted of per cent warbled pure tone before and aftertwelve nonverbal perceptual tasks, varying in the subject was exposed to an adapting tone.terms of combinations of sensory modalities The 5 per cent warbli,fi pure tone was of theand meaningfulness. The number of errors for !Me frequency and intensity as the pure tone each group and various combinations of groups to which the subject was adapted. The amount was subjected to analysis of variance. of measured adaptation was obtained by sub- The results indicated that the three abnormal tracting the recorded intensity of the noise groups performed significantly poorer than the needed to just mask the warbled torn following normal according to all test conditions. The

208 208 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION combined performance of the two language of the voice are firmly rooted in the elocution. impaired groups was poorer than that of theary tradition. two-language impaired groups. Specifically, the This study examines Curry's theory of the language impaired groups performed poorer voice and its production within the historical on crossmodal tasks. In addition, non-meaning- framework from which it evolved, as well as ful stimuli were more difficult to process than contrasting it.to modern actor voice training. tneaningful. Curry's vocal philosophy is divided into two The conclusion is that both intelligence and parts: vocal expression and vocal training. The a language deficit are criticaltononverbal former deals with those aspects of vocal de- perceptual functioning; but that language dis-velopment that are the result of mental action sturbance has a greater relationship regard-and the resulting emotional response. It was less of the relative intellectual level. Curry's belief that the mind dictated vocal response. Vocal training was less dependent on mental Fontana, Marie C.Experimental Modificadon action, drawing instead from the elocutionists. of Did hunt Speech Behavior in Children.Most of what Curry considered vocal training Teachers College, Columbia U (Speech Path- is fairly standard practice today, although not ology and Audiology), 1972, Ed.D. with the mental emphasis he insisted upon. The purpose of this study was to examine Concluding the study, Curry's vocal training the effects of the application of experimentalphilosophy is contrasted and compared to vocal punishment and rewarding contingencies on dis- training for the modern American actor using fluent speech behavior in nonstuttering chil- selected American text^-% the subject. A ma- dren. jority of the books written within the last Fortynonstuttering childrenbetweenthe twenty years support Curry's basic ideas on ages of seven and nine years six months werevocal training (exclusive of the mental ele- selected at random from schools in Nassaument) and show that within limits, Curry's County, New York. Ten subjects were randomlyphilosophy is viable and useful to the modern assigned to each of four experimental sub- actor. groups: Subgroup A received the verbal stimulus -wrong" contingent upon each disfluency; Sub-Gabe, Kathleen M. SpeechDiscrimination group B received "very good" following each Ability in Children with Severe HearingIm- 30 second fluent period; Subgroup C received a pairments. Wayne State U (Speech Communi- combination of "wrong" contingent upon each cation and Theatre). disfluency and "very good" following each 30 second fluent period; Subgroup D served as a The purpose of the present study was to control group and received no treatment. determine whether or not children with severe Analysis of data indicated that disffuency inhearing impairments who scored very poorly nonstuttering childrenis capable of experi-on standardized tests might actually have func. mental manipulation and that response con-tionally different auditory discrimination abili- tingent "wrong" is an effective stimulus for ties.Specifically, PBE-50 lists that had been the modification of disfluenty in nonstuttering modified into multiple-choicetest forms by children. Comparison of difference scores among Gaeth and Cloner in the 1950's and four sub- treatment groups indicatedthatthe simul- tests from a Scale for Testing Speech Discrimin- taneous presentation of "wrong" and "very ation developed by Gaeth (1970) and revised by good" was more effective than "very good" Brey (1972) were used. which had little if any effect on the disfluencies Forty children with at least a third grade in nonstuttering children. reading recognition and spelling vocabulary who were in educational programs for the hearing impaired participated in this study. Those chil- Samuel Silas Curry's Theories Fox, Philip, II. dren selected scored 0-60% on a standard PBK- of Voice Training: A Modern Perspettive.50 list. They were administered the two forms Wayne State U (Speech Communication andof the multiple-choice lists and four sub-tests Theatre). of the Scale:viz., the Digit Test, the Easy Samuel Silas Curry's(1847-1921) theory ofAlphabet Test, the Hard Alphabet Test, and the oral expression is usually considered within the Easy Word Test. All tests were recorded ver- matrix of elocution despite the fact he denieddons and were presented at comfortably loud elocution, consideringitartificialand me- levels in an original and repeat test session. chanical. His philosophy and training methods Of the forty children tested, 32 had scores of 209 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 209

10'7'e or less on the standard PIIK50 list. These performance on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary 32 children basically had indistinguishable abil. Test were studied. The experimental group was ities to understand speech on this measure. Itcomposed of children with severe articulation was found that the 32 children could be divided problems as determired by their performance into three sub-groups based on their scores onon the Photo Articulation Test. The children the multiple-choicetests and further distin-in the control group had normal articulation. guished by their scores on the sub-tests of theA special syntax test was devised for the nega- Scale. A fourth sub-group consisted of the 8tive. Wh interrogative pronoun question and children who scored 12 to 60% on the standard present progressive-copula. It was hypothesized measure. that a relationship exists between phonology and syntax, that children who have defective Harlan, Carl Jr.Incidence Wag Relationshiparticulation have defective syntax. The devia- of Woke Disorders within Divergent Psychotiction affects all areas of language performance: Populations. U of Utah (Communication). comprehension, imitation, and production. The results confirmed this hypothesis. The scores Taped vocal patterns of a stratified randomof the experimental group were poorer than sample of 42 institutionalized psychotic indi-those of the control group in all Language vidualswere obtainedfromthepsychiatric Performance Tests. wards at the University Hospital and Veteran's The scores for both groups were better for AdministrationHospitalinSaltLake City,comprehension than for production and both and from the psychiatric wards at the Stategroups also found the comprehension of the Hospital in Provo. Utah. Wh interrogative pronoun question significantly The subjects were chosen as representative easier than the comprehension of the negative; samples of the psychotic population in thethe reverse was true for production. The scores three research categories (schizophrenia. para-of the experimental group for the Test of noia, and manic-depressive reaction). Two taped Negative indicated that comprehension greatly recordings of each subject's voice (spontaneous exceededimitation.which, inturn, slightly speech and paragraph reading) were played for exceeded production. No conclusive statement a group of three judges (speech pathologists).could be made about this finding for the control The evaluation of each judge was independentgroup. The children in the experimental group of the two other judges and based on the fol- used reduced differentiation or non - expansion lowing criteria: habitual pitch, falsetto, pitch in the production of syntactic categories. e.g. breaks,glottalfry,diplophonia,ventricular the verb phrase. The study indicated that chil- phonation. breathiness, tension, tremulous voice,dren with deviant articulation have difficulty intonation, rate, intensity,glottal attack, hy- in the areas of syntax and phonology. ponasality, and hypernasality. The results of this study indicate that there is a significant difference between the estimated Hotchkiss, John C.Perceptual Differences in incidence of voice disorders in the normal (total) the Fluent Speech of Stutterers and Non- population and the incidence in the selected Stutterers. Purdue U (Audiology and Speech psychotic population. It also suggests that there Sciences). are no significant differences between the three psychotic groups in the incidence of voice dis- The purpose ofthisinvestigation was to orders with the exception of pitch breaks. Fiftyexamine perceptualdifferences between the per cent of the patients had abnormalities offluent speech of stutterers and nonstutterers. pitch. 45% had abnormalities of breathiness,From speech samples, three stimulus tapes were 38% had abnormalities of tension. 14% hadconstructed which consisted of pairs of fluent abnormalities of nasality, 5% had falsetto, 14% utterances, each including both a stutterer and had pitch breaks, 38% had glottal fry, 9%a normal talker. Within each listening tape, had tremulousvoice,none had ventriculareach stunner's utterances were paired with ut- Phonation, and 12% had glottal attack. terances from normal talkers. Two listening tapes were then presented to 16 sophisticated listeners within- Hoffnung, Audrey L An Analysts of the Syn-and16non-sophisticated structions to listen to each stimulus pair and, tactic Structures of Children with Devianton the basis of only fluent speech, decide which Ardculadon. City U of New York (Speedsof the talkers was a stutterer. and Hearing Sciences). Listeners were then asked to nominate the Two groups of thirty subjects each, matchedperceptual cues they had used to make their for age, sex, socio-eamomic background, anddecisions. Cues were evaluated in light of each

210 210 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION listener's accuracy in identifying the stutterers.wa; dominant for speech. In the experimental Facilitative cues were then presented to a group group left side dominance did not always hold of six listeners prior to the presentation of thetrue. Presumably where distorted feedback is third listening tape. A control nom) responded present the plasticity of the young brain allowed to the third tape without benelt of the addi- a shift in the ceatral dominance for speech. tionalinformation. Followingthistask.the listeners, having been provided with informa-Hutchinson, John M. The Effect of Oral Sen. tion, were asked to rank-order the perceptual soryDeprivation on StutteringBehavior. cues indicating which were most important in Purdue U (Audiology and Speeds Sciences). making their decisions. The results indicated that listeners as a group The purpose of this study was to investigate were ableto discriminate between stutterersthe effect of oral sensory deprivation on stut- and non-stutterers on the basis of fluent speech.tering behavior. Six adult stutterers participated Stuttering severity was significantly and posi-in a control condition, an anesthetic condition tively related to the accuracy of listeners' identi-wherein subjects received trigeminal anesthesia. fications.Differencesin performance betweenand a placebo condition wherein subjects re- the sophisticated and non-sophisticated listeners ceived hypodermic insertions but no solution. were not significant. Perceptual analysis of the number, type, and Cues considered to be facilitative in makingseverity of dysfluency was completed by judging the discriminations were laryngeal behaviors.video tapes of the subjects as they gave a short rate and pause behaviors, and articulatory be-impromptu talk and an oral reading during haviors. Rank-orderings of perceptual cues byeach experimental condition. Aerodyamic an- trained listeners indicated that laryngeal be-alysis included simultaneous recordings of in- haviors were most important, rate and pausetraoral air pressure. air flow rate, and voicing behaviors were second, and articulatory be-as each subject read a brief passage during the haviors were least important in making thethree experimental conditions. Common stut- discriminations. tering patterns were categorized according to Abstracted by bey J. Mem,' theiridentifyingaerodynamiccharacteristics. Quantification of the aerodynamic patterns involved both duration and amplitude measures. Hufnagle, Jon.An Electromyographic Study The results of the perceptual analysis re- of Selected Palatal Muscles Following Cleftvealed that sensory deprivation was associated Palate Repair. Wayne State U (Speech Com-with more frequent and severe dysfluency. This munication and Theatre). effect was restricted to stuttering moments in- Electromyographic (EMG) recordingswere volving prolongedarticulatorypostures. No made of the levator palatiai and pabtoglossusstatistically significant differences were observed muscles. The recordings were made bilaterallybetween the control and placebo conditions. utilizing hook wire electrodes. Two groups oftinder conditions of normal oral *calory feed- subfects were studied: 9 subjects who had ex-back, seven aerodynamically distinct stuttering perienced primary surgery for a cleft of thepatterns were produced. These patterns did not palate, and 10 subjects who had normal oral alter under conditions of sensory deprivation, structures. Speech proficiency ratings were taken though several of the dysfluency types evidenced for each subject in order to explore the possi-amplitude and duration changes as a result of bility of a relationship between speech mall. the anethesia- ciency and muscular activity. EMG measure- Thee data were interpreted as evidence sup- ments were taken to demonstrate the time re-porting the hypothesis that stuttering involves lation of onset of muscle activity and the lengthboth open- and closed-loop regulation processes. of time of muscle activity relative to a stimulusSoecifically, the results suggest that the basic word. In both groups of subjects no correla-stuttering moment is preprogrammed but that tion was found between EMG measurementscertainfeedbadt-dependentrefinementsare and the speech proficiency ratings. The experi-operative to mitigate or defeat the negatively mental group had longer and more variable conditioned open-loop commands. latency and duration times than did the control Abstracted by Inv J. Man= group. In the control group the right side of both muscles preceded the left side. In theex- Lapp., Albert Vernon. An Experimental Study perimental group the non-clefted side preceded of Two Methods of Adoshdstering A Re- the cleft side. The results seem to indicate that medial Program. Ohio U(Interpersonal for the control group the left side of the cortex Commmdcados). 211 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORALDISSERTATIONS 211

Member-. of speech communication depart-of long and short bursts of either white noise ments are often asked to work inremedial or environmental sounds. Theexperimental voice and articulation programs. This experi- task consisted of presenting two patterns sepa- ment tested the effectiveness of twosuch pro- rate! by a retentioninterval. A recognition grams over a period of one semester. format of response was used. Pattern length was The September, 1970 freshman dass at Mans- graduallyincreased.Allsubjects received a field State College in Mansfield, Pennsylvaniastandard test of receptive vocabulary. was screened by three therapists foradditions, Data were analyzed using a multivariate an- omissions, substitutions, or distortions of rs),alysis of variance, t tests, and a canonical cor- [lb or [1]; general articulation clarity; nasality; relation analysis. or breathiness. Thirty triads were selected for The results of the study were as follows: the study. Subjects in each triad were matchedEndogenous and normal groups were superior on the basis of achievement scores, age, sex,in short-term auditory memory ability for both mean rating, and type of defect. Nosubjectstimulus types to both exogenous groups. Hard with hearing defects, gross anatomical defects,of hearing subjects stored white noise patterns or known psychological problems wasincluded. more easily than tnvironmental sound patterns; One group was not told of its problems, onethe reverse was true with normals. Older sub- received two counseling sessions, and one re-jects evidenced better performance than younger ceived weekly tutoring. subjects. No relationship was found between Recordings of a ten passage made before andshort-term auditor? memory ability and receptive vocabulary level. aftertreatment were randomly spliced onto tapes and judged by five paid judges.The judges were advanced doctoral candidates fromtheLoovis, Carl F. Mono& and Mho& Permit- School of Hearing and Speech Sciences of Ohio don of(0-500 msecs) Time-Staggered CV nivenity. The reliability of the judges was Monosyliables. Louisiana State U (Speech), .84. The improvment within each group and the 1972. differences in improvement between groups were not statistically significant using either a t-test Twelve female subjects were used to study ef- or the Wikoxon Matched-Pairs, Signed-Ranksfects of time-staggered, paired CV nonsense sylla- Test. The major implication of the results ofbles on dichotic and monotic listening. The the experiment is that a remedial voice andnaturally produced syllables were /pa/, /ba/, articulation program, whether of the self-help /da /, /ka /, and /ga/. whose onsets were or the tutored variety, when it is administeredaligned simultaneously, the 90, 180, 250, and 500 and run by a speech communication department WWI apart. A condition designated"boundary" staff over a one-semester period of time,is (alignment of CV's at the beginning of large probably a waste of time. amplitude periodidty) was also used. The study investigated lead-lag functions by .car when stimuli are time-staggered to500 Lewis, Richard G. Short-term Auditory Memo-mica, and the right ear lateralityeffect and ryAbility in Hard at Hearing Children.voiced - unvoiced differences when stimuli are Northwestern U (Communicative Disceders).aligned at their boundaries. The purposes of this investigation were as Dichotic results showed a right ear laterality follows: to compare etiological and age groupeffect at simultaneity. At 90 num. the right ear pet,Tormance in short-term auditory memory; in the lag position surpassed the left, but when to examine storage ability of stimulidiffering the left ear was put in the lag position, it in meaningfulness; to compare short-term audi-equalled the right. Beyonci 90 tuna, differences tory memory ability with receptive vocabularyattenuated and there was no lag effect. Leading level. and lagging CV's were equally intelligible at 500 Experimental subjects were grouped accord-=ea. The boundary condition enhanced later- ing to etiology (either =agendal endogenousality effect and markedly attenuated the prepon- or congenital exogenous). The exogenous groupderence of unvoiced user voiced CV identifica- was (unbar divided into two subgroups havingtion seen in the simultaneous condition. Mono& either a flat or marked high frequency hearingresults revealed no ear superiority at simultsnes loss audiossetrk configuration. All experimental icy and ear symmetry was maintained at all time subjects met hearing level, auditory disaimina-conditions. The lead stimulus was reported at don, and age criteria. A control group of nor-virtually 100 per cent accuracy for all time mally hearing children was also included. conditions from 90-500 maws. Leading and lag- AU subjects were presented taped patternsging Mrs were perceived with almost 100 per

212 212 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION cent accuracy at 500 msecs separation. The children'sreceptive and expressive language boundary condition introduced no laterality performances and this relationship in aphasic effect and reversed the preponderance of voicedadults. Results from the present investigation over unvoiced CV identification seenin the generally reject the hypothesis that the aphasic inonotic simultaneous condition. subjects' syntactic language performances represented a uniform regression of language performance. Lowry, jean B. A Test of the Repression Hy- pothesis: Receptive-Expressive Language Per.MacWhinney, Brian.How Hungarian Chil- formances of Adult Aphasics and Children. drenLearntoSpeak. U ofCaliforina Kent State U (Speech). Berkeley (Rhetoric). The purpose of the present investigation was In the tun part of the thesis a general psy- to test the regression hypothesis. According tocholinguistic model of language structure, utili- proponents ofthishypothesis,theaphasiczation, and acquisition is examined in the light adult's language deficit reflects a regression toof over-all explanatory requirements. Central an earlier linguistic stage. They theorised that to this model is a set of analytic techniques the dissolution of language in aphasia and the which permit the child to extract structural in- acquisition of language by children would fol-formation from input amalgams. Predictions low a universally uniform order. The presentderived from the model aretestedagainst investigation tested this hypothesis at the syn- elicitedmorphologicalformulations gathered tacticlevel. The aphasic subjects' expressivefrom eighteen Hungarian children between the language performances were compared withages of two and four. The descriptive adequacy those of children. Additionally, the relationship of the model is tested in the course of an out- between the aphasics' receptive and expressiveline of some of the essentials of Hungarian language performances was compared with thismorphology and phonology. relationship in children. In the second part an exhaustive digest of Twenty aphasic adults were matched with previous studies of the learning of Hungarian twenty normal children, ages 4.2 to 7.2 years, as a first language are presented, together with on two tests of receptive language performance. conclusions that may be drawn from this then- These tests measured the subjects' ability to lure. These conclusions are related to the model understand specific syntactic constructions. Adeveloped in the first section of this study. comparison was then made of the two groups' In the third part detailed observations of the performances on three tests of expressive lan- speech development In a Hungarian boy be- guage performance. These tests measured the tween the ages of seventeen and twenty-six subjects' abilities to produce single words which months are subjected to systematization in the were hourogeneous-brpartof-speeth to the stim- trims of a grammar based upon the model ulus word, syntactic constructions which haddeveloped. In the area of lexical development, previously been produced by the examiner, and both the acquisition and the productivity of syntactic constructions, in the absence of syn-grammatical morphemes is considered. tactic stimulation from the examiner (i.e. free speech sample). McCarren, Kathleen Marie.Auditory Evoked Statistical analyses revealed significant differ- Potentials Prom Preadolescent Rhesus Mon- ences in the aphasic adults' performances and keys. Florida State U (Habilitadve Sdanes). those of the children across all three tests of expressive language performance. The aphasic The purpose of this study was to evaluate adults were able to produce a significantly great- averaged potentials evoked from preadolescent er number of words which were homogeneous-rhesus (Mama mulatta) monkeys to determine by-partofspeech to the stimulus word than if a pattern of potential could be obtained that were the children. In contrast the childrenwould indicate a response to auditory stimula- produced a significantly greater number of syn- tion. In order to accomplish this goal twelve tactic constructions which bad previously beenpreadolescent monkeys were evaluated using produced by the examiner than did the aphasic Averaged Electroencephalic Audiometry (AEA). adults. The children were also able to pro- Pure tone stimuli cf 1000 Hz were presented at duce longer, more complex, syntactically ac- 80, 60, 40, 20, 10 and 0 dB SPL, and three curate sentences in a free speech sample thanevoked potentials were collected for each sub- were the aphasic adults. ject when no auditory stimulus was presented. A statistical analysis also revealed significant Examination of the potentials revealed that differencesintherelationship between thefor ten subjects a pattern of potential could be 21.3 ABS'ERACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 213 evoked and define.1 as a response to auditory fifteen /r/ defective, and fifteen normal speaking stimulation. While the pattern of response forjunior high school speakers were examined on preadolescent monkeys is basically the same astests of tongue two-point discrimination, oral that for adult monkeys there was more tort- form discrimination, diadokokenctics, and both ability in the latency and amplitude measuresdiotic and dichotic tests of pitch, vowel, and for the prominent peak components. speech-sound discrimination. Acceptable responses were noted to decrease On oral perception tasks, findings showed that in frequency of occurrence as the intensity de-/r/ defective speakers had significantly poorer creased below 80 dB SPL scores than /s/ defective or normal speakers, while scores of /s/ defective and normal speakers did not differ significantly. Two-point dis- McKenzie, Earl Ray. An Alternative to Electriccrimination and oral form discrimination were Shock for Modifying Maladaptive Behaviorsfound to load on a common factor. Diadoko- of the Mentally Retarded. Florida State Ukenetic scores of /s/ and /r/ defective speakers (Habilitalise Sciences). were significantly poorer than scores of normal Maladaptive behavior appears to be one ofspeakers. No significant differences were found the most severe problems in institutions for the among performances of the three speech groups mentally retarded. The study conducted at-on auditory tasks except for mixed results on tempted to modify behavior through the usedichotic speech-sound discrimination. No car of contingent aversive noise. This method waspreferences were found for any of the groups selected as a possible alternative to shock. Ten on any of the dichotic tasks possibly due to the mentally retarded residents of Sun land Train- nature of the stimuli and the instructions for ing Center in Marianna, Florida were selected the dichotic tasks. based upon the emission of high frequencies of No factor analysis dusters were found which maladaptive behavior (screaming, self-injurious would indicate qualitative differences among behavior, stereotyped behavior, and aggressivethe speech groups. Differences between groups behavior). A Voice Intensity Controller (VIC) were related to levels of ability on specific was utilized to control screaming by admin. tasks. 'sieving aversive noise to the ear contingent Articulatory defective speakers may have per- upon maladaptive behavior. The aversive stimu- ceptual abilities and motor skills which differ lus was a complex sound with a spectrumfrom cach other and from normal speakers ranging from 500 to 16,000 Hz. The intensity which appear to be phoneme specific. of the stimulus at the earphone ranged from 110 dB SPL to 115 dB SPL The noise was Mitchell, Patricia D. A Test of Differentiation activated by a contact microphone attached to of Phonemic Feature Contrasts. City U of the skin of the neck by a two-sided electrode. New York (Speech and Hearing Sdenca). An All Behavior Controller (ABC) was used to modify self-injurious, stereotyped, and ag- A new CVC multiple-choke articulation test gressive behavior. The ABC differed from thewas developed for use in phoneme and feature VIC In that the noise was activated by a handconfusion analyses. The Phoneme Differentia- held microawitch. Screaming, self-injurious, and tion Test consists of 200 test items: four tokens stereotype behaviors were eliminated in seveneach of 22 initial consonant contrasts, 13 term- residents.However, aggressivebehavior was inal consonant contrasts, and 15 syllable nu- changed little if at all. A possible explanation cleus contrasts. The major difference between for the failure to decrease aggressive behaviorthe Phoneme Differentiation Test and Previous was that these subjects had hearing losses ren-dosed-responses tests is that for each stimulus dering the noise ineffective. The results of this word the alternatives were designed to provide study indicate the efficacy of aversive noise incontrasts in only one phonemic feature at a rapidlycontrolling mabdaptive behaviors in time. Thus the set of contrasts for each stimu- populations of severelyretardedindividuals lus is different from the set of contrasts for without resorting to more controversial tech. every other stimulus. Voicing, nasality, manner, niques which are not nectisarily more effective. and place of articulation are contrasted for consonant stimuli. Place, °Pennell. and intrinsic McNutt, James C.Perceptual and Motor Per.duration are contrasted for vowel stimuli. lama:sea of Arden latary Defective and Normal The test was given to a sample of hypacusic Speakers. Yea State U (Speech). listeners, and was applied in low-pass filtering experiments with normal-hearing listeners. The performances of fifteen/s/ defective, The results were as follows: Vowel scores 2i4 214 BIBLIOGRAPIIIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION were higher than consonant WOWS except when °nutria. joins A. Stuttererls and Nonstuttertes all frequencies above 500 Hz were removed. Location of Ckckr Superimposed on Sen- Scores were higher for consonants in the word- tences of Various Types. State V of New York initial position than in the word-terminal po- at Buffalo (Speech Communication). sition. Place of articulation was the most frequently confused feature for both consonants Stutterers and nonstutten responded to a and vowels. Several findings support the theoryclick-on-sentence task by estimating the location that phonemes arc confused one feature at aof a 20 cosec. segment of white noise placed in inse. the middle of "target" vowels in 35 sentences. presented both dichotically and binaurally. The Clinical and experimental applications of this"clicks" were placed either in relation to gram- test and the minimal-contrast technique it em-model! boundaries or to stressed monosyllabic ploys are suggested. words. Stutterers evidenced significantly more diffi- The Right Cerebralculty than nonstutterers in making accurate Moore, Waiter H., jr. judgments and also revealed more variance in Hassisphere: Its Role in Linguistic ProcessingSCOWL However, both groups exhibited many in Aphasia. Kent State V (Speech Pathologysimilar tendencies. Binaural presentation pro- and Audiology). duced more accurate responses than dichotic Investigations employing dichoticlisteningdelivery, the parameters "boundary" and "stress" procedures and bilateral tachistascopic proced- all produced characteristic kinds of responses. ures have demonstrated both a right car and "critical" temporal measurements in immediate right visual field preference for normal subjects. proximity with "click" placement were also These ear and visual field preferences have been found to directly Influence the kinds of re- attributed to the more direct connections be-sponses, and both groups exhibited an overall tween the right ear and right visual field to thetendency to estimate the "dick" beforeits "language centers" in the kit hemisphere. actual location. The differences and similarities of stutterers This investigation was designed to study theand nonstutterers on the task are considered roleoftherighthemisphere inlinguisticto rein'oror an already outstanding character- processing following left cerebral insult result- brie of many studies in stuttering, namely, that ing In aphasia. Auditory dichotic procedures, stutterershave abasicallyintactlinguistic and visual dichotic procedures were employed system but reveal more variance on a variety to investigate the ear and visual field prefer-of tasks having to do with the extraction, ences of aphasic and control subjects. Aphasicmanipulation. or restructuring of verbal or subjects were grouped relative to the amountnonverbal information, especially as theres. of time since the onset of left cerebral insult.spective tasks increase in difficulty.Itis sug- A verbal task and a nonverbal task were in-gested that some stutterers. at :Mt. experience vestigated for each of the procedures. difficulty changing "fod" of attention to one Analyses revealed subjects beyond 6 monthsof severalaspects of the linguisticpattern post insult obtained significantly greater left while simultaneously processing the entire pat- car scores than right ear scores. Significant dif-tern. Most stutterers in this study seemed to be ferences were not revealed between the twoperforming perceptually in a manner similar tasks on the auditory, dichotic procedure. to the way they have shown they perform pro- Analyses also revealed a significant left visual ductively. fieldpreference for the aphasic subjects. A significantly greater number of responses wereOrchlle Daniel j.Comparison of Pure -Tone, obtained by the experimental subjects on the WarbieTone, and Narrow-Band Nolte nonverbal task as compared to the verbal task. Thresholds of Young Normal - Hearing Chid- dress.Michigan StateII(Audiology and A significant right ear and right visual field Speech Maws). preference was demonstrated for the control group. The effect of auditor stimulus upon the threshold of bearing in young children was Based upon the analyses it was coecluded that examined at four discrete age levels (3 ;4, 4 K. there is a shift in hemispheric processing of5 54. 6 54) in twenty normal-hearing children, both auditory- and visual-linguistic stimuli inusing pure tones. warble tows and narrow bands aphasic subjects from the left to the rightof noise. The 3 54 and 4 3year-old children hemisphere. were tested at 300. 1000 and 2000 Hr. while the 2J5 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 215 older children were examined at octave fre- block data revealed loss of discrete tongue tip, quencies from 250 through 4000 Ha. For theblade, and back articulations, as well as pro- warble-tone stimulus frequency deviations ofnounced reduction inupper-lipactivityfor ±37 and :4:10% were employed with a modu- both subjects. All phonemes under study ex- Winn rate of 8/second. Half of the subjects in hibited tle- effects of the nerve block. although each group were retested to obtain an estimate the bilabial,linguaalveolar. and linguavelar of clinical testretest reliability for each of theconsonants showed the most noticeable and stimuli. consistent production distortions. These data The results showed a significant improvement are discussed in terms of open- and closed-loop in threshold as a function of age for all threecontrols for the maintenance of speech pro- stimuli. The stimuli were ranked from most dilution, and with respect to recent hypotheses to least sensitive thresholds as follows: warble concerning compensatory. re-organization with- tones, pure tones, and narrow bands of noise.in the articulatory system under conditions of Warble tones were more sensitive than pure sensory deprivation. tones and narrow-band noise was poorer than pure-tone.Thresholds obtainedfor the ±3% warble tones were slightly more sensitive forReis, Ronald P. The Effects of Selected Vocal the two younger age categories while the ±10% Characterisdea on Stuttering Severity. Kent warble tones produced slightly more sensitive State U (Speech). thresholds for the older children, suggesting that The purpose of this investigation wasto warble tones on commercial audiometers can beexplore the effects of vocalization on stuttering employed clinically without concern forthe severity. It was designed to examine the he- effect of varying frequently deviation. quency of stuttering and the reading times of Clinicaltest-retestreliability was shown tostutterer as they read at four vocal intensity be essentially equivalent among the three stim- levels. An evaluation was made of the notion uli. Further, 88 per cent or more of the com-that the ability to execute "off -on" laryngeal parisons were within ±5 dB. Thus thresholdsadjustments was related to stuttering frequency obtainedclinicallywith puretones, warble and reading time. tonesor narrow bands of noise should be Twenty-eight male stutterers were pre ented equally reliable. eight matched 100-word prose passages. Four Abstracted by DANIEL S. BEAINZY Passages were comprised of all voiced phonemes, while four contained both voiced and voiceless phonemes. Each subject was instructed to read Putnam, Anne B.Articulation with Reducedone "all-voiced" and one "combined" passage Oral Sensory Control: A Cliseradlographiein a soft voice, in a loud voice, in a normal Study. Purdue U (Audiology ad Speech Sci-voice, and while 75 dB SL of white noise was ences). presented binaurally through earphones. The data were analyzed using analysis of variance Cineradiography was used to study the behavior of the lips and tongue in two subjectsand Newman-lieula statistical procedures. talkingundertheinfluenceoftrigeminal The subjects read in the normal condition anesthesia. Radiopaque tongue-midline markerswith significantly more stuttering than in the served as fleshpoints by which to monitorotherthreevocalintensityconditions.No tongue position relative to cephalometric land-significant differences in stuttering frequency marks. Measurements of tongue marker posi- were evidenced when the subjects read in the tions and upper -Up protrusion were obtainedbelow normal, above normal, and masking con- directly from a rear-projected film-frame image:ditions. There were no significant difference arectilinearpotentiometerequippedwith in reading time when the stutterers read at digital-voltmeter readout was used to obtainthe four different vocal levels. The subjects the measurements. The speech sample con-read the "all--voiced" passages with significantly sisted of spondee words and *entente.. Filmsmore stuttering than the "combined" passages. of each subject in the normal and nerve-block There were no significant differences in reading conditions were compared qualitatively andtime when the stutterers read "all-voiced" and quantitatively for differences in tongue posi- "combined" material. Thus, increases and de- tion and upper-lip protrusion on the produc-creases in vocal level regardless of whether they tion of selected fricatives, stops,glides, and were induced by masking, resulted in significant vowels within the speech sampk. The nerve-reductions in stunning frequency.

216 216 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Rink, Timothy La Verne. An Exploration ofEight other sentences were used to test the ef- the Rebtionship Between a Hearing Pro-fect of sentence length. Five additional sen- tectiveDevice and Speech Discrimination tences, not read aloud, were used to determine Performance for Persons with Sensori-Neural thesubjects'ranking of sentence types ac- Hearing Loss. Ohio State U (Speeds Coon- cording to perceived order of construction dif- nsursicatkm). ficulty. The results showed that: (1) There was no sig- The purpose of this investigation was to de nificant change in the frequency of stuttering on termine the effects of a hearing protective de- thethree sentencetypes.(2)Stuttering in- vice on speech discrimination performance of creasedsignificantlyas word frequency level persons with normal hearing and persons withdecreased from AA to A to (149) when the sensorineural hearing loss. Speech discrimina- groupseverityrating was Severe andthe tion performance was measured under condi- sentence type was either SAAD or negaivte. tions of quiet and background noise interference (3) No significant relationship was founds-be. for each subject. Visual cues (the opportunitytween the subjects' stuttering and their per- to view the speaker's face while he producedceived order of difficulty for the sentence types. the speech signal) and no visual cues served (4) Stuttering increased significantly with sen- as a controlled variable in this study. tence length for the severe group when men- Ten persons with screened normal hearing.tence type (SAAD) and -word frequency level tenpersonswith diagnosed presbycusis,ten (A) were held constant, but somatic factors persons with diagnosed noiseinduced hearingmay have accounted for this as there was a loss, and ten persons with sensor{ - neural hear- significant correlation between high frequency ing loss of unknown etiology served as experi- of stuttering and low ratings of sentence "mean- mentalsubjects.Speech discriminationper-ingfullnen.' formance was measured in eight experimental Factors of word frequency level, sentence- sessions that included all possible combinations meaningfulness. and severity rating of stutter- of the following variables: protectionno pro-ing were found to be significant experimental tection. noisequiet, and visual cuesno visual variables. It may be inferred that stuttering is cues. more affected by linguistic factors within the Statistical analyses of the data revealed that sentence structure than by any variation of the for normallisteners,hearing protection didstructure itself in the form of SAAD, negative, not affect speech discriminationperformanceor passive. in quiet while itsignificantly improved performance in noise. Visual cues did not affect speechdiscriminationperformance in quietSantana., Donald L. A Comparison of Written but offered significantly improved speech Intelli- Language of Stutterers and Nonstutteren. U gibility in noise. For all persons with sensori. of Utah (Communication). neural hearing loss, hearing protection reduced The study examined written expression of speech discrimination performance in quiet andstuttering and nonstuttering subjects to deter- did not affect performance in noise. The usemine differences in written language by look- of visual cues improved speech discrimination ing for significant differences in number of er- performance in everysituationregardless ofrors between the groups. Forty-eight subjects whether in quiet or noise. protected or notwere dividedintothreefluencylevels:24 protected. normally fluent: 12 mild: and 12 severe stutterers. Subjects were monolingual with average Ronson,Istria.The RelationshipBetween intelligence and no sensory or physical impair- Stuttering and Selecod Sentence Types. Cityment. U of New York (Speech and Hearing $d- Taped samples of speech and reading were aces). used to determine severity. Subjects wrote compositions which were analyzed by an English The purpose of this study was to determineinstructor unaware of which subjects stuttered, therelationship between stuttering and se-She checked paragraphing, sentences, grammar. lected sentencetypes.Sixteensubjects readpunctuation, and mechanics. Total words and aloud 36test sentences comprised of three corrections were counted. transformational sentence types: SAAD (simple, For statistical analysis, number of errors in active,affirmative.declarative).negative, andsome categories were changed so error ratios. passive:these sentences were controlledforA t ratio for matched data was computed for linguistic variables known to affect stuttering.statistical differences between experimental and 217 ens FRAC ES OF DOCTORAL DISSERTA*4 IONS 217 control groups and a tratio for unmatched treatments. including all possible combinations data was used for differences between mild and of the threeintra-oral durations, the three severe stutterers. within-pairs interval, and the three between- ft appears that presence or severity of stut-pairs intervals. Each treatment consisted of 55 tering alas no effect on ability to express one'spairs of forms. The subjects were required to self in wrtung, except thataraeraph errors,indicate whether the two items in each pair the only errors with significant differences, sug- of forms were the same or different in an inter- gest that stutterers hate mom difficulty thanoral discrimination task. temstutterersinorganizationwhenwriting. Resultsindicatedsignificantdifferencesin Mildstuttererswrote significantlylessthannumber of errors for the factors of within- theircontrolswhileseverestuttererswrote pairs interval and between-pairs interval. Fur- significantly more thantheircontrols.Mild thee there was a greater diffeence in number stutterers were considerably younger than severe of errors between the three-second and five- stutterers, so age might be considered in thissecond durations than between the five-second interpretation. and seven-second durations. Also, as the within- pairsintervalincreasedthe error scorede- Results do not suggest a problem in written language of stutterers. It may be fruitful tocreased. These results support the suggestion study this further by increasing sample sire.that short-term memory is a significant consideration in performance on this task. narrowing age and severity ranges, and matching subjects more closely. It was concluded that in the clinical application of a test of oral stercognosis, employing the stimuli and techniques described inthis Scidennusn, Michael P.Enhancement of thestudy, the antra -oral duration should be five Auditory Evoked Response by Conditioning. seconds,the within -pair interval should be Florida State V (Habilitative Sciences). three seconds. and the between-pairs interval should be nine seconds. Other clinical recom- Averaged electroencephalicaudiometry hasmendations were made. previously demonstrated that cortical responses to auditory stimuli increase and decrease in a Abstracted by DANIEL S. BEASLEY directrelationshipwithstimulussensation levels. This study utilized a conditioning pa-Stephens, Myrna M. Influence of Audiotnetric radigm with bimodal stimulus presentations in Configuration on Pure-Tone, Warble-Tone, order to effect an enhancement of the audi- and Narrow-Band Noise Thresholds for Ad- tory evoked response at low sensation levels. ults with Sensorineural Hearing Losses. Michi- The conditioning procedure which was em- gan State V (Audiology and Speech Sciences). ployed was found to significantly enhance the percentage of responses as well as response Thresholdmeasurementsforpuretones. amplitude. Following conditioning, theindi- warble tones with ±3% and ±10% frequency vidual specificity of the response did not appeardeviation and narrow-band noise were compared to be altered. No sex differences were foundusing two groups of subjects with sensorineural with respect to response percentage or responsehearing !asset. Subjects consisted of 16 adults amplitude. Response latencies were extended with audiograms showing a sharp configuration as a result of conditioning. and 16 adults with audiograms showing a grad- ual configuration. The two groups were further subdividedto includeIIsubjects under fifty Smith, Kenneth G.Temporal Factors Mod-years of age and S subjects over fifty rars of ated with Measurements of Oral Stereognosia.age. The test stimuli were presented with a Michigan State V (Audiology and Speech id- center frequency of 500, 1000. 2000 and 4000 lit. awes). Repeat thresholds were obtained to allow an- This study compared the effects oF varyingalysis of test-retest reliability. three temporal factors associated with admin- Results demonstrated a small but consistent istrating a test of oral stereognosis: antra -orallearning effect for both subject groups and all duration of stimulation (S. 5. and 7 seconds).stimuli with improvement on retest. Scores on the within-pain interval (S. 5. and 7 seconds).the initial test showed a high correlation with and the between-pain interval. The stimuliscores on retest. Comparison by age showed no employed in this investigation were ten geo- significantdifferencesbetweenthetwo age metric plastic oral forms. groups. For subjects whose audiograuss showed Forty-five normal young adults received 27a PredPitous drop, thresholds at the lowertre-

218 218 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION quencies were within ± 4.4 dB for all signals Swigart, Elea.Hearing Sensitivity and Speech while at the higher frequencies thresholds for Intelligibility of Cleft-palate Children and narrow-band noisesignals were over 20 dB Non-cleftSiblings. Ohio State U (Speech more sensitive than for pure tone's.Thresholds Communiration). for individuals exhibiting a gradually sloping An investigation was designed to compare the configuration were similar for all signals at all hearingsensitivityand speechintelligibility frequencies. For both groups of subjects, warble- of 66 cleft-palate children between the ages of tone thresholds showed good agreement with 7 and 14 years with that of their non-cleft sib- pi-re-tone thresholds, particularly for the -±5% lings or the same age range. Consideration was frequency deviation condition. given to the type of cleft, age at time of test- It was suggested that when an alternative ing, insertion of a prosthesis, and age at which signal to pure tore is desired, warble tonessurrical closure of the palate occurred. rather than narrow-hand noise be usedfor Each child was administered a pure tone threshold measurement since warble-tone thres-air-conduction threshold evaluation at 250, 500, holds agree more closely to thresholds for pure 1000, 2000, 4000. and 8000 Hz. A "better" and tones. "worse" ear were determined by the mean Abstracted by DANIEL. S. BEA.U.Ey thresholds of the speech frequencies (500, 1000. and 2000 Hz). The amount and the direction of the differenceof the deft-palatechild's Stigora, JosephA. Variations in Stutteringthreshold from the sibling's threshold at each Frequency During Adaptation as a Functionfrequency for each ear was determined. These of Selected Phonemic Cues and Their Proper- "discrepancy scores" were the data used in ties. Bowling Green State U (Speech). some of the analyses. Fiftyphoneticallybalancedmonosyllabic This study attempted to determineifthewords were spoken by each deft-palate child frequency of stuttering during adaptationis and hissibling. These words were recorded differentially influenced by selected phonemicat equal intervals on magnetic tape and mixed and articulatory feature cues embedded in awith white noise. The correct written responses reading task. Furthermore, an attempt was made by 10 listeners were tallied to obtain intelli- to determine if the relationship between molargibility scoresfor each child. The difference and molecular units of stuttering Isalsoin- in scores between the deft-palate child and his fluenced by these cues. sibling were raw data used in other analyses. Molar units of stuttering and their molecular Additionally, the words written by the lis- components were tabulatedas they occurred teners were transcribed phonetically and ma- on each of the specific phonemic cues. A single-trices were constructed for correct, substituted, subject design was employed fur eight subjects.and omitted phonemes in the initial and final The frequency of molar and molecular units positions. of stuttering was: plotted separately for each Hearing thresholds and intelligibili: .scores of the four different phonemes; plotted collec-of the cleft-palate children were sigli:cantly tively for all of the phonemes combined; col- poorer than those of their siblings. lapsed across, and plotted along, anterior and None of the variables (cleft type, age, pros- posteriorphonemes;collapsedacross,and thesis. age at surgery) yielded a significant dif- plotted along voiced and voiceless phonemes. ference in the "discrepancy scores" between the cleft-palatechildren and theirsiblingsfor For most subjects the frequency of stutter- hearlg thresholds or intelligibility scores. ing and the ratio between molar and molecular units of stuttering during adaption were differentially influenced by the presence of phonemicThompson, Nickoht W.Comprehension of and/or articulatory feature cues. Certain pho- Spoken Language by Normal Children as a nemic cues and/or their properties may in- Function of Speaking Rate, Sentence DUB- fluence the frequency of stuttering during adap- cult)and Listener Age. Wichita State U tation In the same way that discriminitive stim- (Logopedics). uli influence the rate of responding of learned The purpose of the investigation was to study behavior during experimental extinction. Pho-comprehension of spoken language by normal nemes may represent a special class of discrim-children between the ages of 5.6 and 9.6 as a initive stimuli that exert differential degreesfunction of speaking rate, sentence difficulty, if stimulus control over stuttering behavior. and listener age. The experimental task was for Itbstracted by Swum B. HOOD Ss to listen over headphones to 40 tape - recorded 2i9 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 219 sentences, which were divided into four groups, The data resulted from the participation of each composed of the same 10 sentence-types,each subject response to picture stimulito but beard at a different speaking ram. An elec- obtaina 50-utterancespontaneous language tromechanical sampling method was used forsample and imitating 30 sentences of a sentence rate-alteration, resulting in four experimental imitation screening test. The data reveatee that rates: fast (70%-5.0 spa), moderately fast (83% althoughthere were individual subcategories 4.2 sps), moderately slow (103%-3.4 sps), and in which the performance of the two groups was slow (135%-2.6 spa). The order of presentation similer, when comparing the group resultsit of speaking rates was counterbalanced. Subjectswas found that the Down's syndrome subjects were instructed to mark the one picture. outand the hearing-impaired subjects do syste- of four 011 a page, which went with the sen-matically differ in their language deviations. tence they beard. Results were analyzed with a repeated mea- Tibbits, Donald Fay.Temporal Adjoining as sures analysis of variance. Increased listener age, an Aspect of Linguistic Development. U of reduced speaking rate. and reduced sentence dif- Missouri (Speech and Dramatic Art). ficulty were all found to have a facilitating effect upon comprehension of spoken language The purpose of this investigation was to de- by normal children. In addition, interaction termine the abilities of children to use the ad- effects were found for the above three factors,joining transformation in combining two con- for listener age and sexwith girls performingstituent sentences with the temporal adjoiners better than boys through age 6-6, and for "after," "before," "until," "when," and "while." listener age and sentence difficultywith sig-To elicit responses, a sentence repetition task nificant differences according to sentence diffi- was devised that included these five temporal culty occurring only for the younger age cate-adjoiners in four different syntactic environ- gories. These results were interpreted as evi-ments: transitive sentences with the adjoiner dence that psycholinguistic skills and abilitiesand the subordinate clause following the main continue to develop in the normal child be- clause,transitive sentences with the adjoiner yond the age of five years. and the subordinate clause preceding the main clause, intransitive sentences with the adjoiner and the subordinate clause following the main Thorum, Arden R. A Comparative Study ofclause, and intransitive sentences with the ad- Certain Audio linguisticSkillsof Childrenjoiner and the subordinate clause preceding with Two Selected Types of Deficits. U of the main clause. Utah (Communeadon). The thirty .objects were between the ages In order to determine the extent to which theof 4-0 and 6.6 years. They were average chil- language deviations may systematically differdren who were free from any known emotional between Down's syndrome subjects and hearingdisturbance, who were acquiring Standard Amer- impaired subjects, a comparison was made ofican English as a native language. who bad the two groups to investigate their ability tonormal speech and hearing, and whoa parents imitate sentences, their use of syntax in spon-had neither very high nor very low socioeco- taneous language, their developmental sequence nomic status. of acquisition of syntax for spoken language. To the extent that the children in this study their use of the parts of speech, and the extentwere representative of normally-speaking chil- of their vocabulary development. The Down's dren of their ages, certain general conclusions were drawn. Children begin to use the temporal syndrome subjects attended the Granite Train-adjoining transformationearly, but they do ing Center and the hearing-impaired subjectsnot master it by the age of 6-6 years. The ability either attended the Utah School for the Deaf orto apply the adjoining transformation is not regular dames in the Granite School District.equal for all adjoiners, nor is it equal for dif- Salt Lake City, Utah. Each subject was beyond ferent syntactic structures or for all degrees of the "naming" stage in language development, semanticcomplexity."After.""before," and had a mental age of between five years to eight"when" appear earlier than "while" and "until." years eleven months, and was free of any other A rapid period of growth in learning to use known complicating factors. The average hear-the temporal adjoining transformation occurs ing level in the better ear for the frequenciesbetween the ages of 4 and 5 years. However. a 500. 1000, and 2000 Hz was 65.9 dB (ISO) forplateau of learning appears to be reached be- the bearing impaired. tween the Ages of 5 and 0 years.

220 220 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Tillie, Cecil H. The Effect of "Interconsonan- Selected measures of fundamental frequency, sal Distance" Upon The Recall of Prevocalicduration, and contours of fundamentalfre- Consonants andClusters.OhioState Uquency were also obtained. Two analyses were (Speech Communication). made of these measures: speech samples judged to be black were compared with those judged A short-term memory methodology was used white, and monthly speech samples of the four toinvestigate the effectuponrecall of 60black children, from their 19th through their initial consonants and consonantal clusters at27 months, were analyzed for linearity of re- three different "linguistic levels" or units of dif- gression. ferent lengths and make-up into which speech The results of the study indicated that the can be segmented. It was assumed that con-listeners made judgments about the race of each sonants and consonantal clusters that appearspeaker and agreed among themselves for a in the initial position in words in American speaker at 27 months, whereas they were less in English are perceptually unique from one an- agreement at 19 months. Physical measures of other:also,thatthe prevocalic portions of syllables are a factor in the recall of verbal selected prosodic features of the speech samples showed:(1) White utterances are longer than material, and that the "perceptual distances" black utterances. (2) Black speakers have briefer among these consonants and consonantal clusters pauses than white speakers.(3) White speakers provide a cue to the recall of verbal material.utter shorter syllables than black speakers. (4) The recall of 60 initial consonants was con-White speakers show greater complexity in the sidered in each of three "linguistic levels." initial voiced segment of an utterance than The individual stimuli were presented to theblack speakers. (5) White speakers lower their subjects visually. one stimulus per second, infundamental frequencies at the end of an ut- sets of five. The subjects then recalled as many terance more often than black speakers. of the stimuli as possible, writing their reponses on prepared answer sheets. The interval for recall was 15 seconds. Williams, David K.Perceptual Skills in Chil- The experiment was of three parts. The same dren with Two Types of Articulatory Errors. 60 initial consonants were included in parts U of Missouri (Speech and Dramatic Art). one, two, and three, but were presented in syllables, one-syllable words, and word strings. This investigation was designed to determine respectively. The responses to each "linguistic whether subjects whose primary articulatory level" were scored in terms of the number oferrors are omissions, subjects whose primary correctly recalled initial consonants. articulatory errors are substitutions, and subjects The results suggest that some initial con-with no art:culatory errors differ in perform- sonants are more often correctly recalled than ances on tests of oral stereognosis and of central others. The "perceptual distances" among the auditory function. The subjects were seventy- prevocalic portions of syllables and words ap- two children ranging in age from four through pear to affect the recall of verbal material, seven years. most markedly in syllables and least, if at all, The subjects were given the Flowers-Costello in word strings. Tests of Central Auditory Ability (Flowers and Costello, 1970) and a test of oral stereognosis Tull, Barbara M. Analysis of Selected Prosodic that followed the procedures described by Shel- Features in the Speech of Black and Whiteton and others (1967) and Arndt and others Children. Ohio State U (SpeechCANSUIlialea (1970).Significantdifferences were found be- don). tween the performances of the omission group The purpose of this study was to expandand the substitution group, the performances the information aveable on selected prosodicof the omission group and the normal group, features of speech which may differ among aid the performances of the normal group and social dialects, specifically black and standard th- substitution group on the test of oral ster- white English dialects of children in Central eognosis. Ohio. One hundred two persons listened to 12 Significant differences were found between the speech samples of black or white children at performances of the omission group and the 19 or 27 months of age. The listeners judged'substitution group and between the perform- whether each speech sample was that of a black ances of the omission group and the normal speaker or of a white speaker. The results ofgroup on the test of central auditory function. these judgments were tested with chi- square However, no significant difference was found be- tests of independence or goodness of tweenthe performances of the substitution 221 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS group and the normal group on the test ofor Standard English), phrase type (declarative central auditory function. sentence, general or specific question), and situation (formal or informal) for each utterance. Williams, Faye A.Development of the Cogni- The results of this study were as follows: tive, Affective, and Behavioral Dimensions ofBlack English intonation patterns are different Linguistic Attitudes within a Homogeneousfrom Standard English intonation patterns for Speech Community. U of Southern California all sentence types and situations, except the (Speech Communication). specificquestionsinformalsituation.Black English displayed more level or rising terminal This study looked at the development of the intonationcontoursthanStandirdEnglish. cognitive. affective, and behavioral dimensions Bla * Englishdisplayed more risinginitial of linguistic attitudes in children. Three studiesintonation contours than Standard English. Situ- have dealt most directly with the develop-ation manipulation produced different intona- ment of the components of such attitudes. Thetion patterns for the Black English declarative results of these studies are contradictory; thatsentence and general question mean utterance, is.they predict different sequences of events.but not for the specific question mean utter- This study attempted to clear up the con-ance. Situation manipulation produced differ- tradictions. ent intonation patterns for the Standard English The results indicated that age is the mostgeneral question mean utterance. but not for criticalvariableinthe development of all thespecific question or declarative sentence three components of linguistic attitudes. Gen- meanutterance.StandardEnglishspeakers erally, by the sixth grade subjects had at-maintained shigher pitchlevel than Black tained adult norms for the cognitive dimension: English speakers. on the affective dimension, they had reached the adult criterion as early as the fourth grade. On the behavioral dimension both fourth andWised, Mary L.An Experimental Investiga- sixth graders were well on their way to in- tion of the Effects of Rhythmical S-ech Pat- ternalising adult norms. terns in Prose and Verse on Misardculations A cultural phenomenon unique to the speech of the Phoneme /r/. Ohio State U (Speeds community observed was presented as a possible Communication). explanation for specific patterns of development The purpose of this study was to investigate observed in this study. the relative effects of four rhythmical speech Findings were discussed in terms of impli-patterns in prose and verse onmisarticulations cationsforsociolinguistics,teachertrainingof the phoneme /r/. An additional objective programs. and language curriculum. was to determine when the most change occured in a series of 20 stimulus-response trials. Winkler, Henry J. A Study of the IntonationThis study was aiso designed as investigation of Patterns of Black and Standard Englishdifferences in the corrective effectiveness of var- Speaking Children in a Formal and Informalious language patterns on the deviant articulation of the In sound. Situation. U of Southern California (Speech Forty -eight children between the ages of six Communication). years and six months, and seven yearsand six The purpose of this study was to investigate, months, with normal intelligence, normal hear- describe, and compare the intonation patternsing. and defective articulation of the /r/ sound of Black and Standard English speaking chil- served as the subjects for this study. Each sub- dren in reading (formal) and free discourseject was randomly assigned one of the four (informal) situations. conditions of rhythm (iambic. trochaic. clutyllic Speech samples were gathered from thirty amphibraddc) including three language patterns Black and thirty Standard English speaking(word, phrase, metrical line). male students from junior high schools located AU three main effects, rhythm, language pat- intwo distant incioeconomic areasof Lostern, and sequence were significantly different. Angeles County. Interviews were divided intoThe best results were observed during the pre- reading (formal) and free and free discoursesentation of phrase stimuli in dactyllic rhythm. (informal) sessions. Taped utterances were re- During the presentation of a sequence of 20 duced to fundamental frequency pitch patterns stimuli, it was observed that at the fifteenth by a computer pitch extraction routine. Meanstimulus the greatest modification of the In data point curves and correlation codlidentssound occurred. le calculated between each dialect(Black These findings demonstrated the drachms 222 222 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION of rhythmic speech patterns in modifying de. Ben!, Melvin H. A History of Theatre in fective articulation. The conclusion, based on New Orleans from 1925 to 1935. Louisiana the evidence of this study. isthat rhythmic State U (Speech). patterns may be used in speech therapy and will yield improvement. Further research will de- The purpose of this study was to trace the mand the careful study of methods for incorpor- changes in educational, community, and profes- ating the various rhythms in therapeutic pro-sional theatre in New Orleans from 1925 to grams. 1935. Educational institutions at all levels produced theatricals throughout the decade. Elementary Theatre school children performed in historical ',agents, May Day Festivals, and graduation exercises, Baxter, Marilynn Ruth.Modern Woman Asand many high schools presented minstrels. Heroine in Representative Plays by S. N.variety shows, and senior classplays.Uni- Behrman. U of Wisconsin(Theatre andversity students presented one-act and three- Drama). act plays, foreign language plays, and operettas. By 1934 some universities were incorporating littlecritical attention has been given totheatre into the curriculum. Private schools of Behrman's tendency not only to write excellentexpression, elocution, and dramatic arts pro- parts foractresses, but also to delineate a videdplays and instructionfor persons in- special type of woman. During the 1930's at terested in cultural improvement. Oae-act play the height of his career as the creator of highcontests encouraged the formation of several comedies, he wrote a series of plays featuringtheatre groups and broughtrecognitionto femaleprotagonists. Among these characters local playwrights. are Abby Pane of Brief Moment, Marion Fronde Although many community theatres formed of Biography, Lady Violet (Lae!) Wyngate ofand disbanded during the decade, Lc Petit Rain from Heaven, and Leonie Frothingham of Thatre du Vieux Cant survived the economic End of Summer. This study proposed to investi- depression and provided leadership for some gate the method Behrman used to create these educational and community theatre groups. protagonists by utilizing the resources of the During the decade professional theatre in New S. N. Behrman Collection at the Wisconsin Orleans began to decline. In 1930 the only re- Center of Theatrical Research. The collection maining stock company theatre in the city contains original notes, scenarios, drafts, clip- closed. By 1934 movies had replaced vaudeville, pings, and correspondence. and in 1935 the only theatre which housed Character development was the most impor- touring companies closed. By the end of the tant single factor in the creation of the fourdecade audiences found live theatrical enter- plays included inthisstudy. Behrman wastainment only in the educational institutions inspired to write a play by either the desire toand community theatres. communicate a message or to depict a personality. However, whether he began his plays with theme or character. it was the characterizationsBlake, Gary. Herman Sbumlin: The Develop- whichultimately determined how the play ment of a Director. City U of New York progressed. (Theatre). Throughout these four plays, Behrman dent- This dissertation concerns itself with record- onstratedasympatheticunderstandingof ing and evaluating Herman Shumlin's =waive women. He conveys a gentle but persistentcontributions to the American theatre during plea for the necessity of broadening women'sthe past four decades. These contributions are roles in society. He shows that through theirexemplified by his directorial work on certain tolerance and humanistic attitudes, women have significant productions including Grand Hotel a great deal to offer on their own terms if so-(1930), The Children's Hour (1934), The Little ciety will provide them with the opportunityFoxes (1939), Watch On The Rhine (1940). to develop their potential. Inherit The Wind (1955) and The Deputy Behrinanfrequently had specificactresses (1964). in mind as he was writing his plays. Ina Claire's Shunalin, one of America's foremost producer- name appeared the most frequently, and herdirector's, has been producing since 1927, and personalityisreflectedin each of the fourdirecting since 1930. He directed Lillian Hell- women. man's firstfive Broadway plays, as well as 2"3 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 223 championing the work of Emlyn Williams,&ewer, Courtney H. A History of Drama in James Thurber, and Rolf Hochhuth. Logan, Utah, and Neighboring Communities Among the actors Shuns lin has worked with to1925. Brigham Young U (Srech and are: Sam Jaffe, Spencer Tracy, Tallulah Bank- Dramatic Arts), 1972. head, Eugenie Leontovich, EthelBarryanore, During the last half of the 19th century, Paul Muni, Margaret Webster, Mildren Dun -Utah underwent tremendous cultural and phys- neck, Tony Randall, Ossie Davis, Ruby Dee,ical change. This was brought about by the Julie Harris and Melvyn Douglas. This dis-Mormon colonization of desirable locations in sertation traces Shumlin's career as press agent,the Rocky Mountain Area. The specific purpose reviewer, company manager, director, and pro-of this study was to determine the colonization ducer. Itis enriched by numerous interviewsand cultural growth of the Cache Valley area, with people who worked with Mr. Shum lin. Athe nature of theatre and theatre plants used. portrait emerges of Shuns lin as a strong willed,the number and kinds of traveling stock com- politically active man who added dignity topanies, the number and kinds of local home the theatre through his championship of serious, dramatic dubs, and to identify the plays pro- socially relevant plays. duced, including actors,directors, and man- anagers who contributed to the development Borden, Marshall E. The Richard the Thirdof theatre and entertainment in Logan and of Charles Kean, Edwin Booth and Alanthe various communities. Bates: A Stage Chronology and Collative Primary resources were newspaper articles Analysis ofProduction, Performance, andwhich reviewed and discussed performances and Text. Wayne State U (Speech Cam:maimattitudes. Other sources were community his- don and Theatre). tories, personal histories, records, and diaries. Numerousinterviewswereconductedwith This study is a comparative analysis of theknowledgeable individuals in the various com- staging, performance, and textual treatment ofmunities. Numerous pictures were obtained Richard the Third as performed by Charlesshowing the structure and location of theatres Kean in 1854, Edwin Booth in 1878 and Alanand playhouses. Rates in 1967. With all three productions, an attempt has been made to reconstruct each performance as nearly as possible from pri-Coachbuilder, Deena: P.An Analysis of the mary and secondary sources such as prompt- Structure and Social Relevance of Selected books, blocking diagrams, ground plans,re- Plays Written in English in India After 1946. views, diaries, sketches, photographs, memoirs Brigham Young U (Speech and Dramatic and other such memorabilia. The study of these Arts), 1970. three specific productions was placed within the historical perspective of the stage chronicle The purpose of this study was to determine of the play. whether selected Indian plays written in English after 1946 were artistic and accurate expressions The threeproductions wereselectedex- of contemporary Indianvalues. Seven plays pressly for their combined analysis which pro-were selected on the basis of two criteria, their vides an overview of the historical developmentstructure and their social relevance. In order to in the staging of Richard the Third from thefind out "what" India is like today and "why" nineteenth century's proscenium approach toshe is so, chapter one deals with the social, thetwentiethcentury'sre-discoveryof theeconomic, and political background of India. thrust stage.Also, the study re-assesses theAs the plays have been written in English. much disparaged Co Uey Cibber adaptation ofchapter two traces the role of English in the Richard the Third and focuses upon the de-fabric of Indian life. Chapter three surveys velopmental patterns of acting Styles utilizedthe contemporary Indian theatre. Chapter four by the three Richards from the 19th centuryis an analysis of seven selected plays. Chapter to the modem era. five consists of the summary and conclusion. The In all, the collation and analysis of the text,study shows that these plays are indeed truth- staging, acting, critical assessment, and interpre-ful and organic product of Indian society, re- tation of these specific productions providesflecting the Indian essence and possessing the valuable insights into the basis for the play'spotential for successful dramatic presentation. longevity and fills in another small portion ofThe study indicates that English as a language the historical chronicle of Richard the Thirdof artistic expression and communication has po- in performance. tendal for representing contemporary India.

224 221 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Coe, Lenora Marguerite. Basoit-Constant world is ludicrous and as a dramatic form Coque lin: The Art of a Rhetorical Actor. U toexpressit.Theplaywrights'grotesque of Southern California (Speeds C01231111101C111* probed moral questions. Their heroes strut gled, made serious choices, and usually fell: but they had been reduced to puppets, de- The purposes of this study were to explore the humanized,deformed. madebuffoonishor meaty by which the French comedian Coquelin demoniac, and were,therefore, unequalto (1841-1909) achieved international animus.: and dignified tragic struggle. Their efforts could the relationship of his political-socialideals only affirm a universe dominated by chaos as to his artistic theory and practice. symbolic of the plight of modern man in a Researchmaterialsincludedthesubject's formless world. Characters representing buf- lecture-essays on acting and literary criticism. foonery or the demoniac. apparently unaware privateletters,his theatricalrepertoire. and of their plight, conveyed the authors' contempt. available data on audience responses. These Characterswithinthoseextremesprovided materials wereassessed againstbiograph:cal glimpses of a suffering center. data, social-political conditions. and contempor- The playwrights used disordered scenear- ary artistic trends to establish the motives be- rangement,unrelenting exaggeration,mirth- hind Coquelin's approach to his work. less laughter, the inexplicable, the scatological The results of the study were as follows: (1) slap, grotesque parody, silence, and juxtaposi- Coquelin's lectures on acting were limited to tion of sober realities and absurd incongruities. those means by which he attained versatility in his art and were initiate d by a desire to These playwrights appearedto know the improve the social status of the actor. (2) His terribleness of their worldview and to care about the fate of man in a world they deemed literarycriticismserved a dual purpose: to illustrate his approach to characterization and grotesque. to criticize social behaviors by humanist standards embodied in the French Constitution ofCarter, Jerry V.Fanny Janauschek: America's 1848. (3) His repertoire was selected and in- Last Queen of Tragedy. U of Illinois (Speech terpreted to incukate the same humanist stan- Communication). dards in his audiences. (4) To win acceptance of his social-political ideals, the actor blended This study examines Janauschek's American a consciously - cultivatedpetit-bourgeois image career, an attempt to provide the reader with with superior skills in theatrical techniques. (5)an introduction to the last great tragedienne Offstage behaviors reinforced the self-imposedof the American theatre. In evaluating her image of a Gassendist humanist dedicated tocareer, it relies primarily on contemporary ac- social improvement and political harmony. (6)counts of her performances. Coquelin's efforts made a worthwhile contri- Prior to her arrival in America, Janaludiek bution to the founding and maintenance ofhad a successful European career in which she the Third Republic and the rapprochementstarred for twenty years. Her international tows of that government with foreign regimes. took her to America in 1867 for the first of three successive American tours with her Ger- Cole, Ailene. The Grotesque in Selected Rep-man company. She liked America, saw an op- resentative Dramatists of Twentieth Centuryportunity for success, and spent the next thirty years as an English speaking actress on the Continental Western Europe. U of Minnesota American stage. During her prime, in the 1860's (Theatre Arts). and 1870's, as a tragedienne she was compared The purpose of this study was to assess the to Rachel and ranked with Ristori, Cushman, dimension, formal structure, and techniquesand Modjeska. of the grotesque in modern European dra Jana uschek's mastery of acting and of the matists.It was limited to four forerunners, English language enabled her to achieve popu- Buchner's Woyzeck, Wedekind's SPrings Awak- larity for a while on the American stage. But ening, Jarry's Ubu Rol, and Strindberg's Ghostthe American theatre of the latter part of the Sonata, and tofiveplaywrights, Pirandello, nineteenth century was turning toward the Ghelderode, Durrenmatt,and more realistic melodramas and sodety dramas. Beckett. Each was examined in view of signifi- She could not or would not adapt her outmoded cant biographical material and aititinn, his style to fit these newer plays. So, her popularity theories of thegrotesque, and analysis of waned, causing a sad ending to a once glorious significant plain with emphasis on one. career. The grotesrae emerged as a view that the She went from poverty to wealth to peaerty; 22.5 2,25 A 11S'I*RACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS from obscurity to fame to relative obscurity. was only partly successful. Theneed for camp Nevertheless, janauschek deserves a place in theatres and attractionswas carelesslyesti- the history of the American theatre as an ac mated. While the cost of theatre construction, complished, dedicated artist, and as America'sequipment, and maintenance was funded by last queen of tragedy. the War Department, the cost of operations wasnot,thus compelling the collectionof admissions from virtually penniless soldiers and D'Aisonte, Miriam Gisolhi.Continuing Ritual necessitating appeals for volunteer performers. Theatre: Reigious Traditions of the Sos-ren-The appeals had limited success because the tine Persinsu`a and the Coast of Amalfi.City Program failedto establish cordial relations U of New York (Theatre). with entertainment industry leaders and because leaders of the legitimate theatre could Three forms of ritual theatre based upon re-not organize the industry to meet its wartime this area ligious traditions are to be found in responsibilities.TheLibertyTheatreswere of SouthernItaly:processions, scenicrepre- forced to commence operations in early 1918 sentations, and occasional dramas. All areof- without operating funds because money loaned fered on specific occasions during theliturgical the program to underwrite the cost of camp year. Street processions areorganized on saints'shows was used instead to retire a debt in- days. on thefeasts of the Madonna and ofcurred in a disasterous experiment with than- Corpus Domini (Corpus Christi).and duringtauqua entertainments during the early winter the sca-ons of Christmas and Easter.Outdoor of 1917. The program also cut the cost of altari (literally altars, but usually huge.painted talent so the venture could show aprofit. palaces or flats representing three-dimensional therebylimitingaccesstoattractive.high churches)arecreatedforCorpusDomini. quality entertainment. Finally, excessive cen- presepi (creches) for the Christmas season,and tralization of authority in Washington stripped repo/col(literallytombs. but actually scenicthe local manager of his potential to adapt displays of various kinds) for Holy Thursday entertainmentstolocaltastes. The Liberty of Easter week. The seventh-century Neapoli- Theatres of World War I were the Army's tan nativity play. La cantata duipastori (Thefirst effort to provide camp shows service-wide, Song of the Shepherds), is performed at Christ-and they established a practice carried on in mas Ome. andthetwelve-year-oldpassion the peace-time Army and up to the present play. La Passione di Gestl Cristo (The Passion day. of Jesus Christ) on Good Friday. These differing forms of celebration were witnessed and observed during 1970-71 and are examined in !Wain, Edmund*.Antonio Martinez Balks- detail. Appendices offertextual examples of term and the Varies-ground Theater of Protest the two plays. in Spain. Bowling Green State U (Speech). This study also examines the recent curtail- This dissertation provides an insight into the ment of thew celebrations by the Roman Cath- Theater of Protest in Spain by studying eight olic Church while continuing inits role as plays of Antonio Martinez Rallesteros and other their producer. A parallel with the curtail-plays by five rep--,entative playwrights of the ment by medieval ecclesiastic authorities of dra- underground theater of Spain. matic additions to the liturgy which once they Two methods were used: historical and criti- had encouraged is suggested. The future longev- cal. The historical approach provided a frame- ity of these enduring forms of ritual theatrework of reference for analyzing the present- in the Sorrento-Amalfi area is discussed, andday Spanish scene. This in turn served as back- the historicalinterest of their previously un- ground material for a better understanding of collected descriptions suggested. thenew wave Spanishdramatists.Critical analysis was used in the study of the five Durham, Weldon B. An Invisible Armor: Therepresentative playwrights' works, and focused United States Army's Liberty Theatres, 1917-or. an in-depth study of eight plays by An- 1919. U of Iowa (Speech and Dransadc Art). tonio Martinez &Mestere& The research concluded that a crisis existed To enhance morale in the U.S. Army's train- in contemporary Spanish theater and that the ing camps. the War Department built forty- four "Liberty Theatres" and provided plays,Theater of Protest emerged from this, as well vaudeville, and motion pictures to 8.5 million as a growing disillusionmentwith the Spanish soldiers. However, the Liberty Theatre venture political situation. Its emergence had also re- 226 22, BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION suited because of the impact of avantgarde Fiet,LowellAlbert.Joseph Wood Krutch movements in Europe and the United States. 11893-1970): Humanist Critic of the Drama. It was also shown from the analysis of the plays U. of Wisconsin (Theatre and Drama). of these dramatists that their style in general was characterized by experimental forms ranging The American,critic Joseph Wood Krutch from the epic to the Absurd. However, because (1893-1970) played an important role in the of the strict censorship in Spain, many of thesedevelopment of the forms of the American plays remained underground. theatre of thet ventieth century. Krutch saw This study was an attempt to complementthe American theatre as a link between the George Wellwarth's Spanish Underground Dra-humanistic tradition of Western drama and ma by adding information which he had notthe democratic society being created in the included and by investigating more in depth "New World." Working as a scholar, essayist, the plays of these dramatists, particularly those and journalist, he was ableto construct a of Antonio Martinez II:Mesterei. theoretical apparatus appropriate to the inter- Abstracted by CHARLES BOUGHTON pretation of the American drama, recording in his criticism the creative impulses of the new art. Ferrell, David Michael. The Structural Furst- His career can be divided into three phases, lionsof Rake CharactersinRestoration thefirstof which was academic. His book, Comedy. of Missouri (Speech and DramaticComedy and Conscience After the Restoration Art). (1924), is a scholarly essay on the modulation of English comic form which took place be- Restoration comedy is intellectual. It reflects tween 1660 and 1725. The Modern Temper a well-balanced, rational view of life within(1929) examines new trends in American life whichthecharactersthemselvesaredistin- and art. That work includes one of Krutch's guished upon the basis of their intellectualmost important criticalessays, "The Tragic prowess. At the pinnacle of rational attainment Fa I lacy." within these plays stands the rake character, The second phase of Krutch's career was Thus, an understanding of the rake is tanta-devoted to the development of his craft as a mount to a better understanding of Restorationjournalistic reviewer. Between 1924 and 1952, comedy. he wrote for The Nation magazine hundreds This studyis a structural analysis of theof play reviews as well as articles on the nature rake character as he appears in eight Restora-of the drama and new trends in theatre practice. tion comedies. Neither the rake's origin in the The third phase of Krutch's career pro- earlier comedies of humors nor his altered roleduced his "mature criticism." The American in the late eighteenth-century sentimental come- Drama Since 1918 (1939/1957) is one of the first dies is crucial to this study. comprehensive analyses by a native critic of The plays selected for analysis represent thethe works of new American playwrights of the work of three playwrights. Sir George Ethercgc, 1920s and 30s. "Modernism" in Modern Drama WilliamWycherley, and Wiliam Congreve, (1953)studiesthe moral content of major who were the undisputed masters of this genre.plays in the modern theatre, European and The eight rakes naturally fall into one of four American. groups because of structural kinship: inception, Joseph Wood Krutch was a major influence maturation,transition,andmetamorphosis, on the American drama. He sought through Classification is based upon the rake's activehis criticism to establish a continuity between participation within the social world of pre-past and present, an equilibrium between ma- tense depicted in the play. terial and spiritual needs, and an underst. 'ding As a structural analysis of character, first.of the drama's function in serving both. this study inductively examines each rake character to discover how he functions within the Fleckenstein, Joan P. Eugene O'Neill's Theatre organization of his particular play, Second. of Dionysus: The Nieteschean Influence Upon through comparisons and contrasts among var- Selected Plays. U of Wisconsin (Theatre and ious rakes, the study discovers three dramatic Drama). conventions which Restoration playwrights used to amuse specific comic effects. Third, the study Eugene O'Neill's acknowledged debt to the reveals how the characterizations of the rakeideas of Friedrich Nietzsche manifestsitself contribute to the structures of the selectedin a particular pattern of experimentation in comedies. six plays: The Emperor Jones, The Hairy Ape,

2Z7 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 227 The Fountain, Marco Millions, The Great God Independent variables were subject complex- Brown, and Lazarus Laughed. Analysis of these ity /simplicity, subject sex, and stimulus com- six plays in terms of the experimental pattern plexity/simplicity.Semanticdifferentialand is the subject of this study. Likert-type scales, factor-analyzed for this study, Central to this pattern of experimentation were the dependent variables eliciting a variety was Nietzsche's interpretation of the Dionysian of responses to the two plays and to their as a force pervading life;thus, a "Dionysian characters. Five sets of dependent measures theatre." Included in it was Nieusche's descrip- were subjected to multivariate analysis of vari- don, from The Birth o I Tragedy, of a ritualized, ance.Post-significanceexaminationsutilized celebratory phenomenon in Greek tragedy. discriminant analsi% Alpha levels were set at The purpose of these Dionysian experiments.05 throughout. was to dramatize a number of Nietzsche's ma- Results indicated that on particular dimen- ture ideas (the death of God, eternal recurrence,sions of perception, complex and simple sub- the will to power, the transvaluation of values,jects responded significantly differently to dra- and the superman) throughDionysian sym- matic characters; complex and simple subjects bolism and imagery. in an atmosphere of ritual. responded significantly differently to plays; per- The goal of these six plays was to offer a new,ceptions of dramatic characters interacted with Nietzschean meaning for life in an experien-subject complexity/simplicity to produce signifi- tially charged theatrical milieu. The audiencecantly differing response patterns: and subject was to share the experience played upon thesex interacted with stimulus complexity/sim- stage and to be prompted, at times, to respond.plicity to produce sipificantly differing response O'Neill's experiments in Dionysian theatrepatterns. Both Likert type rating scales and bear a similarity to the concept of a theatre of "multipitmlimens'unaliring" techniques such as ritual expressed by Antonin Artaud and others. discriminant analysis deserve more extensive use The six plays examined in this study can beby theatre empiricist% seen as forerunners of subsequent, similar attempts away from realism and toward participa- torytheatrethroughritual.Inaddition,Gray, Virginia Pommy. A History of the Ka- O'Neill's dramatization of Nietzsche'sphilo- nawha Players of Charleston, West Virginia sophical ideas through Dionysian images places from 1922 to 1972. Bowling Green State U O'Neill in affinity with other twentieth century (Speech). figures who haverespondedtoNietzsche's seminal ideas. The purposes of this research were to provide a documented history of the Kanawha Players of Charleston, West Virginia, to find Gourd,E.William. CognitiveComplexity.why this organization survived much longer Simplicity and InformationProcessing inthan most community theatres, and to explore Theatre Audiencest An Experimental Study.how the organization can survive its present Bowling Green State U Fedi). difficulties. Local daily newspapers, a theatre collection, This was an exploratory study to investigateand local members of the Kanawha Players pro- relationships between audience members' in-vided the source material. formation-processing abilities and their percep- tionsofdramaticproductions.Theoretical The data showed that the organization sur- foundations were based upon the personality vived fifty years with little reason for continuity theory formulations of George A. Kelly andexcept for serving the artistic and social needs James Bieri and upon information-processingin the industrial community. Only nine officers investigations by Schroder, Suedfeld.Driver, served more than one term as President and Streufert, and others. five professional directors remained for no more than two years. For only nine years has the BierTs Rep Test was used to identify cogni- group had a theatre and workshop under one tively complex and cognitively simple subject groups; groups were further divided by sex.roof and the only property owned by the "Close" entropy procedures selected as a rela-Players is the present workshop and rehearsal space. No financial records or secretaries' re- tively complex stimulus Printer's The Honseeons- ports have been eared. ing and as a relatively simple stimulus Coward's Private Lives. The undergraduate student sub- During its fifty years the Kanawha Players jects were then exposed to the plays in regularproduced 317 plays and one-act bills of which production. 186 were modern comedies, eighty-eight were 228 228 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION serious drama, fifteen were classics, four were FoundedinDecember 1871, Birmingham. musicals, and twenty-four were programs ofAlabama, is the youngest of the major southern one-acts. burlesque comedies and melodramas.cities, having relatively few ties to an ante- The number of productions each season debellum past. This study attempts to describe dined over the past few years and communityand evaluate each theatre in terms of its in- services ceased. fluence,itsplace in the city's culturallife, To survive the organisation must be uniqueand its individual characteristics which serve in its play selection, cut costs and waste, becometo make it significant to Birmingham's theatrical more community minded, provide social activ- development. Thereby the study seek. to pro- ities for the active membership, and utilizeII vide insights into the personalities of the people the talents available in the area rather thanof Birmingham, the interaction of theatre art only those of a select few. in Birmingham with the art on a national Abstracted by HAIM Out scale, and some idea of the tenacity of theatre on the local scene. The two most persistent problems through- Growler. Thomas H. John Murray Anderson:out the century have been interpersonal ten- Director of Revues. Kent State U (Speech). sionsresultingfrom conflictingpersonalities The purposes of this study were to exploreof local theatre participants, and problems in the various forms of the musical revue andlocating suitable performance facilities, especial- to investigate the directional methods and his- ly for amateur groups. toricalimportanceofrevuedirectorJohn Largely,Birminghamaudiences,including Murray Anderson. local theatre critics, seem unable to evaluate Several variants of the revue form were cate-quality in a theatre production, tending to be gorizedby observationand comparison ofconfused by excesses of emotion or of scenic man examples from the regfeld Follies to Atspectacle. Throughout the first century of the- The Drop of a Hat, Pins and Needles to the atrein Birmingham, Alabama, virtually no ferry Lewis Revue. One of these variants. theattanpts at innovation or individualism were grande revue, was the form most associatedmade. Rather, theatrical trends in Birmingham with Anderson. have exactly coincided with theatre on the Anderson's directional methods were analyzednational level,theatrical development having by comparing and correlating personal inter-been basically determined by external forces. views with his associates and secondary sources. Only now, as the city's second century begins, Anderson's sarcastic, witty, and charming per-are forces beginning to coalesce which could mnality affected his ent:re directorial style. Heguide the city's course from within rather than created the feeling of ensemble by alternately without. praising his casts lavishly. then castigating them maliciously; he created stunning visual beautyHealep, William E. A History of the Detroit that was elegant and intelligent; be created Opera House,1881-1981. Wayne State U evocative and delicate lighting designs by trial (Speech Conununicadon and Theatre). and error; he created a sense of tempo by precisely weaving all production elements into The purpose of this study was to investigate a smooth, slick fabric. and record the history of the Detroit Opera Because he attempted to transfer the prin. House from 1898 to 1931. ciples of the new stagecraft to the popular Chapter I, "A History of Theatre in Detroit musical theatre. Anderson was heralded as ato 1898," gives the reader a historical view of revolutionary, "the Thomas A. Edison of thethe growth of theatre productions and theatre theatre," and "the Gordon Craig of musicalbuildings within the dty. This chapter also de- comedy." With his Greenwich Village Folliestails bow the Detroit Opera House came into series. What's in a Name?, and with designersexistence and describes the terrible fire that like James Reynolds, Anderson created a newdestroyed it in 1897. Chapter II describes the kind of revue somewhere between the artphysical aspects of the building and includes nouveau and vaudeville. photographs of the exterior and interior. The third chapter details the factual history of the Haatbasser, Don Ward. A Critical History ofDetroit Opera House. Chapter IV, "Reflection the Non-Academic Theatre in Birmingham,of the Times," examines the changing American Alabama. U ofWisconsin (Theatre andtheatrical scene, the growth of Detroit, the Drama). risingcost of theatre productions. and the 229 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 229 advent of the film and its effect on live theatre. Hooks, Eugene James.The Players: Edwin Chapter V consists of an overview of produc. Booth's Legacy to American Theatre. V of Lions and performers that appeared at the Missouri (Speech and Dramatic Art). Detroit Opera House from 1898 to 1931 re- The dissertation comprises six chapters and vealing the changing profile of Americanthe. nine appendixes. It is a descriptive and his- specifically. atre in general and Detroit theatre toricalreportofthegenesis,development. Chapter VI, "The Opera House in Michigan,"holdings. and long term contributions of The deals withthe culturalimportance of thePlayers. The study describes the environment "opera house" during the late 19th and earlyout of which the dub began. its subsequent 20th Centurit% The final chapter states thegrowth, and the accumulation of its treasures. writer's views as to why the Detroit OperaThe Players is examined as a viable force in House was significant in the cultural heritage twentieth century American theatre. of Detroit. Chapter I discusses the early life of Players' founder Edwin Booth and explains the possible Itilogstrom, Harold R. The Treatment of War motivationsforhisprincelyphilanthropy. and Militancy in the American Theatre:Chapter II continues the chronology of Booth 1919-1941. Syracuse U (Speech Educadon), and his inspired idea for a dub, records its 1969. opening, describes the clubhouse and contents. The general purpose ofthisstudyisto and examines the emerging philosophy of the analyze the treatment given by the Americanclub under Booth's personal supervision. The theatre to the subjects of war and militancy third chapter records Booth's passing and the between the end of the First World War andcontinuing growth and influence of the club American entrance into the Second World War.under its second and third presidents, Joseph Micron III and John Drew. The important The specific objectives were to determine and successful Players' Broadway Revival Series whether the theatre was sensitive to current isintroduced and thefirstfive productions events, how it related to public opinion, how treated. consistentitwas, whether causes could be assignedfor opinionchanges, and whether Chapter IV includes the period from 1927 to parallelsexistedbetweentheatricalopinion 1950, the years when the club was guided by and identifiable political positions. Eighty-seven its fourth president, Walter Hampden. The final plays produced during the period were ex-chapter reviews the last ten Broadway Revivals amined. and presents a description of club activities, Since the aim of the study was to x elate holdings, and operating procedures. theatrical rhetoric to its social andpaiitical The study concludes that The Players indeed context, 1 chose thirty-three events from thehas been and continues to be a viable force in period which were pertinent to the subjects of Americantheatre.Further, when measured war and militancy and described they o; I ex against Edwin Booth's original goals for found- traded editorial reactions to teachof theseing The Players, the orpnizadon has been a events foes publications represenOng conserve. remarkable moms. dve. moderate and liberal opinion; and I re- Included in the Appendixes are.Booth's corded the results of public opinion polls from Deed of Gift; The Players Constitution; Deed; 1935.1941 which related to the events or to House Rules: Accumulative Roster (1889-1972); the subjects. Library Holdings; Contents Inventory of the Discussions of the plays were interspersed with Clubhouse; Inventory of Booth's Personal Li- discussions of the selected contemporary eventsbrary; and an Inventory of Relics and Theatre and reports of editorialreactionsto those Memorabilia. events. Beginning with 1935 the results of the public opinion polls were also adduced. Kendall, Robert D. ithesadad Study of The study concluded that the theatre came Religious DMUS as a Form of Preaching: to react more *drily and to make more con- Ass Euphemism of Deana as a Camplament temporary alludes's. German bads= evoked a is Haman Preaet hig U of Ithmasous more intervendonht attitude, except between (Speeds Cssmnaleatiom). 1933 and 1938 Wake was ceasistantothe theatre moved from padfimn to Intervention- This is a historical aitkal study of what ism and opinion paralleled that in the liberaltheauthor calls"preaching-tbroughdsaina' publications. the me of 'a religiously significant drama as 230 trti 111111.MGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

the sermon in a congregational service of wor- tion. Extensive stage directions help indicate ship. the theme through character groupings, sym- After reviewing definitions and history of bolic movements and gestures, and effective both preaching and religious drama, the author use of emotional key and tempo. Technical applies the critical method of Kenneth Burke elements communicate O'Neill's theme by the (identification. dramatistic pentad, and moti- symbolic use of the colors white, black, and vationalratio)tothreeparticular sermon - green in the settings and costumes. The mask- dramas (It Should Happen To a Dog by Wolflike make-op represents the need to conceal Mankowitz. The Last Word by James Brough- sins from the Puritanical God. Mood and theme ton. and The Crucible by Arthur Miller), and are emphasized by the nocturnal lighting of shows how preaching-through-drama provides the play. By emphasizing theme and dramatic the preacher with an effective means of per- excitement, O'Neill's controversialtrilogy can suasion, employing many rhetorical techniques be effectively produced. similar to and some not available to monolog preaching. Kiesby, Suzanne Blackburn. A Structural Anal- The author concludes that preaching-through- ysis of American War Plays 1995-1948. U of dramaishistoricallyconsistent,theoleoisicily Missouri (Speech and Dramatic Art). valid.liturgically compatible, pastorallyrele- vant, and rhetorically sound, and, therefore, This study investigates dramatic statements is a viable and potentially effective alternative on war made between 1933 and 1948. The most to monolog preaching and should be con-prolific period of American war writing en- sidered seriously in a church's preaching pro- compasses the years immediately before, during. gram. and after the Second World War. Several play- The di sedation ends with a few suggestions wrights limited their dramatic range exclusively for introducing preaching-through-drama in the to statements about war. This study analyzes local church and by noting the major problemsthe structural similarities between plays with to be faced with suggestions on how they mightsubject, theme. thesis, or thought concerning be overcome. Attached as part of the bibliog- war. The plays are considered in relationship raphy is a listing of available sermons-in-drama. to the historical context in which they were written. The war plays of the Second World War Kendrick, Cbranne.A Production Study ofpossess a journalistic quality, leveling praise Manning Becomes Electra. Bowling Gramor blame through the scripts. Beyond enter- State U (Speech). tainment and editorial review. the war plays Eugene O'Neill's Mourning Become! Electra serve the purpose of instruction Both mimetic was studied to determine the best method forand didactic plays educated audiences concern staging the trilogy. ins aspects and philosophies of war. The play was explored through four areas: The playwrights of the war years suffered a interpretative aaalysis, structural and style an- de facto censorship due to the high emotional alysis, directing techniques, and technical ele. temperament of patriotism. Many anti-war plays inents. The theme, symLols, plot, and characters of aesthetic excellence suffered short runs due were examined to interpret the meaning of the to the unpopularity of their subject matter. play. Dramatic structure and language were Theplaywrightsfrequentlyutilizedthe studiedto determine the best style for theemotive powers of ridicule and fear in the trilogy's production. The direction techniques structure of their plays. Perhaps most innova- were explored in six areas: the motivational tive, the playwrights utilised a dialectic or con- unit, composition, movement, business, emotion flict theory of change to organize the struc- and key. and tempo. The technical elements ture and action of war scripts. The plays Incor- discussed were setting, sound, costume, make-up, porated a dialectic through the use of counter- and lighting. point. opposition, and polarity. The themes arc oppressive Piion's') and Finally, the war plays written between 1935 tragic fate, emphasized by three symbols: the and 1918 humanized conflict and stressed the Blessed Isles. the escape of death, and family resemblance. Analysis of the language revealed human elementinwar.Despitepatriotic that O'Neill employed writing devices to project causes and war spectacle, seldom do any of histheme:audiblethinking, Row, lePrin the plays Ian sight of the individual soldier, linguae, key words, and attempted poetic die- psychologically or phyvically.

231 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 231

Bock Orono Alfons.Julius Bab's The The-of its initial construction. Since there is very stet in the Light of Sociology, A Basic Ont.little extant architectural data concerning the line. A Translation and Commentary. U offirst Theatre Royal (built by Thomas KWigrcw Michigan (Speech Communication and The.in 1663) and the second Theatre Royal (designed acre). by Sir Christopher Wren in 1674), an architectural history of each theatre is first traced. JuliusBab(1880-1955), Germantheatre after which a restoration of the theatre is made critic, Dramaturg, playwright and lecturer, pub- by drawing inferences from its history. lished in 1931 his pioneering work, Ass Theater The third Theatre Royal, designed by Berry im Lichte der Soria logie, in den GrundlinienHolland and built in 1794, was destroyed by dargestellt. Its reception was varied, includingfire in 1809, and thus has almost no archi- both substantial criticism and lavishpraise. tectural "history" as such. Numerous drawings This study has provided a translation of theand descriptions of the theatre when it opened work, a background ftom which it was written are available, however, and the theatre is re- and a critical appraisal. stored as it existed in 1794. Bab framed his study by the concepts of form and content, both of which are associated with formal sociology. However, they proved moreRoane, Douglas J. Costume Design and Con- usefulorganizationally than methodologically IMICei011 foe a New Musical Comedy: Clever in that they assisted the author in structuring Things. U of Illinois (Speech Communica- out a vast and complex subject matter. In point tism). of method, Bab followedhis humanistically This is a study of the contribution of the oriented bent rather than accepted canons ofcostume designertoa productionatthe scientific inquiry. Thus, his fundamental ap- University of Illinois of an original musical proach and method may be characterized ascomedy set in early nineteenth century Russia historically descriptive, psychological, subjective and based on folk tales of that country. The and intuitive in nature, costumes had to suit the style and setting of Bab': concept of theatre is based on a per-the play, reflect and represent a variety of vasively mystic mode of thought. Theatre, he sociallevels and occupations, and withstand maintained, answers to an instinctive and prim-the strain of athletic dancing. ordial need of man by helping him overcome Part One deals with the designing of the his fear of life through mystical contact with acostumes and costume accessories. It includes higher power. This, in Bab's opinion, was thean account of the research, an explanation of sine qua non of all theatre and upon ft hethe color scheme and the place the costumes constructed his sociological considerations. were intended to have in the production as a Bab's work still stands in theatre literaturewhole, the preliminary sketches, and the final as a truly remarkable effort to raise many of therenderings. principal questions that any sociology of the Part Two is concerned with the construction theatre must address. Yet, it suggests also theof the costumes and costume accessorise buy- need for further empirical and scientific research ing, cutting, dyeing, fitting. and ageing. on the topic. Color photographs permit comparison of the designs with the finished costumes and a series Koenig, Bruce.Theatre Royal, Drury Lanesof color photographs shows how the costumes An ArchitecturalStudy. U of Maness'contributed to the total design of the produc- (Speech Communication), 1972. tion. Although the ideas and methods presented This study traces the architectural develop-are solutions to the design problems of a par- ment of the Theatre Royal, Drury Lane inticular production, they can be adopted and London, England, from its origin in 1661 toapplied to other productions. the opening of the fourth theatre on the same site in 1812. The types of scenery and stageLaVista, Daniel J. An ftweltipdon Into the furnishings which equipped each theatre are Influence of Maisie Rhetosie on the Me- also reviewed to illintrate their scenic capa- todcal Espreadon of Shakapem% Coale bilities. Throughout the paper architectural Heroines. Imam U (Speech Education). illustrations are included to clarity and authen- ticate items under discussion. The purpose of this study was Si Investigate Major emphasis is directed toward an archi- the rhetorical implications of the Elizabethan tectural restoration of each theatre at the timeconvention of the boy actor. Specilirany, the

232 2.32 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION study explored the relationship between theand actors planted in the auditorium. Piscator's boy actor's intense training in voice and gesturework during these years is characterized by the with the rhetoric of Peter Rasmus, whose rhe-social or political message emphasized by inter- torical design stressed eterutio and Ponuntiatio. ruptions in production through mechanical and Finally, the study purported that, to accosn-non-mechanical means. This study of Piscator's modate this relationship, Shakespeare developedtheatricalproductionsInWeimar Germany a rhetorical technique in the spirit of Realisticprovides an insight on his theatrical practices rhetoric as detailed In Abraham Fraunce's Theand techniques. It furnishes a detailed examina- Arcadiancirdian Rhetorike. tion of a significant part of the total picture The results of this study were as follows: (1)of German theater during the twenties. Shakespeare linkedthe figure of rhetoric to sense and structure, and with good reason; that Mann, Martin. The Musicals of Frank Loes- is.he strengthened the speech of the ter. City U of New York (Theatre). comic heroines so that their lines were regu- lated by expressed figures with constant emo- The purpose. of this study were to examine tional and attitudinal connotations.(2) Thethe methods by which the musicals of Frank comic heroines' use of rhetorical figures con-Loesser were created and to show that the tributes substantially to their temperament andbook and scores were so well integrated that no also establishes unique love relationships whichone element could be removed without doing are based almost entirely on wordplay. (3) TheIntrinsic harm to the whole. profile of the comic heroine features a high A study was made of the traditions of the priority on speech and, by extension, on theAmerican musical theatre which existed during rhetorical figures which give dramatic purpose the lifetime of Frank Loesser in order to de- to that speech. termine which of thosetraditions had any influence upon his work. Library research provided the necessary biographical background. Loup. Alfred j.The Theatrical Productions of Erwin Piscator in Weimar Germany. Lou-Personal interviews and corespondancewith isiana State U (Speech). his co-workers added insights into the series of changesthemusicalunderwent as they Between 1920 and 1931 Erwin Eireann di-moved toward their final form. This final form re( tettthi, t)- two productions in Berlin, estab-was studied by examining the printed scripts. lishing his reputation as a director of political This study provides little known information theatre. This study investigates these productionsrelating to the process by which Fran Loaner's in detail in an effort to gain an insight intomusicals werecreated.Italso showsthat Piscator'sdirectionalpractices during earlyLoesser's musicals, whether created individually years of his career. or in collaboration. always tried to achieve a Piscator gained valuable experience in propa-high level of integration of book and score. ganda techniques with the Front Theater during World War I (1917-1918). Subsequently heMartin, Constance Barrie.Atlantic City as a directedagitation-propagandaproductions in Tryout Town. U of Illinois (Speech Cow the Proletarian Theater (1920-1921) and non- munkadoss). political productions in the Central Theater (1921-1922).Especially significantis the am- Over 1100 plays tried out in Atlantic City bivalence of his work between 1924 and 1927from 1900 to 1935, yet today the city's importance when he directed productions both for theas a tryout town is virtually forgotten. This relatively conservative but well-established Volk*.study sought to determine how and why At- Iiiihne and for the radical Communist Partylantic City became the leading tryout town in of Germany. In addition to work with theseAmerica and what caused it to decline and no two organizations, he served as a guest directorlonger function in that capacity. It also sought in Leopold Jessner's Stattliche Schauspielhaus.to discover how Atlantic City's use as a try- Durh.g the height of his fame (1927.1931)out town reflected the conditions of theatre In Piscator built on earlier experiments in theNew York and perhaps American theatre in celebrated productions of his three Piscator-general. &Ithaca. The primary materials were the newspapers Detailed examination of each of Piacatoesof the period. Atlantic City newspapers fur- shows reveals repetitive use of. immoral tech-nished theatre listings, information on theatre niques induding projections, wax Masks. textual buildings, and play reviews and New York news- alterations. interpretative readings, live musicpapers supplied routelistings,reviews, and

233 ABS1RAcTs OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 233 supplemental information on productionsand of directors, facility, administration, marketing- sales-audience development, and artistic com- theatrical events. The first chapter contains back,roundinfor- pany- mation on the rise of the tryout system, alook Little planning beyond the current season planning, at thefirsttryouts, and a short historyof is done at either theater. Long-range Atlantic. City with emphasis on the growthofperhaps initially for a period of three years, be over- theatre there until the time of the first tryouts. can be done. The prime obstacles to making of the key The next three chapters coverapproximately come are habit and the one decade each and presentinformation on decisions. Although both theaters have am- theatre buildings, the number and typesofbitions for the future, neither has defined the tryouts, and changing theatrepracticesre- need satisfactionit provides. Each has some garding tryouts and the producers bringing idea of the specific excellence it possesses, but de- them. The Atlantic City reviews wereexamined neither has made all the requisite priority aresufficientlywell- periodicallyasto content and accuracy by cisions.Boththeaters comparing them witI the later New York re-managed to be able to coordinate and control views and with the success of the productions a plan of action. Boththeaters can organize as reflected in their numberof New York per- feedback to measure progress towards accomp- formances. lishment of the objectives. This study showed that Atlantic City grew as a tryout town becauseit met the needs ofMelebeck, Claude B., jr. A History of the First producersfor a cosmopolitan audience near and Second Varieties Theatres of New Or. New York City and because it was a resort leans, Louisiana, 1849 to 1870. Louisiana State and thus oriented towards entertainment.Other U (Speech). forms of amusement also prospered inthe city which during the 1920's began to attract The purpose of this study was to present an audiences away from theatre. The stock market account of presentations at the Firstand Sec- crash in 1929 accelerated the decline andafter- ond Varieties Theatres, New Orleans, Louisiana. wards theatre in Atlantic City did not recover which existed from 1849 to 1870. along with the rest of the economy. Theatre- New Orleans newspapers of the period, theses, goersswitchedtolessexpensiveentertain-dissertations, and books on New Orleans the- ment and motion pictures withfirst run or artical history were consulted for information premiere showings soon filled the place oncepertaining to the two theatres. occupied by theatre there. The First and SecondVarieties Theatres were unique in that, though operating on a McDonough, Patrick D. A Comparative, De-commercial basis, they were sponsored by a social organization, Louisiana Variety Auoda- scriptiveStudy of Management Planning Practices in the Tyrone Guthrie Theater and tion, composed of New Orleans citizens inter- the Milwaukee Repertory Theater. U ofMin-ested in theatrical entertainment. The organization hired such managers u Henry Placide, newts (Speech Communicadon), 1972. W. H. Crisp, John E. Owens, Lewis Baker, and The study asks if a reglor.al repertorythe- W. R. Floyd, who assembled actors into rep- ater can usefully apply the processof long-ertory companies. Often dancers andsingers range planning. Exploration atthis question were hired as part of the company.Activities popular includeddefinitionofterms.selectionofat the Varieties included the standard target theatres, survey of theliterature on long- plays of the day, Shakespearean plays, ballet, range planning, constructionof a management and other dancing, magic acts, and miscel- audit to measure planning at the targetthe- laneous novelty acts. Usually one or two full- aters. observation of each theater atwork, in-length plays were performed, with singing or terviews of each theater's leadership, andthe dancing, and an after-piece. Occasionally "stars" drawing of =Windom inresponse to the were brought in, supported by the resident com- initial question. pany. The theatres earned a reputationfor successful dramatic productions, generally re- The two theaters selectedfor examination were the Guthrie Theater andthe Milwaukeeceiving good reviews for the excellence of the Repertory Theater. Interviews were conducted SCOWL scenery. and COMMUN. The FirstVari- in order to accomplish the managementaudit.eties Theatre was destroyed by fire in No- vember, 1854 and the Seond Varieties Theatre The auditposesquestionsregardingpast, present, and future planning in five areas:board burned in December, 1870.

234 211 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION Miller, Ralph E. am Seymour: Americangreat training and versatility available in the Director. 1855-1933. Wayne State U (Speedsrecident company. Decorum, refinement, and Communication and Theatre). passion were touchstones by which he judged Using William Seymour as a model, this his-acting. lie found Booth's idealized acting made torical- criticalstudy examinesthe evolutionhim the greatest native tragedian. He praised of the nineteenth century director. Seymour's Irving'sintelligencebutthoughthelacked significance comes from his accomplishmentspassionate reach. He termed Salvini "master- in the areas of direction, management, and player" because of the fierce inner conviction he act-brought to his best work. ing; and his associations withsome of the out- standingtheatricalpersonalities of the late Like William Winter and J. Ranken Towse, nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Theseamong themajorityofnineteenth century achievements and associations are documentedtheatre critics, he put morality before aesthetics. with materials found in the William SeymourHe stressed the need for the theatreto ele- Collection at the Princeton University Library. vate public taste, but accepted plays as en- This study summarizes the phenomena whichtertainment if they were morally clean and contributed to the evolution of the modern artisticallyconstructed. director in American Theatre, examines Althoughr..adand respectedinBoston, theClapp had little influence elsewhere. Winter theatriral career of William Seymour, andpro- vides an analysis of Seymour's directing theoriesand Towse, with their wider readership,were and practices as exemplified by selected pro-better known. Of the two Clappmost reductions sembles Towse. Both expected thetheatre to Scmour's training in bath the older forms ofhe moral, both resisted the rise of realism and theatre and the newer, more realistic, melo-preferredactorsintheclassicaltradition. dramatic style helped him arrive at directoralClapp'sprovincialism,rigid moral position, techniques similar to those practiced by today'sand intellectual narrowness he hasin common directors. The we of such practices as longerwith Winter and Towse. Yet, two usefulthings and more careful rehearsal periods, ensembleemerge from his work: his overview of Boston acting, coordination of all technical aspects ofTheatre from 1868 to 1904, and his reviews of a production into a unified whole, motivatedgreat players which give useful insights for the blocking, alternation and adaptation of thestudent of nineteenth century acting. script to keep the action moving and theas- signment of a motto to the script made himMoss, Arnold. The Professional Actor as Per- one of handful of early innovative directors forming Guest Artist in American Colleges in American theatre. and Universities. New York U (Speech and Educational Theatre). Morris, William Carl. The Theatrical Writings of Henry Austin Clapp. U of Illinois (Speech The purpose of this investigation was to study Communication). the practice of the professional actor performing as guest artist in theatre productions of The purpose of this study was to formulate Americancolleges anduniversities.Primary Clapp'stheoryoftheatricalcriticism. The sourcesused were contracts, documents, un- principal sources, therefore, were his writingspublished correspondence in the files of the on theatre which appeared " the B,'ston DailyAmerican National Theatre and Academy and Advertiser from 1868 to 1902, in the Boston Actors' Equity Association, personal interviews, Herald from 1902 to 1904, in articles in At- and two questionnaires. lantic, and Outing, and in his book Reminis- The findings were: The program was moti- cences of a Dramatic Critic. His criticism wasvated by the establishment at colleges of de- examined in files of these newspapers in thepartments of "Dramatic Arts" and courses in Massachusetts State Library, and in Clapp'sacting. First evidence of a campus guest artist scrapbooks in the Harvard theatre collection.was in the 1930's. The professional actor be- Since it became clear that, while he pridedcame an increa .ingly trequent campus visitor himself on his knowledge of classic and con-through AMA's National Theatre Service. In temporary plays, he did his best writing about 1965Actors' Equity assumed administration actors. This study focused on his evaluationsof the program. The study revealed reasons for of such players as William Warren, Edwinuse ofthe program, qualificationsforthe Booth. Henry Irving, and Tonsraaso Salvia "ideal" guest artist, procedures for finding him, Clapp was devoted to Boston Theatres andbest timing for negotiations, requirements of thought Warren at the Museum showed theEquity's Guest Artist Agreement, academic dis-

23't.) ABSTRAC Is OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 235 greater originality of expression,community re- satisfactionwithpartsofthatAgreement, methods of funding the program, rehearsalsponsiseness, and broader public appeal. procedures,accomodations whichnon-protes- sioital directors and professional players must Neill, Elizabeth Lindsay.The Art of Minnie make to each other, aspects of actors'housing, Maddens Fiske: A Study of Her Realistic and their adaptation to the college'stheatre Acting. Tufts U (Drama), 1970. facilities and to the college community. The study is an analysis of Mrs. Fiske'sacting, descriptive analysis of 199 college partici- based on review, promptbooks, andinterviews pating in the prog--, (1965-70) revealedwide from the file of three special collections.The geographical distribution, with a steady nu- purposeisto define theartistic aim and met ical increase each year.Means of support,method of this leading exponent of psycho- nature of student population,size of studentlogical realism in the early twentieth century. enrollment were determined. The number of real- professional players engaged, total work-weeks. The art of Fiske is seen as sublimated ism,combiningnineteenth-centuryaesthetic and salaries were recorded. aims with a repressed natural style. Her art was influenced by Helena Modjeska, Ellen Terry, A'usehamp, George M., Jr. The HonoluluThe-Eleanora Duse, and the critic George Henry :ere for Youth.1933-1973; a Case-study ofLewes, but distinctively moulded by her phys- Gosernment-related Theatre in the Primaryical and emotional equipment to provoke criti- and Secondary Schools of Hawaii. Uof Min-cism of her "mannered" voice and delivery, nesota (Theatre Arts). her "intellectuality," and her strong personality. ThishistoryofHawaii'slargesttheatre Fiske's style is explained as a studied method group from its beginningsexplores the rela-involving universal concept of inner character, tionship of its artistry and administration to selective design of natural. suggestive detail, and local government agencies providing substantial repressed intensity. She used her limited vocal funds for touring and construction of a new rangeselectively,with abrupt contrastsfor theatre building. psychological effect. Her brittle staccato, up- The author was artistic director of the The- wardintonation, andsuddenlyaccelerated atre for three years. Data weresecured fromspeeches were means to heighten her style. interviews, theatre files, Hawaii State Archives,Intellectuality is evidenced in her wide read- Hawaii State Library, and the University ofing, long study prior to rehearsal, character Hawaii. The highly detailed treatment isplaced conception in terms of abstract qualitites, and in the cultural milieu of Hawaii andchildren's "clairvoyant" projection of thoughts and feel- theatre in general, with emphasis onartistry,ings behind the line or in motionless silence. stage directors. and chronic problems. Instead of overwhelming viewers with pas- theirre- The study shows that the Theatre enjoyed asionateexpression,sheintensified memorable unique period (1960-66) of great staff versatilitysponse with repression. Her varied, impressions show versatile, artistic use of her and relative originality. Tenacity, stability, financial solvency, and sensitivityto audiencestrong personality. and the community at large are revealed as the Theatre's chief administrative strengths. andNelson, Rent E. A Survey of Dramatic Activi- scenery and costume design as its chiefartistic ty in Michigan Junior and CommunityCol- ones. The conclusion is that theTheatre is in leges. Wayne State U (Speech Commulnca- need of renewed long-range goals and well- and Theatre). articulatedphilosophicalguide-lines. ReCOM mendation for future growth is based on con- The purpose of this study is to determine tinued expansion of the resident professionalthe status of dramatic activity in Michigan paid staff by increased training and hiring ofjunior and community colleges as of June the most loyal volunteers and greater use in1971. Taped interviews or letters were em- itsartistry of Hawaii's non-European ethnicployed to gather information from twenty-nine traditions. The study suggests ways for theatresof the thirty-two institutions. The results of to approach local governments for supportandthe visits and letters compose the body of potential areas of beneficial reciprocation be-the dissertation. To facilitate the evaluation tween theatre for child audiencesand theatre for ofthesedata,criteriaforfunctioningof adult audiences as a means of moving theatre,dramatic activitiesin education were estab- generally, toward better interpretive quality, lished

236 236 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Individualsinterviewedexpressedconcern public exposure to the arts. And it demonstrates withadministrationattitudes.Facilitiesfor the need for public and governmental subsidy such programs were non-existentor intolerablefor such endeavors as well as the need for in many cases. Except for a fewprawns. a determined, enlightened and creative leadership less than positive attitude was found. Yet,as for such organisations. theresults have been compiled, the over-all picture appears to be less appalling than indi% idual interviews suggested. Although prob-O'Neill, Patrick Bernard. A History of The- lems do beset many of the institutions,most atrical Activity in Toronto, Canada: From of them are developmental. Those institutions Its Beginnings to 1858. Louisiana State U enjoying longer experience or moreopen purses (Speech). have developed standards from which those less This study examined professional and ama- successful can learn. teurtheatricalactivity in Toronto fromits In spite of the hopeful factors, there is deeper, founding in 1793 as the town of York until more urgent need for positive action. As the the termination of John Nickinson's managerial juniorcollegescontinuetoimprovetheircareer at the Royal Lyceum Theatre in 1858. transfer programs or to broaden into com- Records of the nascent theatre in Toronto munity service institutions, and as thecom- are fragmentary and elusive. Newspaper accounts munity colleges continue to grow at the rate provided the main source of data for the study, experienced in recent years, programs must bewhich is divided into two major sections. The expanded and refined to meet the new needs.first, a narrative history of Toronto theatricals, Existing dramatic activities are not sufficientdelineates the development of theatre against to meet the current need recognized by thethe changing social and economic structure transfer and community service aspects of theseof the city itself. The rural village of Yorksaw institutions. only infrequent, itinerant players, but in 1853 John Nickinson established a residentstock Newell, James S.A Critical Analysis of thecompany in Toronto, by then the railway hub- Development and Growth of the Kennethof upper Canada. Biographical sketches of the Sawyer Goodman Memorial Theatre andperformers who appeared in Torontoare foot- School of Drama, Chicago, Illinois, 1925-1971.noted to the text and constitutea prominent Wayne State U (Speech Communication andportion of this section. Theatre). A chronological day book, the second major The purpose of this study was to examinesection of this study, includes every recorded the history of the Goodman Theatre in orderperformance in Toronto with available cast to explicate and evaluate the efficacy of a pro-lists and playwright's names. Appendix A. fessional training program closely allied withPerformer Index, listsin alphabetical order a professional production program as one ex-each performer and the dates of his recorded ample of a resident professional theatre. appearances in Toronto. Appendix B, an Al- phabetical Play Index, lists the performance Primary sources for this study included thedates for each play produced in Toronto. Ap- papers of Thomas Wood Stevens concerningpendix C, a Playwright Index, lists every known thefirstyearsofthetheatre;thehouseauthor of plays and the titles of his plays pro- organs of the Art Institute of Chicago; ar-duced in Toronto during the period of this chive material from the Art Institute concern-study. ing the foundation and growth of the theatre; recordedinterviews withthe head of the theatre,staff members and former students;Pickering, Jerry Vane. The Medieval English private program collections;newspaper and Folk Drama. U of California, Davis (Dis- periodical reviews and articles; brochure and suade Art), 1971. curricular material of the school. This study considers the major types of the The conclusions drawn explicate the tremen-medical English folk drama, drawing together dous difficulties involved in developing, main-information from the areas of drama. philology. taining, financing and staffing a residentpro- history, and archeology to explain the various fessionaltheatre while operating an alliedtypes of folk drama in relation to the folk school of the drama in the European traditionthemselves. of a professional conservatory of the dramatic It has long been suggested that there is a arts.It undm:ons the plight of privatelyclose connection between early folk drama and financed regionaltheatres providing neededtraditional patterns of folk ritual. These plays, 237 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 237 in their themes, structures, and episodes reflectthe dimensions of enthusiasm for rehearsals, a patterned sequence of ritual acts which haverespect for the director, and rapport with the always characterized the major seasonal festi- director. Analysis of the quantitative data indi- vals. cated that director influence which included a After origin, the most important problem high proportion of the class two statements re- attending on a study of the folk drama is ferred to above was directly related to positive determining its influence, both on the liturgical actor attitudes and inversely related to levels drama with which it co-existed and the artof actor stress. drama which followed. In spite of some dis- Finally, open interviews revealed there was claimers,stylisticsimilarities inpassagesof often a wide gap between director intentions both the folk drama and the liturgical playsand working methods. The study concludes are too frequent to be accidental. And just aswith an analysis of the "rehearsal game"; the the folk drama influenced the liturgical drama, assumptionsandstrategiesbehinddirector it also influenced the art drama. This is espe- roles are related to some "rules" of actor re- daily true in terms of the grotesque characters sponse. who first appear in the folk drama and who end up as the vice characters of the Renaissance Pyros, John A.Morris Gest: Producer-Impre- drama. sario in the American Theatre. New York U TheEnglishfolkplay.throughoutthe (Speech and Education Theatre). medievalperiod,providedthelargestpart of the English people's dramatic diet. The fact The scope of this research was to help as- that it never developed into a significant artisticcertain the place of Morris Gest (1881-1942), drama is evident. However, it did provide theproducer-impresario, in the American theatre. folk with a drama that was their own, and In the main the study emphasized Gest's New inthe period before thetenth centuryit York productions. Brief consideration was also served to keep drama alive when it was ingiven to Gest's biography and to his related danger of extinction. activities in the performing arts. The study induded Gest's early, heyday, and final theatre Porter, Robert E.Interaction Analysis andproductions and their attendant criticalre- the Rehearsal Process: Director-Actor Influ- actions. Finally, there was a consideration of ence and Response. U of Michigan(Speech his entire work and its overall place in the American theatre. Communication and Theatre). Though assessmentofproducers remains In this study of six major productions at three difficult,it would appear that Gest who had universities. four investigative techniques were been professionally associated with such per- used to isolate some process variables of re- forming arts luminaries as Stanislayski, Griffith, hearsal interaction and to suggest some possible Dose,Fokine,Belasco,Balieff,Bel Geddes, relationships among directorinfluence.the Moissi,Reinhardt,Urban,Nemirovitch-Dan- emotional climate of rehearsals. and actor atti-chenko, Diaghilev, and such lavish productions tudes toward the director. as The Miracle, Chauve-Souris, Mecca Aphro- The first technique, a category system for the dite, Afgar, was one of the most exciting, daring, analysis of verbal communication, permitted an and farseeing producers. He was especially effec- operational definition of director influence astive in his efforts to expose America to the the relative frequencies of two classes of verbal catalyst of great international theatre. statements: those which created or maintained actor dependence, reinforcing director dominance and limiting actor freedom. and thoseRessey, G. Richard. The Dramatic Technique of the Comic Playwright Georges Feydeau. U which encouraged self-initiated actor work. expanding the range of actor behavior, and inof Missouri (Speech and Dramatic Art). creasing the level of independence. Further Although critics have overwhelmingly praised analysis of verbal interaction was obtained by a the plays of Georges Feydcau (1862-1921), they computer program which tabulated thefre- have furnished little analytic material concern- quencies of selected interactions into a matrix.ing his dramatic technique. This study deter- A checklist measuring the variable of an-mines, through structural analysis, the organ- xiety. depression, and hostility was used to izing principles of Feydeau's full-length plays. relatedirectorinfluencetotheemotional and it investigates his selection of materials and states of actors. the manner of their presentation in relation Third, an actor attitude inventory measured tothe comic effect. An internal,inductive 238 238 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION method of analysis, based on Aristotle's causalAmerica. The Theatre and The Drama provided method, emphasizes the six traditional qualita- valuable information about the important the- tive parts of drama. The chapters follow the atrical issues of their day. Dramatics and Players hierarchical pattern of these qualitative partsexclusively reflected the theatrical interests of because of their form-matter relationships. Athe high schools and colleges of America. The final chapter summarizes the findings, and itTheatre and The Drama ceased publication in follows with a delineation of meaning in the 1931. Dramatics and Players both continue to- plays and a consideration of the relevance of day. Feydeau's comic spirit in the theatre of the This investigation proves conclusively that nineteen seventies. all four periodicals under consideration reflected Georges Feydeau was a consummate craftsman. both the modification and the maturation of His uniqueness of construction lies in the con-theatre practices in the United States between tingent regularity and precision of the struct- 1900 and 1950. They remain by virtue of their t oralelements.Themachine-likeinterde- eclecticismandtheirlongevityasprimary pendence of all the parts gives his plays their sources for all drama and theatre research con- distinctivefeatures.Feydeau'splays proceedcentrating on the first half of the century. from story patterns of cause and effect, chance and coincidence, misapprehensions, and conflicts between thesexes. The.-wiations of these Rush, David Alan. Techniques of Biographical principles make each play different. Drama Illustrated by "Beethoven/Karl." U Feydeau laughed at truth. His plays mirror of Illinois (Speech Communication). the inherent stupidity of man at odds with himself and his environment. An exaggeration The purpose of this study was to explore of the human condition for purposes of enter- thetechniques involved in writing a bio- tainment is the essence of Feydeau's satire. Thegraphical drama. The method of investigation meaning of his plays is not a profound philo- was the writing and production of a full-length sophical statement, but a mood of laughter. play about Beethoven, titled "Beethoven/Karl." Only when laughter ceases to be relevant will Tne play dealt with the last two years of the universal comic spirit of Feydeau's playsBeethoven's life. Although the play presented lose their meaning. many events from his life, the main plot involved his relationship with his nephew-ward, Karl. Despite Karl's desire to join the army, Rude, John Alan.Description and Analysis ofBeethoven keeps him under his control. Tension Four Monthly American Theatre Magazines.develops, increases as Beethoven prepares for U of Missouri (Speech ad Dramatic Art). the premiere of the Ninth Symphony, and This study analyzes the contentof fourclimaxes in Karl's attempt to commit suicide. monthly American theatre magazines that ex-Beethoven then grants Karl's request, allowing erted journalistic influence on the theatre in him to develop his own identity. the United States between 1900 and 1950. The The theme of the play was that Beethoven's four periodicals are The Theatre, Dramatics,personality was suicidal. Karl and other char- Players and The Drama, notable journals oftenacters personify aspects of life (love, business, neglected by theatre scholars. family, music. and self-esteem); the action of the Two of the journals, Dramatics and Players,play was Beethoven's successive casting away were the only important monthly cu-scationalthese life elements, until he dies. theatre journals of the period. The Theatre Writing the play involved dealing with prob- emerged in 1900 as the sole independent pro- lems of research and analysisof historical fessional theatrical magazine, while The Drama source materials. Facts about Beethoven's life evolved as the official organ of the Drama influenced the theme, plot, and choice of char- League of America. acters, but within the established framework, For each magazine, this study provides infor- specific facts were altered in order to make mation about itseditors, purpose or policy,the play more effective. Changes in the script format, recurring and unique features. Eachmade during rehearsals demonstrated that his- chapter investigates a magazine from its incep- torical accuracy was often a handicap; it was tion to its demise, or until 1950 in the we ofconcluded that, although a writer of biograph- those still publishing. ical drama must take account of facts, he cannot Theinvestigationrevealedthatallfourallow himself to be in every instance limited to periodicals contributed individually to the en- them, but must give greeted weight to the couragement and development of theatre indemands of the theatre.

239 AlisTa ACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 239 Seeman, Bettie.A Descriptise Study of The-rhythms through ellipses, punctuation, capitali- atrical Costuming in the Court of Louis XIV.zation, italics, and stage directions. Stage direc- V of Michigan (Speech Communication andtions also indicate mood by their description Theatre). of thetechnicalaspects of the production. l'ghts. music, and setting all contribute to mood. The history of theatrical costuming has beenMusk and lighting changes contain rhythm. examined only superficially by historians. More-Unusual or disharmonious elements in the set- over. there is disagreement among scholars asting create tension in that they sto,:est future to the actual mode of stage dress. This studydevelopments. Potential or imminence, creates examine the styles of theatrical dress in the tension. Foreshadowing satisfies this same qual- court of Louis XIV primarily through graphic itybecauseitsuggests future developments. evidence. There are 208 illustrations utilizedPlays of horizontal movement containstory which were duplicated from original sourceselements that createtension. In such plays, at the libraries and museums of Paris. Con-much of the actioninvolves efforts by the temporarywritingsareusedassupportive characters to re-achieve tensional balance. Char- evidence. acter controls many foreshadowing devices and Nine styles of theatrical dress were found tostory elements. The concept of polarity involves have been employed in diverse theatrical pro-both character and situation. It demands the ductions. Each category is defined, discussed,attraction of opposite impulses. Since tension and illustrated through contemporary graphicoccurs first as awareness of discord, it arises on sources. The aesthetic standards are also con-the thought level and results in action on the sidered. character or plot level. The two original plays Major changes in attitude toward theatrefollowing this essay demonstrate severalten- and its costuming occurred during three time sional devices. Aftermath, particularly, depends span.:1000-10(10. 1660.1680. 1680.1715. In theon tension since it focuses upon a single de- first period, theatrical design was just begin- cision. ning to emerge as an art form. As a result, costuming was of great diversity and variable Shelton, Lynn Mahler. Modem American Musi- quality. In the second segment of time, the cal Theatre Form: An Expressive Develop. Courtemergedastheatre'sgreatestpatron. Under the protection of Louis, designers ap- meat of Adolphe Appia's Theories of The- atre Synthesis. U of Wisconsin (Theatre and peared andthespecifically Frenchstyleof costume evolved. The finalperiod saw the Drama). emergence of opera as France's favorite en- Utilizing Adolphe Appia's theories of syn- tertainment. Consequently, the style of costum-thetic theatre as the basic theoretical frame- ing utilized in opera influence all other formswork, itis the purpose of this investigation of theatre. to discern the nature of the intertexture of Since opera was used politically to glorifyexpressive elements in American musical the- the reign. an abundance of graphic recordsatre in order to establish a critical perspective of opera designs were preserved from this last forinterpretingthe form ofthismodern period. The study acknowledges this phenom-genre. This study traces the historic develop- enon in its analysis of the full range of the-ment of American musical theatre,identifies atrical costuming between 1643 and 1715. the essential components of this theatrical genre, and analyzes the musical-dramatic and musical- Shelton, David Leslie.Dramatic Tension indramatic-choreographicpatternswhichchar- Theory and Practice. U of Missouri (Speechaterize this synthetic form. and Dramatic A..). The American musical theatre of the eigh- While manytheoristsandtheatreprac- teenth and nineteenth centuries adapted Euro- titionersrecognizetensionas an importantpean forms to new uses. The late nineteenth concept in dramatic literature, few define orand twentieth centuries saw the synthesis of clarifyit. As structural element, tension in-traditional musical theatre forms with those cludes only the qualities a playwright con-more native in character, creating a character- sciously utilizes in his works. Tension may unify istic intertexture. Three fundamental patterns plays of vertical movement. Such plays omitof musical-dramatic syntheses emerged in the conflict and, in its absence, rely on tension. Amid-twentieth century: the musical play, the mood may be one of tension. Rhythm is anmusic drama, and the musical narrative. important means for evoking mood. Rhythm Inthetwentiethcentury,theAmerican depends upon change. A playwright suggestsmusicalacquiredchoreographic elementsas .240 2W BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION an additional characteristic of its form. Dance/sophic and scientific background of the twen- movement as it is used in the American musical tieth century, and correlates structural inno- theatre can be defined in terms of three in-vations in music, painting, and architecture terpretativekinds:"representative,""expres- with dramaturgical approaches in the cc ntury. sive," and "synthetic." Such scietisu and philosophers as Albert Perhaps the most complete expressionof Einstein,LudwigWittgenstein,andAlbert Appia'sconceptofsynthesisinAmerican Camus indicatedthetwentieth century has musical theatre is West Side Story. In this 1957evolved a relativistic or subjective world view musical, poetry, music, and choregraphic ek-wherein reality derives from the individual ments combined to create an expressive corn-rather than from a predetermined objective ;ilex. Most significant is the fact that movement,structure. The arts have reflected this reality in close collaboration with music, creates and through an individualistic approach to creating, controls the dramatic action. and through a relative manipulation of time and space, not to reflect the apparent world, Slattery, Kenneth M. A History of Theatricalbut to express thatartist's inner ideals or Activity in Fort Wayne, Indiana, with Em-attitudes. phasis on theProfessional Theatre: INK- Rather than a single style, modern an reveals 190. Kent State U (Speech). a continuum of styles designated in the study as modern romanticism, modernclassicism, The purpose of the study was to chnmidemodern mystidm, and modem abstractionism. the history of theatre in Fort Wayne, Indiana. The playwrights used to illustrate what appears from 1884 to 1905, following in the main the to be a persistent stylistic range in modern method used by Odell in his Annals of thedramaturgy are August Strindberg. Frank Wede- New York Stage. The writer, stressing profes- kind. William Butler Yeats. Hugo von Hof- sional theatrical activity, sought to discover in- mannsthal, Bernard Shaw, Oscar Wilde, Ed- formation which would: identify the extent ofmondRostand,LeonidAndreyev,Maurice theatrical activity in Fort Wayne; identify the Maeterlinck, and Alfred Jarry. major actors, combination companies, and stock A persistent problem in modern appraisal has companies visiting Fort Wayne: determine thebeen a repeated attempt by critics to prove the major dramatic forms and plays most popularsameness of different modern styles. Nor have inthe "provinces" during the period; showcritics fully considered the evolution of a new the extent and worth of local dramatic crit philosophic ground that has created this sub- cism; and show the importance of Fort Wayne jective fragmentation of style. as a "provincial" theatre town. In terms of extent of activity, Fort Wayne during the period hosted more than 7,000 at- Stevens, David. A Study of Christopher Beason tractions in 4,285 days at seventeen theatres. and the Phoenix or Cockpit Theatre. Dowling The importance of Fort Wayne3 a "pro- Green State U (Speech). vincial" theatre town was suppoi red by the fact that at the high point of the period under The purpose of this study was to investigate study Fort Wayne was visited by many of thea Jacobean/Caroline private theatre, the Phoenix 500-odd different combination companies which or Cockpit: its manager, its repertory. its stage, toured America. Moreover, Fort Wayne. pri-its use of auditory and visual effects, and its audience. marily because of its excellent railroad location on the only direct route between New York and Chapter one concerns Christopher Beeston's Chicago. rivaled even New York City during thecareer and the five companies that played at period in number of performances proportion-the Phoneix. Chapter two presents the bibli- ateto population. Contrary to what manyographical principles that were used and as- authors have suggested, the theatre "provinces"signs the ninety-two extant plays of the re as typified by such a town as Fort Wayne werepertory to one of three reliability-of-evidence not cultural wastelands. groups. Chapter three examines the stage directions, textual allusions, and scene sequences of the plays in order to reconstruct the struc- Somers, John Wilmot. The Sources and Am.tural features of the Phoenix stage. Chapter sheiks of Modern Drama. U of Missouri fourconcernsauditoryandvisualeffects. (Speech and Dramatic Art). Chapter five treats the audience of the Phoenix. To determine the existence of a modern The study concludesthat(1)Christopher dramatic style, the study examines the philo- Beeston's business acumen, theatrical expertise,

241 A issTRActsOF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 241 and knowledge of human nature were responsi-Teague, Anne Dean.Thomas Wood Stevens' ble fur the success of his companies. (2) Struc- Contributions to American Art Theatre with tural features of the Phoenix stage included a Emphasis on the Kenneth Sawyer Goodman bare platform with a trap in the center;three Memorial Theatre, 1922.1930. Louisiana State doorways; a continuous upper actingspace. U (Speech). including two "bay windows" above each of the This study describes and evaluates the cun- 'isle doors and a gallerlike area above the tributions of Thomas Wood Stevens (1880.1942) center door; an interior staircaselocated very to the art theatre movement. near one of the side doors. Hangings werefre- The investigation focuses on Stevens'contri- quently used. Discoveries could be effected bybutions at the Goodman Theatre. 19224930. placing hangings in front of any of the door-and at the universities of Michigan, Stanford, ways. (3) Sound effects, music, properties. cos- Iowa, and Arizona. Stevens' letters, articles, bro- tume. and make-up were used for realistic effect chure', lecture programs, addresses, pageants. or to enhance mood. (4) The Phoenixaudiencecontracts, interviews, books. and notesprovide required variety in dramatic fare and preferredthe source material. scenes colored by sex and spectacle. The first chapter gives a biography of Stevens Ab.tracted by CHARLES BOUGHTON related to the contemporary theatre of his time. discusses the circuitous route which led Stevens Stillwell, Janet E. A Descriptive Study of theto theatre as a vocation, and defines his views Kalamazoo Chic Theatre 1929-1964. U ofof art theatre. The next three chapters discuss Michigan (Speech Communication and The-the development and administration of the atre). Goodman Theatre, the structure and policies, the Repertory Company, the Studio Group, and The Kalamazoo Civic Theatre, founded inthe theatre school of the Chicago Art Institute. September of 1929 and still functioning today.The concluding chapter summarizes Stevens' has never closed its doors, cancelled a per-work in educational institutions, national or- formance. or decreased its services to its mem-ganizations,littletheatres, and community bership. The factor which contributed to thistheatres after his departure from the Good- impressive record are the cultural make-up and man. demands of Kalamazoo as a community. the The study shows that Stevens envisioned a caliber and dedication of the membership, thetheatre for the artist who could experiment outstanding physical plant. the professionalismand educate. The endowed Goodman Theatre of the staff, the quality of productions. and thewas the capstone of his ideal art theatre. It thirty-nine year managerial guidance of Normancombined a repertory company of skilled ar- F. Carver. ti-answith a stringent educational training This study examines the development of theground not only for artists but audiences. Players' organization season by season from When the Goodman venture failed Stevens its founding, through its first thirty-nine yearscontinued to devote his energies to the theatre. of. existence, and ends with Mr. Carver's re-His years of teaching at Michigan. Stanford, tirement in June of 1968. It focuses on policyIowa, and Arizona showed no betrayal of Ws changes. play selection, and innovative addi-beliefs nor compromise of his ideals. He consis- tions to the Players' production schedule. Intently voiced and published his answering con- addition, the study examines the Players' im-cepts of art theatre. pressive and responsible leaderhip role in the development of community theatre within theTews. Thomas C.A Reconstruction of the state of Michigan, the Mid-west, and the nation. Settings for Three Operas Designed by Filip- The major sources of information for this po Juvarra in Rome. 17104712. Loaisbna study were The Kalamazoo Gazette and related State U (Speech). press releases, and the Players magazine /pro- The purpose of this study was to discover gram, The Spotlight. Additional informationthe construction procedures employed in build- was provided by interviewswithsurviving ing settings for early eighteenth-century operas founders of the organisation, board membersby reconstructing three complete operas designed who served throughout the span of time covered,by Filippo Juvarra:Constantino Pie (1710). staff members, and the profestional directors Teodoslo 11 Giovaee (1711). and Ii Ciro (1712). whose tenure with the Players covered twenty-These were designed in Rome for the Cardinal three of the thirty-nine years encompassed byOttoboni for a small theatre in his cads' this study. residence, the Palazzo della Cancelled&

242 212 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL. IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION The study relied upon the libretto for eachbetter to request that be be a spiritual embodi- of the operas, containing engravings of all ofment of his age. While it appears correct to the settings. Juvarra's sketches. scale drawingsstate that the history must embody the author's of the theatre. and works on perspective by purpose to give form to a drama, other world- three of Juvarra's antecessors. The settings were pictures besides the Elizabethan should be con- reconstructed by using the engraving for eachsidered. of the scenes and the drawings of the theatre. The study revealed the following: (1) AlmostWallace, Raymond V. Theatre Critics for Daily all of the scenery was composed of flat scenes New York Newspapers, 1960-1970. Kent State placed parallel to the front of the stage. (2) U (Speeds). Juvarra's design technique was in direct contrast to that of Andrea Porto and Ferdinando The purpose of this study was threefold: Calli-Bibiena in that he started by workingIn investigate the role of the daily New York on sketches of his scenes rather than on aCity newspaper critic of theatre as perceived ground plan.(3) Juvarra's design techniqueby himself and the newspaper, to determine led him to experiment with the visual impres-to what extent this philosophy was reflected siongiven by hissettings,resulting in hisin his reviews, and to determine if there were developing four visua: effects: he paid increas-any truth to the assumed power the critics as a ing attention to the mood of the scene in hisgroup hold over a play's success. lighting effects and settingshe depicted more Eightdailycriticsandthreenewspaper landscape and less architecture, he relied in- editorswere interviewedpersonally bythe creasingly upon asymmetric balance, and he de-author. The interviews were recorded on tape emphasized the vanishing point, bringing thewhenever possible. The critics' output for all eye of the st ectator down stage to the per-or part of the decade,1960-1970. was then former. read, analyzed, and compared to the philosophies of the individual critics and editors. I'dtachler, James J.Three Variations on the It was discovered that the daily newspaper History Play: A Burkcian Analysis. Ohio Statecritic is not a "critic" at all, but a "reviewer." U (Theatre). As a group they see themselves, for the must part, as a type of market researcher serving The purpose of this study was to preparethe potential audience of the theatre by de- a broader analysis of the genre of the historyscribing the show to them and advising them play than has previously been performed. Threeto go or not to go. The evidence also would plays were selectedfor the purpose: Shake- seemto refrtethe mythical power of the speare's Richard TT, from the period in whichcritics to control a play's success. the history was first developed; Schiller's Wel- lenstein, from the period in which the history was enjoying a huge revival; and Buchner'sWeaver, Richard A. The Dramaturgy of Elmer Dantons Tod, the first "modern" history. Rice. U of Missouri (Speech and Dramatic The methods used were derived from the Art). writings of the American critic Kenneth Burke. The purpose of this dissertation was to first Pentadic analysis, cluster analysis. and formaldetermine the theories of the playwright Eimer analysis were used in concert. Rice. then to evaluate the effect of those the- Conclusions were derived concerning both ories on his playwriting practices. Rice's theories the method of analysis and the subject proper.fall into two major divisions: his theories of life Burkeian method, long recognized by speechand his theories of art. A brief biography of scholars, was found to be advantageous whenEke provides a basis for his theories of life. applied to the study of the drama. With regardThese theories are further divided into three to the history play itself, existing definitionsmain categories: political and economic, ethical of the genre were found to be wanting due ormoral,andmetaphysicalandreligious. to excessive concentration upon the ElizabethanArtistically. Rice's theories seemed at variance manifestationofthehistory. Whilepriorwith his profession. He seriously spestitmed critics appear to be correct in stating that thethe capability of theatre art to achieve serious- history should provide a definite politico-his-ness. He preferred to upstate . dramatic art torical setting and a panoramic StrUCtIlit, other(writing) from the art of the theatre (pro- points made by earlier critics need some quali-duction). He felt that dramatic art was seriously fication. Rather than demanding that the pro-hampered by its dependence on theatre art for tagonist be a public figure, one might doits communication. Although all of the plays 243 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 243

Indirectly include some aspect of his beliefs, the Articles in common daily use, most likely to past group most directly reflects Rice's theories. appear in period stage productions were re- While most of his practices reflect his attitudes. reached. For ease of reference, the material some of his plays reveal disparities between his was divided into the following epochs: ancient belief and his practices.fist notAbls these' UM. Egypt, Homeric toclassicalGreece, Roman Ilicts occur in the area of economic theories republic and empire, medieval Europe, six- versus artistic theories. Most importantly, the teenth century. seventeenth century, eighteenth study indicates the manner in which Elmer century, and nineteenth century. Rice reflectedhis own background and his The following practical categories of acces- times. %oriel were chosen and are treated in each epoch: food, table service, &makers and illu- Weiland, Richard J.The Changing Concepts minating devices, tobacco and related accessories, of Dramatic Action and Their Relationshiparms (but not armor), writing materials, toilet to Theatrical Form. U of Minnesota (Speech articles, and luggage. Communication), 1972. In each epoch, new inventions, innovations and significant modifications on existing articles Thisstudyisbased onthe assumptionare noted and where practical illustrated with that the form and idea of dramatic literature scale line drawings showing form. There are 311 are related to the form and idea of theatrical plates of line drawings included in the work. production. The writer examines the relation- Suggestions ate given for adapting these objects ships of certain concepts of dramatic action in to stage ttsr. This work corers only the main. the literary form which Barnard Hewitt has meam of western civilization. observed seem to call for movement patterns that stmest the illusion of "real life." and the relationships of certain types of action that call Wilker, Lawrence J.The Theatrical Business forcompositionalpatterns which appear to Practices of William A. Brady. U of Illinois deviate from the "true to life." The investiga- (Speech Communication). tion is also guided by the assumption that the This study examines the business practices compositionalfactors of body position. area. level, space, and movement require artistic are of William A. Brady to provide insights into rangement in order to arrive at a theatricalthe usually confidential operations of a the- form consistent with the literary qualities of a atrical producer. Contracts, correspondence, ac- given drama. count hooks, minutes of boards of directors meetines and business records in the Museum of Five prompt books of professional productions the [:its of New York formed the basis of the are used as a means of illustrating how varia study. These indicate how Brady assembled the tions in the characteristics of dramatic action elements of production, operated as a co-pro- have been expressed in space on stage. The pro. ducer, exploited theatrical properties, and func- duction books analyzed include The Sea Cull tioned as a theatre landlord. Production Score, The Glass Menagerie, Mother Courage,A DreamPlay.and Prometheus The study revealed that in assembling the Bound. elementsof production Brady attempted to achieve maximum profit by gaining control Documentary detail from the five producron over the artist and/or product through con- books indicates that an artistic arrangement of tracts constructed in his favor. the compositionalfactorsof body position. area, level, space, and movement contributes Brady adapted practices to fit changing con- to a particular form on a continuum with oneditions. When money could be made on the road he risked financial loss on Broadwayfor end labeled"'life- like" and the other "less it. When film promised to become lucrative be life -like" The findings support the hypothesis joined the industry. When the Syndicate re- that the changing concepts of dramatic liter- stricted him he reliquished a measure of his ary action have a relationship to the form autonomy to the Shubert' thus gaining new of theatrical behavior expressed in space on control and economic rewards. stage. Flexibility was alsoevidenced inBrady's ability to view a single play as many products Whaley, Frank L.,Jr.A Descriptive Com-each with its own dinstinct market. It carried pendium of Selected Historical Accessories over into his operation of thePlayhouse where Commonly used as Stage Properties. Florida he established a favored no-guarantee policy State U (Theatre). for himself and a variety of financial plans 244 244 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

geared to extract maximum profit from othertechniques of analysis employed are those which producers. would aid in answering the quesion: bow In general Brady relied on an elaboratedoes this play work in Sastre', theatre? structure of contracturalrightstoconduct There is also a brief consideration of Sartre's business. He always took the offensive in deal-thought and art as they are reflected in his ings; thus, shifting the burden of proof to theessays and plays, and an even briefer history other party while gaining the rewards of hisof the modern Spanish theatre. These sections action. are included to be of service to the specific analyses and are not full studies in themselves. Wright, Mary Elin.The Effects of Creative It was shown that Sastre considers writing Mama on Person Perception. U of Minnesotafor the theatre to be a political act, and his (Theatre Arts), 1972. task as a playwright is to find a method for translating political thought into theatrically Three teachers each taught a creative drama viable works. He does this by creatingan in- class stressing characterisation. a creative dramavestigative theatre, one where narrative is the class stressing dramatic form, and an oral in-form and "penetrative realism" is the style. He terpretation class for three different groups ofattempts to bring the spectators to a "pre- sixth grade students from a middle class urbanPolitical" state of mind, where they are ready area. A fourth control group had no specialto begin to take remedial action against the instructions. The studenu were pre-testedonsocial injustices portrayed on stage. Feffer's Role Taking Task (RTT) and the Lunser Instrument for formal reasoning ability. They were retested on the RTT immediatelyYen, Joseph Chen-ying. Two Modern Chinese Dramas Translated Into English: A Sktrasy after the series of fifteen, 45-minute classes and Night Visitor by Chang Yung-Hsiang and As again after an interval of 24 weeks during Eternal as Heaven and Earth by Wu JO, which they had no special dramaor speech classes. Including an Introduction to Modern Chi- nese Drama. Brigham Young U (Speech and An intercorrelation between the Lunarscores Dramatic Arts). for formal reasoning ability were significantly related to improvement on the RTT (p.15). This dissertation is an English translation of Research with children of a widerage range istwo full-length modern Chinese dramas: Mr. needed to determine if children must be capable Chang Yung-Wang's (A Stormy Night Visitor, of formal reasoning before theycan learn(Feng-yu Ku-Jen Lai) and Wu Jo's As Eternal through creative drama to take the perspectiveas Heaven and Earth (Tien-chang of other. These two translated Ways are not only fine An analysis of variance was made to determinedramatic pieces but alequite representative the effect of course of study, teacher. andsex of the creative lines foiled by contemporary on RTT improvement Boys who had takenPlaywrights of the Republic of China. creative drama (but not girls) receivedsignifi- This is the first English translation of these cantly higher role-taking scoreson a post-testplays written by contemporary playwrights in (p. .05) and on a follow-up test 24 weeks laterTaiwan, the only free province of the Republic (p. .05). Thus creative drama isa demonstratedof China. Also, this dissertation indudes an in- means of helping boys develop role-taking skills. troductiontothe development of modern Chinese theatre. Wyman. Stephen J.A Translation and °ideal Analysis of Two Plays by Alfonso Sastre.Uhler, William P., Jr. The Husband and Wife U of Michigan (Speech Communication and Relationship in American Drama from 1919 Theatre). to 1959. Kent State U (Speech). This dissertation provides English translations The study aims to determine if American of two of Alfonso Segue's most importantplays, dramatists and sociologic agreed on the identi- La Mendoza (The Gag) and En la Red (Inthefied major issues in the husband and wife re- Net). Along with the transladons there leanlationship during the 1920's and 19110's. Sixty- extensive critical analysis of each play. Thesethree of 959 plays produced in New York City analyses take the point of view that the playsduring the period were deemed most relevant are intended for performance and should beto the problem. At least twenty works by social analyzed as pieces of theatre rather than philo-scientists wen selected for reference. sophical orliterarytract. Consequently, the The study concluded that the dmmatitts were

245 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 245 sound social observers in that they agreed withmarried person as an individual in modern the sociologists oil the major issues. However, society.Although both agreed on the Jab they did not always agree with sociologistsportance of romantic love as a requirement as to the adjustments required in each case. for the happy marriage, only the dramatists As social thinkers both agreed on the marital regarded romantic love as a panacea for many adjustments made by newlyweds. on incompati- conflicts. Contrary to the sociologists, the dra bility as the prime source of the unhappy matins as socialthinkers refused to accept marriage, on the forgiveness of a husband's woman's emancipation in total and they re- infidelity and on a reluctance to forgive thejected divorce as a final end to marriage. In adulterous wife. Although both identified exag- addition, dramatists presented the husband as gerated individuation as a threat to marriage,superior in most respects to the wife. Drama. only the dramatists as social thinkers thaw lists of the period advanced no new ideas in pinned to any extent the preservation of the respect to the husband and wife relationship.

246 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION: 1975 The information to follow is based on reports submitted by academic departments (or in several cases schools) within 161 colleges and universities. Unless otherwise indicated, thesis or dissertation projects were completed during the calendar year 1973. Identification numbers have been assigned to each title in consecutive order and in sequence with previous issues of the Bibliographic Annual. An asterisk appearing immediately after a dissertation identification number indicates that an abstract of that dissertation is included in the "Ab- stracts" section of this volume. Academic departments reporting theses and dissertations are identified in parentheses. Effective with this issue of the Bibliographic Annual. thesis and dissertation title entries arc cross-referenced by identification number in appropriate subject area bibliographies appearing in the preceding pages. In addition, a key-word index to reported dissertation titles and a reporting department index follow. Academic departments sponsoring masters theses and doctoral dissertations in al' areas of speech communicationmass communication, rhetoric and communication theory, public address, speech sciences, interpretation, theatre, interpersonal and small group interaction, forensics, and instructional development in these areasare urged to submit entries. All previously unreported titles submitted are published even though completed in earlier calendar years. Reports of doctoral dissertations in progress now appear bimonthly in the "Research Notes" column of Spectra, the newsletter of the Speech Communication Association. In- formation and inqueries pertinent to either doctoral dissertations in progress or the report to follow should be directed to Patrick C. Kennicott, Associate Execu- tive Secretary for Reseach, Speech Communication Association Washington office, 1625 Miasachusetts Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036.

FORENSICS Lutheran U (Communication Arts). 1970. Doctoral Dissertations M.A. 26453 Hill, Sidney R.. Jr. A Study of the Effect on De Leach, Daniel F. A Descriptive Study of the Non-ability Variables on the Outcome of QualitativeandQuantitativeResponses Made on Debate Ballots. U of South Florida Intercollegiate Debates. U ofFlorida (Speech Communication), 1972. M.A. 26454 (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26450 Shelby, Annette Nevin. The Development of Flanagan, George A. A Descriptive Study of the Theory of Argumentation and Debate. Perception of the Comparative Advantage Louisiana State UBaton Rouge (Speech), Case. CentralMissouri State U (Speech 1973. Ph.D. 264510 Communication), 1973. M.A. 26455 Frank, Robert E. A Descriptive Study of the Nature and Financing of Successful High FORENSICS School Forensic Programs. Wake Forest U Masters Theses (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts), Belch, Ted W. A Comparison of the Changes in 1973. M.A. 28458 Usage and Understanding of Debate Jargon Hammer, Stephen Lloyd. An Investigation of by High School Students Attending a Sum- Listening Ability in Speech Class at Ball mer Debate Workshop. Wake Forest U State University. Ball State U (Speech), 1973. (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts), M.A. 26457 1974. M.A. 26452 Haven. Richard Paul. A Rhetorical Analysis Clarke, Patricia. Some Analytical Skills a For- of the1940 Pre- Convention Speeches of ensics Student May Gain From the Study WendellWilkie. Ball State U (Speech), of English and PoliticalScience.Pacific 1973. M.A. 2868 247 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 247

Leistikow, Norman A. A Study of Debate Judg- Colleges and Universities in Missouri. U inginSelectedTournaments.Mankato of Missouri-Columbia (Speech and Dramatic State College (Speech and Theatre Arts), Art), 1973. Ph.D. ".6469° 1973. MS. 26459 Booth, James Lee. An Investigation of the leiitson. Judith Hoy. The Effect of Personal Effects of Two Types of Instructional Ob- Relevance of Task as it Relates to Socio- jectives on Student Achievement and Atti- emotional ProcessinDecision-making. tudes. Purdue U (Communication),1973. queens College, City U of New York (Com- Ph.D. 26470' munication Arts and Sciences). 1973. M.A.Civikly, Jean M. A Descriptive and Experi- 26460 mental Analysis of Teacher Nonverbal Com- McGee, Elizabeth Ann. A Study to Determine municationIntheCollegeClassroom. the Extent of Agreement Between Critic Horida State U (Communication),1973. Judges and Debaters Concerning the Nature Ph.D. 26471° and Timing of Critical Events for Different Conner. Laurence M. An Investigation of the Types of Affirmative Cases. Florida State U Effects of Selected Educational Drama Tech- (C:ommunication), 1971. M.A. 26461 niquesonGeneralCognitiveAbilities. Mill, r, Geri L. The Effect of Personal Rele- Southern Ilinois U (Speech),1973. Ph.D. ratite on the Quality of Group Products. 26472 queens College, City U of New York (Corn- Covington, Ann. A Study of Teachers Attitudes nitinication Arts and Sciences). 1973. M.A. Toward Black English: Effects on Student 2fi 162 Achievement. U of Pittsburgh (Speech and Nforullo. John Thomas. A Study of the Effects Theatre Arts) 1972. Ph.D. 26473 of Conceptual Differences in Evidence Up- Dellinger. Susan E. Classroom as Process: A on the Analysis in Intercollegiate Debates. Dramatistic Observational Model. U of Colo- Northern Illinois U (Speech Communica- rado (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26474' tion), 1972. M.A. 26463 DelPolito, Carolyn M. The Development, Im- Russell. John Thomas. A Rhetorical Analysis of plementation, and Evaluation of A Self- Selected Speeches of Governor George C. Concept Enhancement Program. Purdue U Wallace Delivered During the 1972 Presi- (Communication), 1973. Ph.D 26475' dential Primaries in Florida. Wisconsin, and Hochel, Sandra S. The Relationship of Self- Michigan. Ball State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. Concept As A Communicator to Effective- 26464 ness in Student Teaching. Purdue U (Com- Settle, Peter L. An Analysis of Critical Con- munication). 1973. Ph.D. 26476' sistency in Evaluating the Comparative Ad- Meyer, Arthur C. A Survey of Speech in Com- vantage Affirmative Debate Case. Marquette munity Colleges. U of MissouriColumbia U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26465 (Speech and Dramatic Art).1973. Ph.D. Tracy. John Berkley. An Argumentativc De- 26479' velopment of Spiro T. Agnew's Rhetorical Moore. Michael R. An Investigation of the Re- CampaignAgainsttheNationalNews lationships Among Teacher Behavior, Cre- Media. Auburn U (Speech Communication), ativity and Critical Thinking Ability. U of 1973. M.A. 26466 Missouri-Columbia (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 26480' Niles. Lnydrey. The Status of General Speech INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT Programs at Predominantly Black Four-Year Doctoral Dissertations Colleges:1971.1972. Temple U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26481 Bassett. Ronald Edward. The Effect of Train-Orban, Donald K. A Survey of Speech Educa- ing in the Use of Behavioral Objectives and tion in the Public Senior High Schools of Knowledge of Results on Student Perform- the United States,1969-1970. Indiana U ance ina Mastery Learning Coursein (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26482 Speech Communication. FloridaState U Porter. Cynthia Kay. The American Adolescent: (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26467 A Communication Study in Peer Group Baumeister, Roger. The Concept of Dialogue Structure and Interaction. Northwestern U of Reue L Howe. Northwestern U (Speech (InterdepartmentalStudies), 1973.Ph.D. Education), 1973. Ph.D. 26468' 26483 Blanche. Jerry D. An Evaluation of Speech Redfield, James L A Descriptive Study of the Methods CoursesinSecondary Teacher Ohio Public Secondary School Speech Pro- Preparation Programs of State-Supported grams for 1971-72. Ohio U (School of Inter-

248 2 ts 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

personalCommunication), 1973. Ph.D. U (Graduate School of Communication), 26484 1971. M.A. 26496 Ruby, James A. A Four-Year InterdisciplinaryAtkins, Michael Wayne. A Study of Theatre Humanities Program and Its Emphasis on CurriculuminColleges and Universities Communication Techniques.Pennsylvania inLouisiana.NorthwesternStateU o: StateU (SpeechCommunication),1973. Louisiana (Speech and Journalism),1972. Ph.D. 26485 M.A. 26497 Runde 11.Edward. Studies of the Comprehen- Barnett, Aaron Paul. The Development of a sion of Black English. U of TexasAustin Course of Study in Radio Sales. Memphis (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 2(x186 State U (SpeechCommunication).1973. Sampson, W. Robert. An Experimental Investi M.A. 26498 gation of the Application of Peer Group Barnett. Barry Arnold. Academ:c and Personal Instructional Methods to the Undergraduate Characteristics of Some Students Enrolled Course in Group Discussion. Wayne State in a Basic Course in Speech. Pennsylvania U (Speech Communicationand Theatre). StateU (Speech Communication), 197.3. 1973. Ph.D. 26487 M.A. 26-199 Stanford. Monty Car lis. On Predicting the Ef Helfand, Theodore M. Communication Train- frets of a Bilingual Children's Educational ing in the Business Organization. Fairfield Television Program. U of TexasAustin U (Graduate School of Communication), (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26488 1973. M.A. 26500 Suezek, Marybelle R. Development of an In- Benjamin. Barbaranne. A Preliminary Experi- strument for Measuring Outlining Ability. mental Study of the Semantogenic Theory Wayne State U (Speech Communication & ofStageFright.PennsylvaniaStateU Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 26489 (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. 26501 'I orlidas. William. Defining Behavioral Objec-Boatman, Sara J. .A Descriptive Field Study to tives for the Teaching of Speech Communi- Determine the Feasibility of a Communica- cation: An Analytical Study. Temple U tion Training Program in a High School (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26490 English Department. U of Nebraska-Lincoln Vogel. Robert Allen. An Analysis of the Re- (Speech & Dramatic Art), 1973. M.A. 26502 lationship Between Teacher-Written Criti- Brownell, Judith. Behavioral Objectives "a High cism and Improvement in Student Speech School Speech Education. State U of New Performance. Purdue U (Communication). York,CollegeatCortland .Speech and 1973. Ph.D. 264910 Theatre Arts), 1973. M.S. 26503 Walker.Gloria. The Effective & IneffectiveBurlingame, Mary Louise. Student Election of Images asPerceived by the Male Afro- a High School Speech Course. Pennsylvania American University Professor. U of Pitts- State U (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. -burgh(Speechand Theatre Arts),1973. 26504 Ph.D. 26492 Buteatt, June D. A Synthesis and Classification Waznak, Robert. A Descriptive and Evaluative of Available Select Nonprint Materials for Study of Contemporary Catholic Homiletic Speech Communication.. U of Maryland Services in the Light of the Second Vatican (Speech and Dramatic Art),1973. MA, Council. Temple U (Speech).1973. Ph.D. 26505 26493 Coffman, Sara Jane. An Investigation of Teacher White, Opal Thurow. The Mexican American ResponsetoAggressiveVerbalStudent Subculture: A Studyin Teaching Con- Behavior. Purdue U (Communication), 1973. trastive Sounds in English and Spanish. U M.A. 26506 of Oklahoma (Speech Communication). 1972. Dowling, Susan A. Students' Perceptions of a Ph.D. 26494 Teacher's Level of Communication. State U Wing. Julia Cummings. A Contrastic Study of of New York at Buffalo (Speech Communi- Exercises and Drill Materials Used in the cation), 1973. M.A. 26507 Study of Voice and Articulation. TempleEngram, Joanne Lisa. Development of an Ideal II (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26495 Speech Teacher Student Attitude Survey as an Index of Role Behavior Preferences. INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT Pennsylvania State U (Speech Communi- cation), 1973. M.A. 26508 Masters Theses Erickson, Barbara Ann. A Survey of Introduc- Abram°. Charles. Communication With Special tory Speech Students to Determine What Reference to Drugs in Connecticut. Fairfield Units of Study Students Feed Should be In- 249 CRADCATE. THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 249

eluded in the Beginning Speech Course. UJanda, Louis. An Experimental Evaluation of of Wisconsin-Superior (Communicating the Effects of a Video-Tape Presentation Arts), 1973. M.A. 26509 on TestResults, Attitude andPractical Finlay. Sally A. A Survey of the Nature of the Applicationinthe Teaching of Parlia- First Course in Speech in Florida Com- mentaryProcedure. U ofWisconsin munity Colleges. U of Florida(Speech), St vens Point (Communication). 1973. 1973. MA. 26510 M.S.T. 26522 Fogel. Daniel S. A Methodology for the StudyJue. Ronald Wong. A Curriculum Design and of Young Children's Conversation in Na- Evaluative Study of Methods in Teaching tural Situations. Pennsylvania State (Speech Reflective Listening in a Continuation High Communication), 1973. M.A. 26511 School.SanJoseState U (Speech-Com- Friedrich. Gerhard. Communication Training munication), 1973. MA. 26523 for Head Start Program Directors.Fair- King. Caraway Mantha. An Analysis of Four field U (Graduate School of Communica- Speech Texts in the Fundamentals of Public tion), 1973. M.A. 26512 Speaking. Northwestern State U of Louisi- Gill. Kathleen. Teacher Orientated Manuel for ana (Speech and Journalism), 1973. M.A. Enrichment Television inthe Classroom. 26524 Fairfield (Graduate School of Comnsunica- Lira, Solange de Azambuja. Studies on Portu- 1 ion), 1973. M.A. 26513 guese Phonology, Morphology, and Syntax. Grant. James Edward. An Analysis of Fete of IiofDelaware(Speech-Communication). Martin I.uther King. Junior's Works, Using 1973. MA. 26525 hi: TechniqueofCriticism.Pacific UManion, Edward. A Comparative Analysis of (speech and Communication), 1973. MA. Selected Performance Oriented and Theory 26514 Oriented Basic Speech Textbooks. Western Hall.Mary Elizabethand RaymondPaul Ilinois U (Communication Arts and Sci- Koegel. Inter-Media Rendering of Ciceron- ences). 1973. M.A. 26526 in Humanism. Hunter College, City U ofMasucci, David Anthony. The Effects of Stu. New York (Speech Communication), 1973. dent Feedback on Student Perceptions of M.A. 26515 the Classroom Behavior of Secondary School Haynes. Judy L. The Effects of Prior Knowledge Teachers. San Jose State U (Speech-Com- of Behavioral Objectives in Hierarchially munication), 1973. M.A. 26527 Designed Instruction. Florida State U (Com- Mohrlock, Nancy A. personality Correlates of munication). 1973. M.S. 26.516 Reticent and Non-Reticent High School Hoffman. Gary J. The Use of Small Groups in Students. U of Nebraska at Omaha (Speech), NinthGradeEnglishLiteratureUnits. 1973. M.A. 26528 Mankato State College (Speech and Theatre Norton, John Edward. An Analysis ofthe Arts), 1973. M.A. 26517 Speech Education of Southern Baptist Min- Hogan, Lawrence Nicholas. An Examination of isters in the State of Florida. Florida State the Relative Effectiveness of Multiple-Si- U (Communication), 1972. MS. 26529 multaneous and Linear-Sequential ImageryOlander. Mark. A Language Arts Curriculum inthe Presentation of Factual Material. intheElementarySchool.Fairfield U Ohio State IT (SpeechCommunication), (Graduate School of Communication), 1971. 1973. M.A. 26518 M.A. 26530 Hollis. Joseph Pierce. Jr. A Descriptive AnalysisOlson. Melvin Douglas. The Impact of the of Oral Communication Training within Model Schools Project on the Perceived Selected United States Army Service SChools. Role of the Teacher in Edgewood Junior Wake Forest U (Speech Communication and High School. New Brighton, Minnesota. U of Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. 26519 Wisconsin-River Falls (Speech), 1973. M.S.T. Holz, Delbert M. The Comparative Effective. 26531 ness of Post-Speech Criticism Versus Posi-Paulek, David R. The Status of Speech Educa- tive Reinforcement in Achieving Behavioral tion in West Central Illinois. Western Illi- Modification in a High School Speech Class. nois U (Communication Arts and Sciences). U of Minnesota (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. 26532 1973. M.A. 26520 Podosek. Barbara J. A Comparison of Oral Or- Iver. Barbara. Communication With the Emo- ganization Ability with Academic Success tionally Disturbed Through Art. Fairfield Among Fifth Grade Children. State U of U (Graduate School of Communication), New York at Buffalo (Speech Communi- 1972. M.A. 26521 cation), 1973. M.A. 26533 250 250 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Puhl, Carol Ann. Messages Teachers Send andde la Zerda, Nancy Jane. Mexican Americans' Messages Students Receive Through the Evaluations of Spoken Spanish and English. Signal of Report Card Grades.Pennsyl- U of TexasAustin (Speech Communica- sania State (Speech Communication), 1973. tion), 1973. MA. 26546 M.A. 26534 Randall. Daniel W. The Effects of Differential INTERPERSONAL AND SMALL Seating Arrangements on StudentInter- GROUP INTERACTION action. Written Performance, and Behavior. Central Michigan U (Speech and Dramatic Doctoral Dissertations Arts). 1973. MA. 26335 Adams, Wilburn Clifton. An Experimental In- Reardon. John. An Analysis by Comparison of vestigationof IndividualPost Decisional Portions of the Lessac System of Voice InformationSeeking Behavior Within a and Speech with Principles of Singing Ped- Sequential Set of Choices. Florida State U agogy. Ohio State U (Theatre). 1973. M.A. (Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26547 26536 Baird, John E.. Jr. The Effects of Speech Sum- Richards. Patricia Lynn. A Survey of Speech maries Upon Audience Comprehension of Communication Graduate Curricula 'n Illi- Expository Speeches of Varying Quality and nois. Eastern Illinois U (Speech-Communi- Complexity. Indiana U (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. cation), 1973. M.A. 26537 26548 Ro Baur, Robert. Film Study and Film Mak-Baird. John W. An Analytical Field Study of ing in a Learn:ng Experience (Slides and "Open Communication" asPerceived by 8 mm Film. Fairfield U (Graduate School of Supervisors. Subordinates, and Peers. Pur- Communication). 1973. M.A. 26538 due U (Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26549 Sawyer. RichardWallace. A Survey of the Bradley, Samuel R. Nonverbal Communication Status of Secondary TheaterinMaine- and Interpersonal Security: An Empirical 1973. CniversityofMaineatOrono Test of the Proposition That Anxiety and (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26539 Self-Esteem Outcomes are Contingent Upon Stewart, Terry Randolph. The Extent and Im- the Complementarity of Analogically Coded portance of Speech Education in the High Metacommunication in Dyads. U of Wash- Schools in the State of Oregon as Stated ington (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26550 by School Administrators. Pacific U (Speech Brashen, Henry M. The Effects of Counteratti- and Communication). 1973. M.A. 26540 tudinal Role Playing. Passive Participation. and Two Variations of Personal Space Upon Stiles. Virginia. An Experimental Study of the Attitude Change Among Japanese. U of Effects of Speech Training upon the Self- Washington (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26551 Concept of High School Students.Cali- Breslin, Rose L. A Humanistic Interpretation fornia State ULong Beach (Speech Com- of the Rhetoric and Interpersonal Com- munication), 1973. M.A. 26541 munication of the Wyandot Indians of Ohio. Van Meter, Roselle H. Training in Interper- Ohio U (School of Interpersonal COMMUni sonal Communication Skills for Ninth Grade cation). 19773. Ph.D. 26552' Students: A Creative Design. North TexasBrowning. Larry D. Developing A Grounded State U (SpeechCommunication),1973. Communication Theory: An Approach to M.A. 26542 InterpersonalBehaviorinanOrganiza- Wagner, Wayne Herbert. The Effect of Im- tion. Ohio State U (Speech Communication). mediateCriticism on Eye Contact and 1973. Ph. D. 26553 Bodily Activity of Student Speakers. North- Bu ley, Jerry Lee. Information Restriction in ernIllinois U (SpeechCommunication). HumanRelationships.FloridaState U 1972. MA. 26543 (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26554' Wiliamson, Dorothy. Black Students' Responses Burk. Jerry L An Experimental Test of the toInstructionalMaterialsPresentedin Effects of Racial Identity on Social Atti- Black Dialect Versus Standard English. Cen- tudes and Social Perception. U of Okla- tralMissouri State U (Speech Communi- homa (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. cation), 1973. MA. 26544 26555 Yeats. De Lois Liter. A Study of Selected Sec- Cassata, Donald M. The Effect pf Two Patterns ondary Speech Texts to Identify Material of Nursing Care on the Perceptions of Adaptable to a Speech Course at Seventh Patients and Nursing Staff in Two Urban Grade Level. Texas Christian 11.1 (Speech Hospitals. U of Minnesota (Speech Com- Communication), 1973. M.A. 26545 munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26556' 251 (.1(Al)I'.% 1 F. '111EsESAND DISSERTATIONS 251

Cegala. Donald Joseph. Cognitive Complexity, koneya, Mele. The Relationship Between Verbal Cognitive Similarity and Sex inDyadic Interaction and Seat Location of Members Communication.FloridaState U (Com- of Large Groups. U of Denver (Speech munication), 1972. Ph.D. 26557° Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26570' Clement. Stephen D. An Analytical Field Study Limb). Joel Peter. Perceptual Variables Versus of Selected Message and Feedback Variables Message Behavior Variables. U of Denver inthe OfficerHierarchy oftheUnited (Speech Communication), 1973 Ph.D. 26571' States Army. Purdue U (Communication). Lumsden. Gay. An Experimental Study of the 1973. Ph.D. 26558 Effect of Verbal Agreement on Leadership Dighe. Anita. An Analysis of Aurriative Mean- Maintenance in Problem-Solving Discussion. ing in an Intercultural SettingAmerican Indiana U (Speech). 1972. Ph.D. 26572 and Indian Students in chi.. United States. Mahigel, Elias S. Whitey as a Soul Brother: A OhioState U (SpeechCommunication). Descriptive Analysis of Black-White Inter- 1973. Ph.D. 26559 action. U of Minnesota (Speech Communi- Dostal.BonitaJean.TheDecision-Making cation). 1973. Ph.D. 26573' Process ofRepresentative John Conyers, McCrory, Ronald S. Effects of Stylistic Person- Jr. and hisAdministrative Assistants. U alization and Method of Presentation on of Michigan (Speech Communication and Persuasion. Louisiana State U-Baton Rouge Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 26560 (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26574 Edwat its. William Hughes. A Descriptive Study McFarland. James C. Dialogical Communication of Interpersonal Experience. Southern Illi- and its Relationship to Self-Actualization. nois U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26561' Northwestern U (Communication Studies). Ewbanis. Kathryn B. A Study of Some Factors 1973. Ph.D. 26575 That Affect Patterns of Communication in Millar, Frank E. A Transactional Analysis of a Natural Group. U of Oklahoma (Speech Marital Communication Patterns: An Ex- Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 26562 ploratory Study. Michigan State U (Com- Finando. StevenJ. The EffectsofDistance munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26576' Norm Violation of Heart Rate and Length Munger, Daniel I. Self-Report Variables as Pre- of Verbal Response. Florida State U (Com- dictors of Peer-Rated Speaking Effective- munication). 1973. Ph.D. 26563' ness. Indiana U (Speech). 1972. Ph.D. 26577 Hamilton. Peter K. The Effects of Dogmatic Murrow, Wayne Lee. A Descriptive Study of the and OpinionConfident-Types onSmall Group Conformity. U of Oklahoma (Speech Use of PROANA 5: A Computerized Tech- Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 26564 nique for the Analysis of Small Group In- Hellmann, Connie S. An Investigation of the teraction. U of Oklahoma (Speech Com- Communication Behavior of Emergent and munication). 1972. Ph.D. 26578 Appointed Leaders of Small Group Dis-Natharius, David T. Anomy and Verbal Be- cussions. Indiana U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. havior in Task-oriented Small Groups: An 26565' Exploratory Study. U of Southern Cali- Hill, Timothy A. An Experimental Study of fornia (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. the Relationship Between the Opinionated- 26579' ne is of a Leader and Consensus in Group Norton,Robert W. Manifestationsof Am- D. icussions of Policy. Indiana U (Speech). biguity Tolerance in Verbal Behavior. U 19 '3. Ph.D. 26566' ofWisconsinMadison (Communication Jacobs Iderelyn R. Levels of Confirmation and Arts), 1973. Ph.D. 26580' DixonfirmationinInterpersonalCom- Plax, Timothy G. An Experimental Investi- munication. U of Denver (Speech Com- gation of the Effects of Ego Involved Atti- netnication), 1973. Ph.D. 26567° tudes on the Desire to Affiliate with Others KesslesJoan B. A Content Analytic Compari- FollowingtheReceiptof Anxiety and roe of the Six- and Twelve-Member Jury Nonanxiety Arousing Discrepant Messages. l)e ision-Making Processes. U of Michigan U of Southern California(Speech Com- :ech Communication and Theatre). 1973. munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26581' Ph.D. 26568' Powers, William G. The Effect of Message Kincule.D.Lawrence. Communication Net- Entropy on Source Credibility and Atti- wo Is, Locus of Control, and Family Plan- tude Change. U of Oklahoma (Speech Com- rthq Among Migrants to the Periphery of munication). 1973. Ph.D. 26582 Mt tico City. Michigan State U (Communi-Ross, Robert French. Perceived Communica- sation), 1972. Ph.D. 26569 tion Patterns and Predictive Accuracy of 252 2:12 lit BLIOCRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Supervisor-Subordinate Dyads. U of Denver Bender, David C. The Effectsof Differing (Speech Communicat:on), 1973. Ph.D. 26583* Strengths of Reward and Punishment Justi- Ryan, Michael G. The Influence of Speaker Dia- ficationson Attitude Change Following lect and Sex on Persuasion, Credibility. and Counterattitudinal Advocacy. Michigan a Stereotypic Attribution. U of Oklahoma State U (Communication), 1973. MA. 26594 (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26584 Brower, Robert Irwin. A Comparison of the Effects of a Basic Interpersonal Communi- Schnapper, Melvin. Experimental Intercultural cation Course and a Basic Public Address Training for International Operations. U Course on the Self-Concepts of College Stu- of Pittsburgh (Speech and Theatre Arts), dents. U of Cincinnati (Communication 1973. Ph.D. 26585 Arts). 1973. M.A. 26595 Scott, Michael David. Attitude Change as a Buchanan, Mary S. Henry. The Effects of In- Function of Ego-Involvement and Message terpersonalAttraction on Covariation of Discrepancy: An Empirical Test of Com- HeartRateinDyadic Communication. peting Theoretic Statements. U of Southern Florida State U (Speech), 1970. MS. 26596 California (Speech Communication),1973. Buchli, Raymond D. Communication Behavior Ph.D. 26586 in a Three Person Matrix Game. U of Smythe, Mary Jeanette. Eye Contact as a Func- North Dakota (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26597 tion of Affiliation, Distance, Sex, and Topic Callen, John D. The Effects of Seating Arrange- of Conversation. Florida State U (Com- ments on Verbal Interaction Patterns in munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26587 Small Groups. U of Wyoming (Communica- Spann. Arthur T. Effect of Textual Inconsist- tion & Theatre), 1973. MA. 26598 ency and Media of Presentation on Per-Coakley, Carolyn J. A Description of the State- suasiveness and Source Credibility. Louisi- of-the Art of Listening Research. U of ana State UBaton Rouge (Speech), 1973. Maryland (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 26588 M.A. 26599 Sussman, Lyle. Upward Communication in theCooper, John Martin. An Experimental Study Organizational Hierarchy: An Experimental of the Process of Communication in Small Field Study of Perceived Message Distortion. Group Consensus Formation. Wake Forest Purdue U (Communication), 1973.Ph.D. U (Speech Communication and Theatre 26589 Arts), 1973. M.A. 26600 Trenhoim, Sarah. Language and Aggression:Cordon, Ray Lewis. The Effects of Leader Implications of Language Code Usage for Presence and Moderate Stress Upon Small Resolution of Interpersonal Peer Conflict. Group Sentiment and Interaction. Eastern U ofDenver( SpeecnCommunication), Illinois U (Speech-Communication), 1972. 1973. Ph.D. 26590 M.A. 26601 Crawford, Lyall. Intra/Inter: A Directed Self- StudyinCommunication. San Francisco INTERPERSONAL AND SMALL State U (SpeechCommunication),1973. GROUP INTERACTION M.A. 266602 Masters Theses Daly, Ann Marie. Family Communication Pat- terns and Coorientational Accuracy. U of Adams. Wilburn Clifton. A Multi-Sample Design Kentucky (School of Communications), 1973. Exploring the Effects of Need For Social M.A. 26603 Approval and Persuasibility on Activation. Davidson, Gladys Fiedler. The Relation Between Florida State U (Speech). 1970. MS. 26591 Ego Strength and Interaction Patterns in Bair, James Henry, Jr. The Computer Aug- the Prison Setting. U of South Dakota mentation of Human Intellect and its Effect (Communication). 1973. MA. 26604 on the Individual and his CommunicationDemme, Susan A. Distance in a Dyad as Af- in Groups and an Organization. Pennsyl- fected by Interview Content and Sex of vaniaState U (Speech Communication), Respondent. Stephen F. Austin State U 1973. M.A. 26592 (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. 26605 Bard. E. Ronald. A Communications Experience: Dutton, Jeanne M. A Communication Study of Organization and Development of a Foster Groups Norms in Management and Labor Parent Communications Program. Fairfield Groups in Two Selected Companies in the U (Graduate School of Communication). State of Georgia. U of Georgia (Speech 1973. M.A. 26593 Communication). 1973. M.A. 26606

, 253 GRADUA l'E THEsES AND DISSERTATIONS 253 Edwards. Barba J. A Study of the Effect of Howell, Mark A. A Comparison of Communica- Preoperative Communication between Oper- tion Climate and Sponsored. Formal Media ating Room Nurses and Patients Having Between a Small University and a Large TotalHip ReplacementSurgery. U of University. Eastern Illinois U (Speech Com- Nubtaska at Omaha (Speech).1973. M.A. munication). 1973. M.A. 26620 2f 4107 Joory, Samuel. Religious Belonging in the USA: Eller racier. Joel D. Work Perceptional Relation- A Case Study of a Conservative Jewish ships Within a Communication Climate. U Community. Fairfield U (Graduate School of Maryland (Speech and Dramatic Art). of Communication). 1973. MA. 26621 1971. MA. 26608 Karnes,PatriciaS. A Comparison of Com- Erwin. Sharon K. A Communication Oriented munication Climate and Sponsored. Formal Es aluation of a Telephone Company Service Media Between a Small University and a Representative Training Program. U of Large University. Eastern Illinois U (Speech- (;eorgia(SpeechCommunication). 1973, Communication). 1973. MA. 26622 MA. 26609 Kealey, Kevin M. An Experimental Study of Fangman. Anne. A Descriptive Study of Yon- DiscrepantCommunicationMessages on .' dial, Communication Between and With- Children's Stereotyped Attitudes. U of Ver- in the Professions of Nursing and Medicine. mont (Communication and Theatre). 1973. of Nebraska at Omaha (Speech). 1973 M.A. 26623 M. C 26610 Feingold. Paul C. An Experimental Study ofKnutsot., Sharon Kay. The Effect of Gestalt the Effects of Anti-Drug Messages Delivered Dreanswork on Self-Concept. San Francisco in a Radio Commercial Context. Purdue U State U (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. .ummunication), 1973. M.A. 26611 26624 Fischbai h. Robert Mark. An Experimental In-Kulas, Richard F.. Group Size: A Comparison s estigation of theEffects of Orientation ofDecisions Made by Six and Twelve on Consensus and the Quality of Group Member Problem Solving Groups. U of Solutions. Illinois State U (Information Sci- Wyoming (Communication & Theatre).1973. ences), 1973. MS. 26612 M.A. 26625 Franklin.Vijay. Communication and FamilyLedbetter, Flossie A. Heart Rate as a Function Planning. Fairfield U (Graduate School of of Varied Reinforcing Conditions. Florida Communication), 1973. M.A. 26613 State U (Speech). 1970. MS. 26626 Friedman. Neal. Peter Pates Middle Years: ALembke, Cheryl Jolene. A Research Synthesis longitudinal Communications Case Study and Taxonomy of Six Factors in Impression of a Group of Close Friends. San Francisco Formation and Their Effects Upon Com- State U (SpeechCommunication).1973. munication. Fort Hays Kansas State College M.A. 26514 (Speech Communication), 1973. MS. 26627 Gritrmacher, Karen J. An Investigation of In-Lukens. Janet G. A Study of Humor Initiated terviewer Style and Its Effect on Trust in by Cosmopolitans and Locals in a Univer- anInterviewSituation.Marquette U sitySetting. U of Wisconsin-Milwaukee (Speech). 1973. MA. 26615 (Communication), 1973. M.A. 26628 Hall. Susan A. The Social Judgment-Involve- ment Paradigm and Attitude Change as aMacklin, Thomas J. Interpersonal Communi- Function ofBelief-DiscrepantCommuni- cation and Self-Actualization U of Wis- cation. U of Oklahoma (Speech Communi- consin-Milwaukee(Communication),1973. cation). 1972. M.A. 26616 M.S. 26629 Hicks. William Stanley. The Language Develop-Market. Gary P. A Validation of Synthetic ment of the Child. Northern Illinois U Maturity Measures on Adult Speakers of (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. 26617 English as a Second Language. Florida Hippely. John F.. Jr. Intrapersonal Communi- State U (Communication). 1971. MS. 26630 cation: A Concept and Model. San FranciscoMichel, Elizabeth D. The Effect of Negative State U(SpeechCommunication).1973. Synchronic Criticism on Audience Attitude M.A. 26618 Change. Louisiana State UBaton Rouge Howard, Peggy C. The Effects of Organization (Speech), 1973. MA. 26631 and Ability to Organize on Listener Com- Mulligan. Margaret Huey. The Effects of Group prehension of Sequentially Dependent In- Sex-Composition upon Task and Social In- structions. Louisiana State UBaton Rouge teraction. San Jose State U (Speech-Com- (Speech), 1973. MA. 26619 munication), 1973. MA. 26632 254 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Naruke, Nobuo. Selected Characteristics of the Group Discussion. Florida State U (Speech). Japanese People's Communication Patterns. 1970. M.A. 26645 San Francisco State U (Speech Communi- Spain, William. Youths' Attitude Toward Social cation), 1973. MA. 26633 Issues.Fairfield U (Graduate School of Olds, Stuart 0. The Interaction of Systematic Communication), 1972. M.A. 26646 Desensitization With Sex of Subject andSprague, Janet Lee. A Content Analysis of the Self-Esteem. U of Oklahoma (Speech Com- Question and Response Behavior of In- munication), 1973. MA. 26634 dividuals Engaged in Problem Solving Dis- Pietrodangelo, Donato Anthony. The Effects of cussion. Northern Illinois U (Speech Com- on OralPersuasive Communication and munication), 1972. M.A. 26647 Written and Reinforced RecommendationsWahlers, Kathy J. Perception of Selected Cloth- for Action Following the Communication ing and Appearance Variables of Women on Attitude and Behavior Change. Florida and their Effects on Nonverbal Communi- State U (Speech Communication), 1973. cation Behavior. Florida State U (Communi- MS. 26635 cation), 1971. M.S. 26648 Porter. David Thomas. An Experimental In-Welch, Rebecca Jane. Some Effects of "I-Mes- vestigation of the Effect of Factors of Racial sages" and "Yes-Messages" on Locus of Prejudice and Racial Perception Upon Com- Evaluation. Pennsylvania State U (Speech municative Effectiveness. Florida State U Communication), 1973. M.A. 26649 (Speech), 1970. MS. 26636 Wiemann, John M. III. An Exploratory Study Rogers, William T. The Effects of Personality of Turn-Taking in Conversations: Verbal Dominance on Floor Holding and Inter- and Nonverbal Behavior. Purdue U (Com- ruption Behavior inDyadic Interaction. munication), 1973, M.A. 26650 Queens College. City U of New York (Com- Williams, M. Lee. A Comparative Study of munication Arts and Sciences). 1973. M.A. Cognitive Complexity to Measures of Dog- 26637 matism and Tolerance for Ambiguity. U Ryan. Regina Sara. Communicating: Experiences of Oklahoma (Speech Communication), 1972. for Disco ,try. Colorado State U (Speech M.A. 26651 and Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. 26638. Wilmarth, Rick Russell. An Analysis of Char- Soling, Nona E. An Investigation of the Effects acteristics that Effect Willingness to Partici- of Competition and Cooperation on the pate inSensitivity Training. Auburn U Accuracy and Congruency of Communica- (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26652 tion in Cooriented Dyads. U of Kentucky (Schoolof Communications),1973.M.A. INTERPRETATION 26639 Sanders. Jr. H. L. Cognitive Complexity and Doctoral Dissertations the Reconstructionof Interpersonal Im- Ackley, Bob G. A Co:aparative Study of Acting pressions. U of Oklahoma (Speech Com- and Oral Interpretation Theory and Prac- munication), 1972. M.A. 26640 tice as Revealed in Selected American Col- Schubert. Arline F. A Study of Nonverbal Com- lege Texts: 1900-1970. U of Southern Cali- munication and Leadership Emergence in fornia (Speech Ccennsunication), 1973. Ph.D. Task-Oriented and Informal Small Groups. 26653 11 of North Dakota (Speech). 1973. M.A.Anderson, Thomas D. The Role of Point of 26641 View in the Adaptation Process. Southern Shulman, Gary Mark. Experimental Study of Iiinois U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26654', the Effects of Receiver Sex. CommunicatorArnfield, Nancy J. The Contributions cot Ger- Sex and Warning of the Ability of Receivers trude Johnson to the Philosophical and to Detect Deceptive Communicators. Purdue Practical Development of the Teaching of U (Communication), 1973. M.A. 26642 Oral Interpretation: An Analysis and Ap- Schulman, Linda S. The Effects of Race on the praisal. Wayne State U (Speech Communi- Structureof Interaction. U of Florida cation & Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 26655 (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26643 Arnold. Joseph Henry, Jr. Narrative Structure in Smith, John F. The Effect of Self-Disclosure on The Collected Tales of E. M. Forster. U of Interpersonal Acceptance Between Strangers. Illinois (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. U of WisconsinMadison (Communication 266560 Arts). 1973. MA. 26644 Harms. Paul W. F. C. S. Lewis as Translator. Smythe, Mary Jeanette. A Multilevel Analysis Northwestern U (Interpretation). 1973. PhD. of Responses to Disagreement During Small 26657 25 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 255

Hoffman, Doris J. The Novelist as Rhetorician: Needs of Black Students. U of Southern Cal- Characterization and Vision in the Short ifornia (Speech Communication), 1973. Fiction of Bernard Ma lamud. U of Wash- Ph.D. 26670' ington (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26658 Valentine, Kristin B. A Patterned Imagination: Hudson. Lee. Beat Generation Poetics and the William Morris' Use of Pattern in Decora- Oral Tradition of Literature. U of Texas tive Design and the Last Prose Romances, Austin (Speech Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 1883-1896. U of Utah (Communication). 26659 1973. Ph.D. 26671 Jones. Janice Sue. Metaphor and Poetic Struc- VanValkenberg. Lloyd L. The History of Oral ture in the Preparatori Alediations by Ed- Interpretation in Selected State Universities. ward Taylor. Northwestern U (Interpreta- Wayne State U (Speech Communication It tion), 1973. Ph.D. 26660' Theatre), 1973. PhD 26672 Kearns. William G. An Examination of Ma- terials and Methods Used in Professional INTERPRETATION and Educational Readers Theatre Produc- Masters Theses tions from1967-68to1971-72 Ohio U (Schoolof Interpersonal Commun:cation),Anderson Diane. Charting the Quest of Detnian 1973. Ph.D. 26661' through the Medium of Interpreters The- Maher. Mary Z. A Rhetorical Analysis of Shake- atre. Southwest Missouri State U (Speech speare's Troilus and Cressida. U of Michi- and Theatre), 1973. M.A. 26673. gan (Speech Communication and Theatre). Barley. Susan M. Visions at Death: A Staging 1973. Ph.D. 26662' and Analysis of an Original Narrative Poem. Martin. Annette. Readers Theatre: Audience U of South Florida (Speech Communica- Response to Increased Use of Theatrical tion). 1973. M.A. 26674 Techniques and Devices in Performance. UDel Vecchio. Edward. Communication in the of Michigan (Speech Communication and Production of The Glass Menagerie. Fair- Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 26663' field U (Graduate School of Communica- tion). 1970. M.A. 26675 McElroy.Hilda-Njoki. TraditionalWit and Griffin, Keith H. A Comparative Analysis of Humor inPan-AfrikanDrama.North- AudienceResponseto Readers Theatre western U (Interpretation).1973.Ph.D. Technique. Wake Forest U (Speech Com- 26664' munication and Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. Pazereski.John. The NarratorsofEvelyn Waugh: A Study of Five Works of Fiction. 26676 Lande,Margot,'Mirabelli,Alan. Conversion Northwestern U (Interpretation). 1973. Ph.D. 26865 from Theater to Videotape. Fairfield U Pearce. James A. Montage in Modern Fiction: (Graduate School of Communication), 1973. A Cinematographic Approach to the Anal- M.A. 26677 ysis of Ironic Tone in Joyce Cary's ThePelham. Sharon Henry. Kinesia as Applied to Horse's Mouth. U of Arizona (Speech Com- Interpreters Theatre. Southwest Missouri State U (Speech and Theatre). 1973. M.A. munication), 1073. Fh.D. 26666' 26678 Potts. Margaret Lee. The Genesis and Evolu-Sladkus, Paul. The Little Prince (Tape). Fair- tion of the Creative Personality: A Rankian field U (Graduate School of COMMUSlial- Analysis of The Diary at Ands NM. Vol- don), 1972. M.A. 26679 umes I-V. IT of Southern California (Speech Taylor, Thomas Allen Bryan. Woody Guthrie Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26667' Child of Dust: A One Man Show. U of Ryan. John H. The Teaching of Oral Inter- TexasAustin (SpeechCommunication), pretation in Roman Catholic Seminaries 1973. M.A. 26680 in the Visited States. U of Missouri-Co-Thurman. Leonard E. A Group Interpretation lutnbla (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Production of Jules Verne's Twenty Thous- Ph.D. 26668' and Leagues Under The Sea. North Texas Schmider. Carl Ludwig. Precision Which Creates State U (SpeechCommunication).1973. M. vement: The Stylistics of E. E. Cum- M.S. 26681 mings. U of Denver (Speech C.ommuniat-Tobias, Donna Royal. A Pluralistic Approach tion), 1973. Ph.D. 26669 to Walt Whitman's "Song of the Open Stafford, Merrilee Anne. OralInterpretation Road" for the Oral Interpreter: Explica- of Literature in the Los Angeles Community tive, Archetypal and Rhetorical Analyses, Colleges: A Proposed Program to Meet the U of Houston (Speech), 1972. M.A. 26662 256 256 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Wilcox, Eunice Elaine. Shades of Gray in the Fredericksen, Donald Laurence. The Aesthetic Red, White and Blue. New Mexico State U of Isolation in Film Theory: Hugo Muir. (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26683 sterberg. U of Iowa (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 26694 Culinary, Donald L. A Study of the Develop- MASS COMMUNICATION ment of Citizens Groups Involved with CommercialBroadcasting. U of Oregon Doctoral Dissertations (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26693 Aldridge. Henry B. Live Musical and Theatrical Howard. Robert. Bias in Television News, A PresentationsinDetroit Moving Picture Content Analysis. Florida State U (Com- Theatres: 1896-1930. U of Michigan (Speech munication), 1972. Ph.D. 26696* Communication and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. King, James C. A Survey and Analysis of the 26684' Major International Evangelical Short Wave Anstiaassari, Elke Koch-Weser. Television Influ- Broadcasters: Trans World Radio, HCJII, ence and Cultural Attitudinal Innovative- and the Far East Broadcasting Company. U ness: A Causal Approach. Michigan State U of Michigan (Speech Communication and (Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 26685 Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 26697 Anderson, Hayes L. The Effect of Filming a Kroeger, Gerald F. The History of Boston Radio Television News Source by Vertical Camera to1941. Florida State U (Speech),1968. Angle.HorizontalCameraAngle,and Ph.D. 26608 Source Eye.Contact on Source Credibility Kurtz. John L. The Development of Radio and Audience Attitudes Toward the Tele- and Television at Southern Illinois. South- visedMessage.Michig...iState U (Com- ern Illinois U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26699 munication), 1972. Ph.D. 26686 Leach. Alan Lyon. Commercialism and the Bailey. George A. The Vietnam War Accord- Quality of Children's TV Programs: An ing to Chet, David, Walter. Harry, Peter, Analysis of Responses to the Proposals of Bob. Howard and Frank: A Content Anal- Action for Children's TelevisionFebruary yeis of Journalistic Performance by the Net- 1970 to January 1973. Ohio State U (Speech work Television Evening News Anchormen Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26700 1965-1970. U of WisconsinMadison (Com- Lopiccolo. John, Jr. An Examination of Heart munication Arts). 1973. Ph.D. 26687' Rate and Conscious Responses to Selected Brown. Kent R. The Writer as Collaborator: Televised Dramatic Segments. Florida State The Career of Stewart Stern. U of Iowa U (Comunication). 1971. Ph.D. 26701 (Speech and Dramatic Art).1973. Ph.D. Lucas. Stephen Edwin. Rhetoric and the Com- 26688 ing of the Revolution in Philadelphia. 1765 - Cohen. Akiba A. Coping with Uncertainty. In- 1766: A Case Study inthe Rhetoric of formation Usage and Ticketing Splitting. Protest and Revolution. Pennsylvania State Michigan State U (Communication). 1973. U (Speech Communication),1973. Ph.D. Ph.D. 26689' 26702 D'Arienzo,SisterM. Camille.EricSevareid Mesbahee, Javid.TelevisionBroadcastingin Analyzes the News. U of Michigan (Speech Iran.FloridaState (Communication), Communication and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 41 1973. Ph.D. 26703 266906 Mills. Richard Ian. Film Form and Film Criti- Dimmick. John W. An Uncertainty Theory of cism: A 20th Century Synthesized Perspec- the Gate-keeping Process. U of Michigan tive. U of WisconsinMadison (Communi- (Speech Communication and Theatre), 1973. cation Arts), 1973. Ph.D. 26704' Ph.D. 26691 Morgan. Thomas Olin. The Contribution of Eshelman, David I.. Compulsory Disclosure of Nathan B. Stubblefield to the Invention News Sources: A Critical Investigation. U of Wireless Voice Communication. Florida of Denver (Speech Communication). 1973. State U (Communication), 1971. Ph.D. 26705 Ph.D. 26692 Feldman, Mildred L. Bos. Participation by the Muchnik, Melvyn Mark. Free Expression and UnitedStatesinSelectedInternational Political Broadcasting on Public Radio and Telegraph and Radio Conferences Prior to Television: A Critical Inquiry. U of Denver the Affiliation of the International Tele- (Speech Communication), 1973. PhD. 26706' communications Union withthe United Petrie, Vladimir. Soviet Revolutionary Films in Nations. Louisiana State U- -Baton Rouge America. New York U (Cinema Studies), (Speech). 1973. Ph. D. 26693' 1973. Ph.D. 26707' 257 '['VISES AND DISSERTATIONS 257

Polioy, Ronald jaws. Otto Pretuinger's Skidoo: MASS COMMUNICATION Biography of A Motion Picture. U of Wis. Masters Theses tnsinMadison (Communication Arta). 1973. Ph.D. 26708° Ackerman.Mitchell Wayne. An Exploratory Pollock, Arthur Denny. III. Florida's -Milliken' Study of the Obsessed Differences in Tele- 10": A Descriptive and Evaluative Study vision Program Production Resulting from of an Innovative Educational Television a Structured and an Unstructured Tele- Elementary School Projectin Campaign communication. Flor- vision Workshop for Children. U of Maryland (Speech and Dra- ida State U (Communication), 1972. Ph.D. matic Art). 1973. M.A. 26721 26709° Pis luck. Calvin. Sources of Meaning in Motion Bailey. Cecelia Anne. Louisiana's First Venture Pictures and Television. U of Iowa (Speech IntoEducational Tides ision 1952-1968. and Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 26710" Louisiana State U- -Baton Rouge (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26722 Sadowski, Robert Paul. An Analysis of Stall*. 'talon. Robert E. Adolescent Attitudes Toward tory Laws Governing Commercial and Ed- Resolved and Unresolved Television Vio- 'national Broadcasting ht the Fifty States. lence. U of Wyoming (Communication & of Iowa (Speech and Dramatic Art). 1973. Theatre). 1973. M.A. 26723 Ph.D. 26711 Philip R. Direct and Indirect Rela- Shipley. Charles W. Entertain Information: A Bandy. Network Corporate Study of the Quiz Format in U.S. Net- tionships between Growth and Documentary Programs. Michi- work Radio Programming. 1930.1950. Flor- gan State U (Television & Raclin).1973. idaState LI(Communication), 1971. Ph.D. M.A. 26724 26712 Hants. Charles R. The Rhetorical Vision of the Silber. Joan E. Frager. Cinematic Techniques ABC Evening News: Campaign /2. U of and Interpretation in Film and Television Minnesota (Speech Communication).1973. Adaptations of Shakespeare's Hamlet. U of M.A. 26725 Michigan (Speech Communication and The- Bloom. Larry Allen. A Study of the Deadline atre). 1973. Ph.D. 25713 of Television Anthology Drama. Pennsyl- Simon. William. The Films of Jean Vigo. New vaniaState U (Speech Communication). York U (Cinema Studies). 1973. Ph. D. 26714 1973. M.A. 26726 Smevak. Gerald P. The History and Develop- Braatz. Ernest. Promotional Recording for a ment ofBroadcasting in Guyana. South LiberalArts College (Tape). Fairfield U America. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- (Graduate School of Communication). 1972. cation). 1973. Ph.D. 26715* M.A. 26727 Smith. Fred Leslie. The Selling of the FirstBrown. Donald. Communication and Perceptual Amendment: An Analysis of Congressional Differences :n Purchasing. Fairfield Investigations of Four CRS Documentary (Graduate School of Communication). 1973. Projects. Florida State U (Communication). M.A. 26728 1972. Ph.D. 26716 Calvin. Larry Nelson. TwoFold Analysis of Stanley. Jack R. A History of the Radio and Selected Sermons of Horace Wooten Busby. Television Western Dramatis: Series Gun- Abilene Christian College (Communication). smoke 1952-1973.I*of Michigan (Speech 1973. M.A. 26729 Communication and Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. Campbell. Thomas. Effect of Communication 26717° Change inPlant Operation. Fairfield U Starcrta. William J. InformationAcquisition (Graduate School of Communication), 1971. Patterns in Village Sri Lanka: An Applied M.A. 26730 Structural Model of Communication and Carr. Richard. Propaganda Plan and Its brinkmentation. Development. Indiana U (Speech).1973. Fairfield U (Graduate School of Ph.D. 26718 Communication). 1973. M.A. 26731 Wead. Geor-e Adam. Buster Keaton and theCatalano. Robert. A Media Happening: Presi- Dynamics of Visual Wit. Northwestern U dent Nixon's Trip to China. Fairfield U (Radio Television and Film). 1973. Ph.D. (Graduate School of Communication). 1973. 26719 MA. 26732 Wellman. John F. Storer Broadcasting Company Cerezo, Jovita. The Role of Mass Communica- Its History. Organization and Operation. tion in Philippine Rural Development. Fair- U of Michigan (Speech Communication and field U (Graduate School of Communica- Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 26720° tion). 1973. M.A. 26733

258 - 258 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Christensen,PeterG.RelationshipBetween Frazer, Charles. Advertising Regulations. Fair- Visual Training and Interpretation of Cer- field U (Graduate School of Communica- tain Ambiguous Film Sequences. U of Ore- tion). 1973. MA. 26749 gon (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26734 Futernick, Steven G. A Descriptive Analysis of Cohen. Sharon. Photography and Its Communi- the Television Daytime Serial. U of Mary- cation of Reality (Slides). Fairfield U (Grad- land (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. M.A. uate School of Communication), 1973. MA. 26750 26735 Gillingham, Barbara.WHYY, Channel 12: Colley. Agnes R. The Development and Eva lu- Evening Progtanuning 1965 to 1970. U of eclat* of Televised Instruction in a Ninth Delaware (Speech and Dramatic Arts). 1970. Grade LanguageStudy. U of Oregon MA. 26751 (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26736 Glasherg. Roxanne. A Critical Analysis of Jean Renoir'sBaud's sauve des eauxAnd Le Corcoran. Farrel John. The Cultural Context Crime de Monsieur Lange.U of Wisconsin of Irish Broadcasting. Northern Illinois U Madison(CommunicationArts). 1973. (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. 26737 MA. 26752 Coutant. Raymond. Dionysius and Apollo (Tape Graves. Elaine. El MalCriadr... Fairfield U (Grad- k 8mm Film). Fairfield U (Graduate School uate School of Communication). 1973. M.A. of Communication). 1970. M.A. 26738 26753 Curtis. Carolyn. A Surrey of Public Relations Hale. Katherine Lee Dawkins. A Study of the in Texas' Top 100 Corporations. Stephen News Coverage Given to the 1972 Presi- F. Austin State U (Communication). 1973. dential Campaign by Two Daily Metro. M A. 26739 politan Newspapers and its Relation to the D'Alessandro. Vincent. Birth and Development Outcome of the Election. Abilene Christian of Public Relations at AT k T. Fairfield College (Communication). 1973. M.A. 26754 U (Graduate Schoolof Communication), Haney. James Ray. A Study of Four F12111 1969. M.A. 26740 Speeches by Sam Rayburn. Abilene Chris- Daley, DoreenUse of Radio in MoldingPublic tian College (Communication), 1973. M.A. Opinion(Tape).Fairfield U (Graduate 26755 School of ( :ommunication).1973. M.A.26741 Henderson, Pauline E. Common Carrier CATV: Danielson. Gwendolyn M. The 1972 Cigarette Technological. Regulatory and Economic Tax Referendum: A Mass Communication Aspects. U of Nebraska at Omaha (Speech). Campaign. Portland State U (Speech), 1972. 1973. MA. 26756 M.A. 26742 Henry. Raymond E. A Descriptive Study of Degan. John M. The "I rime Time Access" Mass Credibility Among Senior Citizens. U Rule: A History and Analysis of its Develop- of Oregon (Speech), 1973. M.S. 26757 ment and First Years of Operation. U of Hillebrand. Francis V. A Systems Analysis of Minnesota(Speeh Communication). 1973. Three Broadcasting Projects In Develop- M.A. 26743 ing Countries. Michigan StateU (Television Dolan, John. The Communications Impact of k Radio), 1973. MA, 26758 NetworkTelevisionSports onLifein Hommel, Maurice. Communication and Censor- America. Fairfield U(Graduate School of ship. Fairfield U (Graduate School of Com- Communication),1972. M.A. 26744 munication), 1973. MA. 26759 Infante, Daisy. Comparative Analysis of Ameri- Fahey. James. Citizen Pamphlet on Cable T.V. can and Philipine Free Press. Fairfield U Fairfield U (Graduate School of Communi- (Graduate School of Communication), 1973. cation). 1973. MA. 26745 M.A. 26760 Fakhimi. Nazan. French Cinema: Marienbad Jones. Jenny Lee. Motivations and Gratifications and the Critics. Uof WisconsInMadison of Daily Serial Viewers. Colorado State U (Communication Arts), 1973. M.A. 26746 (Speech and Theatre Arts). 1973. MA. 26761 Ferguson.DouglasMan. TheFirstMajor Kapitzke, Jack L A Status Survey of the Print Market Cable Television Failure: A Cue and Audio-Visual Media Curriculumin Study of the 1967 CATV Efforts in Lake- Wisconsin Senior High Schools. U of Wis- wood, Ohio. Ohio State U (Speech Com- consinStevensPolat (Communication), munication). 1973. MA. 26747 1972. M.S.T. 26762 Fragola, Joseph Christopher. Rudloe:A Docu- Katz, Eric Stephen. A Comparison of News mentary Film. Florida State U (Communi- Decision-Making by Members of the Florida cation,), 1972. MS. 26748 State Legislative and Executive Branches 25.9 GRADUATE 'THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 259 and Capitol Press. Florida State U (Com- cations.Michigan State U (Communica- munication). 1971. MS. 26763 tion). 1973. M.A. 26777 Kautz. Sandra. President Johnson and President Med ler, Mary Beth. A Report of Television Pro- NixonTheir Use of Television and the gramming for the Senior Citizen: A Case Relationship to Gallup Poll Ratings. U of Study of a Iknionstration Serv:ce. of WisconsinMadison (Communication Arts). Oregon (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26778 1973. M.A. 26764 Nasser. David L. Some Differential Effects of Kemp lin.Maxine Jordan. Developing a Re- Various Mass Media Channels on Recall, ligious Radio Series for Women in Prison. Involvement and Arousal. U of Connecticut Abilene Christian College (Communication), (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26779 1973. M.A. 26763 Nicholson. Margie A. The Development and King. Susan R. Television Journalism. Fairfield of Wis. U (Graduate School of Communication), Use of Broadcasting in Austria. consinMadison(Communication Arts), 1973. MA. 26766 Kreider. Jacques. Late night Talk Programming 1973. M.A. 26780 on the Networks. 1930.1972. Kent State 1.1 O'Connor. Joseph Loren. A Production Book (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26767 of the Film. Art of the Mende. U of Mary- Largo. Jimmie R. The ThreeWeek Analysis of land (Speech and Dramatic Arrl, 1973. M.A. Staff Stories in the Inverted Pyramid Style 26781 intheWashingtonPost, The Courier-Oliver. Deborah Lynn. A Survey of American journal and the Ledger and Times. Murray Critical Reaction to the Film Career of State U (Communications). 1973. M.A. 26768 Clarence Brown. U of Tennessee (Speech Layton. Karen R. Yugoslavia: A Description of and Theatre). 1973. M.A. 26782 ItsInformationMedia.Structures.and Orman,BruceLeroy.EffectsofLighting Audiences. Michigan State U (Television k Angles on Character Perception. Wayne Radio). 1973. M.A. 26769 State U (Speech Communication & Theatre), Ledford. Larry Allen. A Case Study of the 1973. M.A. 26783 Advent of CATVNewark, Ohio. with Spe- Padderud. Allan Bruce. Children's Reactions to cial Attention to Issues in Education. Ohio TelevisionAdvertising.OhioState U Stateti(SpeechCommunication),1973. (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. 26784 M.A. 26770 Payne. Glenna Tolbert. A Descriptive Analysis Lehman. Peter R. The Search for A Balance of WLIVT-TV's Coverage of Four Civil Between East and West: An Analysis of Disturbances in Cincinnati, Ohio. Indiana U John Ford's Fort Apache and She Wore A (Radio and Television). 1973. M.A. 26785 Yellow Ribbon. LT of WisconsinMadison (Communication Arts). 1973. M.A. 26771 Peck, Jeffrey W. StructuralFilm: A Critical I.ubianski. Shirley lamed. A Rhetorical Analy- Study of its Origins and Aesthetic Princi- sis of The Hour of the Furnaces. U of ples. U of WisconsinMadison (Communi- Texas at El Paso (Drama and Speech). 1973. cation Arts). 1973. MA. 26786 M.A. 26772 Pun. Peggy S. A Descriptive Analysis of the Lull. James T. Dimensions of Persuasibility for Production Techniques in the Teaching a Selected Counter Advertisement: An Ex- of the Alphabets on Sesame Street. U of perimentalInvestigation.ITofOregon WisconsinMadison (Communication Arts). Speech). 1973. M.A. 26773 1973. M.A. 26787 Mancini. Robert Anthony. A System of SpotRappoport, Steven. Mimesis and the Cinema: Buying in Radio Station Selection for the Three Approaches. Queens College. City U Purpose of Reaching Prime Prospect Listen. of New York (Communication Arts and ing Audiences with the Commercial Mes- Sciences), 1973. M.A. 26788 sage. Wayne State U (Speech Communica-Rayburn.J.D.II.InstructionalTelevision: tion k Theatre). 1973. M.A. 26774 Concepts and Attitudes of the Members of Martin. David. Media:ItsEffect On Youth. the First District Educational Association Ages 13.17 (Tapes). Fairfield U (Graduate of Kentucky. Murray State U (Communica- School of Communication). 1971. M.A. 26775 tions), 1973. M.S. 26789 Martin. Reynold. As the Twig is Bent (Slides). Reed, Geraldine Emma. The Role and Influence Fairfield U (Graduate School of Communi- of the Mother on the Television Viewing cation). 1973. MA. 26776 of the Preschool Child. Pennsylvania State McKeague. Donna. Federal Regulations of Drug U (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. Advertising Powers, Limitations and Imp li- 26790 246 0 260 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Respress, James R. The New Motion PictureTatter, Charles W.. Jr. Attitudes of Selected Rating Code and Its Effects on Teenage Television Broadcasters Toward Children's Audiences. Michigan State U (Television & Religious Television Programming. Western Radio). 1973. MA. 26791 Illinois U (Communication Arts and Sci- Ritter. Patricia Wise. Value Structures as Re- ences). 1973. MA. 26805 vealed by a Content Analysis of Five Chil- Tice. Alexander. A Radio Documentary: Cam- dren's Television Programs. Ohio State U pus Police. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26792 26806 Robotham,Robert.UndergroundPress andTorbet, Jan. A Study of the Development of Freedom of the Press. Newspapers. Fairfield Cable Television in Memphis. Tennessee. (Graduate School of Communication). Memphis State U (Speech Communication), 1971. M.A. 26793 1973. M.A. 26807 Rose. Brian G. Frank Copra's Soda' Films. UTroyke, David Paul. The Influence of Chan- nels, Sources and Message Content on Prod- ofWisconsinMadison ;1".4immunication Arts), 1973. MA. 26794 dential Candidate Image. Illinois State U (Information Sciences), 1973. M.S. 26808 Rota, Josep. Media Trust, Media Preference, and levels of Public Information By Sub-Tsadik, Yohanes Gabre. The Ethopian Broad- Gmups in Mexico City. Michigan State U casting Service. Northein Illinois U (Speech Communication). 1972. M.A. 26809 (Communication). 1973. M.A. 26795 Walsh lag,JacobJ. The Effectsof Camera Rourke, David. Effect of Communication Based Angle and Image Size on Mediated Source CIA. Fairfield U (Graduate School of Com- Credibility andInterpersonal munication), 1973. MA. 26796 Attraction. Illinois State U (Information Sciences), 1973, Se !now, Gary. Elaborated and Restricted Codes: MA. 26810 An Analysis of Children and Adult Tele-Waldrop, Timothy Paul. A Study of the Re- vision Programs. Michigan State U (Com- called Use of Alabama ETV in Elementary munication). 1973. MA. 26797 and Secondary Schools by Auburn Uni- Setter, Catherine Louise. Telescuola: The De- versity Students. Auburn U (Speech Com- velopment and Demise of Italian Educa- munication). 1973. MA. 26811 tional Television. Florida State U (Com-Walke:, Patricia Ann. An Analysis of the Ele- munication). 1973. M.S. 26798 mentofProtestRhetoricinthefilm Sewell, An Eta H. The Effect of the Prime-time "Women in Love". Ohio State U (Speech Access Rule on Programming Practices on Communication), 1973. M.A. 26812 Selected Network-Affiliated Television Sta- Weathers, William A. Press Coverage of UFO's, tions in Ohio. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. 1947.1966. Murray State U (Communica- M.A. 26799 tions), 1973. MA. 26813 Skolnick, David Lawrence. A Descriptive StudyWebb. Gland. Commercial Television and Chil- of an Inmate-produced Videotape to be dren.Baylor U (OralCommunication), Utilized During Orientation at a Correc- 1973. MA. 26814 tionalInstitution.PennsylvaniaState UWiles, Truman Dale. Denominational Use of (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26800 Radio. Television and Film: A Study of the Smith. James R. The Effects of Speeded De- Church of the Brethren. Northern Minds livery of Radio News on Recall and Source U(Speech Communication),1973.M.A. Evaluation. U of Connecticut (Speech), 1973. 26815 MA. 26801 Williams, Wenmouth, Jr. A Preliminary De- Snyder. Lawrence Allan. Credibility Differences scription of Selected Individual Responses Among Channel Sources in the 1972 Presi- to the Viewing of Video Taped Newscast. dential Election. Illinois State U (Informa- Florida State U (Communication).1970. tion Sciences), 1973. MS. 26802 MS. 26816 Steinke, Gary Lee. An Approach to ModernWittek. Warren Ted. CATV Franchise: Com- Dance on Television. Michigan State U parison of Municipality Franchise Standards (Television & Radio), 1973. MA. 26803 Measured Against FCC Recommendations. Stith, Randall Robert. The Hero as Laser: An Northern Illinois U (Speech Communica- Analysis of the Image of Youth in the tion). 1973. M.A. 26817 American Cinema of the Late Sixties. OhioWoodby. Kathleen Ruth. The Elimination of State U (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. Cigarette Broadcast Advertising: A Model 26804 for Analysis and Prediction. North Texas 261 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 261

State U(Speech Communication),1973. British Foreign Policy During 1832-1865. M.A. 2681" Pennsylvania State U (Speech Communica- Zimmer. Anne Carter.Mass Communication tion), 1973. Ph.D. 26832' as Culture Transmission: An Alternative Clavadetscher. Carl J. An Analysis of the Rhet- Point of View. Ohio State U (Speech Com- oric of the Committee to Defend America munication), 1973. M.A. 26819 by Aiding the Allies. U of Oregon (Speech), Zola, David. A Commun: ation Approach to 1973. Ph.D. 26833 Elastics. Fairfield U (:.raduate School ofCooley, Frank H. A Rhetorical Analysis of the Communication) 1972. M.A. 26820 Sermons of Dr. David Elton Trueblood. Zussman, Alan H. An Analysis of Black Radio Bowling Green State U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. Stations in Two Major Markets: Chicago 26834° and Milwaukee. U of Wisconsin-Madison Cornett,J.Michael. A Descriptive Study of (Communication Arts), 1973. M.A. 26821 Speaking in the 1968 Florida Democratic SenatorialPrimaryChampaign.Florida State U (Speech), 1969. Ph.D. 26835 PUBLIC ADDRESS Corti, Thomas E. The Pseudo-Aristides Treatise on Public Address: A Study of the Second Doctoral Dissertations Sophistic. Indiana U (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. Adams, Michael Fred. A Critical Analysis of the 26836 Rhetorical Strategies of Senator Howard H. Curtis, AlanMorris.PoliticalSpeechwriting Baker, Jr. in His 1972 Campaign for Re- ("Ghostwriting') in the Nixon Administra- Election. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- tion, 1968-1972: Implications for Rhetorical cation), 1973. Ph.D. 26822' Criticism. U of Southern California (Speech Alexander. JosephC.,Jr. The Homilectical Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26837' Theory and Practice of James T. Cleland. Dalebout, Jacoba. Thematic-Ideational Study of Ohio U (School of Interpersonal Communi- Selected Sermons of Dr. Henry But on the cation). 1973. Ph.D. 26823' Temple Time Radio Broadcast. U of Michi- Allen, T. Harrell. An Examination of the Com- gan (Speech Communication and Theatre), municative Interaction Between the United 1973. Ph.D. 26838' States and The People's Republic of ChinaDay, Edith Hansen. A Rhetorical and Content from January 1969 to February 1972. Ohio Analysis of Florida's Gubernatorial Inau- State U ..;peechCommunication),1973. gural Addresses, 1845-1971. Floroda State U Ph.D. 26824 (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26839 Arlington. Larry David. Moses A. Williams: A Derryberry, Bobby R. Senator Robert S. Kerr's Rhetoric of Preaching and Praying. U of Conservation Rhetoric. U of Misouri-Co- Oregon (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26825 lumbia (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Aungst, Ronald L. Grenville Percival Kleiser: Ph.D. 268400 Exponent of Self-Help Through Speech.Dues, Michael T. Neither North nor South: Indiana U (Speech). 1972. Ph.D. 26826 The Rhetoric of Confrontation, Compro- Beaven, Mitchell Eric. A Theoretical and The- matic Analysis of the Radio Speaking of mise, and Reaction in Kentucky, 1833.1868. Dr. David H. C. Read. Southern Illinois U Indiana U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26841' (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26827' English,Philip W. John G. Fee: Kentucky Biddle. SharonS.Conservative Communica- Spokesman for Abolition and Educational tion: A Critical Analysis of the Rhetorical Reform. Indiana U (Speeds), 1973. Ph.D. Behaviors of Edmund Burke, Conservative 26842 Exemplar. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- Erhart, Joseph F. The Birth Control Debate cation), 1973. Ph.D. 26973' in the Roman Catholic Church. U of Pitts- Bond. Wayne S. The Rhetoric of Billy Graham: burgh (Speech and Theatre Arts),1973. A Description, Analysis, and Evaluation. Ph.D. 208430 Southern Illinois U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. Everson, Judith bus. The Rhetoric of the 268296 Abolitionist Remnant, 1870.1877. Indian* Chaly. Ingeborg Gabriele. A Rhetorical/Juris- U (Speeds), 1973. Ph.D. 26844 prudential Approach to Appellate DecisionFlaninpm, Carl David. Complementary Images: Making. Pennsylvania State U (Speeds Com- The Off-Year Election Campaigns of Rich- munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26977 ard Nixon in 1954 and Spiro Agnew in 1970. Choy, Timothy Young Chu. A Rhetorical Study Purdue U (C.ammunication), 1973. Ph.D. of Pallament's Attempts to Inquire into 25845* 262 262 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Fus, Dennis Anthony. Persuasion on the Plains: Charles A. Wolverton. Indiana U (Speech), The Woman Suffrage Movement in Ne- 1972. Ph.D. 26860 braska. Indiana U (Speech),1972. PhD.Kushner. William. The Role of Ethos in the 26846 Rhetoric of UnitedStatesCongr:ssman Glenn. Ethel Ruby Chappell. Rhetorical Stra- Charles A. Wolverton. Indiana U (Speech), tegies in the 1972 Democratic Nominating 1972. Ph.D. 26861 Process. U of Texas-Austin (Speech Com- Ling, David A. Rhetorical Analysis of the Con- munication). 1973. Ph.D. 26847 spiracy Trial of the Chicago Seven. Wayne Gold. Ellen Reid. Gladstone in Midlothian: A State U (Speech Communication & Theatre), Rhetorical Analysis of his 1879 Campaign. 1973. Ph.D. 26862 U of Illinois (Speech Communication), 1973.Malcolm, John Philip. An Historical Investi- Ph.D. 26848 gation Of, and a Visual Supplement To, Good, Uvieja 7. Alvin M. Owsley Evangelist of the Educational Innovations of the Chau- Americanism. Indiana U (Speech),1972. tauqua Institution in the Late Nineteenth Ph.D. 26849 Century. Syracuse U (Speech Education). Graeber. Max C. A Rhetorical Analysis of the 1972. PhD. 26863 Campaign Speaking of Mills Godwin, Jr..McLeod. Marian B. A Rhetorical Study of the for Governor of Virginia,1965. Bowling Published Speeches of Sir Robert Menzies Green State U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26850 on the Suez Canal Crisis in 1956. Pennsyl- Harris, Billy L. The New England Fast Sermon vaniaState U (SpeechCommunication). 1639-1763. Florida State U (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26864 1968. Ph.D. 26851 Merritt, FloydE. William F.Buckley.Jr.: Heath. Robert Weyer. Persuasive Patterns and SpokesmanforContemporary American StrategiesintheNeo-PentecostalMove- Conservatism-A Classical-Weaverian Rhe- ment. U of Oklahoma (Speech Communi- torical Analysis. Ohio State U (Speech Com- cation). 1973. Ph.D. 26852 munication). 1973. Ph.D. 26865 Hollenbach. James. The Political Speaking ofMiller. Joseph C. A Study of the Speaking of Roscoe Conk ling of New York. Ohio U Al5crt Benjamin Chandler. Southern Illi- (School of Interpersonal Communication). nois U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 268660 1973. Ph.D. 26853° Moore. Linda T. The Rhetorical Substance and Ihrie. Arthur Dale. U.A.W. Convention Speak- Strategies inthe Dispute Between Cali- ing 1955-1960. Wayne State U (Speech Com- fornia Table Grape Vineyard Owners and munication & Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 26854 the United Farm Workers Organizing Com- Ivie, Robert Lynn. Vocabularies of Motive in mittee: 1965-1970. Kent State U (Speech), Selected Presidential Justifications for War. 1973. Ph. D. 26867 Washington State U (Speech Communica-Morrison, Matthew C. Daniel Sommer's Seventy tion). 1972. Ph.D. 26855 Years of Religious Controversy. Indiana U Johnson, Robert C. Kinsey, Christianity, and (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. 26868 Sex: A Critical Study of Reaction in Ameri- Myers, Stacy C. Howard H. Baker, Jr.: A Rhet- can Christianity to the Kinsey Report on toric of Leadership. Southern Illinois U Human Sexual Behavior. U of Wisconsin- (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26869° Madison (Communication Arts), 1973. Ph.D. Nelson. Jeffrey Arthur. The Rhetoric of the 26856° 1896 and1900RepublicanPresidential Jones, Donald. An Analysis of the Oratory of Campaigns. U of Michigan (Speech Com- Whitney M. Young, Jr. Ohio U (School of municationandTheatre),1973.Ph.D. Interpersonal Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26870° 26857 Newman, Gemma. Earl G. Harrison and the Dis- Kendall, Robert D. A Rhetorical Study of Re- placed Persons Controversy: A Case Study ligious Drama as a Form of Preaching: An in Social Action. Temple U (Speech), 1972. Exploration of Drama as a Complement to Ph.D. 26871 Monolog Preaching. U of Minnesota (Speech Pander, Clarence Eugene. A Comparative An- Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26858 alysis of Sermons by Selected Pentecostal Klumpp, James F. The Rhetorical Reaction to and Main Stream Denominational Ministers Attica: Social Rhetoric and the Symbolic in Tallahassee, Florida. Florida State U Event. U of Minnesota (Speech Communica- (Speech), 1970. Ph.D. 26102 don), 1973. Ph.D. 26859' Payne, James C. IL A Content Analysis of Lova !check, Kassian A. Daniel De Leon: 'The Selected Speeches and Written Materials Rhetoric of UnitedStatesCatereatman of Six Representative Black Leaders. Florida 263 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 263

State U (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26873 Snell, Ronald David. Indiana's Black Repre- Potter. Larry L. The Speaking of James H. sentatives: The Rhetoric of the Black Re- Smith: A DescriptiveAnalysis Through publicanLegislators from 1880to1896. Rhetorical Perspective. Southern Illinois U Indiana U (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. 26886 (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26874 Sproule, James Michael. The Case for a Wider Purnell, Sandra E. Rhetorical Theory, Social War: A Study of the Administration Ra- Values, and Social Change: An Approach to tionale for Commitment to Vietnam, 1964- Rhetorical Analysis of Social Movements 1967. Ohio State U (Speech Communica- with Case Studies of the New Deal and tion). 1973. Ph.D. 26887 the New Left. U of Minnesota (Speech Com-Stanton, Donal Junior. A Rhetorical Evaluation munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26875' of Thomas Hart Benton's Slavery Speeches, Ratcliffe, Ivan E. Mark Hatfield, A Good Man 1844-1858. Ohio State U (Speech Com- Speaking Well. Southern Illinois U (Speech), munication). 1972. PhD. 26888' 1973. Ph.D. 26876 Starr, Douglas Peret. Ghostwriting in Govern- Riley, Jobie E. An Analysis of the Debate Be- ment: A Lexical Analysis of Matched Pairs tween Johann Conrad Beissel and Various of Speeches Ghostwritten for Florida Lieu- Eighteenth-Century Contemporaries Con- tenant Governor Tom Adams. Florida State cerning the Importance of Celibacy. Temple U (Coanunication). 1972. Ph.D. 26889' U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26877 Stier, Jeris Weldon. Verbal Aggression in State Ritchie, Gladys. The Rhetoric of American of the Union Messages During Wartime Students in Protest During the 1960's: A and Non-Wartime. Florida State U (Com- Study of Ends and Means. Temple U munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26890 (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. 26878 Stump, Winifred. An Analysis of the Elements Rogers.JimmieNeal. An Investigationof Senator J. Williams Fullbright's Attitudes of Identification in Selected Speeches of William Langer's 1936 North Dakota Guber- Toward President Lyndon B. Johnson as natorial Campaign. Ohio U (School of In- DemonstratedinSelectedForeign Policy terpersonalComunication), 1972. Ph.D. Addresses: An Evaluative Assertation Anal- 26891 ysis. Florida State U (Communication), 1972. Taylor, James S. An Analysis of the Effect of Ph.D. 26879 John Malcolm Patterson's Campaign Speak- Rudolph, Harriet J. A Rhetorical Analysis of ing in the 1958 Alabama Democratic Pri- Robert F. Kennedy's University Addresses mary. Florida State U (Speech), 1968. Ph.D. in South Africa, June, 1966. Ohio State 26892 U (Speech Communication), 1973.Ph.D. 26880 Truhey, Lillian Pricilla T. The Public Speak- ing Career of Ida M. Tarbell. Florida State Sanders, Frederick C. The Rhetorical Strategies of Senator Robert Kennedy and Senator U (Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 26893' Eugene J. McCarthy inthe 1968 Presi-Wallace. Leslie G. The Rhetoric of Anti-Catho- dential Primaries. U of Oregon (Speech), licism; The American Protective Associa- 1973. Ph.D. 26881 tion, 1887-1911. U of Oregon (Speech) 1973. Schmidt. Patricia Lois. The Speaking of Lord Ph.D. 26894 Ashley on the Factory Act of 1847. Pennsyl-Whited, Fred E., Jr. The Rhetoric of Senator vaniaState U (SpeechCommunication), Patrick Anthony McCarran. U of Oregon 1973. Ph.D. 26882 (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26895' Semlak,William. ARhetoricalAnalysis ofWilcox, James R. A Quantitative Content An- George S. McGovern's Campaign for the alysis Investigation of Selected Character- 1972 Democratic Presidential Nomination. istics of Analogies in Public Address. Pur- LT of Minnesota (Speech Communication). due U (Comunication), 1973. Ph.D. 26896' 1973. Ph.D. 26883 Wills, James T. A Historical and Rhetorical Sevitch, Benjamin. Elbert H. Gary: Spokesman Study of the Intraudal and Interracial for Steel. Indiana U (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. Communication in the Albany Movement. 26884 FloridaState, U (Communication),1972. Shields, Evelyn. A Rhetorical Analysis of the Ph.D. 26897 Anglo-Irish Treaty Issue in the Irish Gen-Winn, Larry J. My Lai: Birth and Death of a eralElection Campaign of 1922 inthe Rhetorical Symbol. Indiana U (Speech). Twenty-six Counties. U of Michigan (Speech 1973. Ph.D. 26898 Communication and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D.Yamabhai, Swank. The Rhetoric of Non-Vio- 26883* lence: A Critical AnalysisofSelected

.264 26-1 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Speeches by M. K. Gandhi. Ohio State UCrocker, Mary Lynn. A Burkeian Analysis of (Speech Communication).1973. Ph.D. 26899 the Speaking of Adlai E. Stevenson II Be- Zimmerman, Gordon I. A Comparative Rhe- fore the United Nations October 25, 1962. toricalAnalysis of the Nevada Constitu- U of North Dakota (Speech), 1972. M.A. tional Convention of 1864. U of Minnesota 26912 (Speech Communication).1973. Ph.D. 26900 Dennison, James Alan. Symbolic Reality in a Persuasive Campaign: American Zionism. PUBLIC ADDRESS 1942-1943. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- cation), 1973. MA. 26913 Masters Theses Dockery, Robert Wayne. Three American Revo- Apple. Charles Gary. A Burkeian Analysis of lutions. Louisiana State U-Baton Rouge United States Policy Toward the People's (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26914 Republic of China: 1949-1971. Wayne StateDunn. Daniel M. A Comparative Analysis of U (Speech Communication & Theatre), 1973. the Role of Ad Papa lum in John F. Ken- M.A. 26901 nedy's and Richard M. Nixon's Presidential Bailey. Stevan F. A Rhetorical Study of the Campaigns During the Presidential Elec- Inaugural Addresses of Orville Freeman. tion of 1960. Wayne State U (Speech Com- Elmer 1.. Andersen. Harold Levander. and munication & Theatre). 1373. M.A. 26915 Wendell Anderson. MankatoStateCol- Ekbom, Clyde W. The Influence of Television lege (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1973. M.S. on Presidential Politics. Mankato State Col- 26902 lege (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1973. MA. Beebe, Steve. An Experimental Study of the 26916 Influence of Eye Contact Upon ListenerEntner. Roberta. The Speaking Qualities of Information Gain and Perceived Speaker Fiorella H. LaGuardia During His Con- Credibilityinthe Public-Communication gressional Years. Herbert H. Lehman Col- Context. Central Missouri State U (Speech lege. City U of New York (Speech and Communication). 1973. M.A. 26903 Theatre). 1973. M.A. 26917 Belida. IraD. Responseto Agitation: TheFeld. Charles. The Cantor: Synagogue Com- Early Rhetoric of Spiro T. Agnew. U of munication. Fairfield U (Graduate School of Minnesota (Speech Communication), 1973. Communication). 1973. M.A. 26918 M.A. 26904 Fisher. Donald Cruse. An Analytical Study of Bowen. Ann Staton. Students for a Democratic Harry S. Truman's Concept of Free Speech Society:History of the Organization and During the McCarthy Era. Murray State Analysis of Representative Speeches. Baylor U (Communications), 1973. MS. 26919 U (Oral Communication). 1973. M.A. 26905 Fox. Gregory R. An Analysis of the Manage- Bremmer, Dorothy M. Polarization in Three of ment of Ideas in Jonathan Edwards' Sermon Spiro T. Agnew's Speeches. California State "Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God." U-Long Beach (Speech Communication). U of Washington (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26920 1973. M.A. 26906 Brooker. Edison Gage. National Association ofFrost. Timothy A. A Rhetorical Analysis of Evangelicals: An Analysis of the. Speaking the Use of Invention in the Speeches of Ed- Program and Selected Speeches. Baylor U mund S. Muskie During the 1968 Presiden- (Oral Communication), 1973. MA. 26907 tial Campaign. Midwestern U (Speech and Broussard. Paul Glen. Soren Kierkegaard and Drama). 1972. M.A. 26921 Fulton J. Sheen Supra-Rationalism in Re- Goldberg. Barry. Public Opinion Poll in the ligious Discourse. Louisiana State U-Baton 1972 Election. Fairfield U (Graduate School Rouge (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26908 of Communication), 1972. MA. 26922 Bruvold, Mary German. The Foreign PolicyGraham, Laurance. Who Cares and How Much. Speaking of Senator Frank Church of Idaho. Voting Participation. Fairfield U (Gradu- 1957-1971. Washington State U (Speech Com- ate School of Communication). 1972. MA. munication). 1973. M.A. 26909 26923 Cheney. Theodore. Below Harding's Fjord. Fair-Hanson. Trudy Lewis. Anna E Dickinson's field U (Graduate School of Communica- Southern Speaking Tour April, 1875. Louis- tion). 1973. M.A. 26910 iana State U-Baton Rouge (Speech). 1973. Cormany, Clayton Douglas. An Analysis of M.A. 26924 Three Speeches Delivered by Charles Sum- Harris, Alan M. Harold Edward Stamen: Fallen ner Between 1845 and 1863. Ohio State U Star a Report on Four Speeches 1938-1948. (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26911 Indiana U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26925 265 GRADVATE TILE' S AND DISSERTATIONS 265

Hawkins. James Edward. Black Abolitionists in Maiman, Earle J. The Argumentation ofGeorge the British Isles 1830.1860. Ohio State U C. Wallace in the 1972 DemocraticPresi- (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26926 dential Primary Campaign. U ofWisconsin 1973. M.A. Hendricks. Stephen James. Eric Sevareid: An Milwaukee (Comuniastion). Example of Rhetorical Invention in Broad- 26940 Chico Matthews. Bonnie Hummel. Calico Charlie: The cast Commentary. California State U. Man From Rome: Charles Foster's Cam- (Speech-Drama-Dance), 1973. MA. 26927 paign for Governor August 20-October 14. Hendrix, Donna Sue. An Analysis of the Legis- 1879. Ohio State U (Speech Communica- lative Debates on the Federal Reserve Sys- tion). 1973. M.A. 26941 tem. Behavior U (Oral Communication), Mayo. Rebecca. An Analysis of theTestimony 1973. M.A. 26928 Presented Before the 1971 Legislative Sub- Howell. Sharon Lee. An Analysis of the 1968 committee on Abortion Reforminthe Vice-Presidential Speaking of Senator Ed- State of Minnesota. U of Minnesota (Speech mundS.Muskie.NorthernIllinois U Communication), 1973. M.A. 26942 (Speech Communication), 1972. M.A. 26929 McGee, Carla C. The Rhetoric of Agitation and Jacobs, Joyce M. A Critical Analysis of Prime Control in the Chartist Movement in Eng- MinisterGoldaMeir'sUnitedNations land,1837-1848.NorthTexas State U Speeches 1956-1970. U of Southern Cali- (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26943 fornia (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. Mortensen, Barbara Bell Newgord. The Use 26930 of Military Words in the Inaugural Ad- Johnson, Charles L. A Non-Structured Rhe- dresses. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Com- torical Analysis of the Persuasive Factors munication). 1973. M.A. 26944 in the Forensic Speaking of Earl Rogers.O'Fahey, Charles. JohnIreland'sRhetorical California State U. Long Beach (Speech Vision of the Irish in America. U of Min- Communication), 1973. M.A. 26931 nesota (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. Jones. Jeanne F. A Rhetorical Analysis of Am- 26945 bassador Ad la' E. Stevensen's United Na-Olsen, Stephen Taylor. Joseph Galloway's Plan tions Address of October 23, 1962, During of Union Address, September 28, 1774: A the Cuban Missile Crisis. Eastern Illinois U Rhetorical Analysis. Pennsylvania State U (Speech- Communication), 1972. M.A. 26932 (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 26946 Kenney, Janice. A Rhetorical Analysis of Mrs.Pearson, Judy C. The Rhetoric of Georgia's Coretta Scott King's Commencement Ad- Unlikely Governor: Lester G. Maddox. In- dress. Eastern Illinois U (Speeds-Communi- diana U (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26947 cation), 1973. MA. 26933 Pool, James Edward. Hitler Speaks on the "Economic Conspiracy ": A Rhetorical An- Kilcrease.Priscilla. A Rhetorical Analysis of the Jesus Movement. Midwestern LI (Speech alysis of Hitler's Arguments Against Jews. Capitalism and Communism as Presented in and Drama), 1973. M.A. 26934 Three of His Speeches. U of Cincinnati Klinger, J. Philip. A Study of the Adaptation (Communication Arts), 1973. M.A. 26948 of Selected Sermons to Four DimensionsReed, Michael. The Case of Missionary Smith: of Religious Commitment. Purdue U (Com- A Crucial Incident in the Rhetoric of the munication), 1973 MA. 26935 British Anti-Slavery Movement. Indiana U Kudnich, Dennis. The Stokes-Stanton Feud: A (Speech), 1973. M.A. 26949 Case Study of Reportorial Roles in UrbanRose, Doreen K. F. A Study of the Rhetoric Political Conflict. Case Western Reserve U of Clark Kerr in the Free Speech Move- (Speech Communication). 1973. MA. 26936 ment. California State U, Hayward (Speech Iamirande, Shirley M. A Rhetorical Analysis of and Drama). 1970. MA. 26950 the Speaking Career of Sister Aimee SempleSchikler, Ellis Jeri. The Proposition and Issues McPherson. U of Minnesota (Speech Com- Argued During the Actors' Equity Strike of munication), 1973, M.A. 26937 1919. Herbert H. Lehman College, City U Lehman, John Charles. Thomas Erskine and the of New York (Speech and Theatre), 1973. Responsibilities of the Forensic Advocate. M.A. 26951 U of Illinois (Speech Communication), 1973. Schlechte, Linda J. A. Study of the Rhetoric of M.A. 26938 Shirley Chisholm in the 1972 California Lewis, Myran Elizabeth. The Rhetoric of Mal- Presidential Primary. California State U, colm X. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- Hayward (Speech and Drama), 1973. M.A. cation), 1973. M.A. 26939 26952 266 111111.10C.RAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Shaw, Daniel G. The Rhetoric of Polarization: Allen. T.Harrell. An Examination ofthe An Exploratory Investigation. Purdue U CommunicativeInteractionBetweenthe (Communication). 1973. M.A. 26953 United States and The People's Republic Smith. Stephen Austin.Forensic Oratory in of China from January 1969 to February Territorial Arkansas. U of Arkansas (Speech 1972. Ohio State U (Speech Communica- and Dramatic Art), 1973, M.A. 26954 tion), 1973. Ph.D. 26966 Starr. Douglas Perret. Ghosts in the State House: Ambrester, Marcus L Identification: The Rhe- A Study of the Spetchwriting Operations of torical Motive. Ohio U (School of Inter- GhostwritersinFlorida'sStateCapitoL personal Communication). 1972. Ph.D. 26967 Florida State U (Speech). 1970. MS. 26955 Anderson, Deyrol Ewald. The Massachusetts Sullivan, Anne Margaret. A Comparative An- Election Sermon: A Critical Analysis of a alysis of Daniel O'Connell's Arguments Sup- Social and Polemic Phenomenon. U of porting Catholic Emancipation and Repeal Denver (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. of the Union. Arizona State U (Speech 26968 Communication). 1973. M.A. 26956 Anderson, John R. Social Movement Ideology: Terry. Ronald Ray. A Historical and Critical ItsTheoreticalStructureandFunction, Analysis of the Texas PopulistLecture and a Methodology for Rhetorical Analysis. Bureau 1895-1896. Louisiana State U- -Baton Washington State U (Speech Communica- Rouge (Speech). 1973. M.A. 26937 tion). 1973. Ph.D. 26969 Timmerman, Susan McCue. A Burkeian An- Anton. Paul. Comparative Reinforcement Effects alysis of the Rhetoric of Gloria Steinem. ofAction-Oriented andNon-Action-Ori- North Texas State U (Speech Communi- ented Words. Ohio U (School of Inter- cation), 1973. M A. 26958 personal Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 26970 Tobola, Carolyn. A Burkeian Analysis of Se-Baird. John W. An Analytical Field Study of lected Poetry of Nikki Giovanni. North "Open Communication" as Perceived by Texas State U (Speech Comunication), 1973. Supervisors, Subordinates, and Peers. Pur- M.A. 26959 due U (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26971° Walker, Margaret L. A Content Analysis Tech- nique For Analyzing Emotional and Logical Bicker. Robert Joseph. Granville Hicks as an Proof in Selected Extremist Speeches. Flor- AmericanMarxistCritic. U ofIllinois ida State U (Communication), 1971. MS. (Speech Communication).1973. Ph.D. 26972 26960 Biddle, Sharon S. Conservative Communication: Weathersbee, Sara Beth. Doyle E. Carlton. Jr.: A Critical Analysis of the Rhetorical Be- A Historical Critical and Rhetorical Study haviors of Edmund BurkeConservative of a Political Defeat. Florida State U (Com- Exemplar. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- munication). 1971. M.A. 26961 cation). 1973. PhD. 26973 Wimmer, Roger David. A Descriptive Field Study Browning. Larry D. Developing a Grounded of the Campaign of Ray "Dutch" Scott for Communication Theory: An Approach to Senator from the 37th Legislative District Interpersonal Behavior in an Organization. of Illinois.NorthernIllinois U (Speech OhioState U (Speech Communication). Communication). 1973. M.A. 26962 1973. Ph.D. 26974* Woodruff. Saundra Kay. Public Prayer as Rhe- Burhans, David Thomas, Jr.Methodological toric t.nd Public Address. Ohio State U Strategies in a Field Experiment: The Ef- (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. 26963 fects of Message Type and Locus of Con- trol on the Subsequent Behavior of Par- ticipants in a Behavior Modification Weight- RHETORICAL AND Control Program. U of Southern California COMMUNICATION THEORY (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26975 Doctoral Dissertations Calm, Robert. Rhetors' Guilt Placement at Abbott. Don. Terminology and Ideology: Marx- Senate Hearings1970-1972:Illoqutionary ist Influences on the Rhetorical Theory of Acts on the Vietnamese War. Temple U Kenneth Burke. Uof Massacthtnetts (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26976 (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 26964 Chaly, Ingeborg. A Rhetorical /Jurisprudential Adams, W. Clifton. An Experimental Investiga- Approach to Appellate Judidal Decision- tion of Individual Postdecisional Informa- Making. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Com- don-Seeking Behavior Within a Sequential munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26977 Set of Chafed. Florida State U (Communi- Clem It, Stephen D. An Analytical Field Study cation), 1973. PhD. 26965 .of Selected Message and Feedback Variables

267 (.1tAI)t' ATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 267

inthe Officer Hierarchy of the United Graeber. Max C. A Rhetorical Analysis of the States Army. Purdue U (Communication), 1965 Campaign Speaking of Mills Godwin 1973. Ph.D. 26975 jr., for Governor of Virginia. 1965. Bowling Collier. Gary Glen. Parliamentary Controversy Green State U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26992 OverEconomical Reform,1779.1782: A Hamilton, Larry English. Development ofHigh- Rhetorical Study. U of Iowa (Speech and er Mental Functions. U ofDenver (Speech Dramatic Art). 1973. Ph.D. 26979 Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26993 Connolly. Patrick Joseph. Content Analysis of Harper. Nancy Lea Brown. The Role ofImagery the Persuasive Principles and Techniques in Edmund Burke's Reflections on the Rev- of the Documentary Film, Which Way, olution in France: A Computer-Assisted An- .4p/wriest? U of Southern California (Speech alysis. U of Iowa (Speech and Dramatic Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 26980 Art). 1973. Ph.D. 26994* Connolly, Patrick Raymond. The Perception of Harral. Harriet B. Counter Synthesis: A Critical Personal Space anditsMeaning Among Tool for the Analysis of Social Movements. Black and White Americans. U of Iowa Theoretical and Applied Approaches. U of (Speech and Dramatic Art),1973.Ph.D. Colorado(Communication),1973. Ph.D. 26981* 26995° Cox. James Robert. The Rhetorical StructureHart, Jeffrey C. The Rhetoric of Anti-Sentiti- of Mass Protest: A Criticism of Selected dam. U of Wisconsin-Madison (Communi- Speeches of the Vietnam Anti-war Move- cation Arts), 1973. Ph.D. 26996* ment. U of Pittsburgh (Speech and TheatreHazel, Harry Charles. A Translation, with Com- :arts). 1973. Ph.D. 26982 mentary, of the Bonaventuran Ars Con- (arable. Richard E. Rhetoric as Architectonic: donandi. Washington State U (Speech Com- Burke. Perelman, and Toulmin on Valuing munication), 1972. Ph.D. 26997 and Knowing. Ohio State U (Speech Com- Hensley, Wayne E. The Effect of the Message munication), 1973. Ph.D. 26941* Deets. Stanley A. Essays on Hermeneutics and Source and Sex of the Receiver on In- Communication Research, Ohio U (School noculation to Persuasion. Kent State U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 28998° ofInterpersonalCommunication), 1973. Ph.D. 26984 Hickman, Harold R. A Systematized Theory and Dellinger, Susan. Classrooms as Process: A Dra- Procedure for the Production of Multi- Mali StiC Observational Model. U of Colo- Channel CommunicationMessages.Brig- rado (Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 26985 ham Young U (Speech and Dramatic Arts), Dighe, Anita. An Analysis of Associative Mean- 1971. Ph.D. 26999, ing in an Intercultural Setting-AmericanJensen, Jon Keith. An Experimental Investiga- and Indian Students in the United States. tion of the Effects of Speech Anxiety on OhioState U (SpeechCommunication), the Perception of Audience Feedback. U of 1973. Ph.D. 269860 Iowa (Speech and Dramatic Art),1973. Enos.RichardL. The Forensic Oratory of Ph.D. 27001'0 Marcus Tullius Cicero: The DevelopmentKeezer, Philip W. Temporal and Valuational and Application of a Practical Rhetoric. Dimension' of the Image of Man Held Indiana U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 26987 by Campus Religious and Parareligious Flory. Joyce Ann V. Philosophical Foundations Leaders. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- of RhetoricalEducationinSeventeenth cation), 1973. Ph.D. 27002° and Eighteenth Century France. Indiana UKendall, Robert L. The Prophetic Impulse: (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. 26988 The Philosophy of a liberal Protestant Floyd, James J. The Role of Effect and its Al- Religious Rhetoric. Indiana U (Speech), ternatives in the Evaluation of Speeches. 1972. Ph.D. 27003 Indiana U (Speech). 1972. Ph.D. 26989 Galloway. Lawrence A. Implications for Rhe-King, Corwin Prior. A Theoretical View of the Function of Memory in Oral Communi- toricalInvention from the Writings of John Dewey. U of Washington (Speech), cation. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Com- munication), 1973. Ph.D. 27004* 1973. Ph.D. 269904P Gonzalez, Iris G. Juan Luis Vives: His Con-Kleiman, David C. A Mosaic Approach to Claw tributions to Rhetoric and Communication room Communication: A Dimensional An- in the Sixteen Century with an English alysis of Black Students as a Reference Translation of De Consultation'. Indiana Group. U of Colorado (Communication), U (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. 26991* 1973. Ph.D. 27005 268 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Kneupper, Charpcs W. Rhetoric as Reality Con- Nelson, Jeffrey Arthur. The Rhetoric of the struction. Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1896 and1900RepublicanPresidential 1973. Ph.D. 27006° Campaigns. U of Michigan (Speech Com- Krill, Mary Alice. Relationships Between Parent- munication and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27021 child Interaction Patterns and Pre- school Noble, Dennis Earl. Charles Albert Fechter: The Children Level of Private Speech and Syn- Artist and the Man, as Seen Through his tactic Understanding. U of Denver (Speech American Career. U of Colorado (Communi- Communication), 1973. Ph.D 27008 cation and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27022 Langan, Donald J. An Analogical Systems Ap-Orr, C. Jack. Sponsorship, Self Presentation and proach to Human Organization. Washing- Legitimacy. Temple U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. ton State U (Speech Communication), 1973. 27023 Ph.D. 27009 Pendergast, Kathleen. The Origin and Organ- Leake, Woodrow W.. Jr. A Study of Ido logical °genesis of the Rhetorical Theory of the Rhetoric: Systemic Argument on War and Abbk Bautain, Syracuse U (Speech Educa- Peace in High School American History tion), 1973. Ph.D. 27024 Textbooks. U of Florida (Speech).1973. Perdue. Margaret Fox Roberts. The Influence Ph.D. 27010 of the Director on Cut and Audience Per- Levaco, Ronald Robert. A Selection. Transla- ception of the Message of a Play as Meas- tion, and Annotation of the Works of Lev ured by Paired Comparison Scaling. Pen- Kuleshov.SouthernIllinois U (Speech), nsylvania State L 'Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27011° 1973. Ph.D. 27025° Lilienthal, Nathan. An Empirical Investigation Porter. Richard E. An Experimental Investi- of the Influence of Dogmatism, Ego-Involve- gation of Audience Self-Perceptions of Mes- ment, and Issue Position on Speech Ratings. U of Southern California (Speech Com- sage Comprehension, Measured Audience Message Comprehension, and Audience Non. munication), 1973. Ph.D. 27012 Litfin, Allen Duane. Theological Presupposi- verbal Feedback of Message Comprehension During Message Reception. U of Southern tions and Preaching: An Evangelical Per- California (Speech Communication). 1973. spective. Purdue U (Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 270260 Ph.D. 27013° Purdy, Michael W. Communication and Insti- Lohr, James W. A Study of the Relationships tution in the Phenomenology of Maurice Among Source Dogmatism, Source Commit- Merleau-Ponty. Ohio U (School of Inter- ment, Anticipated Receiver Reaction, and personalCommunication), 1973. Ph.D. Argumentative Structure in Male Students' 27027 Speeches of Policy. U of Nebraska-Lincoln (Speech & Dramatic Art), 1972. Ph.D. 27015 Rao, Jaganmohan L. Communication and Mod- Malcolm, John. An Historical Investigation of, ernization in Indian Villages: The Influence and a Visual Supplement to, the Educa- of Status Inconsistency. Michigan State U tional Innovations of the Chautauqua In- (Communication). 1972. Ph.D. 270280 stitution in the Late Nineteenth Century.Schneider, Pamela J. Political Campaign Man- Syracuse U (Speech Education), 1972. Ph.D. agement Styles: A 1972 Field Study. U of 27016 Michigan (SpeechCommunicationand Manning, Robert N. An Historical Survey of Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 27030' Modern Rhetoric as Evidenced in Intro-Seibert, David Robert. An Exploratory Study of ductory Speech Textbooks from 1935 to Individual Differences in Modes of Signi- 1965. Syracuse U (Speech Education), 1972. fying. U of Denver (Speech Communication). Ph.D. 27017" 1973. Ph.D. 27031' Marston, Alan Douglas. The Effect of AmericanSelvar, Drew K. Legal Thinking in Six Selected Regional Dialects upon Speaker Credibility CivilLiberties Decisions of the Warren and Perceived Personality. U of Illinois Court. Southern Illinois U (Speech), 1973. (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27018* Ph.D. 270320 McKee, Paul Its.y.Gerrit Smith: Nineteenth Sharp, Franklin. The Effect of Three Persuasive Century Educator of Adults. Syracuse U Designs on Attitude Change in Three Types (Speech Education). 1973. Ph D. 270190 of Communicators. Syracuse U (Speech Edu- Mendoza, Nancy Wandling. Arabian Daze and cation), 1973. Ph.D. 27033' Bedouin Knights: Arabic Rhetorical Theory Shellen, Wesley. The Relation Between Scoreson to 1492. Washington State U (Speech Com- a Listening Achievement Test and the In- munication), 1973. Ph.D. 27020 terestingness of the Message in Several Con-

2 6 9 tatADCATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 269

ditionsofExtrinsicIncenthe. Ohio UWeiss, Edmond. Rationality and Rhetoric in (School of Interpersonal Communication), Policy Deliberations, with an Emphasis on U 1973. Ph.D. 27034 PublicSchool Budgeting.Temple Shipman, James K. A Factor Analytic Investi- (Speech), 1972. Ph.D. 27048 gation of Organizational Source Credibility Weitzel, Allen R. Contemporary Campaign Com- Using First-LevelSupervisors asSubject munication: A Case Study of a Nevada Populations. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. State Senate Race. U of Southern Cali- Ph.D. 27035 fornia (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. Siegel, Michael A. and Gephart, Jerry C. A 27049 Study in Persuasion: The Arab and IsraeliWoodward, Gary C. Condensations: The Rhe- Propaganda Campaigns in America. U of torical Functions of Key Words and Scenes. Utah (Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 27036 U of Pittsburgh (Spech and Theatre Arts), Starosta, William J.Information Acquisition 1973. Ph.D. 27050' Patterns in Village Sri Lanka: An Applied Favarin, Valentina.Russian Structuralism of Structural Model of Communication and the Nineteen Sixties: Methodological Con- Development.Indiana U (Speech),1972. tributions to the Study of the Narrative as Ph.D. 27037 Exemplified by Boris Uspetuky's A Poetics Stewart, Roy T., Jr. An Experimental Investi- of Composition. U of California, Berkeley gation of the Relationship Between Per- (Rhetoric), 1973. Ph.D. 27051 ceived New Information and Delayed Atti- Ziegler. Mervin L. Imagination as a Rhetorical tude Change. U of Illinois (Speech Com- Factor in the Works of C. S. Lewis. U of munication), 1973. Ph.D. 27038 Florida (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 27052 Stone, John Dailey. A Computer Assisted Cor- relational Analysis of the Language of Self- Concept.PennsylvaniaState U (Speech RHETORICAL AND Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27039 COMMUNICATION THEORY Thorn. Edward W. Implications for Rhetoric an the Works of Reinhold Niebuhr. Indiana Masters Theses U (Speech), 1973, Ph.D. 27040' Albrecht, Charles E. Grammaticalness: A Test Thorn, Richard W. The Rhetorical Response of an S -V -O Model of Deviant Sentence of T. H. Green, an Early British Idealist. Processing. Indiana State U (Speech), 1973. toBritishEmpiricism. U of California. M.A. 27053 Berkeley (Rhetoric), 1973. Ph.D. 27041' Allen, Arthur Marvin. The Dialectic of Plato. Trank, Douglas M. A Rhetorical Analysis of the San Francisco State U (Speech Communica- Rhetoric Emerging From the Mormon-Black tion). 1973. M.A. 27054 Controversy. U of Utah (Communication),Allen, Ethan R. An Investigation and Evalu- 1973. Ph.D. 27042' ation of Rumor and Attitude Trends in a Ullmann, W. Richard. Susceptibilityto Per- Woman's Dormitory. Ohio U (School of suasive Communication Following Change Interpersonal Communication), 1973. M.A. Produced by Counterattitudinal Encoding 27055 and Decoding. U of Southern California Anderson,Margaret.McLuhan,theTribal (Speech Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 27044* Mentality, and Interpersonal Communica- Vickery, James Frank, Jr. The Rhetoric of tion. State U of New York, College at Cort- Rhetorical Criticism: A Comparative Study land (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1973. M.S. of Selected Methods of Rhetorical Criticism 27056 A Search of Essentials in the CriticalBanks. Marion S. The Treatment of Source AnalysisandEvaluationofRhetorical Credibility in Selected College Textbooks Transactions. Florida State U (Communi- on Speech Communication Published Since cation), 1972. Ph.D. 27045 1960. C. W. Post College (Speech), 1973. Waite, David, Vermont in the Union: A Study M.A. 27057 of the. Growing Influence of the Concept ofBarnes, Sharon Jett. 'The Application of Selected Union in Vermont Rhetoric,18404881. Theories of Persuasion to Selected Political Northwestern U (Communication Studies), Campaign Theories. U of Tennesse (Speech 1973. Ph.D. 27046 and Theatre), 1973. M.A. 27058 Watson, Sam, Jr. Michael Polanyi and the Re- Bartholomew, Richard A. The Effect of Music covery of Rhetoric. U of Iowa (English). Played at a Competitive Volume Level as 1973. Ph.D. 27047' Positive and Negative Stimuli to Learning 270 270 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION and Retention of Relevant Information. San Deison, Glorida H. A Comparison of the An- Jose State U (SpeechCommunication), 1973. cient Tradition With Modern Textbook MA. 27059 Writers on the Visual Aspects of Delivery. Bland, John Earl. Content Analysis of The Arte Florida State U (Speech), M.S. 27073 or Crafty of Rhetaryke by Leonard Cox Demuth, Philip Lamy. Psychology and the Dia- with Suggestions for Further Study. Eastern lectic: A Rhetorical Overview. U of Cali- Illinois U (Speech-Communication),1973. fornia,SantaBarbara (Speech).MA. MA. 27060 27074 Brooks. Charles E. The Confluence of Decision Freedom and Foreseen Consequences onDillon. Michael L. A Sociometrie Analysis of Attitude Change. San Diego State (Speech Communication Flow in the Office of Resi- Communication), 1973. M.A. 27061 dence Life at Ohio University. Ohio U Brown. Delindus R. The Persuasive Propaganda (School of Interpersonal Communication), ofthe African Repository and Colonial 1973. M.A. 27075 Journal and the Liberator on the Subject Drachman, Susan R. Political Communication of African Colonization Between 1831.1834. as a Mode of Influencing the Potential Indiana U (Speech). 1972. M.A. 27082 Voter. U of Maryland (Speech and Dramatic Buchli, Virginia T. C.00rientational States as Art), 1973. M.A. 27076 Antecedent Conditionsfor Listening Be- Drucker,Allen.PersuasioninPeterWeiss' havior. t: of North Dakota (Speech), 1973. Maratnade. U of Maine at Orono (Speech). M.A. 27063 MA. 27077 Burns, Judith A. Correct Grammatical Usage in Eiland, Rebecca. Visual Discrimination of Emo- Oral Communication as a Determinant of tioninFacialExpression.Auburn U Comprehension, Attitude Change and Source (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 27078 Credibility. Indiana State U (Speech), 1972. M.A. 27064 Elkon, Jean. A Rhetorical Anai;sis of the Ad- Bush, Terry M. The Effects of the Interaction dress of Governor George C Wallace De- of Source Credibility, Intense Language, and livered During the Third-Party State Con- Evidence on Immediate Attitude Change. vention Held in Omaha, Nebraska on March Illinois State U (Information Sciences), 1973. 4, 1968. U of Nebraska at Omaha (Speech). M.S. 27065 1973. M.A. 27079 Cappella. Joseph N. Complex Cybernetic Model Erguden, Akin. Cybernetics and Structuralism: of Interpersonal Communication. Michigan A Comparison from the Communication State U (Communication), 1973. M.A. 27066 Viewpoint. Michigan State U (Communica- Catt. Isaac E.. Jr. Logography: An Appraisal of tion), 1973. M.A. 27080 Rhetorical-Critical Implications. SouthwestFlanagan, Lyndia. An Experimental Study of Missouri State U (Speech and Theatre), Receivers'Decoding Accuracy ofMeta- 1973. M.A. 27067 phoricalandLiteralDiscourse.Central Chase. Lawrence J. The Effects of Differential Missouri State U (Speech Communication), Linguistic Patterns in Messages Attempting 1973. M.A. 27081 to Induce Resistance to Persuasion. Cali- Fortner,RobertS. Communicationinthe fornia State U (Speech Communication), Arena: Christian Democracy Versus Marx- 1972. M.A. 27068 ism in the 1970 Chilean Election. Indiana Chovanetz. Benjamin A. The Relationship Be- U (Speech), 1972. MA. 27082 tween Self-Concept and Emphatic Com- municative Ability. North Texas State UFrancis, Richard L Red Jacket: Orator in Cul (Speech Onnmunication), 1973. M.A. 27059 tural Crisis. U of California, Santa Barbara (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27083 Christie, Vickie R. Assessment of Persuasibility on a Content Free Task. U of New MexicoFrey, Douglas John. A Study to Determine the (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 27070 Relationship between Perceived Communi- Conklin. William Tripp. Jazz and Communica- cation Atmosphere and Discipline in Mili- tion. U of Colorado (Communication), 1973. tary Units. Auburn U (Speech Communi- MA.. 27071 cation), 1973. M.A. 27084 Daniels, Tommy D. The Effects of MessageGaske. Paul C. A Comparison Between Intim- Presentation Rate and Message Organization lation Theory and Congruity Theory in Upon Three Cognitive Abilities. Ohio U Conferring Resistance to Persuasion. San (School of Interpersonal Communication), Diego State U (Speech Communication). 1973. MA. 27072 M.A. 27085

271 GRADIATE TitEs EsAND DISSERTATIONS 271 of Gilbert, Nancy Anne. The Rhetorical Aspectsof Keck ley, Paul H., jr. Theoretical Analysis George McGovern's Use of the Television the Political Image. Ohio State U (Speech Media in 1972. San Diego State U(Speech Communication). 1973. MA. 27099 Communication), 1973. M.A. 27086 Kelley, Robert Lee. An Attempt toExperi- Gordon, Roger Louis. A RhetoricalAnalysis mentally Induce Role Taking Activity to of the Marijuana Campaign. SanFrancisco AffectPersuasiveCommunication.Kent State U (Speech Communication).1973. M.A. State U (Speech), 1973. MA. 27100 27087 Kodis, Katherine L. The Rhetoric of the En- Grossman, Craig Howard. Patterns ofVerbal gineering School Controversy in South Da- InteractioninHomogeneousDiscussion kota From February11.1971, Through Groups in a Correctional Institution. U of March19.1971. South Dakota State U California. Santa Barbara (Speech),1973. (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27101 M.A. 27088 Krog, Marilyn June. The Voice of Mack Ameri- Gunter, Mary Fisher. A Rhetorical Analysis cans 1965.70: A Perspective onMovement of Loyalist Propaganda from the Year 1770 Rhetoric. U of South Florida (Speech Com- to 1783 in the Sermons of the RightRev- munication), 1972. M.A. 27102 erend Samuel Seabury. Auburn U (Speech Legeros, Constance. Communication in Planned Communication). 1973. M.A. 27089 Social Change: An Examination of a Pro- Hamilton, James Powhaton, III. Some Relation- gram to Train Voluntary Change Agents. ships Among Receiver Dogmatism. Source U of Minnesota (Speech Communication). Reference to Authority. Source Credibility 1973. M.A. 27103 Judgments, Source-MessageDiscrimination Levey, Marc B. A Study of the Communicative and Attitude Change in Persuasive Com- Exchange Between Merchants and Con- munication. Pennsylvania State U (Speech sumers as the Consumer Complains. Pen- Communication). 1973. M.A. 27090 nsylvania State U (Speech Communication), Hamm, Russell Earl. An Investigation of the 1973. MA. 27104 Concept of Understanding. Northern Illinois Lod le, Steve E. Sexual and Excretory Vernacular: U (SpeechCommunication).1972. MA. A Delineative Examination and Empirical 27091 Analysis of the Nature, Scope, and Function Hammond, Robert Me !fin. A Study of the of Taboo,Inhibitory,Euphemistic, and United States' Persuasive Effort Concern- DysphemisticCommunicationParadigms. ing the Admission of the People's Republic California State College, Long Reach (Speech of China to the United Nations. Indiana U Communication), 1972. M.A. 27105 (Speech), 1972. MS. 27092 Lobel, Susan Rae. The V.L.W. in the LA.D.P.: Hauptman, Anna R. The Semantic Diffe Tidal A Study of Communication and Develop- as a Measure of the Differences in Concept ment. U of Virginia (Speech Communica- Meaning Between Drug-free and Druin- tion), 1973. MA. 27106 volved Adolescents. U of Maryland (Speech Lyne, John Russell. The Rhetorical Implica- and Dramatic Art). 1973. M.A. 27093 tions of Perspective in Kenneth Burke. U Hebert, Patrick J. Relationships Among Attitude of TexasAustin (Speech Communication). Extremity, Polarity, and Intensity. North 1973. M.A. 27107 Texas State U (Speech Communication). Mahon, Dennis. Harold A. Innis and Communi- 1973. M.A. 27094 cation Theory. Fairfield U (Graduate School Holland, George Thomas. Rhetorical Elements of Communication), 1972. MA. 27108 inManofLa Mancha.Memphis State U Mathis, Dan R. An Investigation of Varying (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. 27095 Degrees of High Discrepancy and Change Homer, Helen. Investigation of the R-Mode of in Highly Involved Subjects: A Concept Communication: Reading and Listening. U Formation Problem. U of Houston (Speech), of Denver (Speech Communication). 1973. 1973. MA, 27109 M.A. 27096 Maxfield, Anna Belle. A Comparative Analysis Hunsaker, David M. Issue Actualisation: Rhe- of the Philosophy of Interpersonal Com- torical and Communication Theory. Bradley munication as Compared with the Ancient U (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1972. M.A. Philosophers of Taoism and Mhz& Ian. 27097 Kearney State College (Speech), 1973. M.S. Jones, Thomas F. A Rhetorical Study of Black 27110 Songs:1860-1930. U of Georgia (Speech McCormick, Dixie Jean He Imidt. Listener Judg- Communication), 1973. MA. 27098 ments of Speaker Credibility and Recall

272 2.4 P.1111.IMRAPHIG ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

of Information as a Function of Selected Ricks, Dana Carol. 1972 Presidential Campaign Stylistic Variations in Information Speeches. Investigation Based On Attitude Measure. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Communica- ment of Candidate Images. North Texas tion), 1973. M.A. 27111 State U (Speech Communication), 1973. M.S. Michel. Leslie Ann. Levels of Comprehension 27124 and Activation Under Cotitian' of Time Roemisch,Jerry.FamilyCrisisIntervention Compressed Speech. Florida State U (Speech), Training: A Creative Framework. North 1970, M.S. 27112 Texas State U (Speech Communication), Miles. Elitabeth M. A Linguistic Analysis of 1973. M.A. 27125 Manion Luther King's Adaptation to Var- Rushin, Jayne McCollough. A Rhetorical An- ious Audiences. Central Missouri State U alysis: Frank Stanton's Speeches and State- (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 27113 ments in Defense of "The Selling of the Morris, Glenn Jerry. An Analysis of the Suasory Pentagon." Auburn U (Speech Communica- Methods Used by Ambrose fierce in Four tion), 1973. M.A. 27126 Civil War Short Stories. Pennsylvania State Sarant, Christine. Philodemus: On Epicurean U (SpeechCommunication). 1973.M.A. Rhetoric. Colorado State U (Speech and 27114 Theatre Arts), 1973. MA. 27127 Myers, Robert J. A Critical Study of the Rhe- Schooley. Jane Patricia Wells. An Examination torical Strategy of the Common Cause Po- of Winans' and Woolbert's Concepts of liticalOrganization. Queens College. City Persuasion in the Context of Early Twen- U of New York (Communication Arts and tiethCentury Psychology. Pennsylvania Sciences), 1973. M.A. 27115 State U (SpeechCommunication),1973. Nescott, Adrienne M. Effects of Background M.A. 27128 Music on Attitude Change from Persuasive Schreiman, D. Bruce. The Effects of Authority Messages. Illinois State U (Information Sci- Influence and Peer Influence on the Per. ences). 1973. MS. 27116 ception of Credibility. San Jose State U Novak, Rynell S. An Analysis of Attitudes To- (Speech-Communication). 1973. M.A. 27129 ward the Role of the PTA and its Com- Smith. Jane E. An Experimental Study of the munication of Goals and Programs. North Impact of Clinical Psychodiagnosis. Diag- Texas State U (Speech Communication), nostic Concept, and Dogmatism on the Per- 1973. M.A. 27117 ception of Psychopathology. U of Nebraska Olsen. Kathleen Hanson. The Rhetorical Situ- at Omaha (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27130 ation of the English (Ascending-Bid) Auc-Smith. Val Ray. Verbal Operant Conditioning tion. eennsylvania State U (Speech Com- andResponse - Reinforcement Contingency munication), 1973. M.A. 27118 Awareness. U of New Mexico (Speech Com- Osborne,Leonard. A Burkeian Critiqueof munication), 1973. M.A. 27131 Some Prescriptions for Conversation. U of Sokoloff, Kent Alan. An Examination of an California. Santa Barbara (Speech).1973. Argument Concerning the Concept Meta- MA. 27119 communication. Pennsylvania State U Ottinger. Charles Franklin. The Rhetoric of (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 27132 Conversation. Ohio State U (Speech Com- Soyama, Masaru. The Tactile Role of Com- munication), 1973. M.A. 27120 munication: A Neglected Sense. Indiana U Parsons. Judith F. Rhetoric of Science Fiction (Speech), 1972. M.A. 27133 in H.P. Lovecraft. U of Virginia (Speech Stripling. Barbara Kay Moser. Film Study Pro- Communication). 1973. M.A. 27121 grams in Colorado Public High Schools U Ramsey. Carol Suzanne. Psychiatry and Rhet- of Colorado (Communication), 1973. M.A. oric: A Comparison of Two Systems of 27134 Communication as Described in the The- Stromisom, Tracy Allen. A Systems Analysis of ories of Jurgen Ruetch, Harry Stack Sulli- Interactive Aspects of Jazz Music. South- van, Carl R. Rogers. and the Rhetoric of west Missouri State U (Speech and Theatre). Aristotle.PennsylvaniaState U (Speech 1973. M.A. 27135 Communication), 1973. MA. 27122 Sylvestre. Heidi. Cultural Judgments of Emotion Reagan, Richard. An Investigation of the Effects from Paralinguistic Cues. Queens College, ofIncreased MessageTransformations') City U of New York (Communication Arts Complexity on the Comprehension of Spok- and Sciences), 1973. M.A. 27136 en EnglishMessages. MichiganState U Waldbrand, Warren. A Dramatistic Analysis of (Communicatket), 197$. M.A. 27123 the Supreme Court Decision in the Case of

273 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 273

Roe v. Wade. Queens College, CityU of Elementary School Age Boys. State U of New York (Communication Arts andSci- New York at Buffalo (Speech Communica- ences), 1973. M.A. 27137 tion), 1973. Ph.D. 27148° Warren, Timothy S. A Study of thePulpitChesnutt, Berner She. Simultaneous Recording Speaking of Stephen F.Olford. Bowling ofCochlear MicrophonicPotential and Green State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27138 Auditory-Nerve Single Unit Discharges in White, Eugene R. A Rhetorical Analysisof Guinea Pig. Northwestern U (Commun:ca- Audience Adaptation in the French and live Disorders). 1973. Ph.D. 27149 English Editions of St. Jean De CrevecoeuelChin. May Elizabeth. Thresholds for the Bit Letters From an American Farmer. Indiana aural-Beat Stimuli as a Function of the 1' (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27139 Interaural Noise Correlation. Northwestern Wilson. Janice. A Study of Male and Female U (Communicative Disorders), 1973. Ph.D. Source Credibility. Ohio U (School of In- 27150 Ciliax. Donald. Lipreading Performance as Af- terpersonalCommunication),1973.M.A. fected by Continuous Auditory Distractions. 27140 Michigan State U (Audiology and Speech Sciences), 1973. PhD. 27151* SPEECH SCIENCES Cohen. Melvin S. lntersensory Processing Effi- ciency of Fluent Speakers and Stutterers. U Doctoral Dissertations ofUtah(Communication).1973.Ph.D. Altshu ler, Sherry. The Effects ofSupplemental 27152 Oxygen Respiration on AphasicHemiplegic Couture. Edward G. The Effects of Noise Upon Adults. Temple U (Speech),1973. Ph.D. the Speaking Behavior of Stuttering. J of Pathology and Audiology), 27141 Iowa (Speech Artist.Dennis James. An Examinationof 1972. Ph.D. 27153 Lingual and Palmar Vibrotactile Sensitivity Dallmann, William C. Linguistic Performance Measurements of Selected Normal Hearing in Children Six Through Nine. Purdue U and Hearing Impaired Young Adults.Ohio (Audiology and Speech Sciences). 1973. Ph.D. U (Hearing and Speech Sciences).1973. 27154 Ph.D. 27142 DelCalzo, Primo. An Examination of Speech Austin, Gary Francis. Knowledge of Selected Processing Abilities in Children with Pho- Concepts Attained by the Deaf Adolescent nemic Variations and Children with Pho- Population. Northwestern U (Communica nemic- SyntacticVariations. Case Western tive Disorders). 1973. Ph.D. 27143 Reserve U (Speech Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 277155 Becker. Nancy Graybill. A Study of theEffects Diggs. Charles C., Jr. Coarticulation in Dysar- of Posture on Durational and Rate Measure thric Speech: A Spectrographic Study. Pur- of Breathing of Athetoid Cerebral Palsied dueiI (Audiology and Speech Sciences), North- Childrenand Normal Children. 1973. Ph.D. 27156 1973. western U (Communicative Disorders), Dlimoni.Frank. An Exploratory Studyof Ph.D. 27144 Articulatory Behavior in Three. Six, and Berrett. Melvin V. Some Relations Between In- Nine Year Old Speakers, with Particular terauralAttenuation and the Occlusion Reference to Effects of Various Phonetic Effect. U of Iowa (Speech Pathology and Environments Upon Phoneme Dpratlon. Audiology). 1973. Ph.D. 27145 Temple U (Speech). 1972. Ph.D. 27157 Berti-Bell.Fredericka.TheVelopharyngeal Durban. Judith Felton. Three Stages in Chil- Mechanism: An Electromyographic Study. dren's Development of Language. U of City U of New York (Speech and Hearing Illinois (Speech and Hearing Science). 1973. Sciences). 1973. Ph.D. 27146° Ph.D. 27154° Brownell, Winifred W. The Relationship of Dunn. Derek E. The Measurement of Monaural Sex, Social Class. and Verbal Planning to Adaptation to Suprathreshold Stimuli Via the Digit:enema Produced by Nonstutter- Masked Threshold. U of Cincinnati (Speech ing Preschool Children. State U of New Pathology), 1972. Ph.D. 27159 York at Buffalo (Speech Communication).Evans. Mary Ann. Perceptual DhailUblid100 in 1973. Ph.D. 271470 Mentally Retarded Children and Children Canfield,KennethL.Relationships Among with Sped& Language Disabilities. North - Functional Articulation Disorders, Visual western U (Communicative Disorders), 1973. Perception. and Auditory Discrimination in Ph.D. 27160* 274 274 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Flowers, Charles R. Short-Term Retention inJohnston, Frances J. Disfluency Behavior and Aphasic Patients. U of Iowa (Speech Path- Language Performancein Four-Year-Old ology and Audiology), 1972. Ph.D. 27161 Children. U of Iowa (Speech Pathology and Fontana, Marie C. Experimental Modification of Audiology), 1973. Ph.D. 27174 DisfluentSpeechBehaviorinChildren.Jordan, Linda L. S. Performance of Subjects TeachersCollege.Columbia U (Speech with Good and Poor Articulation, U of PathologyandAudiology),1972.Ph.D. Iowa (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 27162 1972. Ph.D. 27175 Fox, Philip, IL Samuel Silas Curry's TheoriesKahlstront, Lee A. Asymmetry of Ear Perform- of Voice Training: A Modern Perspective. ance on Two Listening Tasks As Effected Wayne State U (Speech Communication and by Intensity Variation. U of Nebraska- Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27163* Lincoln (Speech & Dramatic Art),1973. Francis. William Charles. An Investigation of Ph.D. 27176 DisfiuencyDifferencesinthe Speech of Keating, Laurel. An Experimental Study of the Normal Speakers and Stutterers Under Two Effect of Intonation Patterns on Listener DifferentAuditoryFeedback Conditions. Response. Syracuse U (Television-Radio), Ohio U (Hearing and Si:tech Sciences), 1973. 1973. PhD. 27177 Ph.D. 27164 Kelly, Dan Hughes. Oral Vibrotactile Sensa- Gabe, Kathleen Margaret. Speech Discrimination tion: An Evaluation of Normal Articulating Ability in Caldren with Severe Hearing Children and Children with Defective Ar- Impairments. Wayne State U (Speech Com- ticulation. Ohio U (Hearing and Speech munication & Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27165 Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27178 Harlan, Carl. Jr. Incidence and Relationship Klich, Richard J. Acoustical and Physiological of Voice Disorders within Divergent Psy- Correlates of Autophonic Level, Loudness, chotic Populations. U of Utah (C.ommunica- and Effort Level. U of Iowa (Speech Path- don), 1973. Ph.D. 27166* ology and Audiology). 1973. Ph.D. 27179 Henri, Bernard Paul. A Longitudinal Investiga- Knell, Thomas R. Subglottal Pressures in Re- tion of Patterns of Language Recovery in lation to Chest Wall Movement During Sr Eight AphasicPatients. Northwestern U lected Speech Samples. U of Iowa (Speech (CommunicativeDisorders).1973.Ph.D. Pathology and Audiology), 1972. Ph.D. 27180 27167 Kruse, Robert J. Experimeter Effects on Stutter. Hoffnung, Audrey S. An Analysis of the Syntac- ingDuring Self-AdministeredTime-Out ticStructures of Children with Deviant Punishment. Temple U (Speech),1972. Articulation. City U of New York (Speech Ph.D. 27181 and Hearing Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27168' Kuehn, David P. A Cinefluorographic Investi- Horwitz, Betty. Effects of CO. Inhalation on gation of Articulatory Velocities. U of Iowa Selected Oral Language Tasks of Adults (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1973. with Aphasia. Teachers College, Columbia Ph.D. 27182 U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1973. Lapps, Albert Vernon. An Experimental Study Ed.D. 27169 of Two Methods of Administering A R Hotchkiss, John C. Perceptual Differences in edial Voice and Articulation Program. Ohio the Fluent Speech of Stutterers and Non- U (School of Interpersonal Communication), Stutterers. Purdue U (Audiology and Speech 1973. Ph.D. 27183' Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27170* Leidy. Gordon. Speech Competing Messages: The Hufnagk, Jon. An Electranyographic Study of Effect of Similarity in Meaning on Speech SelectedPalatal Muscles Following Cleft Perception for Hearing Impaired Listeners. Palate Repair. Wayne State U (Speech Com- Case Western Reserve U (Speech Com- munication & Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27171' munication), 1973. PhD. 27184 Hutchinson, John M. The Effect of Oral Sensory Lewis. Richard G. Short-term Auditory Memory Deprivation on Stuttering Behavior. Purdue Abilityin Hard of Hearing Children. U (Audiology and Speech Sciences), 1973. Northwestern U (Communicative Disorders). Ph.D. 271720 1973. Ph.D. 27185° Iles, Robert L. Perception of Vocal Effort: TheLewnau, Elaine. Bidhdectual Skills of Black Influence of Vocal Fundamental Frequency Children. Teachers College, Columbia U and Vocal Intensity. U of Florida (Speech). (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1973. 1973. Ph.D. 27173 Ed.D. 271S. 275 CRADL'ATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 275 O'Leary, Emmett L. AnInvestigation of Re- Loavenbruck,Angela. The Measurement of in a Male Speech Thresholds Using BekeseyAudio- captive Language Deficiency Nebraska-Lincoln metry.TeachersCollege.Columbia U Prison Population. U of (Speech Pathology and Audiology),1973. (Speech & Dramatic Art), 1972. Ph.D. ?"200 Ed.D. 27187 Onufrak, John A. Stutterer's and Nonstutterer's Lonegan,Charles. An Investigationofthe Location of Clicks Superimposed on Sen- Transmission of Relative Sound Pressures tences of Various Types.State U of New of Phonated Vowel Sounds ofSelected Lo- York at Buffalo (Speech Communication). cations of the Head and Neck.Michigan 1973. Ph.D. 27201' State U (Audiology and SpeechSciences). Orchik, Daniel Joseph. Comparisonof Pure- 1973. Ph.D. 27188 Tone,Warble-Tone,andNarrow-Band Loovis, Carl Francis. Monotic andDichotic Per- Noise Thresholds of Young Normal-Hearing ception of (0-500 MSECS) Time-Staggered Children. Michigan State U (Audiologyand CV Monosyllables.LouisianaStateU--- Speech Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27202' Baton Rouge (Speech), 1972. Ph.D.27189' Parker, William L. Temporal Summationof the Lowry. Jean B. A Test of the RegressionHy- Acoustic-reflex Threshold: A Possible In- pothesis: Receptive-ExpressiveLanguage dicator of Cochlear Abnormalities. U of Performances of Adult Aphasics andChil- Florida ,731leech), 1973. Ph.D. 27203 dren. Kent State U (Speech), 1973.Ph.D. Putnam, Anne B. Articulation withReduced 27190 Oral Sensory Control: A Cineradiographic MaciVhinney, Brian J. How HungarianChil- Study. Purdue U (Audiology and Speech drenLearntoSpeak. U of California. Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27204' Berkeley (Rhetoric), 1973. Ph.D.27191° Reis, Ronald P. The Effects of Selected Vocal hfcCarren. Kathleen Marie. AuditoryEvoked Characteristics on Stuttering Severity. Kent Potentials from Preadolescent Rhesus Mon- State U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 27205 keys. Florida State U (Habilitative Sciences),Ring ler, Norma. Mothers' Language to their 1973. Ph.D. 27192' Children and to Adults over Time. Cue McKenzie, Earl Ray. An Alternative to Electric Western Reserve U (Speech Communica- Shock for Modifying Maladaptive Behaviors tion). Ph.D. 27206 of the Mentally Retarded. Florida State U Rink, Timothy La Verne. An Explorationof the (Habilitative Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27193' Relationship Between a Hearing Protective McNutt, James C. Perceptual and Motor Per- Device and Speech Discrimination Perform- formances of Articulatory Defective and ance for Persons with Sensori-NeuralHear- Normal Speakers. Kent State U (Speech), ing Lou. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- 1973. Ph.D. 27194 cation), 1973. Ph.D. 27207' Mitchell. Lilian McGregor. An Investigation of Ronson,Irwin. TheRelationshipBetween the Perceptual Structure of Sixteen Pre- Stuttering and Selected Sentences Types. vocalic English Consonants Embedded in City U of New York (Speech and Hearing Sentence Material Ohio U (Hearing and Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27208' Speech Sciences), 1973. Ph.D. 27195 Sandness, Donald L. A Comparison of Written Mitchell, Patricia D. A Test of Differentiation Language of Stutterers and Nonatutterera. of Phonemic Feature Contrasts. City U of U of Utah (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. New York (Speech and Hearing Sciences), 27209 1973. Ph.D. 27196' Seklemann, Michael F. Enhancement of the Monkhouse, Kay M. L. The Effect of Systematic Auditory Evoked Response by Condition- ikriadon of Sentence Complexity on Psy- ing. Florida State U ( Habilitative Sciences), chological Judgments and Measures of Com- 1973. Ph.D. 27210' plexity. U of Iowa (Speech Pathology andSmith, Kenneth Gordon. Temporal factors As- Audiology), 1972. Ph.D. 27197 sociated with Measurements of Oral Si::- ognosh. Michigan State U (Audiology and Moore, Walter H. The Right Cerebral Hemis- Speech Sciences), 1973. Ph,D. 27211' phere:Its Role in Linguistic Processing 'n Aphasia. Kent State U (Speech), 1973.Stephens, Myrna Manila. Influence of Audio- Vh.D. 27199 metric Configuration on Pure-Tone, Warble- Mutohy, Michael W. An Evaluation of Judged Tone, and Narrow-Band Noise Thresholds ExpectancyofStuttering. U ofIowa for Adults with Sensorineural Hearing Loss- {Speech Pathology and Audiology),1972. es. Michigan State U (Audiology and Speech Ph.D. 27199 Sciences). 1973. Ph.D. 27212'

276 276 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Stigora, Joseph A. Variations in Stuttering Fre-Wuerl, Mary L. An Experimental Investigation quency During Adaptation as a Function of of the Effects of Rhythmical Speech Patterns Selected Phonemic Cues and Their Proper- in Prose and Verse on Misarticulations of ties. Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1975. the Phoneme /r.l. Ohio State U (Speech Ph.D. 27213 Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27226* Swigart, Elca. Hearing Sensitivity and SpeechZimmerman, Gerald N. Slow Potentials of the Intelligibility of Cleft-palate Children and Brain Related to Speech Processing. U of Non-cleft Siblings. Ohio State U (Speech Iowa (Speech Pathology and Audiology), Communication). 1972. Ph.D. 27214 1973. Ph.D. 27227 Thompson. Nickola W. Comprehension of Spok- en Language by Normal Children as a Function of Speaking Rate, Sentence Diffi- SPEECH SCIENCES culty and Listener Age. Wichita State U Masters Theses (Logopedics), 1973. Ph.D. 27215 Thorum. Arden R. A Comparative Study ofAbrahamson, Judy Elaine. An Examination of Certain Audio linguistic Skills of Chi'."ren the Stapedius Reflex and Reflex Decay as With Two Selected Types of Deficits. U of Age Related Phenomena. U of Texas Austin (Speech Comunication). 1973. M.A. Utah (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27216 27228 Tibbits, Donald Fay. Temporal Adjoining as an Aspect of Linguistic Development. U ofAdams, Virginia S.Pitch Matching Skills in MissouriColumbia (Speech and Dramatic Children with Speech Problems. Moorhead State College (Speech). 1973. M.S. 27229 Art), 1973. Ph.D. 27217 Alfonso, Peter J. Differentiating Phonemic and r.edl H. The Effect of "Interconsonantal Spectrographic SpeechCharacteristicsof Distance" Upon the Recall of Prevocalic Consonants and Clusters. Ohio State U DAF Susceptibility. Western Michigan U (Speech Pathology and Audiology),1973. (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27218 M.A. 27230 Trout. Susan Struve. A Neuropsychological Ap- Allen. Sidney. A Distinctive Feature Analysis proach to the Analysis of Written Spelling Disorders. Northwestern U (Communicative of the Phonemic Output of Functional ArticulatoryDefectivesSubdividedinto Disorders), 1973. Ph.D. 27219 Motor and Nonmotor Groups. U of Texas Tull, Barbara M. Analysis of Selected Prosodic Austin (SpeechCommunication),1973. Features in the Speech of Black and White M.A. 27231 Children. Ohio State U (Speech Communi-Ament, Susan. The Combined Effect of Phase cation), 1973. Ph.D. 27220 Shifting and Low-Pass Filtering on Intelligi- Wiener. Florence. A Training Program for bility. U of California,SantaBarbara Identification of Abnormal InfantCries. (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27232 Teachers College. Columbia U (Speech Path- Anderson, Gary D. A Study of Normal Chil- ology and Audiology). 1972. Ph.D. 27221 dren's Discrimination Responses in Noise Wiley. Terence L. Temporal Featunes of Audi- to the PBK Word Lists. U of Montana tory Adaptation. U of Iowa (Speech Path- (Speech Pathology and Audiology). 1972. ology and Auidology), 1972. Ph.D. 27222 M.A. 27233 Williams, David K. Perceptual Skills in ChildrenBaird. Mary Phyllis. Body Part Speech Recep- with Two Types of Articulatory Errors. U tion Threshold Test. Central Michigan U of MissouriColumbia (Speech and Dra- (Speech and Dramatic Arts). 1973. MA. matic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 27223 27234 Williams, Faye A. Development of the Cognitive,Baker, Carol M. The Effect(s) of a Psychological Affective, and Behavioral Dimensions of Variable(s) upon Noise-Induced TTS. Cen- Linguistic Attitudes within a Homogeneous tralMichigan U (Speech and Dramatic Speech Community. U of Southern Cal- Arts), 1973. M.A. 27235 ifornia (SpeechCommunkation), 1973. Barber, Joseph M., III. Linguistic Sensitivity in Ph.D. 27224 Infants as Measured by Non-nutritive Suck- Winkler, Henry J. A Study of the Intonation ing. U of Florida (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27236 Patterns of Black and Standard EnglishBartosh, Ilene Ann. An Investigation of Peer Speaking Children in a Formal and In- Reactions to Stuttering Among Adolescents. formal Situation. U of Southern California U of TensAustin (Speech Communica- (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27225 tion), 1973. MA. 27237

277 t,:tADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 277 Beach, Brenda Lynn. The Effects of Delayed Boyden, Marilyn Holenberg. A Comparison of Auditory Freedback onthe Speechof the Effectiveness of Pure Tone and Speech Aphasic Patients. Ohio State U (Speech Audiograms in Identifying Functional Hear- Communication), 1973. MA. 27238 ing Impairment. U of Nebraska-Linco'a Bean, Carel F. Programmed Fluency: A Self- (Speech & Dramatic Art), 1972. M.A. 27250 Administered Program for Stutters. U ofBrindle, Nancy A. The Effects of Visual and Vermont (Communication andTheatre). ProprioceptiveFeedbackonKeytapping 1973. M.S. 27239 under Pure Tone Delayed Auditory Feed- Babb. Susan Victoria. Comparison Between Two back. Purdue U (Audiology and Speech Sci- Methods of Articulation Test Administra- ences), 1973. M.S. 27251 tion. V of TexasAustin (Speech Com-Brown, Diane Paul. The Effects of Various munication), 1973. MA. 27240 Conditions of Interrupted Side Tone on the Bell. Judith A. The Effect of Varied Presenta- Speech of Stutterers. Ohio State /7 (Speech tion Mode on the Verbal Recognition Abil- Communication), 1973. M.A. 27252 ity of Adult Aphasics as a Function of TimeBrown. Gail A. Attitudes of Law Enforcement Post Onset of the CVA. Kent State U Officers Toward Deaf Drivers. U of Florida (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27241 (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27253 Bell. Susan F. The Effects of a PreTherapy Oral Stereognostie Program on Articula-Brown, Susan Bookbinder. Imitation as a Test tion Remediation of the /8/ Phoneme. V of Children's Language Ability. San Diego State U (Speech Pathology & Audiology), of California, Santa Barbara (Speech), 1973. 1973. M.A. 27254 M.A. 27242 Berger, Joan. Recognition Memory of DeafBrown, Susan. The Intelligibility of Initial SubjectsforSigned and WrittenProse andFinalConsonantsinMonosyllabic PaAages. Herbert H. Lehman College, City Words. Tulane U (Speech Pathology and U of New York (Speech and Theatre), 1973. Audiology), 1973. MS. 27255 M.A. 27243 Bruce. Alton James. The Influence of Varied Sege. Patrick D. The Effect of Response Con- Amounts of Instruction on the Accuracy of tingent Operant Conditioning on the Recall Teacher Referrals of Elementary Grade .8ccuracy of Dichotically Presented Verbal Childrenwith SpeechProblems. U of U of Nebraska-Lincoln (Speech & Maine at Orono (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27256 Dramatic Art), 1973. M.A. 27244 Bryant, Marilyn L. Repetition of Verbal Stimuli Bingamon, Debra Grace. P.n Investigation of by Adult Aphasics as an Aid to Compre- the Effects of Interrupted Side-Tone on hension. U of Vermont (Communication Word Rate and Speech Level of Normal and Theatre), 1973. MS. 27257 Speakers. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- Boca, Da Theresa. Measurement of Reaction cation), 1973. M.A. 27245 Time of Aphasic, Brain Damage, Non- Blakely, Cora H:x. The Northwestern Syntax Aphasic and Normal Individuals to a Non- Screening Test in Black knglhh. Vanderbilt Language Visual Stimulus and a Non-Lan- U (Hearing and Speech Scienzes). 1973. M.S. guage Auditory Stimulus. CentralMichigan 27246 U (Speech and Dramatic Arts), 1973. M.A. Bloomfield, Barbara C. A Historical Review of 27258 a Diagnostic Training Program for Pre-Byrne, Sharon Kay Fandrey. Training Oral School-Age Deaf Children. East Tennessee Sensation and Perception. St. Cloud State Sate U (SpecialEducation),1973. M.A. College(SpeechScience,Pathology and 27247 Blom Judith Presser. A Psycho linguistic Ap- Audiology), 1973. M.S. 27259 proach to the Spontaneous Speech of Lan-Campanella,Paul. An Investigation of the guage Delayed Children: A Diagnostic Pro- Effects of Oral Factual and Kinesthetic cedure toElicit Spontaneous Utterances Sense Deprivation on the Ability of Male Reflecting Eight Linguistic Relations. Ohio Childrento Discriminate Auditorily Per- State U (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. ceived Stimuli. U of Montana (Speech Path- 27248 ology and Audiology), 1968. M.A. 27260 Bone. Linda Kay. A Study of the SpectralCarleson, Linda W. The Classroom Social Status Harmonic Levels and Spectral Noise Levels of Articulation Defective Students as In- Associated with the Cleft Palate Voice. U dicated by Sodometric Tests. Western Illi- of Wyornin! (Speech Pathology - Audiology), nois U (Communication Arts and Sciences), 1973. M.S. 27249 1973. M.A. 27261. 278 278 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Carter, Michele Caravel Ia. Relationships Among TexasAustin(Speech Communication), Measurement of the Receptive Abilities of 1973. M.A. 27274 Aphasic Individuals. Ohio State U (SpeechCullen, James Michael. Misarticulations in a Communication), 1973. M.A. 27262 Bilingual Population. St. Cloud State Col- Case, Sandra L A Comparison of Two Tests of lege (Speech Science. Pathology and Audi- Oral Stereognosis. U of California, Santa ology), 1973. M.S. 27275 Barbara (Speech). 1973. MA. 27263 Currin, Florence Jocelyn. Communication Bound Chaney, Robert B.. Jr. An Investigation of the Anxiety Among HighSchoolStudents: Effects of Meprobamate on Auditory Thres- Speech Impaired Versus Controls. San Diego hold as Measured by Conventional Pure State U (Speech Pathology & Audiology), Tone and Galvanic Skin Response Audi- 1973. MA. 27276 ometry. U of Montana (Speech Pathology Dank.. Steven Laurence. The Effect of Training and Audiology). 1960. M.A. 27264 on the Correctness of Students' Judgments of Articulatory Responses. St. Cloud State Chang, Ethel Cheng-Hsin. EMG Response to College(SpeechScience,Pathology and Fluent and Dinfluent Speech Among Male Audiology). 1973. M.S. 27277 andFemaleListeners.U ofMontana Daulton, Donna Sue. The Differential Effects of (SpeechPathology and Audiology).1973. Two Types of Feedback. U of California, MA. 27265 Santa Barbara (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27278 Chermak, Gail Donna. The Intelligibility of David. Donna June. Relationship Between Per- Monosyllabic Words Masked by Linguistic sonalityCharacteristics and ClinicalBe- Strings. Ohio State U (Speech Communica haviors of Speech Clinicians in Training. lion). 1973. MA. 27266 San Diego State U (Speech Pathology le Christopher. G. Keith. A Modification of Joseph Audiology). 1973. M.A. 27279 Wolpe's Habituated Desensitization Prom. Davidson.BarbaraChabek. A Comparative :cures for Stuttering Therapy. State U of Study of Two Different Clinical Methods. New Ycrk at Buffalo (Speech Communi- Ohio State tl (Speech Communication), 1973. cation). 1973. M.A. 27267 M.A. 27280 Clark. Gary E. The Influence of Noise and Davis.LisaE. An Examination of Hearing Simulated Hearing Lou on Auscultation. Threshold Levels in Three Age Groups of Central Michigan U (Speech and Dramatic Children. Western Illinois U (Communica- Arts), 1973. M.A. 27268 tion Arts and Sciences). 1973. MA. 27281 Cleppe, Christine A. Indentification of Low-Pass Filtered Vowels by Hearing-Impaired andDecere, Genevieve. An Investigation of the Re- Normal Listeners. U of Vermont (Communi- lationship of Certain Linguistic and Per- cation and Theatre). 1973. M.S. 27269 ceptual Abilities to First Grade Reading Achievement. Herbert H. Lehman College, Coburn, W. Maureen. A Descriptive Study of City U of New York (Speech and Theatre), the Motor Theory of Speech Perception. U 1973. MA. 27282 of Montana (Speech Pathology and Audi-Delaune. Pamela L. The Use of a 90-Word ology), 1972. M.A. 27270 Sample of Connected Speech in the Assess- Cohen. Laura B. The Effects of the Wilson Ini- ment of Articulatory Adequacy. Louisiana tial Syntax Program on the Articulation of State UBaton Rouge (Speech), 1973. MA. Children with a Combined Articulatory and 27283 SyntacticDeficit.U of Vermont (Com- Dickerhoof, Richard G. An Investigation into munication and Theatre). 1973. M.S. 27271 the Relationship Between the Degree of Colleary, Colleen S. An Investigation of Hand- Mumpnduced HearingLoss andthe edners and Its Relationship to the Site of Severity of the Mumps Infection. Kent State Contact Uucers. Portland State U (Speech), U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27284 1973. M.S. 27272 Diederichs, Mary M. The Effect of Verbal Criti- Couture, Carol A. A Mc shod of Increasing the cism Upon Speech fluency. U of Montana Efficiency of Teacher Referrals of Children (Speech Pathology and Audiology),1962.. with Voice Problems in the Classroom. U MA. 27285 of Vermont (Communication and Theatre), Donovan. Noreen C. A Dichotomizing Speech 1973. M.S. 27273 Discrimination Test for Normal Hearing Crittenden, Rosanna. Two Measures of Acquisi- andSensoriNeutralImpairedPersons. tion of Speech: The Verbal Expression Sub- Herbert H. Lehman College, City U of New test of the Illinois Test of Psycholinquisdc York (Speech and Theatre),1973. M.A. Abilities and Mean Sentence Length. U of 27286 279 CRAM! Alt THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 279 Dumont!. Donna L. The Effects of Order of with Language Disorders. U of Nebraska- Presentation of Submits of the Porch Index Lincoln (Speech and Drama), 1973. M.A. of Communicative Ability on Performance 27299 of Aphasic Subjects. U of Iowa (Speech Futatsuya.Koji. An Experimental Study of Pathology and Audiology), 1973. M.A. 27287 SyllabicPredictability inRecognition of England. Juliana Elizabeth. Relation of Dis- SpokenWords.PennsylvaniaState U tinctive Features to Speech Intelligibility for (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 27300 the Hearing Impaired. St. Cloud State Col- Gabria. Ronald C. A Grammatical Analysis of lege (Speech Science, Pathology and Audi- Child Language Development: A Longitu- ology). 1973. MS. 27288 dinal Study. U of Iowa (Speech Pathology Evans, Patricia Childs. Variability of Phono- and Audiology), 1973. M.A. 27301 logical Measures as a Function of Age andGarret. Roger L. Study of the Conceptually Context. San Diego State U (Speech Path- Structural Understandings. U of Montana ology & Audiology), 1973. M.A. 27289 (Speech Pathology and Audiology),1965. Fargo, Jennifer. A Clinical Proposal for Loud- M.A. 27302 nessEstimation. Kent State U (Speech), Geiger. Susan L. A Study of the Variables Af- 1973. M.A. 27290 fecting the Black Child's Ability to Dis- Feldsott. Linda E. Transfer of Training: An criminate Between Negro Nonstandard Eng- Innovative Articulation Program between lish and Standard English. Bowling Green Siblings. U of Vermont (Communication State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27303 and Theatre), 1973. M.S. 27291 Gerhardt,Kenneth Jay. An Exploration of Fertitta, Sharyn. A Comparison of the Latency Auditory Fatigue in Young School-Aged Period of the Acoustic Reflex as a Function Children. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- ofFrequency andSensationLevelin cation), 1973. M.A. 27304 Normal and Pathological Subjects. U ofGersich, Marjorie Ann. Vocal khythmic Imita- TexasAustin(SpeechCommunication), tive Abilities of Children with Normal and 1973. M.A. 27292 Defective Articulation. St. Cloud State Col- Fillingham, Ann. A Genetic and Dermato- lege (Speech Science, Pathology and Audi- glyphic Study of Labial Fistulae and Cleft ology), 1973. M.S. 27305 of the Lip and Palate in One Family. Tu- Gilbert, Catherine B. Normal and Pathological lane U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), on Forward and Reverse Bekesy Tracings. 1973. M.S. 27293 U of Alabama (Speech), 1973. MA. 27306 Fisher, Marilyn M. Two Case Studies: The Ef- fects of Chewing Therapy on le VoiceGimplin, Mardell Joy. Auditory Sequendng of and Articulation of Two School-Aged Sub- Words for Language Impaired Children. jects. U of Vermont ( Communication and San Diego State U (Speech Pathology & Audiology), 1973. M.A. 27307 Theatre), 1973. M.S. 27294 Giovannucd, Janice Elaine. The Developmental Fishman, Dina Sheinberg. Auditory Discrimina- don and "Dedifferentiation" in Aphasic Relationship of Language Skills and Articu- and Apraxic Patients. Ohio State U (Speeds lation Skills. U of Maine at Orono (Speech), Communication), 1973. MA. 27295 1973. M.A. 27308 Flanagan, Kathleen T. A Study of th!: Ind-Gondek, Mary Kathleen. Use of the Minimal deuce of Hearing Impairment in Vermont Distance Principle by Adults.St. Cloud School Children in the First, Second and State College (Speech Science, Pathology and Third Grades. U of Vermont (Commlnica- Audiology), 1973. M.S. 27309 don and Theatre). ;fr.! ZS. 27298 Gonzalez, Irma Elizabeth. The Development of Folsom, Loreen C. Left-Right Differences in a Test of Articulation in the Tex-Mex the Auditory Perception of Verbal Material Dialect of Spanish:1972-1973. Southern by Children, Ages Eight and Ft urtcen. U Methodist U (CommunicationDisorders), of Montana (Skeels Pathology . std Audi- 1973. MS. 27310 ology), 1969. M.A. 27297 Grumbine, Thayer Fleming. The Naming Func- Forbes, Rosemary A. Roache. An Investigation tion in Economically Disadvantaged Pre- of Factors Related to Lipreading Ability. U school Children. Vanderbilt U (Haring and of Maine at Orono (Speech), 1973. M.A. Speech Sciences), 1973. M.S. 27311 27298 Guerriero, Linda. Symptoms and Syndromes of Foy, Karen M. Development of a Screening Disordered Child Language. Kent State U Battery for Identification of Pre-school Girls (Speech), 1973. MA. 27312

280 280 11161.1t GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Hagey, Carolyn Marie. A Comparison of the Henneberger, Sandra C. Distinctive Feature An- Language-Prediction Abilities of Groups of alysis of Graphic Errors in Aphasic Subjects. Black and White Adolescents. Ohio State U of Florida (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27326 U (Speech Communication).1973. MA. 27313 Hero, Rosa C. An Investigation of the Rela- Hamilton, Robert S., Jr. Study of a Procedure tionship Between the Percentage of Hearing to Determine an Areal Need for Hospital- Impaired Students Receiving Speech. Hear- Based Speech and Hearing Services. U of ing, and Language Therapy in Montgomery Vermont (Communication and Theatre), County. Ohio and the Speech Therapists' 1973. M.S. 27314 Academic Background and Feelings of Com- Hammond, Edward J. Evoked Responses from petence. U of Cincinnati (Speech Pathology), the Auditory Cortex in the Un-anesthetized 1973. M.A. 27327 Chinchilla. U of Florida(Speech),1973. Hippard, Karen. Loudness Adaptation: Effects MA. 27315 Hanes, Mary Michael. A Study of the Language of Frequency on Mode of Judgment. U of Abilities of Cleft Palate Children. San Diego Cincinnati (Speech Pathology). 1973. M.A. State U (Speech Pathology Sr Audiology), 27328 1973. MA. 27316 "[oilfield,JanisL.Analysis of a Five-Week Hanky. John M. The Study of the Effects of Habilitative Program for a Pre-School Age Fluent and Disliuent Speech on the Speech Language Impaired Child. East Tennessee of Listeners. U of Montana (Speech Path- State U (SpecialEducation),1973. M.A. ology and Audiology). 1972. MA. 27317 27329 Hart, Sallie J. The Effects of Situational Vari- Hopkins, John W. A Cineradiographic Study ables on the Verbal Output of Four-to-Six of Hyoid Bone and Laryngeal Movement Year Old Children. Louisiana State U During Connected Speech. U of Florida Baton Rouge (Speech). 1973. MA. 27318 (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27330 Hasbrouck, Jon M. Production and Extinction Hopkins. Patricia Ann. A Linguistic Description Speech Disfluency as a Function of Electric of Verbal Interaction Between Mother and Shock Under Differing Reinforcement Sched- Child. St. Cloud State College (Speech Sci- ules. U of Montana (Speech Pathology and ence. Pathology and Audiology). 1973. M.S. Audiology), 19o9. MA. 27319 27331 Haug, Scott Andrew. Effect of Acoustic Couplers Horn, Richard M. Hemispherical Functioning on Intelligibility of Amplified Speech. U of in the Acquisition of Prosodic Features in TexasAustin (Speech Communication). a Second Language. Wichita State U (Logo- 1973. MA. 27320 pedics), 1973. M.A. 27332 Hayden. Margaret V. An Acoustic. Physiologic, Howard, Barbara H. A Comparative Study of and Perceptual Comparison Between Nor- Lower-Class. and Middle-Class Kindergarten mal and Ventriloquial Speech. U of Florida White Children, and of Males and Females, (Speech). 1973. MA. 27321 141 Their Ability to Handle Morphological Hayes. Ann. A Descriptive Study Which Com- Endings in Unfamiliar Situations. V of Cin- pares the Language Concepts of the Non- cinnati (Speech Pathology), 1973. M.A. 27333 Aw.bulatory Cerebral Palsied Children and Howard, Jan Elizabeth. The Influence of the Normal Children with Reference to Occu- Frostig Program of Visual Perception on pational Title. Type of Work and Nork the Reading Achievement of Educable Men- Site. Central Missouri State U (Speech Path- tally Retarded Students.East Tennessee ology). 1975. M.S. 27322 State U (Special Education),1973. M.A. Heaton. Elaine M. Sounds Described by Articu- 27334 latoryFeatures. U of Montana (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1971. M.A. 27323 Huss, Janette Burton. The Use of Function Hecht. Michael L. Phonetic Symbolism: Some Words by Deaf Adolescents. Ohio State U Semantic Correlates of Repetition in Black (Speech Communication), 1973. MA. 27335 and White Children. Queens College, CityRyder, Dale Louis. A Case Study of a Pre- U of New York (Communication Arts and School-Age Child with Perceptual Language Sciences), 1973: MA. 27324 Deficits: A Structured Training Program He taper, Patricia L. Coarticulation and Indi- and Results. East Tennessee State U (Special vidual Differences in Three Clinically Dis- Education), 1973. M.A. 27336 tinct hi Misarticulating Children. Purdue Jairell, Barbara. A Study of the Spectral Her- U (Audiology and Speech Sciences), 1973. atonic and Non-Harmonic Energy Levels in M.S. 27325 Normal and Simulated Abnormally Rough 281. GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 281 Vowel Phonation in Adult Males. U of Kruger, Anne. Effects of Delay of Reinforce- W yoming (SpeechPathology - Audiology), ment on Nonverbal Learning by Aphasic 1973. M.S. 27337 Subjects. Tulane U (Speech Pathology and Jamison, Jennifer Sue. Auditory Conceptualiza- Audiology), 1973. MS. 27350 tion Training for Adolescents with ReadingKrupke, David L. The Relationship Between Problems: Lindamood. San Diego State U Auditory Discrimination and Auditory Se- (Speech Pathology & Audiology). 1973. M.A. quencing in First Grade Children. Western 27338 Illinois U (Communication Arts and Sci- Jerome, James J. The Effects of Four Different ences), 1973. M.A. 27351 Monitoring Conditions upon AudiometricKusher. Marcia Ruth. The Effect of Broad Band Speech Discrimination Testing. Western Illi- Noise as a Pre-Test Sensitizer in Neonatal nois U (Communication Arts and Sciences), Hearing Screening. U of Nebraska-Lincoln 1973. M.A. 27339 (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1972. M.A. 27352 Jones. Fay S. An Investigation of the Homo.LaForest, Mary Pat S. Comparison of Word- genity of Articulation Disorders. U of rot- Unit and Nonsense-Unit Speech Sound ida (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27340 Discrimination Scores of Preschool Children. Pathology and Kerrick, Janet B. Auditory Monitoring of Key- U of Montana(Speech tapping Performances. Purdue U (Audi- Audiology), 1973. M.A. 27353 ology and Speech Sciences), 1973. MS. 27341 Lankford, Sally Davis. Recovery from Stuttering Khatnbata, Shireen. A Study of Visual-Motor as Viewed by Parents ofSelf-Diagnosed U ofAlabama Integration in Hearing Impaired Children. RecoveredStutterers. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech Sciences), (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27354 1973. M.S. 27342 Lawrence, Carol. A Cineffourographic Study of Lingual Activity in Cleft Palate Children. Kiely, Michael A. The Effects of Suggestion of Difficulty on the Fluency and Rate of Kent State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27355 Speech of Children During Oral Reading.Lehmann, Mary Drue. The Estimated Intelligi- U of Montana (Speech Pathology and Audi- bilityof Superior Esophageal and Me- ology), 1973. M.A. 27343 chanical Speech at Various Speech to Com- peting Message Ratios. Ohio State U (Speech Kimmel. Barry L. An Investigation of Between Ear Tynpanometry Measures in Normal Communication), 1973. M.A. 27356 Hearing Young Adults. Portland State ULeonti, Susan L., An Investigation of Vocational (Speech), 1972. MS. 27344 Rehabilitation Among Northwest Laryn- gectomes. Portland State U (Speech), 1973. Klee. Margaret A. Spectral Noise and Harmonic Levels and Roughness Severity Ratings for MS. 27357 Normal and Simulated Rough Vowels Pro- Levine, Marilyn A. Measures of Nonverbal Be- duced by Adult Males. U of Wyoming havior in Anxious ar 3 Nonanxious Com- municators. U of Florida (Speech), 1973. (SpeechPathology-Audiology).1973. MS. MA. 27358 27345 Lewis, Charles H. Effects of Four Interstimulus Knight, Catherine Currie. Comparison of Two Intervals upon Electrodermal Responses. U Methods of Obtaining a Speech Sample for of Montana (Speech Pathology and Audi- Distinctive Analysis. St. Cloud State Col- ology), 1966. M.A. 27359 lege (Speech Science, Pathology and Audi- Liff, Susan. Early Intervention and Language ology), 1973. MS. 27346 Development in Hearing Impaired Chil- Kobitisch, Linda. An Experimental Study of dren. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech the RelationshipBetweenNasality and Sciences), 1973. M.A. 27360 Judgments of Personality. U of Montana Lohmeier, Jean Anne. Development of a Screen- (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1971. ing Battery for Identification of Preschool M.A. 27347 Boys with Language Disorders. U of Ne- Koper. Rebecca. The Effects of Recruitment on braska-Lincoln (Speech & Dramatic Art), Hearing Aid Amplification inChildren. 1973. M.A. 27341 State U of New York at Buffalo SpeechLong, Lucy. The Effects of Coarticulation on Communication), 1973. M.A. 27348 Speech Sound Discrimination.Vanderbilt U Kropscott. Helen Louise. A Distinctive Feature (Hearing and Speech Sciences), 1973. MS. Analysis of the Consonantal Substitution 27362 Patterns. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- Lucca. David Jerome. The Effects of Response- cation), 1973. MA. 27349 Gottingen Presentinfon of "Wrong" on the 282 2.42 IMILIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Frequency of Defectively Articulated Pho- McGuinness, Gretchen M. A Comparative Study nemes in an Oral Reading Task. St. Cloud of Two Tests of Auditory Discrimination. State College (Speech Science, Pathology and Western Illinois U (Communication Arts Audiology), 1973. M.S. 27363 and Sciences). 1973. M.A. 27375 Ludlow, Ellen D. Equating the Severity of Voice, McGuinness, Kevin. A Comparative Study of Articulation and Rhythm Disorders. U of Hearing Thresholds Obtained. with Warble Florida (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27364 Tone and Conventional Pure Tones. Wes- Magid. Lee T. The Development of a Sum- tern Illinois U (Communication Arts and mated Rarings Scale to Measure Children's Sciences), 1973. M.A. 27376 Attitudes Toward Speech Therapy in the AlcHose, Gaylynn E. Measures of Speech Be- Public Schools. U of Cincinnati (Speech havior in Anxious and Non-anxious Com- Pathology), 1973. M.A. 27365 municators. U of Florida (Speech), 1973. Maki. Jean Eileen.Children's Perception of MA. 27377 Time-Compressed Swech Using Two Mea- McPherson, James H. The Effects of Contra- sures of Speech Discrim ilz.tiots.Michigan lateral Masking Noise on Two SISI Test State U (Audiology and Speech Sciences), Procedures in Normal Hearing Subjects and 1973. M.A. 27365 Subjects with Simulated Sensory Pathology. Mangan. James E. Comparison of the Goldman- U of Wyoming (SpeechPathology-Audi- Fristoe-WoodcockandModifiedRhyme ology). 1973. MS. 27378 TestsofAuditory Discrimination. U ofMcTeer, Vidalia. A Study of Syntax in Lower Nfontatia (Speech Pathology and Audiology), SocioeconomicChildren.Vanderbilt U 1972. M.A. 27367 (Hearing and Speech Sciences), 1973. M.S. 11Iangino, Patrick N. An Investigation of the Re- 27379 lationship Between Presentation Level andMeline, Timothy Joe. A Dynamic Study of Slope of the Loss with Maximum Discrim- Stuttering in Relation to Phonetic Con- ination in Cases of Sensori-neural Hearing trasts. Western Illinois U (Communication Lou. Kent State U (Speech),1973. M.A. Arts and Sciences), 1973. M.A. 27380 27368 Marsh, Mary Beth. Investigation of Perceptual Meverden, Harriet Elizabeth. Bekesy Audiometry Abilities in Normal and Dyslexic Children. with Children. San Diego State U (Speech Pathology & Audiology). 1973. M.A. 27381 OhioState U (SpeechComutunicatio). 1973. M.A. 27369 Michaelson. Melanie Crim. A Study of Preposi- Martin, Carole J. An Investigation of the Speak- tion Comprehension and Use By Adult er's Race and Voice Quality in Personality Aphasics, Louisiana State UBaton Rouge Judgments by Black and White Children. U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27382 of Florida (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27370 Micken, Darrell J. The Independence of Be- Martz. Phyllis Ustin. The Use of Language as tweenElectrode Renitence Variations on an Indicator of the Level of Cognitive De- the "V" PotentialinEvoked Response velopment in Children in Grades One, Four Audiometry. U of Montana (Speech Path- and Eight. Queens College, City U of New ology and Audiology). 1969. M.A. 27383 York (Communication Arts and Sciences), Mills,John. The Effectivenessof Auditory, 1973. M.A. 27371 Visual and Auditory-Visual Communication Mayhew, Preston W., II. A Psychophysical Study in Transmitting Information: An Explora- ofVowelRecognition Through Second tory Study. U of Montana (Speech Path- Format Manipulation Using Natural Speech. ology and Audiology), 1965. M.A. 27384 Central Michigan U (Speech and DramaticMilstein, Janice. A Comparison Between the Arts), 1973. M.A. 27372 Laguistic Performance of Adult Aphasia McCann. Mary Elizabeth. A Syntactical An- and theLinguistic Performance of Pre- alysis of the Utterances of a Selected Sample School Children. Queens College, City U of of Language ImpairedChildren. U of New York (Communication Arts and Sci- Maine at Orono (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27373 ences), 1973. M.A. 27385 McFall. RobertaN. A Comparison ofthe Mohberg, Sharon J. The Effects of Quality of Frequency Responses of Vented and Un- Instrumentation on Developmental Sentence ventedEarmolds u ExhibitedElectro- ScoresofKindergarten-AgedChildren. acoustically by Coupler Measurements and Moorhead State College (Speech), 1973. MA Psychoacoustically by Auditory Sensitivity 27386 Thresholds of Normals. Purdue U (Audi- Morr:son, Claire Virginia. An Evaluation of ology and Speech Sciences), 1973. M.S. 2737i the Lengthened Off Time Test in Simulated 283 GRADl'ATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 283 Pseudohypoacusis. Vanderbilt U (Hearing Movement Patterns for Normal Speakers. and Speech Sciences), 1973. M.S. 27387 U of Florida (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27400 Mosher, Nancy Low. The Use of FrequencyOxman, Karen Ann. Effects of Misarticulation Shifted and Time Restored Speech with of Is/ and /1/ on Intelligibility. St. Cloud Hearing Impaired Children. Michigan State StateCollege (Speech Science,Pathology U (Audiology and Speech Sciences), 1973. and Audiology), 1973 M.S. 27401 MA. 27388 Pappas,Penelope.Effects of Differencesin Mueller, Thomas. The Effect of Bone fondue- Male and Female Voice on Speech Dis- titlit Oscillator Placement on Latera Hutton crimination of Individuals with High Fre. Judgment. State U of New York at Buffalo quency Hearing Loss. Kent State U (Speech), (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. 27389 1973. MA. 27402 Muller, Barbara W. Language Performance of Patterson. Patricia Lee. The Effects of a Pre- Public School Children With Functionally therapyOralStereognosticProgram on Deviant Articulation. U of Florida (Speech), Articulation Repudiation of In/. U of Cal- 1973. M.A. 27390 ifornia, Santa Barbara (Speech), 1973. M.A. Murphy, Michele L The Relationship Between 27403 Oral Stereognosis and Speech Defectiveness Peck, Bonnie H. Development of a Test of in Athetoid and Spastic Quadraplegic Chil- PersonalPronounKnowledge.Mankato dren. U of Iowa (Speech Pathology and State College (Speech and Theatre Arts) Audiology). 1972. M.A. 27391 1973. MA. 27404 Norbut, Cynthia A. Perceptions of Specific Dili-Pedrini, Nancy Marie. A Comparative Study of fluency Form -Types by Normal Speaking Constructs Used by Verbally Fluent and Children. Bowling Green State U (Speech), Mahican Male ChildreninAnticipating 1973. M.A. 27392 Speaking Events. U of Maine at Orono Norton, Susan J. A Comparison of the Cortical (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27405 Auditory Evoked Response of Human Sub- Pen.ey. Elizabeth Dawn. A Diagnostic/Habilita- jects for Pure Tones, Single Noise Bursts tive Program for a Deaf Child from Birth and Double Noise Bursts of Varying Dura- to Three Years of Age. East Tennessee State tions. Purdue U (Audiology and Speech Sci- U (Special Education), 1973. MA. 27406 ences), 1973. MS. 27393 Perdue, Mary Ruff. An Analysis of Verbal Feed- Novak, Wilbert E. The Effects of Low Pass Fre- back anditsRelationship with Three quency Filtering on the Learning and Re. Clinician - Behaviors. Ohio State U (Speech trieval from Memory of Speech-like Communication), 1973. M.A. 27407 U of Iowa (Speech Pathology and Audi-Perlman, Cathy S. An Investigation of Deaf ology). 1973. M.A. 27394 and Hearing Children's Ability to Apply Oh 'mann, Patricia Ahrens. A Comparative Study Morphonernic Rules to Lexical and Non- of Two Predictive Tests of Articulation. U sense Items. U of Cincinnati (Speech Path- of Nebraska-Lincoln (Speech & Dramatic ology). 1973. M.A. 27408 Art), 1972. M.A. 27395 Peterson, Theodore Lee. An Investigation of O'Keefe. Judith Stuchel. Ability of Pre-School Phonetic Mediation in Nursery School Chil- ChildrentoIdentifyVocallyExpressed dren. St. Cloud State College (Speech Sci- Emotions. Ages 2-5. Ohio State U (Speech ence, Pathology and Audiology), 1973. MS. Communication). 1973. MA. 27396 27409 O'Malley, Honor. The Effects of Dichatically Phillips, Patsy J. Effects of Speaker- Sex- Differ- Presented Simultaneous Synchronous and ence on Listeners'Perception of Vocal Delayed Auditory Feedback on Key Tapping Roughness in Normal Vowel Productions. Performance. Purdue U (Audiology and Portland State U (Speech), 1973. MS. 27410 Speech Sciences), 1973. M.S. 27397 Osborne, David Kinney. Erroneous Identifica-Pickar, Joanne Prepositions: Their Acquisition tion of Syllables in Relation to Their Judged and Confusion in Children and Their Loss Florida Similarity. Ohio State U (Speech Communi- inAphasicIndividuals. U eF cation), 1973. M.A. 27398 (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27411 Owen, Jeffrey H. Comparison of Ten Clinical Pittman, Laura Maude. A Report on the Study Procedures of the Pure Tone Stenger Test. of the Effectiveness of the Supervision of U of Wyoming (Speech Pathology-Audi- StudentSpeechCliniciansinDirected ology),1973, M.S.27399 Teaching in the Public Schools. California Owens, D. Elisabeth. A Cinefluorographic Study State U. Chico (Speech - Drama- Dana), 1973. ofHorizontal and VerticalMandibular M.A. 27412 284 284 131111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Prigge, Diane Y. Effects of Speech Foreignness Saunders. Allen N. A Perceptual Study of Dif- Upon Three Factors of Attitude of Selected ferentiaml Crying Behavior of Infants. U American Listeners. U of California. Santa of Iowa (Spech Pathology and Audiology), 13atbara (Speech), 1973. M. %. 27113 1972. M.A. 27426 Quin. PaulE. Verbal Sequencing Abi:ity asSawyer. Donna Wynne. A Study of Cerebral Predictor of Reading Disability.Portland Dominance and Severity of Stuttering. U of State U (Speech), 1973. M.S. 27414 Maine at Orono (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27427 Randol, Merri Lee. The F.Ifett of CompressedSchnarr. John. Self. Other and Stuttering. An Speech on the Intelligibility and Compre- lmestigation of a Combined Therapeutic hension of Young Children. Wetern Illi- Approach on the Personality Dynamics of nois U (Communication Ails and Sciences). Adult Male Stutterers. San Diego State U 1973. M.A. 27415 (Speech Pathology tL Audiology). 1973. M.A. Reitheiman. Karen. Changes in Oral Sensititny 27.128 as a Function of Speech Therapy St. Cloud Schultz. Cynthia Marie. References to the Speech State College ISptech Science. Pathology and andLanguageDisordersintheBible. Audiology). 1973. M.S. 27416 Herbert H. Lehman College. City U of Rentschler. Cary J. Psycho linguistic Ability of New York (Speech and Theatre). 1973. M.A. Young Stutterers. State U if "New York at 27429 Buffalo (Speech Communication). 1973. M.A. Schuster,MarcelleMichaelson. An Investiga- 27417 tion into the Effects of Noise on Hearing Reynolds. Dorothy A. .t Study of the Processing withaRandomlySelectedPopulation. of Milltiple.Claure Sentences by Children. C. W. Post College (Speech),1973.M.S. WesternIllinois U (Communication Arts 27130 and Sciences). 1973. M.A. 27418 Seaton. William Harry. A Comparison of a Rhoads. Donna R. The Effects of Secobarbital Direct and IndirectMeasure of Critical on Electroactnistic Impedance Measurements Bands in the Monaural Chinchilla. U of in Normal Hearing Children. U of Wy- Dennis. (Speech and Hearing Science). 1973. oming (Speech Pathology-Audiology). 1973. M.A. 27431 M.S. 27419 Seek. Janet D. A Cinefluorographic Investiga- Robinson, Dorothy J. Willis. The Receptive and tion of Interrelationships Among Selected ExpressivePerformanceofRuralBlack Measures of Velopharyngeal Structures. U Children on a Test of Preposition. Louisi- of Florida (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27432 ana State U. -Baton Rouge (Speech), 1973.Sever, Joseph C., Jr. Speech Discrimination in M.A. 27420 Normal Hearing Individuals Under Adverse Rothstein, Roberta Arlene. Generation of Mean- listening Conditions. Central Michigan U ing with Phonemically Distorted English (Speech and Dramatic Arts),1973. M.A. Sentences. San Diego State 11 (Speech Path- 27433 ology k Audiology), 1973. M.A. 27421 Sigala. Blanca Estela. Differences Between Pre- Rudd, Nancy Nelson. A Study of Succesive Ad- school Monolingual and Bilingual Children ministrations of a Sentence Repetition Task on a Test of English and Spanish Auditory Performed by Deviant and Normal Speak- Language Comprehension. U of Texas ing Children. Kent State U (Speech). 1973. Austin (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. M.A. 27422 27434 Rushing. Karen Clinard. A Study of the SyntaxSimpson. Claire R. Desensitization With and Used by Hearing Impaired Children. Van- Without Siefert! Information. U of Ver- derbilt U (rlearing and Speech Sciences), mont (Communication and Theatre), 1973. M.S. 27423 MS. 27435 Sampson, Margaret Lynn. The Influence ofSklar. Linda. Evaluation of Normal and Deviant VisualContexts on Children's Compre- Language of Kindergarten Children Utiliz- hension of Two Linguistic Formulations. U ing the Diagnostic Test of Linguistic Abil- on TexasAustin (Speech Communication), ity. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27436 1973. MA. 27424 Smith, Sherri Sue. Duration and Pause Phe- Samson, Diane S. The Effects of Masking on nomena for Word Strings that Differ in the Perception of Dichotic Speech Stimuli. Linguistic Linkage Patterns. San Diego State Tulane U (Speech Pathology and Audi- U (Speech Pathology & Audiology). 1973. ology), 1973. M.S. 27425 M.A. 27437 285 GRADUATE THEWS AND DISSERTATIONS 285 Solomon, Rene Joyce. The Effects of Supple- (Communication and Theatre), 1973. M.S. mentary Written Stimuli on the Vocabulary 27449 Acquisition of Trainable Mentally Retarded Thorne, Catherine B. A Study of the Relation- Children. San Diego State U (Speech Path- ship between Syllable Rate and Fluency. 1.1 ology & Audiology). 1973. M A. 27438 of Montana (Speech Pathology and Audi- Sowada, Teresa Mae. Linguistic Comprehension ology), 1973. M.A. 27430 inChildrenasa Function of Testing Tolson,WilliamD. Threshold Testing VS Method. St. Cloud State College (Speech ScreeninginHearing Conservation Pro- Science. Pathology and Audiology),1973. grams. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. MS. 27439 27451 Sung. Carol M. A Comparison of the Speech Torrey. T. ZoAnn Davis. A Corclation of Meas- Discrimination Performance of Three Hear- urements of Language. CentralMissouri ing Impaired Adult Groups on the HFCDL State U (Speech Pathology), 1974. MS. 27452 and the C.I.D. Auditory Test W.22. U ofTown, Margaret J. A Methodological Compari- Vermont (Communication andTheatre), sonof Tone DecayinAudiometrically 1973. MS. 27440 Normal Ears. U of Montana (Speech Path- Stambaugh, Susan E. A Comparison of Speech ology and Audiology), 1968. M.A. 27453 Discrimination Scores Obtained by Talk-Warren. Susan P.Effect of Clinician's Oral bark Response, Writedown Response. and Language On Non-verbal Performance of Multiple-Choke Response Methods. West- Language-Disordered Children. U of Florida ern Illinois U (Communication Arts and (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27454 Sciences,, 1973. MA. 27441 Weber, Diane M. Parental Experiences Associ- Stefanko, Carol A. The Comparative Assessment ated with the Delayed Speech and Language of Laryngectomited Individuals and Normal Development of Their Children. State U of Speakers on a Battery of Oral Sensory- New York at Buffalo (Speech Communica- Perceptual Measures. U of Florida (Speech), tion). 1973. M.A. 27455 1973. M.A. 27442 Wegner. LetitiaI. An Investigation into the Stephens. Diane L. Speech Sound and Oral Form Relationanip. Between Functional Articu- Discrimination Abilities of Articulatory De- lation Problems and Selected Motor and fective Children. Wichita State U (Logo - Perceptual-Motor Skills. Central Michigan U (Speech and Dramatic Arts). 1973. MA. pedics), 1973. M.A. 27443 27456 Stone, Charlotte P. A Study of Receptive Vo-Weinrich, Barbara. An Assessment of the Effec- cabulary Development and Syntax Develop- tiveness of Training on Speech Pathologists ment in Mentally Retarded Children. U in Public Schools Using a Specifc Evalua- of North CarolinaGreensboro (Drama and tion Technique. U of Cincinnati (Speech Speech). 1973. M.A. 27444 Pathology), 197$. M.A. 27457 Stuart. Dennis C. A Comparison of Conven-Weldele, Frank. An Investigation into the Re- tional Hearing Aids and "Directional Mi- lationship of Aided Speech Tests to Paired crophone" Hearing Aids in the Presence Listener Judgment of Hearing Aid Trans- of Background Noise. State U of New York duced Speech. Rent Speech U (Speech), at Buffalo (Speech Communication), 1973. 1973. M.A. 27458 M.A. 27445 Whitt. Ruth Ellen Calhoun. Comparison of Sudman, Ellen. The Compared Effectiveness of Black and White Children Enrolled in Pub- Three Modeling Conditions on Vicarious lic School Speech Therapy in Austin. Texas. Learning of Syntactical Structures. Uof U of TexasAustin (Speech Communka- California, Santa Barbara (Speech).1973. don). 1973. M.A. 27459 M.A. 27446 Widnes., Anna L. Auditory Sensitbation and Swanson. Judith F. Language Development in Desensitization during Acoustic Signal De- Young Cleft Palate Children. U of Florida tection Tasks in the Monotic and Didsotic (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27447 Conditions.Purdue U (Audiology and Thelin, James W. Binaural Interactions with Speech Sciences), 1973. MS. 27480 Binaural Loudness-balance Procedures. UWilhite,Irvin Andrew. PiagetionStages of of Iowa (Speech Pathology and Audiology), Problem Solving. Louisiana State UBaton 1973. M.A. 27448 Rouge (Speech). 1973. MA. 27461 Thomasset, Lindley G. Availability and Utiliza- Wi,Iter, Yvonne. Acquisition of Certain Prepo- tion of Aphasia Information for Families sitions in Children. U of Iowa (Speech ofPost - C.V.A.Patients. U of Vermont Pathology and Audiology), 1973. MA. 27462 286 286 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH CONIMUNICAVON

Wujick.KathleenRobinson.Changesina Cue. Lenora Marguerite. Benoit-Constant Coque. Mother's Speech to her Language Learning lin: The Art of a Rhetorical Actor. U of Child. Herbert H. Lehman College. City U Southern California (Speech Communica- of New York (Speech and Theatre). 1973. tion). 1973. Ph.D. 27476 M.A. 27463 Coggin. Frederick March. The Pantomimes of Young, Rebecca Martin. The Intonation. Ar- Augustus Harris:Drury Lane. 1879.1893. ticulation. and Speaking Rate of Black and Ohio State U (Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 27477 White Speakers from Southern Unhersities.Cole. Ailene. The Grotesque in Selected Repre- Ohio State U (Speech Communication). 1973. sentative Dramatists of Twentieth Century M.A. 27464 Continental Western Europe. U of Minne- sota (Theatre Arts). 1973. Ph.D. 27478 THEATRE Cortez. Jerry Vincent. Fanny Janauschek: Ameri- ca's Last Queen of Tragedy. IT of Illinois Doctoral Dissertations (Speech Communication). 1973. Ph.D. 27479' Asermely, Albert A. Daly's Initial Decade in the D'Aponte. Miriam Gisolti. Continuing Ritual American Theatre. 1860-1869. Cit} U of Theatre: Religious Traditions of the Sot-- New York (Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 27465 rentine Penisula and the Coast of Amalfi. Bailey.Leon Edwin. The Acting Career of City U of New York (Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. Waller Huston. 1 of Illinois (Speech Com- 27480' munication). 1973. Ph.D. 27466 Daum. Paid Alexander. The Royal Circus 1782- 1809: An Analysis of Equestrian Entertain- Baxter.MarilynRuth. Modern Wolin as Heroine in Representative Plays by S. N. ment. Ohio State U (Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. Hellman. U of Wisconsin-Madison (Theatre 27481 and Drama). 1973. Ph.D. 27467' Durham. Weldon Bruce. An Invisible Armor: Beachman. Richard Clayton. Theatre of Fact The United States Army's Liberty Theatres, A Study of Plays Dramatizing Contempor- 1917.1919. U of Iowa (Speech and Dramatic aneous Events. Yale U (School of Drama), Art). 1973. Ph.D. 27482' 1973. D.F.A. 27468 Farolan. Edmundo. Antonio Martinez Ballesteros Berry. Melvin H. A History of Theatre in New and the Underground Theatre of Protest in Orleans From 1925.1935. Louisiana State U Spain. Bowling Green State U (Speech), Baton Rouge (Speech), 1973 Ph.D. 27469° 1973. Ph.D. 27483 Blake. Gary. Herman Shumlin: The Develop. Ferrell, David Michael. The Structural Func- ment of a Director. City U of New York tions of Rake Characters inRestoration (Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 27470' Comedy. U of Missouri-Columbia (Speech Bledsoe, Jerry Houston. The Ideal Outdoor and Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 27484' Theatre: Criteria and Plans for a New Fiet, Lowell Albert. Joseph Wood Krutch (1893- Dcaign. Purdue U (Communications). 1971. 1970): Humanist Critic of the Drama. U Ph.D. 27471 of Wisconsin-Madison (Theatre and Drama), Borden, Marshall E. TheRichard TheThird 1973. Ph.D. 27485' of Charles Kean, Edwin Booth and Man Flakes. Nanette Sue. Aesthetics of Modern Play Bates: A Stage Chronology and Collative Direction: Non-Realistic Drama from Pima- Analysis of Production. Performance and dello to Pinter. U of Minnesota (Theatre Text. Wayne State U (Speech Communi- Arts), 1973. Ph.D. 27486 cation & Theatre). 1973. Ph.D 27472° Fleckenstein. Joan P. Eugene O'Ngill's Theatre Brewer, Courtney H. A History of Drama in of Diomuts: The Nietzschean Influence Up- Logan. Utah. and Neighboring Communities on Selected Plays. U of Wisconsin-Madison to1925. Brigham Young U (Speech and (Theatre and Drama), 1978. Ph.D. 27487° Dramatic Arts). 1972. Ph.D. 27473° Fox, Philip II. Samuel Silos Curry's Theories of Christy. James Joseph. Five Twentieth Century a Voice and Their Application to Contem- Productions ofTraiisu and Cressida.Stan- porary Actor Training. Wayne State U ford U (Drama), 1973. PhD. 27474 (Speech Communication k Theatre), 1973. Coachbuilder, Deenax P. An Analysis of the PhD, 27488 Structure and Social Relevance of SelectedGeldard, Richard Gordon. Sophoclean Drama: Plays Written in English in India, After Essays on the Theatrical Use of Space and 1946. Brigham Young U (Speech and Dra- Time. Stanford U (Drama), 1973. Ph.D. matic Arts), 1970. Ph.D. 27475° 27489. .23? THEsES .ND DIsSERTATioNS 287

Giroux. Charles L. The History of Theatres Monolog Preaching. U of Minnesota (Speech and Related TheatricalActisityin Du- Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27503 buque, Iowa:1837-1877. 'Payne State 17 Kendrick, Claranne. A Production Study of (Speeds Communication & Theatre). 1973. 3taarning ecomes Electra.Howling Green Ph.D. 27490 State 1.7 (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 27504 Gourd. E. William. Cognitive Complexity-Sim- Kiesbv. Suzanne Blackburn. A Structural An- plicityandInformation Processingin alysis of American War Plays 1935.1948. U Theatre Audiences: An Experimental Study. of Missouri-Columbia (Speech and Dra- Bowling Green State U (Speech). 1973. Ph.D. matic Art). 1973. Ph.D. 27505° 27491' Koch. Bruno Alfons. Julius Bab's The Theatre Gray. Virginia Pommy. A History of the Kana- inthe Light of Sociology, 4 Itaic Outline. wha Players of Charleston. West Virginia A Translation and Commentary. II of Mich- from 1922 to 1972. Bowling Green State U igan (Speech Communication and Theatre), (Speeds). 1973. Ph.D. 27492' 1973. Ph.D. 27506° Dressler. Thomas H. John Murray Anderson: Koenig. Bruce. Theatre Royal. Durry Lane: An Director of Revues. Kent State (Speech), Architectural Study. U of Minnesota (Speech 1973. Ph.D. 2 ?493° Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 27507' Haarbauer. Don Ward. A Critical History of the Non-AcademicTheatreinBit mingbaco. Ko -rtge. Douglas J. Costume Design and Con- Alabama. of Wisconsin-Madison (The- struction for a New Musical Comedy: Ckver atre and Drama). 1973. Ph.D. 27494' Things. U of Illinois (Speech Communica- Harris. Albert Joseph. Jr. "This Radical Nob:" tion). 1973. Ph.D. 27508' A Study of Two Productions by Kanze Lane. Richard Albert. The Treatment of Ameri- Hisao and Kann Hideo. Ohio State U can Drama in Musical Adaptation. 1920- (Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 27495 1970. Washington State U (Speech Com- Hezlep, William C. A History of the Detroit munication). 1973. Ph.D. 27509 Opera House. 1818-1931. Wayne State U LaVista, Daniel. An Investigation into the In- (Speech Communication & Theatre). 1973. fluence of Ramistic Rhetoric on the Rhe- Ph.D. 27496' torical Expression of Shakespeare's Comic Hogstrom. Ilarold R. The l'seatment of Was Heroines. Syracuse U (Speech Education), and Militancy in the American Theatre. 1973. Ph.D. 27510 1919-1941. Syracuse U (Speech Education), Levitt. Ronald. Comedy in the Plays of Eugene 1969. Ph.D. 27497' O'Neill. City U of New York (Theatre),1972. Hooks. Eugene James. The Players:Edwin Ph.D. 27511 Booth's Legacyto American Theatre. U Loup. Alfred J. The Theatrical Productions of of Missouri-Columbia (Speech and Dra- Erwin Motor in Weimar Germany. Louisi- matic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 274980 ana State U-Baton Rouge (Speech),1973. Foroud. A Critical and Analytical Ph.D. 27512' Study of the Current Atmosphere and Con- Malcolm, James John. A Biblical Doctrine of dition of the "Shahnami-Klaani" inIran. Man and Plays Published by the Moe for Wayne State U (Speech Communication & Advanced Drama Research. U of Minnesota Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27499 (Theatre Arts), 1973. Ph.D. 27513 Joe, Tai Youn. Three Plays. University of Ne-Mann. Martin. The Musicals of Frank Loeser. braska-Lincoln (Speech & Dramatic Art). City U of New York (Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 1972. Ph.D. 27500 27514 Johnson. Gordon Scott. Japanese Drama: Studies Martin, Constance Barrie. Atlantic City as a in English and French. Wayne State U Try-Out Town. U of Illinois (Speech Com- (Speech Communication & Theatre), 1973. munication), 1973. Ph.D. 27515 Ph.D. 27501 McDonough, Patrick D. A Comparative. De- Kellerhouse, Muriel Arline.4-he Green Street scriptive Study of Management .Planning Theatre. Albany. New York Under the Practices in the Tyrone Guthrie Theater Management of John Bernard 1813-1810. and the Milwaukee Repertory Theater. U of Minnesota (Speech Communication), 1972. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama),1973. Ph.D. 27516' Ph.D. 27502 Kendall, Robert D. A Rhetorical Study of Re- McKenzie, Douglas C. The Acting of Joseph ligious Drama as a Form of Preaching: An Jefferson III. U of Oregon (Speech), 1973. Exploration of Drama as a Complement to Ph.D. 27517 288 2ss BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECHCOMMUNICATION English Me lebeck, Claude Bernard, Jr. A Historyof hePickering, Jerry Vane. The Medieval First and Second Varieties Theatreof New Folk Drama. U of California-Davis (Dra- Orleans, 1849 to 1870. Louisiana State matic Art), 1971. Ph.D. 275310 Baton Rouge (Speech). 1973. Ph.D.27518' Porter, Robert E. Interaction Analysis andthe Miller, Ralph E. William Seymour,American Rehearsal Process: Director-Actor Influence Director 1855.1933. Wayne State U(Speech and Response. U of Michigan (Speech Com- Communication & Theatre),1973. Ph.D. munication and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27532' 27519* Pyros,JohnA.MorrisGest:Producer -Im- Morris, William Carl. The TheatricalWritings presario in the American Theatre. New ofHenry AustinClapp. U ofIllinois York U (Speech and Educational Theatre), (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27520' 1973. Ph.D. 27533' Moss, Arnold. The Professional Actor asPer- Reney, G. Richard. The Dramatic Technique forming Guest Artist in American Colleges of the Comic Playwright Georges Feydeau. and Universities. New York U (Speech and U of Missouri-Columbia (Speech and Dra- Educational Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27521' matic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 27534' Mossman, Harry William. The Effects of Justi- Romanov, Patricia. Development of a National ficationandReal-Life Consequences on Theatre: A Study of Professional Indigen- Counter-AttitudinalRole-Playinginthe ous *theatre in New Zealand 1945-60.U of Theatre. U of Iowa (Speech and Dramatic Oregon (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 27335 Art). 1973. Ph.D. 27522 Rude, John Alan. Description and Analysis of Muschamp, GeorgeM.,Jr. The Honolulu Four Monthly American Theatre Maga- Theatre for Youth, 1955-1973: A Case Study sines. U of Missouri-Columbia (Speech and of Cavernment-Related Theatre in thePri- Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 27536' mary and Secondary Schools ofHawaii. U Rush, David Alan. Techniques of Biographical of Minnesota (Theatre Arts), 1973. Ph.D. DramaIllustratedby "Beethoven/Karl." 275238 U of Illinois (Speech Communication), 1973. Myrsiades, Linda Suny. The Karaghiozia Tra- Ph.D. 27537' dition and Greek Shadow Puppet Theatre: Schecter, Joel Raphael. Parody and Counter- History and Analysis. Indiana U (Theatre Mimesis in Western Drama. Yale U (School and Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 27524 of Drama), 1973. D.F.A. 27538 Neill, Elizabeth Lindsay. The Art of Minnie Seeman, Bettie. A Descriptive Study of The- Maddens }iske: A Study of Her Realistic atrical Costuming in the Court of Louis Acting. Tufts U (Drama),1970. Ph.D. 275250 Nelson. Kent Earl. A Survey of Dramatic Ac- XIV. U of Michigan (Speech Communica- tivity in Michigan Junior and Community tion and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27539° Colleges. Wayne State U (Speech Communi- Shelton, David Leslie. Dramatic Tension in cation & Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27526' Theory and Practice. U of Missouri-Co- lumbia (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Newell, James S. A Critical Analysis of the De- velopment and Growth of the Kenneth Ph.D. 27540' Sawyer Goodman Memorial Theatre and Shelton,LynnMahler.ModernAmerican School of Drama, Chicago, Illinois1925- Musical Theatre Form: An Expressive De- 1971. Wayne State U (Speech Communi- velopment of Adolphe Appia's Theories of cation t: Theatre). 1973. Ph.D. 27527' Theatre Synthesis. U of Wisconsin-Madi- Nordvold, Robert 0. Showcase for the New ion(Theatre and Drama),1973.Ph.D. Stagecraft: The Scenic Designs of the Wash- 27541' ington Square Players and The TheatreSlattery, Kenneth M. A History of Theatrical Guild, 1915-1929. Indiana U (Theatre and ActivityinFort Wayne, Indiana, with Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 27528 Emphasis ontheProfessionalTheatre: O'Neill, Patrick Bernard Anthony. A History 1884-1905. Kent State U (Speech),1973. of Theatrical Activity in Toronto, Canada: Ph.D. 27542' From Its Beginnings to1858. Louisiana Somers, John Wilmot. The Sources and Aesthe- State U-Baton Rouge (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. tIcs of. Modern Drama. U of Missouri-Co- 27529' lumbia (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1973. Christopher. The Raid on the Boule- Ph.D. 27543' vard: French Playwriting During the 1920's.Starheff, Christopher. Three Plays. U of Ne- Yale U (School of Drama), 1973. D.F.A. braska-Lincoln (Speech & Dramatic Art), 27530 1972. Ph.D. 27544 289 .GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 289

Stevens, David. A Study of Christopher Beeson Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1973. and the Phoenix or Cockpit Theatre. Bowl- PhD. 27560 ing Green State U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. Wilker, Lawrence Jacob. The Theatrical Busi- 27545' ness Practices of William A. Brady. U of Stillwell, Janet E. A Descriptive Study of the Illinois (Speech Communication),1973. Kalamazoo Civic Theatre :929-1968. U of Ph.D. 27561 Michigan.(SpeechCommunicationand Wright, Mary Elbe The Effects of Creative Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27546' Drama on Person Perception. U of Minne- Stump, Walter Ray. British Parliamentary Hear- sota (Theatre Arts), 1972. PhD. 27562 ings on the Theatre Between 1843 and 1909: Wyman, Stephen J. A Translation and Critical The Struggle for a Free Stage in London Analysis of Two Plays by Alfonso Sastre. U Revisited. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama). of Michigan (Speech Communication and 1973. Ph.D. 27547 Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27563 Tanney, Michael. The Plays of George Kelly: Yen, Joseph Chen -ying. Two Modern Chinese Background and Analysis. Tulane U (The- Dramas Translated Into English: A Stormy atre and Speech). 1973. Ph.D. 27548 Night riSitOr by Chang Yung-Hsiang and Teague, Anna Dean. Thomas Wood Stevens' As Eternal as Heaven and Earth by Wu Jo Con'ributionrto American Art Theatre IncludinganIntroductiontoModern With Emphasis on the Kenneth Sawyer Chinese Drama. Brigham young U (Speech GoodmanMemorialTheatre.1922-1930. and Dramatic Arts), 1973. Ph.D. 27564 Louisiana State U-- -Baton Rouge (Speech),Zabler, William P., Jr. The Husband and Wife 1973. Ph D. 0549 Relationship in American Drama from 1919 Tews, Thomas C. .. Reconstruction of the Set- to 1939. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. tings for Three Operas Designed by Filippo 27565 Juvarra in Rowe, 1710-1712. Louisiana State Zurcher, Carl D. An Analysis of Selected Ameri- U--Baton Rouge (Speech). 27550' can Critidsms of the Plays of Arthur Mil- Todd, Thera ld F. The Operation of the Salt ler in the Light of His Own Commentary LakeTheatre1862-1875. U of Oregon on Drama, Purdue U (Communications). (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 27551 1973. Ph.D. 27566 Tritschlcr. James Joseph. Three Variations on the History Play: A Burkean Analysis. Ohio THEATRE State U (Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27552 Van Niel. Pieter Jan. The Plays of John Os- Masters Theses borne: The Experiments and the Results.Adams, Jani S. The Development of the De- Stanford U (Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 27553 signs and the Construction of the Costumes Wallace, Raymond V. Theatre Critics for Daily for the Fort Hays Kansas State College New York Newspapers,1960-1970.Kent Production of Howard Richardson and Wil- State U (Speech), 1973. Ph. D. 27554 liam Berney's Dark of the Moon. Fort Wank, Eugene M. The Washington Square Hays Kansas State College (Theatre), 1973. Players: Experiment Toward Professional- M.S. 27567 ism. U of Oregon (Speech),1973. Ph.D.Alabaster, Gloria R. Erwin Piscator and the 27555 Dramatic Workshop. C. W. Post College Weaver, Richard A. The Dramaturgy of Elmer (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27568 Rice. U of Missouri-Columbia (Speech andAlaimo, Lawrence. The Three-Cent Serenade. Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 27556 U of Virginia (Drama), 1972. MA. 27569 Welland, Richard J. The Changing ConceptsAnderson, Diane Alice. The Contributions of of Dramatic Action and their Relationship Three Directors to a Concept of Experi- to Theatrical Form. U of Minnesota (Speech mental Theatre: Julian Beck/Judith Molina, Communication), 1972. Ph.D. 27557 Paul Sills and Peter Schumann. Northern Weingarten, Aaron. Chekhov and the American Illinois U (Theatre), 1973. MA. 27570 Director. City U of New York (Theatre),Anderson, Lynn S. Eugene O'Neill's Mourning 1972. PhD. 27558 Becomes Electra: The Tragic 1. U of Wis. Whaley, Frank L., Jr. A Descriptive Compen- conein-Madison(TheatreandDrama), diumofSelectedHistoricalAccessories 1973. M.A. 27571 Commonly Used as Stage Properties. FloridaBalsam*, Joseph G. The Company Concept as State U (Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 27559* it Affected the Production Design of One Wiley, David W. Philip Moeller of the Theatre Flew Over the Cuckoo's Nest. Ohio U Guild: An Historical and Critical Study. (School of Theatre), 1973. 27572

2 90. 2%1 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Barna, Donna. Dear Love. San Francisco StateCanpari, Dorothy N. The Anti-Hew in Selected U (Theatre Arts). 1973. M.A. 27573 PlaysofHenrikIbsen.KentState U Beatty, Timothy S. A Study of Design Problems (Speech), 1971. M.A. 27588 and Possibilities in Mounting a ProductionCataldi, Betty Jane Brown. The Dramatic Works of Jean Anouilh's Antigone. Bowling Green of John Clifford Mortimer: A Tragicomic State U (Speech), 1973. MA. 27574 Perspective. Ohio State U (Theatre), 1973. IkIl, David Howell. Barker, a play. U of Vir- M.A. 27589 ginia (Drama), 1973. MA. 27575 Catlett. Wayne Preston. The Autobiographical Deltas. Stephen Caid. Bio-Mechanics and the Basis for the Development of Recurring Uher-Marionette: Their Inherent Similari- Qualities in the Characters of Tennessee ties.Louisiana State U in New Orleans Williams. U of Southern Mississippi (The- (Drama and Communications), 1973. MA. atre Arts). 1973. MA. 27590 27576 Cesario, Michael. As You Like It: A Production Siam. Donald E. Lorca: The Supreme Sur- Design in the Manner of Eighteenth Cen- realist. An Investigation of Blood Wedding. tury Painters. Ohio U (School of Theater), Art Institute of Chicago (Goodman School 1971. M.A. 27591 of Drama). 1973. M.F.A. 27577 Boimare. Frank Peter, III. The Theatre Archi-Chandler, Pat. The Grotesque in Pirandello. tecture of Normal Bel Geddes. Louisiana Ohio U (School of Theater), 1971. M.A. State U in New Orleans (Drama and Com- 27592 Chemay, Cynthia munications), 1973. M.A. 27578 B. A Reconstruction and Borders. Ray Donell. The Case for Dramatics Promptbook Study of Shakespeare's A Mid- summer Night's Dream by Samuel Phelps. in the Secondary Schools of South Carolina. U of South Carolina (Theatre), 1972. M.A. U of Maryland (Speech and Dramatic Art). 1973. M.A. 27593 27579 Boynton.Sandra."Mise-en-sceneEuripides."Clem, Judith Jean. A Study of Five Comic Teo, State U of New York at Albany (Theatre), niques in Three Plays by Noel Coward. 1973. MA. 27580 CaliforniaState U. Fullerton(Theatre), Bradford, Kerry K. A Study of Women Char- 1973. M.A. 27594 acters in Modern Drama Showing The In-Collett, Jerry R. The Irish Plays of Dion Bouci- fluenceofBiographical andSociological cault: The Colleen Dawn, Arian -Na- Pogue, FactorsinthePlaywrightsPortrayals. The Shaughraun. Indiana U (Theatre and Northwestern State U of Louisiana (Speech Drama), 1973. M.A. 27595 and Journalism), 1973. MA. 27581 Condon. Dennis. Production Analysis of Jules Breyer. Thomas J. His Skill in the Construction: Feiffer's Little Murders. California State U. A Study of Dramaturgical Technique in Fullerton (Theatre), 1973. MA. 27596 Cvmbeline. U of WisconsinMadison (The- Conway. Janice Elisabeth Beck. The Theatrical atre and Drama). 1973. M.A. 27582 Career of Anna Elizabeth Dickinson. Louisi- Brockway, Stephen B. Three Fausts:Analysis ana State UBaton Rouge (Speech), 1973. andCrieadsm.MankatoStateCollege M.A. 27597 (Speech and TheatreArts).1973.M.A. Cook, Frederic. The Belly and What Comes 27583 After. Hunter College, City U of New York Duca !stein,Paul. The Antecedents and De- (Theatre and Cinema). 1973. M.A. 27598 velopment of American Dramatic Ballet. Creech. Kenneth C. "Right on Karl Marx." U CaliforniaStateU, Fullerton(Theatre), of Cincinnati (Theatre Arts). 1973. MA 27584 1973. MA. Burgett, Glenda Rolfs. Evaluation and Analysis 27599 Custer. Marianne. Costume Designs for Ben- of Acting inSelectedRoles. Fort Hays jamin Kansas State College (Theatre). 1973. M.S. Britten's A MidsummerNight's Dream. U of WisconsinMadison (Theatre 27585 and Drama). 1973. M.F.A. 27600 Burroughs.CarlottaB. A Visualizationof America Hurrah by Jean-Claude Van Dale. Csyszczon, ConstanceS. A Family Survives. U of North CarolinaGreensboro (Drama Hunter College, City U of New York (The. and Speech), 1973. M.F.A. 27586 atre and Cinema), 1973, M.A. 27601 Caldwell. Raymond. Characterization and Struc- Davis. Rebecca Josephine. William Shakespeare, ture in the Playwriting of Brendan Behan. theActor.Louisiana State U in New North Texas State U (Drama), 1973. M.A. Orleans (Drama and Comunications), 1973. 27587 M.A. 27602 291 GRADUATE THESESANDDISSERTATIONS 291

Dezauche. John. Edward Bond: A Critical An- Fawcett, Frances Kelly. Spain in Genet's The alysis of Five Plays With Emphasis on the Balcony.Uof Mississippi (Speech and The- Use and Meaning of Violence in the Con. atre), 1973. M.A. 27618 temporary Theatre. Tulane V (Theatre and Fetters, Frank. Two Plays:Absenceof aPast, Speech). 1973. MA. 27603 Promi.e of a Futureand Harry,King of Dick. Vance A. A Proposal for Additions and KaleidoscopeDreams. Northern Illinois U Changes in the Stage Equipment of the (Theatre), 1973. MA. 27619 Performing Arts Center of Mankato State Flakes. Susan. Aesthetics of Modern Play Direc- College. Mankato State College (Speech and tion:Non-RealisticDrama from Pirandello Theatre Arts), 1973. MA. 27604 to Pinter. San Diego State U (Drama), 1973. Drexler, Jill.Report of Three Experimental M.A. 27620 Workshops in Relaxation for Actors. San Fortner, Michael. lmamu Amiri Baraka: A Re- Diego State U (Drama), 1973. M.A. 27603 ligious Statement Contained Within Four Dritz,Barbara. Project inDirectionfor the Selected Plays. U of South Carolina (The- Touring Production ofArsops Fa Babies.San atre), 1972. MA. 27621 Diego Stale U (Drama), 1973. M.A. 27606 Foure, Lynne M. Thesis Designs for The Prime Dykes - Marshall, Tanda Lu. A Study of Wicked of Miss Jean Brodie. U3f Maryland (Speech Grandeur: A Comparative Analysis of Elec- and Dramatic Art), 1973. M.A. 27622 tra and Clytemnestra in the Greek Versions Lois M. The Development of theOriginal of the Athens Legend as a Means to Arrive Vox, Play ir.a Context of Creative Dramatics.U atAccompanying Costume Plates. U of ofVirginia (Drama), 1972. M.A. 27623 Maine at Orono (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27607 Eakes, Ion.The Genuine Lunatic: AFull- Friedman. Daniel H. TheLehrstileke.U of Length Play. California State U, Sacramento Wisconsin-Madison (Theatre and Drama), (Speech), 1970. M.A. 27608 1973. M.A. 2762,, Earle, Norman. Frank Mayo-American Actor. Galbreath, John J. An Introduction to Scene CaliforniaStateU, Sacramento (Drama), and Lighting Designs for Richard Sheridan's 1971. M.A. 27609 The Rivals. U of Wisconsin-Madison(The- F.arler, Adrian.Easter:An Original Play. U of atre and Drama), 1973. M.F.A. 27625 South Carolina (Theatre), 1968. M.A. 27610 Garnett, G. Carr. Visual Design of Jean Genet's Egan, Frank. Minstrelsy in San Francisco: 1848- The Balcony. Uof North Carolina-Greens- 1870. California State U, Sacramento boro(Drama and Speech),1973.M.F.A. (Drama). 1971. M . A . 27611 27626 Ernst, Judith Ann Hilistead. A History of the Garren, LoisZ.Costume Designfor Shake- Development of the Racine Children's The- speare's Ii of Virginia (Drama), 1972. M.A. atre. U of Wisconsin-River Falls (Speech), 27627 1973. M.S.T. 27612 Gates, Thomas.California High:A Full-Length Evans, Edward Philip. An Edited Translation Play inTwo Acts. California State U. Sacra- of August Wilhelm Inland'sfiber melee tnenta (Drama), 1972. MA. 27628 freatralischeLaufbahn.IndianaState U Gerace, Joseph B.Dracula, The Child of the (Speech), 1972. M.A. 27613 Night:A Reader's Theatre Adaptation for Fairdoth. Robert James. An Analysis of the Secondary Students. NorthernIllinois U Methods of Acting of the Abbey Theatre, (Theatre), 1973. MA.27629 1902-1908.CaliforniaStateU,Fullerton Gilbertson, John L A Director's Prompt Book (Theatre), 1973. MA. 27614 and Directorial Notes for a Staged Produc- Fakhimi, Lala Louene. An Analysis of Two tion of Murray Schispl's Lutr, With an An- DiverseDirectionalConcepts of Hamlet alysis of the Play's Meaning as Conveyed and How They Altered the Acting of Ger- Through Offbeat Comedy. Mankato State trude. California StateU, Fullerton (The- College (Speech and TheatreArts), 1973. atre).1973. M.A. 27615 MA. 27630 Farmer, Carol A. Charles Kean's and Beer- bohm Tree's Productions of A 41fidsunsmerGilmore, Thomas H. Margaret of Anjou. Cali- Night'sDream:Reflections of British Cul- fornia State1.1, Fullerton (Theatre), 1973. tural Tastes in 1850 and 1900. Northern MA. 27631 Illinois U (Theatre), 1973. MA.27616 Gimbel, William S. Director-Actor. Communica- Farrell, Richard. GermanCourt Theatres. U tion in a Production of T. S. Eliot's The of Mirouri-KansasCity(Theatre), 1973. Confidential Clerk. Montclair State College MA. 27617 (Speech and Theater), 1973. MA. 27632 292 2112 111111.10GRPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Gould, Sandra S. Development of Community Hathcock, Nancy Wyle. An Analysis of the Theatre in Waco Texas from 1924.1972. Development of the Characters of Eve, Louisiana State UBaton Rouge (Speech). Barbara, Ella, and Passionella inThe Apple 1973. M.A. 27633 Tree.California State U, Long Beach (The- Grainger, Wendy.Cinderellaas Play and as atre Arts), 1973. M.A. 27647 Technical Production. San Francisco StateHeacox, Catherine Lindsay, Production thesis, U (Theatre Arts), 1973. MA, 27634 Mishima's Kenton andHyogenplays. U of Greenwald, Michael. Project in Stage Direction Hawaii (Drama and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. fur Production of Carlo Goldoni'sTheLiar. 27648 San Diego State U (Drama), 1973. M.A. Hemakom, Usa Yaunkyong. A Production Study 27635 of ProLaw,an Innovative Experimental Gutting, John. A Production of a Full-Length Drama. U of Mississippi (Speech and Thea- Original Play:The Journey of the Old One. tre), 1973. M.FA. 27649 U of Cincinnati (Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. Hoh, Leifahn Gerry. SpecialEffects for the 27636 Amateur Theatre Organization. U of Wis- Gwin. David. Set Design for Rashonson. U of consinMadison (Theatre and Drama).1973. Virginia (Drama). 1973. M.A. 27637 M.FA. 27650 Haas. liernadena Elizabeth. The Problems In- Holkeboer, Katherine. Costuming the Ohio Uni- herent in the Design and Execution of Cos- versity1969 production ofTroilusand tunics and Make-up for Christopher Mar- Cressida.Ohio U (School of Theater), 1970. lowe'sDoctorFaustus. California State U, M.F.A. 27651 Fullerton (Theatre), 1973. MA. 27638 Holland. Charles A. An Analysis and Produc- Haas, Sally. Catalog of 19th Century Playbooks don Book for A Contemporary Stagint. of In Alden Library. Ohio U (School of The- Irwin Shaw'sBury the Dead.North Texas ater), 1973. M.A. 27639 State U (Drama), 1973. M.A. 27652 Hall. Ada Bell. A Production of the Play EdufaHoyt. Sarah Kneale. W. B. Yeats. Poetry, and with Accompanying Prompt Book. San Fran- Drama: A Production. Colorado State U ciso State U (Theatre Arts),1973. M.A. (Speech and Theatre Arts),1973. MA. 27640 27653 Hall. Roger Allan. Edward Albee and His Huge, Saundra Walker. A Project in Directing Mystery: A Structural and Thematic An- Fay and Michael Kanin's Rashonson.In- alysis ofWho's Afraid of Virginia Woolf? diana U (Theatre and Drama), 1973. MA. andA Delicate Balance. Ohio State U (The- 27654 atre), 1972. M.A. 27641 Hughes, Karen L. bnamu Amiri Wakes Black limners, John. Early Entertainments in Terre Revolutionist Character. Miami U (Com- Haute, Indiana. Indiana State U (Speech), munication and Thestr:), 1973. MA. 27855 1974. M.A. 27642 Hunter, Harold. The Design and Execution of Hanson, Elaine. Franz Kaika'sTheTrial,: A the Setting for the Ohio University Pro- Comparative Study of Ttir Work in the duction ofThe FrontPage. Ohio U (School Original Form, Translated Into English. of Theater), 1970. M.FA. 27656 With the Adaption Made for the Theatre by Andre Gide and Jean-Louis Barrault.Hutcherson, James Troy. Mime: A Definitive California State U. Sacramento (Drama), Analysis of Production, U of Idaho (The- 1971. M.A. 27643 atre Arts), 1973. M.A. 27657 Hanus, Jeunesm. A Readers' Theatre Program:Isben, Van S.Direction of Tom Jones' and Reincarnation is Good for the Soul! Cal- Harvey Schmidt'sCelebration.Purdue U ifornia State U. Sacramento (Drama). 1973. (Creative Arts), 1972. MA. 27658 MA. 27644 Jackson, Patrick Donley. An Analysis of a High Hardy.Marsha. The Evalutionof Modern School Production of A Young Lady of Lighting Practice. Art Institute of Chicago Property for Competition in the Texas In- (Goodman School of Drama), 1973. M.A. terscholastic League One-Act Play Contest. 27645 Midwestern U (Speech and Drama), 1964. Harrison, James Michael. The Confrontation M.A. 27659 of a Contemporary Audience with Restora-Jarvis, Robert C. Visual Design of Charlotte B. don Style Theatre and Staging: The Scenic Chorpenning'sjackand the Beanstalk. U Design forThe Country Wife.U of Tennes- of North Carolina Greensboro (Drama and see (Speech and Theatre), 1973. MA. 27646 Speech), 1973. ALFA. 27660 293 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 293 Jaynes, R. Lei land. Producing a Musical on Reinhold Lena's Per Holmeister. Iodises the Secondary Level: An Analysis and Pro- U (Theatre and Drama). 1973. MA. 27675 duction of Clark Gesner's You're A GoodKjos, Roger A. An Examination of John Mill- Man Charlie Brown. Midwestern U (Speech ington Synge's Relationship to the Abbey and Drama), 1972. M.A. 27661 Theatre. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama). Jaynes, Yvonne. An Analysis of a Production 1973. M.A. 27676 of Megan Terry's Viet Rock As an Experi- Koolsbergen, William John. Eugene Vakbtan- ence in Contemporary Experimental The- gov's Production of Turendot. Louisiana atre. Midwestern U (Speech and Drama). State U in New Orleans (Drama and Com- 1972. M.A. 27662 munications), 1973. M.A. 27677 Johnson. David. Production thesis, S.I. Wit-Kraig, John Bell. A Project in Design and Exe- kiewia's The Madman and the Nun. U of cution of a Stage Setting for a Production Hawaii (Drama and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. of Nichobi Machiavelli's Mandragois. In- 27663 diana U (Theatre and Drama), 1973. M.A. Johnson, Eleanor. A Problem-Approach Method 27678 ofCreativeTechniquesinDeveloping Readers' Theatre. California State U. Sacra-Kriebs, David Kip. Establishing Dramatic Space mento (Drama), 1972. M.A. 27664 on Non-proscenium Stages Through Light- Johnson, Paula A. A Directional Approach to ing. U of Tennessee (Speech and Theatre). Darrenmatt's An Angel Comes To Babylon. 1973. M.A. 27679 U of Virginia (Drama), 1973. M.A. 27665 Baler, Jeanne. A Study of Time Sequence in Jones, Jerry A. The Internship Function of Eugene O'Neill's Long Day's Journey into Equity Stock Theaters. North Texas State Night. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama). U (Drama), 1973. M.A. 27666 1973. M.A. 27680 Jones, Josephine. Costume Design for fierily IV,Kress, David A. The Children's Educational PartI.OccidentalCollege(Speech & Theatre: A Study of the First Children's Drama). 1973. MA. 27667 Theatre in the United States. U of Florida Juracek. Judie A. Scenery and Costumes for a (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27681 Production of Johnny Johnson Book byLagu, Mary Louise. The Changing Mythic Fig- Paul Green; Music by Curt Weil. U of Wis- ures in the Western. U of Cincinnati (The- consin- Madison(TheatreandDrama), atre Arts), 1973. M.A. 27682 1973. M.FA. 27668 Lambert, Marlene K. The Terre Haute Opera Kay, Clyde A. A Production Book for a Black House: 1869-1874. Indiana State U (Speech). Theatre Staging of Where Do You Go 1972. MA. 27683 From Here?Northwestern State U of Louisi- Lang, Kathryn A. A Project in Design and ana (Speech and Journalism), 1973. M.A. Execution of Costumes for a Production of 27669 Niceolo MachiaveUrs ,Mandragola. Indiana Keany, Dennis Michael. A Record of the De- U (Theatre and Drama), 1973. M.A. 27684 velopment and Execution of the Set Designs for a Production of The Women. CaliforniaLee, Julius Travis. Black Conscioumess and the State U, Long Beach (Theatre Arts). 1973. Black Arts Theatre. U of Miami (Drams), M.A. 27670 1973. M.F.A. 27685 Kendrick, C3aranne. A Production Study ofLeFever, Margaret. Playwriting for C' oldrat's Mourning Becomes Electra. Bowling Green Theatre Through Improvisation.tate U State U (Speech), 1973. MA. 27671 of New York at Albany (Theatre), 1973. Kennedy, Gordon Dixon. Designs- for Two M.A. 27686 Repertory Productions. Colorado State ULetts, Linda. Production dusk Link Red Rid- (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1973. MA. 27672 ing Rood. U of Hawaii (Drama Is Theatre), 147bhiari, Rose Marie. The National Theatre 1973. M.FA. 27687 of the Deaf: Origins and Development.Leuchtenbag, Thomas. A Creative Thesis by State U of New York at Albany (Theatre), Thomas LenehLenhag: A Production of 1973. M.A. 27673 DennisChristianson'sWilbur.Mankato Kiernan, Matthew X. The Wright Players of State College (Speech and MUM Arts), Dayton. Ohio: 1927-1930. Missal U (Com- 1973. MA. 27688 munication and Theatre), 1973. MA. 27674Lawler, Donna Lee. Director's Notebook: The Kilbane, Lynne. An English Translation of the Boys in the Bead. Fort Hays Kansas State Origintl German Text of Jakob Michael College (Theatre). 1973. kl.S. 27689

294 294 111111.10GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Levering, Catol E.The Design and Execution Miller,James Madison. A Creative Design Thesis of the Costumes forThe King Stag.Cali- in Costuming for a Production ofHamsat forniaState , long Heath (rheatre Arts). Sea. U of SouthernMississippi('Tbeam: 1973. M.A. 27690 Arts), 1973. M.F.A. 2770 Lindley.. Todd Evan. Major Developments in Miller, Ruth Ann. The Relationship of Physical the American Cinema1908.1913asRe- andMental Empathic Responses as a Means flectedbytheFilmIndustryinNew of Describing the Aesthetic Experience in Orleans. Louisiana State in New Oilcans theTheatre.BowlingGreenState U (Drama and Communications), 1973. M.A. (Speech),1973. MA. 27706 27691 Moftakhar, Hossein. A Study on Iranian The- Lyth. Jane. A Journal of Creative Dramatics atre by Bahram Beizal. Translation from Experiences with ofMentally a Group Farsi by Hossein Moftakhar. California State Disturbed Hospital Patients. HunterCol- lege. City U of New York (Theatre and U, Sacramento (Drama). 1971. MA. 27707 CinerN), 1973. M.A. 27692 Mohan. Roberta N. The Open Theatre Produc- MacDonala. Linda.A Production Thesisof tion ofThe Serpent: A Ceremony:An Ex- Echoes (A New Play by N. Richard Nash). amination of Aesthetic Purpose and Cre- U of Idaho (Theatre Arts). 1973. M.A. 27693 ative Process. Kent State U (Speech), 1973. Mallets. Cyril.Translations from the Mexican M.A. 27708 PlaywrightXavierVillaurrutia. Ohio U Molen. Janis. A Dramatic Production of Zones- (School of Theater), 1973. M.A. 27694 co's Bald SopranoandJack or the Sab- Martin, Mary B. Directing Thesis: Juno and the mission.San Francisco State U (Theatre Paycock. U of Nebraska at Omaha (Speech), Arts), 1973. MA. 27709 1973. M.A. 27695 Morris, Kenneth D. The Impact and Impli- Matthews. Georgia Lee. A Descriptive Record of cations Derived from the Restructuring of the Direction of Joe Orton's Loot. Cali- the Children's Theatre Conference. South- fornia State U, Long Beach(Theatre Arts). west Missouri State V (Speech and Theatre), 1973. MA. 27696 1973. MA. 27710 Mbughttni, Louis Tragedies of Wolfe Soyin- Navas, Judy. The Death of Certainty. San Fran- ka: The African Content. Indiana U (The- cisco State U (Theatre Arts), 1973. MA. atre and Drama). 1973. M.A. 27697 27711 McDowell,JackEdward. The Influenceof Neighbors. William Anthony. An Analysis and LightI.VeightEquipment onCinematic a Production of John Steinbeck's OfMice Style. Louisiana State U in New Orleans andMen.Midwestern U (Speechand (Drama and Communications), 1973. M.A. Drama), 1971. MA. 27712 27698 Neil, Janet E. Snyder. Scenery and Costume De- McGinis, Rickard W. Matte'sMisanthrope: signs for John Dryden's Production of "AU Production Thesis. Hunter College, City U for Love." V of Wisconsin-Madison (The- of New York (Theatre and Cinema). 1973. atre and Drama), 1973. M.F.A. 27713 MA. 27699 McNamara, John J. A Comparison of Three Oakley, James A. A Production Study of The Automobile Graveyard Contemporary Protagonist. and the Concept by Fernando Arrabal. of the Tragic Hero. California State U, Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27714 Fullerton (Theatre).1973.M.A. 27700 'lease. Cornelia Ellen. A Grammar of Gesture: O'Connell, Taaffe Cann n. Bette Davis and Joan Critical Concepts for Performance. U of Crawford: Two Screen Immortals. U of Virginia (Drama), 1972. M.A. 27701 Mississippi (Speech and Theatre), 4973. M.A. Merkle, Marcia C. The Influence of William 27715 Poet on Contemporary Shakespearean Pro- Okoampe-Ahoofe, Kwame. Evolution of the Pro- duction. U of Hawaii (Drama & Theatre), deletion of "And The Old Man Had Two Sons". U of Wisconsin-Madison (Theatre 1973. MA. 27702 Merrill, Patricia. A History of the Tonle Opera and Drama), 1973. M.A. 27716 House, St. Joseph, Missouri. U of Missouri- Olds, Eva S.Lettersfrom Eve: A Solo Drama. Kansas City (Theatre),1973. MA. 27703 Kent StateU (Speech), 1973. M.A.27717 Miller. Betty. The Presentation of an "Au- Osadebe, Oseloka 0.Perspective onItalian thentic- Style of Readers' Theatre. Cali- Renaissance Stage. Art Institute of Chicago fornia State U. Sacramento (Drama). 1974. (Goodman School of Drama), 1973. M.F.A. MA. 27704 27718

293 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 295

Park. Charles. The Actor In Brecht's Theatre. Camus. Pacific Lutheran U (Communication Northwestern State U of Louisiana (Speech Arts), 1971. M.A. 27733 and Journalism). 1973. MA. 27719 Relnh. Patricia C. A Production of Jean An- Parker. James E. A Visual Design for Mo Here's bonnie* Antigone. Bowling Green State U The Doctor in Spite of filmset/. U of North (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27734 Catalina -- Greensboro (Drama and Speech). Richerd. Edwin. Plan fur Introducing Creative 1973. M.F.A. 27720 Dramatics in Southern Georgia. Ohio U Patterson. Carol. History of Athens*Children's (*shoot of Theater). 1973. M.A. 27735 Theatre. Ohio U (School of Theater), 1972.Riedthaler, Robert L. A Scenic Design for MA. 27721 Eugene O'Neill's The Hairy Ape Based Payne. Barbara Cooper. Theatre as a Social upon a Niettschenn Approach tothe Play. Event: A Production Study of the Play He Kent State U %). 1973. M.A. 27736 Who Gets Slapped. Li of Tennessee (Speech Rimier,Nancy DirectingtheMusical and Theatre). 1973. M.A. 27722 Company at the t:inswood Community Play- Peebles. Sheila E. A History of the Pittsburgh house: A Production Thesis. Hunter Col- Stage.1891-1896. Kent State U (Speech), lege. City U of New York (Theatre and 1973. M.A. 27723 Cinema). 1973. M.A. 27737 Peterson, Jane. Arthur Kopit in the Commercial Roane. Andrea Theresa. The Showboat as a Theatre: A Playwright in Perspective. Tu- Theatrical Institution in New Orleans: 1831 lane U (Theatre and Speech), 1973. M.A. to 1940. Louisiana State U in New Orleans (Drama and Communications). 1973. MA. 27724 Peterson. Raymond L. The Competitive One- 27738 Robertson.Carolyn.CostumeDesignsfor Act Program in South Dakota High Schools. U. Sacramento South Dakota State U (Speech). 1973. M.A. Cabaret. CaliforniaState (Drama). 1972. M.A. 27739 27725 Robertson, Grace. No Common Glory. (A Play Pia, Frank. The Father's Son, a Non-Verbal Ex- based on the last years of Charles II). Oc- Play.C. W. PostCollege pressionistic cidental College (Speech & Drama), 1973. (Speech). 1973. M.A. 27726 M.A. 27740 Piankian. Dianne Lynne. The Merchant of Robinson,Kay M. Elementary Speech and Venice as a Pro-Capitalistic Play. Herbert Drama Education and Its Implementation H. Lehman College, City U of New York in Wisconsin's Elementary Schools. U of (Speech and Theatre). 1973 .MA. 27727 Wisconsin-Stevens Point (Communication). Pinkston. Claude A.. Jr. Identity and Existence: 1973. MS.T. 27741 A Survey of Realities in Contemporary Rodcower. Andrea jean. An Analysis and Com- Dramas by Jean Genet, Edward Alhee and parison of the Production-Oriented Dra- Tom Stoppard. U of Florida (Speech). 1973. matic Theories of Vsevolexl Meyerhold and MA. 27728 Bcrtolt Brecht. Herbert H. Lehman College. Pinson. Robert Lamar. Early European Drs- City U of New York (Speech and Theatre), math: Presentation of the American Indian: 1973. M.A. 27742 Spain.France and England.1492-1700. Rody, Robert J. Converting a Classroom into a Louisiana State U in New Orleans (Drama Flexible, Feasible Production Fadlity with and Communications), 1973. MA. 27729 Production Designs for Joe Egg. Bowling Porter. Betty. Yannykas and Marika; Mouschenka Green State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27743 and the Green Snlpdragon; The MagicRows, Delenna. Aissf-The Marionettes A Meta: Plays for Puppets. California State Play. Midwestern U (Speech and Drama), U. Sacramento (Drama). 1970. M.A. 27730 1966. MA. 27744 Reed, Wilbert Wayne, Sr. The Status of Dra- Romeo, Santo J. The Medieval and Renaissance matic Productions in the Black Colleges and Theatres as Expressions of their Timm Universities, 1962-1971. Northeast Louisiana A.D. 500-1650. Memphis State V (Speech U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27731 Communication), 1973. MA. 27745 Reeves, David Heard. The Christian Prince: Rose, Mark. Victory, Come Out of IA. Stmed,Pils, An Analysis of the Role of Hamlet. Mid- Dear: A Full-Length Play. California State western U (Speech and Drama), 1973. M.A. U, Sacramento (Speech), 1970. MA. 27748 27732 Roar, Robert. Promise of the Reining Aged: An Reisinger, Lynette. The Existential Theatre as Original Three Act Play. San 'undue Viewed by Jean Paul Sartre and Albert State U (Theatre Arts), 1973: MA. 27747

296 21. ltl111.10GRAHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Royer. Sister Judith. Production Analysis of SelectedPlays by Elmer Rice. Northern T. S. Eliot'sThe CocktailParty. California Illinois U (Theatre), 1973. MA. 27762 StateU, Fullerton (Theatre).1973. M.A. Skibinski.Elena.Eugenelonesco:ndHis 27748 Absurd Ancestor, the Rumanian Playwright Rueckert. Marsha. The Handbook of Educa- Ian Luca Caragiale. Hunter College, City tionalTheatrePromotionManagement. of New York (Theatre and Cinema). 1973. California StateU, Sacramento (Drama), MA. 27763 1972. MA. 27749 Smith, Catherine. Inigo Jones and Banqueting Saint Clair, Pita. The Artist Figure in the Plays House of 1619: Sources of the English Pro- of Philip Barry. Ohio U (School of The- scenium. U of Virginia (Drama). 1972. MA. ater), 1972. M.A. 27750 27764 Smith. Rodger. A Production Notebook of Forty Schmidt.CarlMichael.Valle-Inc Ian:Three Carats as Produced for the Springfield Little Plays. Hunter College, City U of New York Theatre.SouthwestMissouriStateU (Theatre and Cinema), 1973. MA. 27751 (Speech and Theatre), 1973. MA. 27765 Schmid. William F. The Three Musketeers: A Sodden, Richard P. The Acting Apprenticeship Production Thesis. Art Institute of Chicago (Goodman School of Drama), 1973. M.F.A. of George Frederick Cooke in the English Provinces. Louisiana State U-- -Baton Rouge 27752 (Speech). 1973. MA. 27766 Searle. Arlene L. A Study of the CharacteristicsSone.. Charles Ellis. The Bible as a Source for of Eight of the Female Protagonists in Seven Readers Theatre. U of Mississippi (Speech of the Longer Plays by Tennessee Williams. and Theatre), 1973. M.A. 27767 Pacific Lutheran U (Communication Arts), Staggenborg, Robert. Heartbreak House and the 1970. MA. 27753 Shavian Dialectic of Theater. U of Cin- Seaton. Charles Wallace. A Production and Pro- cinnati (Theater Arts). 1973. MA. 27768 ductioncookof RobertAnderson'sISteele, Charles Edward. David Garridc's Mac- Never Sang forMy Father. Baylor U (Oral beth. U of Virginia (Drama), 1973. M.A. Communication), 1973. M.A. 27754 27769 Senne. Sheri 11 Ann. Creating a Role: Ducts-Steele, Edward J. The Relationship of Predic- thin of a Methodology Utilizing the Ap- tive-Empathic Ability. Bowling Green State plied Psychology of Occult Science. Cali- U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27770 fornia State U, Fullerton (Theatre), 1973.Steerarod, Spencer. The History of the Nelson- MA. 27755 ville Opera House. Ohio U (School of The- Ser len.Bruce. Grocery,Cackle, and Play Ball. atre), 1973. MA. 27771 Hunter College, City U of New York (The-Stein, Karen Sue. Vaudeville in New York City atre and amnia), 1973. M.A. 27756 1900 to 1910. Louisiana State U-Baton Sethney. Richard C. History of Rapid City Com- Rouge (Speech), 1973. MA. 27772 munity Theatre From 1943 to 1973. SouthStephenson, R. Rex. The Premier Season of Dakota State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27757 Wysor's Grand Opera House. 1892. Indiana Setter. Carol Banks. Augustus Thomas and His State U (Speech), 1973. M.A. 27773 Role in Theatre Management Problems Be- Stewart, Delia Waddington. The Emergence of tween 1919-1924. Miami U (Communication the Choreographer-DirectorinAmerican and Theatre). 1973. M.A. 27758 Musical Theatre. L0421141111 State U in New Shulman, Donald. Business and the Arts: To- Orleans (Drama and Communications), 1973. gether and Equal. Art Institute of Chicago M.A. 27774 (Goodman School of Draw), 1973. M.F.A.Stewart, Elizabeth Ann. The Use of Drama in 27759 the Treatment of the Mind. U of South Simons. Mary Diane Roland. Come Sweet Carolina (Theatre). 1973. M.A. 27775 Death: AProject in Stage Direction. TexasSwiss, Cited. History of Theatre at Muskingum Christian U (Theatre Arts), 1973. M.F.A. College. Ohio U (School of Theater), 1972. 27760 MA. 27776 Simpers. Wesley A. Seriousness in the Non- Sylvester, Robert Emerson. Directing Come Blow serious Plays of Noel Coward. U of Virginia Your Horn. U of Miami (Drama). 1973. (Drams). 1972. M.A. 27761 M.F.A. 27777 Sits. Gareth Mann. From Idea to Character. A Saari. Louis J. Analysis. Technique and Direc- Critical Analysis of Ttematic Material as a tion of The Great God Brown. Kent State U Component of Character Development in (Seech). 1972. M.A. 27778

297 297 GRADUATE THESES ANDDISSERTATIONS Her Children. San Diego StateU (Drama), Thackaberry, Arthur Neil. WilliamHobbs and 1973. M.A. 27793 Stage Combat. Louisiana StateU in New the Stage Di- 1973. Vincent. Harvey. The Role of Orleans (Drama and Communications), rector in Opera. HunterCollege, City U of MA. 27779 New York (Theatre and Cinema),1973. M.A. Thackaberry. Mary Jo. The SirTyrone Guthrie- 27794 Tanya Moiseiwitsch ThrustStage Concept. of Louisville: (Drama Volk, Thomas W. Actors Theatre Louisiana State U in New Orleans 1963-1971. Wake Forest U (SpeechCom- and Communications), 1973. M.A.27780 munication and Theatre Arts), 1973.MA. Record of the De- Thomas. Susan Irene. A 27795 velopment and Execution of Settings.Cos- Waddell, Richard E. Theatre inCharlottesville, tumes, and Makeup for aProduction of 1886.1912: The Levy Opera Houseand the State U. The Cherry Orchard. California JeffersonAuditorium. U of Virginia Long Beach (TheatreArts),1973. MA. (Drama), 1972. M.A. 27796 27781 Walker, Janet Hayes. A Productionof Fashion. Thompson, Fred Edgar. Creating aTheatre. U Hunter College, City U of NewYork (The- of Southern Mississippi (Theatre Arts),1973. atre and Cinema). 1973. M.A.27797 M.A. 27782 Walsh. Mary Ann. An Analysis ofthe Creative Tidwell, Douglas Alden. The CountryMusic Processes of Robert Bolt in WritingA Man Narration: A Theatrical Experience Created For All Seasons: His Use andModification foraNon-Theatre OrientedAudience. ofSources.Midwestern U (Speech and Memphis State U (Speech Communication), Drama). 1970. M.A. 27798 1973. M.A. 27783 Webster, Hoyt Wayne. The Absenceof Light: Tontson. Rose L The "Almoet-There"Play- a Study in Stage Lighting.U of Mississippi wright and How He Finds Supportfor His (Speech and Theatre). 1973. M.F.A. 27799 York Work. Hunter College, City t' of New Werner, David. There is AlwaysTomorrow: An (Theatre and Cinema), 1973. M.A.27784 Original Play. U of South Carolina(The- Torda. Thomas J. The Achievements ofAlex- atre), 1973. M.A. 27800 ander Tairov's Kaweray Theater. OhioUWhite, Cathy. Lestac Method ofVocal Explora- (School of Theater), 1971. M.F.A.27785 tion Applied to the Production ofKopit's Toipey, Glennis A. A Comparative Study ofthe Chamber Music. Ohio U (School of The- Physical Conventions of No and Kabuki ater), 1973. M.A. 27801 Illustrated with an Examination of P6)511.Whitehead. Marjorie. Sarah Kirby Stark:Cali- Bowling Green State U (Speeds), 1973. M.A. fornia's Pioneer Actress-Manager. California 27786 State U, Sacramento (Drama), 1972.M.A. Treacy. Robert Emmet. Still Bons: AnOriginal 27802 Play. U of South Carolina (Theatre), 1973. Whidatch, Michael D. Paul Robeson:The M.A. 27787 Effect of His PoliticalActivity on His Tretkr. Lawrence Joseph. The Director inthe Theatrical Career, Miami U (Communi- Workers' Troupes: A Study of the American cation and Theatre). 1973. M.A. 27803 Agitprop as a Theatre. Herbert H. Lehman Wichmann,Elizabeth. The Ideologicaland College, City U of New York (Speech and ArtisticRevisionof Tien Han's The Theatre), 1973. M.A. 27788 White Snake. U of Hawaii (Drama and Trigg. Marcia Pauline. Dames at Sea: A Creative Theatre), 1973. M.A. 27804 Thesis in Acting. U of Southern MississippiWilliams, Judith W. Bacon. An Applicationof Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. 27789 Epic Theory to a Production of Maxwell "'whirs', Dale L. The Contemporary Acting Anderson's Anne of the Thousand Days. U Aesthetic in Relation to Selected Acting of Maine at Orono (Speech), 1973. M.A. Theories. U of Wyoming (Communication 27805 Williams, Roger Mark. An Investiption into the & Theatre), 1972. M.A. 27790 Tyler. Robert. Theatre in Afro-America. Hunter Techniques and Problems Amodated with Mame, City U of New York (Theatre and 353411 Projections as Scenic Elements in Cinema), 1971. M.A. 27791 the Design of Shakespeare's Much Ado Roger. Contemporary Music. Fairfield U About Nothing. California State U, Long leach (Theatre Ara), 1973. H.A. 27806 (Graduate School of Communication), 1971. MA. 27792 Wojcik, Linda B. Symmetry: A Keens to an Van Lao. Banett W. Project in Scenic Design End. California State U, Fullerton (The- for the Production of Mother Courage and atre), 1973. M.A. 27807

298 298 11181.10 GRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Woodruff, Robert. Winnie the Pofh. San Fran- budget, Low-budget Theatrical Events. San cis,., State U (Theatre Arts),1973. M.A. FranciscoState U (TheatreArts),1873. 27808 M.A. 27812 Wroblewski, Frederick. Many Voices: TowardsZingale, Frank. Directing Arthur Miller's The a People's Theatre in America. Art Insti- Price in Huntington, Long Island: A Pro- tuteofChicago (GoodmanSchoolof duction Book. Hunter College, City U of Drama). 1973. M.F.A. 27809 New York (Theatre and Cinema). 1973. Yarde. Richard E. Selected Acoustical Perform- M.A. 27813 ance Problems in a 300 Seat Thrust 1 he-Zingale, Jeanne Wiegand. The Plays of Lor- ater. Ohio U (School of Theater), 1973. raine Hansberry: Theses of Confrontation M.F.A. 27810 and Commitment. Ohio State U (Theatre), Zachary, Samuel J. The Effectiveness of Music 1973. MA. 27814 in Aiding a Dramatic Scene to Evoke theZupancic, Anthony J. A Study of the Rela- Desired Response from the Audience. Bowl- tionshipBetween ActorPerception and ing Green State U (Speech).1973. M.A. Audience Perception of Vladimir and Estra- 27811 gon in Waiting for Godot. North Texas lien,Laurie.Publicity Techniquesfor No- State U (Drama), 1973. M.A. 27815

411

299 INDEX TO ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTSREPORTING MASTERS THESES ANDDOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS

Compiled by FLORA LISA MILLER

The following is an "academicdepartment" index listingidentification num- in bers for all thesis and dissertationtitles and dissertation abstracts appearing this volume. The index isarranged alphabetically according to the nameof the college or university with the nameof each discrete department submitting entries appearing immediately afterthe school designation. An asterisk(') denotes abstracts section of the Annual. a dissertationabstract of the entry appears in the

ABILENE CHRISTIAN COLLEGE CALIFORNIA STATE (Communication) UN I VERSITY-CH ICO (Speeds-Drama-Danre) 267.29,26754,26755,26765 26927, 27412 ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) CALIFORNIA STATE 26956 UNIVERSITY-FULLERTON (Theatre) ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO 27594,27596,27614,27615,27631, (Goodman School of Drama) 27584. 27638,27700, 27748,27755,27807, 27577, 27645,27718. 27752,27759,27809 CALIFORNIA STATE AUBURN UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY-HAY1VARD (Speech and Drama) 26466. 26652,26811, 27078,27084, 27089, 26950, 26952 27126 BALL STATE UNIVERSITY CALIFORNIA STATE (Speech) .UNIVERSITY--LONG BEACH 26457.28458, 26484 (Speech Communication) 26541, 26906,26931, 27105 BAYLOR UNIVERSITY (Oral Communication) (Theatre Arts) 26814,26905,26907,28928. 27754 27647,27670,27690,27696.27781, 27806 BOWLING GREEN STATE UNIVERSITY CALIFORNIA STATE (Speech) UNIVERSITY-NORTHRIDGE 27006', 27138,27213', 26834*, 26850'. 26992. (Speech Communication) 27392, 27411, 27491'. 27492', 27504', 27303. 27068 27545', 27574,27671.27706,27714,27734, 27743,27770.27788,27811 CALIFORNIA STATE BRADLEY UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY-SACRAMENTO (Speech and Theatre Arts) (Mama) 27097 27609,27611,27628,27643,27644,27664, 27802 BRIGHAM YOUNG uranium 27704,27707.27730,27739,27749, (Speech and Dramatic Aura) (Sinto) 26999', 27475', 27475'. 27564' 27606,27746 C. W. POST COLLEGE OF CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) (SPeeth) 27164,27206 27057.27450, 27568, 27726 MSC 27155.

'.300 QUO BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

CENTRAL MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) (Speech and Dramatic Arts) 26627 26535.27234.27255.27258,27268,27372, 27433.27456 (Theatre) 27567,27585,27689 CENTRAL MISSOURI STATE UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) HiRBERT H. LEHMAN COLLEGE. 26455,26544,26903.27081.27113 CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK (Speech Pathology) (Speech and Theatre) 27322,27452 26917,26951,27243.27282,27286.27429, 27463,27727,27742,27788 CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK (Speech and Hearing Sciences) HUNTER COLLEGE. 27146'. 27168'. 27196', 27208' CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK (Theatre) (Speech Communication) 27465.27478°, 27480. 27511.27514'. 27558 26515 COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY (Theatre and Cinema) (Speech and Theatre Arts) 27598,27601,27692,27699,27737,27751, 26638,26761.27127.27653,27672 27756.27763,27784,27791,27794.27797, 27813 EAST TENNESSEE STATE UNIVERSITY (Special Education) ILLINOIS STATE UNIVERSITY 27247, 27329, 27334,27336,27406 (Information Sciences) EASTERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY 26612,26802.26808.26810. 27065.27116 (SpeechCommunication) 26537.26601.26620.26622.26832.26933, INDIANASTATE UNIVERSITY 27060 (Speech) FAIRFIELD UNIVERSITY 27053.27064, 27613.27642.27623,27773 (Graduate School cot. Communication) INDIANA 'cJNWERSITY 26496,26500, 26512.26513.26521, 26530. (Radio and I..ievision) 26538,26593,.6613,26621,26646,26675. 26785 26677.26679,26727.26728,26730.26751, 2E/32.26733,26735.26738.26740,26741, (SPeech) 26744.26745.26749.26753.26759,26760 26482,26548,265650, 26566', 26572,26577, 26766,26775,26776.26793.26796.28820. 26718,26826,26836,268410, 26842, 26910.26918, 26922.26923, 27108,27792 26844. 26846,26849,26860,28861,26868,26884, FLORIDA STATE UNIVERSITY 26986,28896,26925,26947,26949,26987, (Communication) 26988,26989,26991', 27003, 27037',270400, 26461,26467,26471', 26516,26529,26547, 27062.27082,27092,27133,27159 26554°. 26557', 26563°, 26587,26630,26648. 76696°, 26701,26703,:46705,26709', 26712, (Theatre and Drama) 26716,26748,26763,26798,26816,26839. 27562,27524.27528,27547,27560,27595, 26851,26873,26879,26889', 26890, 26893', 27654,27675.27676,27678,27680.27684, 26897.26960.26961,26965', 27045 27697 (Habilitative Sciences) KEARNEY STATE COLLEGE 27192', 27193', 272100 (Speech) 27110 (Speech) 26591,26596,26626,26636,26645,26698. KENT STATE UNIVERSITY 26835,26872.26892.26955,27073.27112 (back 26767. (Speech Communication) 26799,26806,26857', 26998',27035', 26655 27100,27190', 27194,27198,27206,27241, 27284,27290,27312,27355.27368,27402, (Theatre) 27422.27456,27451.27458.27493°,275420, 273590 27554°,27565'. 27588,27708.27717,27723, PORT HAYS KANSAS STATE COLLEGE 27736,27778

3 01 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENT INDEX 301

LOUISIANA STATE NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY-BATON ROUGE (Speech) ("peech) 26683 26693', 264511. 26574,26588,26619,26631, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY 27189', 26722,26908.26914,26824,26957, (Cinema Studies) 27283,27318,27382,27420,27461,27469', 27512', 27518', 27529'. 27549', 27550'. 27597, 26707'. 26714 27633,27766,27772 (Speech and Educational Totatre) 275211, 27533' LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY IN NEW ORLEANS NORTH TEXAS STATE UNIVERSITY (Drama and Communications) (Drama) 27576,27578,27602,27677,27691.27698, 275147. 27652,27666,27815 27780 27729,27738,27774,27779, (Speech Communication) MANKATO STATE COLLEGE 26542.26681.26818,26943,26958,26959, (Speech and Theatre Arts) 27069.27094,27117,27124,27125 26459,26517.26902,26916,27404,27583, NORTHEAST LOUISIANA UNIVERSITY 27604,27630,27688 (Speech) MARQUETTE UNIVERSITY 27731 (Speech) NORTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY 2646526615 (Speech Communication) 26463,26543,26617,26647,26737,26809, MEMPHIS STATE UNIVERSITY 26815,26817,26929,26962,27091 (Speech Communication) 26498,26807,27095,27745,27783, (Theatre) 27570,27616,27619.27629.27762 MIAMI UNIVERSITY (Comnsuniction and Theatre) NORTHWESTERN STATE UNIVERSITY 27655,27674,27758,27803 OF LOUISIANA (Speech and Journalism) MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY 26497,26524,27581,27669,27719 (Audiology and SPeeth Sciences) 27202', 27211', 27212', 27396, NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 27151'. 27188, (Communication Studies) 27388 26575,27046 (Communication) (Communicadve Disorders) 26685', 26686', 26589', 26569', 26576', 26594, 27143,27144,27149,27150,27160', 27167, 26777,2095,26797,27028', 27066,27080, 27185', 27219 27123 (Interdepartmental Studies) (Television and Radio) 26483 26724,26758,26769.26791,26803 (Interpretation) MIDWESTERN UNIVERSITY 26687,26660'1, 26664', 26665' (Speech and Drama) (Radio, Television and Film) 27661,27662,27712, 26921.25934,27659, 26719 27732,27744.27798 (Speech Education) MONTCLAIR STATE COLLEGE 26468' (Speech and Theatre) 27632 OCCIDENTAL COLLEGE (Spaeth and Drama) MOORHEAII STATE COLLEGE 27667,27740 (Speech) OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 27229,27386 (Speeds Ccesmunication) MURRAY STATE UNIVERSITY 26518.26553.26559,26700*, 26715', 213747. (Communications) 26770,26784,26792,26804,26812,26819, 26768,26789,26813,23919 26822', 26824,268651 26880', 258871, 26888',

X02, 302 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

26899', 26911,26913,26926,26939,26941, QUEENS COLLEGE. 26963,26966', 26973', 26974', 269830, 269860, CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK 27002*, 27099,27120,27207', 27214*, 272186, (Communication Arts and Sciences) 27220*. 27226', 27238,27245,27248,27252, 26460,26462,26637,267.8,27115,27136, 27262,27266,27280,27295,27304,27313, 27137,27324. 27371,27385 27335,27349,27356,27369,27396, 27598, 27407.27464 ST. CLOUD STATE COLLEGE (Speech Science. Pathology, and Audiology) (Theatre) 27259.27275.27277,27288.27305,27309, 27331,27346.27363.27401, 26336,27477,27481,27495,27532', 27589, 27409,27416, 27641,27814 27439 OHIO UNIVERSITY SAN DIEGO STATE UNIVERSITY (Hearing and Speech Sciences) (Drama) 27605.27606.27620.27635. 27142,27164,27178,27195 27793 (School of Interpersonal Communication) (Speech Communication) 27061.27085,27086 26484*, 26552', 26661', 26823°, 26853°, 26857, 26891,26967,26970,26984', 27027,27034. (Speech Pathology and Audiology) 27055,27072.27075,27140,27183' 27254.27276.27279.27289,27307,27316, 27338.27381.27421.27428,27437,27438 (School of Theatre) 27572, 27591,27592,27639,27651,27656, SAN FRANCISCO STATE UNIVERSITY 27694,27721,27735,27750,27771,27776, (Speech Communication) 27785,-.801,27810 26602,26614,26618.26624, 26633,27054, 27087 PACIFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY (Communication Arts) (Theatre Arts) 26453,27733,27753 27573,27334,27640.27709. 27711.27747. 27808,27812 PACIFIC UNIVERSITY (Speech and Communication) SAN JOSE STATE UNIVERSITY 26514,26540 (Speech-Communication) 26523,26527,76632,27059, 27129 PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) SOUTH DAKOTA STATE UNIVERSITY 264856, 26499,26501,26504,26508,26511, (SPeer-h) 26534.26592,26649,26702,26726,26790, 27101.27725.27757 26800,268326, 268646, 26882,26944,26946, SOUTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY 269776, 27004°, 270256, 27039.27090,27104, (Speech) 27111,27114,27118,27122,27128,27132, 27300 264726, 265616, 266540, 266990, 268270, 26829', 26866', 268696, 26874*, 268766, 270119, 270326 PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY SOUTHERN METHODIST UNIVERSITY (Speech) (Communication Disorders) 26742,27272, 27344,27357.27410,27414 27310 PURDUE UNIVERSITY (Audiology and Speech Sciences) SOUTHWEST MISSOURI 271546, 271566, 271706, 27172°, 27204°, 27261, STATE UNIVERSITY 27325, 27341,27374,27393.27397, 27460 (Speech and Theatre) 26673.26678.27067,27135.27710,27765 (Communication) STANFORD UNIVERSITY 26470', 264756, 26476*, 264916. 26506,26549, (Drama) 26558.26589*, 26611.26642,26650.26845', 27474.27489,27553 26896*, 26935,26953,26971°. 26978+, 27013° (Communications)) STATE UNIVERSITY OF 27471.27566 NEW YORK AT BUFFALO (Speech Communication) (Creadve Arta) 26507,26533,27147', 271486, 272010, 27267. 27348,27389,27417,27445. 27455

303 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENT INDEX 303 STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. COLLEGE AT CORTLAND DAVIS (Speech and Theatre Arts) (Dramatic Art) 26503,27056 27531 STEPHEN F. AUSTIN UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, STATE UNIVERSITY SANTA BARBARA (Speech Communication) (Speech) 27083.27088.27119,27232.27242, 26605.26739 27074, 27263,27278,27403.27413, 274...6 SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY (Speech Education) UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI 26863, 27016. 27017. 27019. 27024,27033, (Communication Arts) 27497, 27510 26595.26948 (TelevisionRadio (Speech Pathology) 27333,27365,27408, 27177 27159. 27327,27328, 27457 TEACHERS COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY (Theatre Arts) (Speech Pathology and Audiology) 27599,27636.27682,27768 27162, 27169,27187,27221 UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO TEMPLE UNIVERSITY (Communication) (Speech) 26474, 26985.26995, 27005,27022.27071. 26481,26490,26493,26495,26871.26877, 27134 26878,26976.27023.27048.27141,27157. UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT 27181 (Communication) TEXAS CHRISTIAN UNIVERSITY 26474', 26985,26995'.27005.27022,27071, (Speech Communication) 27134 26545 UNIVERSITY OF DELAWARE (Theatre Arts) (SpeechCommunication) 27760 26525 TUFTS UNIVERSITY (Speech and Dramatic Arts) (Drama) 26751 27525' UNIVERSITY OF DENVER TULANE UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) (Speech Pathology and Audiology) 26367, 26570, 26571, 26583, 26590', 26669, 27255,27293.27350.27425 26692, 26706, 26968,26993°, 27031, 27096 (Theatre and Speech) UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA 27548.27603.27724 (Speech) 26450,26510,26643,27010,27052,27173, UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA 27203,27236,27253,27315,27321,27326, (Speech) 27330,27340.27358.27364.27370.27377, 27306,27354 27390,27400,27411.27432,27442,27447, 27454,27681,27728 UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA (Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA 26666 (Speech annmunicatIon) 26606.26609,27098 UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS (Speeds and Dramatic Art) UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII 26954 (Drama and Theatre) 27648, 27663,27687.27702, 27804 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY UNIVERSITY OF HUSTON (Rhetoric) (Spaeth) 27041', 27051. 27191' 26682.27109 304 ;'.0 1 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION UNIVERSITY OF IDAHO (Theatre Arts) (Theatre Arts) 27478, 27486,27513,27523, 27562 27657,27693 UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS (Speech and Theatre) (Speech Communication) 27618,27649.27715,27767.27799 26656. 26848,26938, 26972, 27018, 27038. 27466,27479, 27508+, 27515, 27520, 27537, UNIVERSITY OF 27561 MISSOURI-COLUMBIA (Speech and Dramatic Art) (Speech and Hearing Science) 26569, 26479+, 26480, 26668, 26840, 27217°, 27158 27431 27223, 27484, 27498, 27505, 27534, 27536°, UNIVERSITY OF IOWA 27540, 27543. 27556 (English) 27047 UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI-KANSAS CITY (Speech and Dramatic Art) (Theatre) 26688+, 26694,26710+, 26711,26979,26981, 27617.27703 26994, 27001, 27482, 27522 UNIVERSITY OF MONTANA (Speech Pathology and Audiology) (Speech Pathology and Audiology) 27233, 27145,27153,27161,27174,27175,27179, 27260.27264,27265,27270, 27285, 27180.27182,27197,27199,27222.27227, 27297.27302,27317,27319,27323, 27343, 27347, 27287,27301,27391,27394,27426,27448, 27353, 27359.27367,27383,27384, 27462 27450,27453 UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY OF (School of Commcnications) NEBRASKA-LINCOLN 26603,26639 (Speech and Dramatic Art) 26502,27015,27176,27200.27244,27250. UNIVERSITY OF MAINE AT ORONO 27299,27352.27361,27395,27498, 27500, (Speech) 27544 26539.27077.27256,27298,27308.21373, 27405,27427.27607,27805 UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA AT OMAHA (Speech) UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 26528,26607.26610,26756,27079,27130. (Speech and Dramatic Art) 27695 26505,26599,26608,26721,26750.26781, UNIVERSITY OF NEW MEXICO 27076.27093, 27593.27622 (Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS 2707C,27131 (beech) UNIVERSITY OF 26964 NORTH CAROLINA-GREENSBORO UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI (Drama and Speech) (Drama) 27444,27586,27626,27660,27720 27685,27777 UNIVERSITY OF NORTH DAKOTA UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN (beech) (Speech Communication and Theatre) 26597,26641,26912.27063 26560, 26568, 26662, 26663, 26684, 266900, 26691, 26697, 26713. 26717, 26720, 26838, UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA 26870+, 26385, 27021, 27030, 27506, 27532, (Speech Communication) 27539. 27546, 27563 26494,26555,26562,26564, 26578, 26582, 26584,26616.26634,26840,26651,26852 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA (Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 26520,26556, 26573, 26725,26743,26858, (Speech) 26859+, 26875. 26883,26900+, 26904,26937. 26695,26734,26736,26757,28773,26778, 26942,26945,27103.27503+, 27501', 27516, 26823,26833,26881,26894,26895, 27517, 27557 27535,27551,27555

305 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENT !NDEX 305

UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH UNIVERSITY OF (Speech and Theatre Arts) WISCONSIN-MADISON 26473,26492.26585.26843°, 26982,27050' (Communication Arts) 26580, 26644,26687', 26704, 26708', 26746, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA 26752.26764,26771,26780,26786,26787, (Theatre) 26794.26821, 26856', 26996' 27579,27610.27621, 27775,27787. 27800 (Theatre and Drama) UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH DAKOTA 27467', 27485', 27487', 27494', 27541', 27571, (Communication) 27582,27600,27624,27625,27560,27668, 26604 27713,27716 UNIVERSIITY OF SOUTH FLORIDA UNIVERSITY OF (Speech Communication) WISCONSIN-MILWAUKEE 26454,26674.27102 (Communication) UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 26628,26629,26940 (Speech Communication) UNIVERSITY OF 26579, 26581*. 265866, 26653. 26667, 26670', WISCONSIN-RIVER FALLS 26837, 26930,26975', 26980. 27012, 27026, (Speech) 2704, 27049, 27224. 27225, 27476 26531,27612 UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN MISSISSIPPI UNIVERSITY OF (Theatre Arts) WISCONSIN- STEVENS POINT 27590,27705,27782.27789 (Communication) UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE 26522,26762.27741 (Speech and Theatre) UNIVERSITY OF 26782.27058,27646,27679.27722 WISCONSIN-SUPERIOR UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN (Communicating Arts) 26509 (Speech Communication) 26486', 26488, 26546,26659', 26680,26847'. UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING 27107,27228,27231,27237,27240,27274, (Communication and Theatre) 27292,27320,27320, 27424,27434,27459 26598.26625,26723.27790 UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT EL PASO (Speech Pathology-Audiology) (Drama and Speech) 27249,27337,27345,27378,27399,27419 26772 VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF UTAH (Communiction) (Hearing and Speech Sciences) 26671', 27036, 27042, 27152, 27166, 27209', 27246,27311,27432.27360,27362,27379, 272160 27387,27423 UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY ( Communication and Theatre) (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts) 27269,27271,27273, 26623.27239,27257, 26452,26456, 26519,26600,26676,27795 27291,27294,27296,27314,27435,27440, 27449 WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA (Speech Communication) (Drama) 26855,26909,26969,26997,27009,27020, 27569,27575,27623.27627,27637,27665, 27509 27701.27761.27764,27769,27796 WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY (Speech Communication) (Speech Communication and Theatre) 27106, 271E1 26487', 26489', 26655.26672. 26774,26783, UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON 26854, 26862,26901,26915, 27163, 27165, 274960, 27499, Owed* 27171*, 274720, 27488,27490, 26550°, 26551', 26658.26920,26990' 27501,27519', 27526', 27527

3 06 306 1310LIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

WESTERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY (Communication Arts and Sciences) (LogoPedia) 26526,26532,26805.27261.27281,27339. 27215. 27332.27443 27351,27375,27376,27380, 27415,27418, 27441 WESTERN MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY YALE UNIVERSITY (Speech Pathology and Audiology) (School of Drama) 27230 27468.27530,27538

307